Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

et)

trrrestectetts

Pasi,
Pauly
Tahcuay

PR@GEEDINGS

OF

The Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PELL A Diner itl A

VOLUME LXVI

1914

PHILADELPHIA :
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

LOGAN SQUARE |
1915 G b i l F
| \3
Pal

Tue ACADEMY oF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

JaNuARY 30, 1915.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Procreprnes for 1914 were
mailed as follows:—

Pacesy © IRASL. J 5, sterscetesstevaconstct ass vo cescuescecensotaherds cote cae eee March 31, 1914.

« 49-192.. 11, 1914.
193-224. 21, 1914
«225-290, 3, 1914
“ 291-434., % 25, 1914
6 ABS -B 38] Sactis sweet eek cm sacccdbseas re sesesen00sSdeartee eietenancnes betstaeee PTS 5, 1914.
Ea ToAl ots TRS Rime fee RRP NG ic SEPEREEN Phar erat c August 25, 1914.

§47-554.. .. September 19, 1914.
“555-602. ...November 24, 1914,
“603-618. ..December 9, 1914.
es Wa Kt rele hepreretnsrooreras-reer a ere osdeachaa scasiaebb sb Gola aves eee January 23, 1915.
EDWARD J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., WITMER StonE, A.M., Sc.D.,
Henry A. Piussry, Sc.D., Wiuram J. Fox,

Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D.
The President, SAMUEL Gipson Dixon, M.D., LL.D., ex-officio.

EDITOR: Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D.

CONTENTS.

For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index.

ALEXANDER, CHartes P. New or little-known craneflies
from the United States and Canada. Tipulid, Diptera
(Plates XX V—X XVII) inch Ee eau ere

ANDREWS, Roy CuapmMan. Notice of a rare ziphioid whale,
Mesoplodon densirostris, on the New Jersey Coast
(Plates XVI-XVIII)..... a

Banks, NatHan. New ane eis. nde ead pote
(GEA Hem 5G U0), ae Ro RO

BARRINGER, Danie Moreau. Further notes on Meteor
Crater, Arizona (Plates XXI-X XIII)...

Boyer, Cuarues 8. A new diatom (Plate X).. ones

Brown, Amos P., and Henry A. Prussry. Brean aan sii
lusks of the Oligocene of Antigua (Plate IX)................

CocKERELL, T. D. A. Miocene fossil insects...

CrawLey, Howarp. Two new Sarcosporidia ....

The evolution of Sarcocystis muris in the fetesaoate cells
of the mouse (Plate XY)

Fow er, Henry W. Fishes fron ins Rupimuni Rive er, ‘British
Guiaman enc. atts

Description of a new Blenne frond Slew fee Ww sain “gue
on other fishes from the Middle Atlantic States
Fishes collected by the Peary Relief Expedition of 1899

Fox, Henry. Data on the orthopteran faunistics of eastern
Pennsylvania and southern New Jersey

Hearn. Haroup. Certain features of Soledaenenne ee Alaa
ment. eens

KEELEY, FRANK do Makes on some igneous sods ae Oompa.
Maine, and Pigeon Cove, Mass

McInpoo, N. E. The olfactory sense of Hy meontera (Pl ates
SNOT Xai ee

The Speneeducing organs ae ‘he honey hee ‘(Plates
DOIEXE XOX)...

PAGE

lv CONTENTS

Pitspry, Henry A. Description of a new echinoderm (Plate
WOLD) 5. eek Rind eine ee ae
PILsBRY, HENRY A., and Amos P. Brown. The method of
progression in Grane (PIBBCANSIING eters cc sncece trae
List of land and fresh-water mollusks of Antigua :
Poutton, Epwarp B. Mimicry in North American butter-
flies. A reply (Plate V).... en
Reese, Aubert M. The eee ean a the faiende
Alligator (Plate SXaLDD) Peco eear tear terre rascaesciteiipene
Renn, James A. G., and Morecan Heparp. A study of the
species of the genus ee (Orthoptera, Tetti-
gonide)..
On the Orthoptera founda on ane Florida em aad in
extreme southern Florida, IL...
SmitH, Burnerr. Morphologic sequences in ans ‘eanaliculite
fulgurs (Plate XXIV)... :
SpaETH, Reynotp A. The distribation of the ¢ genus Gy noes
in the vicinity of Haverford, Pennsylvania (Plates
Stone, Witmer. On a collection of mammals from Ecuador
TuHompson, JoserpH C. Contributions to the anatomy of the
Ilysiidse PORE in See
Vanatra, E. G. Land and fresh-water shells from eastern
Canada..... Ras
Montana shells... os ee as
Warpie, H. NEWELL. Descrtntiontal of a Tsantsa in the
ethnological collection of the Academy, with notes on
another specimen (Plates VI, VII)

197

s eS

PROGBEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

a OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1944.

JANUARY 20.
Mr. Cuarues Morais in the Chair.

Nineteen persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the
following titles had been presented for publication in the PRocEEp-
INGS:

“Notes on some igneous rocks at Ogunquit, Maine, and Pigeon
Cove, Mass.,”” by Frank J. Keeley (December 30, 1913).

“Conspicuous flowers rarely visited by insects,” by John H.
Lowell (January 2).

“Mimiery in North American butterflies: A reply,” by Edward
B. Moulton (January 9).

The death of Silas Weir Mitchell, M.D., a member, January 4,
was announced.

The Council reported the following appointments:

CoMMITTEE ON Finance.—John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin S.
Dixon, Effingham B. Morris, James D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.

On Liprary.—Thomas Biddle, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry
Tucker, M.D., Frank J. Keeley, and Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.

On Pusuiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Se.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., William J. Fox, and Edward J.
Nolan, M.D.

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

On Instruction AND Lecrures.—Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.,
Charles Morris, Henry Tucker, M.D., George 8. Morris, and Stew-
ardson Brown.

SoLiciror or THE AcaDEMy.—George Vaux, Jr.

Curator oF THE WituiamM S. Vaux Coiections.—Frank J.
Keeley.

CusTopIAN OF THE Isaac Lea CoLuEections.—Joseph Willcox.

The President of the Academy is ea officio a member of all Com-
mittees.

Puitie P. Catvert, Pu.D., made an illustrated communication
on epiphytic Bromeliads of Costa Rica and their animal inhabitants.
(No abstract.)

Mr. Arthur Howell Napier was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

NOTES ON SOME IGNEOUS ROCKS AT OGUNQUIT, MAINE, AND PIGEON
COVE, MASS.

BY FRANK J. KEELEY.

It would probably be difficult to find a more remarkable display of
igneous rocks than that along the coast of Maine south of Ogunquit.
Here for a couple of miles the shale, dipping nearly vertically, is
penetrated by almost innumerable dikes, varying from a few inches
to over fifty feet in thickness and showing great variety in color and
texture.

The shale itself, as the result of these numerous intrusions, has
been metamorphosed and indurated until it is frequently as hard
as the igneous dikes. Fresh fractures are usually gray with faint
indications of differently constituted lamina, but on the weathered
surfaces the various layers assume different colors, often producing
a decidedly striped appearance resembling banded jasper, becoming
particularly noticeable in the rounded pebbles occasionally lining
the shore. Numerous ramifying veins of white and yellow quartz
further characterize the shales, and the extremely rugged character
of the coast line, with several coves and an overhanging cliff exceeding
fifty feet in height, together with the almost unlimited variation
in color due to weathering of the shale and its igneous intrusives, has
resulted in this section becoming a favorite haunt of artists. Prom
early times it has likewise attracted the attention of geologists, and
in the first geological survey of Maine, published in 1838, Charles T.
Jackson gives considerable space to the description of the features
of this district and calls attention to the manner in which some of
the dikes intersect each other, as indicating that the igneous intru-
sions can be referred to at least three periods.

During the past summer, with the view of becoming better
acquainted with the petrographical character of these rocks, I
collected a number of specimens, from which I have since prepared
sections and studied them microscopically. The locality receiving
particular attention was a small cove on Israel’s Head, between the
mouth of the Ogunquit River and Lobster Point. Here a patch of
sand beach, used by the guests of the Ontio and Lookout Hotels
as a bathing place, is surrounded by the usual shales of the region,

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

penetrated by several dikes and intrusions of igneous rocks. A
series of these rocks was collected and this particular place selected
for the purpose, not only because the intrusions seemed to include the
principal types of igneous rocks, but also for the reason that they are
located where they can be readily identified from the description by
anyone interested.

Commencing with the rocky point which extends out to low-water
mark on the north of the bathing beach, this is penetrated by a dike
about twelve feet thick of diabase porphyrite with phenocrysts of
plagioclase too much zoizitised for specific identification, in a matrix
of diabasic texture, composed of augite, biotite, plagioclase, and
chlorite, the latter apparently altered pyroxene; also as accessory
constituents, titanite, apatite, and secondary calcite. Dr. F. Bascom,
who kindly looked over these sections with me, suggests that the
reason much of the pyroxene is entirely fresh or in part altered to
hornblende, while in other cases it is completely replaced by chlorite,
is probably that there may have been two distinct varieties of pyrox-
ene originally present, one more readily altered than the other.
Near contact with the shale, this dike becomes basaltic in texture, a
fine-grained mixture of feldspar, biotite, magnetite, and brown horn-
blende, the latter no doubt replacing primary pyroxene, with pheno-
erysts having the outlines of pyroxene, almost invariably completely
altered to chlorite.

A short distance toward the south, in the rocky wall back of the
beach, is a twelve-inch dike of diabase with a small branch dike
forking from it. Except that it contains a few small vesicles filled
with secondary calcite, this is a typical diabase, fine and uniformly
grained. Beyond it is a dike of basalt, four to eight inches thick.
At the contact it is glassy, with lath-shaped feldspars oriented parallel
to the wall. The interior is more completely crystalline, with
phenocrysts of pyroxene altered to chlorite and many small, rounded
patches of calcite, apparently filling vesicles.

Further south is an irregular angular intrusion of trachyte. It
consists almost exclusively of intermeshed rods of feldspar, apparently
orthoclase somewhat kaolinized, with scattered patches of ferru-
gious material slightly translucent and dark red in color when
sufficiently thin, also generally red by reflected light. This rock
corresponds in texture to the dyke rocks which have received the
name of bostonite, but in the absence of any microscopical evidence
of the presence of anorthoclase, a chemical analysis would probably
be necessary to determine whether it should be so classed.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

Next comes another dike of diabase, characterized by the presence
of considerable pyrite, which occurs in rounded aggregates, filling
the interstices between crystals of augite and plagioclase. It also
contains vesicular cavities averaging about a millimeter in diameter,
filled with calcite and a little quartz, margined by acicular secondary
hornblende.

Somewhat south of the beach is a large intrusion having an irregu-
larly rhomboidal outline, consisting of trachyte porphyry with large
orthoclase phenocrysts in a felsitic matrix containing some horn-
blende and a little quartz.

Four sections were made from specimens of the shale associated
with dikes mentioned, one broadly striped, another showing finer
laminations, and the remaining two of rather uniform texture. All
are highly silicious, including quartz grains up to a half millimeter
in diameter scattered among finer grains of quartz and some secondary
minerals, chiefly micas, sometimes biotite, and in one sample, a bright
green mica. The extent of metamorphosis is indicated by apparent
metosomatic penetration of the secondary minerals into some of the
primary quartz grains. Striping, when present, is due to the concen-
tration of such secondary minerals in layers, which in the original
sediment were probably less purely silicious than the rest.

Beyond a gully south of Lobster Point is a very noticeable dike
about five feet in diameter, transected at an acute angle by another
of same size. The first may be classed as a diabase porphyrite and
contains vesicles about a millimeter in diameter such as characterize
so many of the dikes here, but in this case there is about as much
quartz as calcite in the cavities, while generally the filling is entirely
of calcite. This rock also contains much pyrite in the form of isolated
grains in the interior of the dike, but in clouds of minute particles
several millimeters across, in the basaltic textured rock near the
contact. The other dike is an olivine diabase, notable for numerous
large idiomorphie phenocrysts of olivine now completely altered to
serpentine of unusually high double refraction, apparently consisting,
in part at least, of chrysotile, showing development along irregular
cracks, so characteristic of the alteration process in olivine.

Possibly a mile further south, beyond Perkin’s Cove, there is
exposed on the shore an extensive intrusion of diabase, under which
there is a water-worn cave between tide levels, locally known as the
Devil’s Kitchen. This rock is a rather coarse-grained diabase with
some primary biotite, in which the augite is perfectly fresh, but
another ferro-magnesian constituent originally present has been

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

completely altered to a brown serpentine-like material sometimes
apparently mixed with felted masses of biotite and chlorite. This
may have been an orthorhombic pyroxene, as slight traces of it
remaining in the heart of a couple of the brown areas showed parallel
extinction, and it has none of the characteristics of olivine. In
addition to the usual magnetite, apatite is present as an accessory
mineral, but not at all plentifully.

While the indurated shale is continuous along the sea coast for a
couple of miles south of Ogunquit, granite outcrops at a number of
places not far back from the shore, as at Pine Hill and further to the
west at Mt. Agamenticus. It is hornblendic at the outcrops noticed,
but I did not collect or further study any specimens. Some additional
collections of dyke rocks were, however, made just north of Ogunquit
on the road to Portland. Here, in widening the road, several outcrops
have been cut away, leaving fresh exposures. One such is located
on east side of road about one-eighth mile north of the car barn and
shows three different igneous rocks penetrating or in contact with
each other. Toward the south, there is first a gray, medium fine-
grained diabase, then a compact black basalt. A section of the
contact» demonstrates that the basalt was a later flow than the
diabase. Next to it comes a coarse diabase porphyrite with feldspar
phenocrysts, sometimes exceeding an inch in length, and beyond this
another fine-grained diabase, and then indurated shale similar to that
described from the shore.

On the west side of the road, one-eighth mile further toward the
north, is another good exposure of diabase porphyrite, in which the
phenocrysts are developed to an extent that they appear to make
up more than half the rock, in contact with basalt of later origin.

For comparison, I give the following brief description of igneous
rocks at Pigeon Cove, Mass., where years ago I collected and studied
specimens from the dikes along a similar short section of the shore.
The end of Cape Ann consists of light gray hornblende granite,
quarried extensively for commercial purposes. Its feldspar is
almost exclusively microcline and the hornblende is generally accom-
panied by biotite. This granite is penetrated by many igneous
dikes, although these are not so numerous or varied in character as
those at Ogunquit.

Near the extreme point of the cape, known as Andrew’s Point,
below an unfinished square stone tower, is a dike of solvsbergite,
a uniformly crystalline mixture of plagioclase with hornblende
showing pleochroism from olive to indigo-blue, much finer grained in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. a

an offshoot which extends into a parallel crack in the granite. A
block of granite which has been picked up by the molten dike rock ©
is exposed in the interior of the latter.

East of this is an extensive intrusion of quartz porphyry, so classed
from the general characteristics of the whole mass, rather than from
the microscopical examination of individual sections, some of which
would otherwise rank as fine-grained granites, while others show a
few phenocrysts and patches of micro-pegmatite. Within this
intrusion are segregations containing crystals of hornblende several
-inches long and large masses of blue quartz. It has been injected
with diorite, but as it does not split in straight lines like the granite,
no regular dike is exposed. The diorite has forced its way irregularly
among the fragments of the older rock, some of which are included
in it. The diorite consists of a fine-grained mixture of hornblende,
biotite, and triclinic feldspar, with a few phenocrysts of zoizitised
plagioclase and occasionally a small one of light colored pyroxene.
It is intersected by numerous small white veins, no doubt of secondary
origin, and consisting in one section examined of feldspar, both
orthoclase and plagioclase, and light colored pyroxene.

To the south, the dike of solvsbergite, which crosses the point,
again appears, and further on a sharply defined dike of quartz
porphyry several feet thick. Still further south are three small
dikes of diorite, differmg from that at the point in several minor
respects. There is but little biotite, and the hornblende is of a bluish-
green color. No veins were noted, and the smallest dike, which is
but a few inches thick, is very fine-grained and free from phenocrysts.
They are probably all derived from the same source.

Beyond them comes another series of dikes, all no doubt of similar
origin. They are, respectively, two to three inches, twenty-eight
inches, sixteen inches, and eighteen feet in thickness, the latter just
below the Ocean View Hotel, while further on is still another nearly
as large. The larger dikes are typical fully crystallized diabases,
coarser or finer grained according to size of dike, with unaltered
constituents and basaltic texture near the contacts. The two- to
three-inch dike is basaltic throughout. It passes close to a swimming
pool blasted out of the rocks, and is visible over the sloping shore
for a couple of hundred feet, occupying a crack in the granite as
straight and sharply defined as if cut with a knife.

The sixteen-inch dike is admirably adapted for illustrating the
effect of quick or slow cooling on an igneous rock, as it has an offshoot
or branch, three-eighths to two inches thick, extending into the

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

granite. Where three-eighths to one-half inch thick, chips of the rock
are procurable which permit of sections being made showing the
granite penetrated by the small dike. Here the matrix is an almost
opaque glass with plagioclase rods and phenocrysts of augite. When
it becomes three-fourths inch thick, a slight tendency toward ecrystal-
lization of the matrix is noticeable in the centre, and so on until the
middle of the main dike is reached, where but little trace of the
basaltic texture remains and the rock is a characteristic diabase.
A similar series of sections can of course be made by starting from
the contact in one of the larger dikes, but the transition from basalt
to diabase is much more sudden.

Two other rocks occurring nearby, but not appearing on the shore
line just considered, are worthy of mention. One is a highly por-
phyritic andesite with phenocrysts sometimes two inches long,
indicated by their extinction angles to be oligoclase, in a matrix
consisting of uralite, biotite, and plagioclase. This rock is not well
exposed at Pigeon Cove. I have noted an outcrop in a door yard
near centre of village and another in a hollow west of what is known
as Sunset Rock, but across Sandy Bay it appears as a sharply defined
dike in the granite, on the shore between Rockport and Straits-
mouth. As the granite here seems capable of cleaving in a straight
line for an indefinite distance and the three exposures are approxi-
mately in line, although widely separated, they may all pertain to
the same dike. The other rock referred to oecurs in a cut leading
from the shore to the Rockport Quarry, near the archway under
main road. It is a light brown crystalline rock which proved to
consist entirely of micro-pegmatite, the best example I have seen of
this intergrowth of quartz and microcline.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. +7

ON A COLLECTION OF MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR.

BY WITMER STONE.

Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads made a collecting trip to Ecuador, February-
July, 1911, and secured a valuable series of vertebrates. His entire
colle¢tion was purchased by the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, and reports on the fishes and reptiles have already
appeared in the Procrrpincs.!| The mammals, comprising sixty-
eight specimens, referable to nineteen species, were obtained for the
most part on the paramo and the region immediately below, on
Mt. Pichincha, 10,000-13,000 feet, while a few additional specimens
were obtained from the mountains above Chambo, from the Pagma
forest near Chunchi, 7,000 feet, and from Bucay, province of Guayas,
975 feet.

As the Academy previously possessed no mammals whatever from
the Andes, the satisfactory identification of much of Mr. Rhoads’
material was rendered impossible until such specimens could be
secured for comparison. Upon his return-from Peru, Mr. Wilfred H.
Osgood, being anxious to make comparisons with certain Eeuador
species, generously offered to compare Mr. Rhoads’ specimens with
the series in the Field Museum in return for their use in the identifica-
tion of his Peruvian mammals. This he has done and has given me
his opinion as to their relationships.

The American Museum has, through Dr. J. A. Allen, curator
of mammals, loaned me specimens of Blarina thomasi and B. squami-
pes for purposes of comparison and the U. 8. National Museum a
series of Sciurus hoffmanni.

For this aid I would extend my sincere thanks especially to Mr.
Osgood, without whose co-operation this paper could not have been
prepared.

Mr. Rhoads has kindly furnished me with some field notes on
Cenolestes and other interesting species which are duly credited.

1. Ichthyomys soderstromi de Winton.
Ichthyomys séderstr6mi de Winton, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, p. 507.

Two specimens of this interesting fish-eating rodent were obtained
from Mr. Séderstrém, of Quito, who collected: the type specimen on

11911, p. 493; 1913, p. 153.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the Rio Machangara, Ecuador, February, 1895. One of the speci-
mens before me was obtained March 16, 1904, but neither has
an exact locality.
2. Epimys rattus (Linn).
Mus rattus Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 61, 1758. (Sweden.)

One skin and three skulls in the collection, obtained at Hacienda
Jalaneay, Chunchi, Chimbo, and at Bucay, Guayas.
3. Epimys norvegicus (Erxleben).

Mus norvegicus Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim., vol. 1, p.381,1777. (Norway.)

One skull, from specimen caught in a house at Bucay, June 15, 1911.

4. Mus musculus (Linn).
Mus musculus Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 62, 1758. (Sweden.)
Five specimens obtained at Riobamba and Hacienda Garzon at
the southern foot of Mt. Pichincha, 11,000 feet.

5. Oryzomys minutus (Tomes).

Hesperomys minulus Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1860, p. 215.
(Eeuador.)

The Hesperomys minutus of Tomes was based upon an immature
specimen obtained by Fraser, but without definite locality, although it
was supposed to be from Pallatanga. Oldfield Thomas, in describing
a new species of this genus from Peru (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1894 (XIV), p. 357), identified with Tomes’ type an adult specimen
in the British Museum which was also colleeted by Fraser at Palla-
tanga, December, 1858. Later (op. eit., 1898 (II), p. 267) he de-
scribed this specimen as new under the name Oryzomys dryas. His
explanation of this action is that specimens received from Mr.
Séderstrém (locality not given) were obviously identical with Tomes’
type and different from the Pallatanga skin.

Mr. Rhoads’ five specimens were all obtained in the vicinity of
Hacienda Garzon (or Rosario) at the southern foot of Mt. Pichincha,
some of them “in meadows and swamps below the house, 10,150 feet, ”’
others higher up near the paramo, 12,000 feet.

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Par.
3, May 12, 1911 180 100 23 i has
oc’, May 12, 1911 . 183 103 23 12
o', May 13, 1911 . 178 98 23 13
oc’, May 15, 1911 . 180 100 23 13
9, May 12, 1911 . 190 103 22 12

The Séderstr6m specimens mentioned by Thomas doubtless came
from Pichincha, which is of easy access from Quito, and probably

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

Tomes’ type was also obtained there. While the latter is probably
not absolutely identifiable after this lapse of time, it seems best to
retain his name minutus for this form. The animal isa little smaller
than Mus musculus and almost exactly the same color below, while
above it is very much more rusty with a clearer line of demarcation
on the side. The ground color above, at the base of the tail where
it is purest and brightest, is ‘‘tawny ochraceous” of Ridgway’s Color
Standards 1912, but is duller and browner on the back and head and
thickly mixed everywhere with black hairs.

6. Reithrodontomys soderstromi Thomas.

Reithrodontomys Séderstrémi Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898 (1),
p. 451. (Quito.)

Four specimens obtained from Mr. Séderstr6m, who collected
them at or near Quito, and one obtained in Quito by Mr. Rhoads,
April 25, ad. 2, length 185 mm., tail 105, hind foot 20, ear 14.5.

7. Phyllotis haggardi Thomas.

Phyllotis Haggardi Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898 (II), p. 270-
(Mt. Pichincha.)

One immature female (12,697, Coll. A. N.S. Phila.) obtained at
Hacienda Garzon at the southern foot of Pichincha, at 12,000 feet,
nearly up to the paramo, May 12, 1911.

It agrees very well with Thomas’ description, excepting that the
tail is only 50 mm. in length, whereas that of the type measured
86 mm.

8. Hpeomys vulcani (Thomas).

Aipeomys vulcani Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898 (1), p. 452.
(Mt. Pichincha, 12,000 feet.)

A partially mummified skin (12,698, Coll. A. N.S. Phila.) obtained
from Mr. Séderstrém, collected on the west side of Mt. Pichincha.
Thomas seems to have made a mistake in citing the tail as “barely
as long as the head without the body,” since a few lines below he
gives length of ‘head and body 111 mm. and tail 84 mm.” The
measurements are probably correct as given, since our dried specimen
is 100 mm. long exclusive of the tail which measures about 72 mm.

9. Thomasomys paramorum Thomas.

Thomasomys paramorum Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898 (1),
p. 453. (Paramo, south of Chimborazo.)

Ten specimens obtained on the paramo of Mt. Pichincha are
apparently referable to this species, obtained originally in a similar
region near Mt. Chimborazo.

They are almost exactly like the much smaller Oryzomys minutus
in color, both above and below.

12 PROCEEDINGS. OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Mr. Rhoads’ measurements are as follows:

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Ear.
@, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
itis; May Aad ccs cc . 201 108 23 14
oF juv., Hacienda Garzon,
10,500 1a Wenig TNS): erates LT! 95 23 14
2, Hacienda 'G arzon, 10,500
$iftiys UY Deohieed Sy ee Seas 215 118 24 12
ils Hacienda Garzon, 10, 500
oe ela yl Oneal P2LG 118 24 16
Cus Paramo, 13,000 ft., May ve 205 100 24 15.5
2, Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7. 205 125 25 16
Q, Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7. 204 112 24 14
2, Paramo, 13,000 ft. , May 7. 195 102 24 14
o, Paramo, 13,000 ft. ’ May 210 115 25 15

10. Thomasomys rhoadsi sp. nov.

Mr. Rhoads secured a series of seven specimens of another Thoma-
somys on the paramo of Mt. Pichincha apparently allied to T.
cinereus Thomas, from Cutervo, Peru. As no such animal seems
to have been described from Ecuador, I propose to name it Thoma-
somys rhoadsi, in honor of Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads whose expedition to
Ecuador has brought to light so mamy interesting species of verte-
brates.

Type No. 12,709, Collection Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, @. May 15, 1911, Hacienda Garzon, Mt. Pichincha,
10,500 feet. Coll. by Samuel N. Rhoads.

Skull similar to that of 7’. cinereus Thomas, but a little larger with
much wider interpterygoid fossa. Fur long and soft. Brown tints
of upper parts nearly bistre of Ridgway’s ‘‘ Color Standards,”’ but so
mingled with black hairs that the general appearance is very much
darker, nearly black on the back. The fur of the under parts is gray
with buffy tips, not whitish. The upper side of the hind feet is
clothed with dusky hairs down to the base of the toes, while the
latter have scattered white hairs, notably at their extremities. The
fore feet are but scantily haired, while the hairs on the tail in no way
conceal the scales. The ears are well haired.

Length 250 mm., tail 110, hind foot 31.5, ear 16. Skull measure-
ments.2. Total length 35 mm., greatest breadth 18, molar series 7,
incisors to first molar 10, breadth of constriction between orbits 6
lower jaw (bone only) 20.

2 As used by Thomas in description of T. cinereus.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

The series of skins measures as follows:

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Kar.

o&, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
: ft., April 28 5, eo) 115 32 17
2, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500

ft., April 28 wes 212 103 29 16
2, juv., Hacienda Garzon,

10,500 ft., April 28 . 210 100 28.5 15.5
o&, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500

ft., April 28 » PBS 115 30.5 1525
o&, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500

ft., May 12 ee 30 15
2, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500

ft., May 15... _ 250 110 Bil 5) 16

Mr. Osgood informs me that so far as he is aware all of the de-
scribed species approximating this in size have relatively shorter
tails, while the blackish back distinguishes it from all those species
available for comparison.

“Several specimens of this mouse were secured above the Casa
Garzon, along the trail from that Hacienda to the summit of Mount
Pichincha. The elevation was a few hundred feet above the valley,
where the marsupial Cwnolestes was secured, approximately 10,500 feet
and probably this is their lowest range, as much trapping was done
200 to 300 feet farther down without securing any. Their habitat
was on the rocky wooded slopes, where they had burrows similar
to those of our North American Microtine rodents, from one to
three inches below the surface of the soil and débris.

“T was interested to notice, when skinning these mice, that all of
them, or possibly only the males, were supplied with a remarkable
prolongation of the anus, that organ being extended, or rather,
extensible, beyond the thighs for half an inch or more, as indicated
in the memoranda on the labels of the specimens. This prolongation
was not an internal extension, but external, being hairy throughout.”
(S. N. Rhoads.)

11. Akodon mollis altorum Thomas.
Akodon mollis altorum Thomas Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1913 (II), p. 404.
(Canar.)

Nine specimens of this mouse were obtained on the paramo of
Pichincha or near Hacienda Garzon, a little lower down.

Externally they are almost exactly like Thomasomys paramorum,
averaging perhaps a little darker or duller, but are easily recognized
by the shorter tail.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., -

The measurements of the series are as follows:

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Ear.
3, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
Hite AOU 2S yes Eee 185 73 24.5 14
Q , Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7. 105 2034) eee 14
o, Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7. 169 69 23 14
2, Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7. 160 64 23 12
@, juv., Paramo, 13,500 ft.,
IMiatyeS: sets cates Balo5 60 23 10
o, Paramo, 13,500 ft., May 8. 187 80 23.5 11
9, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
ft., May22...:......... mali, 72 23 13.5
9, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
ttre Mlayel Gece aaa eed 68 2303 15
2, Cumboya, N.S. of Quito,
IM ya29 8 cae ee ee 52 60 23 13.5

12. Sciurus irroratus (Gray). ”
Macroxus irroratus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1867, XX, p. 431.
(Upper Ucayali River, Brazil.) :

One specimen (12,725, Coll. A. N.S. Phila.), male, procured in the
Pagma forest, July 11, 1911, is perhaps referable to this species,
though no suitable material is available for comparison.

Length 330, tail 152, hind foot 50, ear 20.

“Squirrels were reported by the natives to be in the forests about
Huigra from 4,000 feet and upwards, but we saw none until we
penetrated the Pagma forest above Hacienda Jalancay, 6,000 to
7,000 feet. They were exceedingly rare, however, even in this
forest. I saw one, after the specimen secured was taken, in an orange
grove near the Casa, 1,500 feet lower down. I can state nothing
about their habits, not having personally observed them in life.
No other species of squirrels were observed in our wanderings.”
(S. N. Rhoads.)

13. Sciurus hoffmanni soderstromi subsp. noy.

One specimen (No. 12,726, Collection Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia), from Mt. Pichincha, November, 1903, collected by
L. Séderstrém.

While a member of the S. hoffmanni group, this specimen is much
more rusty-red especially across the shoulders and on the fore legs
than any specimens I have seen from Costa Rica or any in a con-
siderable series with which Mr. Osgood has compared it in the Field
Museum. In other respects it does not seem to differ.

I find no name applicable to this form and would propose that it
be called Sciurus hoffmanni séderstrémi, in honor of its collector,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15:

who has done so much in developing our knowledge of the birds and
mammals of Ecuador.
14. Sylvilagus andinus (Thomas).
Lepus andinus Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist., XX, 1897, p.551. (Mt. Cayambi.)
Three specimens obtained on the mountains above Chambo,
10,000-10,400 ft.

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Kar-
OPe April Oke eoes., ence GSU) 17 73 57
Gin calyoval 1), see ceeneee wee 840 7 72 59:
o', juv., April 17...... . 280 15 60 55

These specimens no doubt represent S. a. chimbanus Cabrera
(Trans. Mus. Cien. Nat. Madrid; Zool. Series, No. 9, 1913), but as
I am unable to appreciate the difference between the two forms and
have no typical material of either for comparison, I prefer to refer
the specimens to Thomas’s S. andinus.

“These cottontails were found, as we rose from the Chimbo River
valley up the slopes, 500 to 1,000 feet above the town of Chambo.
They frequented the brush-grown pastures in similar situations to those
frequented by our cottontails of the United States, only they kept more
closely to the bushes and were not found in the open pastures. They
seemed to range from that point no lower, but to reach up the slopes
into the paramo, at an elevation of 12,000 to 13,000 feet, but we
secured none in the paramo region, abundant as they evidently
were by their tracks and droppings in the thick tussock grass. We
also saw several on the paramo of Mount Pichincha, above Hacienda
Garzon, but were fated to secure no specimens. None were seen in
this locality. below the paramo, viz., 11,000 feet, approximately.
It is quite possible that the paramo rabbit is distinct from the
animal of the templada, at least subspecifically, or that there are
two species, not distinguishable at a distance by a field observer.’
(S. N. Rhoads.)

15. Mazama americana (Prxl).
Moschus americanus Erxleben, Syst. Regni. Anine, vol. I, p. 1777.

One female specimen (12,730, Coll. A. N. S. Phila.) obtained at
the junction of the Chanchan and Chaguancay Rivers on the lower
western slope of the Andes, February 27, 1911.

Length 1,050 mm., height at shoulder 600, height at rump 715,
tail 160, ear 115.

Mr. W. H. Osgood has revived Erxleben’s name for M. nemo-
rwagus (Field Musewm, Nat. Hist. Publ., No. 155, vol. X, p. 48, 1912)

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

but Oldfield Thomas (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XI, 1913, p. 585)
considers that it applies rather to MW. rufus of authors, and I so use it.

16. Mustela aureoventris Gray.
Mustela aureoventris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, p. 55. (Eeuador.)

One specimen (12,731, Coll. A. N. 8. Phila.), male, procured in
the Pagma forest, July 11.

Measurements: Length 420 mm., tail 165, hind foot 48, ear 12.

While there is an earlier Mustela auriventer Hodgs, 1841, which in
my opinion would invalidate Gray’s name, yet it does not seem
desirable to propose a substitute until the relationship of the Ecuador
species to those described from Colombia and Peru is definitely
settled. At present I am unable to secure any of the material
necessary for comparison.

“The only weasel seen on the expedition was shot by Mr. Lemmon,
my assistant, in the Pagma forest from a tree at a low elevation, and,
until picked up, was thought to be a squirrel.” (S. N. Rhoads.)

17. Blarina osgoodi sp. nov.

Eight specimens of a Blarina were obtained at Hacienda Garzon
on Mt. Pichincha at an altitude of 10,500 ft. and on the paramo
1,500 ft. higher. Four of these were prepared as skins and the
others preserved in spirits.

So far as I am aware, no Blarina has previously been found south
of Colombia (B. thomasi Merriam and B. squamipes Allen) and Merida,
Venezuela (M. meridensis Thomas); and as the Ecuador specimens
differ from all of these, I propose to"name them Blarina osgoodi for
Mr. W. H. Osgood, of the Field Museum of Natural History, whose
expeditions to South America have done so much to enrich our
knowledge of its mammals and birds.

Type from Hacienda Garzon, Mt. Pichincha, 10,500 ft. altitude,
May 12, 1911, female, collected by Samuel N. Rhoads. No. 12,732,
Collection A. N.S. Phila.

Similar in size and coloration to B. thomasi Merriam from Bogota,
but not quite so brown.

Anterior unicuspid teeth less distinctly angulate on the inner side
than in B. thomasi and the third and fourth unicuspids quite different.
The third unicuspid in B. thomas? is apparently as long as broad,
while in B. osgoodi it is very much broader than long, and both it and
the fourth unicuspid are smaller in every way.

Total length 105 mm., tail 30 mm., hind foot 14 mm.

Skull measurements: total length 22 mm., greatest breadth 10 mm.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

Measurements of the other skins:

Hind

Length Tail foot

2, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500 ft., May 5... 113 30 14
9, Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7.................... 105 26 14
o', Paramo, 13,000 ft., May 7.................... 106 26 14

I am not prepared to say how good a character the squamation
of the feet may prove to be, but B. osgoodi exhibits scaly plates on
the hind feet similar to, but smaller than, those of B. squamipes.
They are not apparent on the fore feet nor on any of the feet of
B. thomasi which has the feet much more thickly haired than either
B. osgoodi or B. squamipes.

In general size, color, and length of tail B. meridensis and B.
squamipes appear to be very similar, and it would be interesting to
know whether the former exhibits the marked squamation.

“These shrews were first taken at the Hacienda Garzon on the
southern slope of Mount Pichincha, about on the level with the Casa.
They were trapped in runways along the banks of a deeply cut arti-
ficial ditch, the kind used in that country in lieu of a fence against
cattle. The location was wooded clearing and brush land, at that
point deeply shaded upland. The runways in location and character
were precisely like those made and used by Blarinas in the United
States.” (S. N. Rhoads.)

18. Didelphis marsupialis Linn.
Didelphis marsupialis Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed: X., 1758, p. 54.

One specimen obtained at Quito collected on the east side of
Cayambe. Also a ramus of a lower jaw found at Bueay, June 20.

Mr. Osgood has compared the Cayambe specimen with true
marsupialis of Guiana and Venezuela and finds but little difference
except that it is somewhat larger. It may possibly be referable to
D. m. colombica Allen, type locality Santa Marta.

19. Cenolestes fuliginosus (Tomes).

Hyracodon fuliginosus Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 51.
(Ecuador.) :

Two female specimens of this little known marsupial were obtained
by Mr. Rhoads at Hacienda Garzon, near the paramo of Mt. Pichincha.
May 12, 1911, about three months after Mr. Osgood had rediscovered
the very closely allied C. obscwrus on the Paramo de Tama on the
borderland of Colombia and Venezuela.

So far as I am aware, no specimen of this interesting animal has

been obtained in Ecuador since the type was taken by Fraser about
2

“a

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

1859 (see Tomes, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 213). Fraser’s specimen was sup-
posed to have come from Pallatanga, but this was not certain as the
collection had been mixed up, and it is quite as likely, in view of
Mr. Rhoads’ discovery, that he got it on Mt. Pichincha.

As given by Tomes in describing the animal in 1863, the measure-
ments of the type (reduced to millimeters) are: head and body 97 mm.,
tail 97, head 31.

In his description of C. obscurus Thomas gives the measurements
as head and body 151, tail 144, hind feot 23, ear 12x 11.5, and bases
the species as distinct from C. fuliginosus on the fact that it is “double
the size.”

Mr. Rhoads’ measurements of his two specimens are:

Hind
Length. Tail. foot. Har.
2, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
ts, Misiy. di Diet eee te . 198 103 22 ail
@, Hacienda Garzon, 10,500
ft., May 12... f . 217 110 22.5 11.5

Mr. Osgood’s series of five females of C. obscwrus averaged as follows:

Total length 223 mm., head and body 107.6, tail vertebree 115.4,
hind foot 22.5.

It will be readily seen, therefore, that his specimens and those of
Mr. Rhoads are practically identical in measurements, while a com-
parison of the skins made by Mr. Osgood shows ‘“‘no appreciable
difference.” Unless it is maintained that there are two species in
Neuador, it looks very much as if C. obscurus Thomas might become a
synonym of C. fuliginosus Tomes. Such a view, involving the
assumption that Tomes’ measurements were quite erroneous or that
his specimen was a young one, seems to me much more rational
than to suppose that two species of quite different size occurin Ecuador.

“The two specimens were secured in swampy ground, the edge of a
large pasture on the Hacienda Garzon, within a few feet of a swiftly
flowing stream of considerable size. They were caught in small
cyclone mouse traps set in underground runways among the thick
grass, these runways being about on the level with the waterline
of the swamp. They were caught on the same day, soon after
placing the traps in that locality, but although I continued to
trap there for a week longer, having as many as 40 or 50 traps in
that place, I secured no more specimens there, nor in any other
similar localities where trapping was done. The stream alluded to
runs over a bed strewn with volcanic rocks and boulders and is in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

an open cultivated valley-head, draining the south slopes of Mount
Pichincha, about 8 miles south of Quito and at an elevation of
about 10,500 feet, the valley at this point being about half a mile
wide and extending to even greater widths as far as one can see, in a
southerly direction.” (S. N. Rhoads.)

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENUS CYCLOPS IN THE VICINITY OF
HAVERFORD, PENNSYLVANIA.

BY REYNOLD A. SPAETH.

The original purpose of this paper was, after the notes and obser-
vations of two years had been collected, to prove that by a careful
and regular study of the water from a single locality, many of the
forms of the Cyclopide which are now considered rare would be
found to be quite abundant, at least at certain seasons of the year.
Owing to unforeseen circumstances, this purpose had to be abandoned
in part, and although all the forms recorded in this paper have been
taken from a single small pond in the vicinity of Haverford College,
the records of monthly abundance or rarity of the different species
are not complete. Certain species, notably C. varicans, C. fimbriatus
var. poppei, and C. phaleratus, appear far more abundantly in the
spring from the middle of March to the end of May. C. prasinus
I have found in the greatest numbers in September and early October
collections. (C. albidus, C. viridis var. insectus, and C. serrulatus do
not vary so noticeably in the collections, while C. fuscus is the most
unvarying species of the genus, a few being found in the water taken
the year round.

In his paper of ’97, E. B. Forbes has made a most excellent revis-
ional study of the North American Cyclopide. His work has sim-
plified investigation for all future workers in this field, and his very
careful and excellent observations can hardly be overestimated.
I have followed his system of subgenera to avoid confusion.

Cragin’s paper of ’83 has scarcely received due credit from the
investigators who have followed him. His drawings show con-
siderable accuracy of detail and very few of the important structural
features have escaped his notice.

Marsh’s work has been rather more of a plankton study than one
of individual structure. Brewer’s paper of ’98 lays considerable
emphasis on feet-armature, which is now generally considered a
variable feature and not a reliable character for specific distinction.

Miss Byrnes’ recent paper of ’09 is somewhat confusing. Rather
unfortunately she has reverted to Herrick’s varietal names of C.
signatus, has credited Forbes with both C. bicuspidatus Claus and
C. serrulatus Fischer in her list of species studied, and has confused

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

C. bicolor Sars with C. varicans Sars. Many of her drawings, however,
are excellent, and she has furthermore presented all figures on the*
same scale, which is of value in a comparative study of the species.
Her chief source of information has apparently been Herrick, whose
work, while remarkable, considering the number of species described,
is, owing to its large field, often misleading and at times quite incor-
rect. She has neglected both Schmeil and Forbes—the most com-
plete modern works on the subject. Her most careful study has
been onthe armatures of the four pairs of swimming feet, which,
while interesting in showing the variations that occur, are not
sufficiently constant characters to warrant a deduction of general
conclusions. :

EK. B. Forbes was the first American investigator to lay much
stress on the importance of the shape of the receptaculum seminis.
He was convinced by Schmeil’s work of 792 that it was the most
important character for specific distinction. Its shape, while often
somewhat obscure, varies very little, and the same general outline
is preserved in all members of the same species. This outline is
effected largely by the number of spermatozoa contained in the
receptaculum. Other important distinguishing characters are the
number of female antennal segments, the length of the first female
antennz, hyaline plates and sensory hairs and clubs, armature of
the stylets (variable in some species), and the shape and armature
of the fifth foot.

The number of female antennal segments is usually quite constant.
Of the specimens from this locality, C. phaleratus and C. varicans
were the only exceptions to the rule. The former may have either
ten or eleven joints and the latter eleven or twelve. In the plate of
C. varicans I have shown only the eleven-jomted form of the first
antenne, as this seems to be a winter transitional stage, though such
individuals were all sexually mature. The twelve-jointed form did
not appear until the April collections. The length of the female
first antennze varies remarkably in C. serrulatus, but im all species
having antennz of less than twelve segments, it is quite constant.
Hyaline plates vary very slightly as to their edges. Minute serra-
tions occasionally appear or are absent, notably in C. prasinus.
Sense-clubs and hairs are constant features.

The armature of the stylets and their proportions are constant in
some species, as C. modestus, C. varicans, and C. phaleratus. In
others, as C. bicuspidatus and especially in C. serrulatus, the variation
is very great.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Forbes considers the armature of the swimming feet ‘‘of con-
siderable value in certain cases, and constant as a rule;” that “the
general character with regard to strength, etc., may usually be relied
upon; but I have often seen in a single specimen all the gradations
between spines and sete, and it would be impossible from this
character to say which of the two names should be applied.” The
more I have worked out the armature of the swimming feet, the more
IT am convinced that a constant standard cannot be obtained for
such an armature for all members of the same species. The following
table is an illustration of the confusing results obtained in attempting
to establish a standard swimming-feet armature for C. phaleratus.

Case NUMBER l.

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, four sete; imner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete. :

Third pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sets; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

Case NUMBER 2.

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five set#e; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four set.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five setz; imner ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

CasE NUMBER 3.

First pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; imner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Fourth pair—(right) three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one seta,
two spines, two sete.

Fourth pair—(left) four spines, four sets; inner ramus, one seta,
two spines, two sete. ;

The above cases show a variation in both outer and inner ramus
of the first pair, in the outer ramus of the second pair, and the outer

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

ramus of the fourth pair. The case of a spine becoming a seta as
in the outer ramus of the fourth foot of Number 3 right and Number
3 left is not as unusual as the appearance of an extra spine, as on the
outer ramus of the first pair of Number 3 compared with the cor-
responding ramus of 1 and 2. In some species the armature is
considerably more constant. In C. modestus, for example, it rarely
varies at all, specimens from widely separated localities showing an
identical arrangement of both spines and sete. After the examina-
tion of 'a great many specimens of a number of species, I have con-
cluded that unless there are very distinct differences in some of the
other important distinguishing characters, a slight variation in
swimming-feet armature is not sufficient proof for establishing a new
species or even a variety.

The fifth foot, both in armature and shape, is constant as a rule.
There are slight variations occasionally in the shape of the segments
and comparative lengths of spines and sete. In a single case I have
found a mature female of C. viridis var. insectus with an extra com-
pletely developed seta on the distal segments of both fifth feet.
This very unusual form is now in the collection of C. D. Marsh.

The receptaculum seminis has already been mentioned. In pre-
serving specimens it is advisable to use a 1 per cent. solution of
formalin to avoid contraction and distortion of this organ.

All of the plates have been drawn from life. The movements of
the living animals may be readily overcome by the use of a 1-1000
parts solution of chlorotone. This I have found to be very con-
venient and all danger of flattening and distorting the outline of
specimens may be thus avoided. By this method the same individual
may be repeatedly used, as the animal recovers a few moments after
having been replaced in fresh water. Care must be taken that the
solution of chlorotone does not become concentrated by evaporation,
in which case the animals are killed by its too violent effects.

The work in this paper covers a period of three years. All of the
species described herein have been taken from a single pond of less
than one acre area. The Copepoda having been largely neglected
in this part of the country, it is interesting to note the presence of
some of the more unusual forms, as C. varicans, C. fimbriatus var.
poppei, and several others. I am greatly indebted to Dr. C. D.
Marsh for his identification of specimens and his general interest and
assistance throughout the period of study. My thanks are also due
Mr. E. B. Forbes and Dr. H. S.. Pratt. The latter, through his
unfailing personal interest and encouragement and by placing the

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘Jans

very best of the laboratory equipment at my disposal, is largely
responsible for the existence of this paper. I gladly take this oppor-
tunity to acknowledge also the assistance of Mr. J. Ashbrook in
collecting material.
Genus CYCLOPS O. F. Miiller.
Subgenus CYCLOPS Claus s, str.

Cyclops bicuspidatus Claus. PI. II, figs. 1-5.

Cyclops bicuspidatus Claus, 757, p. 209.

Cyclops pulchellus Sars, ’63, pp. 246, 247, pl. XI, figs. 6 and 7.

Cyclops navus Herrick, ’82a, p. 229, pl. V, figs. 6-13, 15-17.

Cyclops thomas* Forbes, ’82a, p. 649.

Cyclops bicuspidatus Schmeil, ’92, pp. 75-87, pl. II, figs. 1-3.

Cyclops minnilus Forbes, 93, p. 247.

Cyclops serratus Forbes, ’93, pp. 247, 248.

Cyclops forbest Herrick and Turner, 795, p. 104.

Cyclops navus Brewer, ’98, p. 133.

Cyclops pulchellus Brewer, °98, pp. 133, 134.

Cyclops bicuspidatus Lilljeborg, ’01, pp. 11-14, pl. I, figs. 12-17, pl. II, fig. 1

Cyclops pulchellus Byrnes, pp. 24, 25, pl. X.

Cyclops bicuspidatus Byrnes, pp. 25, 26, pl. X.

Synonymy and Distribution —In his discussion of the synonymy
of this very variable and widely distributed species, Forbes has
cleared up the question of C. thomasi Forbes, C. navus Herrick,
_C. minnilus Forbes, and C. serratus Forbes=C. forbesi Herrick. He
finds, after a careful comparative study, that they should all be
considered as slight variations of the type C. bicuspidatus, but the
differences are not sufficient to warrant the varietal names. Schmeil
has also discussed the question at great length. He does not consider
C. thomasi Forbes nor C. navus Herrick of specific value, since the
latter is only a variety of C. thomasi Forbes. Brewer has described,
as C. navus Herrick and C. pulchellus Koch, two species of cyclops
from the vicinity of Lincoln, Nebraska. His descriptions of the
rudimentary and swimming feet show that he was dealing with
slightly different specimens of C. bicuspidatus Claus. As C. pul-
chellus Herrick and C. bicuspidatus Forbes, Miss Byrnes has described
examples of C. bicuspidatus Claus from Long Island. Her descrip-
tions of the swimming feet and her drawings of the receptaculum
seminis show very conclusively that the two forms both belong under
this specific name. The variation of the single seta on the fifth
foot is frequently encountered in the species. The form of the fifth
foot in what she describes as C. bicuspidatus Forbes is very interesting,
for Forbes has found it but once and on that occasion from Woods
Hole, Mass. It corresponds exactly with the European forms and
with the representatives of this species from this locality.

C. bicuspidatus Claus is very widely distributed over the United

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Day:

States. Forbes states that “it has been found in Massachusetts
and Wyoming and in all the intervening territory,’ and further that
“it is the commonest Cyclops in the Great Lakes.”” Miss Byrnes
has recently found it to be a common form in the Long Island waters.
I have noted that it occurs very abundantly in one of the large
streams in this vicinity, but in the small pond from which I have.
taken every other species described in this paper I have found but a
single specimen.!

Specific Description.—In the specimens of C. bicuspidatus Claus
from this vicinity, the lateral angles of the cephalothorax are very
prominent, as in the “‘specimens from the far west”? (Forbes). The
first thoracic segment is a little more than half the length of the
entire cephalothorax (PI. II, fig. 1): The posterior borders of all
the thoracic segments are smooth.

The first abdominal segment (PI. II, figs. 1 and 5) is unusually
expanded, laterally, on the anterior side of the suture. It is about
as long as the remaining three abdominal segments. The posterior
margins of the first three abdominal segments are finely serrated
(Pl. II, fig. 5). The fourth segment has the usual row of spinules
on its posterior margin (PI. II, figs. 1 and 2).

The stylets (Pl. I, fig. 2) are more than twice as long as the last
two abdominal segments. Their length is about six times their
width and they are frequently slightly out-curved. The above
proportions hold good only in the cases of the specimens examined.
They vary considerably in different localities. The lateral spine is
inserted at the beginning of the posterior third of the ramus, and at
a distance of about one-quarter of the length of the stylet from its
insertion point there is always present a minute lateral comb of
spinules (PI. II, fig. 2). Of the apical sete, the outermost is heavy,
finely plumose, and about as long as the delicate inner seta. The
longer of the two prominently developed setz is about equal in
length to the abdomen and twice that of the shorter seta. They
‘are both delicately plumose. :

The first antennze of the female (Pl. II, fig. 1) are seventeen-
jointed and terminate at the end of the first thoracic segment. At
the distal end of the twelfth segment there is borne an unusually
long, spear-shaped sense-club (PI. II, fig. 3). The setze are all quite
short and plumose for the most part. The terminal segments bear

1Jn late March and April, 1910, collections in the vicinity of Cambridge,
Mass., this was by far the most abundant form.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

no hyaline plates and the last three gradually increase in length to
the end.
The armature of the swimming feet is as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, two spines, four sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, three spines, four sets; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—like second.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, four sete; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

The fifth foot (Pl. II, fig. 4) is two-segmented, the basal segment
being about as long as broad and bearing a plumose seta on its outer
distal angle. The distal segment is cylindrical, about twice as long
as wide, and bears a long plumose seta and a short, thick spine.
For this spine is often substituted a longer seta-like form, though
that is not the regular armature in the local specimens.

The receptaculum seminis (Pl. II, fig. 5) consists of two divisions.
The anterior portion extends as a low arch across the segment. The
posterior division is bag-shaped and reaches a point half-way to the
posterior margin of the first abdominal segment. Its anterior border
branches out abruptly on either side along the suture. The porus
is situated on the median line, between the lateral angles on the
suture.

The egg-sacs are unusually large and are carried at a considerable
angle from the body. Forbes gives the size of this species as 1-1.4
mm. Schmeil gives 1.3-2 mm. for the European forms. The
specimens from this locality average about 1.5 mm.

The color of C. bicuspidatus is generally a very pale shade of
yellow. Often individuals appear to be quite colorless. The dorsal
surface of the thorax, especially the anterior portion, usually has a
peculiarly shiny appearance.

The last characters for the distinction of this species are its slim
form, the shape of the fifth feet and the receptaculum seminis, and
especially the small lateral combs of spinules on the outer sides of
the stylets.

Subgenus MARCOCYCLOPS Claus.
Cyclops fuscus Jurine. Pl. 1.

Monoculus quadricornis fuscus Jurine, ’20, pp. 47, 48, Taf. II, fig. 2.

Cyclops signatus Koch, ’38, Heft 21, Nr. 8.

Cyclops coronatus Claus, '63, pp. 97-99, Taf. II, fig. 16 and Taf. X, fig. 1.

Cyclops signatus var. coronatus Herrick and Turner, '95, p. 106, pl. XV,
figs. 1-4.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27
Cuniaes fuscus Schmeil, ’92, pp. 123-127, 136-140, pl. I, figs. 1-76; pl. IV,
. 16.

Cyclops fuscus Jurine, Marsh, ’95, pp. 16, 17, pl. VI, figs. 5, 7, and 11.

Cyclops signatus var. coronatus Herrick, Brewer, 98, pp. 129, 130.

Cyclops fuscus Jurine, Lilljeborg, ’01, pl. Ill, figs. 12-15.

Cyclops signatus var. coronatus Herrick, Byrnes, 06, pp. 193-200, pl. VII,
figs. 1-6, pl. VIII, figs. 1-3.

Cyclops signatus var. coronatus Byrnes, ’09, pp. 9, 10.

Synonymy and Distribution —In his discussion of the differences
between this species and the closely related Cyclops albidus Jurine,
Dr. Schmeil has proven not only that we are dealing with two
distinct species, but also that Jurine was the first investigator to
distinguish these two. It is only right, then, that Jurine’s names
should stand and that Koch’s Cyclops signatus give way to (1) C.
fuscus and (2).C. albidus Jurine. In spite of Schmeil’s careful proof,
several of our American investigators have clung to Herrick’s varieties
tenuicornis and coronatus of C. signatus Koch. C.D. Marsh accepted
Schmeil’s proof in his paper of ’95. Even after the publication of
Forbes’ paper of ’97, in which he abandoned Herrick’s terms for
those of Jurine, Brewer in ’98 and Miss Byrnes in ’06 and again in
09, have reverted to Herrick’s varietal names.

In speaking of the ‘‘two varieties,” coronatus and tenuwicornis,
Brewer states that ‘‘the real differences between them are confined
ito the seventeenth joint of the antenna and the caudal sete.’ He
then continues: ‘The difference between their first cephalothoracic
segments and their furce is hardly distinguishable.” On p. 136 of
Schmeil’s monograph there is a table of “‘the most important dis-
tinguishing characters’? of the two species in question. Of the
eleven “important characters’? mentioned, Brewer has noted four,
and no mention is made of such important features as the receptacu-
lum seminis and the sense-club (present or absent) on the twelfth
antennal segment.

It is quite evident that Miss Byrnes has overlooked the more
important distinguishing differences between the two species. In
her recent paper, The Fresh Water Cyclops of Long Island (09),
in spite of the carefully tabulated proofs of Schmeil in Germany
and the acceptance of his views by both Marsh (’95) and Forbes
(797), Miss Byrnes has clung to the obsolete name of C. signatus
Koch and attempts to revive Herrick’s varietal name coronatus and
Richard’s(?) annulicornis. In a foot-note (on p. 9) she states:
“T have used the more recent name C. signatus var. coronatus instead
of the older name C. fuscus Jurine, because it expresses more clearly
the evidently close relationship that exists between C. signatus var.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

coronatus and the allied form C. signatus var. annulicornis, called
C. albidus by Jurine.”’

It is quite evident that Miss Byrnes has not had Dr. Schmeil’s
exhaustive work on the Cyclopide of Germany at hand. He has
shown conclusively (129, 130 and 137-140) that by right of priority
Jurine’s names should stand. No matter how “close” the “relation-
ship” between the two forms in question, Miss Byrnes is hardly
justified in using ‘‘the more recent’? name. In her description of
Cyclops signatus var. coronatus (p. 9) she states that this form has
‘serrations in the hyaline plate on the two distal segments of the
antenne’”’ and, furthermore, that “‘the notches in the hyaline plate
of the antenne form gradually and may or may not be present.
In fig. 4 they are seen on the last segment only.”” The first statement
I am-unable to verify, nor do any of the investigators mention a
serration of the “two distal segments of the antenne.’’ They are
always present in the hyaline plate of the distal segment in adult
forms. In the immature forms the plate on the distal segment of
the antenn is often exactly as in C. albidus Jurine. The serrations
do not “form gradually.” I have several times observed a young
specimen of C. fuscus just before the last eedysis. In such cases
there was a finely serrated hyaline plate on the last segment, but the
coarsely serrated plate of the adult form could be distinctly observed
below the transparent chitin folded flat down along the segment.
In every case the serrations of the coming plate were complete.
In her conclusion Miss Byrnes states that “there are wide ranges
of variability in the reduced seta on the mner ramus of the fourth
foot of annulicornis and in the hyaline plate of the antenne of both
varieties—in short, in the most important differential characters
of the two varieties.” It is not at all surprising that Miss Byrnes
considers the ‘two varieties’? so closely related when we find that
half of (to her) the “‘most important differential characters’”’ are
concerned with a single seta on the inner ramus of the fourth foot.
In her description of this species, as well as all the others described
by her, Miss Byrnes obviously neither considers the receptaculum
seminis a most important feature, nor does she mention the presence
of sense-club or hair in a single species.

Miss Byrnes has added very little to the evidence of the close rela-
tion that may exist between these two species. She gives but one-
quarter of the observations in Herrick’s ‘“diagnosis,’’ which is
incomplete even in its full form, and “then draws her conelusion
mainly from her own notes on the difference in the single seta of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

inner ramus of the fourth foot, already mentioned. I quote from
her paper once more. ‘He (Herrick) states that the two varieties
have similar armature of the swimming feet, but that tenwicornis
differs from coronatus in the absence of serrations on the antennal
lamellze and in the divarication of the ovisacs.’’ Here follows the
original description of Herrick’s “‘Cyclops signatus var. tenwicornis.
First segment of thorax shorter, its length to that of the entire thorax
as 1:1.9. Last segment of antennze with unserrated lamella.
Caudal stylets longer, length to width as 2.1 :1, inner aspect not
ciliated. Outer apical seta half as long as inner. Second segment
of antennules longer. Color variable, but always banded or
splotched. It is also generally true that the ovisacs in the present
variety are more strongly divaricate:than in the variety coronatus.”’
Miss Byrnes now concludes that since “the antennal lamella of
annulicornis sometimes bears serrations and coronatus sometimes
bears its egg masses in a divaricate position, as I have found in
attempting to distinguish the two forms by this character, ‘
consequently Herrick’s diagnosis is untenable.” This gives Herrick
absolutely no credit for six of his eight points of difference noted.
Herrick’s diagnosis should not be considered untenable, but merely
incomplete.

This species, while not as common as Cyclops albidus, appears to
be quite generally distributed over the United States. Forbes
reports it from the ‘‘ ponds and lakes of Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois,
and Massachusetts,” where it ‘‘oecurs sparingly.’ Brewer found
it with C. albidus Jurine (= C. signatus var. lenwicornis Herrick) in
the vicinity of Lincoln, Nebraska, but “always in small numbers.”
Miss Byrnes has studied the species at Cold Spring Harbor, Long
Island. Kofoid does not mention it in his studies of the “ Plankton
of the Illinois River.” I have found it in this locality; rather more
abundantly in September, October, and April than during the winter
months. I have never found it in very great numbers. During
the summer and fall of 1909, it occurred sparingly in collections
from Lake Winnepesaukee, N. H., and in a small pond adjoining
“Fresh Pond” at Cambridge, Mass.

Specific Description.—The cephalothorax (PI. I, fig. 1) in this spe-
cies is a little more than twice as long as the abdomen. They are to
each other as 21:10. The first segment is to the entire cephalothorax
as 7:11. The length of the thorax to its width is as 11:6. In the
living animal none of the lateral angles of the thoracic segments are
prominent. The posterior borders of the thoracic segments are all

e

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

unserrated. The fifth segment has a row of minute chitinous teeth
extending transversely across the ventral side between the fifth feet.
This same segment has on its lateral sides a row of fine spinules as
well as a minute fringe of hairs, as in C. prasinus.

The abdomen tapers but little towards its posterior end. The
first segment is about as long as the three following ones. The pos-
terior edges of the first three abdominal segments are smooth.
Occasionally there are very slight and uneven serrations present
(Pl. I, fig. 3). The ventral posterior border of the fourth segment
has a prominent fringe of spines which do not extend to the edge of
the anal opening, as is the case in C. albidus. I find no mention of
this characteristic in any descriptions of C. fuscus that I have at hand.

The stylets (Pl. I, fig. 3) are short; the branches often slightly
out-curved. The length is three times the width. Schmeil states
that the inner border is ‘‘densely”’ set with hairs. In the specimens
from this locality these hairs are often very irregular, rarely ‘‘dense,”’
but always present. The apical sete are well developed and densely
plumose. The outer is to the inner as 4:7. The longest is to the
next in length as 7 : 5.

The first antennz of the female (PI. I, figs. 1 and 9) reach to the
anterior border of the first abdominal segment. They are seventeen-
jointed and bear a minute sensory hair upon the twelfth segment
in place of the sense-club found in C. albidus (PI. I, fig. 9). On
their anterior edges at the point of juncture with the following seg-
ments, the eighth, ninth, tenth, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth
segments are ornamented with a row of prominent, obliquely set
spinules. These rows of spinules form almost a quarter circle on
the eighth, ninth, and tenth segments. On the twelfth and thirteenth
segments they are not so closely set and are fewer in number. It is
interesting to note that where Schmeil found six spinules on these
segments in European forms, I have found but four or five, and on
the fourteenth segment where he records four, I have noted five in
every case. I have never seen more than seven of these spinules
on the eighth, ninth and tenth segments, and the eighth and tenth
usually have but five. Besides these regular rows of spinules, there
are smaller transverse and longitudinal rows and irregular groups of
very minute spinules (PI. I, fig. 9) on the ventral side of the first
fourteen antennal segments. The longitudinal rows mark the
boundary between the smooth portion of the segment and that on
which the spinules occur.

The three terminal segments bear transparent hyaline plates.

cc

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3h

These plates are smooth on the fifteenth and sixteenth segments,
but on the seventeenth (PI. I, fig. 7) the plate is coarsely serrate
from the base of the segment to the insertion point of the middle
seta; from thence to the end minutely serrated as in C. albidus.
This plate projects somewhat beyond the end of the seventeenth
segment.

The second antennz (PI. I, fig. 5) are unusually long. The third
segment is the longest of the four—a distinguishing difference between
this and the following form. The swimming feet are armed as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, four spines, four sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five setae; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete. :

Third pair—like second.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sets; inner ramus,
three spines, two sete.

Marsh has noted that “the larger of the two terminal spines of the
endopodite of the fourth foot, instead of being serrated on its edges
as is customary in all the spines of the swimming feet, is beset on its
inner margin with long, rather irregular teeth.”’ I find this character
present in the local specimens, though the ‘Grregular teeth’? do not
extend to the tip of the spine on its inner margin. There are but
five or six of these long serrations at the middle of the inner margin,
thence to the tip of the spine the serrations are normal. Schmeil
notes that the lamella which connects the basal segments of the
fourth pair of swimming feet is ornamented by a fringe of long hairs.
This is found also in C. albidus, and is therefore hardly a distinctive
character of C. fuscus. In all the specimens that I have examined,
these “hairs” are very coarse, resembling rather long serrations.
There is’a very noticeable characteristic in the lamella between the
basal joints of the third pair of swimming feet. There are two very
minute rows of blunt spinules extending transversely across the
lamella. The upper row is broken in the middle. In the following
species this character is very different.

The fifth foot is practically identical with that of the following
species. Miss Byrnes states that the basal segment of the rudiment-
ary fifth foot in “coronatus” (= C. fuscus) is conspicuously short.
Schmeil finds no such difference. Among all the representatives
of C. fuscus that I have compared with C. albidus, I have found
only very slight differences in the lengths of the basal segments of
the fifth feet. The apparent difference in length may often be

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

accounted for by the strongly arched cephalothorax of C. albidus,
which enables the animal to place the fifth feet close upon the first
abdominal segment. In C. fuscus the shorter basal segment is
frequently only a foreshortening because of the angle at which the
feet are held. The arrangement of the spinules, the spines and the
setz are exactly as in C. albidus (PI. I, fig. 13).

The receptaculum seminis (Pl. I, fig. 11) consists of two main
divisions. The anterior portion is wide, shaped very much like the
corresponding portion of the receptaculum in C. albidus, but with a
very distinct. indentation on its anterior border. The posterior
part appears as a pair of slightly elongated reniform divisions sepa-
rated by a median line and fusing at the porus. The color of the
receptaculum is always a deep reddish-brown which aecteensly makes
it difficult to distinguish its outline.

The egg-sacs are carried very close to the abdomen. The eggs
are dark; in the living animal they look quite black, but in reality
they are a deep shade of brown. This applies only to freshly de-
posited eggs, as all Cyclops eggs from which the young are about to
emerge show a characteristic salmon tinge due to the color of the
bodies of the nauplius.

The length of the female varies but little. The following five
measurements give an approximate average for C. fuscus from. this
locality. All measurements include the caudal sete.

No. 1 3.75 mm
No. 2 oO. TOM
No. 3. ‘ 8-4 Mmm
No. 4 3.4 mm
No. 5 : 3.58 mm
Average sissies ee otitis 20) DOM.

Schmeil gives 3.4mm. Brewer’s figures are much smaller-—1.4 mm.—
1.8 mm. The males are often only half as long as the females. An
average length is 1.75 mm.

The color of the first four thoracic segments and the abdomen
from the posterior half of the first segment to the furca is usually a
dark green. The fifth thoracic segment, the stylets, and the fourth,
fifth, twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth segments of the first antennze
are blue. The anterior half of the first abdominal segment is reddish-
brown. Occasionally there are irregular blotches and streaks of
blue on the posterior borders of the first four thoracic segments.
The remaining segments are a dirty yellow color, deeper on the
anterior border.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

C. fuscus may be readily distinguished from all other members
of the genus by its size, dark color, and closely lying dark egg-sacs.
The absence of the sense-club of the twelfth antennal segment, the
coarsely serrated hyaline plate of the seventeenth antennal segment,
the form of the receptaculum seminis, and the ciliated inner border
of the stylets are the most easily distinguishable characteristics of
this species. In order to simplify the comparison of C. fuscus with
C. albidus, I have arranged the following tabulated form for the
characters of the two species:

Cyclops fuscus. Cyclops albidus.
(1) Inner borders of the stylets ciliated. smooth.
(2) Third segment of second long. short, pear-shaped.
antennze
(3) Receptaculum seminis (Pl. I, fig. 3.) (Pl. I, fig. 4.)
(4) Twelfth segment of first sense-hair. 'sense-club.
antennz bears
(5) Hyaline plate of seventeenth coarsely serrate. finely serrate.
antenne segment
(6) Egg-sacs carried close to abdomen. widely divergent.
(7) Length of outer fureal seta 4 : 7. ese
to that of inner
(8) Fureal sete densely plumose. lightly plumose.

(9) Posterior border of fourth smooth. finely serrate laterally.
thoracic segment

(10) Serration of posterior border do not extend to anal extend to the anus.
of fourth abdominal seg- opening.
ment

(11) Lamella of third pair of minute spinules. ‘coarse spinules.
swimming feet |
(12) Color dark (green and blue). light with occasional
| black portions.

Schmeil notes differences in the form of the spermatozoa and
their position in the spermatophore. The twelve points of difference
noted above should enable anyone to distinguish the two. forms
positively.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Subgenus MARCOCYCLOPS Claus.
Cyclops albidus Jurine. Pi. I.

Monoculus quadricornis var. albidus Jurine, ’20, p. 44, pl. II, figs. 10 and 11.

Cyclops signatus var. tenuicornis Herrick and ‘Turner, ’95, pp. 106, 106,
pl. XV, figs. 5-7; pl. XX, figs. 1-7; pl. XXXII, figs. 1, 2.

Cyclops albidus Schmeil, ’92, pp. 128-132, pl. I, figs. 8-14b; pl. IV, fig. 15.

Cyclops albidus Forbes, ’97, pp. 47-49, pl. XIII.

Cyclops albidus Lilljeborg, ’01, pp. 49-51, pl. IL, figs. 21 and 22.

Cyclops albidus v. Daday, ’06, p. 184.

Cyclops signatus annulicornis Byrnes, ’09, pp. 10-13, pl. IV.

Specific Description—The first segment of the strongly arched
elliptical cephalothorax (Pl. I, fig. 2), is in the proportion of 3 :4
compared with the entire length of the cephalothorax. The lateral
angles of the segments are not prominent. The fifth segment is
rarely visible from above, owing to the arched form of the cephalo-
thorax. The first three segments are smooth along their posterior
borders. I find in all of the specimens examined from this locality
that the fourth segment has on its posterior border, laterally and
not extending to the median line, a row of very minute chitinous
serrations. These are only visible when the animal is turned on its
side. I find no mention of these serrations in any of the descriptions
of this species to which I have access. The fifth segment bears,
dorsally situated, three transverse rows of spinules. The last of
these is the only complete one and borders the segment posteriorly.
The second row does not extend to the median line. The first row
is quite short, lateral in position, and the spinules are considerably
larger than in the other two. Schmeil states in his note number
three, p. 130, that, with two exceptions, these rows of spinules have
“never been observed.’”’ In Cragin’s paper of ’83 in his description
of Cyclops tenuicornis Claus (= Cyclops albidus Jurine), he says:
“Wither side of the fifth thoracic segment is furnished with three
transverse rows of serrulations, of which the posterior one is mar-
ginal.” Furthermore, he illustrates the point in his Pl. II, fig. 13.
His drawing is inconsistent, however, with his description, as it does
not show the marginal row extending the entire width of the segment.
Forbes, very properly, does not mention the row of blunt spinules
between the insertion points of the fifth feet. This is not a “char-
acteristic,” as it is found in Cyclops fuscus Jurine.

The width of the cephalothorax is to its length as 1:2. Its
length to that of the abdomen is as 7:4. (Schmeil reverses these
figures and gives abd. : ceph. : : 9 : 5, obviously an oversight).

The abdomen is heavy; the first segment tapers only slightly,
but the enlargement at the anterior end extends beyond the width

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

of the last thoracic segment. The second and third segments are
cylindrical and their posterior margins are very slightly and unevenly
serrated, largely on the under side. The fourth segment has the
usual fringe of spines on its posterior edge, and tapers suddenly to
the insertion point of the stylets. The stylets (Pl. I, fig. 4) are
short, but slightly divergent and smooth on their inner sides. This
is an important character which Forbes does not note in his deserip-
tion. The proportion of the length to the breadth of each ramus
is 3:1. There are four well-developed apical bristles. The longest
is to the second in length as 7:5; the outer to the inner as 1 : 3.
They are all plumose, but not as densely so as in Cyclops fuscus
Jurine.

The first antenne vary very little in length. In the female they
usually reach to the middle or posterior border of the last thoracic
segment. They are seventeen-jointed, the terminal joints attenuated,
the last three being each armed with an hyaline plate. The edges
of these plates on the fifteenth and sixteenth segments are for the
most part entire, but I have repeatedly seen them, especially at the
base of the fifteenth segmental plate, minutely serrated. More
rarely these serrations extend along the entire edges of all three
plates. The plate of the last segment is always finely serrated on
its distal half. The point where these serrations. cease and the
smooth edge begins is sharply defined by a much deeper notch or
indentation (see Pl. I, fig. 8). The twelfth segment bears a well-
developed sense-club (Pl. I, fig. 10). Its length is about equal to
that of the thirteenth segment. All of the segments, except the
three terminal ones, bear an irregularly broken, longitudinal row of
minute spinules on their under side. The eighth, ninth, tenth,
twelfth and thirteenth segments have each a short row of small
cone-shaped serrations at the poimt of juncture with the following
segments, as in Cyclops fuscus. The twelfth segment (PI. I, fig. 10)
has, in addition, several (usually two) rows of smaller spinules
extending parallel to the marginal semicircular row. ;

Marsh (95) failed to find these ‘‘ crowns of spines” on the antennz
of ‘a large-number of mature females” of C. albidws which he
“examined with great care.’”’ He concludes that this peculiar
character ‘“‘seems to be rarely true in our forms.” Forbes has
found it in the specimens examined by him from many parts of the
country. I have never failed to find it in the local specimens.

The third segment of the second antenne (PI. I, fig. 6) is short
and somewhat pear-shaped. The armature of the swimming feet is
as follows:

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan.,

First pair—outer ramus, four spines, four sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—like second.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines (inner smooth-edged), two sets (distal one
reduced) (see Pl. I, fig. 14).

The lower row of spinules on the lamella connecting the basal
segments of the third pair of swimming feet is very large and well
developed (about twelve coarse spinules).

The fifth foot (Pl. I, fig. 13) is essentially like that of C. fuscus
Jurine. Lilljeborg, in his Pl. IIT, fig. 21, shows the fifth foot differing
from that of C. fuscus (fig. 13) on the same plate by the absence of
the rows of spinules on the two segments. The fifth foot consists
of two segments. The basal segment is slightly convex on its outer
margin, while the inner margin is correspondingly concave (see
Pl. I, fig. 13). Toward the inner lateral surface of this same segment
there are several, usually three, rows of well-developed spinules.
At the outer distal corner it bears a long seta, plumose on its distal
half. The distal segment is set well towards the inner side of the
lower segment and at the point of juncture is ornamented with a
; circle of small spines. It bears on its tip two heavy spines and a
slender seta. The inner spine is slightly longer than the outer.
At its base there is a semicircle of quite prominent spinules. Both
of these spines are more densely plumose on their inner edges. Be-
tween them and borne at the end of a truncated cone-shaped projec-
tion is the long middle seta. It is only slightly plumose at its distal
end, and these hairs (8-10 on each side) are placed at regularly
diminishing intervals.

The shape of the receptaculum seminis (PI. I, fig. 12) can be readily
noted. The anterior division is almost elliptical when fully dis-
tended. The posterior portion is two-lobed and has the form of a
low, widely spread letter w. This organ is practically colorless, and
for this reason its form can be unmistakably observed.

The egg-sacs (Pl. I, fig. 2), carried at a considerable angle from the
abdomen, are nearly as long as the abdomen. Ina @ in which the
abdomen measured .6 mm. the egg-sacs were .57 mm. long.

In discussing the size of this species, Forbes states that “the
usual length of the female in America is from 1.26-1.4 mm., but it
seems to be much greater (2.5 mm.) in the European representatives

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

of this species.”’ It is interesting to note the measurement of the
following five females taken at random:

ING ool 2.5 mm.
INGOs an ents eee on 2.51 mm.
INIGy Shscakaneeee =e 2.21 mm.
INOS Aces. dak . 2.50 mm.
No. 5. vs ; 2.47 mm.

This gives an average measurement of 2.43 mm. for representatives
of the species from this locality—less than .1 mm. difference in size
from European forms. Taking Forbes’ figures and the above
together, we get an average measurement of 1.88 mm.

The color, a blue-gray, occasionally nearly black, is most prominent
in the stylets and last abdominal segment, the second, third, first
half of the fourth, ninth and tenth segments of the first antennee
(@) and in irregular transverse bands, usually four, on the cephalo-
thorax. The remaining portions of the animal are nearly colorless
or a pale shade of yellow, though I have.frequently noted individuals
in which they were a bright blue-green.

The species seems to be one of the commonest not only in America,
but all over the world. Forbes found it “‘in all localities examined.”
In nearly all the lists of crustaceans to which I have access it is
recorded as a common but rarely abundant variety.

Kofoid records it as ‘‘numerically the least important of the
dominant members of the genus in our plankton” (Illinois River).
I have found it to be one of the commonest of the Cyclopide.

Miss Walker has studied the species in Todd’s Pond, Oregon,
where she found it to be, with Cyclops serrulatus, second in abundance
after Cyclops prasinus.

In collections made during the summer of 1909, at Lake Winne-
pesaukee and in the vicinity of Cambridge, Mass.. in March and
April, 1910, C. albidus was a common but not an abundant form.

Subgenus ORTHOCYCLOPS Forbes.

Cyclops modestus Herrick. PI. IJ, figs. 6-11.
Cyclops modestus Herrick, ’83a, p. 500. Pa
Cyclops modestus Heryick and Turner, ’95, pp. 108, 109, pl. XXT, figs. 1—5-
Cyclops modestus Marsh, ’93, pp. 213, 214, pl. V, figs. 10-13.
Cyclops capilliferus Forbes, '93, pp. 248, 249, pl. XL, figs. 14-17; pl. XLI,

fig. 18.

Cyclops modestus Forbes, ’97, pp. 51-53, pl. XV, fig. 4; pl. XVI, figs. 1-3.
Cyclops modestus Byrnes, ’09, pp. 26, 27, pl. XI, figs. 4 and 5.

Specific Description.—The shape of the cephalothorax is very
characteristic in this species (PJ. IT, fig. 6). The first segment reaches

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

its maximum width considerably in front of the posterior border,
and the anterior border line is somewhat straighter than usual,
resembling C. prasinus in this respect. This segment is to the
entire thorax as 5:8. The fourth segment is regularly, semicircu-
larly excavate on its posterior margin. Forbes finds the posterior
edges of the first three segments irregularly notched, but the fourth
smooth. I am unable to verify this observation; all the thoracic
segments of specimens examined by me had smooth posterior edges.
The thorax is about twice as long as wide and one-third as long again
as the abdomen.

In the male the cephalothorax (Pl. II, fig. 7) tapers only a very
little. The first segment is distinctly concave on its anterior border.
It expands abruptly in its anterior third, but its middle does not
attain the width of the preceding thoracic segment. The first three
segments have smooth or faintly uneven posterior margins. The
last segment Forbes notes to be ‘‘ peculiar in lacking the usual fringe
of spines on the posterior edge.’’ I have noted on either side of the
anal opening peculiar, out-curving, hook-like projections of the
chitin (PI. II, fig. 8) on the posterior border of the fourth abdominal
segment. Otherwise its edge is smooth. It is interesting to note
that half-way between the anterior border of the anal opening and
the posterior margin of the third abdominal segment there are
present in this, as in all the Cyclopide, two peculiar button-like
projections whose function may be sensory (Pl. II, fig. 8).

The stylets (Pl. II, fig. 8) are rather slim and about twice as long
as the fourth abdominal segment. Their length is four times their
width. The lateral spine is inserted slightly beyond the middle of
each ramus and from this point half-way to the posterior margin
of the stylets, they are in the female peculiarly excavate. Along
the curving line that marks this character there is a very minute
row of spinules. The outer apical seta is rather short and finely
plumose. The other three apical sete are all well developed. The
outer is to the inner as 4:3. The middle is the longest and is to the
next in length as 3:2. Though Forbes has shown the inner borders
of the stylets to be densely -and coarsely plumose in his fig. 4 of
Pl. XV, he fails to mention this character in his des¢ription. I have
never seen a specimen of C. modestus with the stylets as densely
plumose as he shows them to be. All of the specimens examined
from this locality showed very fine and often unevenly distributed
hairs on the inner surfaces of the stylets (Pl. II, fig. 8). They are
only visible under a high power.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

The female first antenne consist of sixteen segments. Herrick
notes a similar form with seventeen joints, but this again I am unable
to verify. They extend a little beyond the posterior margin of the
first thoracic segment. The second, third, tenth, and thirteenth
segments bear unusually long, heavy, plumose setz. In the males
these spines, which correspond to those of the third segment in the
female antenne, are very conspicuous (PI II, fig. 7). When the
first antenne are folded under the body they protrude as shown in
the figure. This also occurs when the female antenue are folded
under the cephalothorax. The female antenne show an unusual
change of direction between the third and fourth segments, giving
the animal a characteristic appearance and making the females
resemble the males to the naked eye. ‘On the fourteenth and fifteenth
segments of the first female antennze occur several characters that
may be sensory in function. The fourteenth segment bears a minute
sensory hair and a very inconspicuous, transparent, hyaline plate
that contains about twelve coarse serrations (Pl. II, fig. 11). The
fifteenth segment bears a smooth-edged hyaline plate of which the
distal end is club-shaped and protrudes considerably beyond the
anterior end of the segment. Forbes (’97) indicated the position
of this plate in his fig. 1, Pl. X VI, of the first female antenne, but he
seems to have overlooked the character of the organ. In the figure,
the positions of the large setze of the fourteenth and fifteenth segments
are indicated.

The armature of the three segmented swimming feet is very
constant. The sets: and the apical spines are long and slender.
Forbes notes that “‘the distal segments of the third and fourth pairs
of legs turn inward in a way peculiar to this species.’”’ The inner
border of the distal segment of the inner ramus of all four pairs is
finely plumose. The feet armature is as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, four spines, four sete; imner ramus, six

sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, six
sete.

Third pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, six
sete.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

The lamellze connecting the swimming feet have a peculiar form.
Pl. II, fig. 10, shows this feature in the third pair. In the fourth pair
the place of the seta on the basal joint is taken by a short chitinous

40) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

point. The lamella of the second pair is similar to that of the third,
while in the first pair the chitin points have become quite rounded
and smooth.

The fifth foot (Pl. II, fig. 9) is generally considered as having three
joints. Forbes states that it “has three freely movable segments,
though the basal one is small.” Miss Byrnes simply states that
“the fifth foot is very distinctly three-jointed, and not ‘obscurely’ as
Herrick observed.”” The basal segment is certainly very short,
though its presence is no longer a matter of conjecture. Whether -
it is “freely movable’? I am unable to say. The second segment
is almost square and bears a short seta on its outer side. They are
both plumose and the larger is borne at the end of a slight projection
of the segment. The shorter of these setze is usually folded under the
longer, as shown in the figure. The rudimentary feet in this species
are unusually large.

The receptaculum seminis is very much like that of C. bicuspidatus
Claus. The anterior division is very low, extending but a little
beyond the porus. The posterior, bag-shaped portion reaches half-
way to the posterior margin of the abdominal segment.

The egg-saes are narrow and extend a little beyond the ends of
the stylets. They usually contain from 10-12 dark ove.

Forbes gives 1.2 mm. for the length of C. modestus. I find it
slightly larger, 1.3 mm. being an average length for females.

The color of this species is most beautiful, violet and lavender
shades predominating. It is evenly distributed in the chitin and
persists in preserved material. There aré usually a number of
large, orange-colored globules below the chitin. These are specially
numerous in the cephalothorax and the swimming feet.

C. modestus can be readily distinguished from all other species by
the sixteen-jointed first antenne, the three-jointed fifth foot, the
very characteristic stylets, and the receptaculum seminis.

While nowhere an abundant species, C. modestus appears to be
very: generally distributed over the United States. Forbes reports
it from several localities in Illinois and from Grebe Lake in the
Yellowstone Park. Marsh found it in Rush Lake, Wisconsin, and
Herrick in Cullman County, Alabama. Miss Byrnes has recently
studied the species from the Long Island waters. I have found it,
always in small numbers, one of the rarer species of the genus from
this locality.

In a collection from ‘Fresh Pond,’’ Cambridge, Mass., made in
the fall of 1909, this form outnumbered all other species. It occurs

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. AT

also in collections from Lake Winnepesaukee made during July and
August, 1909.

Subgenus MICROCYCLOPS Claus.

Cyclops varicans Sars. PI. IL, figs. 6-10.
Cyclops varicans Sars, 62, pp. 252, 253.
Cyclops varicans Schmeil, ’91, pp. 33, 34; ’92, pp. 116-118, pl. VI, figs. 1
Cyclops varicans Forbes, ’97, pp. 63 and 64.
Cyclops varicans Lilljeborg, '01, pl. IV, figs. 23, 24, pp.
Cyclops rubellus Lilljeborg, ’01, pl. IV, figs. 25 and 26, pp.
Cyclops bicolor Byrnes, ’09, pl. XIII, pp. 29-31.

as
fo-l.

Synonymy and Distribution—Though I am unable to translate
Lilljeborg’s Swedish description of his new species C. rubellus, I am
convinced from the Latin synopsis as well as his drawings of the
receptaculum seminis and abdomen that this species is synonymous
with C. varicans Sars. His drawing of the receptaculwm seminis
shows this organ to have the form of that pictured by Schmeil (Taf.
VI, fig. 3) with a slightly greater expansion of the “wings” of the
anterior division. By a careful study of this organ in a number of
specimens, I have concluded that what Lilljeborg pictures as the
receptaculum seminis of the type C. varicans (see Taf. IV, fig. 24, of
his paper of ’01) is the extreme form of narrow anterior portion,
Schmeil’s drawing showing a slightly greater expansion of this same-
division. Lilljeborg’s drawing of the receptaculum of C. rubellus and
my own (PI. III, fig. 10) of this organ in C. varicans are examples of
the extremely wide and wing-like form. The proportional lengths
of the caudal sete, as shown by Lilljeborg, are identical with those-
of the typical varicans (Pl. ILI, figs. 6 and 7).

Miss Byrnes in her recent paper (March, ’09) has described a species
of Cyclops under the name of C. bicolor. Her description of the-
antenn, which she states ‘‘contain each twelve segments,” at once
suggests C. varicans, for nowhere do I find a record of C. bicolor with
more than eleven joints in the first female antenne. Schmeil gives
eleven, Lilljeborg 10-11, and Marsh has noted a form with ten
segmented antenne, though he finds the usual number is eleven.
Herrick, with whose description she seems to have compared her
own, also gives eleven as the number of female antennal segments.
Miss Byrnes’ formula for the swimming feet agrees exactly with that
of specimens examined from this locality. In speaking of the
variation of this species, she says: ‘“‘The species C. bicolor is usually
placed (e.g., by Marsh) among Cyclops having ten or eleven segments.
The occurrence, therefore, of a twelve-jointed antenna shows that
considerable variation may occur in this organ. Except in this

/

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

respect, the form from Cold Spring Harbor agrees with Professor
Marsh’s description.” The above extract needs no comment.
Herrick assigns C. varicans a place among the twelve-jointed-antennze
forms having a two-segmented fifth foot. This may account for
Miss Byrnes’ error, for Herrick’s drawing of the fifth foot of C. varicans
is quite incorrect.

C. varicans is one of the rarer species of the genus. Schmeil
found it sparingly in the vicinity of Halle. Lilljeborg reports it and
describes it from Sweden. Herrick found it but once, and Miss
Byrnes also collected it in a single instance from a pond on Long
Island, describing it as a twelve-jointed variation of C. bicolor. In
his summary of species Forbes records it as “‘a fairly common species
throughout the range of Cyclops in North America.’’ I have found
it in small numbers in the March and April, 1909, collections in this
locality and sparingly in the vicinity of Cambridge, Mass., and
from Lake Winnepesaukee collections taken in July and August, 1909.

Specific Description—The first segment of the almost elliptical
cephalothorax (Pl. III, fig. 6) is about as long as wide and a little
over half as long as the entire thorax (3:5). The lateral angles of
the third, fourth, and especially the fifth thoracic segments are
prominent. The proportion of cephalothorax and abdomen is as
10:7. The posterior borders of all the thoracie segments are
smooth. The fifth segment is somewhat flattened and extended
laterally. Its lateral edges protrude considerably beyond the first
abdominal segment. At the ends.of these wing-like projections of
the fifth thoracic segment are inserted long, curving, plumose sete,
which are usually considered homologous to the outer sete of the
basal segments of the two-jointed rudimentary fifth feet. The
fifth feet are inserted at the inner corners of the lateral projections
of the fifth thoracic segment on its posterior edge (PI. III, fig. 9).

The first abdominal segment is considerably expanded in its
anterior half (Pl. III, figs. 6 and 10). The entire abdomen, which
is rather slim, tapers gradually to the furea. The posterior borders
of the first three segments are smooth. On the posterior edge of
the fourth abdominal segment, ventrally placed and rarely extending
half way around the circumference of the segment, there is present
a short row of long serrations.

The stylets (Pl. III, fig. 7) taper slightly and are carried very
close together. They are slightly shorter than the last two abdominal
segments taken together. The outer apical bristle is rather heavy,
sparsely plumose, and nearly as long as the delicate inner one. Of

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

the two developed apical setz, the inner longer onc is to the outer
as 10:7. Schmeil shows both of these setee to be evenly plumose
on their distal seven-eighths. This character is rarely present in the
specimens from this vicinity. The anterior plumose portion is
replaced by a short row of delicate spines on either side of the sete
(PI. ILI, fig. 7). These do not merge into the hair-like forms gradually,
but end abruptly at the beginning of the plumes as in the long
median caudal seta of C. phaleratus. The lateral spine is inserted
two-thirds of the length of the stylets from their anterior border.
It is usually delicately plumose, although the bare form is not rare.

The female first antenne may have either eleven or twelve seg-
ments. The number given by Schmeil is twelve, but I have frequently
found eleven-jointed sexually mature forms, bearing eggs. Such
forms occur more frequently in late winter and the twelve-jointed-
- antenn forms in April and May (PI. ILI, figs. 6 and 8). The antenne
are a little over two-thirds as long as the first thoracic segment.
The division from eleven to twelve joints takes place in the third
joint. The fourth, fifth and sixth joints are often narrower than
the seventh and eighth. Most of the antennal bristles are not
plumose. Schmeil notes the presence of a well-developed, closely
lying sense-club on the ninth segment. This I cannot discover on
the specimens that have come under my observation. In its place
there is a minute sensory (?) hair.

The first antenn of the male are peculiar in the unusual develop-
ment of the sensory structures of the first division. These are
larger than in any other species of the genus and may be readily
noted even under a slight magnification as long blue, semi-transparent,
narrow bag-shaped structures on the posterior side of the antenne.

The swimming feet are all two-jointed. The outer ramus of the
fourth pair is generally visible from above in life. This is due to
the unusually large lamella connecting these feet which makes them
protrude at a greater lateral angle. Schmeil notes that the fourth
pair of swimming feet is less fully developed than the other three
pairs. In fig. 11 of Pl. III I have shown a foot of the third pair.
It is interesting to note an indication of the third segment; a row of
short hairs at the middle of the distal segment of the outer ramus
and a group of longer hairs on the corresponding segment of the
inner ramus. This character is always present in the first three
pairs of swimming feet.

The armature of the swimming feet is as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five setee; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, five sete.

Third pair—outer ramus, four spines, five setae; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, five sete.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five setae; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines, three sete.

The above armature is quite constant. Herrick states the fifth
foot is two-jointed. Since he has only collected the species in a
single instance, this must be considered an error. There is often a
very inconspicuous indication of a former large basal segment
(Pl. III, fig. 9), but the movable fifth foot consists of a single cylin-
drical joint. At the middle of its distal end there is pore a long,
delicately plumose seta (Pl. III, fig. 9).

The shape of the receptaculum seminis has already been discussed.
Fig. 5 of Pl. III shows what is probably the extreme ‘“‘wing-like”’
formation of the anterior division. The posterior portion is about
as long as the anterior and has the form of a short bag. The porus
is situated immediately between the two portions on the narrow
transverse division that extends entirely across the first abdominal
segment.

The egg-sacs contain from ten to twelve ove and are carried at a
slight angle from the abdomen.

The following measurements of six females taken at different
times give an average length of .867 mm.

INO:8L.. At ys Total le ngth = .895 mm.
No. 2 = = .841 mm.
No. 3 ne < -= 9662.
No. 4 “ “ = 296).
No. 5 . = )-60 nine
No. 6 = 380) ome

The females average .21 mm.’in width. The males are somewhat
smaller than the females—.69 mm. being an average oe Schmeil
gives .8-.92 mm. for the size of the females and “about” .7 mm. for
the males. Sars’ figures are somewhat greater—l mm. " ‘Herrick
gives .8 mm.

The color of C. varicans is ordinarily very pale. A faint shade of
yellow is noticeable throughout the body, making the animal un-
usually inconspicuous. It may be readily distinguished from all
other species of the genus by its short, twelve-jointed antenne, the
very characteristic receptaculum seminis, and the two-jointed swim-
ming feet.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

Subgenus EUCYCLOPS Claus.
Cyclops prasinus Fischer. PI. III, figs. 1-5,

Cyclops prasinus Fischer, '60, pp. 652-654, pl. XX, figs. 19-26a.

Cyclops fluviatilis Herrick, ’82, p. 231, pl. VII, figs. 1-9.

Cyclops magnoctavus Cragin, ’83, pp. 70, 71, pl. ITI, figs. 14-28.

Cyclops prasinus Schmeil, ’92, pp. 150-156, pl. V, figs. 1-5.

Cyclops fluviatilis Herrick and Turner, ’95, pp. 114, 115, pl. XXVI, figs. 1-8;
pl. XXX, fig. 1.

Cyclops prasinus Forbes, 97, pp. 57-59, pl. XUX, figs. 1 and 2; pl. XX,
figs. 1 and 2.

Cyclops fluviatilis Brewer, ’98, pp. 135, 136.

Cyclops prasinus v. Daday, ’06, p. 180.

Cyclops fluviatilis Byrnes, 09, pp. 28, 29, pl. XV, figs. 1 and 2.

Specific Description—The form of the cephalothorax in this, the
smallest species found in this locality, is that of an ellipse slightly
flattened at the ends. The first segnient is to the total length of the
cephalothorax as 5:7. Its length is to its width as 5:4. The
lateral angles of all the thoracic segments are obscure. Their
posterior borders are unserrated. The lateral edges of the last
segment bear each a fringe of very minute hairs (PI. ITT, fig. 5).

The abdomen, which is to the cephalothorax as 5:9, is rather
slender and tapers only slightly towards its posterior end. The
first segment is enlarged at its anterior end and about as wide as the
last cephalothoracic segment. The posterior borders of all the
abdominal segments are unevenly and minutely serrated.

The short stylets (Pl. III, figs. 1 and 2) stand well apart in the
living animal. The lateral spines are situated 3 of the length of the
stylets from their anterior end. Of the apical sete only two are
well developed. The inner and outer bristles are small. Of these
the outer is much heavier and is slightly shorter than the inner.
Neither attains the length of the stylets. Of the large middle pair
the inner is to the outer as 5:3. Brewer gives 4:5 “or equal.”
The larger of the two is four times, the shorter about three times, as
long as the stylets. Both are delicately plumose.

The first pair of (twelve-jointed) antennze (PI. III, fig. 1) reach in
the female to the posterior border of the third thoracic segment.
Forbes finds them often reaching “quite to the first abdominal
segment.”’ The eighth joint is the longest, exceeding that of the two
preceding segments. Dr. Schmeil finds on the ninth segment a
‘well-developed sense-club,’’ and, in his foot-note, states that
Richard ‘“‘even denied the presence of a sense-club.” All of my
specimens agree with Forbes’ description in the absence of the
sense-club, but “minute sensory bristle” on the tenth segment.
This seems, then, to be undoubtedly a characteristic point of differ-

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

ence from the European forms. The three terminal joints are
slightly curved and each bears a well-developed hyaline plate. The
edges of these plates, which Forbes found to be entire, seem to vary.
I have frequently found them finely serrated on the distal third of
the terminal segmental plate. Again I have noted a very distinct
notch or indentation at the posterior end of the serrations. This
resembles somewhat the characteristic ‘‘notch”’ in the corresponding
plate of Cyclops leuckarti Claus, though it is not so deep nor con-
spicuous. Occasionally I have observed a specimen in which all
three hyaline plates were finely serrated. The commonest form has
two of the plates with smooth edges, though the plate of the last
segment invariably has the slight notch mentioned above (PI. III,
fig. 3).

The very long and strong set on the first and fourth antennal
segments and the change of direction of the remaining segments
beyond the fourth, as well as the short caudal stylets, suggest a
superficial resemblance to Cyclops modestus Herrick..

The four pairs of swimming feet are armed as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five setee; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, six
sete.

Third pair—lke second.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, three sete.

Both the spines and sets of these feet are peculiarly long and
slender. -

The rudimentary fifth foot (Pl. III, fig. 4) consists of a single seg-
ment, armed with a spine and two sete. The spine is inserted
immediately above the characteristic bulge of the minutely plumose
inner side. The longer of the two sete is borne at the end of a cone-
shaped projection of the distal end of the segment. The remaining
seta is inserted on the outer side of the segment at the base of the
cone-like process. Its length is two-thirds that of the apical seta
and slightly greater than that of the spine. Both the sete are
delicately plumose; the spine is more coarsely so. Brewer notes that
the “three set” are bare in his specimens.

The form of the receptaculum seminis (Pl. ILI, fig. 5) is the most
characteristic feature of this species, though it is frequently quite
difficult to distinguish owing to the density of the pigment matter
in the first abdominal segment. It consists of two very distinct

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

divisions. The anterior portion has a central arm extending half-
way to the upper edge of the first abdominal segment, which branches
into two wing-like projections at right angles to the central arm and
extending transversely across the abdomen on either side of the
median line. The outer ends of these projections are often slightly
enlarged. Forbes and Schmeil both find that these side arms are
“S-shaped.”’ Among all the specimens that I have examined from
this locality, I have noted the ‘‘S shape” in only one instance. In
many cases the outer ends of the wing-forms tend to turn up slightly,
but the “‘S-shaped”’ canals are certainly the exception and not the
rule among the local representatives of this species. Consequently,
in my drawing (PI. III, fig. 5) I have shown what I consider a rather
more characteristic form of the receptaculum seminis for C. prasinus.
This somewhat insignificant detail shows that the receptaculum
seminis may be a variable character.

The portion of the receptaculum behind the suture consists of two
lateral sacs connected by a narrow transverse canal lying close under
the suture. In the middle of the anterior edge of this lower con-
necting arm is the porus. The anterior division of the receptaculum
fuses with the posterior at this same point.

The contents of the upper and lower portions differ in appearance
only. Dr. Schmeil has proved that the spermatozoa in the upper
portion are simply more densely packed together than in the lower.

The egg-sacs contain only a few ova. I have never noted more
than ten; seven is an average number. They adhere closely to the
abdomen, often covering two-thirds of its dorsal area.

An average length for the female from this locality is .82 mm.
Forbes gives .48—.7 mm. Some of the European measurements
are as follows:

Vosseler............ a0) mme

Richard.............. : .9 mm. (after Schmeil).
Vernet... .88 mm.

Schmeil..... .8-.9 mm.

The males average .62 mm. long and .14 wide. They have a very
long sete at the distal end of the first division of the first antenne.
The color seems to be quite constant. The first thoracic segment
is a pale yellowish-brown with irregular patches of blue-green along
its posterior border. The remaining thoracic segments are a deep
shade of blue-green. The first abdominal segment is brown, more
dense in the anterior half. The remaining segments are irregularly
blotched with the thoracic shade of green which becomes solid in

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : [Jan.,

the stylets. The first pair of antennz are a brownish-yellow; their
anterior border is often tinged with green. Forbes has ‘“‘seen both
blue and pink individuals.’’ Herrick found that the color varies
“from deep indigo to greenish-brown.’’ Cragin states: “Animal
dirty blue-green, antenne lighter. Dark green pigment masses are
scattered beneath the integument in various places, particularly
along the anterior side of the first antennz.”’

This species is quite generally distributed over the eastern and
central United States. Herrick found it in Lake Minnetonka, Minn.
Marsh reports the species from Lake Erie, Lake Michigan, and some
of the smaller lakes of Michigan and Wisconsin. Forbes has found
it in collections from Sister Lake, Fla., and many localities in the
State of Illinois. As C. flwiatilis Herrick, Brewer reports it from
the vicinity of Lincoln, Nebraska, and Miss Byrnes from Long
Island. Miss E. R. Walker reports it as the most abundant form
from Todd’s Pond, Oregon. It is one of the most abundant forms
in September and October dredgings, but I have noted only a few
individuals during the winter months.

It is easily distinguished by its small size, its habit of swimming
near the surface, its dark color (it frequently appears to be black
to the naked eye), and, under the microscope, by the very charac-
teristic form of the recepiaculum seminis and short caudal sete.

Subgenus PARACYCLOPS Claus.

‘Cyclops phaleratus Koch. PI. IV, figs. 1-4.

Cyclops phaleratus Koch, ’35—’41, Heft 21, pp. 8, 9, pl. IX.

Cyclops perarmatus Cragin, ’83, pp. 72, 73, pl. I, figs. 9-18.

Cyclops phaleratus Schmeil, ’92, pp. 170-178, pl. VIII, figs. 1-11.

Cyclops phaleratus Herrick and Turner, ’95, pp. 120, 121, pl. XVII, figs. 1-7;
pl. XVII, figs. 2-2d; pl. XIX, fig. 1; pl. XXI, figs. 6-10.

Cyclops phaleratus Marsh, °95, pp. 19, 20. a

‘Cyclops phaleratus Forbes, ’97, pp. 59-62, pl. XX, fig. 3.

Cyclops phaleratus Lilljeborg, ’01, pp. 105-109, pl. VI, figs. 20, 21.

Cyclops phaleratus Byrnes, ’09, pp. 31-33, pl. XIV, figs. 1-9.

Specific Description —The first segment of the unusually broad
cephalothorax is a little longer than the other four thoracic segments.
Its width is slightly greater than its length. The posterior borders
of the first three thoracic segments are smooth. The fourth segment
is ornamented with a minute fringe of short serrations. The chitinous
covering of the fifth thoracic segment is composed of a continuous
cylinder like the abdominal segments, and not of a dorsal and ventral
plate, as is the case in the corresponding segment of other species of
this genus. This segment is armed ventrally along its posterior
margin by a row of heavy, cone-shaped teeth (Pl. IV, fig. 4) which

ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

extend at a slight angle and not parallel to the body. This row is,
furthermore, not continuous, but generally interrupted in the middle
for a short distance on either side of the median line. Occasionally,
however, I have noted specimens in which this row of spinules is
practically continuous, though there is always a slight break. The
length of the entire cephalothorax to that of the abdomen is as 7 : 5.

The first abdominal segment is very slightly smaller than the
fifth thoracic segment, and the whole abdomen tapers but little.
How small this taper is may be readily seen from the following pro-
portional width of each segment at its posterior border.

BTS DRSE STIG Ups et cee lana (ct hk ES nO EDT,
Second segment... op tings, acta een see PAG
Third segment ee : oles rah edt ee 24
Fourth segment.......... Je cn Meat Nie pee SL

The proportional lengths of the four abdominal segments beginning
with first are 11:7:6:2. All the segments are cylindrical. The
posterior borders of the first, second, and third segments are minutely
serrated (Pl. IV, fig. 2). The last abdominal segment is less than one-
fifth as long as the first segment and bears on its posterior border a
fringe of unusually long and heavy spines (PI. IV, fig. 2).

The stylets are short (Pl. IV, fig. 2). Their length and width are
to each other as 4 :3—a proportion that shows them to be very wide.
Below the point of insertion of the short lateral spine, which may or
may not be plumose, the stylets taper rapidly. In addition to this
lateral spine, there is a row of slightly shorter spmules (usually from-
four to six) extending from the lateral spine, ventrally, slightly below
the middle of the side of each stylet. Forbes mentions ‘‘a row of
long spinules on the ventral side of each ramus, extending from the
middle line of the anterior border to the point of insertion of the
lateral spine.”” I have never noted such a row of spinules in any of
my specimens, though this entire minutely spinose armament of the
stylets must be considered a variable feature. There are two or
three rows of minute hairs extending obliquely from the middle of
the anterior border of each stylet towards the posterior border.
The interior border of the stylets is often plumose (Schmeil found
an “unbehaarten Innenrande”’) and the inner and posterior dorsal
surfaces are armed with irregular groups and rows of short, blunt
spines (Pl. IV, fig. 2). Forbes and Schmeil both note that the
outermost apical bristle ‘‘is placed high up on the side of the stylet.”’
In his fig. 1 on pl. VIII, Schmeil has shown this to be the case, but
in fig. 2 of the same plate he shows this spine inserted directly beside

4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the shorter of the two developed caudal sete. I have found it only
as he shows in fig. 2 (Pl. IV, fig. 2). This spine is often quite blunt
and always densely p:umose on both sides. At the point of insertion
there are several long, dorsally placed serrations extending a third
of the distance about the base of the spine. The innermost bristle
is very delicate, about as long as the outer, and plumose on its outer
side only. Of the two well-developed median bristles, the inner is
from two and one-half to three times as long as the outer. Its first
third is bare, the middle portion fringed with small spines, and the
last third finely plumose. It is longer than the abdomen and un-
usually wide at its insertion point. The smaller of the two developed
caudal sete is bare for one-quarter of its length, thence to its tip it
is fringed with a row of small spines on the outside and delicately
plumose on the inner. Between the insertion point and the beginning
of the outside row of spines there is often a minute fringe of hairs.
The dorsal median seta is quite slender, a little longer than the outer
apical spine, and not plumose.

The first antennie of the female (PI. IV, fig. 3) are eleven-jointed
in most cases, though the ten-jointed form appears occasionally.
Schmeil records only the ten-jointed form from Germany, and
Lilljeborg the same from Sweden in his paper of 1901. Forbes
states that they “may be either ten- or eleven-segmented,”’ and
Miss Byrnes has noted a single individual in which the left antenna
had eleven, the right but ten segments. I have noted a similar
individual in a single case. Herrick found that ‘‘the antenna is
usually ten-jointed, but frequently is eleven-jointed (?), and is much
shorter than the first thoracic segment.’’ The question-mark seems
to indicate some doubt as to the existence of the eleven-jointed form,
though subsequent workers have verified his observation in the case
of the American representatives of this species. It is interesting to
note here that the eleven-jointed form has, as far as I am able to
ascertain, been recorded only by the American investigators. In
the eleven-jointed form there is borne at the distal end of the eighth
segment, in place of a sense-club, a minute sensory bristle. The
antennz taper but little in the first nine joints, the last two being
considerably narrower than the others. The last joint bears an
unusually strongly developed seta. The armature of the other
antennal joints is quite uniform. The length of the female first
antenne is a little more tham half that of the first cephalothoracic
segment.

Schmeil states the first antenns of the male are normal. I have

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

noted that there is on the last division an unusually large spine, set
well towards the distal end. There is also a small blunt spine witli a
large comb-like fringe on its outer margin, placed about in the
middle of the second large division of the male antennze. The re-
maining spines are rather smaller than in other species. On the
joints of the first division there are present, on the under side, the
usual long, blunt, finely plumose sensory structures.

The second antennz are very short and broad. The long curving
seta of the basal segment I have never found to be evenly plumose
as Schmeil shows it. It is usually armed with a row of short spmules
on each side of its distal three quarters, while the first quarter bears,
only on its upper side, an uneven row of longer spinules. The
second segment bears on its outer side a double row of delicate spines,
and on its upper side a fringe of spinules and near its distal end a
peculiar spine. The distal half of this spine is curved and bears on
its upper side a comb-like fringe of fine spinules. The smaller spine
on the distal end of the third segment has this same peculiar curve
and fringe. The curved sete at the top of the fourth segment are
short and very broad.

The four pairs of swimming feet are all three-segmented, both
spines and sete are well developed, and the outer edges of the first
and second segments of each ramus bear rows of heavy spinules.
The armature is most variable. For example, I have found on the
outer ramus of the first pair either three or four spines and five sete.
Again in the second pair on the corresponding ramus I have found
four spines with either four or five sete. In another case I have found
on the outer ramus of the fourth foot of the right side, three spines
and five setze and on the same ramus of the opposite side four spines
and four sets. Furthermore, the armature of the inner ramus of
the second and third pairs of swimming feet differs consistently from
that given by Forbes, in the presence of an extra seta on the inner
side. This seta is very obscure and may bé overlooked on account
of the long spinules on the same side of the ramus, but its existence
can be positively identified by its position and by the fact that,
though it is-often not much larger than the accompanying spinules,
it is the only one that is plumose. I give this rather lengthy dis-
cussion of the swimming feet merely as an example of the armature
not being constant nor reliable as a point of differentiation of species.
(See Introduction.) The following is an average armature for the
local specimens: :

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five setae; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

s
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—outer ramus, four spines, five sete; Inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; inner ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

The fifth feet (Pl. IV, fig. 4) are merely flange-like projections of
the fifth thoracic segment. They are moré lateral than ventral, and
there is ordinarily no line marking the position of a former segment.
Occasionally, however, I have noted a faint indication of a possible
segment, extending from the base of the outer spine obliquely to a
point below the inner spine where the large row.of serrations con-
necting the two fifth feet ceases (see description of cephalothorax
and fig. 4, Pl. IV). The fifth foot is armed with three nearly equal
spines, of which the inner is coarsely plumose, the middle one more
finely plumose, and the outer bare or finely and sparingly plumose
on its outer side. Schmeil’s criticism of Brady’s “otherwise excellent
drawing,” in which he shows all three spines to be plumose, is hardly
justifiable (see note 2, p. 176, of Schmeil’s monograph). In addition
to the three large spines there are several small serrations about the
base of the mner spine and an uneven mass of similar small serrations
laterally below the outer spine.

The receptaculum seminis consists of two nearly equal divisions
extending as narrow bands transversely across the entire first
abdominal segment. The porus is situated in the middle of the
short, median, common portion. Owing to the dark color of this
species, the structure of the receptaculum is extremely difficult to
observe.

The egg-sacs are borne close to the abdomen and frequently extend
quite beyond the end of the stylets. They usually contain from ten
to twenty large dark eggs. The oviducts are of unusual interest in this
species. While in all other species they terminate within the cephalo-
thorax, in C. phaleratus they extend as a blind duct to the anterior
border of the fourth abdominal segment (PI. IV, fig. 1).

The following measurements of six females covering collections
from the same spot during two years, give an average length of
1.73 mm.

No. 1 : ; Total length = 1.6
No. 2 : . Fes So BO ee he) Ss * = 1.95
NO. o.. ER Ren i! Sg okie AE eos : zs cs = 1.88
No. 4 ate ce rh ga = 1.78
NO: See: Pa? _ + i = 71-61
No. 6 : ee te ee eee ee ee “e 4 = 1:6

.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

The males are only a little smaller—1.6 mm. being an average length
for local specimens. The coloring of C. phaleratus is most brilliant.
The ground-color; which in this species is directly in the chitin, is a
brick-red. The second thoracic segment, the last abdominal segment,
the stylets and the caudal sete and spines, the swimming feet, the
mouth parts, second antenne, and the last segment of the first antennze
are sky-blue, which varies in intensity. Often these parts appear
quite colorless. The egg-saes are dark blue or lavender in the first
stages of development.

C. phaleratus is a pelagic species. In aquaria it may often be
found a little above the water line, where it sometimes crawls even
beyond the upper margin of the meniscus line. Its swimming
motion is a rapidly darting one. The easiest way of distinguishing
it from all other members of the genus is by its superficial resemblance
to the genus Canthocamptus. The short, eleven-jointed antenn,
and form of the rudimentary fifth feet, are certain microscopic points
of identification.

This species seems to be very widely distributed in America, though
nowhere is it particularly abundant. Forbes reports it from several
localities in Illinois and Wisconsin and from Portage La Prairie,
Manitoba. Marsh has found it in several of the Michigan lakes
and Cragin reports it from Cambridge, Mass., as Cyclops perarmatus.
Miss Byrnes has studied the species on Long Island, where she found
it in ‘shallow, fresh-water ponds.’’ I have noted it rather more
abundantly in the spring collections, but never in great numbers from
the vicinity of Haverford, Pa., and from a small spring-water pond
near Gillette, Wyoming, as well as in collections from Lake Winne-
pesaukee and the vicinity of Cambridge, Mass.

Subgenus PARACYCLOPS Claus.
Cyclops fimbriatus var. poppei Rehberg. PI. IV, figs. 5-11.

Cyclops poppet Rehberg, ’80, p. 550, Taf. VI, figs. 9-11.

Cyclops fimbriatus Schmeil, ’91, pp. 35, 36.

Cyclops fimbriatus var. poppet Schmeil, ’92, pp. 168-170, Taf. VII, figs. 14-16.

Cyclops fimbriatus Herrick, ’95, pp. 121, 122, pl. XVII, figs. 8, 9; pl. XXI,
fig. 11; pl. XXV, figs. 9-14.

Cyclops fimbriatus var. poppet Forbes, ’97, pp. 63 and 65.

Cyclops fimbriatus Byrnes, ’09, p. 33, pl. XV.

Synonymy and Distribution —In his Beitrdge zur Kenntniss, etc.,
of 791, Schmeil considered Cyclops poppet Rehberg, synonymous
with the typical C. fimbriatus. The following year, however, after
a more careful study of the species, though he still claimed the
differences to be too few to warrant a new species, he granted that

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

there should be a variety of C. fimbriatus, which he named C. fimbriatus
var. poppet Rehberg.

All of Herrick’s drawings of the stylets of what he describes as
C. fimbriatus Fischer show that his specimens belonged to the var.
poppet, and not to the typical form. Forbes recognizes the variety
poppei, but gives no description or figures in connection with his
note of the occurrence of the species. Miss Byrnes, following
Herrick’s mistake, has described this variety as the typical C. fim-
briatus from Long Island. Her fig. 5, pl. XV, of the stylets with
their characteristic armature of a longitudinal row of spines proves
that the animal examined by her was not fimbriatus, but the variety
poppet of Rehberg. There has been not a little confusion of the

above-mentioned two forms. I cannot find a single description of |

the typical C. fimbriatus Fischer by any American investigator.
The species seems to be represented in this country by the variety
only. This has been described at least twice under the name of the
type form.

Cyclops fimbriatus var. poppei seems to be one of the rarer species
of the genus. Several of the investigators have failed to find it.
Kofoid states in his Plankton of the Illinois River, ““E. B. Forbes
(797) records in May, September, 1896, C. varicans Sars as common,
and C. fimbriatus var. poppet Rehberg and C. bicolor Sars as rare.”’
Forbes states that this is ‘‘a rare species in Manitoba, Alabama,
and the north central States.’”’ Brewer does not record it from the
waters about Lincoln, Nebraska. Marsh, in 95, names “ fimbriatus”’
in his Key to Species of Cyclops, but gives no description. Miss
Byrnes has studied the species from Long Island waters, where she
states that “Cyclops fimbriatus has been taken in great numbers—
especially in the collections made in the early spring.”” This obser-
vation agrees very closely with my own regarding the variety poppei
in this vicinity. In a collection made in the spring (March) of 1907
it was the most abundant form. I have never recorded it from
September to January. In February, 1909, I found a few egg-bearing
females. I consider it one of the rarest of the members of the genus
found in this locality.

Specific Description—The somewhat slim cephalothorax (Pl. IV,
fig. 5) tapers only slightly posteriorly. The first segment is half as
long as the entire thorax. The dorso-ventral diameter is short in
proportion to the length of the animal. In a specimen measuring
1.13 mm. it was but .14 mm. The width of the three posterior
thoracic segments diminishes but a little. The lateral angles of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

thoracic segments are not prominent. Both Herrick and Miss
Byrnes have obviously drawn their specimens under pressure, when,
as I have repeatedly observed, the thoracic outline is entirely changed.
Fig. 5, Pl. IV, shows the form of cephalothorax in life. The third
segment is finely serrated along its entire posterior margin (fig. 10,
Pl]. 1V). These serrations often are slightly larger at the end of the
marginal row. The fourth thoracic segment bears, laterally, a short
row of minute but rather coarse “hairs” (fig. 11, Pl. 1V). On the
corresponding portions of the fifth segment there are present similar
short rows of coarse hairs, but on this segment they are much larger
(fig. 8, Pl. IV). The entire cephalothorax is to the abdomen as 7 : 5.
Its length to its width is as 2: 1.

~The abdomen is wide, the first segment being but a little narrower
than the fifth segment of the thorax. In my drawing of the living
animal (fig. 5, Pl. IV) the first abdominal segment is foreshortened
owing to the curve of the entire dorsal surface. This fact, taken
together with the short first antenne and the method of locomotion,
suggests a strong resemblance to members of the genus Cantho-
camptus. The first three abdominal segments are finely serrate on
their posterior margins. These serrations in the fourth segment,
instead of stopping at the sides of the anal opening, turn anteriorly
and extend a short distance along either side of this opening. There
are, furthermore, between the upturned portion of the posterior row
of serrations and the side of the anal opening, two very minute rows
of what Schmeil ealls: ‘“button-like projections” (fig. 6, Pl. IV).
Neither Herrick’s nor Miss Byrnes’ drawings give an accurate view
of this armature, though the former evidently noticed this detail
from his fig. 11, Pl. 21, of his report of ’95. Miss Byrnes’ drawing
shows the marginal row of serrations of the fourth abdominal segment
extending across the anal opening. All the abdominal segments
-bear transverse rows of minute indentations of tne form of the
marginal serrations, but not projections of the cuticula. This may
easily be proved by turning the animal on its side, when the dorsal
and ventral lines of the abdominal segments will appear as unbroken
lines. I find this character quite constant in specimens of the
variety poppei, though Schmeil notes that it is often missing in the
type fimbriatus.

The stylets (fig. 6, Pl. [V) differ from those of the typical fimbriatus.
They are only as long as the last two abdominal segments. Their
length is three times their width and their inner margins almost meet
at the point of insertion in the abdomen. One of the main differences

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

between this form and the type lies in the characteristic armature
of the dorsal surface of the stylets. The lateral spine is inserted
well towards the median line. On the outer lateral surfaces and a
little below the position usually occupied by the lateral spine there
is a row of prominent serrations. The position and course of this
row of serrations may be seen in fig. 6 of Pl. 1V. There are two well-
developed apical setze which are carried prommently divaricate. Of
these two, the outer is a little over half as long as the mner and is
ornamented on its outer surface with minute spines, its inner surface
bearing the usual hairs. Herrick’s statement, ‘“‘imner two-thirds as
long as the outer,’’ is undoubtedly another case of reversed propor-
tions. The longer seta is plumose. The delicate mmermost sete
are as long as the outer and generally curved as in fig. 6, Pl. LV.
The outermost setz are very heavy, rather blunt-and delicately
plumose on their inner surface only. About the base of each there
is a ¢ circle of long serrations.

The first antenne of the female (fig. 7, Pl. IV)-are eight-jointed.
They are only half as long as the first thoracic segment and are
carried at right angles to the median line, as is the case with practically
all of the Cyclopide. The segments taper rapidly, the distal one
being but one-quarter as wide as the first at its line of juncture with
the second. The fourth segment is the longest. The two distal
segments are slightly bent forward in life (fig. 5, Pl. IV). Herrick
states: ‘The basal joint with a small semicircular series of fine
bristles.”” This is not a characteristic of this species, but of the
entire genus. Miss Byrnes’ description is this: ‘‘The antenne
contain but eight segments; they are short and are characterized
by two well-developed sete.’’ The fifth segment bears a well-
developed sense-club (fig. 7, Pl. IV). This is somewhat different
from Schmeil’s figure of this organ for the type form. In the speci-
mens that I have examined I find it to be rather more slim and
spear-shaped than ‘“‘club-shaped”’ as in the type. It suggests the
form of the corresponding organ in C. bicuspidatus Claus (PI. II,
fig. 5). Many of the sete of the first seven segments are delicately
plumose, but those of the terminal segment are, as far as I have been
able to observe, quite bare. Along the line of the distal third of the
third segment (fig. 7, Pl. [V) I have repeatedly noted what appears
to be the beginning of the segmentation of another antennal joint.
However, I have never observed a specimen of ‘var. poppet” with
nine-jointed first antennw. The semicircle of fine bristles at the
base of the first joint is unusually prominent.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

The antennules are characterized by the two very short terminal

segments.
The armature of the three-jointed swimming feet is as follows:

First pair—outer ramus, three spines, five*setee; inner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Second pair—outer ramus, four spines, five setze; Imner ramus, one
seta, one spine, four sete.

Third pair—like the second pair.

Fourth pair—outer ramus, three spines, five sete; immer ramus, one
seta, two spines, two sete.

The inner margins of all the branches of the swimming feet are
ornamented with rows of bristles. This is especially the case in the
second, third, and fourth pairs. In her description of the variations
of this species, Miss Byrnes says: ‘‘ The most striking variation in
C. fimbriatus is a tendency toward a reduction in the armature of
the inner ramus of the first swimming feet, where in the apical
position, for example, a single large spine replaced two sete or a
spine and a seta, which is the typical armature of the organ.’’ She
does not give the ‘‘typical armature” in her table, and the small seta
on the inner side of the inner ramus of the first pair of swimming
feet she has probably overlooked.

The fifth foot (fig. 8, Pl. IV), which is one-jointed, I find bearing
the following armature: On the inner side of the distal end of the
single segment there is a heavy spine, serrate on its ner surface
and finely but not densely plumose on its outer margin. The row of
minute serrations which Schmeil shows to be present in the type
form at the base of the corresponding spine (see his Taf. VII, fig. 12)
I do not find at all after a careful examination of a number of speci-
mens. There is a single spine-like projection at the base of the
inner spine, but no indication of a row. On the outer distal corner
of the fifth foot there is a very coarse spine-like seta that is densely
plumose on its inner and outer side. These two “spines”’ (the
outer is more nearly a spine than a seta) are of equal length. Between
them and borne at the end of a button-like process is the middle
seta, slightly longer than the two spines and plumose on its distal
half. Rehberg noted that “das rudimentire Fiisschen ist mit zwei
gleichlangen Dornen und einem kiirzeren Haar besetzt, wahrend.
sich bei Cycl. fimbriatus nur ein kurzer Dorn und zwei lange Haaren
befinden.”” Schmeil admits that Rehberg’s description and drawing.
is quite accurate, states, however, that the fifth feet in type and.
variety are identical. I am inclined to agree with Rehberg that

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,
the outer seta of the type form is replaced in his variety by a spine.
There has been much confusion over this point. Herrick states
that the fifth foot has ‘‘three spines.”” Miss Byrnes agrees in her
description with Schmeil, for she finds “a coarse inner spine and two
setze.”’ This is undoubtedly one of those details of structure which
may vary considerably, and I merely give the observations of the
investigators to show their opinions on this point.

The receptaculum seminis (fig. 4, Pl. [V) is of a very characteristic
form. It consists of two portions. These are in the shape of long,
closely lying narrow ellipses. The upper portion has a slight inden-
tation in the middle of its anterior margin and the ends are slightly
upturned. The porus is situated in the middle of the short common
portion which connects the two divisions of this organ. The struc-
ture of the receptaculum seminis has never before been observed in
the American representatives of this variety. The egg-sacs contain
but a few dark ove, 7-10, and are carried close to the abdomen in
life.

I have found that 1.17 mm. is an average length for females of the
variety poppei. Schmeil gives .86 mm. and Herrick .8 mm. The
former states that “die Varietiit ist etwas kleiner als die typische
Form.” For the ‘‘typische Form’? Schmeil gives for the female
“092-1 mm.”’ The smallest mature female that I have measured
was 1.13 mm. long—longer than the typical European form.
Schmeil’s observations on the size of this species does not seem to
hold good, then, for the American.forms. In fact, the reverse is
true of specimens from this vicinity. Further study of the species
will undoubtedly show that type and variety are of a size.

The variety poppet is practically colorless. Irregular chains
(fig. 5, Pl. IV) of rose-colored globules are scattered occasionally
throughout both cephalothorax and abdomen, and the ovaries, when
distended, appear a deep shade of lavender.

The most readily distinguished characters of this variety are the
short eight-jointed antennze (which show that it belongs either to the
type or variety) and the very characteristic armature of the dorsal
surfaces of the caudal stylets.

The following table illustrates the main points of difference between
type and variety:

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

| c : . Y. fimbri 5
C. fimbriatus Fischer. C. fimbriatus var

|
(1) Fifth foot with a spine and two sete, with two spines and a seta,
the spine circled at its) one spine plumose, and
base by a row of minute) no row of spinules at the
spinules. | base of either.

(2) Receptaculum semi-‘“‘may reach the anterior narrow, low lying, ellipse
nis | border of first abdominal] (fig. 9, Pl. IV), with
| segment” (Schmeil). slight indentation in mid-

dle of anterior border.

(3) Fourth abdominalserrations stop at side of serrations turn up (fig. 6,
segment anal opening. DAI

(4) Transverse row ofjform semicircle about sty- extend longitudinally (fig.
serrations on sty-| lets stopping above lat- 6, Pl. IV).
lets eral spine.

(5) Stylets narrow, set far apart,shorter, inner margins
| almost equal to last three almost — meet, length
| abdominal segments. | equal to last two abdomi-
| nal segments.

Schmeil notes further minute differences in the structure of the
male first antenne.

N. B.—Since the compilation of the above table I have had occasion to examine
collections from Lake Winnepesaukee, N. H., in which a form occurs which
bridges over the gap between type and variety as regards character No. 4. In
these forms the transverse row of serrations on stylets is exactly as in the type
form as figured by Schmeil, but the proportional length of stylets agrees with var.
poppet and not with the type form.

List or CycLopipm RECORDED FROM A SINGLE SMALL POND IN THE
VIcINIrY OF HAVERFORD, Pa.

(The above small pond is on the estate of Mr. McFadden, directly

on the south side of the Philadelphia and Western Railroad tracks

and to the right of the bridge that crosses these tracks at Haver-
ford station.)
Genus CYCLOPS.
I. Subgenus CYCLOPS Claus s. str.
1. Cyclops viridis var. insectus Forbes.
Not described in this paper, but an abundant form.
‘2. Cyclops bicuspidatus Claus.
II. Subgenus MACROCYCLOPS Claus.
8. Cyclops fusous Jurine.

4, Cyclops albidus Jurine.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan..,.

IV. Subgenus ORTHOCYCLOPS Forbes.
5. Cyclops modestus Herrick.

V. Subgenus MICROCYCLOPS Claus.
6. Cyolops varicans Sars.

VI. Subgenus EUCYCLOPS Claus.

7. Cyclops serrulatus Fischer.
Not described in this paper, but the most abundant form.

8. Cyclops prasinus Fischer.

VII. Subgenus PARACYCLOPS Claus.
9. Cyclops phaleratus Koch.
10. Cyclops fimbriatus var. poppei Rehberg.

In the above list, subgenus III is omitted since it only contains
C. ater Herrick, a form not found thus far in this locality. This
arrangement is taken directly from Forbes’ paper of ’97.

Description of C. viridis var. insectus Forbes and C. serrulatus
Fischer are not given in this paper. The latter form is perhaps the
commonest one of the genus and will not be mistaken for any other
since no other American form approaches it in morphological details.
Forbes has discussed the synonymy in his paper of ’97, but since
that time several European investigators have established new
species and varieties all intimately related with the type form. A
careful comparative study of these new forms will be necessary before
the description of C. serrulatus Fischer can be brought up to date.
It is known to be a most variable form. Size and stylet proportions
are rarely constant in individuals taken at the same locality and
even in the same collection.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Brewer, A. D. ’98. A Study of the Copepoda found in the Vicinity of Lin-
coln, Nebraska. Studies from the Zool. Lab. of the University of Nebraska,
Lincoln, Nebraska, No. 29, Article XIII, pp. 119-138, pl. VII.

Byrnes, E. F. ’03. Heterogeny and Variation in some of the Copepoda of
Long Island. Reprinted from the Biol. Bulletin, Vol. V, no. 3, August, 03.
pp. 152-168, 5 figs.

—— ’06. Two Transitional Stages in the Development of Cyclops signatus var.
coronatus. Reprinted from Biol. Bulletin, Vol. X, no. 5, April, "06.

—— 09. The Fresh Water Cyclops of Long Island, Cold Spring Harbor Mono-
graphs, No. VII, March, 09. Pub. by the Brooklyn Inst. of Arts and
Sciences. Fifteen plates, 43 pp.

CuicuKorr, G. ’06. Copépodes d’eau douce de Bulgarie, Zool. Anzeig., Band
31, pp. 78-82.

Criaus, GC. ’63. Die freilebenden Copepoden, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der Fauna Deutschlands, der Nordsee und des Mittelmeeres. 230 pp.,
37 pls. Leipzig.

Craaty, F. W. ’83. A Contribution to the History of the Fresh-water Copepoda.
Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII, pp. 66-80, pls. I-IV.

1914.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

Dapay, E. v. ’97. Resultate der wissenschaftlichen Erforschung des Bala-
tonsees. IX Section—Crustaceen, 31 pp., 40 drawings. Budapest, ’97.
—— 03. Mikroskopische Siisswasserthiere aus der Umgebung des Balaton.

Zool. Jahrbiich., Abt. f.’Syst. ete., vol. XTX, Heft I.

—— '06. Untersuchungen iiber die Copepoden-fauna von Hinterindien, Sumatra
und Java, nebst einem Beitrag zur Copepodenkenntnis der Hawaii-Inseln.
Pp. 175-206. 3 Taf., Zool. Jahrbiich., Abt. f. Syst. etc., Bd. 24, Heft 3, Jena.

Douwsr, C. v. 799. Zur Morphologie des rudimegtiiren Copepoden-fusses.
Zool. Anzeig., Bd. 22, pp. 447-450.

—— 03. Zur Kenntnis der freilebenden Siisswasser Copepoden Deutschlands
—Cyclops crassicaudis Sars. Zool. Anzeig., Bd. 26, pp. 463-465.

—— 07. Zur Copepodenfauna von Java und Sumatra. Zool. Anzeig., Bd, 32,
pp. 357-364.

Forses, EB. B. ’97. A Contribution to a Knowledge of North American Fresh-
water Cyclopide. Ill. State Lab. of Nat. Hist., Vol. V, Article II, pp. 27-82,
pls. VIII-XX.

Fores, 8. A. ’82. On some Entomostraca of Lake Michigan and Adjacen
Waters. Amer. Nat., vol. XVI, pp. 537-543, 640-650, pls. VIII, IX. ;

Herrick, C. L. ’83. Heterogenesis in Copepod Crustacea. Am. Nat., Vol.
XVII, pp. 208-212.

— ’g3a. Heterogenetic Development in Diaptomus. Am. Nat., Vol. XVII,
pp. 381-389, 499-505, pls. V-VII.

Herrick, C. L., and Turner, C. H. ’95. Synopsis of the Entomostraca of
Minnesota. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn., Zodl., Series II, 525 pp.
SI plates.

Koror, C. A. ’08. The Plankton of the Hlinois River, Part IT. Constituent
Organisms and their Seasonal Distribution. Bull. Ill. State Lab: of Nat.
Hist., Vol. VIII, art. 1.

Leumann, H. 03. Variations in Form and Size of Cyclops brevispinosus
Herrick and Cyclops americanus Marsh. Trans. Wise. Acad. of Sci. Arts
and Letters, Vol. XIV, part I, pp. 279-298, pls. XXX—XXXIII. ;

LitisesorG, W. 701. Synopsis Specierum hue usque in Suecia Observatorum
Generis Cyclopis, sive Bidrag Till en Ofversigt af de Inom Sverige Iakttagna
Arterna af Slaktet Cyclops. 118 pp., VI Tab. Stockholm, ’01.

Marsu, C. D. 95. On the Cyclopidee and Calanide of Lake St. Clair, Lake
Michigan and Certain of the Inland Lakes of Michigan. Bulletin of the
Michigan Fish Commission, No. 5, 24 pp., 9 plates.

—— °03. The Plankton of Lake Winnebago and Green Lake. Wisc. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Survey, Bull. No. XII, Series No. 3.

Ranpotrpn, H. ’00. Chloretone .... an Anesthetic and Macerating Agent
for Lower Animals. Reprinted from Zool. Anzeig., Bd. XXIII, No. 621.

Rarasun, M. J. ’05. Fauna of New England, 5. List of Crustacea. Occa-
sional Papers of the Boston Society of Natural History, VII. Boston.

Say, T. 718. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sci. of Phila., Vol. I, pp. 421-458.

Scuuei, O. ’91. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Siisswasser Copepoden Deutsch-
lands, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Cyclopiden. Zeitschr. f. Natur-
wiss., Halle, Bd. 64, pp. 1-40.

99.’ Deutschlands freilebende Siisswasser-Copepoden. I. Teil. Cyclopide.
Bibliotheca Zoologica, Heft II, 191 pp., 8 Tafeln.

—— °93. Copepoden des Rhiitikon-Gebirges, 40 pp.,4 pls. Abhandl.d. Naturf.
Ges. zu Halle, Bd. XIX.

Waker, E. R. ’08. Observations on the Microfauna of an Oregon Pond.
Transactions of Amer. Microsc. Soc., Vol. XXVIII, pp. 76-84, pl. VI.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Prare 1.—Cyclops fuscus Jurine. Cyclops albidus Jurine. _
Fig. 1—C. fuscus, adult female. Oc. 2, obj. 1. (Ocular and objective
numbers refer to Leitz lenses unless otherwise noted. All drawings were
made with the help of the camera lucida.)

a ae lel,

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan.,

Fig. 2.—C. albidus, adult female, showing the characteristic divaricate
position of the egg-sacs. Oc! 1, obj. 1 (Bausch & Lomb).
Fig. oe aspect of stylets and last abdominal segment of C. fuscus-

a

Oc. 3, obj. 3

Fig. 4. Stylets and last abdominal segment of C. albidus. Oc. 1, obj. 3
(B. & L.)

Fig. 5.—Three proximal joints of the second female antenna, C. fuscus.
Oc. 2, obj. 3.

Fig. 6.—Third and fourth joints of the second female antenna, C. albidus.
Oc. 1, obj. 3 (B. & L.).

Fig. 7.—Terminal segment of first female antenna, C. fuscus, showing the
typical deep serrations of the hyaline plate. Oc. 2, obj. 3.

Fig. 8 —Terminal segment of first female antenna, C. albidus. The finely
serrated plate is characteristic. Oc. 3, obj. 5.

Fig. 9—Twelfth segment of the first female antenna of C. fuscus, shoWie
the armature of minute serrations and the sense-hair. Oc. 2, obj.

Fig. 10.—Twelfth segment of the first antenna of a female C. albidus Late
rows of ‘‘thorns”’ and sense-club. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

Fig. 11.~—Receptaculum seminis of C. fuscus. Oc. 3, obj. 3.

Fig. 12.—Receptaculum seminis of C. cael Oe. 3, obj. 3

Fig. 13.—Fifth foot of C. albidus. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

Fig. 14.—Distal segment of the inner ramus of the fourth pair of swimming
feet of C’. albidus, showing a group of small hairs in place of the second seta
of the inner side. Oc. 0, obj. 5

Puate II.—Figs. 1-5, Cyclops pendants Claus. Figs. 6-11 Cyclops modestus, 4
Herrick. :
Fig. 1—An adult female (slightly extended by pressure). Oc. 0, obj. 3.
Fig. 2 r stylet showing the minute serrations near the

anterior end. Oc. 3, obj. 5.

Fig. 3.—The sense-club of the twelfth segment of the first female antennz.-
Oc. 3, obj. 7.

Fig. 4.—A foot of the fifth pair. Oc. 3, obj. 7.

Fig. 5—The receptaculum seminis. Oc. 3, obj. 3.

Fig. 6.—An adult female. Oc. 0, obj. 3.

Fig. 7.—An adult male with first antenn folded under the cephalothorax.
Oc. 0, obj. 3.
Fig. 8. —Stylets and last-abdominal segment. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

Fig. 9.—A foot of the fifth pair. Oc. 1 (B. & L.), obj. 7. |

Fig. 10.—Lamella of the third pair of swimming feet. Oc. 1 (B. & L.), |
obj. 5.

Fig. 11.—The three terminal joints of the first female antennwe showing |
hyaline plates and sense-hair. Oc. 1 (B. & L.), obj. 5.

Puate IiI.—Figs. 1-5, Cyclops prasinus Fischer. Figs. 6-11, Cyclops varicans

Sars.

Fig. 1.—An adult female. Oc. 2, obj. 3.

Fig. 2.—The stylets and last abdominal segment. Oc. 3, obj. 5.

Fig. 3.—The three terminal joints of the female first antenna showing the
characteristic hyaline plates. Oc. 2, obj. 7.

Fig. 4.—The fifth foot. Oc. 2, obj. 7.

Fig. 5.—The receptaculum seminis. Oc. 3, obj. 5

Fig. 6.—A mature female of C. varicans with eleven-jointed first antenn :
a winter transitional form. Oc. 2, obj. 3.

Fig. 7.—The stylets and last abdominal segment. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

Fig. 8.—An eleven-jointed antenna of the first pair in the female. Oc. 3,

eee

obj. 5
Fig. §.—"The ae thoracic segment showing the rudimentary fifth feet.
Oc. 3, obj. 5

Fig. 10.—The Peceminion seminis. Oc. 0, obj. 5. ‘ a

Fig. 11.—A_two-jointed swimming foot of the third pair. The division
of the third joint is always mdicated by minute rows of hairs. Oc. 2,
obj. 5.

1914.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

Prats 1V.—Figs. 1-4, Cyclops phaleratus Koch. Figs. 5-11, Cyclops fimbriatus
var. poppet Rehberg.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

1—An adult female. Oc. 0, obj. 3.

2.—The stylets and last abdominal segment. Oc. 0, obj. 5.
3.—The female first antenna. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

4.—The fifth foot. Oc. 2, obj. 5.

Fig. 5.—An adult female; the first cephalothoracic segment appears some-
what foreshortened.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

6.—The stylets and last abdominal segment.

7.—The female first antenna.

8.—A foot of the fifth pair.

9.—The receptaculum seminis.

10.—Posterior serrated margin of the third thoracic segment.
11.—Posterior margin of the fourth thoracic segment.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

A STUDY OF THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS DICHOPETALA (ORTHOPTERA:
TETTIGONIID#).

BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.

The possession of the extensive series of this genus secured by us
in the southwestern United States in the summers of 1910 and 1912,
with the acquisition by the junior author of the very important
representation of the same group contained in the Bruner Collec-
tion, prompted us to make a detailed study of this interesting but
previously little-known genus of long-horned grasshoppers. The
scope of our work became so extended that practically all the material
of the genus in American collections was finally examimed. The
few types contained in European collections were relatively unimpor-
tant. Our work has required the description of a number of new
forms and the synonymizing of several old ones.

The color descriptions have been based on Ridgway’s recent set

of color standards.1
DICHOPETALA Brunner.

1878. Dichopetala Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 77.

1891. Dichopetala Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell., Wien,
XLI, p. 4.

1897. Dichopetala Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 315.

1900. Dichopetala Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Nat. Sei., VIII, p. 67.

1900. Dichopetala Rehn, Trans. Amér.-Entom. Soc., X XVII, p. 88.

1901. Dichopetala Rehn, Entom. News, XII, p. 207.

1902. Dichopetala Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XVII, p. 335.

1902. Dichopetala Scudder and Cockerell, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., LX, p. 51.

1902. Dichopetala Morse, Psyche, IX, p. 381.

1906. Dichopetala Kirby, Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 388.

1907. Dichopetala Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 56.

1909. Dichopetala Rehn and Hebard, ibid., 1909, p. 167.

1912. Dichopetala Hunter, Pratt and Mitehell, Bull. 113, Bureau of Entom.
U.S. Dept. of Agric., p. 50.

This genus was based on two species—mexicana and emarginata
Brunner.

GenotyPE: Dichopetata mexicana Brunner (selected by Kirby,
1906).

The genus is a member of the Phaneropterine and of the group
Odonture, constituting with the genera Odontura Rambur, Pseudi-
sotima Schulthess, Epiphlebus Karsch, Atlasacris Rehn, Peropyrrhicia

‘Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. By Robert Ridgway. Wash-
ington, D. C., 1912.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2 65

and Angara Brunner a section of the group. Of these genera all are
exclusively Old World except Angara, which is Brazilian.

Generic Description—Fastigium of vertex more or less compressed,
short, not or distinctly sublamellate, not at all suleate or finely
suleate proximad, more or less in contact with facial fastigium.
Antennz subcrassate proximad, from two to five times the length
of the body. Pronotum not at all, or more or less constricted mesad,
dorsum more or less arcuate in transverse section; caudal margins
of lateral lobes more or less arcuate or subtruncate. Tegmina in
male abbreviate; anal field extending nearly the entire length of
tegmen; sutural margin at apex of stridulating vein obtuse-angulate
to rectangulate produced. Tegmina in female very short, not
reaching or distinctly surpassing the caudal margin of the metanotum,
overlapping, subcontiguous, or more or less decidedly remote from
one another; distal margin of female tegmina arcuate to truncate.
Abdomen more or less dilated; disto-dorsal abdominal segment
with distal margin emarginate, bisinuate, truncate or arcuate, supra-
anal plate simple or (in o@ of tauwriformis) bearing a dorsal erect
T-shaped structure. Cerci of male incurved, acute, falciform,
simple, with dorsal margm rarely serrato-dentate or with median
tooth or lobe on dorsal or external face, occasionally with an accessory
digitiform lobe from base. Subgenital plate of male broad and short
or produced, more or less narrowed distad, free lateral margins
coneave, subparallel or converging, distal margin truncate or more
or less deeply and completely V- or obomegoid emarginate, unicari-
nate or tricarinate ventrad. Ovipositor from one and one-half to
three times the length of pronotal disk, more or less arcuate, apex
more or less acuminate and with its margins serrato-dentate. Sub-
genital plate of female emarginato-truncate, arcuato-emarginate, or
more or less completely divided into two halves, these more or less
acute distad. Limbs more or less elongate. Cephalic femora from one
and one-half to three times as long as the disk of the pronotum in
the male, one and one-third to two and one-half times in the female.
Caudal femora from four to nearly seven times the length of the
pronotal disk in the male, from four to five and three-fourths times
in the female.

Classification —From a systematic standpoint, the characters of
greatest value in the differentiation of the species are: in both sexes,
general form of the body and shape of the eyes; -in the male, form of
the pronotum, form of the tegmina, form of the cerci and subgenital
plate; in the female, form of the pronotum, form of the tegmina,

3)

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

relative size and width of space between the tegmina, form of the
ovipositor and that of the subgenital plate.. The general form is
much more robust in some species than in others, the females almost
always more robust than the males, in falcata and pollicifera less
different in this respect than in the other forms. The outline of the
eye is, in a few cases, of assistance in distinguishing females of closely
allied forms, as castanea and brevihastata. The pronotum ranges
from not at all constricted, to decidedly constricted mesad in both
sexes. In the male sex the tegmina show modifications in the form
of the margins and the width of the fields, the promimence of the
stridulating vein and the projection of the sutural margin at the apex
of the same vein. The tegmina of the female are as diagnostic as
the more complex appendages of the male, their relative position and
the interspace between the same, as well as the form of their margins,
being of importance. The characters of the genitalia of the two sexes
are discussed in detail below.

Morphological Notes on Male Genitalia.—The variation in struc-
tural form in the cerci of the male covers a number of types which
show six different lines of development, relatively as follows:

mexicana

falcata

| —— durangensis
| castanea
brevihastata

| ( gladiator

\ emarginata

oreaca

catinata

caudelli
r—
tridactyla

E—tauriformis
C—pollicifera
B—-serrifera

The position of durangensis is more or less problematical, as we have
only nymphal males.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

The extremes in structural variation in the form of the cerci are a
simple incurved falciform type, found in the group A, and one with
a median tooth and an accessory lobe from the base, found in group
F. The general cercal structure of the various groups can be pre-
sented best in tabular form.

mexicana | _. :

Group A | faleata j Simple, falciform.

Group B (serrifera).—Simple, dorsal margin serrato-dentate.

Group C (pollicifera).—With an external median tooth.

Incertze sedis (dwrangensis)—With evidence of a dorsal median
tooth.

{castanea
brevihastata | With a dorsal median fork, developing

gladiator from a simple tooth to a large flattened

Group D ; : A
emarginata | lobe covering the greater portion of the
orececa distal section of the cercal shaft.
catinata

Group E (tawriformis) —With a greatly developed lobiform median
tooth arising from the external margin of the shaft, the distal portion
of the latter peculiarly modified. A transverse proximal lamella
present dorsad on the shaft.

tridactyla | With a dorsal median tooth and an accessory
Group F | caudelli | digitiform lobe from the base of the shaft.

The species in group D exhibit a regular development in the form
of the dorsal median fork from a simple median tooth which becomes
depressed and flattened, spreading laterad until it is as wide as the
proximal portion of the shaft, to the other extreme which has it
modified into a great inverted spoon-like plate covering the greater
portion of the cereal shaft. The peculiar digitiform accessory
appendage of tridactyla and caudelli springs from a proximal trans-
verse ridge, which is apparently homologous with the more decided
transverse lamella found in the same region in tawriformis.

From the evidence of eighteen immature males, belonging to six
species (durangensis, brevihastata, gladiator, oreeca, catinata, and
pollicifera), it is evident that the separation of the median fork of
the cercus is never accomplished before the mature condition. Of
brevihastata and pollicifera we have material representing two con-
secutive instars, one preceding the mature condition, the other
species being represented by this stage alone. In the forms of
which we have two stages no indication of the lobe is apparent in

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the earlier instar, while in the other stage, in all of the species repre-
sented in this condition, there is a more or less distinct indication of
an incipient lobe or tooth, this being most pronounced in dwrangensis
and catinata. In the latter this embryonic lobe is more definitely
formed than in durangensis, consisting of an ovate vertical area of
relatively large size. In the closely related oreaca, the incipient lobe
is not vertical, but horizontal in position.

The male subgenital plate is very varied in form, the distal margin
ranging from truncate with lateral styliform processes to obomegoid
emarginate; the general form broad with the distal portion little
produced and narrowed, the lateral angles more or less blunted, to
an opposite extreme, elongate, narrow, concave laterad with the
lateral angles acute, between which extremes are a number of modifi-
cations of one or the other. Quite curiously, there exists no correla-
tion between certain forms of cerci and certain forms of the subgenital
plate, forms nearly related in cereal structure, as orewca and catinata,
having very different subgenital plates.

Morphological Notes on Female Genitalia—The ovipositor ranges
in general form from the elongate, very slender, decidedly arcuate
type seen in gladiator, and the elongate robust type with a more or
less straight ventral margin as found in a number of species, to a
short, moderately arcuate form seen in castanea and brevihastata.
It is evident that there is considerable individual variation in the
depth of the ovipositor, this being very apparent in those species
represented by considerable series, so much so that the extremes have
different facies, but the major portions of such series always bridge
the apparent gaps. In ovipositor length there is marked variation
in gladiator and brevihastata, this being most apparent in the former
species, the extremes of which are quite different in appearance.
We have before us ten female nymphs which we can positively refer
to five species (dwrangensis, brevihastata, gladiator, oreewca, and polli-
cifera). Of durangensis we have represented the second instar
preceding maturity, of brevihastata the two preceding maturity, and
of the other three species the instar preceding maturity. From this
material it is evident that the development of the ovipositor is very
rapid, but in no case do the external margins acquire distal teeth until
the mature condition is reached. In one specimen which is appar-
ently on the eve of the last ecdysis (the type of levis) the teeth of
the enclosed ovipositor can be seen through the sheath when it is
held to the light.

The subgenital plate of the female presents great diversity in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 68

development, which in its details are not always correlative with
apparent affinities. These diversities can be placed in two categories,
one (mexicana, falcata, durangensis, castanea, and brevihastata) with
the plate entire, the other (comprising the remaining species) with it
divided completely in two, at least as far as the chitinous portion is
concerned. In the first section we have from an extreme which is
very broad and short, with the distal margin emarginato-truncate,
to one of a similar general form with the margin bisinuate to arcuato-
emarginate. In the second section we have even greater diversity,
the paired lobes varying from broad to very narrow, blunted to
aciculate, the general form of the margins differing to a lesser degree.
In the forms with an entire subgenital plate, the distal margin has a
different appearance when the plate is flat or when it is compressed;
which factor should always be considered in determining the character
of this margin. For the sake of uniformity, we have endeavored to
give the tharacter of this margin from the plate were it flattened out.

Notes on Tegminal Structure—In the male the tegmina are more
ample in oreeca and more reduced in size in tridactyla than in the
other species. The angle of the sutural margin is very greatly pro-
duced in fridactyla and on the other hand almost imperceptible
in catinata. The stridulating vein is apparent in all the forms

of the genus, but variable in strength and curvature, while the
tympanum is also of variable form and definition. In the female
the considerable variation in form and position indicated in the
generic description is not correlated with the general relationship
of the forms, as certain species with overlapping quadrate tegmina
and others with nearly contiguous similarly shaped tegmina occur
in sections of the genus which on sum total of characters are well
removed from one another. The reduction of the female tegmina
has proceeded further in emarginata than in any other form of the
genus, as there they are decidedly lateral and very small, while the
development of the tegmina in the same sex is most marked in falcata,
where they are overlapping, covering all of the metanotum and the
greater portion of the proximal dorsal abdominal segment. The
venation in the female tegmina is always generalized, being more
complex in falcata than in any of the other forms.

Color Pattern.—The color pattern of all of the forms of this genus
is similar in several respects; first, in the possession of pale paired
lines extending from the eye caudad to the apex of the abdomen and,
second, in the general uniformity of the lateral and ventral color.
In the majority of the forms the color of the dorsum between the pale

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

lines is more or less uniform and, for convenience in describing the
extent and character of the pattern, we have referred to this as the
dorsal color, the ventral and lateral tones as the lateral color, and the
pale paired lines and their developments as the pale pattern. The
range of tone in all three of these principal components of the colora-
tion is very considerable, the extreme on one hand having the pattern
intense, the contrasts decided and the tones darker and richer, while
in the other extreme the pattern is dilute, the contrasts poor and the
tones paler and weaker. To facilitate reference to these extremes
we have termed them the intensive and recessive extremes. In the
recessive condition the pale pattern is frequently much restricted as
well as weakened, while the dorsal color is often but little, in part
only, or not at all different from the lateral color.

Distribution Extending from north-central Texas (Dallas),
southern New Mexico (Dry Canyon and Mesilla Valley) and central
southern Arizona (Tumamoc Hill and Syeamore Canyon), south
to the upper Rio Balsas Valley m1 Guerrero, Mexico, on the west
reaching Tepic and on the east the vicinity of the coast at Corpus
Christi and Brownsville, Texas, and Tamos, Vera Cruz, Mexico.
Vertically the genus ranges up to at least 6500 feet (in the Davis
Mountains, Texas). It reaches its greatest diversity in southern’
Texas and the northern and central parts of the Mexican tableland.

History.—In 1878, Brunner? erected the genus for two species then
described, viz., mexicana (from Mexico) and emarginata (from Texas).
In 1880, Bormans’ described a species from Schoa, Abyssinia, as
Dichopetala massaiew, which has since been placed in the genus
Peropyrrhicia, which is exclusively African. Seudder, in 1900,
described* a Dichopetala brevicauda from California, which we now
know to be an Arethea and not at all related to Dichopetala. In
1901, Rehn® described a new form from Mexico as D. pulchra, basing
it on material which he had previously recorded as mexicana. Scud-
der, in 1902, in Scudder and Cockerell’s list of New Mexican Orthop-
tera® described as new a species of the genus from New Mexico,
calling it Dichopetala brevicauda, but as that name was preoccupied,
Morse, at Scudder’s suggestion, renamed the species D. brevihastata.’
In 1907, Rehn described a species from Arizona as D. levis.$

® Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 76.

* Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., Genova, XVI, p. 218, fig.
‘Canad. Entom., XXXII, p. 331.

§ Entom. News, XII, p. 207.

© Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., UX, p. 51.

7 Psyche, IX, p. 381.

§ Proc. Acap. Nar. Sci. Puiva., 1907, p. 56.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

Material.—In the preparation of the present paper the types of
the following species have been before us:

(Dichopetala pulchra Rehn, synonym of D. mexicana Brunner.)

Dichopetala falcata n. sp.

Dichopetala serrifera n. sp.

Dichopetala durangensis n. sp.

Dichopetala pollicifera n. sp.

Dichopetala tauriformis n. sp.

Dichopetala. castanea n. sp.

Dichopetala brevihastata Morse.

(Dichopetala levis Rehn, synonym of D. brevihastata Morse.)

Dichopetala gladiator n. sp.

Dichopetala oreeca n. sp.

Dichopetala catinata-n. sp.

Dichopetala tridactyla n. sp.

Dichopetala caudelli n. sp. ’

The entire series of the genus examined by us numbers 362 speci-
mens. The great majority of these (239) were taken by the authors
on recent trips and are located in the Hebard Collection and that
of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Of the
remainder of the representation we have had before us, 37 specimens
were from the Hebard Collection ex Brunner; 27, comprising the
entire series of the genus in the United States National Museum,
were examined through the kindness of Mr. A. N. Caudell; 50,
forming the entire series in the Scudder Collection, were either
loaned or made accessible to us by Dr. Samuel Henshaw, of the
Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, and a few specimens each were
loaned by the authorities of the Field Museum and the American
Museum of Natural History. To the above-mentioned gentlemen
and the authorities of these museums we wish to express our hearty
thanks for their assistance in the work. We have, with their co-
operation, been able to examine almost all of the material in America
on which the records of the genus were based. Aside from the
typical material of the two original species of the genus, no recorded
specimens of the group exist in other collections.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Males.

A.—Cercus subfalciform, non-fureate.
B.—Cercus non-serrate.
C.—Length of pronotum equal to one-third that of cephalic
femur. Subgenital plate produced into lobes..............
mexicana Brunner.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

CC.—Length of pronotum equal to two-thirds that of cephalic
femur. Subgenital plate not produced into lobes...
falcata n. sp.
BB.—Cercus with the dorsal margin serrate. (Subgenital plate
broadly subtruneate with decided lateral substyliform
PPCM GALES.) ese cin Peace ta na rene serrifera Nn. sp.
AA.—Cercus with a median fork (either tooth or lobe). (No access-
ory digitiform lobe from base of cercus.)
B.—Subgenital plate little produced. (Cercus with median tooth
simple. Hyes OVate.) wcrc Castaneda n. sp.
BB.—Subgenital plate distinctly produced meso-caudad.
C.—Subgenital plate greatly produced. Cereus with the
tooth very long, as long as the remainder of the
shaft, and needle-like distad......... tauriformis n. sp.
CC.—Subgenital plate moderately produced. Cereus with
the tooth not as long as the remainder of the shaft
and not needle-like distad.
*“D.—Cereus with the median tooth blunt and simple.

(Byes elliptical.)..... cn ..Drevihastata Morse.
DD.—Cercus with the median tooth depressed and
lamellate.

E.—Cerecus with the median lobe (7.e., tooth) acute,
not rounded when seen from the dorsum,
- placed on the external margin of the cercus.
Pronotum little constricted mesad. General
coloration green..... coe pollicifera n. sp.
EE.—Cercus with the median lobe generally rounded
when seen from the dorsum, placed on the
dorsal face of the cercus. Pronotum mod-
erately constricted mesad. Coloration varie-

gated. ;

F.—Subgenital plate with the distal margin
weakly emarginate and the lateral angles
ilunted’s...4) eae gladiator n. sp.

FF.—Subgenital plate with the distal margin
decidedly emarginate and the lateral —
acute (variable in degree)

(?) durangensis n. sp.
G.—Median lobe of cereus decidedly shorter
than the proximal half of the cercal
Sha toocccccccceneenn emarginata Brunner.
GG.—Median lobe of cercus at least as long as
the proximal half of the cereal shaft,
spoon-like in shape and inverted over

the shaft.

H.—Margins of the cereal lobe converging
distad, apex hardly truncate, ven-
tral margin of the lobe decidedly
cingulate vee OP CCCH Ni. Sp.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

HH.—Margins of the cereal lobe hardly
converging distad, the apex sub-
truncate, ventral margin of the lobe
weakly cingulate ........catinata n. sp.

AAA-—Cercus with a dorsal median tooth and an accessory digiti-
form lobe attached at the dorsal base.

B.—Tegmina shorter than the pronotum, the portion of the
anal field of former distad of stridulating vein very
brief, sutural margin at apex of this vein decidedly
produced. Cereus with the median tooth proportion-
ately longerv.......... ee OC OCLY Omen SDs

BB.—Tegmina longer than the pronotum, the portion of the anal
field of former distad of stridulating vein normal,
sutural margin at apex of this vein slightly produced.
Cercus with the median, tooth proportionately shorter,

caudelli n. sp-

Females.

A.—Ovipositor very decidedly longer than the head and pronotum
together.®
B.—Tegmina slightly overlapping mesad.

C.—Ovipositor hardly or not at all longer than half the
length of the caudal femora. Subgenital plate not
produced laterad into large trigonal lobes.

D.—Size large (body 21.5 mm., pronotum 6.9, ovipositor
14.5). Ovipositor slenderer................ falcata n. sp.
DD.—Size medium (body 15.5-18.2 mm., pronotum
4.1-4.3, ovipositor 10.2-10.5). Ovipositor more
TODUS bes cece ceantnrnmnciianninnmn OUTONgensts D. ‘Sp.

CC.—Ovipositor distinctly longer than half the length of the
caudal femora. Subgenital plate produced laterad
into large trigonal lobes. (Size medium; pronotum
NOt Sellate.) ..n.ccsweecernneenenneernennennn nd Uriformies D. Sp.

BB.—Tegmina not attingent or subattingent mesad.

C.—Subgenital plate compressed, truncate, shallowly

arcuato-emarginate or biconvexo-emarzinate distad.
: mexicana Brunner.

CC.—Subgenital plate with distal margin very profoundly
triangularly emarginate or broadly divided to the
base.

D.—Form slender, subcompressed. Pronotum narrow,
elongate (of the type usual in the genus). Limbs
and ovipositor proportionately longer than in
the opposite category.

E.—Subgenital plate with lateral apices very acute,
more or less spiniform.

2 Occasional specimens of D. brevihastata, which belong to the opposite cate-
gory, have the ovipositor appreciably though not decidedly longer than the head
and pronotum. These specimens are exceptional and do not: represent the
average condition of the species.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

F.—Ovipositor with ventral margin nearly
straight except at distal extremity. Teg-
mina small................emarginata Brunner.

FF.—Ovipositor with ventral margin more (gladia-
tor) or less (orewca) arcuate. Tegmina
medium sized.

G.—Size large. Ovipositor slender. Limbs very
elongate.............. oow..gladiator n. sp.
GG.—Size medium. Ovipositor more robust.
Limbs moderately elongate..ore@ca n. sp.

EE.—Subgenital plate with lateral portions trigonal,
but apices blunted, non-spimiform. (Ventral
margin of lateral lobes of pronotum distinctly
sinuate. Eyes relatively prominent.)...............

catinata n. sp.
DD.—Form compact and robust. Pronotum not elon-
gate, short. Limbs and ovipositor proportion-

ately shorter, the ovipositor robust.

E.— Ovipositor not quite half as long as the caudal
femora; subgenital bigs with lobes rotundato-
angulate.. ovum tridactyla n. sp.

EE.—Ovipositor equal to or slightly more than half
as long as the caudal femora; subgenital
plate with lobes quite acute....caudelli n. sp.

\A.—Ovipositor slightly or not at all longer than the head and

pronotum together.

B.—Tegmina separated hy pack! or quite their own width.

(Eyes ellipticuls)ssemeanare rane brevihastataM. orse.
BB.—Tegmina separated by muc ch less than their own width.

C.—Form more robust. “Ovipositor elongate, slender
pollicifera n. sp.
CC.—Form slenderer. Ovipositor quite robust. castanean. sp.

Dichopetala mexicana Brunner.

1878. D{ichopetala] mexicana Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 77, pl. I,
fig. 6. [Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.]

1897. Dichopetala mexicana Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
ip. old:

1900. Dichopetala mexicana Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., X XVII,
p. 88. [Rio Cocula, Guerrero, Mexico.] ;

1901. Dichopetala pulchra Rehn, Entom. News, XII, p. 207. [Rio Cocula,
Guerrero, Mexico.}

This species needs comparison only with D. falcata (vide infra),
from which the male can be immediately separated by having the
subgenital plate exserted in lobes, the female by having the tegmina
not overlapping and both sexes by the proportionately more elongate
limbs.

Types: o& and 2; Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.” [Brunner
Collection.]

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. , 75

We here describe a topotypic female from the Hebard Collection.
(data: Cuernavaca, Mexico; January 4, 1899).

Description—Size medium; form subecompressed. Head with the
occiput subglobose, strongly descending to the antennal fosse;
fastigium compressed, short, subcultriform-lamellate dorsad, apex
rounded when seen from the side and not projecting cephalad of the

Fig. 1.—Dichopetala mexicana Brunner. Lateral outline of topo-
typic female. (X 2.)

antennal scrobes, almost touching the facial fastigium; face, gene,
clypeus and labrum glabrous; eyes ovate in basal outline, moderately
prominent; antennze incomplete. Pronotum with the greatest
dorsal length subequal to the greatest ventral width (across lobes)
of same; dorsum of pronotum with the impressed transverse sulcus
distinct, broadly V-shaped, placed mesad, the dorsum slightly
constricted at the same point; cephalic and caudal margins of disk
subtruncate; lateral lobes of pronotum with the

greatest depth contained one and two-thirds times in

the greatest dorsal length of the same, ventral margin Nala
subtrunecate, cephalic and caudal angles of the same _. ;
margin rounded, transverse sulcus marked only on the : ae
dorsal portion of the lobes and there descending ob- ™exicana
liquely ventro-cephalad. Tegmina very short, reaching en as
the caudal margin of the metanotum, much broader outline _ of
than long, the greatest length contained twice in the aupeen sal
greatest width, distal margin broadly arcuate, disto- topotypic
costal and disto-sutural angles broadly rounded, sutural ae pe
margins narrowly separated. Abdomen heavy; cerci

very short, crassate, substyliform, the apex rather sharply attenu-
ate; ovipositor heavy, robust, the length half that of the caudal
femora, dorsal margin moderately arcuate, ventral margin straight
for the median three-fourths, strongly arcuate proximad and distad,

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,.

the proximal half of the whole ovipositor in consequence tapering
to the middle, thence subequal in width to the subacute apex, dorsal
margin strongly serrato-dentate for a third of its length from the:
apex, with nine to ten teeth, ventral margin armed in a similar
fashion for a fourth of its distal length, with seven to eight teeth;.
subgenital plate moderately transverse, lateral margins broadly con-
vergent, distal margin broadly and shallowly arcuato-emarginate, the
lateral angles forming very short rectangulate lobes. Cephalic femora
with the length slightly greater than the dorsal length of the ovipos-
itor, slightly less than the ventral length of the ovipositor; cephalic
tibiz slightly longer than the femora, spined on all the margins, for-
amina elliptical. Median femora very slightly longer than the cephalic
pair. Caudal femora about two and one-third times the length of
the cephalic femora, moderately inflated proximad, ventral margins
unspined, genicular lobes spined; caudal tibize surpassing the length
of the femora by about the length of the pronotum, dorsal margins
more heavily spined than the ventral ones.

Description of the Male Type (from Brunner).—Tegmina of male
with the internal margin having a considerably produced angle.
Cerci of male robust at base, not far from base horizontally incurved
at a right angle, attenuate, compressed, acute acuminate. Sub-
genital plate of male very much flattened, attenuate in the middle,
exserted caudad in two lobes.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Cuernavaca, Mex. Rio Cocula,
= == Mex.
fof i] 2 te)
(Type, ex (TYPE, ex {Hebard (Type of
Brunner). Brunner). Coll.] —_ pulchra.).
Length of body (exclusive of [A.N.S.P.]
ovipositor) poltsye 15. 17.5 20.
Length of pronotum 5) 4. De 4.5
Greatest caudal width of disk
of pronotum Ss ie 3.7 3.2
“Length of tegmen ; ee 136 L.
Greatest width of tegmen 2.6 PA:
Length of cephalic femur........ 10. 9. 10. ll.
Length of median femur Mas 11.4 12.
Length of caudal femur 24. 23. 25.6 24.5
Length of ovipositor : 12. 12.3 11.2

Color Notes.—The original color characters given by Brunner are
as follows (paraphrased): Green. Occiput rufous, with a fine
median line of sulphur. Pronotum rufous, disk fuscous, marked.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

with longitudinal lines of sulphur, approximating mesad. Tegmina
of male green, disk fuseco-maculate, external margin albo-vittate.
All of the femora rufescent at their bases, toward the apices green,
apex of the caudal femora, as well as the base of the caudal tibis,
infuscate. Abdomen of male fuscous dorsad, marked with a black
line and a broad vitta of sulphur, distal segment of male rufous.
Cerci of male nigro-lineate. Subgenital plate of male light green,
lobes nigro-marginate internally at termination. Abdomen of female
rufo-punctate. Ovipositor with both margins rufescent at apex.

The two females before us show considerable color variation which
the following description covers.

General color of the face, genx, lateral lobes of the pronotum,
pleura, and greater portion of the lateral aspect of the abdomen honey
yellow to dull green yellow, ventral aspect of the body similar but
inclining toward wax yellow. Dorsal aspect of pronotum, fastigium,
occiput, dorsum of abdomen, and dorsal portion of lateral aspects of
the latter brick red to claret red. Eyes buckthorn brown to raw
sienna, crossed obliquely by a fine seal brown line; antenne with the
two proximal joints largely morocco red to claret brown, remaining
joints of dorsal color; ventral portion of infra-ocular region, at base
of mandibles, with a more or less distinct blotch of claret brown.
Pronotum with a pair of narrow discal lines varying from honey
yellow to light viridine yellow, these bordered more or less distinctly
on one or both (dorsal and lateral) margins by blackish lines, the pale
lines regularly diverging cephalad and caudad from the middle of
the pronotum; cephalic and caudal margins of the disk more or less
distinctly beaded with blackish. Tegmina with the discoidal
section of the color of the dorsum of the abdomen, occasionally washed
in part with blackish; marginal field of lateral color; distal margin
in one specimen edged narrowly with the green of the limbs, sutural
region approaching the lateral color in the other specimen. Abdomen
with traces of a seal brown pattern bordering the lateral section of
the dorsal color, the pattern sometimes enclosing areas of the clear
dorsal color and again merely a line of seal brown ; marginal beading
of segments distinct dorsad, more or less distinct laterad. Ovi-
positor of lateral color, more or less washed with parrot green, the
rufous margining extending to the base on the dorsal margin and
little proximad of the armed section on the ventral margin, dorso-
proximal section with the suleus more or less blackish. Limbs
absinthe green to claret brown, proximal portion of the cephalic and
median femora washed with chestnut when the general color of the

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

femora is green; apices of all the femora, or only the caudal femora,
and the adjacent portion of the tibie blackish; caudal femora proxi-
mad with a reticulate pattern of blackish brown on the lateral face,
a central line of which pattern is more or less decidedly indicated; -
distal portion of the caudal tibiz and tarsi blackish.
Distribuiion.—The present species is known only from two localities
on the slopes of the upper Rio Balsas Valley in the states of Morelos
and Guerrero, Mexico. The species apparently has a range in
vertical distribution extending from about 1900 to 5440 feet, from
the evidence of the twa localities from which it is now known.
Morphological Notes——The ovipositor, as is usual in species of the
genus, varies somewhat in length. The subgenital plate of the
female shows considerable variation in the form of the distal margin,
ranging from the truncate type originally described, through the
moderately arcuato-emarginate condition found in our Cuernavaca
topotype, to the moderately decided and distinct obtuse-angulate
emarginate condition found in the Rio Cocula specimen. The
tegmina of the female have a certain amount of variation in the distal
margin of the same, this being more truncate in one of our specimens
than in the other. There is also some little variation in the width
of the interspace between the tegmina in the same sex.
Synonymy.—tThe senior author is responsible for the only synonym
of the present species—D. pulchra. Tje female specimen on which
that synonym was based was first recorded correctly by him as
D. mexicana, but later differences in the subgenital plate were noticed
which seemed of specific value, and the individual was separated as
D. pulchra, its closest relationship being supposed to be with D.
emarginata. The apparent difference on which this separation was
made we now know to be untrustworthy, as the amount of com-
pression of the plate produces a different form in the margins of the
same. A certain amount of individual variation in the emargination
of this plate is also evident from the form of it in the three known
individuals of that sex.
Remarks.—Owing to our lack of male individuals of this species,
the type of that sex being unique-as far as known, we have placed
the species in the male key from the evidence of the original deserip-

tion.

Specimens Examined.—2; 2 females.

Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, January 4, 1899, 1 2. [{Hebard
Coll.]

Rio Cocula, Guerrero, Mexico, May 12, 1898, (Otis W. Barrett),
19. Type of pulchra. [A. N.S. P.]

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

Dichopetala falcata n. sp.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus as mexicana,
but differs in the greater general size, the shorter limbs of the male,
in the tegmina being overlapping in the female, the male subgenital
plate being without exserted lobes, in the same portion in the female
being distinctly emarginate and in the greater length of the ovipositor.

TypE: &; Tepic, Mexico. (Hisen.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type—sSize quite large (for the genus); form
comparatively robust. Head with its greatest width contained about
one and one-half times in the depth; occiput well inflated, steeply
declivent to the very short, compressed, and sublamellate fastigium,
the apex of which is very bluntly recurved, very slightly separated
from the apex of the facial fastigium; eyes small, elliptical in outline,

Fig. 3—Dichopetala falcata n. sp. Lateral outline
of type. (X 2.)

the length about equal to half that of the infra-ocular portion of the
gene; antenne elongate, proximal joint subdepressed. Pronotum
with the greatest dorsal length subequal to the greatest width across
the ventral portion of the lateral lobes, dorsal line when seen from the
side straight, the whole dorsum slightly constricted mesad when viewed
from the dorsal aspect; cephalic margin of disk moderately arcuato-
emarginate, caudal margin truncate; but a single complete transverse
sulcus present, this entering the disk laterad at the middle and on the
middle of the disk strongly arcuate caudad; lateral lobes distinctly
longer than deep, the greatest depth contained one and one-half
times in the length of the same, ventro-cephalic-angle very narrowly
rotundato-rectangulate, caudal margin obliquely rotundato-truncate,

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

ventro-caudal angle very broadly rotundate, ventral margin slightly
arcuato-emarginate. Tegmina with their exposed length about
three-fourths that of the dorsum of the pronotum, broad, the greatest
width slightly exceeding the length of the same, the general form
subquadrate ; marginal field regularly narrowing distad, distal
extremity broadly arcuato-truncate, disto-costal angle narrowly
rounded, sutural margin with the proximal angle distinct, subrect,
thence the margin is obliquely biundulate to the distal margin;
texture of the tegmina coriaceous, the principal veins poorly indicated,
interstices obscurely and irregularly reticulate, stridulating vein
strongly indicated. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment transverse, a
rectangular depressed area present mesad; supra-anal plate trans-
verse trigonal, the apex distinctly produced in a short slightly
upturned acute process; cerci simple, depressed, falciform, the
proximal third moderately broad, slightly lamellate laterad, dis-
tinctly tapering from the proximal third, the internal margin regularly
arcuate, the external one with a rounded angle where the proximal

oF

Pig. 4.—Dichopetala falcata n. sp. Fig. 5.—Dichopetala_falicata n. sp.
Outline of apex of abdomen of type Outline of ovipositor of allotype.
seen from the dorsum. (X 3.) (X 2.)

lamellation disappears, the form of the whole cercus appearing
bent-arcuate in consequence, apex acute; subgenital plate broad,
short, narrowing distad, the apex very narrowly subtruncate.
Cephalic femora about one and one-half times the length of the
dorsum of the pronotum. Median femora nearly twice the length of
the pronotum. Caudal femora with their length not greatly inferior
to that of the body, distinctly but not greatly inflated proximad,
ventral margins unarmed, genicular lobes very weakly or not at all
spined; caudal tibie distinctly but not greatly exceeding the femora
in length, dorsal spines more numerous than the ventral ones.
AuuotyPE: 2; Tepic, Mexico. (Hisen.) [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype.—Differing from the type in the following
characters: Pronotum with the dorsal length slightly greater than
the greatest ventral width across the lobes, median constriction
extremely slight, hardly evident, cephalic margin emarginato-
truncate, caudal margin truncate. Tegmina shorter, their exposed
length no greater than half of the pronotal length, decidedly broader

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

than long, margins as in the male, the sutural margins overlapping
for the greater portion of their length, with their form much the same
as in the male. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment and the supra-anal
plate similar in form to that found in the male, but the terminal
tubercle of the latter is broader and less evident; cerci very short,
crassate, tapering, apex acute; ovipositor with the length about one
and one-half times that of the cephalic femora, moderately heavy,
the dorsal margin regularly and distinctly arcuato-concave, ventral
margin straight except at the extreme proximal and distal extremities,
at the latter well arcuate dorsad to the subacute apex, for the distal
third of the dorsal and a fourth of the ventral margins strongly
serrato-dentate; subgenital plate transverse, distal margin bis-
arcuate emarginate, produced into ‘brief trigonal lobes laterad.
Cephalic femora slightly less than one and one-half times the length
of the disk of the pronotum. Median femora about one and two-
thirds times the length of the pronotum. Caudal femora with their
length distinctly exceeding that of the body (exclusive of that of the
ovipositor).

Measurements (in millimeters).
Tepic, Mex.

2

(TYPE.) (Allotype.)
Length of body.......... mraaceie OON Dales cy
Length of pronotum Nardone tin 55) 6.9
Greatest ventral width of pronotum... o.7 6.3
Length of tegmen.. ees Gee ne one
Length of cephalic femur Saheces 8. 9.2
Length of median femur ee? 10. ihe
Length of caudal femur 21.5 DAS).
Length of caudal tibia 23. 26.5
Length of ovipositor. 14.5

Color Notes.—Both specimens of this species seen by us have been
at some time immersed in a liquid preservative which has completely
removed their original color, leaving them in general a pale ochraceous.
Fortunately, however, sufficient of the pattern remains to enable us
to give a few notes on the same. Caudal portion of the occiput,
which area is usually covered by the pronotum, seal brown, a very
fine postocular line of the same and sometimes a similar weak
medio-longitudinal line on the occiput present, the post-ocular
continued ventro-cephalad across the eye; antenn irregularly but
very closely and strikingly annulate with seal brown. Pronotum
with the disk margined laterad with fine continuations of the post-

6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

ocular lines of the head, subparallel caudad to the transverse sulcus
and thence distinctly but not greatly diverging (male), or regularly
but very gently diverging throughout their entire length (female).
Tegmina with the dorsum darker than the marginal field, the venation
of the pale general color on a darker, nearly wine-colored, background,
humeral trunk of the darker color. Abdomen with the dorsum of the
proximal segments in the male narrowly edged cephalad with seal
brown, this portion like that similarly colored on the oeciput probably
normally concealed; the dorsum of the abdomen separated from the
sides by a more or less distinct line, which in position is continuous
with the postocular line of the head and pronotum; caudal margin
of the dorsal segments in the female more or less distinctly and
broadly edged with darker color. Limbs more or less decidedly
washed with madder brown, a slight edging of the same color on the
dorsal margin of the ovipositor, the termina! teeth of the same tipped
with seal brown.

Distribution —This very striking species is only known from the
type locality, the territory of Tepic, western Mexico.

Specimens Examined.—2; 1 male, 1 female.

Tepic, Mexico, (Eisen), 1 1,1 2. Type and allotype. |Hebard
Collection. |
Dichopetala serrifera n. sp.

On account of the peculiarly serrate cerci of the male, this species
occupies a unique position, and comparison with other forms is not
necessary.

Tyre: o; Barranéa,; twelve kilometers north of Guadalajara,
state of Jalisco, Mexico. Altitude not less than 3,500 feet. Septem-
ber 13, 1903. (W. L. Tower.) [American Museum of Natural
History.|

Description of Type.—Size medium; form subcompressed. Head
with greatest width contained about one and one-half times in
greatest depth; occiput moderately declivent to fastigium and
antennal scrobes; fastigium low, acuminate, faintly suleate dorsad,
ventrad subattingent with frontal fastigium; eyes moderately
prominent, reniform in basal outline, depth about two-thirds that
of the infra-ocular portion of the gene; antennz incomplete. Pro-
notum moderately sellate, greatest ventral width about five-sixths
that of the dorsal length of the pronotum, greatest caudal width of
disk about two-thirds length of same; cephalic margin of disk very
broadly and shallowly obtuse-angulate emarginate; lateral margins
of disk of pronotum (as indicated by color pattern) slightly con-

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

verging caudad from the cephalic margin to the middle, thence
decidedly diverging to the caudal margin; transverse sulcus rather
weak except at median line, crossing margins of disk mesad, broadly
V-shaped on disk; lateral lobes with the greatest depth contained
one and two-thirds times in the greatest dorsal length of lobes,
cephalic margin straight, ventro-cephalic angle obtuse, ventral
margin obliquely sinuato-truncate, ventro-caudal angle more or less

Fig. 6.—Dichopetala serrifera n. sp. Lateral outline of
type. (X 3.)

broadly rounded, caudal margin obliquely subtruncate except for a
short dorsal section which is truncate with the caudal margin of the
disk. Tegmina subequal to four-fifths the length of the pronotal
disk, width of discoidal and anal fields subequal to the caudal width
of pronotal disk; marginal field broad, costal margin gently arcuate,
strongly arcuate distad, distal extremity of whole tegmen obliquely
truncate, sutural margin strongly obtuse-angulate produced at the
apex of the stridulating vein, distad of this pro-
jection straight and rounding into the distal
margin; stridulating vein decided, straight, distal
portion of stridulating field with anastomosing
short cross veins. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment
with main portion of same truncate distad, a
broad triangular impressed area indicated; supra- ob er ag
anal plate trigonal with the apex briefly and Outline of apex of
narrowly fissate; cerci with the proximal half abdgmien. of type
. rom aorsum.
robust proximad, thence decidedly tapering, at the (x 3.)
middle the shaft is bent rather sharply meso-
dorsad, subdepressed and slightly expanded at the apex, the margins
proper unarmed, dorsal face with an elevated ridge bearing ten to eleven
teeth of unequal width but subequal length, the distal extremity of

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the cereus proper rectangulate, distal extremity of the toothed ridge
with the terminal tooth distinctly projecting, immediately proximad
of which, on what is properly the lateral margin of the shaft, is placed
an extra adpressed tooth; subgenital plate very ample, moderately
produced, lateral margins subparallel, distal margin arcuato-truncate,
lateral angles produced into considerable styliform appendages,
which in length are about equal to one-half the distances between
their bases. Cephalic femora slightly more than one and-one-half
times the length of the dorsum of the pronotum; cephalic tibize with
foramina elliptical. Median femora one-third again as long as the
cephalic femora. Caudal limbs damaged.

Measurements (in millimeters)—Typrn: length of body, 16.5;
length of pronotum, 5; greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 3.7;
length of tegmen, 4; width of discoidal and anal fields of tegmen,
3.3; length of cephalic femur, 8.2; length of median femur, 10.

Color Notes—General color cinnamon buff. Dorsum of proximal
portion of occiput, extending cephalo-laterad as far as the eyes,
disk of pronotum, proximal portion of anal field of tegmina, inter-
marginal section of proximal third of the sutural margin of the same,
greater portion of discoidal field of same and dorsum of abdomen,
sharply delimited laterad, black. Medio-longitudinal region of
pronotum and abdomen with a bar varying from burnt sienna to
clay color, this area narrow cephalad on the pronotum, somewhat
expanded caudad on same, very poorly defined on abdomen and
there broad mesad. Eyes cinnamon brown flecked with blackish
brown; antennze with the two proximal joints touched with claret
brown laterad, remaining joints and ventral surface of the two
proximal ones black, the simpler joints narrowly annulate with the
general color distad. Lateral lobes of the pronotum sparsely and
weakly punctulate with bone brown. Tegmina with region of
humeral trunk burnt sienna; edge of proximal third of sutural
margin of general color. Lateral aspect of abdomen rather heavily
punctulate with bone brown; margins of all segments more or less
beaded light and dark; a pale unmarked area present on each side
of abdomen in the position usually occupied, in species of the genus,
by pale bands; disto-dorsal abdominal segment with the black of
the dorsum limited to proximo-laterad trigonal areas. Limbs more
or less weakly washed with victoria lake, the femora considerably
and tibiz less decidedly lined and speckled in linear fashion with
black; tarsi black.

Distribution —The species is only known from the type locality.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

Remarks.—The type of this remarkable species is unique.

Specimens-Examined.—1; 1 male.

Barranca, twelve kilometers north of Guadalajara, state of Jalisco,
ore elevation about 3,500 feet, September 13, 1903 (W. L. Tower),

1o. Type. [{Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.]

Dichopetala durangensis n. sp.

Related, as shown by the female sex, to D. falcata, on which it
differs in the much smaller size, the more sellate pronotum, the rela-
tively more prominent and larger eyes, the shorter and more abbrevi-
ate tegmina, the more decidedly trigonal extremity of the disto-dorsal
abdominal segment and in the much more robust ovipositor. The
available males are not mature, but they show conclusively that the
species has a median tooth or lobe on the cercus, while falcata has the
same simple, aside from which the form of the subgenital plate is
characteristic. As the females of all of the species except D. serrifera
are known, we have no hesitation in describing the species without

Fig. 8.—Dichopetala durangensis n. sp. Lateral outline of
type. (X 2.)

adult males, as the possibility of the present form being the female
of serrifera is exceedingly remote.

Type: @; Durango, Mexico. (Palmer.) [Scudder Coll.]

Description of Type—Size medium; form rather robust. Head
with the occiput sharply declivent to the fastigium, strongly arcuate
in transverse section; fastigium little elevated, slightly recurved at
the apex, elongate, but little compressed, shallowly sulcate dorsad,
ventrad touching the fastigium of the face; eyes moderately promi-
nent, ovate, the depth of same at least two-thirds that of the infra-
ocular portion of.the gene; antenne incomplete. Pronotum weakly
sellate, broad, the greatest ventral width but slightly surpassing the
greatest dorsal length of disk; disk of pronotum with the lateral
margins, which are weakly indicated structurally by calloused lines
and strongly by color pattern, parallel to the transverse sulcus, which

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

severs the same mesad, thence slightly divergent caudad; cephalic
margin of disk weakly arcuato-emarginate, caudal margin of same
truncate, width of disk caudad contained about one and one-third
times in the length of the same; transverse
suleus forming a broad V-shaped pattern mesad
on the disk; lateral lobes of the pronotum with
the greatest depth contained one and two-thirds
times in the dorsal length of the same, cephalic
Fig. 9.— Dichopetala Margin of same very faintly emarginate dorsad,

durangensis n. sp. yentro-cephalic angle rotundato-rectangulate,

Dorsal outline of . 5

head, pronotum ventral margin moderately sinuato-truncate, ven-

and tegmina. tro-caudal angle broadly rounded, caudal margin

(<2) obliquely arcuato-truncate. Tegmina with the
exposed portion about two-fifths the length of the dorsum of the
pronotum, transverse, greatest width about twice the apparent
length, considerably overlapping mesad; costal margin obliquely
arcuate, sutural margin subtruncate, distal margin subtruncate,
disto-sutural angle narrowly rounded; marginal field comprising
about two-fifths the entire tegminal width. Supra-anal plate
rotundato-trigonal, the distal margin of same slightly thickened and
recurved; cerci very short, conical, apex slightly incurved; ovipositor
about one-half the length of the caudal femora, moderately falciform,
median depth about one-sixth of the length, dorsal margin con-
siderably and regularly arcuate, ventral margin for about three-fourths
of the length subtruncate, the distal fourth of the ventral margin
strongly arcuate, dorsal margin with distal two-fifths armed with
six to seven decided teeth which are well spaced and increasing in
length distad, ventral margin armed on distal fourth with nine spines,
which increase in length distad and are slightly recurved at the same
end of series; subgenital plate small, broadly emarginato-truncate
mesad, laterad with short trigonal lobes at’ the angles. Cephalic
femora slightly shorter than length of head, pronotum and tegmina
combined, very faintly clavate distad; tibise distinctly exceeding the
femora in length, tympanum small, elliptical. Median femora one-
third longer than the cephalic femora. Caudal femora moderately
elongate, proximal dilation moderate, regularly tapering to the
narrow subequal distal portion; caudal tibize exceeding the femora
by about one-half the length of the pronotal disk.

Notes on Male Sex.—As all the specimens (two in number) of this
sex are immature, we can give only a few notes on the genitalia as
there found. The cereci are provided mesad on the dorsal surface

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

with the beginning of what is unquestionably in the adult a very
decided lobe, the distal margin of which in the nymphal condition
is nearly rectangulate, the whole being considerably elevated dorsad
of the shaft of the cercus. The distal portion of the cercus is little
curved, robust, slightly depressed, the apex acute. Subgenital plate
moderately produced, subequal in width, the distal margin deeply
rotundato-emarginate, the lateral angles acute, slightly recurved
toward the median line.

Paratypic Series.—We have before us two paratypic adult females,
one of which is measured below.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Durango, Mex.

(TyeeE.) (Paratype.)

g g
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor) sl) 18.2%
When cGy Ole ROMO UU rere estates 4.3 4.1
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum......... 3.2 2.9
Length of tegmen.. 2. 2.
Greatest width of tegmen 3.2 2.9
Length of cephalic femur 7.3 7.5
Length of median femur 8.9 9.
Length of caudal femur 20.2 oe
Length of ovipositor... Bos 10.5 10.2

Color Notes.!—General shade ranging from old gold to oil green,
on the pronotum paling (in the old-gold individual) to light viridine
green. A pair of narrow lines of blackish are more or less distinctly
indicated, extending from the dorsal margin of the eye caudad over
the sides of occiput and along the lateral angles of the pronotal disk,
margined laterad by a band of empire yellow of varying width and
definition. Eyes argus brown, blotched with blackish; antenne
with the two proximal joints ranging from claret brown to burnt
sienna, remaining joints blackish with narrow dull apricot yellow
distal annuli; occiput more or less washed with very dull weak
maroon. Dorsum of pronotum with cephalic half of disk very
weakly washed with morocco red, a medio-longitudinal line of

10 Ip both of these females the abdomen has been bent ventro-cephalad and
in consequence the length given above is not the real length of the insect, but
only the shortest distance between the point of the fastigium and the base of the
ovipositor. It is not possible to get a true measurement of length from the
present material. :

Jn the present notes only the two well-preserved adults have been used, a
few notes on the nymphs being placed at the end.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

seal brown present, the latter finely divided cephalo-caudad by a,
thread of morocco red; cephalic and caudal margins of disk with
more or less regular and decided beading of blackish, the whole
of the pronotum with a more or less decided sprinkling of bay colored
points which vary in intensity with the blackish lateral lines. Teg-
mina varying from apricot orange to hazel, humeral trunk hay’s
russet. Abdomen with the proximo-dorsal portion of each segment
(these areas hidden when the abdomen is not stretched) blackish,
distal margin of segments more or less beaded with blackish or
prout’s brown, the entire surface dorsad and laterad more or less
sprinkled with stipples of the latter color. In line with the post-
ocular line and tegminal humeral trunk there is continued to the apex
of the abdomen a pattern, which is indicated by a limiting to the
region between the same of the decided marginal beadings and the
proximal blackish markings of the segments, or a pale line similar
in color to the pale portion of the postocular line. Mesad on the
abdomen is indicated more or less distinctly a line similar in color to
the above-mentioned yellowish lateral ones. Limbs more or less
washed with madder brown, lined and dotted in linear fashion with
black; caudal femora proximad of the color of the lateral lebes of
the pronotum triply lined with blackish; all tibize lined dorsad and
laterad with blackish. Ovipositor more yellowish than the general
tone, with the dorsal margin more or less maroon. The type has the
general color old gold with the abdominal segments blackish proximad.
One of the nymphs is nearly uniform parrot green, another ochraceous-
tawny, both with pale postocular lines, and the third with the two
colors combined, the first cephalad and the second caudad, the limbs
and whole dorsum strongly punctulate with black and the lined
pattern very decided blackish and whitish, the medio-longitudinal
line continued on the head.

Distribution.~The species is only known from Durango, Mexico.

Remarks.—Of the material known belonging to this most interest-
ing and beautiful species, one adult female has been badly damaged
in the past by insect pests, so it has not been considered in the previous
description. The nymphs’ are not perfect, but there can be no
question of their identity with the adult females.

Specimens Examined—7; 4 females, 2 male nymphs, 1 female
nymph.

Durango, Mexico (Palmer), 3 2 (Typr, paratypes), 2 co nymphs,
1 2 nymph. [Seudder Coll.]

Durango, state of Durango, Mexico, November 27, 1909, (F. C.
Bishop), 1 9. [U. 8S. N. M.]

©

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. §9

Dichopetala pollicifera n. sp.

This very distinet species requires comparison with none of the
other forms of the genus, the general build, nearly uniform greenish
coloration, depressed external tooth on male cercus and the form of
the tegmina readily distinguishing it.

Tyree: o'; Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. July 31—
August 5, 1912. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type—Size medium; form quite robust (for the
sex); surface smooth, unpolished. Head not at all elevated dorsad
of the level of the disk of the pronotum, occiput roundly but rather

Fig. 10.—Dichopetala pollicifera n. sp. Lateral view of
type. (xX 2.)

decidedly declivent cephalad; fastigium narrow, very acute lanceo-
late, low, dorsum subsuleate, caudad from the base of the fastigium.
extends for a short distance a faint elevated line,
ventral portion of the fastigium of the vertex
touching the fastigium of the front; eyes very tw
prominent, ovate, the greatest width contained
about one and one-half times in the depth of the Fig. 11—Dichope-
: tala pollicifera
eye, the depth of the eye contained about one and yn. sp. Outline of
one-half times in that of the infra-ocular portion Pex of abdomen
, A of type from dor-
of the gene; antenne filiform, rather heavy,in sum. (x 4.)
perfect specimens (the type has the antenni
broken) about three times as long as the body. Pronotum with
the greatest (ventral) width but little less than the length of
the dorsum of the pronotum, caudal width of the dorsum con-
tained about one and one-third times in the length of the same,
dorsum straight cephalo-caudad when viewed from the lateral
aspect, appreciably arcuate in transverse section, cephalic margin
of the disk emarginato-truncate, caudal margin faintly arcuate,
slightly flattened with the faintest possible sinuation mesad,
lateral margins of the disk indicated by the usual callous lines,

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Jan.,

severed once and then by the transverse sulcus, which is placed very
slightly cephalad of the middle, subparallel caudad to this sulcus,
thence slightly diverging to the caudal margin; transverse sulcus of
a V-shaped form mesad; lateral lobes with the greatest depth
contained about twice in the greatest (dorsal) length of the same,
cephalic margin nearly straight, ventro-cephalic angle nearly rectan-
gulate, ventral margin arcuato-sinuate cephalad and arcuately
expanded caudad, rounding into the oblique, slightly arcuate caudal
margin, transverse sulcus impressed dorsad. Tegmina with their
length subequal to that of the dorsum
A of the pronotum, their greatest width
i (not flattened) subequal to their length;
yY\ costal margin straight with the disto-
EN ' ) costal angle well rounded, distal margin
bluntly arcuate, passing broadly without any
Wipa, 12 audi epee sign of angulation into the strongly ob-
fala pollicifera n. sp. lique and gently arcuate distal portion of the
Dorsal outline of head, sytural margin, proximal portion of the
pronotum, and tegmina Z 2
of male type (12) and sutural margin obliquely truncate, at the
roaa allotype (15). extremity of the stridulating vein slightly
aoe produced, rotundato-rectangulate; marginal
field very narrow; discoidal field with a fine, irregular network of
veins; stridulating vein slightly oblique, slightly arcuate; tympanum
very faintly outlined, trigonal, the sharpest angle directed meso-
proximad; proximal portion of the anal field (7.e., proximad of the
stridulating vein) closely but rather cdarsely areolate. Abdomen
quite plump; disto-dorsal abdominal segment strongly arcuato-
emarginate laterad by the bases of the cerci; supra-anal plate
forming a transverse lappet which has its greatest length contained
about three times in its greatest width, distal margin of same truncate,
broadly arcuate laterad; cerci simple, heavy, slightly depressed,
distal portion of the cereus and median tooth decidedly depressed,
the distal portion of the cereus tapering, acute, the immediate apex
very fine, clawlike and slightly hooked, median tooth placed on the
external face of the cercus, broad, bluntly lanceolate, reaching about
half way from the point of its origin to the apex of the cercus, closely
apposed to the shaft of the cercus for the greater portion of its length;
subgenital plate moderately elongate, V-shaped in section, distal
half with the margins moderately and regularly convergent, distal
extremity deeply V-emarginate, the emargination extending slightly
more than a fourth the way to the base of the plate, laterad of the

S

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ol

median emargination the converging lateral margins cause the
lateral angles to appear as acute trigonal projections with their
immediate angles blunted. Cephalic femora nearly twice as long
as the dorsum of the pronotum, slender; cephalic tibize appreciably
exceeding the femora in length, foramina elliptical. Median femora
subequal to the head, pronotum and tegmina in length, similar in
build to the cephalic femora; median_tibie exceeding the femora by
about the same proportion as in the cephalic limbs. Caudal femora
one and one-third times as long as the body, very moderately inflated
in the proximal half, slightly compressed, genicular lobes not dis-
tinetly spined, but with a minute point (sometimes absent) at the
apex of each lobe; caudal tibie surpassing the femoral length by
about four-fifths the length of the dorsum of the pronotum.

Allotype: 2; Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. July 31-
August 5, 1912. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection. |

Description of Allotype——The following characters are solely those
cof difference from the above description of the type, features not
mentioned are essentially as in the male sex. ;

Size large (for the genus); form robust. Head noticeably
broad, the greatest width nearly equal to the depth of the
head as far as the clypeal suture; fastigium very brief, slightly
elevated at the extremity; eyes moderately prominent, slightly
compressed, ovoid, their depth contained slightly more than
one and one-half times in the depth of the infra-ocular portion
of the gene; antenne about one and one-half times the length
of the body. Pronotum heavy, the dorsum more arcuate in
section than in the opposite sex, caudal

Q : : iD
width of the disk contained one and \Y Ne

Ly
one-third times in the length of the Weise De
same, greatest ventral width of the Sei
pronotum equal to about five-sixths Fig. 14. — Dichopetala pollicifera
of the length of the dorsum of the Bie Oe guaposttor et
same; cephalic margin of the disk
emarginato-truncate, caudal margin of the same moderately arcuate,
no appreciable callous bounding lines present on the disk, which
rounds into the lateral lobes; transverse sulcus weakly indicated,
placed mesad and on the middle of the disk impressed in a broad,
V-shaped figure; lateral lobes with the greatest depth contained
one and two-thirds times in the dorsal length of the same, margins
as in the males but with the ventro-cephalic angle blunter. Tegmina
with their apparent length about one-fourth that of the pronotum,
their greatest width nearly two and one-half times their visible

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

length, interspace between the tegmina very slightly less than half
the apparent length of the tegmina; distal extremity of the tegmina
arcuato-truncate, broadly rounding to the costal margin and more
narrowly to the sutural margin. Supra-anal plate very broad
trigonal, apex very blunt; cerci short, conical, distal portion slightly
elongate; ovipositor subequal to the combined length of the head,
pronotum and tegmina, the greatest proximal depth contained
slightly more than three times in the length of the same, moderately
tapering in the proximal two-thirds, moderately arcuate, dorsal
margin moderately arcuate, ventral margin with slightly more than
the median half of its length nearly straight, considerably arcuate
proximad, strongly arcuate distad, general angle of the margins
distad slightly more acute than a rectangle, distal fourth of the dorsal
margin with seven to eight teeth, low proximad and increasing in
length distad, erect, directed disto-dorsad, ventral margin with the
distal fourth armed with eight to nine spines, slightly increasing in
length distad, the extreme distal ones slightly hooked; subgenital
plate small, V-emarginate distad for about half of its length, the
portions of the plate laterad of the median emargination present as
acute trigonal lobes, the apex of which is slightly beyond the general
form of the lobe. Cephalic femora about one and one-half times the
length of the dorsum of the pronotum, more robust than in the male
sex. Median femora about a third again as long as the cephalic
femora. Caudal femora slightly more robust than in the male,
but of similar proportions. s

Paratypic Series.—A series of fourteen males and eight females
bearing exactly the same data as the type and allotype have been
selected as paratypes.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Brownsville, Tex.

(TyYPE.) (Paratypes.)

Length of body 16. AF 15.
Length of pronotum 4.2 4.4 3.8
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 3.2 3.2 3.2
Length of tegmen 4.2 4. 4.2
Greatest width of discoidal and anal

fields of tegmen 3.8 3.8 5
Length of cephalic femur 8. 6a fiers:
Length of median femur 9.5 10.6 9
Length of caudal femur 21.5 22.3 19.4

2 Regenerated limb. The other cephalic limb is lacking.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

2
Brownsville, Tex.

(Allotype.) (Paratypes.)
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor).. 18. 21. 16.
Length of pronotum.. Seared. 5.6 5.5
‘Greatest width of dorsum of pronotum's 4.2 4.3 4.
Apparent length of tegmen... 1.4 ho) 1.4
Greatest width of entire tegmen 3s oF 2.5
Length of cephalic femur... 8.4 8.1 8.9
Length of median femur......... 10.2 10. 10.4
Length of caudal femur... . 24. 23.8 23.5
Length of ovipositor 9.5 9.3 9:

In size the type represents what is the average of the entire male
‘paratypic series, practically none but the extremes measured above
varying appreciably from the more general size. The allotype is in
most measurements the maximum extreme for the female sex, from
which the series grades rather evenly to the minimum measurements
given for that sex. The length of the body is an uncertain measure-
méht, as it depends so largely on the stuffing of the abdomen, and,
while the present series was stuffed in its entirety by the authors,
a certain amount of variation in bulk is impossible to prevent. The
length of the cephalic femora, particularly in the female sex, shows
appreciable variation—in females of approximately the same bulk
measuring 7.8 and 9.2 mm. This variation is also noticed in the
median femora, while the tibiz of the respective limbs vary propor-
tionately. Such variation in the length of the caudal femora as is
evident is of a far less degree and not disproportionate to the general
bulk variation. The tegmina of the male show some variation in
length, never being shorter than the pronotal length, but occasionally
surpassing the same.

Color Notes—The general pattern of the male sex consists of a
dorsal shade covering the dorsum of the head, disk of the pronotum;
another covering the tegmina (aside from the marginal field and
region of the principal veins); a paler lateral color involving the face,
sides of head, lateral lobes of the pronotum, and sides of the abdomen;
an area covering the dorsal surface of the abdomen either concolorous
with or darker than the dorsal shade of head, pronotum and tegmina,
and a pair of pale, narrow postocular lines extending along the angle

8 Owing to the poor definition of the dorsum of the pronotum in the female,
this measurement is of less value than in the male, but it is here given to cover
relatively the same portion as that measured in the other sex.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

of the tegmina, involving the whole marginal field of the tegmina and
dividing the dorsal and lateral colors of the abdomen. The female
sex is so unicolorous that it has no pattern distinctive enough to
describe. The color of the dorsum of the head, pronotum, discoidal
and anal fields of the tegmina and the limbs of the male ranges from
yellowish oil green to cosse green,'! occasionally lined along the
internal margin of the pale lateral pronotal lines with maroon, and in
all thickly and more or less regularly sprinkled with very minute
points or stipples of the same color. Discoidal and anal fields of the
male tegmina varying from lettuce green to serpentine green; !”
area of the principal veins (7.e., humeral trunk) more or less broadly
and strongly lined with a shade varying from morocco red to maroon.
Paired pale lines in the male (also covering the marginal field of the
tegmina) varying from cream-white to light green-yellow, less
prominent on the abdomen in some specimens than in others. Dorsal
color of the abdomen sometimes the same as the dorsal color of the
pronotum, again as dark as the major portion of the tegmina, and
in a fair proportion ranging through pompeian red to madder brown,
such brownish tones being due to a great increase in number of the
overlying stipple points of those colors, similar to the condition found
on the dorsum of the pronotum. These points are also present in
individuals having an apparently uniform greenish dorsal tone on
the abdomen, but they are so few that they do not affect the general
shade. Lateral color in the male ranging from javel green to cosse
green, sulphine yellow in a single individual.'® General color of
female varying from uniform lettuce green to snuff brown dorsad,
all finely and more or less thickly stippled with garnet brown to
maroon (one specimen), paling into court gray on the sides of head,
pronotum, and pleura; tegmina of the dorsal color with marginal
field pale and a line of maroon present on the principal veins. Pale
lines indicated but weakly in a few specimens on head and pronotum,
not present on abdomen. Limbs unicolorous with the dorsum of
the pronotum in both sexes. Eyes in both sexes varying from russet
brown to hazel, crossed obliquely dorsad of the middle by a fine line
of chestnut brown, which touches the caudal margin of the eye at
the ventral margin of the pale postocular line. Antenne in both

‘Frequently the pronotum is in part paler than these shades, but this is
apparently due to the stuffing and drying, so that no importance is here attached
to such fluctuation in the color of the dorsum of the pronotum.

16 The latter in but one specimen, the remainder between lettuce green and’
spinach green. .

16 The latter shade may be due to drying, as it is found in but asingle specimen

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

sexes ranging from olive ochre to lime green, the proximal joints
more or less speckled with maroon. Tibial spines tipped with
black. Ovipositor of the general color tone and usually of the dorsal
shade, finely stippled with garnet brown and dorsal margin more or
less washed with same. ;

Distribution.—The present species is known only from three locali-
ties in the arid tropical Tamaulipan region of southern Texas,
Brownsville, Piper Plantation (along the Rio Grande about ten
miles southeast by east of Brownsville), and Lyford (in the same
county about forty-seven miles north of Brownsville). It doubtless
ranges over an adjacent section of Mexico.

Biological Notes——At Brownsville and Piper Plantation the
present species was scarce and local, occurring in tangles of Clematis
(probably C. reticulata) growing over the ground and on low mesquite
and huisache. Individuals, when disturbed, endeavored to hop,
crawl, or drop into recesses of these vines, where they are so well
protected by their coloration that beating was the best method of
securing them. At Lyford the single specimen was taken with
D. gladiator in a weedy field which had a low cover of sand spur
(Cenchrus sp.) and grasses. This species was found to be by far the
least active of any of the forms of the genus taken by the authors.

Morphological Notes—In the female sex the interspace between
the tegmina varies from one extreme, in which the sutural margins
are touching, to one in which the space separating them is nearly
half of the width of a single tegmen.

Remarks.—The possibility of confounding this very peculiar species
with any other form of the genus is very remote. It is interesting
that in a region which has been examined as often as the Brownsville
section, as striking a species as this should have been overlooked, for
which the character of its habitat is probably responsible.

Specimens Examined.—43; 17 males, 9 females, 17 nymphs.

Brownsville, Cameron County, Tex.; July 31—-August 5, 1912;
(H.); 16 &, 9 2 (Typn, allotype, paratypes), 6 co’ nymphs, 9 2
nymphs.

Piper Plantation, near Brownsville, Cameron County, Tex.;
August 3, 1912; (R. & H.); 2 9 nymphs.

Lyford, Cameron County, Tex.; August 6-7, 1912; (R. & H.);1 7.
Dichopetala castanea n. sp.

1912. Dichopetala brevihastata Hunter, Pratt and Mitchell (not of Morse),
Bull., 113, Bureau of Entom., U.S. Dept. of Agr.,p. 50. (Part) [Corpus
Christi and Maverick County, Texas.]

D. brevihastata Morse—in

This species differs from its nearest ally

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

the broad, hardly produced subgenital plate of the male, in the more
spiniform and strongly incurved distal portion of the male cercus,
in the slightly deeper lateral lobes of the pronotum in both sexes,
in the broader and more approximate tegmina of the female, in the
less tapering ovipositor, which has the ventral margin straighter,
and in the broader, more ovate, and less elliptical eye.

Type: co; Laguna del Gato, three miles west of Sam Fordyce,
Hidalgo County, Texas. Elevation 175-200 feet. August 6, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type—Size medium; form moderately slender;
surface subglabrous. Head with the occiput not elevated dorsad
of the level of the pronotum, gently arcuate; fastigium compressed,

Pig. 15.—Dichopetala castanea n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.)

lamellate, barely touching the frontal fastigium; eyes prominent,
ovate, the greatest width contained less than one and one-half times
in the length, the length of the eye contained about one and one-third
times in the infra-ocular length of the gen; face moderately flat-
tened; antenne over three and one-half times as long as the body,
filiform. Pronotum with the dorsum subdeplanate, strongly nar-
rowed mesad, the margins of the same regularly converging caudad
from the cephalic margin and from the middle somewhat more strongly
diverging toward the caudal margin, the median width not more
than half that at the caudal margin, the width of the latter equal to
slightly more than half of the length of the disk, cephalic and caudal
margins of the disk subtruncate,

transverse broad V-shaped sulcus

| [ placed slightly caudad of the middle,

\ Wks caudad of which sulcus there is

oe PG NS laterad on the disk slight indication
Figs. 16 and 17—Outline of left of another sulcus; lateral lobes with
cereus of males (types) of Dichope- the greatest depth contained nearly

tala castanea (16) and D. brevihas- c :
tata (17). (X 10.) twice in the dorsal length of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

same, ventro-cephalic angle subrectangulate, ventral margin moder-
ately sinuato-emarginate cephalad, ventro-caudal angle broadly
rounded, caudal margin oblique-truncate, transverse sulcus well im-
pressed dorsad, lateral shoulders slightly indicated in the humeral
region. Tegmina very slightly shorter than the dorsal length of the
pronotum, the distal extremity slightly surpassing the margindf the
proximal abdominal segment, costal margin moderately arcuate, distal
margin truncato-arcuate, the lateral angle rounded, sutural margin
rotundato-rectangulate at the apex of the stridulating vein, the
margin obliquely subtruncate thence to the distal extremity; mar-
ginal field narrow, discoidal field expanding from the middle of
the tegmen, with a number of irregular areas, stridulating vein nearly
transverse, gently arcuate caudad, speculum proper with the greatest
length exceeding the greatest width. Abdomen subfusiform; disto-
dorsal abdominal segment with the median impressed area transverse
and arcuate; supra-anal plate trigonal with a broad median V-shaped
emargination; cerci with the proximal portion straight, robust,
cylindrical, distal portion tapering, gently curving mesad, the distal
fourth straight, spiniform and at a right angle to the thickened -
proximal portion, tooth placed at the junction of the proximal portion
and the tapering section, on the dorsal section of the cercus toward
the external face, moderately acute, subdepressed, little divergent
dorsad from the general plane of

the cercus, not more than a third
the length of the distal half of |
the main cercal shaft; subgenital

plate broad, USGS) the eB Bae Figs. 18 and 19.—Outline of subgen-
est width considerably exceeding ital plate of males (types) of Dichope-
the length of the plate, lateral Gone: ee) and D. brevihastata
margins straight convergent in ibe F

the proximal two-thirds of their length, thence parallel for a very
short distance, the width of the subequal section about half that
of the greatest width of the proximal section, distal margin with a
\-shaped emargination mesad, this occupying slightly more than a
quarter of the median length of the plate, laterad of this emargination
the distal margin is nearly truncate, thus forming lateral angles slightly
more acute than a rectangle, a moderately distinct median carina
present on the ventral surface of the plate. Cephalic femora subequal
in length to the head, pronotum and tegmina, very slender; cephalic
tibie distinctly exceeding the femora in length, foramina small,
elliptical. Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic femora;

‘

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

median tibie nearly half again as long as the femora. Caudal
femora about a third again as long as the body, moderately inflated
in the proximal three-fifths, genicular lobes unispinose; caudal
tibize surpassing the femora by about the length of the pronotum.

Allotype: 2; Laguna del Gato, three miles west of Sam Fordyce,
Hidalgo County, Texas. Elevation 175-200 feet. August 6, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype-—Characters not specifically mentioned are
not markedly different from the male sex.

Size medium; form moderately robust. Pronotum much less
compressed, the median width of the disk of the pronotum contained
less than three times in the length of the same. Tegmina much
broader than the apparent length, apices hardly surpassing the
margin of the metanotum, the distal margin rotundato-truncate, the
interspace between the tegmina not more than half the width of
a single tegmen; venation irregular. Cerci very short, conoid;
ovipositor nearly equal to the length of the head and pronotum
together, tapering in ~the proximal two-thirds, the proximal
depth slightly more than a third of the length, moderately
arcuate, ventral margin appreci-
ably flattened for a portion of
its length, dorsal margin more
arcuate distad than proximad,
apical margins proper slightly
more acute than a _ rectangle,
armed. on the distal third of the
Figs. 20 and 21.—Outline of ovipositor dorsal margin with seven erect

of females (allotypes) of Dichopetala teeth, increasing in length distad,

are (20) and D. brevihastata (21). ventral margin strongly arcuate
distad, armed with nine spines,

the proximal several of which are smaller than the others, the
distal ones distinctly recurved; subgenital plate brief, strongly
transverse, distal margin obtusely brace-shaped (—-—) emarginate,
Cephalic femora slightly exceeding the combined length of the head,
pronotum and tegmina, slightly more robust than in the male.
Median femora as robust as the cephalic pair. Caudal femora a
fourth again as long as the body (exclusive of the-ovipositor), appre-
ciably more robust than in the male, the proximal dilation slightly

more extensive.
Paratypic Series.—A paratypic series of five males and eight females
from Laguna del Gato has been selected, the measurements of the

same being given below.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

Measurements (in millimeters).

A A
lomo}
Laguna del Gato, Tex.

ford 1 SS)

(TYPE.) (Paratypes.)
Length of body 2 Pal hays 20 18. ate
Length of pronotum 4.2 4.5 4.5 4.3
Greatest width of dorsum of
pronotum........... 2.6 3 2.3 2.9
Length of tegmen 3.9 4 4. 4.
Greatest width of discoidal
and anal fields of tegmen 3.2 Bas! 348" 3.
Length of cephalic femur 9.2 9.7 9.5 8.
Length of median femur 9.8 10.8 10. 9.
Length of caudal femur 20. 22. 22 19.
22
Laguna del Gato, Tex.
(Allotype.) (Paratypes.)
Length of body (exclusive of
ovipositor) Pale 16.8 18.5 19.
Length of pronotum 5D. 4.8 Heal 5.2
Greatest width of dorsum of
pronotum........... 3.6 3. 3. 3.2
Apparent length of tegmen 128} 1.6 1.4 156
Greatest width of tegmen Pst 2.9 2.4 Boe
Length of cephalic femur 8.6 8. 8.2 8.2
Length of median femur 9.2 8.9 9. 9.
Length of caudal femur 2125 20. Pale 21.2
Length of ovipositor 7.2 7.5 ail U8
Measurements of extreme individuals.
fou foil g Q
Southwest Victoria, Southwest Tamo ,
Texas. Taman as, Texas. Vera
(Schaupp) Mex. (Schaupp) Cruz,
{Hebard [Hebard {Hebard Mex.
Coll.] Coll.] Coll.} (Bishop)
[U.S.N.M.]
Length of body 5 23.5 16.8 21.
Length of pronotum 4 4.7 4.9 6.1
Greatest caudal width of
dorsum of pronotum 226 3.2 4.1
Length of tegmen 3 3.4 2 2a
Greatest width of discoidal
and anal fields of (co), or
entire widthof (9)tegmen. 3. | 3.8 22 2.8
Length of cephalic femur (ee 9. iG) fit.
Length of median femur 8. 10. 8.3 12.9
Length of caudal femur. 18. 21.5 20. 29.
Length of ovipositor ie peeves 6.7 10.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

The variation in size appears to be purely individual aside from the
possible presence of a larger race at the southern extreme of the.
range of the species. The individuals from Victoria, Tamaulipas,
are of peculiar interest in this connection, the pronotum in both
sexes being shorter and broader than in the other specimens of the
species, while the legs are somewhat thicker and more robust than in
by far the greater portion of the Texas series, but their length pro-
portions are matched in other individuals. The tegmina in the
Victoria male are shorter and broader than in any other individual
of the same sex seen, the distal portion being much less produced
with the margin decidedly truncate. The size of the tegmina is seen
to vary somewhat in the female sex, the width of the imterspace
__ between the two also fluctuating, but, the latter is never wide enough
to cause any difficulty in determining the species. The Tamos
female is unique in its great dimensions, aside from which it is per-
fectly typical of the species. We doubtless have here parallelism
to the condition of sporadic giantism found in the next species, under
which the matter is discussed. It is possible that in this ease the
variation is geographic, but our material from Mexico is too meager
to make any definite assertions.

Color Notes.—The following color notes are all based on stuffed
specimens, all of which, with the exception of two individuals, were
prepared by the authors and have retained in practically its entirety
the original coloration.”

The general pattern-of the Male has the dorsum of the head,
pronotum, and abdomen dark and generally uniform, paired pale
lines extending from the caudal margin of the eye, marking the
boundaries of the disk of the pronotum, involving the whole marginal
field of the tegmina and present as broader lateral bars on the abdo-
men. The abdominal segments have pale beaded margins caudad,
these rarely outlined proximad with blackish. In the male the
general color of the venter and of the lateral aspects of the pronotum,
pleura, abdomen and proximal portions of the femora vary from
honey yellow to parrot green in shade and also considerably in
intensity. The color of the dorsum of the head, pronotum, and
abdomen in the same sex ranges from clear mahogany red through
argus brown to nearly clear pyrite yellow. This color is usually

‘7 Three males and eight females listed in the summary of specimens have not
been stuffed and are disregarded in the remarks given above. They are all
much browner than any of the freshly prepared individuals collected by the
authors and in three cases have the color pattern much intensified on the abdomen.

«

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. » 101

purest on the disk of the pronotum, on the dorsum of the abdomen
being solid, bounded by the pale marginal lines on the segments,
frequently bisected by an adventitious pale medio-longitudinal line
_or divided by a broad median area of the lateral color and in the
extreme condition only present laterad in the neighborhood of the
pale lines. Head of the male with the cephalic and lateral aspects
slightly paler than the lateral color, varying from baryta yellow to
chalcedony yellow, an infra-ocular bar of indian red frequently
present, rarely observed, and then but faintly, in the paler specimens;
eyes varying from light buff to seal brown, this apparently due in
part to the drying of the insect; antennz varying from raw sienna to
kaiser brown, the proximal joint in greater part of the color of the
face. Pronotum of male with the pale lateral lines varying from
nearly pure white to buff yellow in one extreme and viridine yellow
in the other, always broader cephalad and caudad than mesad,
generally severed once and sometimes twice at the point of greatest
constriction; lateral lobes of pronotum with a trace of the dorsal
color present cephalad and caudad contiguous to the pale bars.
Tegmina of the male with the underlying color varying from bay to
maroon, the venation and marginal field similar to the pale lateral
bars of the pronotum in color; base of the narrow discoidal field
entirely suffused with weak mahogany red or bright chestnut, the
pale veins of the distal portion of the same field sharply contrasted.
Disto-dorsal abdominal segment of the male washed with yellow,
varying from pale cadmium to mars yellow, the cerci wholly of the
same color. Cephalic and median femora of the male with more or
less of their length ochraceous-orange, occasionally green without
any of the former color; cephalic and median tibize with green the
underlying color, more or less suffused with ochraceous-orange or
occasionally (Victoria, Tamaulipas, specimens only) almost wholly
blackish, the region of the tympanum almost invariably (but a single
exception) touched dorsad with blackish. Caudal femora-of male
with the proximal three-fifths parrot green'®’ with a medio-lateral
stippled pattern of blackish; distal extremity of femora blackish
brown of variable intensity, rarely very weak, remainder of distal
two-fifths of the femora varying, with the general tone, from mustard
yellow to zinc orange. Caudal tibie of male with their ventral color
agreeing with the pega distal pec of the femora, oe dorsad

18 Even in the specimens with honey-yellow lateral fo (Victoria, T; amauli-
pas) the femora are parrot green, which would lead one to the conclusion that
green was the natural coloration of the greater portion of the whole insect.

102 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

more or less washed with blackish brown, very strongly and decidedly
so in the Victoria, Tamaulipas, pair. The type is of a well-contrasted
color form only surpassed in intensity by the Victoria individuals.

The stuffed Victoria, Tamaulipas, female is practically a color
duplicate of the male from that locality, the following comments
being based on the remainder of the stuffed females.

The general pattern of coloration of the females differs from the
pattern of the male only in that the pale lateral lines are not indicated
on the tegmina and the beaded character of the marginal coloration
of the dorsal abdominal segments is less frequent. The lateral and
ventral color of the females is, in the stuffed individuals, always
green, varying from light yellow-green to parrot green. The dorsal
color as indicated in the male is rarely developed at all in the female,
and then mostly indicated only on part of the pronotum and extreme
lateral sections of the dorsum of the abdomen. A narrow medio-
longitudinal line varying from victoria lake to english red is indicated
more or less distinctly on a part or all of the pronotum in a portion
of the females, while in‘one specimen the dorsum of the pronotum is
weakly suffused with the last-mentioned color. Head of the female
colored as in the opposite sex, but antenne ranging from oil yellow
to mars yellow. Pronotum of the female with the lateral lobes
colored as in the male; the usual pale lateral lines of the pronotum
are subobsolete in about half of the specimens, being indicated on
the head in several which have them almost lacking on the pronotum.
Tegmina of the female varying from cream white to baryta yellow,
the interstices of the dorsal section occasionally slate color, the median
section proximad with a variable but always weak narrow line of
hay’s russet. Abdomen of the female with the lateral pale lines
washed with the lateral color as in the male, occasionally very weak,
sometimes relatively broad and frequently with the portion on each
individual segment roughly elongate trigonal. Ovipositor passing
from courge green at the base to ivy green at the apex, washed along
the dorsal margin with the color of the median line of the dorsum of
the pronotum when that line is present; teeth of the ovipositor
pitch brown. Limbs of the female varying from a type like that of
the majority of the males to one in which they are practically course
or light bice green, the pattern of the external face of the caudal
femora always, although often very faintly, indicated. The presence
of the blackish near the tympanum of the cephalic tibiz is exceptional
and not the rule in the female.

The allotype is about midway between the extremes here de-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

scribed, having a short median line on the pronotum, very weak
incomplete pale pronotal lines and practically uniform limbs, without
blackish near the tympanum of the cephalic tibiz.

The Victoria, Tamaulipas, individuals stand apart from the other
specimens, having an intensified pattern surpassing in contrast
anything else belonging to the species seen by us. Certain structural
peculiarities may compel the separation of these, as a distinct race,
at a later date when more Mexican material is accessible, so that the
following comments do not include-them. The female from Maverick
County has a very intensive coloration, with the dorsum of the
pronotum and lateral portions of the dorsum of the abdomen suffused
with garnet brown. The Laguna del Gato series is as a rule weaker
in color contrasts than Uvalde, Del Rio and Mission individuals of
both sexes, the type alone excepted. San Antonio specimens stand
about intermediate in color intensity. That color is of little geo-
graphie significance is shown by the fact that the two lots taken
closest together (about eighteen miles apart), 7.e., Laguna del Gato
and Mission, are nearly as widely divergent as any examined.

Distribution—The range of this species extends from an undeter-
mined point on the Pecos River, probably near the New Mexican
line, east to the vicinity of Corpus Christi and south as far as
Tamos, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Aside from the uncertain Pecos record
and that from Tamos, the range of the species is approximately
co-extensive with the area called the Rio Grande Plain by Bray.”
While the Pecos locality is more elevated, the highest points at which
we have noted the species (Del Rio and Uvalde) are at an elevation
of 1,100 feet, while the Corpus Christi and Tamos individuals were
taken almost at sea-level. It is probable that the Victoria, Tamauli-
pas, specimens were taken at a higher elevation than 1,100 feet, but
we have no definite information to this effect, the general region,
however, being near the 500 meter (approximately 1,640 feet) con-
tour. At Mission the species was taken just below the line of gravel
hills, while the Laguna del Gato series was taken in these hills. . At
Del Rio and Uvalde it occurred on the rolling plateau country, while

19 The data with this specimen is ‘‘Pecos, Aug. 18.’’ As the specimen came
to Seudder through Uhler, we can, judging by analogy with other specimens
similarly credited by Scudder, probably consider it one of C: apt. Pope’s collecting.
Capt. Pope’s camps along the Pecos reached from above the New Mexican line
to considerably below the same, but the dates were all in March. The specimen
is in poor shape, having been dried from a liquid preservative. It is possible,
however, that the specimen was taken much later near the present town of
Pecos, Texas.

20 Botan. Gazette, XXXII, p. 116, fig. 6.

104 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

at San Antonio it was taken in the hilly country ainemate ly north
of the city. Tamos, the southern limit of the species, is near Tampico,
on the Rio Panuco, in the extreme northern part of Vera Cruz.

Biological Notes—At Laguna del Gato the present species was
taken on a low, very green rhamnaceous shrub (probably Condalia
obovata), where it was common locally. At Mission five individuals
were heard at night in bushes, several as much as five feet from the
ground. At San Antonio the species was very local, not at all
common and hard to find in a low, stout, green rhamnaceous bush.
On the hill slopes at Uvalde it occurred on the low Acacia berlan-
landieri, which there replaced the ubiquitous mesquite, while at the
foot of the hills it was taken on tall rank green weeds. On the
Del Rio hills, which were clothed with low Acacia, numerous other
thorny bushes, occasional arborescent yuccas, and several species of
Opuntia, the present species was secured in catclaw (Mimosa sp.)
and other thorny bushes. The specimens taken by Pratt at San
Antonio were from Opuntia lindheimeri, while at Corpus Christi and
in Maverick County it occurred on plants of the same genus.

_ Synonymy.—The erroneous determination of the species as brevi-
hastata by Hunter, Pratt and Mitchell, we have corrected by an ex-
amination of the original material.

Remarks.—The most striking diagnostic characters of this species
are, the abbreviate subgenital plate of the male and the combination
of a short ovipositor and the narrow interspace between the tegmina
in the female. The latter space never equals the width, and rarely
as much as half the width, of a single tegmen. The male subgenital
plate is seen, when compared with that of brevihastata, to be broader,
not at all produced mesad, except that the plate is in general narrowed
in that direction, the distal margin is V-emarginate mesad with
slight subtruncate sections laterad, which are flanked at the angles
with very short blunt subobsolete tubercles. The cercus has the
extremity more acute than in brevihastata, also more elongate, with
the character of the median tooth slightly different. The ovipositor
has the ventral margin straighter, the proximal depth less in propor-
tion to that of the apex and the apex slightly more acute. The more
ovate eye is immediately apparent on comparison.

Specimens Examined.—54; 21 males, 33 females.

Pecos. August 18, 1 9, [Scudder Coll.].

Del Rio, Valverde Co., Texas, elev. 900—-1,100 feet, August 22-23,
1912, (R. and H.), 3 o',, 1 9.

Uvalde, Uvalde Co., Texas, elev. 1,000-1,100 feet, August 21-22,
1912, (R. and H.), 3 o; last week of July, 1 &, [Seudder Coll.].

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105:

San Antonio, Bexar Co., Texas, August 15-16, 1912, (R. and H.),
2,5 2; October 29, 1905, and June 16, 1908, (F. C. Pratt; on
Opuntia lindheimeri), 3 2, [U. 8. N. M.].

Southwest Texas, November, 1884, (Schaupp), 1 o7, 3 92, [Hebard
Coll.].

Maverick Co., Texas, May 15, 1906, (J. D. Mitchell; on Opuntia),
1 9,(U.S. N. M_].

Carrizo Springs, Dimmit Co., Texas, June, 1885, May, 1886.
(A. Wadgymar), 1 &, 1 9, [Hebard Coll.].

Corpus Christi, Nueces Co., Texas, October 20, 1905, (F. C. Pratt),
otele? AUS. Ne ME].

Ringgold Barracks (now Rio Grande City), Starr Co., Texas,
(Schott), 1 o, [Seudder Coll.].

Laguna del Gato, Hidalgo Co., Texas, elev. 175-200 feet, August 6,
1912, (R. and H.),6 #,9 2. Tyen, allotype and paratypes.

Mission, Hidalgo Co., Texas, elev. 138 feet, August 5-6, 1912,
(Ri and! H:); 2c", 3 2.

Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, July, 1 o&, 1 2, [Hebard Coll.];
December 10, 1909, (F. C. Bishop), 2 2, [U.S. N. M.].

Tamos, Vera Cruz, Mexico, December 7, 1909, (F. C. Bishop),
12 SUES: IN. Mi:

Dichopetala brevihastata Morse.

1902. Dichopetala emarginata Scudder and Cockerell (not of Brunner,
1878), Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., LX, p. 51. [Mesilla Park, New Mexico.|}

1902. Dichopetala brevicauda Scudder (not Dichopetala brevicauda Scudder,
1900), bid., p. 51, pl. IV, fig. 1. [Riley’s Ranch, Mesilla Valley, New
Mexico; Mesilla Park, New Mexico; Mexico.]

1902. Dichopetala brevihastata Morse, Psyche, IX, p. 381. (To replace
D. brevicauda Seudder, 1902.)

1907. Dichopetala brevihastata Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907,
p. 56. [Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Arizona.|

1907. Dichopetala levis Rehn, Ibid., p. 56, fig. 10. [Carr Canyon, Huachuca
Mts., Arizona.]

1909. Dichopetala brevihastata Rehn and Hebard, Jbid., 1909, p. 167.
{Mouth of Dry Canyon, Sacramento Mts., New Mexico.|

This species needs comparison with no form of the genus except
castanea, under which species the important differential characters
are given.

Types: 1,2 2. Riley’s Ranch, Mesilla Valley, New Mexico,
August 16 (Cockerell); College campus, Mesilla Park, New Mexico,
on Atriplex canescens, August 2 (nec 7), (Cockerell); Mesilla Park,
New Mexico, September 11 (Cockerell).

Single Type here Designated: 3; College campus, Mesilla Park,
Donna Ana County, New Mexico. August 2,1898. (Cockerell; on
Atriplex canescens.) (Scudder Collection.]

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Description of Type—Size medium;?! form moderately slender;
surface subglabrous. Head with the greatest width of the eye
contained more than-one and one-half times in the,length of the
same; antenne* (in perfect individuals) five times the length of the
body. Pronotum with the caudal section of the same equal
in width to about two-thirds the length of the disk, transverse
V-shaped sulcus placed on the middle of the disk; lateral lobes of the
pronotum with the greatest depth contained slightly more than one
and one-half times in the dorsal length of the same, cephalic margin
of the lateral lobes slightly arcuate, ventro-caudal angle and caudal
margin of the lobes moderately arcuate. Tegmina slightly longer
than the dorsal length of the pronotum, distal margin obliquely
arcuato-truncate, the lateral angle moderately rounded; stridulating
vein slightly oblique. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment with a
recurved trigonal production which is very deeply V-shaped emar-

Fig. 22.—Dichopetala brevihastata Morse. Lateral view of type. (X 2.)

ginate mesad, laterad of which this production is rounded; supra-anal
plate trigonal with the apex narrowly truncate; cerci as in castanea
in the form of the proximal portion and general curve of the distal
section, median tooth slightly less divergent dorsad from the main
body of the cercus, distal extremity of the cerci moderately produced,
caniniform, but not spiniform; subgenital plate longer than the proxi-
mal width, lateral margins moderately rect-convergent for the
greater portion of their length, thence briefly subparallel, the width
of the subequal portion about half of the broad proximal portion,
distal margin wholly V-emarginate, only narrowly rounded lobes re-
maining laterad, a very weak medio-longitudinal carina present ven-
trad. Cephalic femora proportionately as in castanea, but slightly
slenderer. Medianfemora very slender. Caudal limbs as in castanea.

Allotype here Selected: 9; Riley’s Ranch, Mesilla Valley, Donna

"(On account of the close relationship of this species to castanea, only characters

showing some difference from those of the latter species are here mentioned.
2 Imperfect in type.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Ana County, New Mexico. August 16, 1898. (Cockerell.) [Seud-
der Collection. |

Description of Allotype-—Characters not specifically mentioned
are not markedly different from those of the male sex or of the female
of the closely allied D. castanea. Pronotum with the whole form
slightly more compressed than in castanea. Tegmina small, little
broader than the apparent length of the same, reaching the caudal
margin of the metanotum, distal margin broadly rotundato-rectan-
gulate, the interspace between the tegmina subequal to the width of a
single tegmen. Ovipositor slightly surpassing the length of the
head and pronotum together, considerably arcuate, proximal depth
distinetly less than a third of the length of the ovipositor, ventral
margin moderately arcuate, not at all flattened, dorsal margin very
slightly more arcuate distad than proximad, apical margin proper
acute-angulate, armed on the distal third of the dorsal margin with
seven teeth, ventral margin considerably arcuate distad, armed with
nine spines, those of both margins similar to those found in castanea :
subgenital plate with the lateral angles produced into distinct spini-
form lobes equal in length to the main depth of the plate, median
emargination of the plate much as in castanea. Cephalic femora
slightly inferior to the combined length of the head, pronotum and
tegmen. Caudal femora slightly longer than the body, appreciably
weaker than in castanea.

Paratypic Series.—We have examined all three specimens on which
Scudder based the species, one being selected as the single typé,
another as the allotype, the third (Mesilla Park, September 11,
Cockerell) remaining as a paratype.

Measurements (in millimeters).
al
Mesilla Park, Srenmiore Canyon, Average of three;

N.M. (Type). Pima Co., Ariz. Tumamoce Hill,
Pima Co., Ariz.

Length of body ...* 1S EY 14.8 13. (12.5-13.6)
Length of pronotum.... 4.3 4. 3.9( 3.8 4. )
Greatest caudal width of

disk of pronotum 5 OE agit 2.9: 222= 3. )
Length of tegmen....... 4.4 4.2 3.8 ( 3.5— 4.1)
Greatest width of discoidal

and anal fields of teg-

men Fee ee oars 5 Boe 3. Il 2EOiG249= 3.)
Length of cephalic femur 9.2 10. 8.3.( 7.7= 9.2)
Length of median femur... 10.3 10.8 a We (Gi 0) ))
Length of caudal femur 21.3 22.8 19.1 (17. —21.3)

*s Scudder’s original measurements of this specimen are: body, 14; pronotum,
3.7; cephalic femur, 11; caudal femur, 21. The discrepancy in body length is

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,.

*
opto
Carr Canyon, Average of six; Average of six;
Cochise Co., Marathon, Brews- Laguna del Gato,
Ariz. terCo., Tex. . Hidalgo Co., Tex.
Length of body.................138. 15.8(18.7-17.7) 16.33.8-18. )-
Length of pronotum............ 3.9 3.8(3.6- 4.) 4. (3.9 4.2):
Greatest caudal width of
disk of pronotum.............-2.6 2:5( 2.5— 2.6) 2.5( 2.3- 2-7)-
Length of tegmen........... 4. 4.1(3.9- 4.4) 4. ( 3.9- 4.5)
Greatest width of discoi- -
dal and anal fields of
tegmen..... : Orly 3 (22,9132) ur 2). Bi a2 oe)
Length of cephalic femur. 9. 8.9( 8.5- 9.5) 9.5( 9.1- 9.9)
Length of median femur.. 9.8 9.4( 9. -10.1) 9.9( 9.1-10.3)
Length of caudal femur...20.3 19.9 (19.3-20.5) 21. (19.9-22.2)
oios

Average of three;
Montelovez, Coahuila,.

Mex.

Length of body... . 14.8 (12.8-16.3)
Length of pronotum ; ; 4.3( 4. -— 4.7)
Greatest caudal width of disk of pronotum 2.8 ( 2.7— 2.9)
Length of tegmen.. 3.7( 3.4 4.2)
Greatest width of discoidal and anal fields of

tegmen........... ico sla k = oem
Length of cephalic femur . 9.6( 8.9-10. )
Length of median femur . 10.6( 9.8-11. )
Length of caudal femur 22.5 (21. —23.5)

. : 29

Riley’s

Ranch, Mesilla Park,
New Mex. New Mex.
(Allotype.) (Paratype.)

Length of body (exclusive of ov pare sath Alas) 18.3

Length of pronotum... Sat: 5s 6.4
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum. 3. 3.9
Apparent length of tegmen’ WA 1.4
Greatest width of tegmen me Pat
Length of cephalic femur 8. 9.

Length of median femur... 8.5 10.5
Length of caudal femur 7A 24.

Length of ovipositor 8.2 8.8

probably due to the same being taken from different points, that of the cephalic
femur on account of his measurement including the coxa, but the pronotal
difference is incomprehensible to us. The only explanation which seems at all
likely is that the length was taken along the lateral angles of the disk instead of
along the median line, as we are accustomed to take the latter measurement to-
get the maximum.

1914.]

Average of three;
Sycamore Canyon,

Uvalde,
Uvalde Co.,
Tex.
Length of body » 29
Length of pronotum 6.
‘Greatest dorsal width of pro-
notum.... Te
Apparent length of tegmen 2
‘Greatest width of tegmen... 2.5
Length of cephalic femur 10.4
Length of median femur FA Ds
Length of caudal femur ...........: 26.7
Length of ovipositor 9.

Average of six;
Laguna del Gato,
Hidalgo Co., Tex.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ae
Average of three;
Tumamoc Hill,

Beeville, Gregory, San Laredo,

109

Pima Co., Ariz. Pima Co., Ariz.

Length of body xc e of

ovipositor)....... / 205720. —2-5) 21.4 (20.7-22.7)
Length of pronotum D22)/ (5: = 5.5) 5.3 ( 5.1— 5.5)
‘Greatest dorsal width of pro-

notum.... olen (asa oe) Bole Gss = 382)
Apparent length of tegmen... eee On( eae ea)) 12)@ Ie = 156)
‘Greatest width of tegmen..... 2a (Gale See) 2.2( 2.1- 2.6)
Length of cephalic femur........... 8.7( 8.5- 8.9) 9. ( 8.8 9.3)
Length of median femur... 9.9( 9.7-10. ) 9.6( 9.2-10. )
Length of caudal femur............ ose (21 . 9-23 .7) 23.3 (23. —24.1)
Length of ovipositor............. . 8.8( 8.7— 9. ) 8.6( 8.5- 8.9)

) 9}
Average of six;
Marathon, Brewster
Co., Tex.
Length of body (exclusive of peotton) » 2002107 58-22. )
Length of pronotum.... 5.38( 5. — 5.8)
‘Greatest dorsal width of pr onotum... 3.2( 3.1- 3.5)
Apparent length of tegmen 0.000... 12) Wels. 5)
‘Greatest width of tegmen................... Qel (62222)
Length of cephalic femut.......... 8:9( 8. = 9.7)
Length of median femur . 8.9( 8. - 9.7)
Length of caudal femur. 22.8 (21.9-24. )
Length of ovipositor.... 8.7( 7.8 9. )
one

Bee Co., Patricio Co., W aap Go.,
Tex. Tex. Tex.
19. 20.2 18.7
5.4 eT oy
3. 33415) Be)
ard ie 1.4
Pye Ae 1.9
9. 9.1 8.2
10. 10.3 9.2
Doe 22.8 PAP.
8.5 8.5 7.6

Pe

Montelovez,
Coahuila, Mex.

Average of three;

Length of body . 20.5 (18.5-23. ) 18.1 (15.3-21. )
Length of pronotum........0..... oO (Geo Neo. Weer (a= (sar)
Greatest dorsal width of pro-

HOWE e eee ee Ae o= 3-0) Beale 3e2= 928)

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jam:,

2
Average of six; : Average of three;
Laguna del Gato, Montelovez,
Hidalgo Co., Tex. Coahuila, Mex.
Apparent length of tegmen... 1.2( 1.1— 1.5) IAs = 28> 158)
Greatest width of tegmen Qe 2a Deo) 25422. — 227)
Length of cephalic femur... 9. ( 8.7— 9.3) 9.4( 8.8-10. )
Length of median femur... 10.2( 9.8-11. ) 10.3 (8. 7-112)
Length of caudal femur.......... 23.3 (22.4-24.7) 24.6 (23.3-26.5),
Length of ovipositor 8.2( 7.7- 8.7) 9.1( 8.6— 9.8)
oS

Average of four;
Jaral, Coahuila, Mex.

; Length of body ........ : 20.

iP 4)
—?
bo
fo)
|
bo
—_
or
~~

Length of pronotum 5.3( 5.2- 5.8)
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 3.0 (d02-e050)
Apparent length of tegmen Pag SS)
Greatest width of tegmen 223) (Bie eeO)
Length of cephalic femur 8.4( 8. —9. )
Length of median femur Lor 3Cor =10s8)
Length of caudal femur. . 21.1 (20.6-22.2)
Length of ovipositor.. 8.1 (¢ 8:= 823)

From the above measurements it is evident that considerable
variation, both geographic and individual, is present in this species.
The geographic evidence shows that material from southern Arizona
and the elevated portions of western Texas averages smaller than
the series from southern Texas (Laguna del Gato) and Coahuila,.
Mexico, particularly in the femoral length. The Jaral, Coahuila,
females are not, however, of the same general proportions as the
Montelovez, Coahuila, specimens of that sex, and, although we are
unable to locate the latter locality, possibly altitude may be respon-
sible, Jaral being near the four-thousand-foot contour line. It is
possible that the character of cover and richness of same may be a
factor in determining the amount of geographic variation. The
individual variation is considerable in all of the series, but the only
really puzzling feature is the occurrence of large females with heavy
pronoti. In the Montelovez series these are more numerous (three
out of four) than elsewhere, but the paratypic female from Mesilla
Park and to a lesser degree the Uvalde specimen are of this type-
This point is treated in greater detail under Remarks.

Color Notes.24—The series of this species exhibits a very considerable

24 The remarks here set forth on color variation have been made entirely from
material which has been stuffed or which is considered by the authors to have
retained in a great measure the color tones of the living insect.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111

amount of variation in intensity of color pattern and color tone.
The pattern is considerably recessive and intensive in the male, but
in the female the recessive extremé is even greater than in the male,
although the intensive is not as decided. The normal pattern as
found in both sexes is as follows: a dorsal color involving the occiput,
fastigium, dorsum of pronotum, and dorsal surface of the abdomen:
pale postocular bars extending to the dorsal base of the cerci; a
lateral and ventral color involving face, gene, lateral lobes of prono-
tum, pleura, and lateral and ventral aspects of abdomen. In intensive
individuals the dorsal color is decidedly darker than the lateral and
ventral color, in average individuals in part at least so, in recessive
individuals nearly (co) or quite (9) similar in tone. Strongly
intensive individuals generally have the distal extremity of the caudal
femora infuscate, but this is not a rule, as occasionally average and
rarely moderately recessive individuals have this marking present.
Male. Dorsal color ranging from ochraceous tawny and sudan
brown to claret brown and maroon, solid and uniform on head and
pronotum, generally restricted to the lateral sections of the dorsum
of the abdomen and in intensive individuals blackish next to the
pale lateral lines, the distal margins of the abdominal segments edged
with the pale color of the lateral bars, this edging subobsolete in the
recessive specimens and narrowing mesad in all, a more or less
distinet dark beading characterizing the same margins. Pale lateral
bars ranging from cream white to very pale orange yellow always
indicated in the male. Lateral and ventral color ranging from cream
buff and pinkish buff to brownish olive, the green complimentary
phase ranging to civette green. Face in the extreme green condition
with broad paired vertical bars of the pale color of the lateral bars
placed ventrad of the eyes and antennal bases, the median pair weakly
continued to the clypeus; eyes varying from cameo brown to bay;
antenne varying from raw sienna and mars yellow to madder brown,
weaker distad. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with a broad margin
of the pale lateral color on the ventral and greater portion of the
caudal margin, the dorsal section of the lateral lobes washed more or
less with the dorsal color; pale paired lines more or less severed at
the median sulcus. Tegmina with the marginal field of the color of
the pale lines; region of the humeral trunk varying from orange
rufous to morocco red; remainder of tegmina with the base color
blackish brown, the venation of the same tones as the pale lines.
Limbs of the lateral color more or less washed with the dorsal color,
in intensive individuals decidedly so, the blackish-brown infuscation

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,

of the distal extremity of the caudal femora (when present) being
generally correlated with a similar infuscation of the dorsal face of
the caudal tibize, the caudal femora, which are infuscate distad,
having the adjacent section of the distal half more or less inclined
toward tawny or yellow ochre. Pattern of caudal femora always
present.

Female. Dorsal surface varying from being concolorous with
the lateral color through buffy citrine to russet, the intensive type
having the abdominal coloration largely produced by stipplings.
The segments of the abdomen in these contrasted specimens are
marked as in the male, but with decided blackish lateral patches
which extend more or less toward the median line proximad on each
segment. Color of the pale lines (when present) varying from
eream white to pale lumiere green and warm buff. Lateral color
varying from clay color (in this specimen pale chalcedony yellow on
head and pronotum) through course green to hellebore green, the
extreme recessive green condition being without distinct pale margins
to the lateral lobes and having the whole coloration uniform except
for a darkening of the distal margins of the ovipositor. Eyes and
antenne as in the male. Limbs varying as in the male, but in the
recessive green type uniform with the general coloration and with
the paginal pattern weak. Tegmina varying from a type nearly
uniform with the lateral color, to one with the costal and distal
margins of the color of the pale lines, humeral trunk claret brown
and remainder blackish brown with pale venation. Ovipositor
varying from uniform with mass color*(recessive green and brown
types) with margins edged distad with clove brown to blackish brown
to elm green washed dorsad with hazel and teeth blackish (extreme
intensive type).

Geographically considered, the coloration of the species shows
plasticity in some localities and constancy in others. The Arizona
and New Mexico individuals are all more or less recessive, the large
Laguna del Gato series decidedly so, while the Marathon series is
about evenly divided (recessive, intermediate, and intensive). The
five Garden Springs adults are chiefly intensive, as are four of the
five .Kent individuals. The Uvalde and Laredo specimens are
recessive, while the Beeville and Gregory representatives are average.
The Montelovez and Jaral individuals are almost all intensively
colored.

From the basis of the Arizona, Marathon, Kent, Garden Springs,
and Laguna del Gato series it seems possible that direct and reflected

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

light may be a factor in determining the intensity of the color pat-
tern, the percentage of intensive specimens being greatest from those
localities known to us where the cover is densest, more light resistant
and the surface conditions less favorable for reflecting light.

Distribution—This species has the widest distribution of any in
the genus, its range extending from southern New Mexico (Sacra-
mento Mts.), south to southern Coahuila, Mexico (Jaral), west to
the Baboquivari Mts., central southern Arizona, and east to the
Texas coast at Gregory (San Patricio Co.). Its vertical range is
from practically sea-level at the last-mentioned locality to as high
as 4,800 feet in the Sacramento Mountains. Its zonal range appears
to be entirely Lower Sonoran. As far as known, it does not extend
into the region of the Edwards Plateau in central Texas and does
not occur in the mountains of Trans-Pecos, Texas. Scudder in his
original description stated that he had specimens from Mexico, this
probably referring to the Montelovez specimens examined by us, as
these were contained in his collection.

Biological Notes.—The present species was fairly numerous on
ereosote-bush (Covillea tridentata) at Dry Canyon, Sacramento
Mountains, New Mexico, and occurred on the same plant on Tumamoc
Hill, Arizona, while at the latter locality it was also found on the
ground in short, dry, yellow grass. On the slopes of Sycamore Canyon,
Baboquivari Mountains, Arizona, it also occurred in grasses and was
taken from Acacia sp. At Marathon, Texas, it was generally common
in various low bushes and grasses, the males, particularly, often
sprawled out in a loose manner somewhat reminding one of phalangids
or harvest-men, while at Kent and Garden Springs it occurred in
similar situations. At Beeville and Uvalde it was taken from green
weedy plants, at Gregory it was found in the green tangle about a
mesquite clump, while it was beaten from a low bush on a sandy
slope at Laredo. At Laguna del Gato it was taken rather commonly
with D. castanea on a low, very green rhamnaceous shrub (probably
Condalia obovata).

A correlation of the dates on the present series brings out some
very interesting points on the time of maturity of the species. The
earliest dates on which adults were secured are July 28 at Beeville,
July 30 at Gregory, August 6 at Laguna del Gato, August 7 at Mesilla,
August 10-12 at Laredo, and August 16 at Mesilla. At Dry Canyon,
New Mexico (elevation 4,800 feet), on July 13 nymphs not more than
half grown were not uncommon. while at Marathon and Garden
Springs on August 26-27 and September 2, respectively, nothing but

tS)

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

nymphs were seen, while on September 11 both nymphs and adults
were taken at Garden Springs, and adults outnumbered the nymphs
at Marathon on September 12-13. From this it is apparent that
in the low, warmer Rio Grande Plain and interior valleys (Mesilla)
the species matures at least a month earlier than in the higher regions
of the plateau. The latest date is November 1-3 at Jaral, Coahuila.

Morphological Notes.—The subgenital plate of the male varies in
the depth of the emargination of the distal margin and also in the
degree of acuteness of the flanking angles of the same, in some exam-
ples these latter being quite acute and in others appreciably rounded.
The ovipositor varies slightly, almost inappreciably, in general
curvature of the margins and little in length, but the relative depth
varies very decidedly, particularly in all of the Mexican specimens,
which, however, are almost or quite equalled in this respect by
individuals of the sex from Kent and Garden Springs. The lateral
angles of the subgenital plate of the female vary in the degree of
angulation, in one extreme being practically rectangulate, in the
other with subspiniform. extremities. While this latter variation
is frequently correlated with that in the depth of the ovipositor, the
rectangulate type with the deeper ovipositor, the more spiniform
type with the narrower ovipositor, this relationship is not at all
absolute.

Synonymy.—By an unfortunate lapse, Scudder, when originally
describing this species, applied to it the same name (Dichopetala
brevicauda) that he had given two years previously to a species now
known to belong to the genus Aretha, as explained by Morse who
renamed the present form. The name brevihastata, proposed by
Morse to replace the preoccupied brevicauda, cannot, in our opinion,
be credited to Scudder, notwithstanding Morse’s statement that the
name was suggested by him, as the note is entirely by Morse without
a direct quotation from Scudder. The naming of a species by proxy
does not seem possible under present-day rules. In the same paper
in which the last D. brevicauda was described, Scudder and Cockerell
recorded D. emarginata from Mesilla Park on Atriplex, a locality and
situation from which they, a few lines below, described brevicauda.
There are no specimens in the Scudder Collection labelled emarginata
from Mesilla Park or in the National Museum, and Prof. Cockerell
can give me no additional information. In view of these facts and
also that true emarginata is not found within hundreds of miles of
that locality, as far as known only brevihastata occurring in that
region, it seems perfectly logical to assume that the determination

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

of Mesilla material as belonging to two species 1s due to a compilation
of determinations made at different times, one before the recognition
of brevihastata, and that both records relate to the same species.

The species D. levis, erected by the senior author on a single
female, is a synonym of the present species. The peculiarities of the
ovipositor of the type of /evis, the unarmed margins of which sug-
gested the specific name, we now know are due to the immaturity
of the individual. The latter is in the stage immediately preceding
maturity and its proper relationship to the other material now in
hand is very evident. The more robust character of the limbs and
smaller size of the type of levis are similarly explained.

Remarks.—The variation in the length of the pronotum as found
in certain females has been touched upon above under the measure-
ments, this being the most decided fluctuation from the more general
type found in the species. After considerable study and considera-
tion from different view points, we have concluded that this phase
eannot be separated from the more typical one of brevihastata, that
it is a fluctuation occurring anywhere in the range of the species,
although more numerous in certain regions than in others, and is
approached by a few specimens not typical of the same and again
not exactly similar to the type of brevihastata. There is, of course,
a possibility that future work may show the advisability of recognizing
the larger pronotum type as distinct, but we do not feel that the
necessary evidence will be forthcoming.

Specimens Examined.—103; 47 males, 46 females, 4 male nymphs,
6 female nymphs.

Syeamore Canyon, Baboquivari Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, elev.
3,700-4,700 feet, October 6-9, 1910, (R. and H.),2 47,3 9.

Tumamoc Hill, Tucson Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, elev. 2,400-3,092
feet,-October 3-4, 1910, (R. and H.), 3 o',3 Q.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona, August, 1905,
(H. Skinner), 1 o, 1 9 nymph. ‘Type (2 n.) of D. levis, [A. N.S. P.].

Riley’s Ranch, Mesilla Valley, New Mexico, August 16, (Cockerell),
1. Typs, [Scudder Coll.].

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, August 7 and September 11, (Cock-
erell), 2 2. Allotype and paratype, [Scudder Coll.].

Dry Canyon, Sacramento Mts., Otero Co., New Mexico, elev.
4,800 feet, July 13, 1907, (R. and H.), 1 2 nymph.

Marathon, Brewster Co., Texas, elev. 3,900-4,160 feet, August
26-27 and September 12-13, 1912, (R. and H.), 16 o', 14 9,2 f and
2 29 nymphs.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Garden Spring, Brewster Co., Texas, September 2 and 11, 1912,
(R. and H.), 3 #, 2 9,2 2 nymphs. 5

Kent, Culberson Co., Texas, elev. 3,900-4,200 feet, September
17-18, 1912, (R. and H.),3 0’, 2 @.

Uvalde, Uvalde Co., Texas, elev. 1,000-1,100 feet, August 21-22,
1912, (R. and H.), 1 @. :

Beeville, Bee Co., Texas, July 28, 1912, (R. and H.), 1 2.

Laredo, Webb Co., Texas, elev. 500-550 feet, August 10 and 12,
1912, (R. and H.), 1 re gy kes

Gregory, San Patricio Co., Texas, July 30, 1912, CEs) sie O"7

Laguna del Gato, three miles west of Sam Fordyce, Hidalgo Co.,
Texas, elev. 175-200 feet, August 6, 1912, (R. and H.), 11 #7, 8 9,
1 #@ and 1 Q nymph.

Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico, September 20, (Palmer), 6 7,4 92,
[Scudder Coll. and U. 8. N. M.].

Jaral, Coahuila, Mexico, November 1-3, 1909, (J. Friesser), 4 9,
[Field Museum of Natural History].

Dichopetala gladiator n. sp.

1901. Dichopetala emarginata Rehn (not of Brunner), Trans. Amer. Entom.
Soc., X XVII, p. 335. [Texas.]

1912. ” Dichopetala emarginata Hunter, Pratt and Mitchell (not of Brunner),
Bull. Hes Bureau of Entom., U. 8. Dept. of Agric., p. 50. [Hebbronville,
Texas

1912. Dichopetala brevihastata Hunter, Pratt and Mitchell (not of Morse),
Tbid., p. 50. (Part) [Alice, Texas.]

The present form is closely related to the following species, D.
emarginata Brunner, from which, however, it can easily be separated
by the more ample tegmina of the male, the more longitudinal
lateral lobes of the pronotum of the same sex, the less crassate tooth
to the male cereus, the less deeply and sharply angulato-emarginate
apex of the subgenital plate of the same sex, the proportionately
longer limbs of both sexes and the much longer, slenderer, and more
arcuate ovipositor.

Type: o; Lyford, Cameron County, Texas. August 6-7, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type.—Size rather large; form moderately elongate.
Head with the occiput but little declivent to the fastigium and
antennal scrobes; fastigium moderately compressed, sublamellate
at the apex, subsuleate proximad, extremity partially in contact
with facial fastigium; eyes prominent, ovate, their depth contained
one and one-third times in that of the infra-ocular portion of the
gene; antenne with the proximal joints rounded, very long, over
four times as long as the body. Pronotum subsellate, the dorsum

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

bisinuate when seen from the lateral aspect; disk of the pronotum
very narrow mesad, the median width about half the caudal width
of the same; lateral margins of the disk regularly converging to the
middle of the same, thence regularly diverging caudad, indicated
caudad by a rounded angle, but elsewhere by color only, in section
the cephalic portion of the disk is arcuate, the caudal section deplan-
ate; cephalic margin of disk truncate, caudal margin of same gently
arcuate, distinctly elevated; transverse suleuS V-shaped, obliquely

Fig. 23.—Dichopetala gladiator n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.)

severing the margins of the disk mesad, on the lateral lobes extending
considerably ventrad; lateral lobes with the greatest depth contained
twice in the dorsal length of the same, cephalic margin subtruncate,
ventro-cephalic angle rotundato-rectangulate, ventral margin arcuato-
sinuate, slightly emarginate cephalad, ventro-caudal angle and
caudal margin gently arcuate, dorsad rounding into the caudal mar-
gin of the disk, the surface of the lobes strongly drawn in to the

Figs. 24 and 25.—Outline of left cercus of topotype of Dichopetala emarginata (24)
and type of D. gladiator (25). (x 10.)

lateral margins of the disk. Tegmina slightly longer than the disk
of the pronotum, greatest width of the discoidal and anal fields of
the tegmina subequal to the length of the anal field; costal margin
moderately arcuate, distal margin obliquely arcuato-truncate, disto-
caudal (literally apical) angle well rounded, sutural margin arcuate-
obtuse-angulate, slightly sinuate distad of the extremity of the
stridulating vein; marginal field moderately broad, discoidal field

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

not particularly broad, expanding distad, anal vein moderately
arcuate, stridulating vein strongly arcuate proximad, straight distad,
tympanum proper rather large, subtrigonal. Abdomen with the
disto-dorsal abdominal segment having the margin sinuately arcuato-
truncate, moderately arcuato-emarginate laterad; supra-anal plate
tongue-shaped; cerci regularly arcuate inwards, the proximal portion
of the shaft rather heavy, somewhat tapering, median lobe placed
on the dorsal surface, short, depressed, slightly concave ventrad,
when seen from the dorsum with the external margin arcuate,
internal margin straighter, distal extremity of the lobe weakly
subtruncate, the lobe narrowing along the same lines as the proximal
portion of the shaft of the cereus, distal portion of shaft more sharply
arcuate, subdepressed, acute subaciculate, the distal portion (distad
of tooth) subequal in length to the proximal portion; subgenital
plate moderately produced, elongate, lateral margins moderately
converging on median half, subparallel on distal fourth, distal margin
with a V-shaped median emargination which occupies not more than

Figs. 26 and 27.—Ventral outline of subgenital plate of topotype of Dichopetala
emarginata (26) and type of D. gladiator (27). (X 4.)

one-half of the margin, laterad of the emargination subtruncate,
distal portion of the ventral surface of plate tricarinate, mesad and
laterad, the lateral carine following the lines of the distal fourth of
the lateral margins, the oblique portion of the lateral margins thick-
ened and subcarinate. Cephalic femora about two and one-half
times the length of the disk of the pronotum; cephalic tibiz with the
foramina elliptical. Median femora but slightly less than twice the
length of the head and pronotum. Caudal femora nearly one and
one-half times the length of the body, moderately inflated in proximal
half.

Allotype: 2; Same data as the type.

Description of Allotype-—The following characters are those of
difference from the type. Size large; form moderately robust. Head
with eyes slightly less prominent and more elliptical than in the
male, their depth contained one and one-half times in that of the
infra-ocular portion of the gene. Pronotum with the disk less
deplanate than in the male and nearly straight when seen from the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

lateral aspect, form of disk similar to that of male but less constricted
mesad; cephalic margin emarginato-truncate, caudal margin moder-
ately arcuate; lateral lobes with their greatest depth contained
slightly less than twice in the dorsal length of the same, margins of
the lateral lobes as in the male. Tegmina semi-ovate, reaching the
caudal margin of the metazona, the greatest width distinctly greater
than the apparent length, interspace between the tegmina about

Figs. 28 and 29.—Dorsal outline of head, pronotum, and tegmina of topotype
of Dichopetala emarginata (28) and allotype of D. gladiator (29). (X 2.)

two-thirds that of a single tegmen. Cerci brief, conical, acute;
Ovipositor subequal to the median femora in length, arcuate in
general form, moderately slender, tapering in proximal two-thirds,
ventral margin less arcuate than the dorsal one aside from a decidedly
arcuate distal portion, distal third of dorsal margin with eleven to
twelve teeth increasing in size distad, ventral margin with nine to ten
teeth on distal fifth, the extreme distal one slightly recurved; sub-

Figs. 30 and 31.—Outline of ovipositor of topotype of Dichopetala emarginata
(30) and allotype of D. gladiator (31). (x 4.)

genital plate almost divided to the base by a V-shaped emargination,
the lateral sections developed into very acute trigonal lobes.
Cephalie femora slightly less than twice as long as the disk of the
pronotum. Median femora twice the length of the disk of the
pronotum. Caudal femora almost two and one-half times the
length of the cephalic femora.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Paratypic Series.—We have before us a paratypic series of twenty-
three males and twenty females from the type locality—Lyford,
Cameron County, Texas.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Average and extremes
Lyford. of six Lyford spec.
(Type) (Type and Paratypes)

Length of body... ay ee tee ea) 16.7 (15.9-17.8)
Length of pronotum... ee “ 4.5 4.4( 4.2- 4.6)
Greatest dorsal width of disk of pronotum 2.6 2.7. (225-35)
Length of tegmen.. 4.6 4.4( 4.3- 4.8)

Greatest width of discoidal and anal fields

Ole PIVEN sever cerca one ‘ ( a
Length of cephalic femur... atin ne tee ee teal (O03) 10.4 (10. —10.9)
Length of median femur... a perter nl Kael 11.1 (10.8-11.4)
Length of caudal femur concn LOO 23.3 (22.8-23 .8)

oskon

Carrizo
Springs
Ce Wades. {(Hebard

(U.S.N.M.] [U.S.N.M.] Coll.)

Length of body. ener : Ve iWfe 16.2
Length of pronotum 4.8 4.7 4.7

Greatest dorsal width of disk of pro-

notum hah Dees eRe, 2.4 2.9
Length of tegmen... 4.1 4. 4.4
Greatest width of discoidal and fae

fields of tegMeN .... ecco He enti eke ee 3.4 3.2
Length of cephalic femur. . 10.2 9.2 9.7
Length of median femut......... LE 10. 10.3
Length of caudal femur........... D3 ie2, 22.5 22.5

C8

Average and extremes
of six Lyford spec.

‘ Lyford. (Allotype and
(Allotype) Paratypes)
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor).... 22. _ 21.9 (20.2-22.6)
Length of pronotum........ 520 5.9 ( 5.6— 6.3)
Greatest dorsal width of disk of pronotum. 3.1 3.3( 3.1- 3.6)
Apparent length of tegmen 1.4 1.4( 1.2— 1.7)
Greatest width of tegmen Le ae te 2.2;(-2.1= 259)
Length of cephalic femur...... 10.5 10.8 (10.3-11.1)
Length of median femur es 12. (11.3-12.7)
Length of caudal femur ; 7 fe 27.4 (25. 5-28 .5)

Length of ovipositor......... 11.2 11. (10. -11.8)

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. = 121

2
Carrizo Springs.
{Hebard Coll.]

Length of body Gace of oviposi-

tor)... A dpa ste eee OD 18. 20.8
Length of pronotum... 6.8 6.2 6.5
Greatest dorsal width of disk of pro-

TIVO ULLTEN Se eet ccs av 3.4 Jel
Apparent length of tezmen SL 1.6 le
Greatest width of tegmen Sele 2.4 220
Length of cephalic femur... supe ulate} 10.3
Length of median femur... peed 11.6
Length of caudal femur................. 28. 26.2 Path
Meniti Of OVAPOSILOL.. 3 sh Satnan LOT 14.5 14.5

Males from Wades, Cotulla, and Carrizo Springs have the pronotum
slightly longer, tegmina slightly shorter, and femora very slightly
shorter than Lyford males. Females from Carrizo Springs have the
general size slightly less, the pronotum appreciably longer and
ovipositor distinctly longer than in Lyford individuals of the same
sex. The most striking variation in measurements is in the length
of the ovipositor, which varies geographically more than individually,
_ the Carrizo Springs females having this actually and proportionately
far exceeding the measurement of the Lyford specimens.

Color Notes——The following notes have been based wholly on
material which was stuffed in the field or which we have every reason
to believe has retained its original coloration. The recessive and
intensive extremes are considerably different—-in fact, decidedly
different in the male sex. Instead of describing a dorsal and lateral
color, it seems best in the present species to speak of the tones as a
general color, a pronotal wash, a pale pattern, and an abdominal
infuscation.

General color of male varying from cinnamon buff to yellow ochre,
passing in certain individuals to apple green. The pronotal wash
varies from uniform with the general color through sanford’s brown
to claret brown, the area covered by the same consisting of the
occiput, disk of the pronotum, more or less of the dorso-cephalie and
dorso-caudal portions of the lateral lobes of the same, the tegminal
humeral trunk and more or less of the discoidal field and vicinity
of the anal vein of the tegmina. The pale pattern consists of the
usual postocular bars outlining the disk of the pronotum, the greater
portion of the margins of the lateral lobes, the marginal field of the
tegmina, paired lateral bars on the abdomen, transverse edgings on

122 ‘ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the segments of the same, and an adventitious medio-longitudinal

abdominal thread. The tone of this pattern varies from barita
yellow (in the recessive extreme where it is very poorly contrasted)
to buff yellow, in the generally greenish individuals running to
whitish with the transverse edgings of the abdominal segments cendre
green. The abdominal infuscation varies in intensity with the
general condition of the coloration, in the extreme recessive condition
being absent and in the other extreme covering the entire dorsum of
the abdomen (except for the medio-longitudinal thread) and the
dorsal portion of the lateral faces of the same, between which types
are regular graduations in the dorsal width of this shade, the lateral
patches decreasing in size toward the average and recessive condition.
The tone of this infuscation is always blackish. Eyes varying from
terra cotta to vandyke brown; antenne lightly more intense than
the general color. Pronotum with the pale borders of the lateral
lobes somewhat variable in width. Tegmina with the greater portion
of the anal field and much of the discoidal field with the base color
varying from wood brown to seal brown, the venation and a large
proximal patch on the anal field varying from sulphine yellow to raw
sienna, frequently more or less washed with greenish. Abdomen
with a dorsal medio-longitudinal bar of from sulphine yellow to
antique brown in those specimens approaching the intensive extreme
which have the dorsum of the abdomen not solidly infumate, the
medio-longitudinal thread of the pale pattern of course dividing this
bar; segments with the pale pattern edging narrowing mesad,
broadest where they bisect the lateral bars of the same pattern, in
the intensive extreme a suggestion of beading of the same margin
is due to the breaking of the pigment into regular though subcon-
tiguous patches; disto-dorsal abdominal segment varying from deep
chrome to sanford’s brown; cerci and subgenital plate ranging from
deep chrome to orange rufous. Cephalic and median limbs of the
general color, more or less suffused with orange rufous distad on the
femora and all of the tibie, the latter in the intensive condition
becoming blackish brown distad. - In one of the recessive specimens
the cephalic and median femora are dusky olive green distad. Caudal
femora of the general color, pattern always distinctly indicated,
the distal extremity always with a blackish area occupying about
one-seventh the femoral length, the distal half otherwise varying
from light orange yellow to mars yellow, passing into the color of
the proximal half; caudal tibia more or less deeply and almost wholly
suffused with blackish brown, with a brief genicular section of the
general color.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

Female with the general color varying from sulphine yellow to
cosse green, the dorsum of the abdomen in intensive individuals
ranging to dilute raw sienna. The pronotal wash is only indicated
in the extreme intensive condition, never as extensive as in the male
and only solid on the occiput and the cephalic half of the pronotal
disk. Pale pattern in the extreme recessive type but faintly indicated
on the head and pronotum, in the extreme intensive condition much
as in the male, but the transverse edgings to the abdominal segments
are narrower and decidedly beaded by blackish intervals. Marginal
field of tegmina always solidly whitish. Abdominal infuscation
represented only in intensive specimens by blackish areas of variable
size placed dorso-laterad at the bases of the segments. Antenne
varying from apricot yellow to ochraceous orange. Ovipositor of
the general color, strongly olive green distad, edged there with
blackish brown, the dorsal margin of proximal half washed with
raw sienna. Limbs of general color, in the intensive extreme ap-
proaching viridian green proximad on caudal femora, distad on same
sulphine yellow, distal infuseation usually present only in the inten-
sive individuals; tibize of the general color, distal extremity of the
same and tarsi touched with buffy brown.

The type is an average male, while the allotype is an extremely
intensive female. In the Lyford series we have both extremes in
both sexes and every intermediate, so it is evident that the color
variation has no geographic significance.

Distribution —This large species is known from seven localities
in the Rio Grande Plain of Texas (vide Bray), its range extending
east to Corpus Christi, south to Lyford, north to Wades and Cotulla,
and northwest to Carrizo Springs. Its distribution probably
extends south of the Rio Grande into Mexico, but we have no material
from that country. Its vertical distribution is limited, extending
from or near sea-level at Corpus Christi and Lyford to about seven
hundred and fifty feet at Carrizo Springs.

Biological Notes—The present species, from data on the specimens,
‘was taken on cotton at San Diego (nymphal individuals) and on
prickly pear (Opuntia) at Hebbronville and Alice. At Lyford we
found the species fairly common but somewhat local in fields of high
weeds, which had a low cover of sand spur (Cenchrus) and grasses.
Its stridulation, which was heard at night and with the aid of which
specimens were taken, is very faint.

*5 One exception, a recessive female from Lyford has them indicated.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,.

The material from San Diego taken April 30 is all mymphal, while
at Carrizo Springs nymphs were taken in May and adults only in.
June. At Wades and Cotulla adults were taken May 21 and 12,
respectively, while at Lyford, August 6-7, but a few nymphs were
secured, although the adults were numerous. At Hebbronville the:
species was pairing August 29.

Morphological Notes.—In the male there is some variation in. the:
relative size of the tegmina and some slight differences in the character’
of the margin of the median lobe of the cerci, but the variation in the
genitalia of that sex, including the distal margin of the subgenital
plate, is extremely slight. The really noteworthy feature in fhe
form variation is that of the ovipositor, as it varies some in form as
well as dimensions. The even curve of the latter is appreciably
flattened mesad in certain individuals. This latter condition, how-
ever, is never decided enough to cause the ventral margin to appear
wholly or in part straight. The caudal margin of the disk of the
pronotum varies in the female from truncate to slightly but dis-
tinetly arcuate.

Synonymy.—The misidentifications of this species, first as D.
emarginata by Rehn in 1901, and second by Hunter, Pratt and
Mitchell in 1912 as D. emarginata and in. part as brevihastata, we are
able to correct, having the material before us. The first error can
be explained by the absence of any material for comparison of the
closely allied emarginata, while the same reason was doubtless respon-
sible for its determination. as brevihastata, only female individuals
having been at hand, aside from an alcoholic male from Hebbronville.

Remarks.—There exists a possibility that the acquisition of more
material from the western part of the range of the species may make
desirable the separation of a western race based on the more elongate
ovipositor, but our present representation is too limited to convince
us of the desirability of that action. This form is complemental to
D. emarginata, living in the main in a different region although in
much the same situations.

Specimens Examined.—65; 29 males, 29 females, 3 male nymphs,
4 female nymphs.

Lyford, Cameron Co,, Texas, August 6-7, 1912, (R. and H.),
24 @, 21 9,3 2 nymphs. Type, allotype and paratypes.

Corpus Christi, Nueces Co., Texas, July 29, 1912, (H.), 1 2
nymph; October 20, 1905, (F.C. Pratt), 2 9, (U.S. N. M.].

Wades, Nueces Co., Texas, May 21, (E. A. Schwarz), 1 o, (U.S.
N. M.].

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

Alice, Nueces Co., Texas, August 28, 1908, (J. D. Mitchell; on
Opuntia), 1 2,[U. 8S. N. M.].
+ San Diego, Duval Co., Texas, April 30, (E. A. Schwarz; on
‘cotton), 2 co’ nymphs, [U. 8. N. M_].

Hebbronville, Duval Co., Texas, August 29, 1908; on Opuntia,
Wit lkse> (WSs Newel:

Cotulla, La Salle Co., Texas, May 12, 1906, F. Cy Pratt) i ot,
[U. S.N. M_]-

Carrizo Springs, Dimmit Co., Texas, May and June, 1885,
(A. Wadgymar), 2 o, 3 2, 1 & nymph, [Hebard Collection].

Texas; 1°9), [A. N.S: P:1.
Dichopetala emarginata Brunner.

1878. Dfichopetala| emarginata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p.
(Texas.]}

1897. Dichopetala emarginata Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, p.315. [Texas.] :

This species constitutes with D. gladiator (vide supra) a section
of the genus readily recognized by genital characters of both sexes.
These characters are emphasized in the keys, and in the foregoing
description of gladiator the differential features of the two forms are
also given.

Types: o& and @; Texas. [Brunner Collection and Geneva
Museum.” ‘

Description of Male (Dallas, Texas; U.S. N. M.).—Size medium;
form as usual in the genus. Head with occiput moderately declivent;
fastigium moderately compressed, low, subcontiguous with the
facial fastigium; eyes moderately prominent, ovate, greatest depth
contained one and one-third times in the greatest depth of the infra-
ocular portion of the gene; antennz with proximal joints not
depressed. Pronotum not sellate, dorsum subdeplanate, on cephalic
‘half slightly rounding laterad; disk with lateral margins slightly
indieated by angles caudad, by color for their whole length, decided
and regularly narrowed mesad, the median width about one-half
that of the caudal margin of the disk; cephalic margin of disk trun-
‘cate, caudal margin of same considerably arcuate, slightly flattened
mesad; transverse sulcus bisecting the lateral margins of the disk
mesad, on the disk forming an obomegoid figure caudad of the middle;
lateral lobes of the pronotum with the greatest depth contained

*° From the information given by Saussure and Pictet we learn that this
material, or at least the portion of it in the Geneva Museum, was collected by
Boll. We have examined fourteen specimens collected by Boll at D: allas, so we
consider Dallas material typical.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jarie

about twice in the dorsal length of the same, cephalic margin of lobes
straight, ventro-cephalic angles narrowly rotundato-subrectangulate.,.
ventral margin very slightly oblique, sinuato-truncate, ventro-caudal
angle roundly obtuse-angulate, caudal margin obliquely arcuato-
truncate, the dorsal portion of the margin passing into the arcuation
of the caudal margin of the disk. Tegmina over three-fourths the
length of the disk, the greatest width of the discoidal and anal fields
little inferior to the tegminal length; costal margins moderately
arcuate, rounding into the slightly oblique subtruncate distal margin,
sutural margin subrectangulate, the angle at the extremity of the
stridulating vein broadly rounded, the distal section of the
same margin slightly sinuate; marginal field narrow, discoidal field
regularly expanding distad, anal vein arcuate, anal field with its
greatest length subequal to its greatest width, stridulating vein:
decidedly arcuate, tympanum proper poorly developed. Disto-

Fig. 32.—Dichopetala emarginata Brunner. Lateral view of male topotype. (x 2.)

dorsal abdominal segment with the margin truncate distad; supra-
anal plate trigonal, acute, the lateral margins of same slightly arcuate ;
cerci with the proximal portion moderately robust, slightly flattened
dorsad, median lobe placed on dorsal surface, depressed, broad, when
viewed from the dorsum the margin of the lobe is broadly rounded
on the external and bluntly angulate on the internal side, shaft
proper arcuate inwards from proximad of middle, tapering, acute,
subaciculate, slightly curved dorsad; subgenital plate with proximal
width slightly less than greatest length, moderately produced, distal
half with margins converging for the greater portion of their length,
then subparallel, distal margin rectangulate emarginate, the lateral
angles very faintly blunted, ventral surface weakly tricarinate distad.
Cephalic femora somewhat shorter than the combined length of the
head, pronotum and tegmina; foramina of cephalic tibie elongate
elliptical. Median femora slightly exceeding the combined length
of head, pronotum, and tegmina. Caudal femora slightly more than

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 127

twice the length of the median femora, considerably robust in the
proximal three-fifths.

Description of Female (Dallas, Texas; U.S. N. M.).—The following
points are those of difference from the male. Size rather large.
Eyes slightly more elliptical than in the male; proximal antennal
joints slightly deplanate. Pronotum with the lateral margins of
disk marked nowhere by angles and only indicated by color, shape
of color margins as in male, but median width slightly more than
half the caudal width of the disk; lateral lobes with greatest depth
contained less than twice in the greatest length of same. Tegmina
distinctly laterad, separated by more than their own width, in form
semi-ovate, not reaching to caudal margin of the metanotum, humeral
trunk indicated. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment subtruncate;
supra-anal plate slightly broader than long, rounded subtrigonal.
Ovipositor elongate, more than twice the length of the pronotal disk,
moderately robust, dorsal margin moderately arcuate, slightly
flattened mesad, ventral margin straight except for a short and
decided arcuation distad, dorsal margin armed on distal fifth with
six spines, ventral margin armed on same section with six to eight
spines, the extreme ones of latter series slightly recurved; subgenital
plate with chitinous portion divided in two, these present as lateral
subpyriform lobes with very acute apices. Cephalic femora slightly
and median femora decidedly exceeding the combined length of head,
pronotum, and tegmina. Caudal femora slightly less than twice the
length of median femora.

Measurements (in millimeters).

oMon
Dallas, Texas.
(Described Average
spec.; (Scudder of three
U.S. N. M.) Coll.) (U.S.N.M.) specimens.
Length of body pallor, Boden 13:2 14.2
Length of pronotum ant pO 3.6 4. 3.9
Greatest caudal width of disk
of pronotum.... er RO Oe 2.5 ei Pa
Length of tegmen . cpr ias HOS TA 3.5 3.4 3.5
Greatest width of discoidal
and anal fields of tegmen..... 3.2 2.5 3.1 2.9,
Length of cephalic femur... 8.9 er et,
Length of medianfemur... 9.9 es 9.4 9.6
Length of caudalfemur.....__ 20 ills. 19.7 18.2

27 This specimen is so badly shrunken that we have not considered the body
length.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,
Texas.
(TYPE meas., Gregory, Beeville, Uvalde,
ex Brunner) Tex. Tex. Tex.
Mengthon Odiawemare nance alas. 1726 15.7 16.7
Length of pronotum ....... 4.5 4.1 4 3.9
Greatest caudal width of disk
of pronotum ae ZDa,tf 220 297
Length of tegmen........ ee 4. 3.6 3.6
Greatest width of discoidal
and anal fields of tegmen.. irs oem 3) 3.
Length of cephalic femur... 9.5 10. 9.4 10.
Length of median femur... 0... 11-2 10. 10.7
Length of caudal femur 20. 23. 21.8 22.5
fe
Dallas, Texas.
(Described
spec., (Seudder — (Scudder
U.S. EN. M.) ) Coll.) Coll.)
Length of body . 18.6 ifs); 16.
Length of pronotum malOe 5. 6.
Greatest caudal width of disk of pro-
notum Bo 3. 3.4
Apparent length of tegme n 1.4 um iF
Width of entire tegmen 2. 2-1 1.6
Length of cephalic femur O53) 4 oe Sinan, ee
Length of median femur 10.2 Py
Length of caudal femur 20.8 23.8
Length of ovipositor 10.3 inte 12.7
+ O59
ey } Dallas, Texas.
Texas.
Average (TYPE

of four meas., ex
(U.S.N.M.) specimens. Brunner.)
Length of body 17.2 16.1 Gy
Length of pronotum aya: 5.6 be
Greatest caudal width of disk of prono-
tum. 3. on
Apparent length of tegme n 1:2 ie
Width of entire tegmen Di. 1.9
Length of cephalic femur 8.4 8.8 9.
Length of median femur 9. 9.6
Length of caudal femur . al. 21.8 22.
Length of ovipositor . 11.3 11.3 its.

The Dallas male from the Scudder Collection is the smallest of

seven of that sex from the same locality,

while the two females from

the same series represent the extremes of six females contained

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 ol29

therein. It is quite evident that considerable individual variation
is present in the species, this being pronounced in the Dallas repre-
sentation, which is the only series of any size. Too little material
is available to consider possible geographic variation in size.

Color Notes.—But two of the specimens before us have been stuffed,
these (both males) forming the basis of most of the following notes.
As usual there is a dorsal color, a lateral color, and paired pale lateral
lines in the male, while in the female the dorsal and lateral colors are
nearly or quite uniform and the pale lines hardly or but weakly
indicated.

Lateral and ventral color of male ranging from lumiere green to
apple green, in unstuffed specimens ranging to old gold. Dorsal
color consisting of an overlying tint running from chestnut through
burnt sienna to orange rufous (in unstuffed specimens), covering the
lateral portions of occiput, all or nearly all of disk of pronotum and
lateral portions of dorsum of abdomen. Pale paired lines in male
extending from eye to base of cercus, ranging from pale viridine
yellow to creamy white. Head with fastigium and occiput bearing
a narrow medio-longitudinal line of the color of the pale lines, finely
bordered with lines of the dorsal color; eyes ochraceous tawny to liver
brown, crossed obliquely by an irregular slightly darker line. Prono-
tum in some specimens with the color dilute caudo-laterad, in tone
approaching the lateral color, the pure dorsal color being restricted
to a median band; lateral lobes more or less suffused dorso-caudad
with the dorsal color; ventral margins edged with the color of the
pale lateral lines. Tegmina with the marginal field of the color of
the pale lateral lines, humeral trunk chestnut, discoidal field and
large part of the anal field blackish brown, the venation varying
from buff yellow to neva green, the latter tone only present on the
discoidal field, the venation of the proximal half of anal field in all
specimens approaching buff yellow. Dorsum of abdomen with the
median section very close to the lateral color, the margins of all the
segments finely and closely beaded with the dorsal color on an
edging of the tone of the pale lateral bars. Limbs with the femora of
the lateral color, distad becoming infuscate with ochraceous-orange,
the tibize entirely of the latter color; cephalic tibize with the vicinity
of the foramina narrowly lined with blackish, a disto-genicular area
on the median tibie more or less marked with the same, tarsi of the
same limbs more or less clouded with bone brown. Caudal femora
with distal eighth more or less solidly blackish brown, pattern on

external face more or less distinct in all, medio-longitudinal - in
9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ans

position; caudal tibie more or less completely infuscate with bone
brown.

General color of female (unstuffed specimens) olive ochre to honey
yellow, finely punctulate with maroon, these punctulations thickest
on the dorsum of the abdomen and practically absent from the face,
gene, and lateral lobes of the pronotum. Limbs varying from
uniform apple green to the general color, more or less suffused with
vandyke brown. Pale lateral bars hardly indicated or weak in the
female, tegmina almost wholly of the same tone. Ovipositor of the
general color, suffused distad with sepia to brownish black.

Distribution —The range of this species covers a considerable area
of Texas south and east of the Edwards Plateau and plateau plains,
being known from four localities, viz., Dallas, Gregory, Beeville, and
Uvalde. Dallas constitutes the northern and eastern limit of its
known range, Gregory the southern, and Uvalde the western. The
vertical range of the species is from practically sea-level at Gregory
to eleven hundred feet elevation at Uvalde.

Biological Notes—All we know regarding the habits, ete., ean be
taken from our own notes, based on the capture of three specimens.
At Gregory we obtained the species from a green tangle about a
mesquite clump, where D. brevihastata was also secured; at Beeville
it occurred in weeds near a tangle of low vine-covered bushes, while
at Uvalde it occurred with D. castanea on Acacia berlandieri growing
on the low hill slopes. .

Morphological Notes——The male cerci seem to be very constant in
form, but the distal margin of the male subgenital plate shows
considerable variation, in some specimens (Dallas) considerably
approximating D. gladiator in this respect, from which species,
however, cercal and other characters readily separate them. This
variation is due to a certain amount of plasticity in the shape of this
margin, which ranges from distinctly rectangulate emarginate (as it
is in the majority of specimens) to a type which has the angulation
obtuse with the lateral angles much more rounded than in the
typical form.

In the female the ovipositor shows some variation in the straight-
ness of the ventral margin, this being slightly arcuate in three Dallas
individuals, but this arcuation is not as decided as in gladiator, the
general form and robustness of the ovipositor being different from
that found in the latter. In two Dallas females the tegmina are
hardly visible beyond the pronotum, but the specimens are unques-
tionably adult. The tegmina project slightly caudad of the adjacent

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

(lateral) margins, but not (or hardly) caudad of the dorsal margin
of the pronotum (caudal margin of disk).

Remarks.—There can be little doubt of the correctness of associ-
ating Brunner’s name with this species, as apparent discrepancies
between the description and present material seem to be entirely
color differences or else due to a different conception of terms and the
relativity of such. The evidence we have of the probable source of
the original material and locality of the same assists one considerably
in locating the species, as but one form of the genus is, so far as
known, found in the Dallas region.

Specimens Hxamined.—21; 12 males, 9 females.

Dallas, Texas, (Boll), 7 o', 6 2, [Scudder Collection]; 1 @,[U.5S.
N. M.].

Dallas, Texas, 1! co, 2 9, (U.S. N. M.].

Texas, (Belfrage), 1 2, [Scudder Collection].

Gregory, San Patricio Co., Texas, July 30, 1912, (H.), 1.

Beeville, Bee Co., Texas, July 28, 1912, (H.), 1 o.

Uvalde, Uvalde Co., Texas, elev. 1,000-1,100 feet, August 21-22,
1912, (R. and H.), 1 @.

Dichopetala orewca* n. sp.

Closely related to but a single species—D. catinata (vide infra)—
from which it can immediately be separated by the lobe of the male
cercus having the margins converging distad, by the ventral margin
of the same with a distinctly indicated longitudinal cingulum, the
narrower subgenital plate of the male, which has the lateral margins
subparallel distad, and by the more ample tegmina in the same sex,
while in the female sex the ventral margin of the lateral lobes are
straighter in, the present species, the ovipositor is more elongate,
with the dorsal margin more regularly arcuate and the distal teeth
of same more numerous, and the apices of the subgenital plate
spiniform, while in both sexes the eyes are less prominent in orewca.

Type: o; Canyon behind Pulliam Bluff, Chisos Mountains,
Brewster Co., Texas. Elev. 4,600—5,000 feet. September 7, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.] .

Description of Type.—Size medium; form moderately elongate.
Head with the occiput full, but little declivent to the fastigium and
antennal scrobes; fastigium compressed, lamellate, in contact with
the fastigium of the face; eyes prominent, ovate in outline, infra-
ocular portion of the gene but little longer than the eye; antenne

8 ‘Opévovkoc, Mountain-dwelling.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

about four and a half times as long as the body, proximal joints
cylindrical. Pronotum very faintly sellate, dorsal lme weakly as-
cending caudad when seen from the side; form of disk as usual in the
genus, the median width hardly more than half that of the caudal
margin of the same, regularly diverging cephalad and caudad, more
sharply so cephalad; lateral margins of disk indicated on metazona
by rounded angles, by color alone on prozona; cephalic margin of
disk subtruncate, caudal margin of disk almost imperceptibly

Fig. 33.—Dichopetala oreeca n. sp. Lateral view of type. (xX 2.)

arcuate; transverse sulcus broadly V-shaped mesad on disk, severing
the lateral margins of the disk mesad; lateral lobes of the pronotum
with the greatest depth contained one and one-half times in the
dorsal length of the same, cephalic margin sinuato-truncate, ventro-
cephalic angle blunt, nearly rectangulate, ventral margin arcuato-
truncate, gently rounding into the oblique arcuato-truncate caudal
margin. Tegmina in length nearly equal to that of the combined

ios
\ ea 2

Figs. 34 and 35.—Outline of cercus of males (types) of Dichopetala orewca
(34) and D. catitana (35). ( X 10.)

head and pronotum; costal margin gently arcuate, disto®caudal
angle quadrantiform, distal margin obliquely passing into the distal
portion of the sutural margin, the latter roundly obtuse-angulate
at the extremity of the stridulating vein, obliquely arcuato-sinuate
distad of the same; marginal field moderately wide, discoidal field
regularly widening in the distal two-thirds, anal field with the greatest
length little more than the greatest width, stridulating vein gently

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

arcuate, tympanum unequally trigonal, anal vein moderately arcuate.
Abdomen with the disto-dorsal segment having the distal margin
proper sinuato-truncate; supra-anal plate broad, rotundato-trigonal,
with folded rounded lateral flaps; cerci with proximal portion moder-
ately robust, cylindrical, lobe diverging proximad of the middle of
the shaft, expanding into a broad convex structure like an inverted
spoon, the dorsal margin arcuato-truncate,
ventral margin considerably arcuate and VK i
with a distinct marginal longitudinal cin- |
gulum, apex rather narrowly rounded,
whole lobe directed dorso-mesad, re- Figs. 36 and 37—Ventral out-
mainder of shaft acute, tapering, acicu- live .3 PERO mares
late, triquetrous in section, arcuate, lying —catinata (36) and D. orewca
under the lobe and following the same pe C. 5 3)
general curve; subgenital plate rather ample, distal half with lateral
margins moderately converging, thence straight and subparallel to the
tips, distal margin nearly rectangulate emarginate, the lateral angles
moderately acute, the ventral surface with a distal medio-longitudinal
carina. Cephalic femora about one and two-thirds times as long
as the length of the head and pronotum together; cephalic tibie
with the foramina elongate elliptical. Median femora subequal to
the median pair in length. Caudal femora slightly more than twice
the length of the cephalic femora, moderately inflated proximad.
Allotype: 2; Moss Well, Chisos Mountains, Brewster Co.,
Texas. Elev. 4,700 feet. September 5-8, 1912. (Rehn and Heb-
ard.) [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype-—The following characters are those of
difference from the male sex. Form rather robust. Antenn:e about
twice the length of the body. Pronotum not at all sellate, the
dorsal line nearly straight when seen from the side: median width
of the disk proportionately greater than in the male; lateral margins
of the disk indicated almost wholly by color; cephalic and caudal
margins of the disk as in the male;
lateral lobes as in the male except
that the ventral margin is subsinuate.
Tegmina lateral, very small, rotundate,
distal margin slightly flattened, inter-
Figs. 38 and 39—Dorsal outline *P¢e between the tegmina subequal to
of head, pronotum, and teg- Wwidthofasingle tegmen. Disto-dorsal
mina of females (allotypes) of — ahdominal segment with the distal

Dichopetala oreeca (38) and 5 5
D. catinata (39). (xX 2.) margin subarcuate, arcuato-emarginate

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

laterad; supra-anal plate broadly tongue-shaped; ovipositor about
twice the length of. the disk of the pronotum, moderately
robust and arcuate, tapering in proximal two-thirds, dorsal
margin very considerably and regularly arcuate to the very apex,
ventral margin very faintly arcuate except for the distal fourth
which forms a quadrant, dorsal margin with seven to eight distal
teeth, increasing in length distad, ventral margin with nine to ten
distal teeth increasing in length distad and with the apical ones

somewhat recurved; sub-

oS genital plate almost divided

ee in two (chitinous portion

completely divided), lateral

sections elongate acute, the

ee tips aciculate, slightly

Seer curved toward the median

line of the body. Cephalic

Figs. 40 and 41.—Outline | of ovipositor of femora about one and two-

oe ENTE orewca (40) and thirds times the length of

the head and pronotum to-

gether. Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic femora.

Caudal femora about two and one-half times the length of the

cephalic femora.

Paratypic Series —We have selected as paratypic eight males: two

from canyon behind Pulliam Bluff (locality of Type) and the re-
mainder from Moss Well-(locality of Allotype).

Measurements (in millimeters).

Canyon behind ao
Pulliam Bluff, Average of six Average of four
Chisos specimens from specimens from
Mts.,Tex. Chisos Mts., Tex. Davis Mts., Tex.
(Tyre) (Type and Paratypes) (Paratypes)
Length of body 15.8 15.8 (14. -16.9) 15.1 (14.3-16. )
Length of pronotum 3.9 3.7( 3.5- 3.9). 3.9( 3.8 4. )
Greatest caudal width of
disk of pronotum 2:5. 2-6)( 2.5-)2-9)' 2: 8'(Ge6=3a)
Length of tegmen 5.38 4.8(4.3-'5.38) 47 ( 4:68.
Greatest width of discoi-
dal and anal fields of
tegmen 3.2 ~3:3(-3.2= 5:8), 3.40 3s
Length of cephalic femur.10.2. 9.7( 8.9-10.3) 8.8( 8.4- 9.5)
Length of median femur.10.1 10.1(9.2-11. ) 9.5 ( 9.2-10.1)
Length of caudal femur..21.5 21.1 (19 6-22.5) 20.3 (19.5-21.8)

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

- Monte-
Moss Well, ~ Average of four _ lovez,
Chisos Marathon, specimens from + Coahuila.
Mts., Tex. Tex. Davis Mts., Tex. {Seudder ~
(Allotype) (Paratype) (Paratypes) Coll.}
Length of body (exclu-
sive of ovipositor)....16.3 21.5 19.9 (19. —21.3) tee
Length of pronotum..... 5. 5: Sie = a3) 4.4
Greatest caudal width
of disk of pronotum. 3.1 3.9 Bee omen) 3.
Apparent length of ff
tegmen..... 1.1 ie 1 (Ge 9= als 5)
Greatest width of teg-
roaYe) desea 2° 2.2 1.9( 1.9- 2. ) 12
Length of cephalic fe- :
ATNUUD Serene 9.7 10.2 9.3( 9. — 9.5)
Length ‘of median fe-
mur pels iil 3} 10.2 (10. —10.5) 8.2
Length of caudal fe-
TAU 2a 24.6 23.5 (23.2-24. ) 20.
Length of ovipositor... 10.4 10.9 10.8 (10.5-11.6) 9.

From the very small size of the Montelovez female it would seem
that at the southern end of its known range the species is quite under
the proportions of Texan specimens, although it is best to make such
a statement guardedly, as it would appear from the evidence of the
Texan material that size variation is, in large part at least, individual.
In the Texan series our individual lots are not of sufficient size to be
really comparable, although the Marathon female appreciably exceeds
individuals of the same sex taken at higher elevations, while in the
male sex the measurements so overlap in the Chisos and Davis series
that the differences appear to be purely individual. Probably a
series from Marathon would show as much size variation as similar
representations from other localities.

Color Notes.—The intensive and recessive extremes of this species
are considerably different, the latter being more decided in the
female than in the male. The components of the pattern are the
usual dorsal latero-ventral, and pale pattern colors, the first two
being wholly or in large part indistinguishable in the recessive females,
the pale pattern almost completely lacking in the same and weaker
than usual in recessive males. In the more or less intensive males
and females the pale pattern is very broad, in fact broader than in
any of the other forms of the genus.

Dorsal color in recessive males limited to the sides of the dorsum
of the head, cephalic two-thirds of the disk of the pronotum, humeral

136 PROCEEPINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

trunk, vicinity of the anal vein and part of the anal field of the
tegmina, indicated on the abdomen only by a lineation margining
the pale lines dorsad; in the intensive males coloring the occiput, the
dorsum of the pronotum, greater portion of the tegmina and gener-
ally the dorsum of the abdomen except mesad. The tone of the dorsal
color varies from claret brown to maroon, in the intensive extreme
blackish laterad on the abdomen. Lateral color in the male varying
from lettuce green to oil green, in the recessive extreme coloring the
middle of the occiput and the greater portion of the dorsum of the
abdomen with oil green, in the intensive extreme the latter is repre-
sented by a median section of oil yellow, occasional individuals
having this mars yellow and antique brown. The pale pattern
varies in tone from flat white to pale orange-yellow (on the abdomen
only), occasionally tinged with greenish, the pattern coloring the
usual areas and in the intensive individuals almost as wide on the
pronotum as on the tegmina, the ventral margin of the lateral lobes
edged with the same in intensive specimens. Head with a medio- i
longitudinal occipito-fastigial thread of the pale color, faintly tinged
with the encompassing color; broad vertical imfra-ocular and infra-
antennal bars of the pale pattern rather strongly (intensive) or weakly
(recessive) contrasted; antenne of the dorsal color (intensive) or
orange (recessive); eyes varying from auburn to bay. Tegmina
with the ground color of the discoidal field and much of, the anal
field blackish brown, the overlying venation and solid paler section
of the anal field of the lateral color (recessive) or mars yellow (inten-
sive). Abdomen with the dorsal section of the segments more or
less decidedly edged distad with the pale pattern; disto-dorsal
abdominal segment largely of the dorsal color; cerei varying from
greenish proximad and weak mahogany red distad to entirely orange
rufous. Limbs of the lateral color, not at all (recessive) or more or
less (intensive) washed with burnt sienna on the tibie and the
distal extremities of the femora; genicular region of the caudal femora
blackish in intensive individuals; pattern of the pagina of the caudal
femora restricted, decided in intensive and weak in recessive indi-
viduals, ventro-lateral face of caudal femora flat white in intensive
specimens; foramina of cephalic tibiz whitish with a seal brown
figure.

The recessive females are nearly uniform old gold to biscay green,
passing into civette green on the limbs, the head pale green yellow
with no markings except a faint postocular pale bar and an edging
of claret brown dorsad to the same; pronotum more or less parrot

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

green caudad, the pale lines weak; tegmina claret brown mesad,
marginal field of the pale pattern; abdomen with weak narrow paired
pale lines, more or less distinctly edged dorsad by a line of claret
. brown; ovipositor touched with pinkish proximad, the teeth black
tipped. Intensive females with the dorsal color covering most of the
occiput (not mesad), the cephalic and at least part of the caudal
section of the disk of the pronotum, in tone varying from claret
brown to mahogany red. The lateral color varies, in intensive
individuals (stuffed specimens) from olive green to ochraceous-tawny,
passing into variscite green on the pleura and coxze of ochraceous-
tawny specimens, the lateral color covering the dorsum of the abdo-
men and limbs as well as the lateral and ventral aspects. Pale
pattern in intensive specimens broad, very broad on abdomen. Head
in intensive specimens with the vertical bars described in the male
rather weakly indicated, otherwise as in that sex. Pronotum with
the color of the caudal portion of the disk passing from the dorsal
color into that of the lateral regions, the pale bars outlined dorsad
more or less distinetly with blackish; lateral lobes occasionally
washed with hoary white. Tegmina of intensive females with the
base color of the discoidal field blackish. Abdomen with the lateral
coloration more or less sprinkled with claret brown stipplings;
lateral pale bars more or less washed with flesh pink to rose pink,
sharply outlined dorsad on each segment by semi-lunate edgings of
black, which form continuous series conforming in arcuation to the
form of the abdomen; ovipositor in intensive specimens strongly
garnet brown to victoria lake on proximal two-thirds of dorsal
margin. All limbs with the genicular region more or less strongly
and sharply suffused with claret brown; all tarsi blackish. Caudal
limbs with the pattern as in intensive males, in one individual the
dorsal section of the proximal half of the femora is largely whitish.
Both the type and allotype are intensive individuals. With a
single exception, all of the nymphs seen are in or approaching the
intensive condition, the exception being about midway between the
two extremes.

* Distribution —The present species has a very limited range, being
found so far as known only at certain elevations in western Texas
and at an unlocated point in Coahuila, Mexico. Aside from Mara-
thon, Texas, the species is known only in that State from the Davis
and Chisos Mountains, the former range beginning about forty miles
northwest of Marathon, the latter lying seventy-five miles due south
from the same point. At Marathon (where it was very infrequent

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

and occurred with D. brevihastata) it was taken between 3,900 and
+,160 feet, while in the Davis Mountains it occurred in Lower Limpia
‘Canyon at 4,900 feet, at Maguires Ranch in Upper Limpia Canyon
at 5,600 feet and on the slopes of Pine Mountain at 6,500 feet. In
the Chisos Mountains it was secured at Moss Well at 4,500-5,300 ~
feet, in the canyon behind Pulliam Bluff at 4,600—5,000 feet and on
the slopes of Lost Mine Peak at 6,000 feet. The vertical range of
the species is thus seen, at least in Texas, to extend from about 3,900
to 6,500 feet.

Biological Notes.—This peculiar species has been found in a number
of situations, on bare rock, in grasses and weeds, in a number of
species of shrubby plants and in low trees, once in a nogal or walnut
tree (Juglans rwpestris). In such places they climb gingerly about,
at night giving occasionally a very faint lisping stridulation, of a
tinkling, sibilant character, which can be represented by zip-a zip-a
Zip-a Zip-ip-ip-ip, the last portion being given infrequently and then
very rapidly. This note can scarcely be heard at.a distance greater
than six feet.

Morphological Notes—In the male the greatest morphological
variation appears to be that in the angulation of the distal margin
of the subgenital plate, this being more broadly obtuse-angulate in
many specimens than in the type, while the bottom of the emargina-
tion is nearly rounded in one individual. The male tegmina vary
somewhat in bulk, this causing the disto-sutural margin to appear
nearly straight in those having the longest tegmina and more or less
arcuate (or subangulate) at the apex of the anal vein in those with
shorter tegmina. The caudal margin of the disk of the pronotum
is truncate in some and feebly emarginate in other specimens, but
weakly arcuate (as in the type) in the majority. The female tegmina
vary considerably in proportionate size, and the interspace between
the same consequently shows an equal amount of variation, ranging
from but little over half to that of a whole tegmen width. The oviposi-
tor exhibits similar variation in depth to that seen in certain other
species of the genus, in the majority of specimens the distal half being
subequal in depth and tapering only in the proximai half, although
the form of the margins remains practically the same. The spines
at the distal extremity of the ovipositor vary in number from seven
to nine dorsad and seven to ten ventrad.

Remarks.—The peculiar characters of the male of this form imme-
diately separate it from all of its congeners except catinata, from which
it can readily be distinguished by the lobe of the cereus not being

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

subtruncate at the apex and having the margins of the same con-
verging distad. The female is not so readily separated, but it is
hardly likely to be confused with anything but catinata, the charac-
ters of difference from which are given in the diagnosis. This is
peculiarly a mountain form, the Marathon locality being very close
to the foot of mountains in conditions not at all desert-like. The
last-mentioned locality was the only place in Texas where it was found
associated with another species of the genus (D. brevihastata), which
there far outnumbered the present form. The large tegmina of the
male are quite characteristic. of orewca, which in the male sex and in
the intensively colored female is remarkably pretty.

Specimens Examined.—30; 13 males, 7 females, 1 male nymph,
9 female nymphs.

Pine Mountain (slopes), Davis Mountains, Jeff Davis Co., Texas,
elev. 6,500 feet, August 29, 1912, (R. and H.), 1 &.

Maguires Ranch, Upper Limpia Canyon, Davis Mountains, Jeff
Davis Co., Texas, elev. 5,600 feet, August 29, 30, 1912, (R. and H.),
Spartan Oke

Lower Limpia Canyon, Davis Mountains, Jeff Davis Co., Texas,
elev. 4,900 feet, August 31, 1912, (R. and H.), 1

Marathon, Brewster Co., Texas, elev. 3,900-4,160 feet, September
12, 13, 1912, (R. and H.),1 9.

Moss Well, Chisos Mountains, Brewster Co., Texas, elev. 4,500—-
5,300 feet, September 5-8, 1912, (R. and H.), 6 o, 1 2 (paratypes
and allotype), 5 9 nymphs. -

Canyon behind Pulliam Bluff, Chisos Mountains, Brewster Co.,
Texas, elev. 4,600-5,000 feet, September 7, 1912, (R. and H.),3 ¢
(Typ and paratypes), 4 2 nymphs.

Lost Mine Peak, Chisos Mountains, Brewster Co., Texas, elev.
6,000 feet, September 6, 1912, (R. and H.), 1 @ nymph.

Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico, September 20, 1 @ , [Seudder Coll.].
Dichopetala catinata n. sp.

Closely related to only D. oreeca (vide BER under which the
differential diagnostic characters are set forth.

Tyre: o'; Brownsville, Cameron Co., Texas. July 31, 1912.
(Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type—It seems necessary only to state characters
not fully in accord with those of orewca. Size moderate. Eyes very
prominent, ovate, their depth contained one and one-third times in
.that of the infra-ocular portion of the gens. Pronotum hardly
sellate; disk of pronotum with median width very slightly more than

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jant,.

half that of the caudal margin of the same; lateral margins of the
disk regularly diverging cephalad and caudad; transverse sulcus with.
an impressed subobomegoid figure; lateral margins of the disk with
a more or less distinct angle everywhere except mesad; cephalic
and caudal margins of the disk arcuato-truncate; lateral lobes of the-
pronotum with the ventral margin distinctly smuate and the caudal
margin less oblique. Tegmina not longer than the pronotal disk,
general form as in oreeca, but with the sutural margin rotundato-
rectangulate at the apex of the stridulating vein; marginal field
narrow, discoidal field regularly expanding for nearly its whole
length, anal field with its greatest width about two-thirds of its
length, stridulating vein arcuate, slightly bent near the proximal
third, tympanum poorly defined, but with the general form much as

Fig. 42.—Dichopetala catinata n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.)

in oreeca. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment with the distal margin
slightly emarginato-truncate, subrectangulate laterad of the same
and deeply and sharply arcuato-emarginate at the bases of the cerci;
supra-anal plate quadrate with rectangulate angles; cerci in general
much as in oreeca, but the lobe is larger, the margins subparallel, and
the apex arcuato-truncate, while but a*trace of the ventral cingulum
is present; subgenital plate ample, produced, arcuate in transverse
section, lateral margins concavely emarginate, distal margin arcuate
V-emarginate, lateral angles moderately acute, diverging, ventral
surface with a low median carina distad. Cephalic femora about
one and two-thirds times as long as the head and pronotum together.
Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic femora. Caudal
femora about twice the length of the median femora.

Allotype: 2; Brownsville, Cameron Co., Texas. August 1, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [{Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype——The following characters are those of
difference from the female of oreaca. Pronotum with the disk broad
mesad, at least three-fourths the caudal width of the same; cephalic

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

and caudal margins of disk subtruncate; lateral lobes of the pronotum
with the ventral margin sinuato-emarginate dorsad of the coxe.
Tegmina more dorsal than in orewca, semi-ovate, separated by an
interval less than half the width of a single tegmen. Disto-dorsal
-abdominal segment with the distal margin subtruncate; supra-anal
plate transverse, rounded; ovipositor slightly less than twice the
length of the pronotal disk, moderately robust, margins as in oreeca,
the extremity of the dorsal margin with six, that of the ventral margin
with seven spines; subgenital plate with the chitin divided in two,
the lateral sections elongate, sublanceolate, the immediate apex
blunted. Cephalic femora about twice the length of the disk of the
pronotum. Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic femora.

Paratypic one an
imperfect adult male, the other an immature male, both taken at
Brownsville, July 31—August 5.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Brownsville, Texas.

Co ofl 9
(Allo-
(TYPE) (Paratype) type)
Length of body 17.6 15.4 16.2
Length of pronotum ...... 4. 4. 4.5
‘Greatest caudal width of disk of pro-
notum...... eed. 2.0 3.
Length of tegmen oS 4. 3.7 1.5
Greatest width of discoidal and anal
fields of tegmen (co) or of entire teg-
men (9 ).... 2.8 Dell Dell
Length of cephalic femur 9.8 10.5 8.8
Length of median femur . 10.8 iil. 9.5
Length of caudal femur eee 22.
Length of ovipositor 8.9

Color Notes.—As but the type and allotype’ of catinata have fully
retained their original coloration, the following notes are based en-
tirely on them.

Male (Typr). General pattern consisting of a dorsal color, a
latero-ventral color and a pale pattern, the first covering the occiput,
the dorsum of the pronotum, humeral trunk, discoidal and greater
portion of anal fields of the tegmina and greater portion of the dorsum
of the abdomen. The tone of this color is between burnt sienna and
chestnut, that of the latero-ventral color cosse green, while the pale
pattern runs from creamy on the head to white on the tegmina and

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

pinard yellow on the abdomen, the latter pattern limited to a medio-
longitudinal occipital and fastigial thread, and paired bars extending
caudad from the eyes along the lateral margins of the disk and
margining laterad the dorsal color of the abdomen. Head with the
face, mouth-parts,; gene, and much of the postocular region maize
yellow; eyes bay; antennz of the dorsal color proximad, passing into
antique brown with a few well-spaced moderately broad annuli of
seal brown. Pronotum with the pale bars slightly tinged with
greenish, in the vicinity of the angle the caudal margin of the disk
and of the lobes is blackish. Tegmina with the marginal field wholly
of the pale color, the distal portion of the discoidal field with the
base color blackish brown and the vein pattern of the general dorsal
color, anal field with the vicinity of the proximal two-thirds of the
anal vein broadly blackish brown, the proximal portion of the sutural
margin edged with same, median section of the anal field washed
with barita yellow. Dorsum of the abdomen with the median
portion of the segments having the base color weak and each segment
with a proximal area of pinard yellow (most decided proximad),
laterad the dorsal color is outlined with blackish, this latter oblique
and independent on each segment, the contiguous yellowish portion
of the pale pattern broken up in consequence. Disto-dorsal abdomi-
nal segment of the dorsal color, cerci mars yellow. Cephalic limbs
mars yellow, passing into the latero-ventral color proximad, the tarsi
clove brown. Median femora largely of the lateral color passing
into mars yellow, tarsi clove brown. Caudal femora of the lateral
color, passing distad into mars yellow with a decided genicular area
of blackish, pattern of pagina pronounced, but not extensive; caudal
tibiz seal brown dorsad, honey yellow ventrad, caudal tarsi seal
brown.

Female (Allotype). Nearly uniform light yellowish olive (probably
more vivid in life), passing into light bice green on the limbs, ap-
proaching forest green on the medio-longitudinal portion of the
caudal femora, the ventral carina of the same whitish. Pale lines
feebly indicated on the head and the cephalic portion of the pronotum;
caudal margin of the pronotum with blackish as in the male; disk
of the pronotum with a faint medio-longitudinal thread of auburn,
which is intersected by a black spot at the crossing of the transverse
sulcus; eyes auburn; antennz aniline yellow passing into pyrite
yellow distad with a few scattered weak annulations. Tegmina
weakly suffused with antique brown mesad. Abdomen with the
tegmina covering a blackish blotch.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143:

Distribution —The present species is only known from the vicinity

of Brownsville in the arid tropical Tamaulipan section of the lower

- Rio Grande Valley, Texas. The range of the species unquestionably
extends south into Mexico.

Biological Notes.—This form was numerous in vine-covered hedges
and tangles near old Fort Brown, Brownsville, where they were
heard stridulating at numerous points about dusk, but they were
_ extremely difficult to secure, owing to their surroundings, as they
always sought refuge within the tangled hedges when approached.
The stridulation is a faint ts’kh, repeated at intervals of about twice
the length of the note.

Morphological Notes—From the evidence of the two males, the
median width of the disk of the pronotum is seen to vary somewhat,
in the paratype this being as much as two-thirds the caudal width
of the disk.

Specimens Examined.—4; 2°, 1 9,1 o nymph.

Brownsville, Cameron Co., Texas, July 31—August 3, 1912, (R. and
H.), 2 #, 1 2,1 nymph. Typr, allotype and paratypes.

Dichopetala tauriformis n. sp.

This is a véry peculiar and distinct species having no close relation-
ship to any other form in the genus, in the female sex showing some
affinity to falcata and in the male sex approximating pollicifera more
nearly than anything else. The peculiar appendage of the supra-anal
plate of the male, the anomalous cerci, the strongly depressed median
section of which, together with the elongate aciculate tooth which is
peculiarly curved, and the unusual structure of the distal section of
the shaft, as well as the very decided peculiarities of the subgenital
‘ plate at once distinguish the male sex, while in the female the ovi-
positor is proportionately the longest and heaviest in the genus, the
subgenital plate with its lateral trigonal lobes also being quite
different from that found in falcata.

Type: oc’; Mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi,
Mexico. (Palmer.) [Scudder Collection]

Description of Type.—Size above the average for the genus; form
moderately slender. Head with the occiput rather strongly declivent
to the fastigium and antennal scrobes; fastigium low, slightly com-
pressed, weakly sulcate dorsad, not touching the frontal fastigium;
eyes prominent, elongate ovoid, their length two-thirds that of the
infra-ocular portion of the gene. Pronotum weakly sellate, the

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

dorsum moderately depianate in transverse section; disk with the
lateral margins indicated by a weak angle as well as by color, angle
weakest mesad, arcuate inbowed, most approximate at the transverse
sulcus which is slightly cephalad of the middle; greatest caudal
width of dorsum about two-thirds the greatest length of same;
cephalic margin subtruncate, very weakly emarginate mesad, caudal
margin very gently arcuato-emarginate; transverse sulcus impressed
in an obomegoid figure mesad, faint cephalic and caudal traces of a

Vig. 43.—Dichopetala tauriformis n. sp. Lateral outline of type. (xX 2.)

longitudinal sulcus; lateral lobes of the pronotum with greatest.
depth contained one and two-thirds times in the greatest dorsal
length of same, cephalic margin straight, ventro-cephalic angle
narrowly rounded rectangulate, ventral margin gently arcuato-
emarginate, the greatest depth of the lobes caudal, ventro-caudal
angle and caudal margin modefately arcuate except the dorsal por-
tion of the latter which is truncate. Tegmina somewhat inferior to
pronotum in length; costal margin straight, disto-costal angle well
rounded, distal margin slightly oblique,
truncato-arcuate, sutural margin rect-
angularky produced at the extremity
of the stridulating vein, distal portion
of the same margin obliquely sinuato-
truncate; marginal field rather nar-
Figs. 44 and 45.— Dichopetala yow, discoidal field regularly expand-
tauriformis n.sp. Dorsalout- . ; 3 4
lineof head, pronotum andteg- ing from the proximal third, anal vein
roa of male (type : 44) and straight and not arcuate, anal field
sare ni Yeas oi) Pag aS with the greatest length but little more
than greatest width, stridulating vein slightly arcuate, tympanum
proper poorly defined. Abdomen with lateral margins subparallel,
disto-dorsal abdominal segment strongly transverse, the greatest
length of the same not more than one-fifth its greatest width,

-

1914.] ; NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 145

caudal margin of the segment arcuato-sinuate,

slightly produced mesad into a low truncate lobe,

which is the hinge of the supra-anal plate, the

latter with the length subequal to the greatest

proximal “width, lateral margins approximating

distad, distal margin broadly V-emarginate, lateral Fig. 46.—Dichopetala

angles slightly acute, from the dorsal surface of the ee mis D. Sp.
z : 5 orsal outline of

supra-anal plate immediately proximad of the apex of abdomen

apex is erected a structure like the Greek letter Y, ” is ate (type).

but with the cross bar slightly straighter; cerci

very complex, having first a semicircular transverse lamellate ridge

proximad, distad of which the whole cercus is depressed, obliquely

and strongly so toward the internal margin, that which we consider

the shaft proper directed meso-caudad, narrowing, strongly depressed,

the distal extremity bent inward at a right angle, apex acute, tooth

developed from the external margin but little distad of the base,

depressed proximad, there lamellate, becoming aciculate distad,

curving dorsad and mesad, as long as the shaft;
subgenital plate greatly produced, reaching
nearly to the tips of the cerci, lateral mar-
} gins regularly arcuato-concave, the distal ex-

tremity distinctly broader than the median

width, distal margin with a decided median

Fig. 47.—Dichopetala quadrate emargination, laterad of which the
tauriformisn.sp. Ven- . Cries cu :

tral outline of sub- Margin is obliquely truncate, angles acute

genital plate of male with the immediate angle blunted. Cephalic

ype) tS) femora subequal to the length of the head,

. pronotum, and tegmina; cephalic tibize with elliptical foramina.

Median femora half the length of the caudal femora. Caudal
femora longer than the body, moderately inflated, very gradually
tapering distad.

Allotype: 9°; same data as the type.

Description of Allotype—The following points are those of differ-
ence from the type. Head with the occiput more roundly declivent.
Pronotum with the dorsum broader, the lateral margins of the disk
(which are indicated almost wholly by =

color) nearly parallel to the transverse CS 8 ange

sulcus, thence moderately diverging; Cb ee

cephalic margin with the emargination

more decided, that of caudal margin less Fig. eae ae pe oe aurea e

decided; disk with almost no traces of (<8) pen
10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

pattern of transverse sulcus; lateral lobesasin male. Tegminavery short,

broad, sutural margins decidedly overlapping, distal margin somewhat

oblique, arcuato-truncate. Supra-anal plate rotundato-trigonal; cerci

short, conic, apices slightly

Le elongate, acute; ovipositor

very robust, elongate, about

two-thirds as long as the

Fig. 49.—Dichopetala tauriformis n.sp._ Ven- eaydal femora. dorsal mar-

tral outline of subgenital plate of female 4 = 7

(allotype). (x 4.) gin considerably arcuate,

; more sharply so distad, ven-

tral margin straight except distad where it is decidedly arcuate,

dorsal margin with eight to nine teeth on the distal third, ventral

margin with seven to nine teeth on the distal fourth, those on the

latter faintly recurved distad; subgenital plate with the chitinous

portion completely divided, the lateral sections developed as acute

trigonal lobes slightly longer than broad. Cephalic femora very

slightly longer than the head and pronotum together. Median femora

subequal to the length of the head, pronotum, and tegmina to-

gether. Caudal femora subequal to the length of the body, mod-
erately robust (for the genus).

Paratypic Series.—We consider all of the material before us, other
‘than the type and allotype (three males and seven females), para-
typie.

Measurements (in-milli meters).

oe
Twelve leagues
east of San Luis Sierra de San

Potosi, Mex. Miguelito, Mex. Average

(Paratypes.) of three

(Tyrs.) (Paratype.) ————_-—_—_——__._ paratypes.

Length of body 16.5 15o2 16. 5} 16.1

Length of pronotum.. 3.9 3.7 4. 3.7 3.8
Greatest caudal width

of disk of pronotum. 3. Bi 2.6 2.5 ot

Length of tegmen 3.5 33-5) 3.3 Bee 3.3
Greatest width of dis-
coidal and anal fields

of tegmen 3.2 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.8
Length of cephalic fe-

mur 7.9 7.3 (fe 726 7.3
Length of median fe-

mur... 9.9 9.5 8.7 9 9.1
Length of caudal fe-

mur 19.7 18.5 itd 19. 18.4

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

co}
Twelve leagues east of
San Luis Potosi, Mex.

(Allotype.) (Paratypes.)
Length of bodvy................. x alle 19.2 Die o
Length of pronotum ... 4. 4.6 4.7
Greatest caudal width of disk of prono-

GUT esse tera). terrae Ae Pera at See ae RO Sri 4.
Length of tegmen................ Stina atl 1.5 12
Greatest width of tegmen... Nan ee AeA oi 3.2 Be

' Length of cephalic femur... ee 6. Tall 8.
Length of median femur... Pani hee: 8.6 9.5
hen eGhvotacaucdal engin Makaha antl lle 18.2 20.6
eno LHOtmovdpOsltOlere an meets LORS 12 12.8

ee
Sierra de

San Miguelito, Mex. Average

Alvarez, Mex. (Paratypes.) of five
(Paratype.) —————— paratypes.
Length of body... 20.4 5 }5) 16.8 18.7
Length of pronotum...... 4.5 4.3 4.4 4.5

Greatest caudal width of disk

of pronotum..... ee ORO 3.3 3.4 3.6
Length of tegmen. ace o dla sd 1.2 1.4
Greatest width of tegmen... 3c 26 2.9 2.9
Length of cephalic femur Galt oe 7.5 7.4
Length of median femur... 8.2 8.4 8.6
Length of caudal femur.............. 17.2 19.2 18.5 18.7
Length of ovipositor eos LAS, te eS 11.8

Color Notes.—This species has the usual intensive and recessive
extremes, the former of which has a dorsal color much darker than
the lateral one, in the recessive extreme there being almost no differ-
ence in tone between the lateral and dorsal colors. As far as present
material goes, the extremes are almost equally marked in the two
sexes and the tones are very similar in both. We here give the
colors as found in the material, but as none of it has been stuffed
there is a strong probability that the greens, at least, have lost much
of their intensity. Dorsal color varying from sulphine yellow
(extreme in the females alone) to dull maroon (intensive of both
sexes), traces of the latter being present in the recessive males,”
while this color is solid and pure on the head and disk of the pronotum
of intensive individuals of both sexes. On the dorsum of the abdomen

* Possibly the recessive condition in the male is wholly due to ance ation,
the original dorsal color being ‘left in patches. We, however, do not feel con-
vinced that this is the case, as the general tonal correlation of what we consider
the recessive male is essentially the same as in the undoubtedly recessive females.

¥-

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

this intensive color is only pure laterad, mesad the tone being aniline
yellow to sulphine yellow, thickly and closely stippled with maroon.
The lateral maroon bordering lines are narrowly present in even the
recessive males as well as faintly indicated in the recessive females.
Lateral color varying from sulphine yellow to buffy citrine, the males
being almost all sulphine yellow, particularly pure in the intensive
males. Pale lateral lines very narrow, more or less indicated in all,
varying from creamy white to maize yellow, rarely touched with
orange pink, extending from the caudal margin of the eye to the base
of the cercus. Eyes varying from chamois (recessive male) and buffy
citrine (recessive female) to old gold (intensive male) and cinnamon
brown (intensive female). Antenne varying much the same as the
dorsal color. Tegmina of male largely oil green, the proximal
portion of the humeral trunk blackish, large portion of anal field
washed with warm sepia, marginal field shell pink; temina of female
with discoidal field oil green, anal field similar, occasionally (intensive
female [allotype]) washed with maroon, marginal field shell pink to
ochre red. Ovipositor varying with the dorsal color. Limbs varying
from pois green to grape green, occasionally washed with purplish
vinaceous on median and cephalic pair in recessive specimens, of the
same greatly suffused, lined and spotted with maroon in intensive
individuals. The latter condition is very decided in its extreme, the
femora having nearly solid pregenicular patches dorsad, while the
distal extremities of the tibize and all of the tarsi are suffused with
maroon. The type and allotype are in the extreme intensive con-
dition, which is shared or approximated by several other specimens.

Distribution.—The present species is known only from three locali-
ties in the state of San Luis Potosi in the east-central portion of the
Mexican tableland: Sierra de San Miguelito, mountains twelve
leagues east of San Luis Potosi city, and mountains at Alvarez. The
first-mentioned locality we are unable to locate, so its altitude cannot
be given, but it probably has much the same elevation as the other
localities, which range between five and six thousand feet. Alvarez
is on the upper course of the Rio Verde, a head tributary of the
Rio Panuco, east of the city of San Luis Potosi.

Morphological Notes.—The tegmina of the male show variation in
the angulation of the sutural margin and in the character of the
distal margin. The latter is more arcuate in one specimen than in
the type and in one paratypic male it is more truncate. The curve
of the stridulating vein also varies somewhat. The stalked process
on the male subgenital plate in one paratype is similar to that of

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

the type, while in the others the head of the process is more
or less expanded with the distal margin arcuate. The anomalous
cerci seem to vary little or not at all, while the subgenital plate varies
only in that the quadrate emargination of the distal margin is re-
placed by a V-shaped emargination in one paratype. The female
shows variation chiefly in the robustness of the ovipositor, although
this is not as pronounced as in some other species of the genus.

Remarks.—The structure of the apex of the abdomen in the male
of this species and the very heavy ovipositor of the female are char-
acters which serve to easily distinguish the present peculiar form.
There is no approach to the genital structure of the male in any of
the other forms of the genus, except that the tooth springs from the
external margin of the shaft of the cercus in this and in pollicifera,
which similarity is somewhat augmented by the general form of the
pronotum and tegmina, but there the analogy ceases, as the details of
the abdominal appendages and of the tegmina are quite different.
The female sex, however, shows no close affinity to pollicifera, while it
does have much in common with falcata, to which the male sex shows
no affinity.

Specimens Examined.—12;. 4 males, 8 females.

Mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi, Mexico,
(Palmer), 2 co, 4 2. Typx, allotype, and paratypes. [Scudder
Collection. |

Sierra de San Miguelito, state of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, (Palmer),
2%, 3 2. Paratypes. [Scudder Collection.]

Mountains at Alvarez, state of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, (Palmer),
192. Paratype. [Scudder Collection.]

Dichopetala tridactyla n. sp.

This species can be immediately separated in the male sex from all
of the species of the genus, except D. caudelli, by the peculiar appen-
diculate character of the cercus, while from caudelli it can be separated
in the male sex by the shorter tegmina, the very brief distal portion
of the anal field of the same, by the sutural margin of the tegmina
being strongly produced at the apex of the stridulating vein and by
the more elongate median tooth of the cereus. In the female sex
tridactyla can be separated from caudelli by the shorter ovipositor
and blunter apices to the lobes of the subgenital plate.

TypE: co’; Camacho, Zacatecas, Mexico. November, 1877. (Law-
rence Bruner.) [Hebard Collection.| 3

Description of Type—Size small. Head with the occiput well

*

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

rounded, regularly descending to the fastigium and antennal scrobes;
fastigium slightly elevated, compressed, linear, rounded at the apex
when seen from the side, not touching the frontal fastigium; eyes
very prominent, subglobose, depth about one and one-half times that
of the infra-ocular portion of the gene; antennze with the proximal
joints large, slightly depressed. Pronotum sellate, dorsal length
little greater than caudal width of dorsum of same and distinctly
less than greatest ventral width of pronotum across lateral lobes;
cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin very slightly arcuato-
emarginate; lateral margins of disk slightly marked caudad by
rounded angles, elsewhere by color only, the general form of same
considerably narrowed mesad; transverse sulcus severing lateral
margins of disk mesad, represented on the disk by a median trans-
verse impression placed at the caudal third, but not connected with
the sulci severing the lateral margins of the disk; lateral lobes with
greatest depth contained about one and one-half times in the dorsal
length of the same, cephalic margin of the lobes arcuato-emarginate,

Fig. 50.—Dichopetala tridactyla n. sp. Lateral outline of type (male). (X 3.)

ventro-cephalic angle narrowly rotundato-rectangulate, ventral
margin slightly sinuato-truncate, ventro-caudal angle and caudal
margin very broadly arcuate. Tegmina slightly shorter than the
pronotum, broad, the width of the discoidal and anal fields subequal
to the tegminal length; costal margin slightly arcuate, disto-costal
angle rounded, distal margin moderately arcuate, passing into the
sutural margin, latter strongly rotundato-rectangularly produced at
the apex of the stridulating vein, distal portion of the sutural margin
strongly oblique; marginal field rather narrow, discoidal field short,
strongly expanding distad, anal field very broad. Abdomen with
lateral margins of segments subparallel, proximal segments sub-
tectate; disto-dorsal abdominal segment with the distal margin
arcuato-truneate, considerably arcuato-emarginate at the dorsal

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

base of the cerci; cerci trifid, from the
dorsal base projects an arcuate subequal
blunt digitiform lobe, which in general
follows the curve of the shaft of the
cercus when seen from the dorsum and
when viewed from the lateral aspect is
subparallel with the same, not quite Fee teat ~
reaching the apex of the median tooth, Heenan acne and
latter diverging proximad of the middle, —_ tegmina of males (types) of
é . ae m Dichopetala tridactyla (51)

moderately acute, tapering, slightly de- and D.caudelli(52). (X 3.)
pressed, diverging moderately disto-
dorsad, subequal to half the length of the shaft of the cercus distad
of the tooth, shaft very robust proximad of the divergence of the
tooth, falciform, strongly depressed, triquetrous, margins sharp,
apex acute, tapering for a short distance proximad of apex; subgenital
plate large, cymbiform, moder-
ately produced, distal margin
broadly and rather deeply
V-emarginate, lateral angles
Figs. 53 and 54. Outline of left cercus HALEN pa CapEn@

of males (types) of Dichopetala tri. ™ora slightly less than half the

dactyla (53) and D. caudelli (54). length of the caudal femora;

ese) cephale tibie with tympanum
elliptical. Median femora subequal to one-half the length of the
caudal femora. Caudal femora about one and one-half times the
length of the body, moderately inflated proximad.

Allotype: 92 ; data the same as
the type.

Description of Allotype.—Size

medium; form robust (for the
genus). Head broad, form of _. Seiies

= 4 fastio; ere h Figs. 55 and 56.—Ventral outline of
occiput and fastigium as in the subgenital plate of males (types) of
male, the latter, however, not as Dichopetala tridactyla (55) and D.

‘ judelli (56). 8.
compressed; eyes prominent, Ee!) OSE)

niore ovate than in the male, depth of eye contained about one
and one-half times in that of the imfra-ocular portion of the gene.
Pronotum in general form similar to that of the male, but less
sellate, non-depressed mesad; caudal margin of disk subtruncate;
lateral margins of disk hardly indicated even caudad;_ trans-
verse sulcus as in male, the median discal remnant of same less
distinct and V-shaped; lateral lobes with greatest depth contained

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

nearly one and one-half times in greatest dorsal length of same,
margins of lobes as in male, but the cephalic truncate and not
emarginate. Tegmina very short,
: J) over twice as wide as the apparent
Le length, costal margin arcuate with
the distal portion more or less
Figs. 57 and 58.—Ventral outline truncate; interspace between teg-
of subgenital plate of females 3 :
(allotypes) of Dichopetala tridac- ™ina slightly more than half the
tyla (57) and D. caudelli (58). width of a single tegmen. Abdo-
OoRd men somewhat compressed, proximal
segments tectate dorsad; supra-anal plate moderately produced,
rounded; cerci very short, conic; ovipositor slightly surpassing the
length of the median femora, moderately arcuate, more sharply
so distad, robust, dorsal mar-

gin faintly flattened mesad, SS ee
distal third of same margin Se. Ree
eee

armed with six distinct teeth,

increasing in length distad,
ventral margin very weakly Nae
arcuate except in the distal : Sere pee
third where the arcuation is pe ee
decided, there armed with six Figs. 59 and 60.—Outline of ovipositor of
to seven short slightly re- females (allotypes) of Dichopetala tridac-
curved teeth; subgenital plate tyla (59) and D. caudelli (60). (X 4.)
divided into two parts, as far as fhe chitinous structure is concerned,
these connected mesad for a third of their length by soft integument,
the lateral halves of the plate subovoid-trigonal, the apices bluntly
angulate. Cephalic femora about one and two-thirds times the length
of the disk of the pronotum. Median femora slightly less than half
the length of the caudal femora. Caudal femora robust (for the
genus), considerably inflated.

Paratypic Series —AI\l of the material belonging to this species
now before us, in addition to the type and allotype, is considered
paratypic—four males, fifteen females.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Camacho, Mexico.

Average of four

(TYPE) paratypic
Length of body aare LORS 11.3 (11.2-11.7)
Length of pronotum 2.8 3. (2.9- 3.1)
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 221 2.5( 2.5- 2.6)

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

Camacho, Mexico.

Average of four

(TYPE) paratypic
os foilfos
Length of tegmen... 2.6 2.6 ( 2.5— 2.6)

Greatest width of discoidal and ‘anal

fields of tegmen.............. 2.3 2.6( 2.4 2.7)
Length of cephalic femur Tes (geile (elect, 8)
Length of median femur Shee 8. (7.4 8.4)
Length of caudal femur. 9 alia). 1673: (15. 2-17. 1)

Camacho, Mexico.

Average of four
( aya pe) paratypic

Qe
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor) 15.5 15.3 (14.7-17. )
Length of pronotum......0.0...... 4.3 3.8( 3.4 4. )
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum.. peta 71 3.1(.2.9- 3.2)
Apparent length of tegmen 9 I G29 1b)
Greatest width of tegmen.................. Dyali 1.9( 1.8- 2. )
Length of cephalic femur... area G.(6.5= 7.)
Length of median femut..... a HB, TeGiGiel— 8.3)
Length of caudal femur ...... , 18.2 17.1 (6.3=18.3)
Length of ovipositor. 8.3 8.1( 7.8- 8.8)

From these measurements it is evident that the type is distinctly
under the average in size, while the allotype is considerably over the
average for the female sex, both showing in certain proportions the
minimum and maximum proportions, respectively, for their sexes.
The selection of the type and allotype was based solely on the con-
dition of the specimens, so no size factors were considered in the
matter. It is apparent from the above evidence that there is con- .
siderable individual variation in size in the species.

Color Notes.—As none of the material belonging to this species
has been stuffed, we are compelled to take the colors found at their
face value, although doubtless some have altered very materially.
The pattern of both sexes consists of a more or less uniform dorsal
color involving a variable portion of the occiput, dorsum of the
pronotum, dorsal portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and
dorsum of the abdomen, and a pale lateral color which involves the
face, genx, ventral portion of the lateral lobes, and lateral aspect of
the abdomen, the latter color always (o”) or frequently (@) modi-
fied in extent and tint.

Male. Dorsal color varying from prout’s brown .to clove brown,
most decided near its lateral borders on the abdomen. Lateral color
varying from buckthorn brown to dresden brown, the ventral hal

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

of the lateral lobes of the abdomen and the marginal field of the
tegmina creamy white in intensive specimens; paired lateral lines
on the abdomen (in the usual position of pale lines in the genus)
contrasted with a wash of the dorsal color on the proximo-ventral
portion of the abdomen. Head with narrow postocular lines and a
medio-longitudinal thread on the occiput and. fastigium creamy
white, in intensive individuals the dorsal color covering much of the
postocular portion of the gene; eyes varying from dresden brown to
cinnamon brown; antenne ferruginous dorsad, ventral surface
mahogany red to chestnut. Pronotum with the caudal section of
the disk washed with auburn, continuations of the postocular lines,
converging to the transverse sulcus and diverging caudad of the same,
subobsolete near the caudal margin, varying from creamy white
to buff yellow; dorsal color more or less strongly clouding an obliquely
delimited dorsal section of the lateral lobes, ventral section of same
creamy white. Tegmina with the discoidal and anal fields with a
blackish-brown base, over which the veins are outlined in ochraceous
orange, the greater portion of the.sutural margin washed with hay’s
russet. Distal half of the appendiculate lobe of the cerci infuscate
with the dorsal color in intensive individuals. Limbs varying from
old gold to olive lake, more or less generally infuscate with chestnut
brown, most decided ventrad and there linear in pattern; caudal
femora with a pair of fine blackish lines on the ventral portion of the
lateral face; tibize more or less lime green.

Female. Dorsal color ranging from argus brown to dark mummy
brown; lateral color ranging from creamy white to dresden brown,
the latter in recessive individuals and there very poorly separated
from the dorsal shade. Head with pale lines less distinctly indicated _
than in the male sex, the extreme intensive individual having the
greater portion of the head opaline green. Inthe average individuals
the abdomen has no decidedly indicated lateral bars dorsad margining
the dorsal color, but in the intensive specimens these bars are decided
creamy white, of variable width and the lateral base of the abdomen
is contrastingly washed with the dorsal color. Pronotum as in the
male, but nearly uniform in recessive individuals. Tegmina varying
from nearly uniform with the lateral color to blackish brown, with the
venation of the lateral color, in the intensive extreme having the
costal portion of the latter color. Ovipositor varying from citrine
to orange-citrine, distal portion infuscate in some specimens. Limbs
varying from viridine green (in this the femora pale bluish white
proximad) to cosse green, marked much as in the male, but with the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

infuscation more or less tessellate or marmorate, linear and punctate
in character.

Distribution.—The present species is only known from two localities
in the central portion of the Mexican tableland—Camacho, Zacatecas,
and Jimuleo, Coahuila. Its vertical distribution is apparently from
somewhat below five thousand to about six thousand feet.

Morphological Notes——In the male sex the only morphological
variation worth noting is that of the degree of arcuation of the
margins of the distal excision of the subgenital plate. In the type
these margins are straighter than in the others of the sex, but in all
they are more or less arcuate toward the angles. In the female sex
the ovipositor varies appreciably in robustness without correlation
with the general size. .

Remarks.—The present species and D. caudelli constitute a very
distimet section of the genus, having no close relationship to any of
the other forms.

Specimens Hxamined.—21; 5 males, 16 females.

Camacho, Zacatecas, Mexico, November, 1887, (Lawrence
Bruner), 5 o&@, 14 @. Typk, allotype, and paratypes. [Hebard
Collection. |

Jimuico, Coahuila, Mexico, November, (Lawrence Bruner), 2 @.
Paratypes. [Hebard Collection.]

Dichopetala caudelli n. sp.

This species is close to D. tridactyla, but can be readily separated
in the male sex by the distinctly longer tegmina, the more normal
distal portion of the anal field of the same, the sutural margin of which
is but little produced at the apex of the stridulating vein and by
the shorter median tooth of the cercus, while in the female the
slightly longer ovipositor and acute apices to the lobes of the sub-
genital plate enable one to distinguish the present form. The
species is similar to ¢ridactyla in the majority of the characters, so
we have made our description in large part comparative® When not
mentioned specifically, the structure is understood to be similar to
that in tridactyla.

Type: o'; San Luis Potosi, state of San Luis Potosi, Mexico.
(Palmer.) [Seudder Collection.]

Description of Type.—Size and form as in tridactyla. Head as in
tridactyla. Pronotum with the caudal margin of the disk very slightly
arcuate, disk itself (indicated by color) broader mesad than in tridac-
tyla, the lateral borders of the same less sharply diverging cephalad
and caudad; transverse sulcus severing the lateral borders of the

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan.,.

disk mesad, forming a V-shaped figure near the caudal third of the
disk; caudal margin of the lateral lobes of the pronotum obliquely
subtruncate, ventro-caudal angles of lobes rounded. Tegmina
appreciably longer than the dorsum of the pronotum, width of dis-
coidal and anal fields slightly less than the length of same; costal
margin considerably arcuate, distal margin obliquely arcuato-truncate,
sutural margin obtuse-angulate at the extremity of the stridulating
vein, appreciably sinuate distad of the same; discoidal field less
sharply expanded than in tridactyla. Cerci with the appendicular
lobe straighter than in ¢tridactyla, slightly expanded distad, median
tooth short, depressed, when seen from the dorsum with the margin
rounded and not acute, acute distal extremity of the shaft of the
cercus slightly shorter and more regularly tapering than in tridactyla ;

Fig. 61.—Dichopetala caudelli n. sp. Lateral outline of type (male). (xX 3.)

subgenital plate with distal margin more deeply V-emarginate than in
tridactyla, the margins of the excision slightly arcuate, the lateral
angles quite acute. Limbs as in tridactyla, but cephalic and median
femora very slightly slenderer.

Allotype: 2°; Mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi,
state of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. (Palmer.) [Seudder Collection.|

Description of Allotype.—Differing from the allotype of tridactyla
in the characters here described. Form and size as in ¢tridactyla.
Head as in tridactyla. Pronotum as in tridactyla, but with the disk
broader mesad, the margins (indicated almost wholly by color) very
slightly narrowing to the transverse sulcus,. thence moderately diverg-
ing caudad; caudal margin of disk gently arcuate; transverse
suleus more continuous than in tridactyla, but weak mesad; lateral
lobes of the pronotum shallower than in tridactyla, the greatest depth
contained nearly twice in the greatest dorsal length of the same,
margins similar. Tegmina similar to those of tridactyla. Abdomen
very similar to that of tridactyla; ovipositor slightly more robust

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

and slightly more elongate, teeth of distal portion slightly longer;
subgenital plate completely divided to the base, lateral halves nar-
rower than in tridactyla and more acute distad. Cephalic femora
almost twice the length of the disk of the pronotum. Median femora
slightly more than twice the length of the pronotal disk. Caudal
femora very slightly more than twice the length of the median
femora.

Paratypic Series—We have designated as paratypes two males
and two females from the type locality, and one male and four female
from the mountains at Alvarez, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

Measurements (in millimeters).

San Luis Potosi, Mex. Average

of three
(Paratypes.) Alvarez, Mex. para-

(TYPE.) ——— (Paratype.) types.
Length of body if 11.6 12.3 14. 12.6
Length of pronotum 2.9 3. 2.9 3. 3.
Greatest caudal width of
disk of pronotum...... 2.2 Pet) 2.2 2.) 2.4
Length of tegmen 3.2 3.4 oS 3.3 3.3
Greatest width of discoidal
and anal fields of tegmen 2.7 3 200 oe 2.8
Length of cephalic femur 8. .
Length of median femur. 8.9 : 8.9 oF 8.9
Length of caudal femur 16.2 16.3 18.3 18.4 17.6
Twelve mas San Luis
eastofSan Luis Potosi,
Potosi, Mex. Mex.
(Allotype.) (Paratype.)
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor) 000... 15. 16.5
Length of pronotum............... ia eee ee eee 4.1
‘Greatest,caudal width of pronotum. Bee on
Length of tegmen .8 122
Greatest width of tegmen 125 De
Length of cephalic femur 7.7
Length of median femur... 9. 8.4
Length of caudal femur... . 19. 19
Length of ovipositor 8.5 8.5
ete, 2
Alvarez, Mex. Average of
(Paratypes.) four para-
types.
Length of body (exclusive of
ovipositor)...0........ resco lays 16. Lome 15.6
Length of pronotum............... 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.2

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan:;

oe
Alvarez, Mex. Average of
(Paratypes.) four para-
— types.
Greatest caudal width of pro-
notum™= Ache ee St A 3.4 3.2 3.2

Length of tegmen......... ile ile eal 1.
Greatest width of tegmen 1.8 1.8 2. 1.9
Length of cephalic femur 7.4 7.6 7.4 7.4
Length of median femur 8.5 9. 8.9 8.7
Length of caudal femur 18.5 18.8 18.1 18.6.
Length of ovipositor 9. 9.2 9. $.9

Color Notes—In recessive individuals this species is unicolorous,
while in intensive individuals the dorsal color is distinctly darker
than the lateral, and pale paired bars are more or less decidedly indi-
cated in all but the extreme recessive specimens. The extreme
recessive condition is represented by one female, closely approached
by another of the same sex and less closely by a male. The extreme
intensive condition is represented by one male and one female and
approached by three other females. The type is nearly intermediate
between the extremes, but slightly nearer the intensive condition;
the allotype approaches the intensive condition, but is not typical
of it. - The extreme recessive condition ( @ ) is uniform light brownish
olive except for the tegmina. The extreme intensive condition in
the male has the dorsal color maroon along the lateral margins of the
area on the head, disk.of pronotum, and abdomen, paling to cedar
green and weak buff yellow (on abdomen only) mesad, while in the
female the general tone of the dorsum is tawny, washed with claret
brown caudad on each abdominal segment and margined laterad
by the same. The suffusing color of the dorsum is largely produced
by stippling and the extreme margins of the pronotum and abdominal
segments are of the color of the pale lateral lines beaded with the
suffusing tone. The dorsal color of the male ranges through old
gold with weakly indicated blackish lateral margins, of the female
through kildare green finely sprinkled with maroon. Pale lateral
lines varying from chalk white to weak orange pink (in part only and
in the intensive male), narrow in the female and broad in the male,
cover the entire marginal field of the tegmina in both sexes.
In the male these lines are crenulate on the abdomen, while in the
female they are more or less obliquely offset on each segment. Lateral
color of male varying from yellowish olive green (intensive extreme)
to chamois (recessive extreme), in the female from the recessive
extreme with it uniform with the dorsum to the intensive extreme

1914,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

which has it sayal brown, the segments of the abdomen stippled and
beaded as on the dorsum, the lateral lobes of the pronotum touched
with mignonette green in this type. Head with the eyes varying
from cinnamon buff to snuff brown. Pronotum with the lateral
lobes edged with the color of the pale bars in all but the recessive
females, in one of the intensive females there being a considerable
area of chalky white on the ventral portion of the lobes. Tegmina
of male with the humeral trunk claret brown to bay, discoidal field
varying from yellowish olive green to cosse green, anal field sharing
the same tone. but more or less oil green mesad with the proximal
portion more or less mahogany red. Tegmina of the female divided
between the dorsal and lateral color with the region of the humeral
trunk claret brown to bay. Limbs almost wholly of the lateral color,
occasionally more greenish in tone, in intensive individuals more or
less washed, lined and stippled (particularly on cephalic and median
pair) with claret brown. Dorsal aspect of the cerci of male washed
with claret brown. Ovipositor with teeth blackish.

Distribution —This species, as far as known, has a limited range in
the east-central portion of the Mexican tableland, occurring at three
localities in the state of San Luis Potosi: San Luis Potosi City and
hills near the same, mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi
and mountains at Alvarez. The latter locality is south of the upper
-course of the Rio Verde, a tributary of the Rio Panuco which empties
into the Gulf of Mexico near Tampico. As far as we are able to
determine from several topographic maps, the localities are situated
between five thousand and six thousand two hundred feet elevation.

‘ Morphological Notes.—In the female sex there is some little varia-
tion in the shape of the caudal margin of the disk of the pronotum,
this ranging from gently arcuate to sinuato-truncate. The inter-
space between the tegmina also varies considerably in width in the
same sex, in the greatest extreme being subequal in width to a single
tegmen. The ovipositor varies slightly but appreciably in depth
and in the number of teeth on the dorsal margin (6 to 8).

Remarks.—We take pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr.
A. N. Caudell, of the United States National Museum, who called
our attention to the peculiar cerci of the male sex.

Specimens Examined—12; 4 males, 8 females.
~ San Luis Potosi, Mexico, (Palmer), 3 o™, Type and paratypes,
1 9. [Scudder Collection and U. 8. N. M.]

Hills near San Luis Potosi, Mexico, October 15, (Palmer), 2 9° .
Paratypes. [Scudder Collection.]

1600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi, Mexico,
(Palmer), 1 9. Allotype. [Scudder Collection.]

Mountains at Alvarez, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, (Palmer), 1 o%,
4 2. Paratypes. [Scudder Collection and U. 8. N. M.]

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 161

MIMICRY IN NORTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES: A REPLY.

BY EDWARD B. POULTON, D.SC., M.A. OXON.

CONTENTS.
PAGE
partrod ue toners cee ree nea seen Sco» lltont
1. The Attacks of Birds on Butterflies and the Theories of Mimicry. Sela
2. Haase’s Name “Pharmacophagus” and his Hypothesis that Mimicked
Butterflies (Models) derive Nauseous Qualities from the Larval
Food-plants .. 162
3. Indirect Evidence that Phar macophagus philenor i is a Model possessing
Distasteful Qualities : 165
4. The attempt to explain Mimetic Resemblance as due to Affinity
between Model and Mimice.. 167
5. Sexual Dimorphism (Antigeny of Scudder) and Mimiery 168
6. The Female of Neophasia terlooti, another North American Mimic of
Danaida plexippus 172
7. The Colored Pigments of the Pierine as illustrated by Neophasia 176
8. The Restriction of Sex-limited Inheritance to the Mimetic Pattern of
Neophasia terlooti.. 177
9. The Evolution of Limenitis (Basilarchia) archippus from an Ancestor
with a Pattern like that of L. (B.) arthemis....000.0....0cccccccceees 178
10. The Relation of the Pattern of Limenitis obsoleta (hulsti) to that of
archippus, arthemis and weidemeyeri? .... 180

11. The Male Genital Armature of the North American forms of Limenitis 190
12. Similar Environmental Conditions versus Mimicry as an Interpreta-
tion of Color Resemblances....................... ; 192

Certain criticisms of the theories of mimicry and warning colors
have recently appeared in the publications of The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and it is, I think, a convenience
that the controversy should be continued in the same channel.
The oceasion also enables me to contribute in, I hope, an appropriate
way to the publications of the great and learned society with which I
have the honor and pleasure of being specially associated.

In the present paper I propose to deal with the friendly criticisms
contained in Dr. Henry Skinner’s paper (32). It will be most
convenient, I think, to consider the author’s arguments under
separate heads, which I have arranged as far as possible in the same
order as that adopted in his memoir.

1. THe Arracks or Birps ON BUTTERFLIES AND THE THEORIES OF
Mrnicry.

The believers in these theories, both Batesian and Miillerian, will

cordially agree with Dr. Skinner as to the paramount importance
11

162 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

of showing ‘“‘that birds are in the habit of eating butterflies and that
some butterflies are poisonous or nauseous to them and others not.”’
(32, p. 121.) It must be admitted also that we require vastly more
evidence than we at present possess. But evidence is accumulating
steadily, and some of the best has been forthcoming in recent years.
I may refer especially to Mr. 8S. A. Neave’s observation (36) on
January 12, 1912, of a Wagtail devourmg Lycenid and Pierine
butterflies, but rejecting an Acraea, in the bed of a forest stream near
Entebbe, Uganda.

- Dr. Skinner, in a more recent paper (34, p. 25) refers to the fact that
the Biological Survey of the United States examined fifty thousand
bird stomachs and only found butterflies in five of them. Mr.
C. F. M. Swynnerton has quite lately thrown much light on this
method of investigation (33). He is convinced, as the result of
recent work at Chirinda, Gazaland, southeast Rhodesia, ‘that
conclusions based on stomach-examination are likely to be fallacious,
unless that examination has been so thorough and minute that even
such small objects as the scales of Lepidoptera must have been
detected if present, even in small numbers, in either stomach or
intestines, unless a very large series has been so examined for each
species, and unless, finally, a note had been made at the time of the
shooting of each specimen as to the probable proportions in which
insects of various kinds were present at the moment.’’ Mr. Swyn-
nerton’s paper was especially intended as a reply to Mr. G. L. Bates
(25), whose statements are quoted by Dr. Skinner (32, p. 122).
I have treated this subject very briefly and inadequately because
I hope to return to it in a later paper dealing with the attacks made
by Mr. W. L. McAtee in a memoir (28) written in a very different
spirit from that of Dr. Skinner.

2. Haase’s NAME “‘PHARMACOPHAGUS”’ AND HIS HyPpoTHESIS THAT
Mimickep Burrerrires (MopgELs) DERIVE NAUSEOUS
QUALITIES FROM THE LARVAL Foop-PLANtTs.

Dr. Skinner, influenced by my use of Haase’s term ‘‘ Pharmaco-
phagus,” is apparently under tle impression that I am a convinced
follower of his hypothesis. This is by no means the case. In a
review (14) of Haase’s work (13) I expressed the opinion, to which
I still adhere, that the hypothesis is probably true—although as yet
quite unproved—for some distasteful species, but that it is certainly
not true of others. Rothschild and Jordan (20, 433-4), following
Horsfield (1) and Haase (9), have shown that the Papilionine are

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

divisible into three well-marked sections differing in larval, pupal
and imaginal characters. They give descriptive titles to each of the
sections, but do not suggest names which can be used at any rate
provisionally as genera. In the meantime, it is highly inconvenient
to include in the genus Papilio the species of all three groups. For
this reason, and for this reason alone, I provisionally adopted Haase’s
Pharmacophagus for the “Aristolochia swallowtails,”” his Papilio
for the “Fluted swallowtails,’’ and his Cosmodesmus for the “Kite
swallowtails.”’

I am quite ready to abandon any or all of these when it is proved
that the three groups may be referred to by other names with a
prior claim, and, under any circumstances, Haase’s terms cannot,
with their present meaning, permanently stand for genera, because,
as I learn from Dr. Jordan, each of the three sections is a much
larger group which must itself be split up into genera. Furthermore,
I do not, as Dr. Skinner states on p. 124, accept any conclusions or
use any argument based on the meaning of the word when I pro-
visionally employ “ Pharmacophagus” as the name of a genus of the
Papilios, and I do not think that any words of mine can be quoted
which will bear out Dr. Skinner’s interpretation.

Inasmuch as Haase’s hypothesis occupies so large a place in
Dr. Skinner’s memoir, I venture to offer a few remarks upon the idea
itself as well as upon some of the author’s criticisms.

The great majority of the pigments possessed by plant-eating
insects are built up in the laboratory of the living organism, in spite
of the fact that the larval food is rich in chlorophyll. Nevertheless,
this color exists ready-made, and certain insects have been specially
adapted to avail themselves of it and thus to gain certain pigments.
I proved this many years ago by spectroscopic examination as well
as in other ways (3, 4), including experiments in which larvze were fed
upon parts of leaves devoid of chlorophyll (10)—experiments recently
repeated with confirmatory results upon different species by Prof.
W. Garstang (24). I think it probable that nauseous or poisonous
substances, when they exist in a plant or in a group of allied plants,
may be employed by certain species which are restricted to it or
them; but as yet the proof is wanting. Among the most probable
instances, and those which should first be tested by chemical means,
are the Danaine feeding on the Asclepiads and the “ Pharmacophagus”’
swallowtails feeding on Aristolochia and its allies. I may here
remark that Dr. Skinner is mistaken in supposing that Haase in his
hypothesis drew any distinction between the Danaine and the

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

section of the Papilios to which he gave the name Pharmacophagus.
He maintained that both of them, and the Ithomiine and Acrewine as
well, derived their distasteful qualities direct from the larval food-
plants. I refer to the following passage in which Dr. Skinner is
speaking of Danaida plexippus (32, p. 126):

“The protective idea in this case is the same as in the so-called
pharmacophagus butterfly, the imago of plexippus which is said to
be repugnant to birds but the repugance is not based on the idea of
the butterfly feeding on a poisonous plant (Asclepias) in the larval
stage.”

As regards the specially protected and much-mimicked group of
the Acreine, the recent hitherto unpublished researches of my
friend Mr. W. A. Lamborn upon their larvee in the Lagos district
strongly suggest that the butterflies do not derive the nauseous
qualities, which they undoubtedly possess, in the manner assumed by
Haase; for the food-plants belong to varied groups. In a letter
written July 16, 1913, and received as I am preparing this paper,
Mr. Lamborn states: “By far the most common Acrea here [the
neighborhood of Ibadan, 8. Nigeria, W. Africa] is lerpsichore. Its
larve abound, and seem, like so many other distasteful caterpillars,
to have a wide range of food-plants.”’

The facts brought forward by Dr. Skinner do not appear to me to
affeet the probability of Haase’s hypothesis. It is well known that
insects feeding on a great variety of plants commonly include among
these species with pdisonous qualities. Haase’s hypothesis only
refers to certain insects confined to poisonous or acrid food-plants.
I say “certain” insects, for the power of utilizing the poisonous
quality, if it exist at all, is undoubtedly a special adaptation by no
means necessarily present in any larva which feeds on the plant
possessing the quality. The other fact alluded to by the author,
that the acrid principle may be present in very small quantity, is,
I think, equally devoid of bearing on the hypothesis. If the adapta-
tion exist at all, we should expect small quantities to be stored up and
concentrated. The percentage of lime in a leaf is very small, yet the
larva of Clisiocampa neustria reserves enough to render its cocoon
opaque with minute crystals of the carbonate in the form of aragonite
(5) and Eriogaster lanestris enough to make its eggshell-like cocoon
out of the oxalate (8).

Haase’s hypothesis cannot be proved or disproved by discussion.
It is the work of the chemist that is needed. The most appropriate
field in the world for this work is North America with its hundreds

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

of skilled cheraists and its well-equipped laboratories, and with two
abundant species—Danaida (Anosia) plexippus feeding on Asclepiads
and Pharmacophagus (Papilio) philenor feeding on Aristolochias—
by which to test the validity of Haase’s hypothesis.

3. InprREcT EvIDENCE THAT PHARMACOPHAGUS PHILENOR IS A
MODEL POSSESSING DISTASTEFUL QUALITIES.

I have myself only seen this insect alive on one or two occasions,
and have certainly never had the opportunity of observing it in
relation to its natural enemies, nor do I know of any such observa-
tions. Scudder states (6, 1248-9) that the larve are gregarious
when young and semigregarious in later life, that the perfect insect
is very tenacious of life, and he quotes Edwards for the observation
that it has a strong and disagreeable scent. These qualities, espe-
cially the two latter, are generally characteristic of distasteful species;
but Skinner states (32, p. 124) that later specially directed observa-
tions have failed to confirm Edwards. Skinner also records (p. 125)
the fact that the larve are attacked by parasites, but this is commonly
true of Danaine, Acreine, and other distasteful much-mimicked
groups. Haase is, so far as I am aware, the only writer on the
subject who has supposed that the immunity of models is complete,
and probably in all cases protection from insectivorous vertebrates
is to a large extent balanced by exceptional exposure to the attacks
of parasites and certain other insect enemies, such as Asilid flies and
Hemiptera (19).

I quite agree with Skinner (p. 125) that the principal attacks are
made during the earlier stages of an insect’s life—and think of the
elaborate protective adaptations which are common in these stages—
yet I do not doubt that the imago is subject to severe persecution
from enemies of many kinds. Furthermore, it must be remembered
that each imago, the heir of all the other stages, and especially each
female, is of far greater value to the species than a single pupa or
larva and often hundreds of times as valuable as an ovum.

Although I must admit that there is no direct evidence to prove
that P. philenor is nauseous to birds (p. 123), I believe that much
might be learned if American naturalists would offer large numbers
of this swallowtail to many species of insectivorous birds in confine-
ment, offering at the same time other butterflies with a procryptic
under-strface, such as Vanessa milberti or species of Grapta (Hugonia).
The North American Danaine models might be tested at the same
time. Although the records of field observations are greatly to be

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

preferred to this method of experiment, yet in the absence of such
observation much may be learned by comparing the behavior of the
same individual bird with different species of insects.

The indirect evidence that Ph. philenor acts as a model and pos-
sesses the qualities of a model seems to me extremely strong. On
this hypothesis many facts receive their interpretation; without it
they are unexplained and meaningless. Philenor is one of the
“Aristolochia swallowtails,’ a section which is abundantly repre-
sented in tropical America and in the Oriental Region, but, with the
exception of Ph. antenor in Madagascar, absent from the Ethiopian
Region. The mimicry we observe in North America is not only
repeated in both Regions where these swallowtails are abundant,
but repeated in a more convincing manner, because the patterns
are often far more elaborate, and because an ‘‘ Aristolochia swallow-
tail’ may break up into numerous geographical races with distinctly
different patterns which are mimicked in each locality by correspond-
ing races of the “Fluted swallowtails”’ and, in the Neotropical Region,
of the “Kite swallowtails.”” A good example is the Oriental Ph.
aristolochie with its subspecies mimicked by the females of Pap.
polyles. Furthermore, there is in this case experimental evidence
that aristolochie is distasteful, and its slower, more flaunting flight
has often been remarked upon. In the Oriental Region species of:
Pharmacophagus are also sometimes mimicked by day-flying moths,
and, in the Neotropical Region, not only by these, but by ‘ Kite
swallowtails” (Cosmodesmus) and Pierines. Throughout the whole
range, as in North America, the mimicking ‘Fluted swallowtails”’
are as a rule females, while on the other hand the ‘‘ Kite swallowtails”’
are mimetic in both sexes (23). Just as the other much-mimicked
groups—the Danaine, Ithomiine, Heliconine, and Acreine—are
themselves specially subject to mimicry—the genera or sections of
the same subfamily superficially resembling each other and also
resembling those of the other subfamilies—so is it in both respects
with the South American “Aristolochia swallowtails.’’ In every
way these butterflies behave like the great distasteful groups supply-
ing the best known models for mimicry. If we had no experimental
or other evidence that the Danainw are unpalatable, the indirect
evidence is strong enough to warrant at any rate a provisional accept-
ance of the hypothesis that they possess some peculiar means of
defence which renders them specially advantageous as models. For
wherever they are indigenous in the Old World they are mimicked
by butterflies of other groups, and even in North America, where

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

there are only three forms, each one of them is mimicked. It is not
as if the models for mimicry were distributed indiscriminately
among the butterflies. They are furnished by a few genera here and
there among the Nymphaline, Pierine, etc., but the vast majority
of them are concentrated in the four Sab iemilicn mentioned above
and in the “Aristolochia swallowtails.”’ Until these remarkable
and very numerous facts are explained by some other hypothesis
or until something stronger than negative evidence is forthcoming,
we are justified in accepting the hypothesis of advantageous resem-
blanee to a specially defended model. I should be the last to rest
content with indirect evidence, however strong, and for many years
I have urged naturalists, and especially those in the tropics, té make
observations and to undertake experiments. As a result of much
work, a considerable body of direct evidence, which cannot be ignored
by any fair-minded opponent, has been steadily accumulating,
especially from Africa; but I freely admit that more is greatly needed,
and I shall continue to urge my friends to seek for it.

4. THe ATTEMPT TO EXPLAIN Mimetic RESEMBLANCE AS DUE TO
AFFINITY BETWEEN MopeEt ANp Mimic.

Dr. Skinner appears to adopt the above interpretation of the

SRE between the Papilios and Pharmacophagus when he says
“ The three species, glaucus, asterius, and troilus, do bear a ee

to philenor but this happens in any aggregation of species in a genus.’
(32, p. 125.) This interpretation does not bear inspection. In the
first place, the butterflies do not in any real sense belong to the same
genus, and it is for this very reason that I have provisionally adopted
Haase’s Pharmacophagus for philenor. In the second place, the three
mimetic species are placed by Rothschild and Jordan in three different
groups of the section “Papilio” (‘Fluted swallowtails”’). In the
third place, it is clear that the true affinity is shown by the non-
mimetic patterns rather than by the mimetic ones—by the upper
surface of the male asterius and by the males and glaucus females of
glaucus.

Darwin suggested that mimicry began “long ago between forms
not widely dissimilar in color,” and Scudder adopts the same hypothe-
sis in the following passage:

“The process has been a long one, so that... . , we may readily
presume far less difference between mocker aod mocked when the
“mimicry between them first began, than now exists between the
mocked and the normal relatives of the mocker.” (6, Deel) Los

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

obvious that this interpretation of the resemblances borne by other
insects to the stinging Hymenoptera cannot be thus explained,
and, within the Lepidoptera themselves, the study of detail has
often furnished a refutation. Thus Prof. Gowland Hopkins (12,
p. 680) writes: “The mimicking Pierid retains the characteristic
pigments of its group, while those of the mimicked Heliconid are
quite distinct. This would seem wholly to refute the argument
that in such cases the likeness may spring from a real affinity between
the two insects.” (See p. 176.)

5. SexuAL DIMORPHISM (ANTIGENY OF SCUDDER) AND Mumicry.

The mimetic butterflies of North America, as in other parts of the
world, are in large part mimetic in the female sex only, forming a
special subsection of the far wider group of sexually dimorphic or
antigenetic species. Dr. Skinner seeks to explain the special sub-
section and the inclusive group by an appeal to the same general
law. Thus, speaking of the mimetic females of North American
Papilios, he says on p. 125: ‘These differences [between the sexes]
occur in numerous species and it seems logical to consider that they
are governed by a general law rather than that a few of them are
caused by protective resemblance.’’ He uses the same argument
concerning the female Argynnis diana, which Scudder maintains in
the most positive terms to be a mimic of Limenitis (B) astyanax.
(6, I, pp. 266, 287, 718; III, p. 1802). Comparing this Argynnid with
five other sexually dimorphic species of the genus in North America,
Skinner says on p. 126: “It does not seem consistent to pick out one
species (diana) and say that its antigeny is due to tertiary mimicry.
How can the dimorphism of the other species be explained?” But
the female diana is, according to two eminent North American
entomologists, Scudder and Edwards, picked out by nature and
distinguished among the other antigenetic females by the fact that
it resembles a species of a very different Nymphaline genus. I agree
with them—although my opinion is worth very little as compared
with theirs, for I have never seen the species alive—and I was seeking
to place a resemblance which puzzled Seudder, in its true position
among the mimetic butterflies of the Region. The far wider ques-
tion of sexual dimorphism in general did not fall within the scope of
my paper. Again, referring to the mimetic female Papilio, I do not
know why it is specially logical to seek to explain by the same general
law two very different categories, viz., the sexually dimorphic
females that closely resemble other species and.those that bear no

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169:

such resemblance. I doubt whether Dr. Skinner would venture to
apply the same argument to the polymorphic mimetic females of
the Ethiopian Papilio dardanus or to many other examples that
could be cited. The North American females are not nearly so
striking as these, but their patterns are explained by the theories of
mimicry and by no other theories as yet suggested.

There are doubtless certain general principles which underlie the
whole phenomenon of sexual dimorphism. One of these is obvious—
the linking of color, pattern and structure (as we see in the shape
of the wings or in the forefeet of so many butterflies) with sex
a linking which is so apt to occur in insects as well as in several other
groups, and is so specially conspicuous in the Lepidoptera Rhopalo-
cera. To this principle I think another may be added, at any rate
so far as the butterflies are concerned—the greater variability of
sex-limited patterns in the female (23). But these general principles
do not explain the different categories of antigenetic females, although
they may, and I think do, explain the fact that there is material out
of which these categories have been built by selection. They would
also, of course, account for any antigenetic characters, if such there
be, that have not been subject to selection. They are the nearest
approach to a general law governing antigeny as a whole that can be
offered in the present state of our knowledge.

Beyond these principles we have, I submit, to look for special
explanations rather than for general laws.

(1) The mimetic females are probably to be explained, as Wallace
suggested (2, p. 22), by the special needs and special habits of the
sex, but also by the fact that the difference in pattern variability
may be such that the evolution of mimicry is initiated in one sex
and prevented in the other (23, p. 132).

(2) A second class of female patterns is procryptic, meeting the
special needs of the sex by promoting concealment.

(3) Ina third class the whole or a certain proportion of the females
of a species retains ancestral patterns (or structures like the fore
feet mentioned above) which have been lost or become more degener-
ate in the males.

(4) Finally the fact that males are so often distinguished from their
females by brilliant tints which are pigmentary in some species and
structural in others and by scent-producing organs of many kinds
strongly suggests anfimportant fourth class due to the operation of
sexual selection.

The summary briefly set forth in the last paragraphs will, I think,

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

show the hopelessness of any attempt to bring all the examples of
sexual dimorphism under any single law except one which expresses
the two principles explained on p. 169. The complexity of the
subject is still further increased by the fact that different elements
in the pattern of a species will often fall into more than one class.
Thus Dixey has maintained that the female of Argynnis diana
belongs to the third of the above classes except as regards “the
large expanse of blue ground colour,’’ which is mimetic and belongs
to the first class (7, p. 106, footnote).

Tn his later paper (34) Dr. Skinner has still further developed
his objections to any special interpretation of the various classes
of sexual dimorphism in butterflies. He speaks of velvety patches
on the fore wings of male Satyrin@ and brands on the wings of male
Hesperide. The researches of Fritz Miiller (29) show that these
structures are scent-producing organs, and there is no doubt that
they are of use in courtship, or epigamic. The law that would be so
comprehensive as to explain at once an epigamic scent-patch, the
more rudimentary anterior foot of a male Nymphalid and the mimetic
pattern of its female, would be so very general that it would not
carry us any distance in the attempt to understand each of these
different facts.

Concerning Papilio glawcus glaweus and its dark turnus female
(I adopt Rothschild and Jordan’s synonymy, 20, p. 582), which some
naturalists at least regard as mimetic of Ph. philenor, Skinner says
(34, p. 25) in criticism of Edwards: “There is also an assumption
‘to which I take exception. Does anyone know which onee|the dark
or the male-like female] appeared first and why?” With regard
to the last word “why,” Edwards had expressly disclaimed know-
ledge, for he speaks of ‘‘some unknown influence” causing the appear-
ance of the black female, and we can say no more than this to-day.
With regard to the other part of the question, I think it may be
shown that Edwards took the reasonable view in supposing that the
dark female appeared later than the male-like one. The male
pattern is shown to be ancestral, because it bears an intimate relation-
ship to the pattern of other allied Papilios.

This is the argument used by Scudder (6, p. 534) in the following
passage: “In Jasoniades glaucus, where we sometimes have a
black female, it is more difficult to decide what should be considered
the normal color, owing to diversity of view upon the relationship
of many of the swallowtails; but, to judge only from those agreed
by all to be most nearly allied to it, there can be no question whatever
that the striped character prevails.’’

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

The turnus female is a partially melanic variety, but the lines of
the male pattern can be detected beneath the overspreading pigment.
It also exhibits many features in its pattern which have received no
interpretation except that they are mimetic of philenor or secondarily
mimetic of the other Papilionine mimics of philenor (21, 467-471).
No doubt there are examples in which it is probable that melanic
females preserve something of an ancestral pattern, as in Argynnis
diana or the valesina form of our British A. paphia (7, 103-5, 119-21),
but I do not think that anyone has maintained that this is true of
the melanic females of Papilios. It is, I submit, unreasonable to
suppose that the male-like pattern first appeared almost hidden
under the melanism of the twrnus female, and that the full pattern
became evident by the clearing up of the dark pigment; whereas
the opposite view, that the partial melanism appeared later, obscuring
but not completely hiding a pre-existing male-like pattern, seems to
me entirely probable. Such partial melanism, in my opinion,
provided the foundation on which the details of the mimetic resem-
blance were gradually built.

As regard this same species, Dr. Skinner’s final conclusions (34,
p- 26) are comprised in the following statement: “The evidence in
favor of glaucus bemg brought about by mimicry is almost nil, while
the evidence against it is very considerable. The species swarms
in countless thousands in the north where glaucus does not exist.”’
When we add to these last words the fact that the model P. philenor
is also non-existent in the north, Dr. Skinner’s argument seems to
support the view he is attacking. P. philenor only enters New
England and Southern Canada as a strageler and barely overlaps
the range of the northern subspecies of P. glawews glawews, which
Rothschild and Jordan distinguish under the name of P. glaucus
canadensis (20, p. 586). As regards the closely allied P. rutulus, the
same great authorities give reasons for considering it a distinct
species. The whole range of glaucus glaucus—Florida to New
England and westward to the- Mississippi basin—lies within that
of P. philenor, and over this whole range the dark turnus female
occurs intermingled with male-like females—the latter preponderating
in the north, the former in the south. The evidence based on geo-
graphical distribution seems to me strongly to support Edwards’
conclusions. And we may add that there are, as I have already said,
details in the pattern of the dark females which ‘are not explained
by any other hypothesis. Objections based on the great abundance
of the non-mimetic ancestor are considered on pages 178, 179.

Le, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan..,.

6. THe FemaLe or NEOPHASIA TERLOOTI, ANOTHER NORTH AMERICAN
Mimic oF DANAIDA PLEXIPPUS.

Dr. Skinner remarks (34, p. 27): “What is the cause of the ex-
traordinary antigeny seen in Neophasia terlooti? The male in this
species is white and the female orange. The female of the species.
was once sent to me as a ‘little Danais’ and it really looks like one.
Here would be a good opportunity to build up a mimicry theory.’’!
At the time when I read these words I had never seen the species,
but Dr. Skinner has now very kindly sent me a male and female
from Reef, Arizona (Noy. 2, 1903: Biederman). There can be no.
doubt that the female 7s a mimic of D. plexippus. The comparison
between the yellow of the under surface exposed in the position of
rest and the orange of the upper surface, the blackening of the veins
on the upper surface of the hind wing and other details to be de-
scribed below are quite inexplicable on any other hypothesis. The
mimicry is rather rough and there is no approximation in the shape
of the wings. In both respects this female stands in about the same
position as the females of the Neotropical Perrhybris (‘‘Mylothris”’).
I am greatly indebted to my friend for this opportunity of examining
and writing on what is to me an entirely new example of butterfly
mimicry in North America—another result of its invasion by the
Old World genus Danaida. My friend Commander J. J. Walker,
who has had an intimate experience of the allied Neophasia menapia
in Vancouver Island, tells me that during flight the latter is one of the
feeblest of Pierines and that it suddenty appears upon the wing in
immense numbers. He has kindly permitted me to make use of the
following unpublished extracts from his journal, on H. M. 3. “ King-
fisher” at Esquimalt, Vancouver Island:

1882, August 7: “Day still, hot, and cloudless. During the
forenoon I was agreeably surprised by the appearance of a good
number of specimens of a very pretty ‘‘White’’ butterfly... .
It seems to come very near to Leucophasia, by the elongate shape
and delicate texture of its wings, as well as by the rather short antenne
and hairy palpi... . They were flying sluggishly in the sunshine
over the water, and the signalman and I caught 15 on the poop in a
very short time [the ship being about 300 yards off shore]. .
Landed at 4 P. M.; the Leucophasia? was still on the wing, and I

1 Dr. F. A. Dixey remarked of N. terlooti in 1905 (Proceedings of the Entomo-
logical Society of London, p. xx) : ‘“This latter butterfly is especially interesting
as possessing a female which closely resembles some of the mimetic forms of
Euterpe.”

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

caught 15 or 16 (at flowers of Matricaria), all in the most exquisite
condition, like those taken on board ship. They all appeared to
have emerged from the pupa on that day, as I had been on the
lookout for some days past, and certainly did not see one on the
wing yesterday.”

August 8:. “Went on shore this forenoon at 11.30, to get a few
more of the Leucophasia |Neophasia| while it remained in good
condition. .... I had no difficulty in getting as many as I wanted
- +... a day, however, had made a perceptible difference in its
condition, as a good many were getting somewhat worn and chipped.
They were very easy to catch, flitting from flower to flower in the
open places [among the pines] and of very weak and sluggish flight.”

August 14: The first 9 was taken on this date. “TI beat it out
of a fir-tree.” c

The fact that the only Pierine mimic in the Nearctic Region
belongs to a genus with the characteristics described by J. J. Walker
Suggests an interpretation on the lines of Fritz Miiller’s hypothesis.

I now propose to institute a detailed comparison between the
colored pigments of Neophasia menapia and terlooti.

THE FEMALE OF NEOPHASIA MENAPIA.—Under surface of hind
wing.—A colored spot, roughly triangular in shape, is found in the
black marginal band of areas 2,3,4,5,and6. The spots, as well as the
other markings described below, were orange in 4 females, orange-red
in 2, and a rather pale vermilion in one. The tint in some individuals
tends to deepen towards the base of the wing—especially along the
costa. Beyond vein 7, viz., in areas 7 and 8, the pigment is continued
at first as a narrow marginal line, which filling area 8 except at its
very base, broadens with it toward the base of the wing. In the
opposite direction, beyond vein 2, area le bears two spots, of which
the upper is sometimes roughly diamond-shaped. These spots
are placed one on each side of the dark line, representing a lost vein,
which divides the area longitudinally into two sections. Below
vein 1b a narrow marginal orange line extends over about 4 of the
breadth of area 1b.

In addition to these marginal orange markings, there is also an
internervular development of the same pigment starting from the
base of the wing, especially distinct in the lower or inner marginal
section of area lc, which in favorable examples is highly colored
over more than half its length starting from the base. In strongly
marked females a few scattered orange scales are also seen in area 7
and in the upper section of area 1c, and they could probably be found
in other areas of certain individuals.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Upper surface of hind wing. Most of the above-described mar-
ginal features appear, but far more faintly, on the upper surface.
The other orange marks are not represented on the upper surface of
those females that I have examined, nor did they appear anywhere
upon either surface of the fore wing.

Tue Mae or NEOPHASIA MENAPIA.—Under surface of hind wing.—
Sixteen examples were examined and of these about half had a
comparatively few dull orange or sometimes yellow scales in one or
more of areas 6, 7, and 8. When present they are precisely in the
position of the marginal markings of the female.

Since writing the above I have had the opportunity of examining
6 beautiful specimens from Esquimalt, in Commander J. J. Walker's
collection. Well-developed marginal markings appeared on all
females: om (1) a beautiful cinnabar red; on (2) a pale cinnabar
red, a little deepened at the anal angle, apex, and costa; on (5)
orange, becoming orange-red in the same positions. Of the 3 males,
two possessed pale cinnabar scales at the apex and along the costa..
one of them bearing a few at the margin of the upper section of area
le and still fewer—only 2 or 3 scales—in the lower section. The
third male had pale yellow marginal scales at the apex and costa,
a few becoming faintly reddish, especially at the apex.

Commander Walker tells me that these butterflies were all “set”
immediately after capture, and that they have never been ‘‘relaxed”’
and ‘‘reset.”’ . Inasmuch as Prof. Gowland Hopkins has shown (14, 12)
that the pigments of Pierine are soluble in water, it is probable that
Walker’s specimens more truly represent the colors of the living
insect than do any of the others here described, for all of these have
been ‘“‘relaxed”’ at least once.

Tue Mae or Neopuasta TERLOOTI.— Under surface of hind wing.—
The marginal markings of the female menapia are represented on the
male of terlooti, smaller indeed, but with a far richer color, being of a
bright, rich vermilion tint. In the single specimen I have had the
opportunity of examining these markings are solely marginal. They
are wanting from area 4 and so slightly developed in all areas except
6,7, and 8 (where they are purely linear and do not fill the last-named
area as in the Q menapia) that it would be easy to count the con-
stituent scales with a lens. In the specimen before me there are
only 3 vermilion scales in area 5 on the left side and only 5 on the
right, but they are more numerous and usually far more numerous
in all the other markings. Although the dark pigment is com--
paratively weakly developed in the male, area le is divided very

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175:

distinctly by a strongly marked linear streak, and the 2 orange spots
of the female menapia are represented by 2 marginal groups of
vermilion scales, one in each section of the area. Vermilion scales
occur nowhere else on the specimen, although those described above
can be distinctly seen through the translucent scales of the upper
surface.

THe FemaLe or N&opHASIA TERLOOTI.—Under surface of hind
wing—The vermilion markings are developed almost precisely in
the positions of the orange markings of the female menapia—more
strongly at the margin and the extreme base of the wing, but much
less so elsewhere. The lower section of area le is, however, richly
marked with vermilion for 4 of its length from the base. The rest
of the colored markings are light yellow of an ochreish tint, rather
distinctly different from that seen elsewhere on the wings.

Under surface of fore wing.—The marginal markings and the
marginal part of the chief orange patch are also light yellow, but of a
lemon tinge. The orange of the chief marking and of scattered
scales forming a linear mark in the cell is very rich and deep in tint:
the mark in the cell is in fact better described as orange-red. The
two marks at the end of the cell, in areas 5 and 6, are transitional in
tint between the yellow marginal and the more central orange
markings, and there is transition to be observed between the yellow
margin in areas la and 1b and the rest of the chief orange marking.
These changes in color are effected by a gradual increase in the
number of orange scales and not by any real transition between the
yellow and orange pigments, although if we study the wings as a
whole we find several tints of orange and yellow.

Upper surface of hind wing.—The vermilion markings are repre-
sented by comparatively few scales. Within these markings the
submarginal spots and the ground-color of the rest of the wing are
deep orange, but of a duller tint than that of the fore wing. The
submarginal spots of the outer (hind) margin are slightly less deep
in tint, while along the costa, where the surface is concealed beneath
the fore wing, the orange scales are gradually replaced by yellow, and
again, at the extreme margin, by black, with perhaps a trace of the
vermilion which is so distinct on the opposite surface. The vermilion
scales could not be properly investigated because of the overlap of
the wings.

Upper surface of the fore wing.—The colors are nearly as on the
under surface, but, except at the apex, the submarginal spots and
the margin of the principal marking are distinctly less pale and

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

therefore much nearer to the tint of the orange ground-color of the
rest of the wing. The transition here does not appear to be effected
by a gradually increasing number of deep orange scales, but by a
gradual increase in the depth of the tint. The two marks at the
end of the cell are nearly as rich an orange as in the expanse be-
low the cell, and the transition towards yellow is, on the upper
surface as compared with the lower, shifted towards the costal
margin, occurring in the two spots of the same series placed above
the end of the cell in areas 10 and 11. The linear spot in area 11 is
yellow with thinly scattered orange scales, which are far more thickly
placed on the spot in area 10.

7. THE CoLoRED PIGMENTS OF THE PIERINAS’ AS ILLUSTRATED BY
NEOPHASIA.

Professor F. Gowland Hopkins has shown (11, 12) that the white
pigment of Pierines is an impure uric acid, and that the yellow
orange and probably the red pigments are a derivative of uric acid
which he calls ‘“‘lepidotie acid.”” No pigments of simiiar constitution
were found in any other butterflies. Therefore, when a Pierine
mimics an Ithomiine or, as in N. terlooti, a Danaine, the resemblance
is effected by the production of an entirely different coloring matter.
Gowland Hopkins believes that the yellow, orange, and red Pierine
pigments are chemically nearly allied and may pass one into the other
by slight changes perhaps in the degree of oxidation. He observed
that one tint was represented by another in corresponding markings
of opposite sexes or allied species. Thus he remarks (12, p. 678):

“Tt is interesting to note, by comparing various allied species of
Delias, that the red marginal spot may become more yellow, while
the yellow area usually found at the root of the wing may become
more red, till both may exhibit a uniform orange colour, or the
change may go farther and red and yellow change places without
the general color-plan of the wing being altered.”

These conclusions are strongly supported by a careful study of
Neophasia, where it has been shown that in different individuals of
the same sex of menapia the same markings may be either orange,
orange-red, or pale vermilion, while in the opposite sex they may be
absent or feebly represented in dull orange or yellow. Again in the
allied terlooti the corresponding markings are a rich deep vermilion
in both sexes. We are led to realize that it is very easy for Neophasia
to produce any shade between a pale lemon-yellow and a rich ver-
milion. The colored markings of menapia cannot be regarded as -

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 177

mimetic, and, if Danaida plexippus had never entered America, it is
highly improbable that anything more than the corresponding
colored markings would have been evolved on the wings of the female
terlooti. The range of tints in the markings common to menapia and
terlooti gives an indication of the variational material out of which
selection built up the mimetic pattern. The peculiar shade of
yellow of the under surface of the hind wing, the rich orange of the
central parts of the upper surface, the paler tints of the marginal
markings, especially at the apex of the fore wing, the emphasis by
black pigment of the veins of the hind wing upper surface, are all
elements in producing the result—a somewhat rough but at a distance
almost certainly a deceptive mimetic likeness to D. plexippus.

The same considerations help us to understand the prevalence of
Pierine mimicry in tropical America as compared with other parts
of the world—because of the predominant Ithomiine and Danaine
with warning patterns made up of reds, yellows, whites, and blacks.
Such patterns are mimicked by the Pierine genera Dismorphia
(in the broad sense), Perrhybris (‘‘Mylothris”), Archonias, Hes-
perocharis, and we can now add the North American Neophasia.

8. THE RESTRICTION OF SEX-LIMITED INHERITANCE TO THE Mimetice
PATTERN OF NEOPHASIA TERLOOTI.

The older colored markings common to the females of menapia
and terlooti are only partially sex-limited, being inherited in a very
reduced form by some of the males of the former species and probably
by all of the latter. The more modern mimetic pattern of the
female terlooti is strictly sex-limited. The facts harmonize with the
hypothesis that female mimicry is largely due to the great variability
of this sex in Lepidoptera and the freedom with which it offers to
selection a wide range of sex-limited colors and markings, but that
when a pattern has been long established it tends to be transferred
to the opposite sex. :

The older non-mimetic marginal markings suggest that the trans-
formation of uric into lepidotie acid is especially easy in this part
of the hind wing and invite comparison with the number of mimetic
Neotropical Pierines in which marginal or submarginal reds have
been developed in the same position, viz., on the under surface of
the hind wing—a study that would carry me too far from the subject
of the present paper.

12

17s PROCEEDINGS OF 'THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

9 THe EvoLuTion oF LimeniTiIs (BASILARCHIA) ARCHIPPUS FROM
AN ANCESTOR WITH A PATTERN LIKE THAT OF
L. (B.) ARTHEMIS.

The origin of archippus, suggested in the title of this section, is
due to Seudder (6, 277-8, 714). All I have done is to support the
published views of this distinguished naturalist by making a careful
analysis of the markmgs of archippus and arthemis, by this means
demonstrating that the details of the mimetic pattern are accounted
for on his hypothesis. I am sorry to find that neither Scudder’s
hypothesis nor the results of my analysis carry any conviction to
Dr. Skinner, who uses the following words: ‘‘Arthemis and weide-
meyeri [with a very similar pattern] have flourished prosperously in
the struggle for existence, and it is difficult to understand why
archippus should be so specially favored. The statements attempt-
ing to prove the evolution of archippus from an ancestral form
(arthemis) seem to me very inconclusive” (32, p. 127). Dr. Skinner
makes no alternative suggestion as to the origin of the mimetic species.
The doctrine of evolution—for it is hardly necessary to discuss the
ancient belief which would assume that archippus was originally
created in its present form—leaves us only two hypotheses. Either
archippus was evolved from some form of Limenitis which has
entirely disappeared or from one which is more or less closely repre-
sented by a species still in existence. The former alternative aban-
dons the problem as insoluble, and abandoned it must be if there is
no sufficient evidence that the ancestor can be reconstructed from any
existing form. I agree with Scudder in preferring the counsel of
hope to the counsel of despair.. L. (B.) arthemis and weidemeyeri
present us with an ancestral pattern wide-spread in the genus and
found not only in North America, but also with little change in the
Old World section of the temperate cireumpolar zone. Archippus
is so closely related to arthemis that the larval and pupal stages are
almost identical, and although the imaginal patterns are so different,
Scudder indicated, and I have attempted to trace in detail, the
manner in which one pattern may be derived from the other. I
really think that if Dr. Skinner, with specimens of archippus and
arthemis before him, will verify the details of the account in my
earlier paper (21, pp. 456-459), he will find that many minute
features on the wings of the mimetic species are interpreted and
correlated in a satisfactory manner. And a hypothesis that interprets
stands, until replaced by another that interprets better. .

With regard to Skinner’s inference that inasmuch as arthemis

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

flourishes prosperously, it is unlikely that a mimetic form would arise
from it, this is an objection which at once arises when mimicry is
studied in the original monograph of its founder, published long
before Fritz Miiller had thought of his hypothesis. According to
Bates, mimicry was a refuge for the destitute, a last means of escape
for a hard-pressed and dying species. It was this very conclusion
which was Miiller’s stumbling-block; for the majority of the mimics
in southeast Brazil where he lived were clearly successful and
abundant species, and the same is true of the majority of mimicking
species wherever they are thoroughly known. Nor is there any reason
to suppose that these successful forms originally arose from rare and
hard-pressed non-mimetic ancestors. Want of space prevents the dis-
cussion of more than a single example. I refer to Tirumala (Melinda)
formosa, an Oriental invader into the Ethiopian Region (18, 31).
This species, abundant east of the Victoria Nyanza, near Nairobi,
is there beautifully mimicked by the Ethiopian Papilio rex. The
invading Danaine has transformed an indigenous species just as in
North America. West of the great lake 7. formosa is represented by
an equally flourishing daughter species, 7. mercedonia, with a pattern
darker than its parent and one much further removed from the allied
Oriental Danaine. Pa pilio rex west of the lake becomes P. mimeticus,
as beautiful a mimic of 7. mercedonia as rex is of formosa. The two
Danaine models are now distinct species, but their Papilionine
mimics, connected by intermediates (P. commixtus) in the interme-
diate geographical area northeast of the Victoria Nyanza, are
certainly a single interbreeding community. Similarly, in North
America Danaida plexippus is a very distinct species from D. berenice
and D. strigosa, although these latter may be geographical races of
one species. The three forms of Limenitis are, on the other hand,
all probably mimetie modifications of a single species, although
L. obsoleta is probably distinet from archippus and floridensis. To con-
tinue the history of the African invading Danaines: Further
westward the flourishing and prosperous 7’. mercedonia has given rise
to a still darker species, 7. morgeni, which has altogether lost the
appearance of an Oriental Tirwmala and has become the most
perfect mimic of the African Danaine genus Amauris.

Here, then, we have a species so dominant that it is mimicked by a
butterfly of a different family. It gives rise to another species and
the mimic undergoes corresponding changes. Finally, in spite of
these evidences of prosperity, it becomes itself a singularly perfect
mimic. All these changes are far less abrupt than that from arthemis

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF .[Jan.,

to archippus, and I do not think that any naturalist who recognized
the traces of the pattern of mercedonia still lingering almost invisible
on the surface of morgeni or concealed by the overlap of the wings
would doubt that the former is the ancestor of the latter and that the |
model has become itself a mimic.

Finally, it must be remembered that L. archippus has a far wider
range than orthemis, and it is reasonable to suppose that this advan-
tage has been conferred by its mimetic pattern. Arthemis is confined
to Canada east of the Rockies and to the northeastern States, while
archippus is “found over very nearly the same area as Anosia plex-
ippus”’ (6, 278).

10. THE RELATION OF THE PATTERN OF LIMENITIS OBSOLETA (HULSTI)
TO THAT OF ARCHIPPUS, ARTHEMIS AND WEIDEMEYERI.

When I wrote the paper criticised by Dr. Skinner (22), as well as
an earlier paper, in some respects more detailed (21), I had never
been given the opportunity of examining a series of the Arizona
and Utah mimic, Limenitis obsoleta (hulsti), and my brief account was
founded on the excellent fig. 5 on plate VII of Dr. W. J. Holland’s
work (417.) In January, 1909, when I had the honor of repre-
senting my country at the Darwin centenary in America, my friend
Dr. F. A. Lucas, Director of the American Museum, Central Park,
New York, showed me a series of obsoleta together with its model,
Danaida strigosa. The specimens were in the Brooklyn Museum,
of which Dr. Lucas was then Curator. I saw at once that’ the form
was very variable and that my work required the study and com-
parison of a long series of individuals. Dr. Lucas very kindly
obtained a few specimens of the model and mimic for me and put
me in communication with Dr. R. E. Kunzé, of Phoenix, Arizona,
who has generously provided me with a fine mass of material. The
following account has been drawn up from the study of 24 males and
9 females from Phoenix and 2 males and 1 female from Tueson.
Thirty-three specimens bear the precise date of capture, one the
month and year, one a month of which the interpretation is uncertain,
and one for which the month is not recorded. Omitting these last
two, the dates of capture are given in the following table. The three
1896 specimens were captured at Tucson (2,400 feet) in southern
Arizona, the remaining 31 at Phoenix (1,100 feet) in the valley of the
Salt River, southern Arizona.

Apr: 9, 1896 nnciuansore 1 Q © Stine: 16,1896

22 hae
Apr. 10, 1896... . 1c Apr. 22, 1897...... -1¢

1914.| “NATURAL SCIENCHS OF PHILADELPHIA. 181
Apr. 17, 1909 eden ol OS ditiby als lO lo
Sept. 21, 1909 on ee Othe oat O10), taee = aa terest
Sept. 30, 1909 Peer One OC a O10k & add ork @
Oct. 27, 1909 Le lee Apr TOM! e Ael2@
Oct. ......, 1909... etn ollinopl es alyoyr, <1 SURO TE ee Selec
Mar. 26, 1910 efile Soe Seales 2o6'
Mar. 27, 1910 en leche Sepia oe Lolin a eS
Mar. 29, 1910 pert lO) Sepie bie 0911 mv te
Apr. 1, 1910 eee leche sepia 2is.1 it ios
Apr. 4, 1910 peel ot wept. 24es19i'T1 5 EG
Apr. 6, 1910 elect Oke 4. 191d 12

The existence of two broods, one emerging between the end of
March and the end of April, the other in September and October,
are clearly shown. The two specimens in June and July, respectively,
were probably representatives of a third brood.

The model, Danaida strigosa, appears to be much rarer than its
mimic at Phoenix—at any rate, in the localities where Dr. Kunzé
collected. From this place I have only received 2 males, captured
July 2 and 6, 1912; from Tucson—1 female May 26, 1 male June 7,
1 female June 9, 1 male August 19, all in 1896; from Prescott (5,400
feet), in western Arizona—2 males and 1 female July 15, 1912.

Dr. R. E. Kunzé, of Phoenix, Arizona, who has had a long and
intimate experience of the butterfly fauna of the State, kindly informs
me that, in the Phoenix (1,100 feet) and Tucson (2,400 feet) districts
and between them, L. obsoleta is almost exclusively found in the
valleys, along the river-bottoms, and by the canals, where its larval
food-plant, a willow, grows It is commoner in the river-bottoms,
especially near the streams, than by the canals. Danaida strigosa
flies with it in these situations and is indeed commoner there than
elsewhere, but, unlike the mimic, it is also found in other places.
It is impossible to state the relative proportions of Danaine and
Limenitis, but by the rivers and canals the mimic is the commoner
in the ratio of about twelve or fifteen to one. The proportions at
Tucson and Phoenix seem to be the same.

Danaida plexippus occurs, but is scarce in the Salt River valley at
Phoenix. Dr. Kunzé estimates that it may exist in the ratio of one
to fifteen of D. strigosa, but in some seasons he does not meet with

* The armatures of two of these males were studied by Dr. Eltringham (p. 190).

3 Dr. Kunzé adds in his letter of August 5, 1913: “TI should say that obsoleta
has here [Phoenix] from 3-4 broods in a season, from April Ist up to November
Ist, in a mild autumn, of course. I think the last brood oviposits on cotton-
wood, our Populus fremonti and other species, because its leaves keep green fill
latter part of December, whereas willow drops leaves earlier.”

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

it at all. At Prescott, Arizona (5,350 feet), 135 miles north of
Phoenix, strigosa flies in the company of plexippus from July to
September, the latter being the commoner of the two. D. strigosa
extends as far south as Galveston, Texas, and may also occur in some
parts of Mexico, near the northern boundary. Limenitis obsoleta
does not occur at Prescott.

The fine series of L. obsoleta (hulsti) tabulated on p. 180 at once
made clear to me that the Arizona form is not, like floridensis (eros)
in Florida, a local race of L. archippus transformed by mimicry of
the dominant local Danaine, but the bearer of an ancestral pattern
which preserves features lost by the two other mimetic races. I
therefore desire to correct my former conclusicn, founded -on the
figure of asingle specimen, that obsoleta is a modified form of archippus
(21, p. 460, 22, pp. 171-2). At the same time I remarked in the
latter paper (p. 172): “I have not yet had the opportunity of ascer-
taining whether this hypothesis is supported by evidence derived
from a careful study of the pattern.”

The hind wing.—The most prominent ancestral features of obsoleta
are the ‘traces of the white discal band derived from an ancestor with
a pattern like that of arthemis or weidemeyeri. In archippus and
floridensis a trace of the white band is found on the under side of the
hind wing in some specimens, but so far as my experience goes never
on the upper surface. In obsoleta some trace of it is always present
on both surfaces, but when, as in the majority of specimens, there
is a difference in the degree of development, it is stronger upon the
under side. It is more strongly developed in the females than the
males, and this is the general rule with the ancestral features of the
species, as it appears to be in archippus, of which a certain proportion
of the males in the Albany district, but no females, have entirely
lost the black discal stripe from the upper surface of the hind wing
(recorded by Mr. John H. Cook, 22, pp. 211-212). Thus the white
stripe, together with its black outer border, is evanescent on the upper
surface of the hind wing of 2 female obsoleta from Phoenix and small
in the female from Tucson, whereas the same feature is evanescent
in half the males from Phoenix and but slightly developed in others.
The evanescent feature in both males and females is more strongly
represented, generally far more strongly, on the under surface. The
degree of development of the black band is generally related to that
of the white, the two being usually evanescent together or well
developed together, but the range of variation is much greater in the
white than in the black, corresponding with the entire disappearance

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

of the former but not of the latter from the upper surface of the
allied archippus. On the other hand, the development on the under
as compared with the upper surface is greater in the black than the
white. In both sexes there is a tendency, as in archippus, to throw
the white spots on the under surface of the hind wing into relief by
an inner edging—a darkened shade of the ground-color in areas
2, 3, 4, and 5, still darker and often black in areas 6 and 7. This
feature probably represents the black inner border of the white
discal band in the non-mimetic ancestor.

When the 32 specimens, omitting the 2 taken in June and July,
recorded in the table on p. 180, are arranged according to their two
broods—the 15 March and April specimens together and the 17
September and October together—it is seen that there is a small but
distinct seasonal difference in the development of the trace of the
white discal band of the hind wing and its black outer border. The
spring brood is in this respect distinctly the more ancestral, bearing
on the average stronger traces of the pattern of weidemeyeri and
arthemis. ‘This is true of the females as well as the males, as may be
inferred from the following statement:

Females (spring brood = 4, autumn brood = 5).—The only 2
specimens with evanescent band and border bear the dates Sept. 11,
1911, and Oct. 10, 1910. The most reduced band of the spring brood
is seen in the Tucson specimen, April 9, 1896. In all the remaining
4 spring females, the band and, in all but one, the border is distinctly
stronger than in either of the 2 remaining autumn females.

Males (spring brood = 10, autumn brood = 18).—It is extremely
difficult to classify the degree of development of the band and border
—there is a complete and gradual transition. There is, however, a
marked difference at both ends of the scale between the two broods.
The most evanescent white bands are seen in 6 autumn males. In
all these the feature is more reduced than in any spring male. Very
small and reduced bands are found in 3 males of each brood. Beyond
these there is the most gradual transition to the highest degree. of
development found in the sex, and among these we find by far the
highest in a specimen captured April 22, 1911, while 2 other spring
males are rather beyond any of the autumn brood. Considering
the black border separately, the difference is even more marked, for
this feature is evanescent in 4 of the autumn brood and none of the
spring, while the next 4 are equalled and on the whole slightly
exceeded by the 4 spring specimens in which the feature is least de-
veloped. The black border is more highly developed in 4 of the spring

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

brood than in any of the autumn. This detailed comparison has
been extraordinarily difficult to make, because of the perfect transi-
tion and the minute shades of difference. When the attempt was
made to express the difference, the specimens grouped themselves
into fours in an irritating and unnatural manner. It might perhaps
have been wiser to attempt no analysis of so transitional a feature,
but to be contented with the statement that a distinct difference
exists at both ends of the scale, the band and border of the most
strongly marked specimens being decidedly more developed in the
spring brood, while the reduction of these features in the least strongly
marked specimens was carried distinctly further in the autumn
brood. I cannot but think, however, that my attempts at an
analytical comparison, whatever faults there may be in the details,
are a truer expression of the facts.

An interesting difference between the upper surface of obsoleta
and that of archippus is common to both fore and hind wings, viz.,
the far more heavily blackened veins gained by the latter in mimicry
of D. plexippus. Floridensis here shows its origin from archippus,
for it retains the darkening along the veins, although out of place in a
mimic of D. berenice. Nosuch evidence of having passed through an
archippus stage is to be seen on the upper surface of obsoleta. The
veins are heavily blackened on the under surface of the hind wing
in all three mimics, in evident likeness to their respective models,
although obsoleta in this respect is less darkened and a less perfect
mimic than the other tyo. -

In certain specimens of obsoleta there is to be seen on the hind wing
under surface two largish rich brown sharply outlined patches, one in
the cell and one near the base of area 7. On the basal side of each
patch is a white spot and a white suffusion commonly surrounds the
projection of the precostal into area 8. These elements tend to
become evanescent together and distinct together, acting like a single
feature. Slight traces of these markings can probably be found on
every fresh specimen. They were remarkably pronounced in the
female taken Sept. 5, 1911 (p. 181). These vestiges, except in one
respect, resemble the well-known basal pattern of arthemis far more
closely than that of weidemeyeri. The pale elements are, however,
for the most part blue in arthemis, but nearly white in weidemeyeri,
and therefore in this respect nearer to obsoleta. Archippus has
advanced further from the ancestral forms than obsoleta, for ‘‘the
basal red patches have vanished, but the pale blue marks in and on
the costal side [area 7] of the base of the cell are retained, and,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

lightened in tint, represent the two more conspicuous white spots
occupying nearly the same position in Anosia [Danaida]”’ (21, 456-7).
Now that I have had the advantage of studying obsoleta, and have
re-examined archippus m the light of the new experience, I find that
a few examples do possess a very faint trace of the reddish patches of
arthemis. In these vestiges as in so many other features in the pattern
we are led to conclude that obsoleta represents an older stage in the
evolution of archippus.

The fore wing—The inner edge of the angulated black outer
border of the white band of arthemis and weidemeyeri runs from the
costa to the inner margin of the wing, near but well within the pos-
terior angle, although it is broadened so far that its outer edge enters
this angle; in most specimens of archippus it runs to the junction of
the middle and posterior third of the outer (hind) margin (21,
p- 457). Some females, however, approach the condition of obsoleta,
which is generally far nearer in this respect to the pattern of arthemis
and weidemeyeri. In obsoleta the direction of the vestigial black
outer border, which, except near the costa, is evanescent on the
upper surface, can be easily traced by fixing the attention on the
outer ends of the four prominent white spots in areas 3, 4, 5, and 6.
With this as guide, the eye is led on to an evanescent white spot nearly
always present in area 2, and in certain individuals to the faint
continuation of the black line towards the posterior angle. The
angle made with the costa is very different from that of archippus.
The black line is usually far more distinct on the under surface, and
here it may be seen in many specimens that the direction changes
abruptly in area 1b, becoming parallel with the outer margin and
leading to a termination on the inner margin within, and often well
within the posterior angle. In well-marked specimens, especially
in the females, the black line is seen to lead to the outer end of a white
linear mark close to the inner margin in area la (see p. 186). Faint
vestiges of the former white band can even be made out in 1b on
the under surface of a few individuals. There is great variation in
the position of the black line in 1b. In most males it unites with
and continues as a broadening of the black margin.

The white spots which represent the costal half of the white band
of arthemis and weidemeyeri are far better developed in obsoleta than.
in archippus. In the latter the spots are 2 to 4 in number, the last
being very small. In obsoleta there are always 4 large and distinct
spots, especially well developed in the female, while a minute 5th
spot, already mentioned as placed in area 2, is nearly always present

*

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

and often more strongly marked on the under surface. A trace of it
‘could be made out on the upper surface of all the females and on 17
of the males; from one or both sides of the remaining males it was
absent, but it is likely that when these were fresh examination with
a lens would have led to the detection of a few white scales. It is
clear that the trace of the original discal band is more shortened in
archippus than in the Arizona form, and that the 4th spot in area 3,
-or In other individuals the 3rd in area 4, is now in the position of the
minute trace of a 5th spot in area 2 of obsoleta. Furthermore, the
black discal marking retains in obsoleta more of its original appearance
as an outer edging to the white band than in archippus—an appear-
ance still more fully sustained upon the hind wing. In the fore wing
of archippus it is obviously much developed, especially at the costal
end, in mimicry of the model plexippus.

The trace, on the costa itself, of the anterior end of the white band
of the fore wing, already described as generally to be found in archip-
pus (21, p- 457), was present in all the females and 19 males of
obsoleta, but in some of these it was barely visible. This feature is
apparently more often wanting altogether from archippus, but the
two forms have reached nearly the same level, and I think that in
both examination with a lens would reveal the presence of some
trace of the marking in most or perhaps all fresh specimens.

I have already incidentally mentioned on p. 185 the most inter-
esting ancestral feature in the fore-wing pattern of obsoleta, and one
entirely wanting from archippus, viz., a distinct trace in area la of
the inner marginal end of a white dis¢al band like that of arthemis
or weidemeyeri. This linear mark was present, varying in the
degree of its development, in all the females and 23 males, and
traces might probably have been found on all when fresh. The
mark is also to be found on the under surface where the fore wing is
overlapped by the hind, but for this reason it was only examined in
a few specimens; in these it did not stand out on the paler ground-
color as conspicuously as on the upper surface. It has been already
pointed out on p. 185 that the outer end of the mark coincides with
the point on the inner margin indicated by the direction of the
vestige of the black outer border in some individuals, viz., a point
well within the posterior angle of the fore wing. In a single female
(Apr. 17, 1909), unfortunately rather worn, the mark in la appar-
ently extends to the black margin at the posterior angle. The
same relationship to a mark stopping short of the angle is also
ndicated, especially in fresh specimens of the female, by a distinctly

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

paler shade of the ground-color outside the discal black stripe on
both surfaces of both wings. The change of shade follows the
suggested direction of the black line to the inner margin of the fore
wing, although near this border it is not sharply demarcated as on
the rest of the wing. Such an abrupt change in the depth of the
color is very rarely to be seen on the upper surface of archippus.
Scudder has looked on the reddish spots of arthemis, occupying the
very position of this paler shade in obsoleta, as the foundation from
which the mimetic form arose (6, p. 714), and I have followed him
(21, 22). If we are right, and the transformation occurred first in
this area and only later in the area inside the white discal stripe, it is
easy to understand why there should be a difference in the shade of
the ground-color for natural selection to seize upon. The Arizona
Danaida strigosa is also paler on the outer than it is on the inner part
of the wings, although the transition is gradual and not sharp as in
obsoleta. On the under surface of the fore wing archippus is, in this
very respect, more strikingly ancestral than obsoleta, the pattern of
the model having been such as to emphasize the feature. Archippus
is also commonly ancestral as compared with obsoleta in the distinct
indication by a reddish-brown tint of the red submarginal spots on
the under surface of both wings (21. p. 456).

The white mark in area la of the fore wing has this further interest,
that it mdicates the point at which the outer edge of the discal
band of the hind wing met that of the fore, reconstructing for us a
pattern like that of weidemeyeri and arthemis in which the band of
the hind wing is placed much further from the outer margin than it is
in the other wing. The evolution of the marginal pattern of both
surfaces of both wings of obsoleta from a condition like that of arthemis
appears to have been the same as in archippus (21, pp. 456-459) and
to have reached nearly the same result. The slight differences cor-
respond.with those between the respective models and are doubtless
due to mimicry. :

The two white spots in the fore wing cell on the under side were
present in all the males of obsoleta. The females showed greater
variability, the basal spot beg sometimes absent, but generally
much larger than in the males. On the upper surface of the same
wing the distal spot was large, for this feature, in 6 females, small in 3,
minute in 1. In 14 males it was sharp and distinct, though small,
and it could be detected in 8 of the others. In the remainder the
triangular black mark in which the white spot lies could be made
out by looking carefully for it. White scales were probably origin-

188 PROCEBDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jam.,

ally present on this mark in some of the worn specimens that do not
now possess them. This white spot can be far more frequently
detected on the upper surface of obsoleta and archippus than on that
of arthemis and probably more often than in wetdermeyeri, although
it may attain great relative size in this species (21, Pl. X XV, fig. 1).
Its freyuent appearance in the two mimics points to an origin from
an ancestor of the existing North American species that was in
this respect nearer in pattern to L. lorqwini, in which the spot is
almost invariably well developed (21, 479, 480, Pl. XX, figs. 6-8).
At the same time the redevelopment of an ancestral feature by means
of mimicry must not be lost sight of as a probable interpretation.
The pattern of D. strigosa is such that the spot in the fore-wing cell
of obsoleta probably adds to the likeness, at any rate during flight-
The strong development of the feature in the females—in this species
the more ancestral sex—favors the former hypothesis. As regards
the traces of the Limenitis pattern persisting in the fore-wing cell
on the under surface and their transference to the upper surface,
obsoleta and archippus have reached nearly the same stage. The
most strongly marked individuals of the former are, however, more
ancestral, in that the white spot on the upper surface and the two
spots below are larger and more conspicuous than in any examples
of archippus.

The seasonal differences on the fore wing were not so well marked
as on the hind. Furthermore, the relationship was reversed, the
autumn brood being more ancestral than the spring. The difference,
however, was barely detectable except In one feature where it was
very distinet—the minute white spot in the fore-wing cell. This was
sharp and distinct in 11 out of 13 autumn males and only 2 out of
10 spring males. It was also on the whole better developed in the

autumn females.

Temperature experiments on the pup and, if possible, on the
ova and larve would be well worth trying on this form as well as on
archippus and floridensis. Considering what has been done by
Dorfmeister, Weismann, Merrifield, and Standfuss, remembering
also that Lamborn has recently brought evidence which suggests,
although it does not prove, that vestiges of ‘‘tails’’ can be brought
back to the hind wings of the tailless mimetic females of Papilio
dardanus (26), it is quite probable that some increase in the pattern
derived from a non-mimetic ancestor might be induced by the shock
of heat or cold applied to the pupal or both larval and pupal stages.
And the fact that there are certainly some seasonal differences in the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

ancestral elements of L. obsoleta renders such experiments especially
hopeful.

An experiment made by Edwards and quoted by Scudder (6, p. 278)
is also encouraging. The black band of the hind wing of archippus
was widened in two butterflies which emerged from pup subjected
to cold, being in one specimen, a female, nearly three times the
normal width.

It is necessary, in conclusion, to point out in a few words some
special effects of the Danaine model, P. strigosa. Most prominent
among these is the peculiar shade of the ground-color of obsoleta,
so different from that of archippus and floridensis and so strikingly
like that of the model. The triangular shape of the discal spots of
the fore wing, especially pronounced in those of areas 3 and 4, has
evidently been produced in mimicry of the characteristic-looking
triangular and diamond-shaped spots of the model. The direction
-of the line of these spots in obsoleta which has been shown on p. 185
to be more ancestral, viz., more like that of arthemis and weide-
meyeri, than i archippus, has doubtless been stereotyped by the
model, in which four of the most conspicuous white spots in areas
1b, 2, 3, and 4 are parallel with the outer margin of the fore wing.
It is also probable, as suggested in a former paper (21, p. 460), that
the retention of the white spots representing the discal band on the
hind wing upper surface, and it may be added the linear mark in
area la of the fore wing, has been aided by ‘“‘a general likeness ”’
[during flight] “‘to the pale-streaked hind-wings of strigosa.”’ Here,
too, the relative development of the feature in the female favors
a different interpretation; for, as already pointed out (p. 182),
the female is slightly the more ancestral and the male the more
advanced mimic in this species. The fact that the traces of the
black border of the white discal band, which undoubtedly interfere
with the mimetic resemblance, on the whole follow the white spots
in the degree of development (p. 182) is also in favor of the sup-
position that the entire marking is an ancestral feature which has
not yet been got rid of.

In order to prove that obsoleta is, as its pattern strongly suggests,
ancestral as compared with archippus—that it stands in a position
intermediate between the latter form ahd the non-mimetic species
-of Limenitis—arthemis and weidemeyeri—it is necessary to seek for
another line of evidence.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,.

11. Toe Mate Genirat ARMATURE OF THE NortH AMERICAN
Forms oF LIMENITIS.

In former years I have felt, with many other naturalists, some-
suspicion of the conclusions based on a study of the male genitalia
of Lepidoptera. The organs are so complex and in parts so thin-
walled, so liable to be deformed by twisting and pressure, that it
seemed unlikely that they could escape alteration in the processes of
manipulation and mounting. Their shapes are such that a slight
difference in the angle at which a drawing is made or a photograph
taken makes all the difference to the result. I have, however, been
converted by my experience of the work of my friends Dr. Karl
Jordan and Dr. H. Eltringham. I have seen the latter naturalist
preparing and studying the same parts in different individuals again
and again until he was able to determine with complete certainty
the actual form that is characteristic of the species or race. I there-
fore asked him if he would kindly help me by preparing and drawing
the genitalia of the North American forms of Limenitis. In asking
this favor, I was, all unconsciously, making ready for a most valuable
test of the validity of the method and its results. At the time when
Eltringham made his drawings we had no copy of Scudder’s great
work (6) available, but, when they were finished, I borrowed the
volumes from the library of the Entomological Society of London.
I turned at once to Plate 33, representing the genitalia of the Canadian
and eastern North American species of Limenitis, and found that
the four figures (9, 11, 12, 15), prepared by Edward Burgess for
Scudder, might almost have been copied from Eltringham’s drawings
or the drawings from the figures! Two careful pieces of work carried
out independently have led to precisely the same result. It will
therefore be admitted that we may safely accept the six figures on
the accompanying Plate V as the expression of the true structural
relationships in the different species.

Figures 4, 5, and 6 on the right side of Plate V represent the
male genital armatures of species also figured by Seudder, save
that his L. astyanazx (fig. 15) represents the eastern race and Eltring-
ham’s (fig. 4) that from Arizona. But the form of the genitalia is
nearly the same, as may be seen by comparing the figures, allowing
of course for the difference in magnification. Eltringham’s figures
also show with Scudder’s the close resemblance between astyanaxr
and arthemis (fig. 5, Scudder’s fig. 9). The two representations
of L. archippus are almost identical, save that Scudder (figs. 11 and

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19t

12) represents the end of the terminal hook as obliquely truncated,
Eltringham (fig. 6) as a simple point.

Figures 1, 2, and 3 on the left of the plate represent forms of
Limenitis from an area outside the limits of Seudder’s monograph.
The claspers of L. lorquini (fig. 1) are seen to differ markedly from
those of all the other forms. Weidemeyeri (fig. 2), on the other
hand, closely resembles arthemis and astyanax, although it is of a
stouter build. The main interest of the series of figures is, however,
concentrated in obsoleta (fig. 3). Just as the pattern of this species
was seen to be intermediate in many details between that of archippus
on the one hand and arthemis and weidemeyeri on the other, so is it
with the form of its claspers. To make sure that the appearance
represented in fig. 3 was not an individual peculiarity, Dr. Eltring-
ham made a second preparation, but with precisely the same results.
The comparison between figs. 2 and 3 suggests that the mimetic
form arose from an ancestral species with claspers more like those of
weidemeyert than arthemis. Looking at these figures, some natural-
ists may be inclined to suppose that obsoleta sprang from weidemeyeri
in the southwest, while archippus developed independently from
arthemis in the east and north. Such a conclusion seems to me
improbable. It is unlikely that independent lines of evolution
would have led to structures with the essential similarity that is to
be recognized between the forms shown in figs. 3 and 6—I refer
especially to the hook below and the strong teeth above the end of
the organ—and still more improbable that such independent eyolu-
tion would have led to the resemblances in minute detail that have
been shown to exist between the patterns of obsoleta and archippus.

Remembering that these conclusions are founded on small differ-
ences between organs that are themselves very variable, Dr. Eltring-
ham has confirmed his results by making preparations from 3 indi-
viduals of archippus, 2 of obsoleta, 2 of weidemeyeri, and 2 of astyanax
arizonensis. He finds that the fine points or teeth are not only
variable in different individuals, but that they vary on the two sides
of the same individual. This he has shown by the careful drawings
reproduced on Plate V, where this want of symmetry is apparent
in nearly all the figures. The second specimen of weidemeyeri has
rather fewer teeth than the one figured. In a single specimen of
archippus floridensis (eros) the organs were somewhat larger than in
archippus and the clasper points were a little less acute. In spite of
great individual variability and the want of symmetry, the claspers
of the individuals shown in Plate V exhibit recognizable characters

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

common to other individuals of each species examined by Eltringham
and, as regards three of them, by Burgess.

Knowing my own want of experience in the comparative study
of these male abdominal appendages, I submitted Dr. Eltringham’s
drawings to my friend Dr. Jordan, who wrote, Aug. 15,1913: “ Archip-
pus appears to be a later modification of obsoleta, as yousay. Astyanax
arizonensis, weidemeyeri, and arthemis are also closely related to one
another.’* Dr. Eltrimgham also agrees that the comparative study
of the armatures supports the conclusions arrived at from a study
of the patterns.

Considering together pattern and the structure of the claspers,
there are strong reasons for believing that the mimetic forms arose
from a North American Limenitis with the pattern of arthemis and
weidemeyeri, but including a white spot in the fore-wing cell upper
side now seen most commonly in lorquini among North American
species, and with claspers like those of weidemeyeri and arthemis,
but probably nearer to the former. :

-I trust that Dr. Skinner will consider that this evolutionary
history, if not convincing before, has been rendered so by the fresh
evidence now produced.

12. SimmuaAR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS VERSUS MIMICRY AS AN
INTERPRETATION OF COLOR RESEMBLANCES.

With regard to the resemblance of Limenitis (Basilarchia) flori-
densis to Danaida berenice in Florida and of L. (B.) obsoleta (hulsti)
to D. strigosa in Arizona, Skinner suggests (32, p. 127) that “similar
environmental conditions explain these color resemblances better

‘The remainder of Dr. Karl Jordan’s letter contained an interesting and
suggestive criticism of Seudder’s conclusion that proserpina is a hybrid between
arthemis and aslyanaz.

“The differences in the genitalia between astyanax and arlhemis might render
copulation a little difficult, but are too insignificant to prevent it. According
to Scudder, proserpina is the hybrid between astyanaz and arthemis. If that is
the case, the genitalia should be intermediate. As they are identical (teste
Scudder) with those of the northern insect, I do not believe that proserpina is a
hybrid. The offspring of a @ proserpina were partly proserpina, partly arthemis.
This also points in the direction that astyanax has no part in the production of
proserpina. Scudder appears to rely particularly on this point—proserpina
inclines towards astyanax where the latter prevails, and towards arthemis in the
places where this insect is abundant. But such an agreement in coloration may
simply be due to the two occurring side by side. It is not necessarily evidence
for hybridization. I have only looked at Scudder’s book, not at the specimens;
my opinion is therefore worth very little, but I incline to the belief that arthemis
assumes the pattern of astyanaz where it comes into contact with the latter, ze.
that proserpina is a southern modification of arthemis, not a hybrid. It would
be advisable, however, to examine the genitalia of a series of specimens of all
three insects.”’

he

ery

dint

Ah he

a A i i

a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

b

than the hypothesis of mimicry.”’ He does not venture to suggest
this interpretation for the resemblance of L. (B.) archippus to Danaida
plexippus; for the great environmental changes endured by both
model and mimic in their extensive north and south range make any
such suggestion untenable. With regard to the detailed likeness of
three forms of Limenitis to three Danaine butterflies in North America,
I may fairly retaliate on my friend and point out in his own words,
mutatis mutandis, that “it seems logical to consider that they are
governed by a general law rather than that two of them, but not the
third, are caused by similar environmental conditions.” I have
already many years ago dealt with this supposed interpretation of
mimetic resemblance by an appeal to the forces of the environment,
and the arguments then brought forward (15) have, so far as I am
aware, never been met. Dr. Skinner does not attempt to meet
them, nor does he even allude to the peculiarly strong evidence
furnished by these very North American mimics against the hypothe-
sis of environmental conditions. Although this evidence is clearly
set forth in the paper which Dr. Skinner was discussing (22), as well
as in earlier publications of mine (16, 21), I will repeat the substance
of it on the present occasion.

The three Danaines of North America are modern invaders from
the Old World, quite isolated and out of place in the New, while the
genus Limenitis is an ancestral element in the North American
fauna. My own experience of insect systematics is very limited,
and I could not with any confidence or authority attempt to weigh
the value of characters which have been described as generic. Know-
ing these limitations only too well, I applied to my friend Dr. K. Jordan,
and he, after making fresh investigations into the male genitalia
and carefully studying Moore’s generic characters, came to the
conclusion that the Old World Limnas and Salatura and the New
World Anosia and Tasitia could not be sustained as separate genera,
but that all four were to be properly included in the single genus
Danaida. ‘his genus is nearly related to several much-mimicked
groups of Danaine in the Old World, but the two species from which
the few American geographical forms have been derived are aliens
in the New World.

Dr. G. B. Longstaff has recently shown that in the gregarious
instinct, as manifested by hanging in festoons and clusters from trees,
the Old World Danaida genutia (plexippus) resembles its New World
representative D. plexippus (27, pp. 75, 76), in which the same habit
has often been observed (6, pp. 730, 734-7)

13

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Even in pattern there is but little difference between the most
nearly allied Asiatic and American species of Danaida, and if, as
Dr. Skinner believes, color and pattern are the expression of environ-
mental conditions, then they are the expression of an Old World, and
not of a New World environment. On Dr. Skinner’s view, the
Old World invader, when it became exposed to the new environment,
should have come to resemble the New World resident. Instead
of this, the resident has come to resemble the invader.

In concluding the present paper I may quote an opinion expressed
to me by Professor Svante Arrhenius. A few years ago I asked my
friend whether he thought it possible to explain by the incidence of
physico-chemical forces, such as those of the environment, the super-
ficial resemblance of one form to another when that resemblance
required, as in the development of a complex pattern, the co-opera-
tion of many different factors. He replied, as I expected, that he
did not consider the explanation possible; for the building up of sucha
likeness was inconceivable except by the aid of selection. This was the
argument I advanced in 1898 (45), after an analysis which showed that
mimetic resemblance often requires the co-operation of many different
factors; and it was a great satisfaction to find the conclusion con-
firmed by an authority with Professor Arrhenius’ broad outlook on
the sciences in their relation to one another and to mathematics.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Horsrietp, T. 1857.” In Horsfield and, Moore’s Catalogue of Lepidop-
terous Insects, Museum.of the East India Company, London.
2. Wavuace, ALFRED R. 1865. Transactions of the Linnean Society of
London, XXV (1866), Pt. I (1865), p. 1.
3. Pourron, Epwarp B. 1885. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,
XXXVIII, pp. 269-315.
4. —— 1886. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, XL, pp. 135-173.
5 1889. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London, pp.
XXXVII-XXXIX. .
6. ScupperR, SamueL H. 1885. “Butterflies of the Eastern United States
and Canada,”’ Cambridge, Mass.

7. Drxey, F. A. 1890. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,
pp. 89-129. if

8. Poutron Epwarp B. 1891. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
London, pp. xv, xvi.

9. Haasp, E. 1893. Untersuchungen tiber die Mimicry.

10. Pouuron, Epwarp B. 1893. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,
LIV, pp. 417-430.

11. Horxrys, F. Gownanp. 1894. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London, LVII, 1894, p. 5.

12. —— 1895. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London,
B., Vol. 186, Pt. II, pp. 661-682.

13. Haase, E. 1896. ‘Researches on Mimicry,” Pt. Il, Stuttgart. English
translation.

ee ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

14.
15.

16.

Poutton, Epwarp B. 1897. Nature, LVII, pp. 1-4, 25, 26.

1898. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, X XVI,
pp. 558-312. Also published in ‘‘Essays on Evolution,’’ Oxford, 1908,
pp. 220-270.

1902. Verhandlungen of the V. International Zoological Congress,
Berlin, pp. 171-179.

. Houianp, Witiram J. 1903. “The Butterfly Book,’’ New York.
8. Neave,S.A. 1906. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,

pp. 207-222.

. Poutton, Epwarp B. 1906. Transactions of the Entomological Society

of London, pp. 323-409.

. Roruscnitp and JorpAN. 1906. “Novitates Zoologice.’’ Tring., XIII,

pp. 411-753.

. Pounton, Epwarp B. 1908. Transactions of the Entomological Society

of London, pp. 447-488.

1909. Annals of the Entomological Society of America II, pp.
203-242. Also published in ‘‘ Darwin and the Origin,’’ 1909, pp. 144-212.
1909. Mimicry and Sex, in ‘‘ Darwin and Modern Science,’’? Cam-
bridge, 1909, pp. 292-295. Also published in ‘Darwin and the Origin,”
pp. 1382-139.

. Garstane, W. 1910. Nature, LXXXIV, pp. 549, 550.
. Bares, G. L. 1911. Ibis, London, pp. 630, 631.
. LampBorn, W. A. 1912. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of

London, pp. ¢xxxi-cxxxiv.

. Lonestarr, G. B. 1912. ‘“Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands,” London.
. McAter, W. L. 1912. Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia, pp. 281-364.

. Méurer, Frirz. 1912. Collected papers translated by E. A. Elliott in

Appendix to ‘‘Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands,” by G. B. Longstaff,
pp. 601-666, plates A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J

. Neave, 8. A. .1912. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London,

p. lv.

. Poutron, Epwarp B. 1912. Proceedings of the Entomological Society

of London, pp. xxxi—xxxii.

. SkinneR, Henry. 1912. Journal of The Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia, Second Series, XV, pp. 121-127.

. SwynnerTon, C.F. M. 1912. Ibis, London, October, pp. 635-640.
. Skinner, Henry. 1913. Entomological News, XXIV, pp. 23-27.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Genital armatures of male North American Limenitis (Basilarchia). Figures
drawn by H. Eltringham. All the figures are magnified about fourteen diameters.

Fig. 1—Limenitis lorquini.

Fig. 2.—L. weidemeyeri.

Fig. 3.—L. obsoleta.

Fig. 4.—L. astyanax arizonensis.
Fig. 5.—L. arthemis.

Fig. 6.—L. archippus.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

FEBRUARY 17.
Dr. BENJAMIN SHARP in the chair.

Fourteen persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of the following
contributions to the PROCEEDINGS :

“On a collection of mammals from Ecuador,’”’ by Witmer Stone
(January 24).

“The olfactory sense of Hymenoptera,’’ by N. E. MeIndoo, Ph.D.
(January 27).

“Description of a Tsantsa in the ethnological collection of the
Academy with notes upon another specimen,’’ by H. Newell Wardle
(January 30).

“Description of a new echinoderm,” by Henry A. Pilsbry
(January 31).

R. A. F. Penrose, Jr., Amos P. Brown, Frederick Prime, Edgar T.
Wherry, and Charles D. Walcott were appointed*to constitute the
Committee on the Hayden Memorial Geological Award.

Joseph McFarland, M.D., was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

DESCRIPTION OF A TSANTSA IN THE ETHNOLOGICAL COLLECTION OF THE
ACADEMY, WITH NOTES ON ANOTHER SPECIMEN.

BY H. NEWELL WARDLE.

The little mummified human heads, known by their native name
of tsantsa, and made by the Jibaro tribes dwelling in the eastern
Andean valleys around the head waters of the Amazon, have been
known to science for half a century,! yet the specimens are still
sufficiently rare for each to merit a full description.

The Academy has recently received a fine tsantsa, as a gift from
Dr. Thomas Biddle (Plate VI). It was formerly in the possession of
the Museum Umlauff of Hamburg, and bears the tag of that insti-
tution with the scription,

he INO: No. 826
23182 Equador~ A
= ae),
Jivaros.

The head is in fine condition, the flesh being firm and hard, though
apparently not brittle.

The skin is devoid of wrinkles, despite the excessive shrinkage it
has undergone. It shows that peculiar .chocolate-brown tone
characteristic of the tsantsa, the portions in relief, such as lips,
nostrils, and zygoma, being highly polished and lighter in color, with
a distinctly reddish tinge. There are no traces of tattooing observ-
able.

The measurements follow:

m.
Eon onbsliy Cir CUMIELEM CO sae eda cesctsateen cassie essed eastern . .240
Transverse supra-auricular curve. pene es LOA.
Maximum antero-post. diatneter (inion-glabella)..... Rea 3095:
Maximum /OCcipito-taltall Giameters access camera ncianeeencn LILO
Maximum) CraNSVerse CIAMetO Reo crtcnaccntmanciacatnickesesemaennie 048
Total length of face................... pee ete eh ee tt.) O80
Maximum bizygomatic diameter... a er ela SNP aE sameees ell

The above measurements show that the Academy’s specimen

1 Dr. Moreno-Maiz, Téte d’ Indien jivaro (Pérou oriental) conservée et momifiée
par un procedé particulier, avee quelques renseignements sur les Jivaros. Bulle-
tins de la Société d’anthropologie de Paris, t. 111, p. 185, 1862.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Feb.,

possesses the characteristic, narrow, elongated form, with strongly
marked prognathism and considerable asymmetry. __

Behind the temples is the usual deep depression, which, especially
on the right side, almost amounts to a breaking in of the surface,
and gives to the forehead a somewhat conical form. The whole
facial region also is narrow and flattened laterally. The cheeks,
while not sunken, are depressed below the level of the zygomatic
arch and of the muscles of the mouth.

The eyebrows are apparently asymmetrical in the arrangement
of the hairs—the right supercilium having its inner corner close to
the glabella, while that of the left is well round toward the side.
The head would seem to have suffered loss at these points during
the process of preparation. The hairs are comparatively short—
4 to 5 mm. in length. Considering the great contraction of the
piliferous tissue, the growth is not heavy. No eyelashes are visible.

The eyelids have been inverted and stitched together, the stitches
trom the right eye being continued to close a gash on the right surface
of the root of the nose. The line of the crack is traceable across the
root of the nose to a corresponding break on the left side which is
not sewed. This is found in other tsantsas and doubtless results
from the method of preparation which forces the nose forward and
upward.

The naso-buceal region is strongly projected, which, together
with the slightly receding chin, gives to the lower face a snout-like
aspect. ¥ :

The nostrils, which are rudely circular and distended, are directed
almost straight to the front, in a manner suggestive of a double-
barreled gun. ‘The orifices show a sufficient supply of vibriss:e.
The septum has been broken away in the interior of the nasal passage,
which extends straight backward into the cavity of the head. The
contour of the nose shows a moderate convexity between root and tip.

The lips are proportionately heavy and are pressed forward in a
horizontal curve and held together by +hree vertical stitches of
vegetable cord. The holes through which these cords pass are
circular, as if made with an awl, or kept open during the shrinkage
process by round skewers, such as appear on the Murato tsantsa
of Colini,? which apparently was in process of preparation when
collected. The lip decoration of pendant cords attains a length of

2 Dr. G. A. Colini, Osservazioni etnografiche sui Givari. Real Accademia dei

Lincei, anno eelxxx, 1882-1883. Memorie della Classe di scienze morali, storiche,
e filologiche, vol. XI, tav. 1, fig. 1.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

30 centimeters. It is composed of three two-strand cords in the
natural color, which, doubled in the middle, is passed downward
through one of the piercings, whereupon its projecting loop is traversed
by the free ends after crossing the lips. This is the simplest form of
loop knot. The three cords form individual entities at the lips,
and, unlike the labial ornaments figured by Dr. Rivet,’ there are no
connecting loops with pendant cords. Twenty-one and a_ half
centimetres below the lips, one of the ends of the left-hand cord has
been broken off. All the remaining strands are gathered together
at a point 30 cm. below the lips and, treated as a single strand, tied
in a simple knot. Below this they resume their individuality.
Both ends of the central cord and the remaining end of that on the
left are formed into a kind of uncut tassel by turning back the ends
and tying them in a single knot. The other three cord-ends were
possibly united by a similar knot, though at present one of the
strands is looped back and knotted upon itself. These cords are
generally believed to be more than mere decoration, having a mne-
monic value, after the manner of the Peruvian quipu (fig. 1).

ty, N)
“Cords of the lip decoration: Fig. 1. The Academy’s tsantsa; Fig. 2. The
Castner tsantsa.

The chin is rounded and slightly receding, though the latter
appearance is considerably enhanced by the artificial protraction of
the lips. Two incisions have been made in it—one on the left side
extending almost vertically downward and following the curve from
the edge of the lower lip to a point corresponding to the gnathion
or slightly posterior to it, the other extending forward from the
severed edge of the neck to a point below the right angle of the
mouth, where the gash turns upward. These cuts were doubtless
made to facilitate the extraction of the lower maxillary bone and
were then sewed up with twisted fibre. In the lower seam, the
stitches remain in place, but those of the downward incision, with

3Dr. Rivet, Les Indiens Jibaro; etude geographique, historique et ethno-
graphique, L’ Anthropologie, t. XIX, p. 79.

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

the exception of a single stitch, have evidently been cut away from
the surface, leaving two parallel rows of stub ends of fibre visible on
the opposite sides of the crack.

The ears, though reduced to a length of 3 em., are apparently in
nowise distorted. The lobule of each is pierced with a round hole,
through which passes the soft cord of two twisted strands, which ties
on the pendant ear ornament. ‘These are of unequal length, that of
the right ear being only 22 em., while the left one measures 42 em.
from its fibre proximal end to the tip of the hair tuft in which it
terminates. These cylindrical ear ornaments are formed of a heavy
rope of twisted fibre, coarser and more woody than the cords through
the ears and lips, and tightly bound with fibre at both ends. To the
distal end has been attached, partly by gumming and partly by
fibre wrapping, first a heavy tuft of hair, apparently human, 10 cm.
long on the longer, and 5 em. on the shorter pendant. Above this,
with more gum and more encircling strands, was laid a circle of
small yellowish-green feathers, 4 em. long. Above these come the
overlapping, iridescent scales which have entirely covered the
foundation and consist of the green elytra of a tropic beetle,
Mallaspis antennatus, each sewed by a single horizontal stitch of
very fine twisted fibre, passing through the two perforations in its
proximal end. Occasionally there is but one perforation, but even
in that case the stitch is usually horizontal, passing over the opposite
edge.*

The head has been severed at a point level with the lower line of
the chin. The orifice has an oval form, being compressed laterally,
in conformity with the whole head. At the section, the thickness
of the flesh varies from 3 mm. to 9 mm.

By ordinary day light, the hair is of an ebony-black, but in sun
light shows considerable iridescence with a marked reddish cast
in the shorter hair of the fore part of the head. In character, it is
moderately fine, wavy, and rather stiff. Much of it, upon the top and
sides of the head, is short; the longest at the back reaches a length
of 40 em. Probably much has been removed for the sealp-belt—
a trophy the Jibaro esteems only second to the tsantsa.

The sealp is seamed from what was, before distorting in desiccation,
the posterior median line of the neck to a point midway to the
vertex.

At the crown of the head, there is a single circular perforation,

4 Dr. Colini (opera citu, tav. LI, figs. 10 and 10 bis) figures ear pendants of this
type and ascribes them to the Muratos, a division of the Jibaros.

1914.] NATPRAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

through which passes the doubled suspension cord. The free ends
of this cord are knotted within the head around a small stick laid
in anterior-posterior position beneath the vertex. Some 8 cm.
above the point of issuance, the doubled cord is drawn into an incom-
plete knot, 7.e., the end is not pulled through, but doubled back upon
itself. A centimeter farther and the doubled cord is again knotted.
From this point it continues without further interruption, 335 mm.,
the loop thus formed of 671 mm. being of sufficient size to permit
of passage over the head of the former Jibaro owner, when the
tsantsa was worn suspended around the neck.

This suspension cord is not twisted, but woven, or rather plaited,
with a fairly uniform width of 4mm. The cut end within the: head
shows ten strands, and the technique is unquestionably that of the
five-loop plaiting described by Dr. Roth.° It possesses the attractive
arrangement of strands and the flat under-surface, with slightly
convex upper face characteristic of this peculiar process, and a series
of experiments in ten-strand cord plaiting failed to reproduce it
exactly, until the Warrau five-loop plaiting was tried. The result
was more than satisfactory, for rather rapid tvork with this method
gave all the peculiarities seen in the Jibaro cord—the occasional
overlapping of one of the strands of the loop by its mate, thus con-
cealing the lower, the consequent thickening and narrowing of the
cord with the obscuring of the pattern—points which do not appear
in Dr. Roth’s beautifully regular drawing. It is of interest to note
the occurrence of this technique—which would seem to be unre-
corded elsewhere—in two such widely separated localities as the
Amazonian slopes of the Andes in Ecuador and the Pomeroon Dis-
trict of British Guiana; employed, in the one case, by the Jibaros,
a tribal group of as yet undetermined affinities,® and, in the other,
by the Warraus, whose relationships also remain to be fixed; and
the question arises as to whether this five-loop plait is made also by
the people of the far-flung Carib stock.

While engaged in the study of the Academy’s tsantsa, another of
these little mummified heads came under the writer’s notice, and
it was deemed advisable to include a brief description of it (Plate

5 Dr. Walter E. Roth, Some Technological Notes from the Pomeroon District,
British Guiana. Journal of the R. A nilapolosia Institute of Great Britain and
Treland, vol. XL, p. 27, Plate VI, figs

Dr: ’Rivet, Journ. citu, t. XVII, p. 338, footnote, promises a detailed study
of the language of the Jibaros, based on vocabularies in kis possession. Pre-
viously available evidence of its affinities was not sufficient to permit of assigning
the tribal group to any stock.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

VII, a and b). This trophy is owned by Mr. Samuel Castner, Jr.,
of Philadelphia, and was obtained by him in 1903 at a sale of the
collection of Arthur H. Little, where it was wrongly ascribed to
Oceanica. It is a typical Jibaro tsantsa, in excellent condition.

The skin is: of the same chocolate-brown color, but without the
lighter tones which distinguish the promimences in the one already
described. It is smooth and shows no traces of tattooing.

The measurements follow:

m.
Horizontal circumference... te Heer Enh Oe ee, .260
TANS Verse SUpra-aUcieUlaL CULE) ses none nce nnen ocr ee 160
Maximum antero-post. diameter (inion-glabella)... ee BOSE
Maximum occipito-labial diameter... cccccsccscsesseeessseeseneesseeseseeeceern . .105
Maximum ‘transverse diameter ticcat.cc.c.ntcton coined eee OGD
Total length of face... ee er mee re EU
Maximum bi-zy gomatic * Giadneben «thors, <5 eee ee

Comparing the two specimens, it is evident that the gain in both
the horizontal circumference and in the transverse supra-auricular
curve, of the Castner piece, is due to the greater width of the head,
both the longitudinal diameters being actually shorter. The face
also is broader and shorter, with very slight prognathism.

The head is not noticeably asymmetrical and possesses the char-
acteristic deep depressions behind the temples. The cheeks are
rounded out, so that the muscles of the mouth and the position of
the zygomatic arch are not brought into relief.

The eyebrows are symmetrical and fairly heavy, with individual
hairs reaching a length of 10 mm. No eyelashes are visible, the
eyelids being inverted but not stitched.

There is no break across the root of the nose, but a deep crease,
due to the protraction of the bucco-nasal region. The nasal contour
is marked by a moderate curve from tip to root. The nostrils are
directed horizontally forward and show numerous vibrisse. Neither
septum nor allze have been perforated.

The lips, which are proportionately heavy, show three vertical
piercings, each occupied by a short twisted cord which traverses
both lips and is knotted in front, leaving short pendant ends. To
these cords, just above the point of issuance from the perforation
in the lower lip, a horizontal cord is attached, which, in turn, bears
the characteristic lip decoration of long, pendant cords—twenty-two
in number and separated into two groups by the knotting of the
horizontal sustainer around the central vertical cord. The long
twisted cords of both groups fall straight to a length of m. .367 (fig. 2),

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

The chin is rounded, but not receding; it falls into a vertical line
with the lower forehead. No incisions are visible, only a deep
furrow from the neck to behind the position of the maxilla on the
left side. In this, as in other details, the Castner tsantsa shows the
work of a more skilful preparator than was the Jibaro from whose
hand the Academy’s specimen came.

The ears are considerably distorted so that an.accurate measure-
ment is not possible. Both have been pierced through the lobule,
though the right one alone bears an ornament—a section >f bird (?)
bone, hung by a doubled cord of twisted fibre drawn, through it,
the knotted loop end being pulled back within the hollow bone.

The head has been severed by a diagonal cut, which passed close
to the head on the right, but left a portion of the neck on the left
side. The flesh at the section varies from 4 to 2 mm. in thickness.

The hair is of a beautiful ebony-black, fine and wavy, and reaches
a length of 56 em. The seaming of the scalp extends from the neck
in the posterior median line almost to the vertex, where the single
perforation occurs through which the suspension cord is passed.
This latter has a length of only 50 cm. from the point of issuance
from the perforation to its re-entry therein. The width of the cord
is 3 mm., and the technique is evidently the same five-loop plaiting
noted in the suspension cord of the Academy’s tsantsa.

Comparison with the table of measurements of the eleven mum-
mied heads studied by Dr. Rivet,’ shows that in both the tsantsas
here described the horizontal circumference, the transverse supra-
auricular curve, and the maximum antero-posterior diameter rise
above the average, though not reaching the maximum measurements.
In maximum transverse diameter, the Academy’s piece falls within
3 mm. of the minimum, while the Castner head is above the average;
in total height of face, the Academy’s approaches the maximum,
with a bi-zygomatic diameter below the minimum, while the height
of the Castner specimen is below the minimum and its width at the
zygoma somewhat below the mean.

Reference should be made to the preparation of these trophy
heads, because of its relation to the structure and condition of the
fished product. Three methods have been described by reliable
travellers, and it is probable that all are, in the main, correct, the
differences being due to local variation of practice among the Jibaro
tribes.

7 Dr. Rivet, Journ. cilu, t. XIX, p. 76.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Dr. Rivet,’ following Lubbock and other writers, gives the fol-
lowing procedure. After the extraction of the cranium through
the posterior incision, the skin with adherent flesh is boiled in an
herb decoction. Withdrawn from this, it is placed around a spherical

“stone, superheated, and, after shrmkage, upon a smaller stone, and
then upon a third yet smaller. Meanwhile, another hot stone is
passed back and forth over the surface, thus facilitating the shrinking
and drying of the tissue. The lips, and sometimes the eyelids also,
had previously been carefully sewed to prevent the retraction in
desiccation, causing them to gape.

According to the engineer Von Hassel,’ after the substitution of
the hot stone for the cranium, the head is hung in the smoke of a
palm-root fire, but there is no mention of boiling. The lips are
‘‘deformed—by means of a cord and a little piece of chonta’’ (wood).

The third description of the method pursued, which was given
Lieut. Safford by Sefor Tirado”—an eye-witness—is an interesting
blending of the two preceding. According to this statement, imme-
diately after the extraction of the skull, the scalp is sewed up, and the
hole in the vertex pierced and supplied with its cord. Afterwards
the head is dipped in the hot infusion of herbs, “care being taken
not to allow the roots of the hair to enter,’’ though how this latter
precaution is possible is not readily conceivable. Dried by the
introduction of hot stones, it is then smoked over the cooking-fire,
the hair being wrapped in leaves for protection. After three or
four months of curing in the smoke, the lips are pierced and the
decorations added.

None of these descriptions makes mention of any lashing or means
of holding the cranial envelope in position during the curing process.
Yet the Murato tsantsa of Colini," which is evidently a head obtained
before the finishing touches had been added, shows a slender spike
of wood passed backward through the nostrils and out through the
perforation at the vertex. A cord is lashed around the ends of this
stick and over the forehead, thus forcing the nostrils forward and

8 Dr. Rivet, Journ. citu, t. XIX, p. 71; alsoSir John Lubbock, Note on the
Macas Indians. Journalof the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and
Ireland, vol. III, p. 30. Sir John, however, states that the bones were removed
through the neck a/ter the boiling.

® Jorge M. von Hassel, Las Tribus salvajes de la regién amazénica del Pert.
Boletin de la Sociedad Geogrdfica de Lima, XVII, 1905, pp. 56-57.

1 Dr. Walter Hough, Prepared Human Head. American Anthrapologist,
vol. XIV, p. 406. E

Dr. G. A. Colini, opera citu, p. 362 et seq., tav. 1, fig. 1; also Dr. Rivet, Journ.
cilu, t. XIX, p. 82, Pl. 1, fig. 3.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

upward, and causing the deep bend at the root of the nose, which is
characteristic of all genuine tsantsas, and, in the Academy’s example,
has resulted in an actual breaking of the integument.

The three piercings of the lips are also occupied by skewers lashed
in place; another stick is thrust into the auditory meatus and the
néck is secured to a wooden ring by stitching.

The lips, then, in this unfinished trophy, are already pierced and —
held together by skewers, which fix them rigidly in the desired
position. Together with the spike through nostril and vertex, they
form an essential part of the taxidermy and account for the char-
acteristic protraction of the lips. Certainly in both specimens
herein described, the perforations of the lips, like those of the lobules,

were accomplished while the flesh was comparatively soft. On the
other hand, the stick thrust into the auditory meatus would seem not
to have been a constant feature of the preparation, as the small hole
made by it is found only occasionally.

Some sort of device must have been in use for keeping open
during desiccation the flaccid skin of the neck, and the wooden
ciccle of Colini’s tsantsa would have admirably served this purpose.
The Academy’s specimen shows at the section of the neck certain
fine grooves, running from the outer to the inner surface of the
flesh, as if it had been traversed by stitches and had later been cut
or broken away along the plane of the piercings, leaving the grooves
exposed.

It seems to be certain that, whether the preparation occupied one
day, one week, or several months, whether it was by means of alter-
nate steaming and drying or by smoking, or by a combination of
both methods—as seems probable—the seaming of the scalp, the
piercing of the vertex and of the lips, and the insertion of the wand
from nostril to vertex must have been done while the flesh had not
yet hardened; but, apparently, when the last of these operations
took place, the trophy was already reduced practically to its final
dimensions and, in the case of the Academy’s tsantsa, had lost some
of its flexibility.

EXPLANATION OF Puatess VI, VII.

Prater VI.—Tsantsa, mummified human head, prepared by the Jibaro Indians of
Ecuador. A. N.S. P., No. 15,048.

Pirate VII.—Tsantsa: a, front view; 6, lateral view. Owned by Mr. Samuel
Castner, Jr.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ECHINODERM.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Several years ago the Academy received from Mr. Clarence
Bloomfield Moore specimens of a fossil sea-urchin, which had been
obtained from material dredged from near the mouth of the Withla-
coochee River, Florida, in an area mapped as Pliocene. The speci-
mens represent an undescribed species, which may be called—
Eupatagus mooreanus n.sp. Plate VIII.

The outline is broadly ovate, slightly emarginate in front, tapering
a little, and abruptly, vertically truncate behind. The upper surface
is moderately convex, highest at the posterior third of the length;
lower surface nearly flat, slightly concave at the sides and anteriorly
close to the peristome,

The ambulacral centre is at the anterior six-tenths of the length.
Unpaired ambulacral area indistinct, without large pores. Paired
ambulacral areas petaloid, nearly straight-sided, closed at the distal
ends. Those of the posterior pair are a little longer than the anterior.
They form an acute angle with one another and right angles with
the areas of the anterior pair.~ The poriferous zones are depressed,
with equal, circular pores in pairs connected by furrows. The four
genital pores are equal, round, the anterior pair much closer than the
posterior pair. The peripetalous fasciole is distinct, not sinuous.
The tubercles in the interambulacral areas are very unequal. The
larger ones stand in about five waved concentric series and occupy
slight depressions. The posterior interambulacral area is convex
and not distinctly tuberculate, having a quite distinct median suture.

The peristome is in form of a transverse oval, flattened posteriorly,
It is situated at the anterior third of the length. The periproct
opens at the summit of the flattened posterior area, is shortly oval,
somewhat higher than wide, and a little angular at the ends. The
base is closely and strongly tuberculate, the tubercles becoming
much smaller at the periphery. There is a smooth raised segment
from the peristome to the posterior end.

Length 61, transverse diameter 51, alt. 29 mm.

This species is about the size of E£. clevei Cotteau, from which it

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

differs by the narrower ambulacral petals, the vertically truncate
posterior end, wider peristome, equal genital pores, and the different
arrangement of the tubercles.
The largest specimen is 64 mm. long. The type is No. 1147
ANS: P3
EXPLANATION OF PuiatEe VIII.
Upper, lateral and basal views of Eupatagus mooreanus Pils.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

Marcu 17.
Mr. Cuarutes Morris in the Chair.
Eleven persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of the following
papers as contributions to the PrRocEEDINGs:

“Fishes collected by the Princeton Expedition to North Green-
land in 1899,” by Henry W. Fowler (February 14).

“Description of a new Blenny from New Jersey, with notes on
other fishes from the Middle Atlantic States,’”” by Henry W. Fowler
(February 24.)

“Presh-water mollusks of the Oligocene of Antigua,’’ by Amos B,
Brown and Henry A. -Pilsbry (March 9).

The deaths of the following members were announced:

Thomas Wistar, M.D., September 27, 1913.
N. Roe Bradner, M.D., February 6, 1914.
Charles 5. Welles, February 24, 1914.
Walter Rogers Furness, February 27, 1914.
Edwin J. Houston, March 1, 1914.

Stuart Wood, March 2, 1914.

The following were 6rdered to be printed:

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS OF THE OLIGOCENE OF ANTIGUA.

BY AMOS P. BROWN AND HENRY A. PILSBRY.

In a recent paper by one of us! reference has been made to the
deposits carrying these fresh-water shells, which were first noted by
Nugent.? His collection of Antigua fossils, including, no doubt, speci-
mens of these fresh-water mollusks, is still preserved in the collections
of the Geological Society of London, now in the British Museum.
These deposits were later described by Purves* as his division E,
under the name of the “Lacustrine or fresh-water chert.”’ These
beds are mapped by Purves as extending completely across the
island, in the central plain from Corbizon Point and Dry Hill in the
northwest to near Willoughby Bay and Falmouth Harbor in the
southeast. His observations on the fossils appear to have been
made at Dry Hill and at Corbizon Point. M. Purves records the
following genera as occurring in these cherts: Melania, Zonites,
Nematura or Amnicola, Planorbis, Melampus, Neritina, Truncatélla,
Pomatias. He also states that the specific descriptions of these
shells will be published later, but this seems never to have been done.

The species described in this paper were collected from the sea
cliffs at Dry Hill, where these flinty beds, carrying fresh-water species,
outcrop on the seashore and where they have weathered out by the
action of the rains and the salt water dissolving away the calcareous
material and leaving the silicified shells intact in a remarkably good
state of preservation. When these beds were seen inland at several
points, the weathered surfaces of the layers exposing the shells were
not so well preserved as at Dry Hill or at Corbizon Point, only
sections being found in most cases, as the shells were imbedded in
the compact flint. This was, of course, the case at the two localities
above noted, likewise; the hard, compact flint layers, varying in
thickness from one to four inches, being frequently crowded with
these fresh-water shells that showed only in sections oe the frac-

1 Brown, Notes on fine (ee of me Taio of SRE a oc. A. N.S. P., 1913,
p. 584-616. See also p. 596 of the same paper.
2 Nugent, A Sketch of the Geology of the Island of Antigua, Trans. Geol. Soc.
London, ser. 1, Vol. V, (1821), pp. 459-475.
3 Esquisse géologique de lle d’Antigoa, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg.,
Vol. II, 1884-85, pp. 273-318.
14

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

tured surfaces. Where the sea had been eating into the cliff, and
detaching slabs of the hard, flinty layers, the surfaces of these flint
slabs were completely covered with the flint pseudomorphs of the
shells, these in most cases having the finest sculpture perfectly
preserved The relation of these beds to the other members of
Brown's division 3 as given in his Notes on the Geology of the Island of
Antigua is shown in the section of the rocks at Dry Hill, on page 595,4
and there it will be seen that the lacustrine or fresh-water chert layers
immediately overlie the Volcanic Sands which form the lower
23+ feet of the section. The same sequence of deposits is also
seen at Corbizon Point, where the fresh-water chert layers with silicified
wood occur along the shore immediately above these same Volcanic
Sands that are found at Dry Hill. Near the Botanic Station, just
east of St. John’s, the flinty layers with fresh-water shells are found,
but the shells are imbedded in the flint and only show in sections
in the hard, compact rock. The reddish beds of the Volcanic Sands
are absent at this locality east of the Botanic Station or are only
represented by sandy nodules in the white tuffs. No silicified wood
was seen at this place.

The species described below belong to the genera Hemisinus,
Bythinella, and Planorbis. The genus Hemisinus is undoubtedly
what Purves has called Melania and indeed he mentions Hemisinus
as being found living in Cuba. These species of Hemisinus are
described below. The Bythinella is probably what Purves referred
to Nematura or Amnicola; we-have described one species. The one
Planorbis which we. describe is the only representative of this genus
in the collection. We found no representatives of Melampus, Trun-
catella, Pomatias, Zonites, and Neritina, mentioned by Purves.
Hemisinus antiguensis n. sp. Pl. IX, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6.

The shell is slender, diameter contained nearly three times in the
length; whorls rather numerous, probably at least fifteen in a perfect
shell, as a young one 12.5 mm. long has twelve whorls, the upper
part of the spire being very slender. Whoris convex, sculptured
with many rounded ribs, as wide as their intervals, somewhat curved,
the concavity forward an]j somewhat protractive. There are about
25 ribs on awhorl. Above the lower suture of each whorl there are
two or three spiral cords, the lower.one strongest. On the last whorl
the ribs extend to the periphery where they disappear, the peripheral
region anl the base having numerous spiral cords. The aperture

‘ Brown, loc. cit.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

is but rarely preserved, but in the best examples the peristome seems
to be somewhat effuse at the base of the columella.
Length 16.5, diam. 6 mm., 8 whorls remaining.
“ec 19.5, “ee 6.4 “ 8 “ec “

The sculpture of longitudinal ribs with basal spirals is charac-
teristic. The same type of sculpture occurs in various South Ameri-
can species of Hemisinus. It could readily be matched also in
Melania and related forms or in the Pleuroceratide.

There seems to be variation in the development of the spirals.
Many specimens show weak traces of impressed spirals over the
ribs throughout, and this seems to be the normal condition; but in
some examples the ribs appear to be smooth except near their lower
ends. ;

This species, like the associated forms, has the basal sinus or
notch obsolete, as in part of the recent species.

Hemisinus siliceus n.sp. Pl. IX, fig. 2.

The shell is Melaniiform, regularly tapering, the diameter of last
whorl contained about 2! times in the total length. The whorls
are convex, and apparently without any sculpture except growth-
lines. The last whorl has fine, reversed sigmoid growth striz, which
retract somewhat below the suture, then advance, as in H. cubaniana.
In the type specimen a former peristome, indicating a period of
growth arrest, appears as a sigmoid varix on the last whorl. This
indicates a more strongly sigmoid outer lip than in the recent Antil-
lean species.

Length 26 mm., about 6 whorls remaining, the summit lost; diam.
10.8 mm.

No entirely perfect aperture was found on the slabs collected,
but so far as we can judge, it seems to be much like that of Hemisinus
cubanianus (Orb.). It is not unlikely that H. siliceus is ancestral,
or at least a collateral species not far removed from the ancestral
stock of the smooth Antillean species of Hemisinus.

There is, of course, a possibility that this Antigua species belongs
to the genus Pachycheilus, which is represented in the recent fauna
of Cuba by P. conicus (Orb.) and P. violaceus Prest.; but the
straighter columella does not, in our opinion, favor this view.

The type has lost the shell from the spire by conversion into flint,
but the surface has been preserved in perfection on the last whorl.
Hemisinus latus n. sp. PI. IX, fig. 4.

This form is represented by somewhat numerous internal casts,
of which the largest has been selected for illustration. It differs

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

from the associated species by its decidedly broader figure. The
diameter of last whorl is contained about 2% times in the estimated
total length. The whorls, of which somewhat over 5 are preserved
in the type, are shorter and broader than in H. silicews. Very little
of the shell is preserved and the sculpture is unknown. It is proba-
bly smooth. The aperture is largely concealed by another shell,
the thin, arcuate, outer lip alone remaining visible.
Length of broken specimen 17 mm.; diameter 8.5 mm.

Bythinella antiguensis n.sp. Text fig. 1.

The shell is oblong, pupiform, smooth; outlines of the spire

convex, the apex conspicuously obtuse. Whorls 4, very convex,

aperture vertical, shortly ovate, its length contained 24

times in that of the shell; peristome in one plane, thin.

Length 1.8, diam. 1.1, length of aperture 0.7 mm.

| This very minute form is not rare. It has the very

a obtuse summit and the pupiform shape of the species

usually referred to Bythinella, rather than the shape

( ce of Paludestrina, if, indeed, the two groups are distinct.

Of course, any generic reference of a minute fossil

Amnicoloid shell of this sort is purely provisional, unless it is from

a region where the recent fauna and its antecedents are well known.
Planorbis siliceus n.sp. Pl. IX, figs. la, 3a, 5a, 6a.

This is a species of the section Tropicorbis.2 The shell is rather
thick, with the periphery rounded, more convex towards the right
side. The two sides are about equal in width of the concavity, but
that on the right side penetrates more deeply, being vortex shaped.
The last whorl is rounded on this side. On the left side the last
whorl is subangular and the cavity is less infundibuliform.

Diameter 3.5, greatest alt. 1.7 mm.

és 5 rf cae: Monee

This species belongs to a widely spread group of the modern tropical
American fauna.

PALEOGEOGRAPHIC RESULTS.

The species of Hemisinus, as of related genera, are river snails.
They do not inhabit intermittent streams, ponds, or lakes, except as
the latter may form part of a stream system; and they are equally
unknown in brackish water. The occurrence of several well-differen-
tiated species therefore implies the presence of rivers or permanent

« 8 Tropicorbis n. section, type P. liebmanni Dkr.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

streams. Melanians are not likely to be distributed by adventitious
means from stream to stream, as Physa, Anodonta, and some other
fresh-water mollusks are. Their egg capsules are not gelatinous or
likely to adhere to the feet of water fowl, but are firmly fixed to
stones, shells, or the like. Wherever their distribution has been
studied in detail, it has been found remarkably consistent and
explicable by actual stream connections or such as have probably
existed within the life of the species or group in question. As the
relationships of the Antiguan species are with South America (H.
antiguensis) and with Cuba (H. siliceus), it seems probable that (1)
at the stage of the Oligocene when this bed was formed, a consider-
able land surface existed in the Antiguan area, and (2) that this area
was, or had been, connected with the South American main.

It seems likely that the present Hemisinus species of Cuba and
Jamaica are descendants of the same South American stock. There
is in Cuba, however, another totally distinct genus of Melanians,
Pachycheilus, represented by P. nigrata (Poey) and P. violaceus
Prest. of the recent fauna, which are apparently traceable to a
Central American connection.

The other fresh-water snails of the silex bed are not significant.
The Planorbis belongs to a group widely spread in the recent Neotropi-
eal fauna and the ‘‘ Bythinella”’ is an ambiguous form of unknown
relationships.®

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figures 1, 3, 5, 6—Slabs strewn with Hemisinus antiguensisn.sp. At the posi-
tions marked a are seen specimens of Planorbis siliceus n. sp., the type
being 6 a.

Fig. 2.—Hemisinus siliceus n. sp.

Fig. 4.—Hemisinus latus n. sp.

6 The generic characters of the fresh-water Rissoids are cften not expressed
in the shell. A fossil form of simple structure cannot be located generically with
any degree of certainty, unless in a region where the characteristics and affinities
of the associated fauna have been thoroughly worked out.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

TWO NEW SARCOSPORIDIA.

BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.”

Sarcocystis leporum sp. n. !

The material on which the present study is based consists of the
arm and shoulder of a very old male rabbit shot at Bowie, Md.,
on December 13, 1913. The presence of Sarcosporidia in rabbits has
been recorded from time to time in the literature, and there are four.
specimens of this parasite in the collection of the Zoological Division
of the Bureau of Animal Industry, the localities of which were
Maryland, Pennsylvania, New York, and Illinois. No descrip-
tion of the organism has ever been published, nor has it received a

name. With regard to this latter point certain authors have of late

assumed that the Sarcosporidia, like other parasites, are in the case
of each species capable of dwelling in any one of several hosts, and
there is a certain amount of experimental evidence that this is true.
Nevertheless, in the event of a duplication of names, it is very easy
to relegate one of them to synonymy, whereas it is extremely awkward .
to be obliged to refer to a parasite as the sarcosporidian found by a
certain author in a certain animal from a certain locality on a certain
date. Hence it seems best to make a new species, and I propose
to call this parasite Sarcocystis leporum:

In the fresh tissue the parasitic cysts were visible as short, delicate
threads or rods lying in the muscles. They were about two milli-
meters long, and the diameter measured in paraffin sections was
from 200 to 250 microns. It may incidentally be mentioned, how-
ever, that the size of a sarcosporidian cyst is of no diagnostic value,
since it is wholly a function of the age, and the cysts of this particular
specimen were probably much under the possible maximum size.

Compared with the infestations seen in rats, mice, and ducks, that
of the rabbit here under consideration was very slight, and a casual
glance at the flesh would probably not have revealed anything amiss.
Data as to how heavily rabbits may become infested are, however,
wholly lacking.

The eysts, in paraffin sections, showed nothing noteworthy. The
cyst wall was from 5 to 6 microns thick, and seen under low powers
presented the typical striated appearance. Under high magnifica-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

tion, however (500 to 1000), it was easy to see that the wall was
composed of a great number of papilliform processes, standing closely
packed together upon a sort of basement membrane and with their
outer ends wholly free. That is, the cyst wall, at least in this case,
does not consist of a membrane pierced by pores, nor of a congeries
of rods bounded both without and within by a membrane, but of
rods or papille projecting freely from a basement membrane.
Furthermore, in this case, there was nothing to show that any part
of the cyst wall was derived from the surrounding host tissue.

As already stated, the papille rested upon a basement membrane
with which they were apparently contmuous. Within there was
to be seen the structure usual for sarcosporidian cysts; that is, a
division of the central space into compartments, the walls of which
were a continuation of the membrane inclosing the cyst. Finally,
in the central portions of the cysts there was a small area free of
spores, and here the coarsely alveolar structure of the frame work
could readily be seen. This is in itself an indication that these cysts
were young rather than old, since it is a matter of common obser-
vation that in old cysts there is always present a central space of
considerable extent in which there are no spores.

As is usual, the cysts were closely packed with spores which
showed a certain disposition to be arranged in files, meCION from
the centre to the periphery.

A study of the spores themselves revealed data of considerably
greater interest. Several mounts were prepared by smearing out the
contents of the cysts on slides, drying, fixing in absolute alcohol and
staining in Giemsa. As thus prepared, the spores measured about
13v long by 5 wide, the precise figures for the average of 20 specimens
measured being 13.14” long by 5.16% broad. The longest spore
measured was 16 long, the broadest 6” wide. The figure given for
the length, however, is a trifle too small, smce the measurement was
taken in a straight line, no allowance being made for the curvature.
Furthermore, it is not unlikely that the fixed spores are too wide,
since they are quite large enough to be flattened in the process of
fixation.

The spores, although possessing the typical banana shape, are not
quite symmetrical, it being generally possible to distinguish between
a narrower, more pointed and a broader, more rounded end. This
narrower end, which may be regarded as anterior, is occupied by a
very solid mass of homogeneous cytoplasm, which has but little
affinity for the stain and contrasts very sharply with the deeply

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

staining cytoplasm of the remainder of the spore. Thus, when
viewed with powers of only 200 to 300, the spores show two very
clear-cut oval areas, the nucleus in the posterior half and the differ-
entiated area in front, and this latter is sometimes so faintly stained
that the complete outline of the spore cannot be followed.

The clear region is sometimes oval, sometimes truncated behind,
as shown in the figure. It may be spoken of as the rostrum of the
spore. Behind it, the cytoplasm abruptly assumes the character
which it possesses in the remaining portion of the spore where it is
densely staining and conspicuously alveolar. It. is to be noted, how-

Spores of Sarcocystis leporum. X 3500.

ever, that the cytoplasm nearest the rostrum shows the coarsest
alveoli, while backward the alveoli become smaller and smaller, so
that in many cases the cytoplasm in the posterior half of the spore
becomes very dense, on account of the excessive minuteness of the
alveoli. In other cases, however, the alveoli are distinctly visible
throughout the entire extent of the dense spongioplasm of the cell.
At times, also, the spongioplasm encroaches somewhat upon the
homogeneous cytoplasm of the rostrum, there being here visible
one or more alveoli or one or more strands of spongioplasm. There
is, finally, often to be seen one or two clearer regions in the cytoplasm
between the rostrum and nucleus, but it is not believed that these
represent morphological entities.

Following the rule for the spores of Sarcosporidia, there is no mem-
brane, the spores being naked masses of protoplasm.

The nucleus may occupy nearly any position in the cell, but it is
usually placed near the posterior end. Although, as already stated,

1914,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

it stands out very clearly when the spores are viewed with rather
low powers, it seems for the most part to be no more than a clear
space in the cytoplasm, and it is only occasionally that a definitive
nuclear membrane can be demonstrated. Within it is normally
provided with a number of chromatin granules. These granules
vary a good deal in size. At times they are quite minute and occur
in clusters and-chains. More frequently, however, they are quite
large, round, or elongated, and appear to be wholly free in the nuclear
sap. At times, also, there is a more or less typical chro natin net.
Whereas these differences may have some significance, it is perhaps
best to regard them merely as variants of some fundamental plan.

The spores of certain species of the Sarcosporidia which attack
mammals are described and figured as being liberally provided with
rather densely staining granules, concerning which there has been a
good deal of theoretical discussion. Frequently, also, such spores
have been described as showing a differentiated area at one end, and
attempts have been made to correlate this area with the polar cap-
sules of the spores of the Myzxosporidia. In the case in hand, the
spores of Sarcocystis leporum, there is at least no question about the
structure, which is remarkably clear cut and perfectly obvious.
And the rostrum of this spore, whatever may be its homologies, is
clearly the analogue of the rostra of the sporozoites and merozoites
of Coccidia. Moreover, it seems an entirely safe assumption
that its function is to enable the spore to drill its way into the intes-
tinal epithelium of its host, without prejudice as to whether this
host be an invertebrate, another rabbit, or some carnivorous mammal
or bird which preys upon the rabbit.

Sarcocystis setophage sp. n.

Stiles (1895¢)! notes that Dr. Hassall, of the Bureau of Animal
Industry, discovered a sarcosporidian in the muscles of a redstart
(Setophaga ruticilla), and a description of this parasite was promised
at the time. This description, however, was never published, and the
material, consisting of two cysts embedded in paraffin, was recently
given to me by Dr. Hassall.

Based upon the number of sections yielded by the cysts, their
length was about 2.5 mm., while the largest cross sections measured
about 1 mm. in diameter. Hence the cysts are thick in proportion
to their length, which seems characteristic for Sarcosporidia of birds.
The cysts were divided into the usual compartments.

1 Stiles. 1895 e—New American finds of Sarcosporidia (Notes on parasites.
28.) Vet. Mag., Phila., v. 1 (11) (Nov., 1894), Jan. 17, pp. 728, 729.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

Unfortunately, the material was not in good condition for cytological
study, and very little could be made out as to the structure of the
spores. As well, however, as could be determined, the form was
that shown by the spore of Sarcocystis rileyi, that is, one end was
rounded, the other pointed. The spores were sometimes straight,
sometimes curved, but in the latter case the curvature was slight,
which also seems characteristic for avian Sarcosporidia. Within,
in a few of the better preserved specimens, it was possible to make
out a vacuole in which was a chromatin granule. This structure is
probably to be interpreted as a vesicular nucleus.

The spores were small, measuring from 4 to 5 microns long by
.75 to 1.00 micron broad.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

A NEW DIATOM.
BY CHARLES S. BOYER, A.M.

Chetoceros elmorei n. sp. Plate X.

Prof. C. J. Elmore, of Grand Island College, Nebraska, sent me
recently a slide containing a form of Chetoceros. On first examina-
tion, the species appeared to resemble C. wighamii Br. On receipt,
however, of material which was subjected to a closer examination,
I have concluded that the species is new. The material had been
dried upon blotting paper and it was necessary to soak it for a long
while to secure filaments of.the proper size, it being impossible, of
course, to resort to the proper methods of cleaning. The character
of the chromatophores is not known. I have, however, succeeded in
mounting a number of slides which show quite clearly the structure
of the valves and spores.

All species of the genus Chetoceros have heretofore been considered
as marine, and have not been found inland except in the Caspian
Sea. The species about to be described is found in Devils Lake,
North Dakota.

It may be of interest. to give a brief description of the locality
from the Second and the Sixth Biennial Reports of the State Geological
Survey of North Dakota, of the years 1903 and 1912, respectively.
In the Report for 1903, from an article by Mr. E. J. Babcock, Water
Resources of the Devils Lake Region (p. 208), and also from an article
by Mr. Howard E. Simpson, The Physiography of the Devils-Stump
Lake Region, in the Report for 1912 (p. 105), the following information
is obtained:

Devils Lake is in Lat. 48° N., Long. 99° W. It is a glacial lake and
“occupies a basin formed largely by morainie ridges.” Its length
is “about twenty-four miles, and the width averages, perhaps,
between four and seven miles.” It lies at an elevation of about
fourteen hundred feet, and its greatest depth is not more than
twenty-nine feet. No streams of any size enter the lake, its chief
source of supply being the annual rainfall from the surrounding
ridges, and it has no outlet. Although originally -a large fresh-
water lake, it is now much reduced in size, and its waters ‘“may be
termed alkaline and brackish, since they show a salinity of about

220 -PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,

one per cent., of which magnesium and sodium salts constitute a
considerable portion.”’

The following is the diagnosis of the form:

Filaments straight, 234 wide.

Cells rectangular with sharp angles; valves slightly convex;
foramina narrowly linear, irregular, bipartite.

Sete straight, hollow, approaching each other at an acute angle
and crossing at a right angle near the corners of the valves, about
ten times the length of the valve. In valve view they diverge from
each other at an angle of about 80°.

Terminal sete shorter than the others, somewhat curved in the
direction of the filament.

Spores with the primary valve arcuat2, secondary valve produced
into a subconical frustum. Rarely in free spores the primary valve
is covered with minute spines.

The valves are joined together near one side by a tubular com-
missure, from six-tenths to eight-tenths of a micron in thickness,
situated near the edge of the valve, usually at unequal distances
from each end, and, so far as noticed, is found near the margin on
the same side of all valves in the filament.

The presence of the connecting tube and the unusual locality
combine to render this form a unique species, which I take pleasure
in naming after Prof. Elmore.

An examination of fig. II, 7 and k, in Plate III, in Schiitt’s article -
(Ueber die Diatomeengattung Chetoceros, Bot. Zeitung, 1888) offers
an interesting suggestion as to the origin of the commissure. In
the genus Thalassiosira the cells are connected by mucilaginous
threads which are central. In the present species of Chetoceros the
commissure is eccentric and. appears to be tubular. In C. simile the
valves touch each other, and in several species, such as compactum,
the centre of the valve is produced or considerably elevated, but
in no previously described form has the union of the frustules been
consummated, except by the interlacing of the awns.

The other diatoms sparingly found in the waters of the lake include
species of Fragilaria, Gomphonema, Epithemia, and Surirella. Owing
to the presence of great quantities of small crustacea, the material
is mounted with difficulty. F

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1—A short filament consisting of seven cells. The filaments usually contain
twenty or more cells. In filaments showing the spores, the width is quite
constant, but in vegetative cells the width varies considerably, many of
them being much wider.

1914,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

2 shows the accidental separation of two adjacent cells and the division
of the commissure. ¥

3 is a diagrammatic representation of the position of the commissure
near one side of the cell. The valves are frequently in close contact in the
middle, making the foramen bipartite.

4.—Represents the usual position of the commissure, although the dis-
tance from the edge of the valve is somewhat variable. Sometimes the com-
missure is in the middle of the side, but more frequently nearer one end.
5 is a valve view of the secondary valve as seen in the cell.

6 shows a form rarely found of a free spore much more developed than
the others and having the surface of the primary valve partly covered with
spines, somewhat as in C. wighamii Br. Specimens of the latter in my
collection, however, show spores which are smaller, more circular, and with
the surface more evenly covered with spines.

7 represents two adjacent cells, as frequently seen, containing spores
with their secondary valves opposed.

The figures represent a magnification of 1,200 diameters.

1T am indebted to Mr. F. J. Keeley for sketches from which some of the draw-
ings are made.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mar.,

LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS FROM EASTERN CANADA.

BY E. G. VANATTA.

The following species of shells were taken by Mr: Bayard Long
while collecting plants in the Magdalen Islands and Prince Edward
Island in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The snail fauna seems to be
the usual northern type with the addition of the European Helix
hortensis Miill., Hygromia hispida L., and a new Succinea related to
western American forms.

Suocinea bayardin.sp. Figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell rather small, oval, globose, thin, polished, apex red, obtuse,
body whorl translucent amber colored, with a few growth strie,
whorls about 23, convex, rapidly increasing; suture impressed.
Aperture more than half the altitude, very broadly oval, parietal

M
@ 2
callous, thin, outer and basal lips thin and evenly arched, columella
very narrow below, expanded above into a translucent white fold.

Alt. 5.7, diam. 4.3, aperture alt. 3.8, diam. 2.8 mm.

Locality —Indian River, Kensington, Prince Edward Island. Col-
lected on August 29, 1912. The types are No.°106,651 in the col-
lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

This shell is very closely related to Succinea oregonensis Lea, but

has a lower and more obtuse spire and is a smaller species. It
differs from Succinea chrysis West by lacking the opaque streaks, is
not green or reddish, and is smaller. I take pleasure in naming this
shell after Mr. Bayard Long, the botanist, who collected it.

Helix hortensis Mull.

Nineteen specimens were collected at Basin Island near Coffin Id.,
Magdalen Islands, of which ten were the form 12345, two (12)345,
one (123)(45), two (123)45, one 1(2345), one (12345), one 10305,
and one 00000; at Grindstone, Grindstone Island, M. I., nine speci-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

mens were taken representing the following forms, four 12345, two
1(23)45, two (12)345, (123)45; four specimens from Alright Island,
M. I., all are the form 12345. This species was collected at three
locations on Prince Edward Island as follows, one form 12345 from
Douglas, four 00000 from Souris and five 00000 from Bloomfield.
Hygromia hispida L.

Eight specimens were collected at Charlottetown, Prince Edward
Island.

Pupilla musoorum L.

One specimen taken at Basin Island near Coffin Island, M. I.
Bifidaria pentodon Say.

Collected in alder thickets at Grindstone, M. I., and Tignish,
Prince Edward Island.

Vertigo ovata Say.

Taken along a rill at Summerside and on knolls in alder thickets

at Tignish, Prince Edward Island.

Vertigo ventricosa Morse.

* Collected in woods on Basin Island off Coffin Island, M. I.; and
in alder thickets at Tignish, Prince Edward Island.

Vertigo gouldi Binn.

Taken in the woods at Grindstone, Grindstone Id., M. I., and at
Mt. Stewart, Prince Edward Island.

Columella edentula Drap.

Five specimens taken on Basin Id., M. I.
Acanthinula harpa Say.

One specimen found near Campbell's Pond, Darnley, Prince
Edward Island.

Vallonia pulchella Miill.

One specimen taken in coniferous woods at Charlottetown, Prince
Edward Island.

Cechlicopa lubrica Mill.

Plentiful in the woods on Basin Id., M. I., one specimen being very
tall; also found in alder thickets at Grindstone, M. I., and at Tignish,
Prince Edward Island.

Vitrina limpida Gld.

In a low wet calcareous woods on Basin Id., M. I.
Vitrea hammonis Strém.

Collected in a meadow and in alder thickets on Grosse Isle,
M. I.; in the woods on Basin Id.; in the thickets and woods at

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mar.,
*

Grindstone, M. I.; and in the woods and thickets at the fol-
lowing places on Prince Edward Island: Bloomfield, near Camp-
bell’s Pond at Darnley, along the Indian River at Kensington, Mt.
Stewart, Tignish, and around Lake Verde. One specimen from a
wet birch woods at Lake Verde is so deficient in lime that the shell
collapsed on drying.

Vitrea binneyana Morse.

Several specimens were taken in a rich wet thicket along a brook
at Grindstone, Grindstone Id., M. I.

Striatura milium Morse.

Collected at Bloomfield, near Campbell’s Pond at Darnley, and
around Lake Verde, Prince Edward Island.
Striatura exiguum Stimp.

Collected on Basin Id., in the woods and thickets at Grindstone,
M. I., and at Bloomfield and near Campbell’s Pond at Darnley,
Prince Edward Island.

Euconulus fulvus Mill.

Taken on Basin Id. and at Grindstone, M. I.
Zonitoides arborea Say.

Collected on Grosse Isle, Basin Id., at Grindstone, M. I., and on
Prince Edward Island at Tignish, near Campbell’s Pond at Darnley,
and in-Fullerton’s Marsh at Bunbury.

Agriolimax agrestis L.

Collected at Bloomfield, on- Brackley Point Road near Charlotte-
town, Charlottetown, and near Campbell’s Pond at Darnley, Prince
Edward Island.

Arion circumscriptus Johns,

Taken at Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island.
Pyramidula cronkhitei anthonyi Pils.

Collected on Grosse Isle; Basin Id.; East Cape, Coffin Id.; at
Grindstone, Grindestone Id., M. I.; at Bloomfield, near Camp-
bell’s Pond at Darnley, along Indian River at Kensington, and
Tignish, Prince Edward. Island: ;

Pyramidula (Planogyra) asteriscus Morse.

Several specimens taken in thickets at Grindstone, M. I., and
one at Bloomfield, Prince Edward Island.
Helicodiscus parallelus Say.

In the woods and thickets on Basin Id., at Grindstone, M. I., and
at Bloomfield and around Lake Verde, Prince Edward Island.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

Punctum pygmeum Drap.

Collected in thickets at Grindstone, M. I., and along Indian River,
at Kensington, Prince Edward Island.

Succinea ovalis Say.

Was collected at Basin Island, M. I.; Etang du Nord on Grind-
stone Id., M. I.; between Brackley Point and Charlottetown,
also at Bloomfield on Prince Edward Island.

Succinea retusa Lea.

Was taken in a larch swamp on Grindstone Island, M. I.; and at

North Lake and Tignish on Prince Edward Island.
Sucoinea avara Say.
One specimen found in a larch swamp on Grindstone Island, M. I.

Succinea bayardi n. sp.
On grass stems in a salt marsh just above the water along Indian
River, Kensington, Prince Edward Island.

Planorbis trivolvis Say.
East Point Ponds and ponds east of East Cape, Coffin Island;
Grand Tracadie and Dundee, Prince Edward Island.

Planorbis antrosus Conr. .
Was taken at Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada.

Planorbis exacutus Say.
From a brook in a meadow, Grindstone Island, M. I.

Planorbis deflectus Say.

Was taken at East Point Ponds and ponds east of East Cape,
Coffin Id.; Etang du Nord and in two brooks on Grindstone IIo
M. I.; North Lake, Black Pond, Lower Sea Cow Pond, Tignish,
stream between Brackley Point and Charlottetown, and in a brook
at Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island.

Planorbis parvus Say.

Was collected at Etang du Nord, Grindstone Id.; pools near the
Narrows, Alright Id., M. I.; Lake Verde and in a stream between
Brackley Point and Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island.

Lymnea palustris Mill.

Was collected in ponds east of East Cape, Coffin Id.; Etang du
Nord, Hospital Pond and nine other pools on Grindstone Island,
M. I.; North Lake, Grand Tracadie. Bloomfield, Fullerton’s Marsh
at Bunbury, Dundee, Lower Sea Cow Pond at Tignish, in a stream

between. Brackley Point and ( tharlottetown, Hillsborough River at
15

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Mar.,

St. Andrews, and below the mill pond at Southport, Prince Edward
Island.
Lymneza humilis modicella Say.

Was taken at Etang du Nord, Grindstone Island, M. I.

Physa gyrina Say. E : (

East Point Ponds and ponds east of East Cape, Coffin Island;
Etang du Nord and several small pools on Grindstone Island, M. L.;
Black Pond, Tignish, East Lake at Bothwell, Dundee, stream between
Brackley Point and Charlottetown, m a brook at Charlottetown,
below the mill pond at Southport, Prince Edward Island; Moncton,
New Brunswick.

Carychium exiguum Say.

In a swampy alder thicket at Grindstone and in a larch swamp
on Grindstone Island, M. I.; on knolls in an alder thicket at Tig-
nish, Prince Edward Island.

Pisidium abditum Hald.

Was collected on Grosse Isle; in ponds east of East Cape, Coffin
Id.; Etang du Nord, Grindstone, Grindstone Id., M. I.; and at
Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island.

Pisidium variabile Prime.

Was found in pools near The Narrows, Alright Id., M.*I., and
in a pond at Tignish, Prince Edward Island.
Anodonta cataracta Say.

Was collected in the stream above Adams’ Pond at Darnley,
Prince Edward Island.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

APRIL 21.
Mr. CHarztes Morris in the Chair.

Eleven persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of contributions
to the ProcerprnGs under the following titles:

‘Two new Sarcosporidia,”’ by Howard Crawley (March 18, 1914).

“A new diatom,’’ by Charles 8. Boyer, A.M. (March 21).

“Land and fresh-water shells from eastern Canada,” by E. G.
Vanatta (March 21).

“Montana shells,” by E. G. Vanatta (March 25).

“The vascular system of the Florida alligator,” by Albert M.
Reese (March 27).

“The method of progression in Truncatella,”’ by Henry A. Pilsbry
and Amos P. Brown (April 11).

“List of land and fresh-water mollusks of Antigua,” by Henry A.
Pilsbry and Amos P. Brown.

The deaths of the following members were announced:

Charles Sumner Williamson, March 23, 1914.
George E. Kirkpatrick, March 26, 1914.
Curwen Stoddart, Jr., April 1, 1914.

Ernest Comly Dereum, April 10, 1914.

The Council reported that Messrs. John Cadwalader, Charles B.
Penrose, Witmer Stone, and J. Percy Moore had been appointed
to constitute the Standing Committee on By-Laws.

On the unanimous nomination of the Committee on the Hayden
Memorial Geological Award, the gold Hayden Memorial Medal
was conferred on Henry Fairfield Osborn, Se.D., LL.D., in recog-
nition of his distinguished work in vertebrate palzeontology.

Henry Farrrrmetp Osporn was born at Fairfield, Conn., August 8, 1857.
He was educated at Princeton College (1877, 1880), Cambridge University
under Balfour (1879), and the Royal College of Science under Huxley (1879-80).
He has received the following degrees: Princeton A.B. 1877, Se.D. 1880;
Hon. LL.D. Trinity College 1901, Princeton 1902, Columbia 1907; Hon. D.Sc.
Cambridge 1904; Hon. Ph.D. Christiania 1911, Upsala 1913.

Dr. Osborn began his paleontological explorations in Wyoming in 1877, and
has continued them to the present time in various parts of the United States,
in Europe and Egypt. From 1877 to 1890 he was connected with the Princeton
University expeditions and the Museum of Geology, and between 1891 and 1914
he has directed the American Museum explorations in vertebrate palxontology.

His own researches and those of his students fill five volumes of papers from
the American Museum Memoir and Bulletin. His publications and papers in

16

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

vertebrate paleontology embrace 197 titles, including Evolution of Mammalian
Molar Teeth, published in 1907, and The Age of Mammals, published in 1910,
beside the American Museum volumes above referred to. They cover contribu-
tions to the history of the extinct fishes, reptiles, and mammals. Dr. Osborn
succeeded Edward D. Cope as Vertebrate Paleontologist of the Geological
Survey of Canada between the years 1900-1904. In 1900 he was appointed
successor to Othniel C. Marsh as Vertebrate Paleontologist of the United States
Geological Survey, and is still engaged on the series of paleontological mono-
graphs which were left unfinished by Marsh, especially those on the titanotheres
and the Sauropoda.

Among the most important of his investigations are the following: the evolu-
tion of the ungulate foot, the evolution of the types of molar teeth of the mam-
mals, the evolution of the perissodactyl ungulates, especially the rhinoceroses,
horses, and titanotheres, the correlation of the Tertiary geological horizons of
Europe and North America, the principles of the evolution of the skull in mam-
mals, and the laws of evolution as observed in paleontology.

Dr. Osborn’s administration of the Department of Vertebrate Paleontology
in the American Museum of Natural History has been instrumental in assembling
the most extensive collection of vertebrate fossils in existence, including the
complete vertebrate fauna of more than half of the Tertiary horizons of the West
and the complete phyletic evolution of many of the most important types of
mammals. ‘This administration has been notable also in establishing the
American Museum as a training school in vertebrate palzontology from which
have issued many of the leading vertebrate paleontologists of the younger
generation in this country-and abroad. There have been corresponding advances
in paleontological technique and the educational methods of palzontology, so
that the fossil collections in the American Museum have become a standard for
the same work in other institutions.

In addition to these paleontological and geological activities Dr. Osborn has
held many educational and administrative positions, including the professorship
of comparative anatomy at Princeton (1883-1900) and the professorship of
zoology at Columbia University (1891-1914). Since 1890 he has been instru-
mental in the development of the American Museum of Natural History and
the founding and development of the New York Zoological Park. His contribu-
tions on the administration of the Museum and the Zoological Park number
twenty-six titles.

His total contributions to sciencé cover a broad field, embracing in the 390
titles beside vertebrate paleontology researches and addresses on zodlogy,
embryology, neurology, psychology, odontology, zoogeography, geology, biology,
antropology, biography, and education.

The Chair announced the following elections:
MEMBERS:
William J. Davis.

Arthur W. Sheaffer.
John 8. Sharp.

CORRESPONDENTS:
Shibasaburo Kitasato, M.D., of Tokyo, Japan.
Charles T. Ramsden, of Guantanamo, Cuba.
Marie Curie, of Paris.
N. Charles Rothschild, of London.
Gerritt S. Miller, of Washington, D. C.
Sdmund Heller, of Washington, D. C.
Charles W. Richmond, of Washington, D. C.
Frank M. Chapman, of New York.
Edgar A. Mearns, of Washington, D. C.

The following were ordered to be printed:

bo
bo
les’

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

FISHES FROM THE RUPUNUNI RIVER, BRITISH GUIANA.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

In the fall of 1912 the Academy received a collection of fresh-
water fishes from the Rupununi River,.in the highlands of British
Guiana. The specimens were purchased from Mr. J. Ogilvie,
who collected them during the same year and in 1911. Mr. Ogilvie
informs me, in lieu of the name of any settlement or town, they were
approximately secured in North Latitude 2° to 3°, and West Longi-
tude 50° 20’. A number are apparently new or undescribed, while
others are not only new records for the Rupununi, but also for Guiana
as well. The figures are all drawn to scale, each number over the
accompanying line signifying millimeters.

SELACHII.
DASYATIDZA.
Potamotrygon hystrix (Miiller and Troschel).
One young foetal example. Color pale uniform brown. . Six pa-
pill on floor of mouth. Body mostly smooth, without prickles
or warts. Length 145 mm., disk width 60 mm.

TELEOSTOMI.
OSTEOGLOSSID 45.
Osteoglossum bicirrhosum Agassiz. Fig. 1 (young).

One 273 mm. Also three young with yolk-saes still adherent.
According to Mr. Ogilvie, this fish carries its young in its mouth
until they wholly absorb the yolk and they are able to fend for
themselves.

CHARACIDZ.
-CURIMATIN®.

Curimatus cyprinoides (Linnzus).

' One example, which agrees with my Ambyiacu River examples
in the absence of gill-rakers, and with my figure.t

Dr. Eigenmann rightly corrects my use of Curimata® to the present

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 301, fig. 6.
2 Amer. Nat., XLI, 1907, p. 768.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

form, as I overlooked Oken, though he wrongly identifies? the exam-
ples I recorded as Psectrogaster ciliatus within the genus Cwrimatus.

They are undoubtedly members of the genus Psectrogaster, as their
spinescent scales show, and cannot be identified with the diagnosis
he gives for the species Curimatus ciliatus, and this after he had
examined the type of Anodus ciliatus Miller and Troschel in Berlin.
If this species is found identical with Cwrimatus cyprinoides (Lin-
nus), this latter name will, of course, supersede. Contrary to my
arrangement in 1906, I now believe my Ambyiacu and Upper Amazon
specimens to belong to Psectrogaster amazonicus Eigenmann and
Eigenmann.

Subgenus CYPHOCHARAX Fowler.

Back not elevated, but upper profile nearly straight from above
eye to near dorsal. Scales large, 36 or less in lateral line, and in
nearly even longitudinal series.

Fig. 1.—Osteoglossum bicirrhosum Agassiz. (Young.)

This diagnosis is recast, as the species I identified with the desig-
nated type is certainly different.
Curimatus spilurus Ginther.

One example 93 mm.

CHILODIN #.
Chilodus labyrinthicus rupununi subsp. nov. Fig. 2.

Head 32; depth 31; D. rv, 9,1; A.1v, 7,1; P,1, 14; V,1, 8; scales
27 in |. 1. to caudal base, and 4 more on latter; 5 scales above 1. 1.;
4 scales below |. |. to ventral origin; 3 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin;
about 8 predorsal scales; head width 1} its length; head depth at
occiput 14; snout 3; eye 3}; maxillary 34; interorbital 2}; first

3 Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 269.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

branched -dorsal ray trifle longer than head; first branched anal
ray 1{ in head; pectoral 14; ventral 12.

Body elongate, robust, moderately compressed, and deepest at
dorsal origin. Predorsal with slight or obsolete keel just before
dorsal origin, other edges of body all convex, and that of preventral
broad and flattened, or only very obsolete keel or ridge along outer
boundaries. Lower profile evenly convex. Caudal peduncle com-
pressed, small, about long as deep.

Head robust, somewhat pyramidal, upper surface slightly de-
pressed, and lower broadly convex, convex sides not especially
converging below. Upper profile slightly convex, less inclined than

—<BBE
a
Bes al oe, =
; i
>_> =
===

Fig. 2.—Chilodus labyrinthicus rupununi Fowler. (Type.)

lower. Snout broadly triangular as seen from above, surface convex,
and length about half its width. Eye large, circular, high, and a
little anterior m head. Adipose-eyelid broad, exposes most of very
broad pupil. Mouth small, terminally inferior, and seen below
transversely crescentic. Upper jaw with single series of small weak
filament-like teeth, none in lower jaw. Maxillary small, upper edge
slips below preorbital, and slightly expanded distal end reaches
opposite posterior nostril. Mandible small, shallow, each ramus
well elevated inside mouth. Tongue well back, large, depressed,
free. Nostrils well developed, superiorly lateral, together, in last
third of snout length, anterior with well-developed cutaneous rim

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

and posterior exposed as crescent. Interorbital broad, flattened.
Infraorbital large, covers most of cheek, surface with radiating
strie. Opercle striate, and subopercle projects moderately pos-
teriorly, both with striate surfaces. Occipital fontanel well devel-
oped, extends forward nearly to front of eyes.

Gill-opening extends forward for last third in head. Gill-rakers
about 10 + 20 weak flexible filaments, about 4 length of gill-filaments,
and outer series separated by high cutaneous or cartilaginous parti-
tion. Gill-filaments about 2 im eye. Isthmus broad. Branchioste-
gals with inner shortest and outer longest.

Scales large, firm, well exposed, in regular horizontal series, entire,
and more or less uniform except smaller ones on caudal base. Surface
of exposure of each scale pitted or with variously shaped shallow
cavities, not interfering with general smoothness to touch. Long
pointed free scaly flap in axil of ventral. Lateral line complete,
midway along side, of simple tubes and each opening by pore at
middle of scale exposure.

Dorsal origin midway between that of adipose fin and snout tip,
first branched ray longest with fourth simple but slightly shorter,
and fin depressed slightly more than half way to caudal base. Adi-
pose fin inserted about midway between depressed dorsal tip and
caudal base, fin small. Anal inserted slightly before adipose fin,
first branched ray longest, lower edge of fin slightly emarginated,
and when depressed reaches caudal base. Caudal well forked, lobes
broad, apparently (damaged) equal. Pectoral low, pointed, reaches
about ;°, to ventral, and latter inserted behind second branched
dorsal ray base, reaches } to anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol largely pale brownish, ground color mostly
uniform. Above lateral line four lengthwise deeper brownish bands;
upper three, together with additional median dorsal band, much
broader than lower ones, and each extending over median portions
of scales. L. 1. in a broad underlaid pale slaty to dusky band, not
quite equal to pupil diameter in width, and extending posteriorly
out on median rays of caudal to their tips. Each scale in dark
longitudinal bands, besides those in |. |. and for most of extent of
two lengthwise series of scales below 1. |., with deep dusky-brown
spot formed at its base. Dark median lateral band of trunk continued
on head across opercle and in front to snout tip. Head brown above,
pale like belly below. Eye slaty. Above pectoral in course of dark
lateral band two ill-defined dusky spots, subequal, and each about
long as pupil. Fins all pale or whitish in general tint, though dorsal

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

with broad vertical dusky band, slightly narrowing below, and upper
posterior edge of fin slightly dusky. Caudal, except as stated above,
pale and uniform. Adipose fin pale brownish. Lower fins all pale
or whitish.

Length 136 mm. (caudal tips damaged).

Type, No. 39,306, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Only the type known. This differs from Chilodus labyrinthicus
(Kner)* in coloration, that species having but one blackish spot
above the depressed pectoral fin.

(Named for the Rupununi River.)

HEMIODONTIN ©.
Hemiodus semiteniatus Kner.

One example 83 mm. long (caudal tips damaged), agrees with
Kner’s account. The depth (43) is probably due to age, as all the
other characters are in accord. The scales (according to the pockets)
are 55 in |. |. to caudal base and 3 more on latter, besides 9 above
1. |. Eigenmann identifies examples from Konawaruk and Gluck
Island with this species,* though they are likely wrongly so called,
as they show the depth 4 to 45 and the scales 44 or 45 in 1. 1., with
only 7 above.

Hemiodus quadrimaculatus Pellegrin.

Two examples, one 115 mm. and the other 32 mm.
Anisitsia notata (Schomburgk).

One 147 mm. long and another 157 mm.

PYRRHULININ#.
Pyrrhulina filamentosa Valenciennes.
One 70 mm. Eigenmann mentions “adipose brick-red,’’ certainly
an error if referring to an adipose fin.®

NANNOSTOMIN/.
Characidium blennioides Eigenmann.
One example 47 mm. (caudal damaged).
Characidium fasciadorsale sp.nov. Fig. 3.
Head 32; depth 54; D.im, 8; A. 1m, 7; P. 1m, 8; V.1, 8; scales
34 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 5 scales above

4 Microdus labyrinthicus Kner, Denk. Ak. Wiss. Wien, XVII, 1859, p. 149,
Pl. 3, fig. 5. Rio Branco and Barra do Rio Negro.

5 Mem. Carnegie Mus... V, 1912, p. 276, PL 36, fig. 3.

§ L.c., p- 279-

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

1. 1.; 3 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 3 scales below lI. |. to anal
origin; 9 scales before dorsal; head width 2+ in its length; head
depth at occiput 13; snout 4; eye 32; maxillary 42; interorbital
4%; length of dorsal 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; upper
caudal lobe 1;; pectoral 1; ventral 14.

Body elongate, slender, moderately compressed, greatest depth
at dorsal origin, profiles similar and edges rounded. Caudal peduncle
well compressed, least depth about 1? its length.

Head attenuated, compressed, flattened sides but scarcely con-
verging below, upper profile convex and lower concave. Snout
conic, protruding slightly, compressed, long as broad. Eye rounded,
little longer than deep, high and slightly anterior. Mouth small,
transverse. Teeth small, invested with membrane, conic, simple,
pointed. Maxillary small, free, well inclined, reaches midway in

RR RR DP
REMY

Aw | RP Pe
SS Ss ay ‘

if Hissss Q)

— =
CS:
\\ = SN

yy
3

Fig. 3.—Characidium fasciadorsale Fowler. (Type.)
£ J yp

space between front and hind nostrils. Tongue depressed, free in
front. Mandible shallow in front, and rami well elevated inside
mouth. Nostrils well separated, anterior about midway in snout
length, and posterior close before front eye edge, both simple pores.
Preorbital triangular, length about ? of eye. Interorbital broadly
convex. Infraorbitals narrow. Opercle moderate, surface smooth.
Subopercle extended posteriorly and with broad cutaneous flap.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite hind edge of pupil.
Gill-rakers about 4+ 10? short weak points, about 4 length of
filaments and latter about 2} in eye. Isthmus moderately broad.
Branchiostegals moderate.

Seales mostly uniform in size, in even longitudinal series parallel
with 1. 1., well exposed, and each showing about six horizontal striw
on exposures. Ventral axilla with rather short pointed free scaly

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235:

flap. I. 1. complete, midway along side, and of simple tubes which:
at first extend half way over exposure of scale and posteriorly about
three-quarters.

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and end of adipose
fin, first branched ray highest, extends almost as far posteriorly
as tip of last, and depressed fin reaches but slightly less than half
way to caudal base. Adipose fin small, inserted about midway
between end of depressed dorsal and caudal base. Anal inserted
close behind depressed dorsal tip, and fin extends about two-thirds
to caudal base. Caudal well forked, sharply pointed lobes about
equal. Pectoral pomted, with median rays longest, and fin reaches
almost to ventral origi. Ventral inserted about opposite middle
of dorsal base, fin reaches four-fifths to anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol with very pale brown ground color, scarcely
paler below. A narrow brownish lateral band, about equal to.
diameter of pupil in width on head, though on trunk reduced to
narrow line, extends from snout tip to caudal base where it ends in
small detached dusky spot. Head pale brownish above, whitish or
paler beneath. Lips and front half of maxillary dusky, though
posterior half of maxillary contrasted pale or whitish like lower
surface of head. Eye slaty. Trunk with ten transverse deep
brownish bands, a little broader than interspaces, and within area
of each edge of each scale deeper brown. Dorsal and caudal dull
grayish, with at least three transverse or horizontal dusky streaks
across former. Pectoral, ventral and anal pale and uniform. No
dark median dorsal streak.

Length 47 mm.

Type, No. 39,307, A. N. 8. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Also Nos. 39,308 and 39,309, same data, paratypes. These show:
Head 32 and 34; depth 5 and 53; D. m1, 9 and im, 7; scales 32 ?
(injured) in |. |. to caudal base and about 3 more on latter; 5 scales
above |. l.; 3 scales below |. |. to anal origin; 9 predorsal scales;
snout 42 and 4; eye 3} and 33; maxillary 4 and 4}; interorbital
41 and 4; length 35 and 42 mm., respectively. The smaller example
differs from the others in having the pectoral extending slightly
beyond the ventral origin and the latter fin reaching the anal origin.

This species is related to Characidium etheostoma Cope’ in colora-
tion, but is much more slender, thus approaching Characidiwm

7 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 323, fig. 17. Type.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

catenatum Eigenmann. From the latter it differs chiefly in the
‘dark horizontal cross-bands on the dorsal fin, that species bemg
figured and described as having a uniform dorsal.

(Fascia, streak; dorsalis, of the back; with reference to the streaked
dorsal fin.) :

ANOSTOMIN-®.
Leporellus vittatus (Valenciennes).

Two examples, one 195 mm. and the other 126 mm. Compared
with the example from the Peruvian Amazon,’ I find they differ
only according to age. I cannot find that the species has been
recorded from Guiana previously. The following notes may be of
value: Head 33; depth 44; D. m, 9, 1 or m1,-10, 1; A. m, 8, 1;
scales 37 to 39 in |. |. to caudal base and 4 or 5 more on latter; 6
scales above |. 1.; 5 scales below |. |. to anal origin; 11 predorsal
scales; snout 2} in head; eye 5 to 6; maxillary 3 to 33. In color
these examples show a dark or dusky spot on each scale of sides and
back. Dark spots on head large and irregular on front and snout,
small and less numerous on cheek and opercle. Dorsal with large
broad distal blackish blotch, and another blackish streak transversely
subbasally. Broad dark lateral band includes |. |. and extends out
on median caudal rays to their tips. Each caudal lobe with two
blackish transverse horizontal bars. Adipose fin pale, lower edge
blackish. Other fins pale, ventrals and anal with median dusky
shade.

Anostomus anostomus Channaaneh

Three examples, 81 to 85 mm. (caudals damaged).
Leporinus nigroteniatus (Schomburgk).

Five examples, 142 to 190 mm.

Leporinus friderici (Bloch).

One example 210 mm. in length, and a smaller one 120 mm. long."”
Leporinus alternus Eigenmann.

Two examples, 70 to 73 mm. in length. The only point at variance
in the original account is the statement ‘“‘four graduated, obliquely-
pointed teeth in each jaw,’’ my examples, however, showing eight
teeth in each jaw.

5 Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 293, Pls. 38, figs. 5-6. Warraputa, Rock-
stone and Crab Falls.

® Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 327.

'0° The Parahyba example which I identified with Salmo fasciatus Bloch, in’
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 328, I feel certain is identical with Lepo-
rinus conirostris Steindachner, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXXI, I, 1875, p. 233, PI. 4.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

Leporinus paralternus sp. nov. Fig. 4,

Head 33; depth 4!; D. rity LOTS AS mt, 8; P> 1, 16; V.1;8: scales
36 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1.; 5 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 5 scales below 1. |. to anal
origin; 13 predorsal scales: head width 2 in its length; head depth
at occiput 13; snout 2?; eye 43; maxillary 4; interorbital 3; first
branched dorsal ray 13; first branched anal ray 12; upper caudal
lobe 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 22; pectoral 14; ventral 13.

Body moderately long and slender, compressed, deepest. at dorsal
origin, and edges all convexly rounded. Caudal peduncle well
compressed, about long as deep.

Head rather conic, compressed, sides flattened slightly though
about evenly curving over above and below. Snout elongate, conic,

Fig. 4.—Leporinus paralternus Fowler. (Type.)

long as broad. Eye rounded, a little high, centre about midway
in head. Adipose-eyelid very slight. Mouth small, nearly terminal,
or but slightly inferior, so that upper jaw only protrudes very little.
Maxillary moderately inclined, small, extends a little beyond anterior
nostril, though not to posterior. Lips thick, fleshy, entire. Eight
teeth in each jaw, graduated forward to median which are longest,
and all ending in a point on cutting-edge. Inner buccal membrane
above quite broad. Tongue little distinct. Mandible shallow in
front, short rami well elevated in mouth. Anterior nostril lateral,
in small cutaneous tube reaching beck nearly to posterior, which
latter simple and about last 3 in snout length, also lateral. Inter-
- orbital evenly convex. Suborbitals of moderate width. Preopercle

*

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr...

edge inclined forward. Opercle moderately large, with a few radi-
ating striz on its lower edge.

Gill-openings lateral, extend forward about opposite hind pre-
opercle edge. Gill-rakers about 11 +9 points, about 3 in gill-
filaments, and latter 13 in eye. Isthmus broad. Branchiostegals
large, subequal.

Scales large, well exposed in longitudinal series parallel with |. 1.,
more or less uniform in size, though a little smaller on breast and
caudal base. Scales ensheath bases of dorsal and anal, though not.
extending on the fins. Ventral with free pointed axillary scale
trifle less than half length of fin. Lateral line complete, midway
along side, extends on caudal base, and formed of simple tubes
extending well over scales.

Dorsal origin a little nearer hind edge of adipose fin than snout
tip, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends 3 to caudal
base. Anal inserted well behind depressed dorsal, first branched
ray longest and reaches caudal base. Caudal well forked, pointed
lobes equal. Adipose fin about # of eye, inserted about midway
between caudal base and hind edge of depressed dorsal fin. Pectoral
small, low, extends + to ventral origin. Ventral inserted behind
second branched dorsal ray base, fin extending trifle more than half
way to anal origin. Vent at last third in space between depressed
ventral tips and anal origin.

Color in alcohol largely pale uniform brownish above, below, or
on belly and abdomen, paler and whitish. Head brownish above,
sides and below paler. Lips pale. Iris slaty. Trunk with: nine
dusky to blackish transverse cross bands, of which first or that just
after occiput, fourth or that below dorsal, seventh or that just before
adipose fin, and last at caudal base, broader or much more expanded
than others. Second intermediate, also fifth intermediate transverse
streaks entirely dorsal and only extend down each side half way to
lateral line. Fins all pale or uniform, dorsal and caudal slightly
darker, and adipose fin with a little grayish.

Length 120 mm.

Type, No. 39,320, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Nos. 39,321 to 39,323, paratypes, same data. Head 33 to 33;
depth 4 to 44; D. m1, 10,1; A. 1, 8, 1; scales 36 or 37 in I. 1. to
caudal base and 3 or 4 more on latter; 6 scales above |. 1.; 5 scales
below |. l.; 13 predorsal scales; snout 22 to 2} in head; eye 4 to 4};
maxillary 41 to 42; interorbital 3; length 75 to 82 mm. These:

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

examples all agree with the type in the constancy of their color
patterns.

The present species is distinguished from its ally, the preceding,
by the presence of an extra black streak before the dorsal.

(Para, near; alternus, alternate, the related species.)

MYOCHARAX subgen. nov.

Type Leporinus desmotes sp. nov.

Differs from the subgenus Anostomus in the dentition, that of the
mandible being composed of two long slender curved rodent-like
incisors, and also two somewhat similar though much shorter ones
externally and well back. Upper jaw with six tricuspid incisor-like
teeth. Anterior nostrils in rather long cutaneous tubes.

One species, described below.

(vs, mouse; 74945, Charax; with reference to the rodent-like
teeth.)

Leporinus desmotes sp. noy. Fig. 5.

Head 4-depthe42-— Dy m1, 10Sns Avir28; 15 2b tG) V1, 9:
seales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 6 more on latter; 6 scales
above |. l.; 5 scales below |. |. to ventral origin; 5 scales below 1. 1.
to anal origin; 13 predorsal scales; head width 2 in its length;
head depth at occiput 13; snout 23; eye 4; maxillary 4; inter-
orbital 23; first branched dorsal ray 1; first branched anal ray 17;
least depth of caudal peduncle 2$; upper caudal lobe 14?; pectoral
12; ventral 14. , ;

Body elongate, compressed, tapers somewhat posteriorly, deepest
at dorsal origin, anterior upper profile rather evenly convex, and
edges all convexly rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, about
long as deep.

Head rather small, compressed, somewhat conic, surfaces rather
conic, and profiles similarly straight and inclined. Snout conic,
broad, length # its width, and as seen from above rather acuminate.
Eye rounded, lateral, and centre falls trifle behind middle in head
length. Adipose-eyelid narrow, best developed anteriorly. Mouth
small, inferiorly terminal. Maxillary with thick integument, well
inclined and reaches trifle over half way to eye or about opposite
front edge of posterior nostril. Lips thick and fleshy. Upper lip
broader, with two series of fleshy lamelle, of which outer show
much deeper clefts, are longer, though more vaguely defined’ exter-
nally. Lower lip peculiar, with deep-cleft narrow fleshy lobe each
side leaving broad symphyseal surface, this crowned with seven or

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

more series of lamellw, each deeply cleft and therefore distinct,
besides each lamella beg broken up transversely into as many small
apical papille. Teeth of upper jaw quite different from those in
lower, 6 in number, though each rather indistinctly tricuspid median
cusp much better defined, and outer tooth of each side a little smaller
than subequal inner ones. Lower teeth developed as two long
slender upward-curved pointed teeth, and basally though well back
on each side another similar, much shorter and inconspicuous tooth,
apparently less firm im its socket. Mouth with very broad upper
buccal membrane, its surface finely papillose. Tongue not deter-
mined. Mandible short, rami not especially high. Anterior nostril
lateral, in conspicuous and somewhat bell-shaped cutaneous tube

Fig. 5.—Leporinus desmotes Fowler. (Type.)

equal to half of eye-diameter in length, and protruded beyond edge
of upper lip. Posterior nostril lateral oblique slit, formed about
last 2 in snout length about opposite eye centre. Interorbital broadly
convex. Suborbitals moderate in width. Hind edge of preopercle
slopes forward. Opercle moderate, smooth.

Gill-opening restricted, extends forward only about last sixth
in head. Gill-rakers 8 + 11 rather short broad firm points, trifle
over 4 in gill-filaments and latter slightly exceeding half an eye-
diameter. Isthmus rather broad and convex. Branchiostegals 4,
rather broad, moderate, subequal. :

Seales large, well exposed, slightly smaller on breast and predorsal
region, though much-more so on caudal base, otherwise uniform,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

and disposed in longitudinal series parallel with |. 1. Sealy sheaths
at dorsal and anal bases low, allowmg movements of fins, though
not extending on their surfaces. Ventral with free pomted axillary
sealy flap, nearly 3 in length of fin. L. 1. complete, nearly straight,
and tubes simple, extending well over first half in scale exposures.

Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and hind basal edge of
adipose fin, first branched ray longest or extends back well beyond
tips of last, and fin reaches but trifle less than half way to caudal
base. Adipose fin inserted little nearer depressed dorsal tip than
caudal base, and length about equals eye. Anal inserted trifle
before adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and fin reaches trifle
beyond caudal base. Caudal large, well forked, broad pointed lobes
about equal. Pectoral low, pointed, reaches about ¢ to ventral.
Latter inserted behind first branched dorsal ray base, fin large, and
reaches 13 to anal origin. Vent nearly at first third in space between
depressed ventral and anal origin.

Color in alcohol generally pale brownish or whitish, marked by
ten very conspicuous well-defined slaty-black transverse bars,
those on trunk meeting their opposite sides and sloping slightly
posteriorly. On head lower surface pale and dark bars reflected
slightly across. Lips pale or whitish. Iris slaty. First dark bar
includes upper edge of snout, extends down along maxillaries and
then across lower surface of mandible posterior to symphyseal
papille, and its width much less than any of the other bars. Second
dark bar close behind, and of moderate width, bridges lores over
upper surface of snout. Third dark bar. extends over interorbitals
and also reflected on infraorbital. Fourth dark bar extends from
occiput, includes opercles and pectoral root. Fifth dark bar slightly
forked above and below, midway in predorsal. Sixth dark bar
includes dorsal base anteriorly and ventrals. Seventh dark bar
postdorsal and postventral in position. Eighth dark bar wholly
before adipose fin, extends to front half of anal. Ninth dark bar
includes adipose fin and caudal peduncle. Tenth dark bar includes
caudal base. Except for such intrusion as noted, all fins of whitish
color generally.

Length 170 mm. (caudal tips damaged).

Type, No. 39,324, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie. :

Nos. 39,325 to 39,327, paratypes, same data. Head 32 to 33;
depth 32 to 4; D. m1, 10,1; A. m, 8,1; scales 33 to 35 in 1. 1. to
caudal base and 3 or 4 more on latter; 6 scales above |. |.; 5 scales

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

below |. I.; 12 or 13 predorsal scales; snout 2? to 23 in head; eye
32 to 44; maxillary 44 to 5; interorbital 22 to 23; length 105 to 149
mm. Only comparatively slight mdividual variation is noticed in
these examples. One example also has an additional lesser external
mandibular tooth on the right side, only very inconspicuous.
(despvw-ys, prisoner, with reference to the dark cross-bands sug-
gestive of convict garb.)
Schizodon fasciatus Agassiz.
One example 170 mm.

TETRAGONOPTERIN 2%.
Tetragonopterus argenteus Cuvier.
One example 78 mm.
Tetragonopterus chalceus Agassiz.

Two examples, one 80 mm. and the other 97 mm.
Astyanax rupununi sp. noy. Fig. 6,

Head 4; depth 22; Dim;/85 07 1A. mm, 28, 1;— Pr, 12> Vie ee
scales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 8 scales
above |. 1.; 6 scales below |. |. to ventral origin; 7 scales below 1. 1.
to anal origin; 13 predorsal scales; head width 1,°; in its length;
head depth 1; first branched dorsal ray 1; first branched anal ray
12; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; pectoral 14; ventral 13;
snout 4 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 24; maxillary
23; interorbital 23.

Body elongately ovoid, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin,
and edges all rounded convexly except median predorsal ridge, which
slightly trenchant. Caudal peduncle compressed, length about
equals least depth.

Head small, compressed, lower profile little more inclined than
upper, and flattened sides not converging above or below. Snout
convex, length about 2 its width. Eye rounded, placed about first
in head. Mouth very slightly inclined, transverse, broad, terminal.
Maxillary inclined vertically, free, extends back to front eye edge
and greatest expansion 3} in eye. Lips firm, rather thin. Upper
jaw teeth biserial, outer series smaller and tricuspid, and inner
series of larger mostly quincuspid, in all cases median cusp much
largest. Mandibular teeth quincuspid, large, powerful and uniserial.
At least one of teeth extending-from inner upper series on inner base
of maxillary, though tooth quite small and obsolete. Mandible
very slightly protrudes, strong, and rami scarcely elevated inside
mouth. Tongue depressed, rounded, and free in front, rather

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES: OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

broad. Inner buccal folds broad. Nostrils together, anterior
simple pore with hind cutaneous rim exposing larger posterior aper-
ture in crescent, and anterior falls about last third in snout length.
Interorbital evenly convex. Infraorbital broad, covers cheek, with
few radiating strie, and its width 2 of eye-diameter. Hind pre-
opercle edge nearly vertical. Opercle narrow, with a few obsolete
striz, and its width trifle less than. 4 its length.

Gill-opening forward to front eye edge... Gill-rakers about 10 + 13,
slender, tapering, pointed, and slightly shorter than gill-filaments,
which latter about half of eye. Isthmus narrow, constricted, surface
rounded though with median. groove in. front. Branchiostegals
moderate, subequal.

Fig. 6.—Astyanax rupununi Fowler. (Type.)

Seales disposed in. even. longitudinal series parallel with |. L.,
mostly uniform in size except those variably smaller along predorsal,
breast, preventral,. postventral, caudal base and along anal base.
Ventral with free scaly pointed axillary flap about 2 length of fin.
L. |. complete, decurved slightly below median axis, and extending
up a little low along side of caudal peduncle at first. Tubes simple,
and better exposed in. posterior course of |. |.

Dorsal origin midway between. snout tip and caudal base, first
branched ray longest, extends back well beyond tips of last, and
depressed fin reaches half way to. caudal base. Adipose fin inserted
little nearer depressed dorsal tip than caudal base, and its length

V7

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -[Apr.,

about 2 of eye. Anal with long base, inserted below last branched
dorsal ray base, first branched ray longest equals half length of base,
and lower edge nearly straight. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes
about equal. Pectoral low, pointed, reaches slightly beyond ventral
origin, though not back till opposite dorsal origin. Ventral inserted
midway between pectoral and anal origins, reaches back { to anal.
Vent at tip of depressed ventral.

Color in alcohol largely dull brownish on back and upper surface
of head. Sides of head and trunk paler than back, and becoming
still more so, or whitish, on ventral region. All scales of back and
sides with darker brownish edges, made up of dark dots. Sides of
head, opercle, postorbital and muzzle sprinkled with larger dusky
dots. Iris slaty. Slightly above level of eye centre, just above
1. l., and about opposite middle in length of pectoral, a blackish
ellipsoid blotch, its length about equal to eye. From its upper front
end and its entire hind end a pale area extends transversely as two
ill-defined pale or whitish spots, posterior much greater in extent.
Extending back along vertebral axis a dusky line begins behind pale
area and continues back along caudal peduncle side, where it widens,
to expand still more at caudal base into large dusky or blackish
blotch, and also reflected out on median caudal rays to their tips.
Fins all whitish, dorsals and caudal tinged grayish. Distal edge of
anal its whole extent shghtly tinged grayish.

Length 64 mm.

Type, No. 39,228, A.N.S.P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
1912. J. Ogilvie.

No. 39,329, paratype, same data. Head 3%; depth 23; D. m1,
9; A. rv, 26,1; scales 36 in |. 1. to caudal base and 3 ? more on latter;
7 scales above 1. l.; 7 scales below |. 1. to ventral origin; 8 scales
below |. |. to anal origin; 14 predorsal scales; snout 4 in head; eye
3; maxillary 2}; interorbital 24; length 62 mm.

_ This species appears to be related to Astyanax wappi (Valen-
ciennes), as described from the type by Eigenmann." It differs
in the smaller head, deeper body, and larger eye. There are, how-
ever, no “traces of longitudinal streaks between the rows of scales.”

(Named for the Rupununi River.)

Menkhausia chrysargyrea leucopomis subsp. nov. Fig. 7.

Head 34; depth 1,5; D. m, 9; A. 1v, 26,1; P. 1,13; V. 1, 7;

scales 34 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 ? more on latter (squama-

" Mem. Carnegie Mus., V. 1912, p. 355, Pl. 52; fic. 1.

1914. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

tion injured); 8 scales above 1. 1.; 7 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin;
8 seales below |. |. to anal origin; 9 scales before dorsal to posterior
end of occipital process; head width 2 in its length; head depth at
occiput 1; snout 32; eye 3; maxillary 22; interorbital 23; first
branched anal ray 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 2}; pectoral
14; ventral 13.

Body deep, well compressed, rather ovoid, predorsal and post-
dorsal with slight median ridge, and other edges convex, except
slight ridge each side along abdomen before-ventral, most distinct

Fig. 7—Menkhausia chrysargyrea leucopomis Fowler. (Type.)

just before latter. Greatest depth at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle
well compressed, and its length about $ its least depth.

Head deep, well compressed, lower profile more inclined than
upper, which latter nearly straight from snout front to occiput.
Flattened head sides very slightly converging below. Snout convex
over surface and in profile, broadly convex as seen from above and
length about half its width. Eye rounded, placed about first 2 in
head. Adipose-eyelids slightly developed in front and behind.
Mouth broad, terminal, about level with upper rim of pupil. Lips
thick, fleshy, firm. Jaws about even when closed, mandible scarcely

246 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

projecting. Maxillary vertically inclined, extends back slightly
beyond front eye edge, and its greatest expansion a little less than
3 in eye. Teeth in upper jaw biserial, quincuspid, though those
in inner series larger and apparently continued on inner base of each
maxillary as a small single tooth. Mandible with uniserial quin-
cuspid teeth, median largest and lateral ones very small posteriorly.
Tongue broad, depressed, rounded and free in front. Inner buccal
folds broad. Mandible strong, convex over surface; and rami not
elevated inside mouth. Nostrils together, anterior simple pore
with cutaneous flap behind exposing posterior in crescent, and
frenum would fall about last fourth in snout length. Interorbital
evenly convex. Posterior infraorbital broad, covers all of cheek
except lower narrow strip, rather obscurely striate, and its greatest
width 3 of eye. Postorbital narrow. Hind preopercle edge nearly
vertical, sloping slightly forward below. Opercle deep and narrow,
and surface nearly smooth. A long occipital fontanel begins oppo-
site front pupil rfm and extends up within occipital process well
towards its tip.

Gill-opening forward opposite front edge of eye. Gill-rakers
about 9 + 12, slender, lanceolate, about 3 length of gill-filaments,
and latter 12 in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, surface convex,
and with slight groove in front. Branchiostegals moderate, sub-
equal.

Seales mostly large and well exposed, disposed in longitudinal
series parallel with 1. 1.; and each one with a number of radiating
strie, about 8 usually exposed. Scales become a little smaller along
anal base, and two or three series extend over latter, at least on
anterior part of fin. Seales of small size over most of caudal, at
least its greater basal portion. Free gxillary pointed ventral scaly
flap, its length 2 of fin. L. 1. complete, slightly decurved, running
a little low along side of caudal peduncle at first, and simple tubes
extend about first } over exposures of scales.

Dorsal inserted about midway between hind edge of adipose fin
and snout tip, first branched ray-longest, and depressed fin extends
13 to caudal base. Adipose fin inserted much nearer depressed
dorsal tip than caudal base, its length about equal to eye. Caudal
well forked, pointed lobes about equal. Anal inserted opposite
last dorsal ray base, with slight elevated lobe in front. Pectoral
slender, pointed, low, reaches slightly beyond ventral origin. Ven-
tral inserted slightly before dorsal insertion, and depressed fin about
reaching to anal origin. Vent at last third in space between ventral
and anal origins.

ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

Color in alcohol largely pale brownish, upper or dorsal region
very slightly darker, and lower surface paler. Head brownish
above, paler below. Lips pale brown. Eye slaty. Level with
upper part of eye, or on vertebral axis, a blackish humeral blotch,
a little deeper than wide, and distant from head 5 seales. All about
humeral blotch a pale area, best understood on examining figure.
Several scales posterior a narrow dusky streak begins and runs
along vertebral axis, and though gradually enlarging to caudal base,
not forming spot on latter. Fins all pale or whitish, dorsal and
caudal tinged with grayish.

Length 95 mm.

Type, No. 39,330, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

No. 39,331, paratype, same data. Head 32; depth 2; D. m1, 9;
A. Iv, 28, 1; scales 33 in 1. |. to caudal base, and 2 more on latter
8 scales above |. 1.; 6 scales below |. |. to ventral origin; 7 scales
below 1. 1. to anal origin; 10 predorsal scales; snout 4 in head; eye
375; maxillary 22; interorbital 2%; length 95 mm.

Apparently a form of Menkhausia chrysargyrea (Giinther),”
though it is incompletely described. No mention is made of the
pale area surrounding the humeral blotch, and the dark posterior
lateral vertebral streak. That this color pattern should have
resulted from preservation originally in formaline may be likely
in the first case, though less so in the last.

(Aevzes, white; éxwy/s, shoulder.)

Gymnocorymbus nemopterus sp. nov. Fig. 8.

Headge.sdepin (4. Dy rv. 90 1 AN ny 32, 1 Peal" Ve r 7:
scales 33 in |. |. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 10 scales above
l. 1.; 10 seales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 12 predorsal scales; head
width 12 its length; head depth at occiput 1; snout 4 in head, meas-
ured from upper jaw tip; eye 22; maxillary 27; interorbital 23;
least depth of caudal peduncle 2; first branched anal ray 13; pec-
toral 1; ventral 13.

Body deeply ovoid, compressed, upper anterior profile double
coneave, and lower profile much more bulging. Body edges con-
stricted, though not trenchant, and greatest depth at dorsal origin.
Caudal peduncle well compressed, its length about half its least
depth.

12 Tetragonopterus chrysargyreus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VII, 1868,
p. 328. Hssequibo.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Head small, compressed, upper profile slightly concave from
snout to occiput, lower profile a little more inclined, and flattened

sides but very slightly constricted below. Snout convex over surface

and in profile, broadly convex as viewed from above, and its length
about half its width. Eye rounded, placed about first 2 in head.
Adipose-eyelid little developed, only extends on eye a little in front
and behind. Mouth broad, shallowly cleft, and latter falling on
level with upper edge of pupil. Maxillary nearly vertical, reaches
opposite front of eye, slender, and greatest expansion about 4 of eye.

=:
an
eases)
3
cas ee

Sy

MS ->
IBS
-<S
Ce
es

Sy

SLU Wy ae
EL?
LO ie
eo0se6o070070 ES
yo
i
Fig. 8.—Gymnocorymbus nemoplerus Fowler. (Type.)

Lips firm, moderate. Mandible, when closed, very slightly pro-
truding, and moderate rami not elevated in mouth. Upper teeth
biserial, quincuspid, and inner row larger. No maxillary teeth.
Teeth in lower jaw uniserial, median largest, and similar to upper
teeth. Tongue broad, depressed, free, and rounded in front. Nos-
trils together, anterior circular and its hind cutaneous rim exposes
larger posterior in crescent with its frenum falling over front eye
edge. Interorbital evenly convex. Posterior infraorbital broad,

.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

leaves but very narrow naked strip below, scarcely striate, and its
width 2 of eye. Hind preopercle edge vertically inclined or sloping
slightly forward. Opercle narrow, deep, smooth, upper hind edge
scarcely emarginate.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite front pupil edge. Gill-
rakers about 10 + 15, lanceolate, slender, sharp-pointed, about
? in gill-filaments, and latter 2 in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted,
surface convex. Branchiostegals rather small, broad, subequal.

Seales well exposed, large, and disposed in series parallel with
|. 1. Caudal base and good portion of lobes, also anal base, covered
with smaller scales. Each exposure of scale shows about 8 to 10
radiating strie. Ventral with short free pointed axillary scaly flap
about + in length of fin. L. 1. complete, slightly decurved or bending
down till about midway in greatest depth, and formed of simple
tubes, each extending over about first 3 of scale exposure. From
occiput to origin of dorsal a narrow median naked strip, over which
none of scales pass.

Dorsal origin a little nearer snout tip than cauda! base, last simple
ray longest and its tip prolonged into a filament extending back far
as adipose fin. Latter inserted much nearer caudal base than last
dorsal ray base, and fin length trifle less than eye. Caudal well
forked, pointed lobes about equal. Anal inserted nearly opposite last
branched dorsal ray base, first branched ray longest, though anterior
rays not forming lobe. Pectoral broad, pointed, reaches back about
opposite first third in depressed ventral. Ventral inserted about
opposite dorsal origin and depressed fin extends | to anal origin.
Vent at last 2 in space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcohol largely pale brownish, whitish on sides and below.
Head dull brownish above, sides and below whitish. Iris slaty. A
dull brownish vertical ill-defined humeral blotch, about third scale
from head on vertebral axis and posterior 3 scales, also another less
distinct one. Both these blotches with white intermediate area in
front. From second dark blotch a narrow dusky vertebral line
extends back towards caudal base, though ends abruptly before
latter. Throughout its course it gradually expands and _ finally
results in a spot on the side of caudal peduncle. Fins all pale and
all more or less tinged with grayish. Front edges of dorsal, anal,
and especially ventral, dusky. Adipose fin dusky. Median dark
streak down back.

Length 80 mm.

Type, No. 39,332, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

250, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

Also Nos. 39,333 to 39,336, paratypes, same data. Head 33 to
4; depth 12 to 2; D. 1m, 9,1; A. tv, 31,1 or 1v, 32,1; scales 34 in
1. 1. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 9 seales above |. 1; 11
‘scales below I. 1.; usually 13 predorsal scales, sometimes 14; snout
3? to 4 in head; eye 2? to 23; maxillary 2} to 27; imterorbital 23 te
2; length 50 to 76 mm.

Related to Gymnocorymbus thayeri Eigenmann, and agrees as
far as the short account allows. The long produced anterior or
first branched dorsal ray and dark ventral and anal edges would
appear to be distinguishing characters.

(Vive, thread; =rseév, fin; with reference to the first branched
dorsal ray.)

BRYCONIN®.
Brycon falcatus Miller and Troschel.

Three examples, 118 to 137 mm.

Chalceus labrosus Schomburgk is imperfectly described, though
likely identical. The figure is less satisfactory. °
Chalceus macrolepidotus Cuvier.

Two examples, 150 to 157 mm. They differ slightly from Pelle-
grinina heterolepis Fowler. The latter has shorter pectorals, a
broader snout, dusky fins, nearly even jaws, pectoral reaches beyond
ventral origin, and adipose eyelid absent, ete. The erroneous
locality was doubtless due to the mixing of collections in the Academy
from West Africa and Surinam or some other part of South America.
I shall therefore admit the nommal Pellegrinina as identical, following

Regan.
STETHAPRIONIN 4b.

Ephippicharax orbicularis (Valenciennes).

Head 3¢ to 4; depth 2 to 22; D. m1, 9,1; A. v, 31, 1 to v, 33, 1;
seales 32 to 35 in 1. |. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 10 scales
above I. l.; 10 or 11 scales below 1. lL. to anal origin; 9 predorsal
scales forward to hind end of occipital process; snout 3% to 4 in head,
measured from upper jaw tip; eye 2} to 24; maxillary 2? to 23;
interorbital 24 to 23; length of three examples 50 to 66 mm.

CHALCIN 4.
Chalcinus angulatus (Agassiz).

Head 34; depth 22; D. 1m, 8,1; A. m1, 26, 1; scales 32 in 1. |. te
caudal base, and 3 more on latter; 6 scales above 1. 1.; 2 scales

8 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1908, p. 93. Amazons, from Tabatinga to Gurupa.
™ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 442, fig. 39.

1914.] ; NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

below 1. 1. to ventral origin, and 3 to anal origin; predorsal scales
14, counted forward to hind end of occipital process; snout 4 in
head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 33; maxillary 3; inter-
orbital 3; gill-rakers 16 + 34; length 143 mm. This example
differs slightly from others in the collection I previously studied
in the slightly curved dorsal profile. Compared with the type of
Triportheus flavus Cope, it shows few scales above |. |., and shorter
pectoral, this not reaching tip of ventral, or scarcely beyond dorsal
origin.
SERRASALMIN#.

Serrasalmus gymnogenys Giinther.

One example 130 mm.
Serrasalmus rhombeus (Linnzus).

One example 148 mm.
Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier).

One example 158 mm.
Pygocentrus scapularis (Giinther).

One example 160 mm.
Pygopristis denticulatus (Cuvier).

Two examples, 85 and 112 mm. Each show about twelve darker
vertical streaks on side of back, though last two which are on caudal
peduncle anteriorly and on caudal base larger and darker. Upper
sides also with a number of small dark brown spots, obscure and
rather irregular. Both specimens infested with psorosperms,
especially smaller.

MYLIN.
Catoprion mento (Cuvier).

Two examples, 90 to 135 mm.

Mylophus rubripinnis (Miiller and Troschel).

Two examples, 105 to 175 mm.

CYNODONTIN.
Cynodon gibbus Spix.

One example 220 mm.
CHARACIN#.

Exodon paradoxus Miiller and Troschel.

Two examples, 98 and 118 mm.

XIPHOCHARAX gen. noy.
Type Xiphocharax ogilviei sp. nov.

Premaxillary with pair of small approximated or median canines, -

two smaller canines at distal end of each bone, and all smaller teeth

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

entirely uniserial. Mandible with three canines on each ramus,
and these graduated to external, which largest. Maxillary with
single series of fine small teeth and without canines. Clavicle
notched. Lower angle of preopercle ends in spine directed down
posteriorly. Cheeks naked.

Related to Acanthocharax Eigenmann, and Heterocharax Eigen-
mann, but differs in the above characters. One species.

(=:gus, sword; Nepa=, Charax; with reference to the long canines.)
Xiphocharax ogilviei sp. nov. Fig. 9.

Head 4; depth 32; D. m1, 8,1; A. v, 38,1; P.1, 16; V.1, 7; scales
78 in |. |. to caudal base and 6 more on latter; 26 scales in vertical
series between dorsal origin and |. |.; 18 scales between anal origin
and |. 1.; 53 scales between dorsal origin and hind end of occipital

AACS,
ENS S
.

SS

Vig. 9.—Niphocharaz ogilvici Fowler. (Type.)

process; head width 1,'; in its length; head depth at oeciput 13;
mandible 14; first branched dorsal ray 13; least depth of caudal
peduncle 3; ventral 1; first branched anal ray 2; snout 33 in
head, measured from upper jaw-tip; eye 3}; maxillary 1‘); inter-
orbital 34.

Body elongate, greatly compressed, form elongately ovoid with
greatest depth at ventral origin, edges all convexly rounded with
breast broad and depressed and postventral well constricted. Cau-
dal peduncle well compressed, its length about { its least depth.

Head large, deep, well compressed, though flattened sides not
constricted above or below, upper profile concave and lower bulges

OI

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

-convexly into much greater inclination from mandibular articulation.
Snout convex in profile and over surface, length about half its width,
and broadly convex as viewed from above. Eye large, high, a
trifle deeper than wide, and placed about first 2 in head, measured
from upper jaw tip. Pupil vertically ellipsoid, large. Adipose-
eyelid slightly developed in front and behind. Mouth large, superior,
broad. Maxillary vertical, extends down well below lower eye edge,
only lower portion exposed, which shows many deep vertical striz,
and greatest expansion 23 in eye. Lips firm, rather thin. Upper
jaw with a general series of small equal simple conic teeth, extending
on maxillaries nearly to their hind or lower end. Upper jaw teeth
interrupted, in premaxillary region by 4 equally spaced enlarged
simple conic canines, of which inner pair slightly larger and obso-
letely barbed. Mandible with 6 large conic barbed canines, and
each outer one largest. Innermost pair of mandibular teeth smallest,
though separated slightly more than those medianly in upper jaw,
also smaller than latter. On sides of mandibular rami a few equal
small obscure conic teeth, these also continued irregularly in places,
as behind symphysis in an inner series. Inner buccal folds broad.
Tongue broad, depressed, rounded and well free in front. Mandible
large, well protruded in front, powerful, and rami moderately elevated
in mouth. Nostrils together, anterior simple pore with cutaneous
hind edge exposing larger posterior in crescent, frenum formed
about level with upper eye edge. Interorbital broadly convex.
Preorbital narrow and long. Infraorbital a little shorter than
preorbital elements, covers greater part of cheek, surface with radi-
ating strie, its width about half its length and latter about equals
eye. Preopercle ridge and hind edge inclined well forward, and
latter ends in broad strong pointed spine projecting obliquely down
posteriorly. Opercle deep, upper hind edge scarcely emarginated,
smooth, except deep transverse median groove. Bony exposure of
shoulder-girdle with fine strie, and deeply notched to receive base
of pectoral fin. Suprascapula entire, small. Occipital and parietal
fontanels long and distinct. Occipital process extends back opposite
hind edge of exposed shoulder-girdle.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite front eye edge. Gill-
rakers 11 3+ 10 un, strong, lanceolate, and 23 in gill-filaments, which
latter about 2 in eye. Isthmus broadly convex, constricted in front.
Branchiostegals large, subequal, broad. =

Seales small, narrowly imbricated, disposed in longitudinal series
parallel with |. L, and in transverse series sloping obliquely forward.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Seales on back all reduced in size and crowded. Caudal base and
anal base covered with small scales. No scaly axillary flaps. L. 1.
complete, extends as decurved a little below middle in greatest depth
and sloping up low along side of caudal peduncle to caudal base
medianly. Tubes of mostly simple structure, though ends in pos-
teriorly downward directed prong.

Dorsal inserted a little nearer caudal base than snout tip, first
branched ray longest, and depressed fin reaches 2% to caudal base.
Adipose fin small, its length 1% in eye, and its origin nearer caudal
base than depressed dorsal tip. Caudal (damaged) slightly emar-
ginate and lobes apparently equal? Anal inserted slightly before
middle of dorsal base, anterior rays slightly longer than others, and
fin base not quite twice dorsal length. Pectoral broad, low, inserted
slightly behind gill-opening, and reaches back apparently to anal
(tip damaged). Ventral inserted a little nearer anal origin than
pectoral origin, and fin about reaches latter. Vent about last
fourth in space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcoho! dull brownish on back, becoming paler below and
on abdomen. Head brownish above, sides and below pale or whitish.
Front of lips tinged brownish. Iris slaty. Fins all pale brownish,
mostly with more or less dusky tints.

Length 210 mm. (caudal damaged).

Type, No. 39,337, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Only the above example known. In the figure, the ends of the-
fins are restored in some cases.

(Named for Mr. J. Ogilvie, wha collected the type.)

ACESTRORHY NCHIN ‘4d.
Acestrorhynchus falcirostris (Cuvier).
Two examples, 227 and 233 mm.

HY DROCYNIN 48.
Hydrocynus cuvieri (Agassiz). _
One example 314 mm.

ERYTHRININ-®.
Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch).
Two examples, 150 and 155 mm.
Erythrinus uniteniatus Agassiz.
One example 160 mm.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255
GYMNOTIDZA3.
ELECTROPHORIN &.

Electrophorus electricus (Linnzus).
One example 346 mm.

STERNOPYGIN &#.
Sternopygus macrurus (Schneider).
Five examples, 128 to 482 mm.
Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes).
Two examples, 305 and 338 mm.
Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis.
Two examples, 100 and 138 mm.

STERNARCHIN#.

Sternarchus albifrons (Linnzus).

Two examples, 141 and 173 mm. These agree largely with Cope’s
example, recorded as Sternarchus albifrons from the Peruvian
Amazon.'® It differs, however, in having the light predorsal streak
continuous from the head to the origin of the dorsal fin. The
Rupununi examples show it only for the first quarter or third of this
region. They also show the following: Head 5} to 64; depth 5%
to 53; A. 150? to 160?; scales about 72 to 90 in 1. l. according to
tubes and pores; 15 to 18 scales above |. |., opposite pectoral tip,
counted to median line of back; 3 or 4 scales above I. |. to dorsal
origin; about 116 to 120 predorsal scales; about 30 scales below
l. 1. at greatest body depth; snout 23 to 2% in head; interorbital
41; maxillary 12 to 13 in snout; eye 33 to 53; gill-rakers 2 +5 or 6.
These two examples also differ from one another in respect to color,
the larger having a black and rather long slender caudal peduncle.
The smaller has a very constricted caudal peduncle, marked by a
dusky blotch, and the caudal dusky, while in the larger example
the caudal is white.

ASPREDINIDA.
Bunoocephalus amaurus Eigenmann.

One example, 40 mm. long. It differs from Eigenmann’s account
in the head width, which is 33 in total length. Barbels banded
basally. Maxillary barbel not quite reaching pectoral. Eigenmann
gives!’ as a distinction from Bunocephalus gronovit Bleeker, in his

4% Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila., XVII, 1878, p. 628.
16 Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 126, Pi. 2 (non 1), fig. 2.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fApr.,

key, “distance from snout to dorsal considerably more than 3 im
length with caudal.”” My example would show it about 23, nearly
in agreement with his figure.

SILURIDZA.
PIMELODIN ®.
Megalonema rhabdostigma sp. nov. Fig. 10.

Head 34; depth 41; D. I, 6; A. tv, 9,1; P. I, 9; V.1, 5; head
width 1# in its length; head depth at occiput 12; snout 2,5; eye
52; maxillary 2; mouth width 21; interorbital 4; antero-internasal
53; dorsal spine, and flexible tip, 1$; length of adipose fin about
12; first branched anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 43;
upper caudal lobe about 14; pectoral 13; ventral 12.

Fig. 10.—Megalonema rhabdostigma Fowler. (Type.)

Body moderately compressed, anteriorly slightly robust, deepest
at dorsal origin, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle moderately
compressed, least depth about 2 in its length.

Head moderately robust, upper profile but very slightly undulate
from snout tip to occiput and dorsal origin, and a little more inclined
than lower profile, convex sidés slightly converge convexly above
and very broad below, with under surface but slightly convex.
Snout broadly depressed, surface nearly level, its length about 1}
its greatest width, or head width opposite front of eyes. Eye large,
superior, ellipsoid, centre slightly behind middle in head length.
Eyelids free, without adipose development. Mouth large, broadly
transverse, commissure short and with folded groove at each corner
reaching back opposite last ? in snout length. Broad band of

5

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

villiform teeth in upper jaw, twice as broad as similar mandibular
band, and exposed below in specimen as now preserved, as snout
protrudes well before mandible. No vomerine teeth. Inner buceal
folds broad. Tongue broad, fleshy, not free except along edges,
and depressed. Maxillary extends back nearly to last third in
snout, with long barbel originating superiorly, depressed basally
somewhat, and extending back nearly opposite last anal ray base.
Outer mental barbels longer than inner, extend back slightly beyond
pectoral origin. Inner mental barbels reach about 3 Of space to
pectoral origin. Internasal spaces subequal, posterior pair slightly
more remote from one another, and space between front and hind
nostril about 14 in antero-internasal space. Interorbital broad,
slightly concave, with fontanel extending back not quite opposite
hind edges of eyes, where greatest width obtains, and gradually
narrowed forward till it ends about opposite last ? in snout length.
Occipital and lateral contiguous bones, also predorsal plate, all
with fine rugose strize. Operele with well-marked radiating strie.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite last fifth in snout
length. Gill-rakers 4+ 14, short, firm, lanceolate, about 12 in
filaments. Latter 2 in eye. Isthmus broad, level.

Body covered with smooth skin. Head rugosely striated, as
mentioned, also occipital process and articulating predorsal bucker,
besides exposure of shoulder-girdle over pectoral origin. L. |. a
little high at first, soon becomes median, with more or less alternating
short branches most of its course, which continuous out on caudal
base.

Dorsal origin about first 2 in space between snout tip and caudal
base, spine moderate, smooth, slightly curved, with flexible tip and
latter slightly less than tip of first dorsal ray. Adipose fin inserted
slightly nearer dorsal origin than caudal base, with contour sloping ,
up to high median apex. Anal inserted slightly behind insertion
of adipose fin, first branched ray longest and reaches back well
beyond tip of last ray or } of distance to caudal base. Caudal well
forked, slender pointed lobes about equal, and emargination of fin
nearly 3 its length. Pectoral low, pointed, spine slender, both edges
with small antrorse serre, with flexible tip which longest of rays,
and fin extends 1} to ventral. Latter inserted slightly nearer
dorsal origin than origin of adipose fin, and depressed fin reaches
< to anal. Vent and genital pore well separated. Genital pore
about first sixth in space between inner ventral ray base and anal
origin, and vent about first third of same area.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Color in alcohol dull brownish above or on back and upper surface
of head, lower or under surfaces and lips paler or whitish. From
dorsal origin down on back a pale streak, when below I. |. it follows
latter below to caudal. Behind oblique lateral pale streak, another
lengthwise streak begins posterior to its crossing |. 1. and continues
to caudal base, keeping parallel with |. 1. its whole extent. On
caudal both pale streaks are merged in the median color of that
fin. Lower boundary of lower pale streak indicated by a pale grayish
lengthwise streak, made of minute dusky dots, which become closer
on caudal base and finally’ form a blackish streak across median
portion of lower caudal lobe nearly to its tip. In similar fashion
upper dark body color marks upper caudal lobe. Maxillary barbels
brownish above, pale or whitish below like mental barbels. Dorsal
fin svhitish, with a large sharply contrasted superior median blackish
blotch. Adipose fin brownish. Remaining tints of caudal, on
regions not mentioned, whitish. Pectoral, ventral and anal whitish.

Length 270 mm. . :

Type, No. 39,338, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.

J. Ogilvie.
* Known only from the above. It resembles Megalonema platy-
cephalum Eigenmann, but that species is said to be pale or nearly
uniform in color, with a pair of hidden spots at the caudal base and
the lower caudal lobe dusky.

(‘Pazdos, streak; oziyna, spot; with reference to the lengthwise
streaks and the dorsal blotch.)

Chasmocranus longior Pigenmann..
One example, 87 mm. long.

Rhamdia sebe (Valenciennes).
One example, -127 mm. long.

Rhamdia holomelas rupununi subsp.nov. Fig. 11.

Head 34; depth 62; D. I, 6; A,1v, 8; P. 1,8; V.1, 5; head width
12 in its length; head depth at occiput 1,4; snout 22; eye 4; max-
illary 4; mouth width 23; interorbital 5; antero-internasal 5};
dorsal spine 2; first branched dorsal ray 13; second branched anal
ray 21; upper caudal lobe 14; least depth caudal peduncle 3; pec-
toral spine 14; pectoral fin 14; ventral fin 12.

Body elongate, slender, moderately compressed, anteriorly slightly
depressed, deepest about dorsal origin, and edges all convexly
rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, length about equals its
least depth.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Head depressed, profiles similar, well convex bulging sides slightly
constricted above, and under surface broadly convex. Snout
broadly depressed or very slightly convex, its length about 3? its
width opposite front eye edges. Eye ellipsoid, superior, impinging
on upper profile, and centre midway in head. Eyelids free, not
adipose-like. Mouth moderate, transverse, commissure very short.
Broad bands of villiform teeth in jaws, lower + width of upper and
latter with posteriorly directed angle at each end. No other teeth
in mouth. Inner buccal folds moderately broad. Tongue broad,
depressed, fleshy, rounded in front and free around edges. Maxillary
reaches about opposite middle in snout length. Maxillary barbel
slender, depressed basally, reaches opposite second dorsal ray base.
Outer mental barbels slightly extended beyond pectoral origin.

zo
——__,

Fig. 11.—Rhamdia holomelas rupununi Fowler. (Type.)

Inner mental barbels shorter, reach + to pectoral origin. Mandible
shallow, with snout slightly protruded im front. Internasal spaces
subequal, anterior nostril near front edge of snout and posterior at
last third in its length. Interorbital narrow, osseous area restricted,
and cutaneous supraorbital region elevated to produce concave
appearance. Surface of head smooth, covered with skin. Opercle
broad. Occipital process short, well separated from dorsal.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite front pupil edge. Gill-
rakers 5 + 13, slender, curved, lanceolate, little longer than filaments,
or 1? in eye. Isthmus broadly convex.

Body covered with smooth skin, without any rugose areas. L. |.
superior at first, becomes median after ventrals, complete and
continuous on caudal base, not branched.

Dorsal origin about first third in space midway between snout
18

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

tip and caudal base, spine with front edge distally-furnished with a
series of antrorse serre under skin, and tip ends in flexible ray-like
end. First branched dorsal ray longest, depressed tip falls slightly
short of tips of last. Origin of adipose fin slightly nearer gill-opening
than caudat base, slopes up gradually at first until near middle when
uniformly high, and its entire length about 3} in combined length
of head and trunk. Caudal moderate, well forked, lobes about
equal, sharply and similarly pointed, and rudimentary rays well
developed. Anal inserted slightly nearer ventral origin than caudal
base, and third branched ray about longest, edge of fin rounded.
Pectoral low, with strong spine, both edges with antrorse serre
though inner distal edge smooth, and depressed fin reaches 14 to
ventral. Ventral inserted just behind dorsal base, fin rounded, and
extends about ? to anal origin. Vent anterior, falls about first ?
in space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in aleohol dull or pale uniform brownish above, becoming
somewhat mottled or variegated with darker brownish on caudal
peduncle, posterior region of trunk and caudal base. Lower surface
of body pale brownish to whitish. Iris slaty. Lips pale. Max-
illary barbels brownish, and mental barbels pale or whitish like chin.
Fins all grayish-brown, tinted a little deeper medianly.

Length 145 mm.

Type, No. 39,339, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana
J. Ogilvie.

Related to Rhamdia holomelas (Ginther),” and it may possibly
prove to be identical. However, Giinther gives the long adipose
fin as 2 to 24 in total length without caudal, maxillary barbels reaching
origin or middle of adipose fin, outer mental barbels reach middle of
pectoral, depth 5 to 5%, head 4, eye 2 in interorbital, caudal cleft
to base and color uniform black with brownish shade, lighter on
belly. His examples were a foot long, though he also had young.
The inference would be that these characters would apply to young
and adult as their latitude allows. For this reason, as my example
will be seen to differ considerably, especially in the above-mentioned
points, I allow it as distinct.

(Named for the Rupununi River.)

Rhamdella leptosoma sp. nov. Fig. 12.

Head 47; depth 8}; D. I, 6; A. v1, 8; P.1,9; V.1,5; head width

1 in its length; head depth at occiput 1}; snout 34; eye 3}; max-
17 Pimelodus holomelas Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, “1864, p. 120.
Issequibo.

— a a ay ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

illary 5; mouth width 3; interorbital 4; pungent dorsal spine 2;
first branched dorsal ray 11; first branched anal ray 1g; least depth
of caudal peduncle behind adipose fin 3; pectoral spine 14; pectoral
fin 1{; ventral fin 12.

Body elongate, slender, compressed, deepest at dorsal origin and
tapers back gradually and slightly, edges all convex. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, least depth 14 its length, measured from
hind edge of adipose fin.

Head small, depressed, profiles similarly and slightly convex,
swollen sides below broadly converge above, lower surface convex.
Snout broadly convex, length 2 basal width at front of eyes. Hye
ellipsoid, superior, centre slightly anterior in head length. Adipose-
eyelid not developed, and eyelids free. Mouth moderately small,

Fig. 12.—Rhamdella leptosoma Fowler. (Type.)

with upper jaw slightly protruding, commissure very short. Lips
firm, fleshy. Maxillary extends about 2 in snout length. Teeth
in villiform bands in jaws, subequal in width, and each end of upper
band ends in posteriorly directed angle. Inner buccal folds narrow,
No other teeth in mouth. Tongue broad, fleshy, thick, depressed.
edges not free. Maxillary barbel very long, slender, teaches back
about half way in length of depressed last anal ray. Outer mental
barbel reaches to last or distal sixth of depressed pectoral spine.
Inner mental barbel reaches pectoral origin. Internasal spaces
subequal, anterior nostril near front snout edge in slight tube and
posterior nostril at last third in snout as simple pore. Interorbital
moderate, level. Bones on upper surface of head’ covered with
thin skin, surfaces smooth. A narrow lengthwise median fontanel,
well defined most entire upper extent of cranium and ending pos-

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

teriorly at base of occipital process. Opercle widely and unevenly
triangular. Occipital process extends back toward dorsal as narrow
slender prolongation 3 of space.

Gill-opening extends forward nearly opposite front eye margin.
Gill-rakers 4+6, slender, lanceolate, firm, about 3 of filaments.
Latter 24 in eye. Isthmus broadly convex.

Body covered with smooth skin, and no rugose bony surfaces.
L. 1. complete, midway along side, and extends to median caudal
base.

Dorsal origin nearer adipose fin origin than snout tip, slender
pungent spine smooth-edged and equals. about half length of fin,
ending in long slender flexible tip. Second dorsal ray longest and
extends back as far as any of others. Adipose fin inserted nearly
midway between front eye edge and caudal base, fin low, graduated
up at first, and its length 23 in combined head and trunk length.
Anal inserted nearly midway between ventral origin and hind basal
edge of adipose fin, first to fourth branched rays subequally longest
and fin rounded. Caudal very long, deeply forked, lobes slender,
pointed, and upper longer. Pectoral low, spine pungent, outer
distal edge and median posterior edge with small antrorse serre,
depressed fin extending 13 to ventral. Latter mserted about oppo-
site fifth dorsal ray base, fin reaching 13 to anal. Vent close behind
ventral bases, or about first fifth in space between ventral and anal
origins.

Color in alcohol pale or very light brownish generally on upper
surfaces, lower surface paler or translucent whitish. Upper surface
of darker tint, due to minute dusky dots. A dark streak, made
up of closely set dusky dots, extends from snout tip to caudal base,
embracing |. 1. Lips pale brownish. Maxillary barbel brownish,
and other barbels whitish. Dorsal largely pale or translucent
basally on membranes, upper or distal halves dusky. Adipose fin
and caudal dusky-gray. Other fins pale or grayish. Iris slaty.

Length 80 mm.

Type, No. 39,340, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Also, paratype, No. 39,341, A. N.S. P., same data. Head. 4$;
depth 7; D. 1,6; A. vr, 8, 1; snout 23 in head; eye 3}; maxillary
33; mouth width 3; interorbital 4; length 81 mm.

This species differs from Rhamdella foina (Miiller and Troschel)®

48 Pimelodus foina Miller and Troschel, Reis. Schomburgk, Ill, “1848, p. 628.
Takutu.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

in its more slender body, more anal rays, longer maxillary barbels,
and the coloration. Rhamdella eriarcha (Eigenmann and Eigen-
mann)" another related, species agrees in the slender body and
coloration, though differs in its short maxillary barbels and fewer
gill-rakers. Rhamdella ignobilis Steindachner® has maxillary barbels
reaching only to the dorsal end basally, larger head and deeper
body, though its color is suggestive.
(Aextds, slender; saa, body.)
Pimelodella cristata (Miiller and Troschel).
One example 140 mm.
Pimelodella gracile (Valenciennes). Fig. 13.

One example 155 mm. Not previously recorded from British
Guiana.

Fig. 13.—Pimelodella gracile (Valenciennes).

Pimelodus clarias (Bloch).
One example 220 mm. Maxillary barbels reach caudal base.

Hemisorubim platyrhynchos (Valenciennes).

One example 260 mm.
Sorubim lima (Schneider).

One example 270 mm. Also an addition to the fauna of British
Guiana.

DORADIN &.

Doras costatus (Linnzus).

Two examples 180 mm. and 270 mm.

19 Rhamdia eriarcha Wigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (2) I,
1888, p. 129. Rio Grande do Sul.
20 Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, CXVI, I, 1907, p. 484. Rio Cubatas, Brazil.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Doras hancocki Valencienes.
One example 76 mm. long.

Leptodoras linnelli Eigenmann.

One example 165 mm.
Leptodoras trimaculatus sp. nov. Fig. 14.

Head 32; depth 44; D. 1,6; A.1v,9; P. 1,7; V.1, 6; head width

2 in its length; head depth at occiput 14; snout 22; eye 23; inter-

orbital 44; dorsal spine 1; ventral 13; first branched anal ray about
21: upper caudal lobe 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 43.

Body well compressed, moderately long, deepest at dorsal origin,
edges all convex, though predorsal slopes up each side to median

Fig. 14.—Lepltodoras trimaculatus Fowler. (Type.)

constricted edge. Caudal peduncle wider than deep, least depth
about half its length.

Head large, well compressed, elevated, upper profile convex,
curves down rather steeply in front. Snout conic, basal width about
4 its length, upper profile concave-convex. Eye large, ellipsoid,
high, and centre slightly posterior in head length. Eyelid not free,
continuous with skin of head as adipose-eyelid. Mouth small,
anteriorly inferior. No teeth. Lips rather thick, fleshy. Max-
illary barbel reaches slightly beyond pectoral origin, fleshy, and its
outer edge fringed with cirri. Mandible with cluster of four thick
papillose fleshy barbels hanging down, length of each about 3 of
eye. Tongue fleshy, little distinct. Nostrils simple pores, anterior

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

pair slightly closer to one another and about midway in snout length,
posterior pair close in front of eye above. Interorbital nearly level.
Opercle with a few radiating strie covered with thin skin. Upper
surface of head and predorsal buckler finely rugose-striate. Oc-
cipital fontanel begins on upper surface of interorbital opposite front
eye edges and extends back half way to dorsal origin.

Gill-openings lateral, inferior, extend forward about opposite hind
pupil edge. Gill-rakers. 1+9, short, conic, blunt at tips, longest
4 in filaments and latter 2 in eye. Isthmus broad and flattened.

- Body without scales and exposed skin smooth. L. 1. with an
armature of 30 large scutes, of equal width over most of extent,
only becoming smaller on side of caudal peduncle, and hind edge
of each strongly denticulated. Exposed bony shoulder-girdle,
slightly swollen above pectoral base, with lengthwise strix or grooves.

Dorsal origin a little nearer snout tip than origin of adipose fin,
with long strong compressed spine, its front edge antrorsely serrate
and hind edge also serrate, though there serre turned forwards.
Adipose fin inserted a little nearer caudal base than origin of ventral,
fin small or about equals eye. Anal inserted before adipose fin, or
slightly nearer ventral origin than caudal base, first branched ray
longest and lower edge slightly emarginate. Caudal well forked,
pointed lobes equal, and rudimentary rays well developed. Pectoral
low, with large well-compressed spine, both edges strongly serrate,
and when distended extends back nearly to first third in depressed
ventral length. Ventral origin just behind dorsal base, and fin
reaches ¢ to anal origin. Vent at first third in space between ventral
and anal origins.

Color in alcohol largely slaty-gray above, becoming silvery or
whitish below. Down middle of back from dorsal base, and just
above each lateral series of scutes, a deep gray or nearly slaty length-
wise streak. Lateral scutes pale or whitish. Iris slaty. Sides of
head silvery-white. Fins all with general tint pale grayish to whitish.
Dorsal with subbasal blackish blotch anteriorly and extending down
to bases of rays. Each caudal lobe with inner basal blotch of blackish.

Length 77 mm.

Type, No. 39,342, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Related to Leptodoras linnelli Eigenmann, but differs in the larger
eye and coloration. :

(Tri, three; macula, spot; with reference to the dorsal blotch and
the two caudal blotches.)

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

AUCHENIPTERIN®.
Trachycorystes galeatus (Linnus).
One example 145 mm. long.
Auchenipterus demerare Higenmann.
Three examples 125 to 135 mm.
Ageneiosus ogilviei sp. nov. Fig. 15.

Head 33; depth 63; D. I, 6; A. 1x, 32,1; P. I, 14; V, 1,7; head
width 13 m its length; head depth at occiput 2; snout 2; eye
6{; maxillary 2; mouth width 14; interorbital 14; dorsal spine 2;
first branched dorsal ray 12; length of adipose fin 34; first branched
anal ray 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 5}; upper caudal lobe
1%; pectoral spine 13; pectoral fin 12; ventral 1,%.

Body elongate, trunk greatly compressed, and extremely broad

Fig. 15.—Ageneiosus ogilviet Fowler. (Type.)

anteriorly or at head, greatest depth at dorsal origin, edges all con-
vexly roufided, and trunk slopes gradually back to rather deep
caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle well compressed, its least depth
21 in its length.

Head large, greatly depressed, upper profile nearly straight from
snout tip to dorsal origin, lower -profile horizontally convex, upper
surface convex and lower surface flattened. Snout very broad,
broadly convex as viewed above, length ? its width, and protrudes
slightly beyond edge of mandible in front. Eye moderate, without
free eyelid, laterally inferior, and about midway in head length.
Skin around eye forming somewhat adipose-like. Maxillary reaches
back till close in front of eye. Jaws with about equally wide or
broad bands of villiform teeth, rather firm and rough to touch. No

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

other teeth in mouth. Inner buccal membranes very narrow, only
slightly developed. Tongue large, broad, thick, depressed above,
smooth, and free around edges. Lips not developed. Mandibular
rami low and broad, and asperous edge of upper jaw includes it all
around. Nostrils well separated, though posterior pair a little
closer and placed about +‘in snout length. Interorbital broadly con-
vex. Opercle moderate, with few radiating strie, though these
covered with thin skin of head. Frontal fontanel moderately broad,
extends from about midway between eyes till about midway in
snout length, and bones each side with lengthwise strie, though
their surfaces covered with thin skin. Occipital process wide,
strong. receives dorsal base in its posterior cleft.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite middle of eye. Gill-
rakers about 3+19, lanceolate, sharp-pointed, firm, 1? in gill-
filaments, and latter about 1} in eye: No pseudobranchize. Isthmus
broad. Branchiostegals 9, slender, outer longer.

Body covered with thin skin, at present rather soft and delicate.
No ossifications exposed on head. LL. |. complete, a little high at
first, becoming midway along side of caudal peduncle, continuous
on caudal base, and with moderately short branches all along its
course, giving off both above and below.

Dorsal origin well anterior or well before first third in combined
head and trunk length, with slender compressed smooth-edged spine
but little less than first branched or longest dorsal ray, and depressed
fin extends 2% to origin of adipose fin. Latter inserted little nearer
ventral origin than caudal base, rather elongate and truncate behind.
Anal long, inserted about midway between hind maxillary edge
and caudal base, first branched ray longest and all other rays gradu-
ated down smaller, base of fin about 34 in combined head and trunk
length. Caudal broad, rudimentary rays well developed, very
slightly emarginate with upper lobe longer so as to produce oblique
hind edge. Pectoral with compressed slender pungent smooth-
edged spines ending in flexible tip, fin broad, low, reaches slightiy
beyond ventral, and its own insertion but slightly before dorsal.
Ventral broad, low, insertion well behind dorsal base, and fin reaching
back nearly to first branched anal ray base. Vent close in front of
anal, its surrounding area greatly constricted.

Color in alcohol largely grayish or slaty-brown on back, sides and
lower surface whitish. Head brownish above, obscurely mottled
with dusky. Iris slaty. Lower surface of head, breast, and belly
whitish. Opercle with dusky border below. Edge of gill-opening

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

and postorbital region whitish, marked with several pale dusky
spots. Following course of |. 1. its entire extent dusky lengthwise
streak, well defined and separated from color of back by whitish or
pale parallel and similar streak. Also another parallel and similar
pale streak below until over anal medianly, after which it merges in
general pale lower tint. From pectoral axilla dusky styeak extends
back to anal, fading out behind. Now all dusky lengthwise streaks,
and dark color of back variegated with irregular blotches of dusky,
anterior to ventral fins. Fins all with grayish-white general color.
Dorsal with a few small dusky spots, and pectorals and ventrals
with similar variable spots on their upper surfaces, showing through
below, and with their distal portions more or less dusky. Anal
shows traces of few pale dusky spots on distal portions of longest
rays. Caudal with broad posterior dusky to blackish edge, each
lobe with few rounded dusky spots. Adipose fin with large dusky
blotch above.

Length 195 mm. : :

Type, No. 39,343, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Related to Ageneiosus brevifilis Valenciennes, though differs appar-
ently in the large pectorals and ventrals and black-edged caudal.
Cope’s Peruvian example, about 200 mm. ? Jong, in poor condition,
shows the damaged pectorals apparently not reaching the ventrals.

(Named for Mr. J. Ogilvie.)

PYGIDIDZ.
STEGOPHILIN ‘2.
COBITIGLANIS subgen. nov.
Type Ochmacanthus taxistigma sp. nov. 1

Differs from Ochmacanthus Eigenmann in the anal being entirely
behind dorsal base and spines of preoperele and opercle in lesser
number.

(Ko3:es, loach; yAaxs, catfish; with reference to the superficial
resemblance these fishes bear to the loaches of the Old World.)
Ochmacanthus taxistigma sp. nDv Fig. 16.

Head 53; depth 64; D. mu, 6, r;-A. mm, 4, 1;-P.1, 5,1; Vea, 45
head width 1,;\5 its length; head depth at occiput 14; snout 34;
eye 3; mouth width 1}; interorbital 34; length of dorsal 14; of
anal 12; of pectoral 12; wy ventral 2; of lower caudal lobe 14; least
depth caudal peduncle 23.

Body elongate, slender, well compressed, belly bulging so that

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

deepest about midway in space between pectoral and ventral bases,
edges convex. Caudal peduncle well compressed, rather slender,
least depth about 4 its length.

Head well depressed, broad, upper profile a little more convex
than lower, and lower sides bulge a little so that they slope slightly
in above, lower surface nearly level. Snout broadly depressed,
nearly evenly convex as seen from above, well protruded, and length
about 2 its greatest width about opposite front of eyes. Eyes
without free eyelids, skin of head extending over, superior, elongate,
and slightly ovoid, and placed about first # in head length. Mouth
broad and moderately crescentic as seen from below. Lips broad,
fleshy, and with rather obsolete transverse plications, though on
mandibular portion indistinctly broken or divided into papille.
Maxillary ending in short, basally thick fleshy barbel, tip sharp or
pointed, and measured along its upper free edge about equals eye

oe

Sy ere a
ee ©. 2 &
or — fee o-S 2-<

Beet MD

Fig. 16.—Ochmacanthus taxistigma Fowler. (Type.)

in length. Inside and hidden, also a much smaller maxillary barbel,
its length about + that of outer, though similar in most respects.
Upper jaw with 6 series of uniformly small teeth, rows arranged
transversely and continuously at equal distances across anterior
portion. of mouth, all more or less pliable except last series, which
firmly, entrenched. At least 7 distinct transverse series of similar
teeth arranged along each mandibular ramus, and a few others not
in very regular order scattered about symphysis. No other teeth
inmouth. Inner buceal folds broad. Tongue far back, broad, fleshy,
depressed, and evidently scarcely free. Each end of lower lip forms
broad fold sn side of head below maxillary. Mandible broad,
depressed, flattened on lower surface, and symphysis would form
opposite front edge of eye. Nostrils well. separated, anterior much
more widely apart and close in front of eye, and both pairs with

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr..,.

slightly elevated cutaneous rims, though posterior pair larger and
placed opposite and within space between front edges of eyes. Inter-
orbital level. Preopercle with a cluster of 5 more or less concealed
large conic spines, partly erectile. Opercle with 2 similar, only
smaller, spines.

Gill-opening small, lateral, just before pectoral base.

Body naked, covered with smooth skin. L. |. complete, simple
or without branches, and median along side.

Dorsal origin a little nearer caudal base than pectoral origin,
first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends about 2 to
caudal base. Anal inserted just behind dorsal base, first branched
ray longest or extends back beyond tip of last so that fin reaches
+ to caudal base. Caudal slightly emarginate, elongate and with
well-developed fulera. Pectoral low, broad, extend about 4 to ven-
tral. Latter mserted well before dorsal origin or about midway
between pectoral origin and caudal base, and extends back 2 to anal
origin. Vent midway between depressed pectoral tip and anal origin.

Color in alcohol pale or very light brownish, shading to whitish
on lower or under surface. Predorsal region with about four series
of dusky irregular spots. From behind dorsal only a few median
dusky spots, though upper surface of head with spots of similar size
to those of predorsal region. One of these blotches marks opercular
spines and another preopercular spines. Also a dark spot above
pectoral base. Following course of |. 1. 16 dusky blotches, at first
small, then gradually larger until maximum size obtains on side
of caudal peduncle. Along upper extent of this series also several
smaller dark scattered spots. Fins all pale or whitish, several obscure
spots of dusky on dorsal, caudal, and pectoral base, others uniform.
Iris slaty.

Length 93 mm.

Type, No. 39,344, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

This species resembles Ochmacanthus flabelliferus Eigenmann, but
differs in its dentition, coloration, and position of its fins.

(Ta5ts, row; o=t7/4, spot; with reference to the series of large dark
lateral blotches along the lateral line.)

CALLICHTHYID 43
Callichthys callichthys (Linnwus).
One example 128 mm.
Hoplosternum thoracatum (Valenciennes)
One example 70 mm.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

“LORICARIIDA.
PLECOSTOMIN#.
STONEIELLA¢ gen. nov.

Type Stoneiella leopardus sp. nov.

Teeth fine, but little enlarged at ends, moderately small, not
numerous. Interopercle with erectile spines, and these on movable
plate. Body spinescent almoSt everywhere above, especially
anteriorly. Lower surface of head, lower sides of abdomen and
belly naked. Lateral edges, as well as upper surfaces of head,
finely spinescent. Temporal plate imperforate. Tail short, com-
pressed. Adipose fin present. Anal with five branched rays.

This genus differs from the related genera, or those of the present
subfamily, in the naked or unarmed lower regions. In its dentition
it approaches Lithoxrus Eigenmann. One species.

(Named for Dr. Witmer Stone, in slight recognition of his con-
tributions to natural history.)

Stoneiella leopardus sp. nov. Fig. 17.

Head 4; depth 5; D. I, 8; A. I, 5; P. I, 6; V. I, 5; spinescent
armature of |. |. with about 24 bucklers, indistinctly defined; head
width 1,1; in its length, with head measured from snout tip to hind
end of occipital process; head depth at gill-opening about 2; snout
13; eye 5; width of buccal disk 2; interorbital 27; dorsal spine 1;
anal spine 13; pectoral spine 1§; ventral spine 1}; least depth of
caudal peduncle 3; upper caudal lobe about 1} (tip damaged).

Body moderately long, well depressed, convex above, flattened
below, deepest at dorsal origi and widest at pectoral origins. Caudal
peduncle stout, becomes more compressed behind, and length about
# its depth.

Head large, broad, convex above, flattened below, and upper profile
a little mclined and nearly straight. Snout depressed, surface
generally convex, as seen from above rather elongately triangular
with length about { greatest width at point opposite front of eyes.
Eye superior, close on upper profile, a little ellipsoid, placed about
last third in head length measured to hind occipital process, and
edges without eyelid, free. Mouth inferiorly anterior, with broad
rounded disk. Upper jaw retractile, with a series of 8 slender hooked
compressed bifid teeth, each with tips of bifurcations worn in
appearance as if somewhat truncate. and inner branch larger. Man-
dible with a series of 12 similar teeth. Teeth medianly in both jaws
larger, and lateral ones smallest. Inner buccal folds broad. Lips

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr..,,

™
very broad, forming large buccal disk, and their lower surfaces with

many papille, most distinct and raised where they border jaws.
Outer edge of disk formed of conic fleshy barbel extending from
hind end of maxillary, and its length about equals eye length. Nos-
trils large, together, both with elevated coextensive cutaneous
rims, fall about last fourth in snout length, closer together than
interorbital width, and placed in smooth area nearly as large in
extent as eye. Interorbital moderate, level. Occipital process
nearly an equilateral triangle, extends about half way to dorsal
origin.

Fig. 17.—Stoneiella leopardus Fowlet Type

Gill-opening small, oblique, before pectoral base above, and its
extent opposite and equal to eye-in length. Isthmus very broad
level.

Body remarkable for its spinescent armature. Upper surface of
head with small close-set sharp prickles or spines, including occipital
process, opercle, and shoulder-girdle above pectoral base. Cluster
of 12 depressible slender sharp-pointed spines on preopercle, last
movable. Lower surface of head, breast, belly region around anal

base, and along lowtr sides naked. Four lateral lengthwise series

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

of posteriorly directed spines, and short fifth series on lower side of
caudal peduncle and caudal base. Each of these spines in length-
wise series well separated, with one or more smaller or minute spines
scattered around basally. Thus indications of lateral plates, ill-
defined at first, though well-marked on caudal peduncle and caudal
base, corresponding to squamation, are formed. Anteriorly lower
series of lengthwise spines originates on bony plate over base of
pectoral spine. Predorsal and postdorsal regions of back with
minute spines, also lower surface of caudal peduncle and lower
surface of trunk above anal base. All spines of fins and sides of
larger rays spinescent, latter condition varying from quite large
strong denticles on front of pectoral spine to those very minute.on
fin-rays. L. |. not evidently developed, median series of lateral
spines in no way differing from others.

Dorsal origin about midway between that of adipose fin and
snout tip, spine rather slender and with somewhat flexible tapering
tip, fin quite large and all rays well developed. Adipose fin mod-
erately large, spinescent, inserted little nearer last dorsal ray base
than caudal base, fin about 3 an eye-diameter in length. Anal
inserted just after dorsal base, with slender and rather flexible spine,
first branched ray longest and extends back about 2 to caudal base.
Caudal large, emarginate, both outer rays enlarged and spinescent.
Pectoral low, with very strong spine, reaches 3 to ventral origin.
Latter inserted below first branched dorsal ray base, with strong
spine rather flexible at tip, fin extends beyond anal base slightly, or
about 2 to caudal base. Vent with short tube, placed at last 2 in
space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in aleohol very dark or dusky generally, especially above.
Everywhere more or less with large close-set blackish blotches,
spots, or short vermiculations, on upper surface more or less obscured
by bristles or spines, though below very conspicuous. General tint
of lower surface much paler than back, thus adding to contrast.
All fins with similar black"blotches, the pale intervening areas often
forming more or less into narrow transverse pale lines. Caudal
with lobes distally somewhat chestnut-brown above and_ below,
median portion of fin, however, with large blackish blotches like on
trunk and narrow pale areas intervening. Iris slaty, also disk.
Teeth worn brownish at tips, whitish basally.

Length 92 mm.

Type, No. 39,345, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

Only the type known:

(ledzapdos, leopard; with reference to the spots.)
Plecostomus plecostomus (Linnzus).

One example, 235 mm.

Pseudancistrus nigrescens Higenmann.

Two examples, 112 and 175 mm. The smaller example agrees
with, Eigenmann’s figure of the head, though the larger has the
posterior edge of the occipital plate triangular. Both have numerous
lateral bristles around front edge of head, except about snout tip,
though in the larger example they are much longer, slender, and
altogether better developed. Mandibular ramus 1} to 12 in inter-
orbital. Dorsal spine equals or less than combined eye and snout
length. Pectoral extends back about opposite first third in ventral.
_ Color uniform dark brown above, belly pale. Trunk with brassy
tinge in places.

Ancistrus hoplogenys (Giinther).

Two examples, 120 and 178 mm. Both show body, especially

below, and fins with minute white spots.

LORICARIIN Js.
Loricariichthys acutus (Valenciennes).

One example, 210 mm. long (caudal tip damaged). This species
has been described by Eigenmann as Loricaria microdon. My
example does not appear to differ from L. acutus as described by
Regan.

Loricariichthys griseus (Eigenmann).

One example 167 mm.
Harttia platystoma (Giinther).

One examiple 145 mm.
Sturisoma monopelte sp. nov. Fig. 18.

Head 53; depth 93; D. I, 7; A. 1, 5; P. I, 6; V. I, 5; osseous
plates 35 in lateral series; 24 postdorsal bony plates; head width
14 in its length, measured to hind edge of occipital process; head
depth 3; snout 12; eye 63; mouth-width 4; interorbital 4}; snout
tip to front mouth edge 2}; pectoral 13; ventral 13; anal 1}; least
width of caudal peduncle 63.

Body greatly elongate and depressed, slender in profile, dorsal
and ventral surfaces generally convex. Very slight median predorsal
depression, with slight ridge each side. From upper edge of eye
obsolete keel extends back to join median !ateral keel at fifteenth

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAD®ULPHIA. 275

plate of latter, junction indicated by slight angle. Median lateral
keel at first obsolete, though after dorsal very distinct and con-
tinued as lateral flange to caudal. Lower lateral keel extends from
plate of shoulder-girdle back to twenty-second plate of median
(then upper) keel, where it merges without an interruption. Before
each ventral origin slight lengthwise keel. Caudal peduncle ex-
tremely long, depressed, broad, and tapering.

Head rather small, sides convexly approximated above, lower
surface broadly convex. Snout greatly acuminate, narrowed tip
produced, width at front of eyes 12 its length. Eye small, a little
ellipsoid, high, slightly posterior to last third in head measured to
hind edge of occipital plate. Edges of eyes free, without membrane

Fig. 18.—Sturisoma monopelte Fowler. (Type.)

covering over. Mouth width broad, forms rather large rounded
disk, and transverse mouth cleft would form about last third in
snout length. Lips very broad and greatly papillose, and papille
bordering jaws much larger. About 66 small, simple, slender,
clavated, and slightly crooked teeth in transverse series in upper:
jaw, and about same number of similar ones, more bent over at
ends, in lower jaw. Ramus of mandible slightly less than eye.
Upper jaw with 3 fleshy papilliferous flaps inside, median much larger.
Inner buccal fold very broad and free. Externally each side of disk
forms small pointed barbel. Nostrils in moderate-sized depression,
together, formed just before front orbital edges, anterior with broad
cutaneous flap mostly concealing posterior. Interorbital generally
level, with lengthwise shallow depression each side of median line.
19

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Gill-opening small, restricted, lateral, extends forward about
opposite first 2 in eye and extends behind latter nearly half an
eye-diameter.

Seales, or scutes, all mmutely spinescent. Predorsal region with
4 scutes to occipital. Five series of scutes transversely across
belly, each outer series of larger ones. A single scute interposes
each side medianly between anal plate and preanal plate.

Dorsal origin about first third in space between snout tip and
caudal base, spine ends in filament extending back slightly less than
half way to caudal base. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base or
about midway between snout tip and thirty-second lateral scute,”
flexible spine, reaches 32 to caudal base. Caudal small, upper and
lower, or outer, rays produced in filaments, latter at least 2 rest of
body length, and fin deeply forked. Pectoral with flexible spine
extends slightly beyond ventral origin. Ventral inserted opposite
dorsal origin, spine flexible, extends back slightly beyond anal origin.
Vent midway in space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcohol brownish above, with dark lateral streak or ill-
defined band extending along each side of snout from tip, including
eye, embracing region of obsolete upper and distinct median lateral
keels and then continued externally along edge of caudal peduncle
where, however, narrow. Lower surface of snout dusky. Entire
lower surface of head and body otherwise pale brownish to whitish.
Fins all pale, dorsal obscurely mottled or blotched with pale dusky.
Caudal with edges aboye and below, and filaments pale, median
rays whitish, and posterior inner portions of both lobes more or less
mottled dusky, that of lower nearly blackish and mostly uniform.
Iris slaty.

Length 265 mm.

Type, No. 39,346, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

This species is closely related to Sturisoma rostrata (Spix) and,
as compared with the specimen Cope recorded from the Peruvian
Amazon as Loricaria rostrata,’ differs in the coloration. Cope’s
example also shows the fins less produced and two plates each side
imposing between plate containing vent and preanal.

(Mévos, one; =24774, shield; with reference to the single interposed
shield between ventral and anal plate.)

"Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila., XVII, 1878, p. 681.

ee

NO
~j
~]

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

BELONIDA.
Potomarrhaphis guianensis (Schomburgk).
Two examples, 107 and 172 mm.

SCLAINID 2.
Plagioscion squamosissimus Heckel.
One example, 295 mm.
Pachypops furcreus (Lacépéde).
One example 148 mm.
CICHLIDZ.

Acaropsis nasa (Heckel).
Two examples, 60 and 110 mm.

FEquidens tetranemus (Heckel).
One example 80 mm.
Cichlasoma severum (Heckel).

Two examples, 125 and 160 mm.
Mesonauta festivius (Heckel).

Two examples, 115 and 108 mm.
Geophagus surinamensis (Bloch).

Two examples, 170 and 112 mm.
Geophagus jurupari Heckel.

Two examples, 150 and 110 mm.
Apistogramma ortmanni rupununi subsp. noy. Fig. 19.

Head 22; depth 22; D. XV,7; A. III, 6,1; P.1, 11; V.1, 5; scales
22 in median lateral series to caudal base and 6 more on latter;
scales 12 in upper branch of |. 1.; 4 scales posteriorly in lower branch
of 1. 1.; 3 scales between spinous dorsal origin and 1. 1.; about 8
scales transversely between origins of rayed dorsal and anal; 9
predorsal scales; head width 2 in its length; head depth at occiput
about 14; snout 3; eye 33; maxillary 3§; interorbital 4; mandible
21: last dorsal spine 2; third dorsal ray 13; third anal spine 23;
third anal ray 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 2;'5; caudal 1;
pectoral 14; ventral spine 25; ventral fin 13.

Body rather elongately ovoid, well compressed, profiles similar,
and deepest midway in length of depressed pectoral, edges all convex.
Caudal peduncle well compressed, length about 3 its least depth.

Head large, compressed, both profiles convex, upper more inclined,
and nearly flattened sides slightly converging above, so that lower
surface more broadly convex. Snout moderate, convex over surface

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

and in profile, basal width about } its length. Eye large, rounded,
superior, its centre falling slightly before middle in length of head,
and eyelids or edge free. Pupil circular, rather large. Mouth
rather wide, small, or with short slightly curved and nearly horizontal
commissure. Muzzle moderate, not especially protruded, and jaws
equal. Premaxillary protractile. Maxillary rather small, extends
well back towards eye beyond posterior nostril, though not quite
to eye, well inclined and curved down below lower lip. Lips rather
fleshy, form rather broad, free fold along each jaw edge. Jaws with
villiform and nearly uniform teeth, arranged in band ineach. Appar-

Fig. 19.—A pistogramma orlmanni rupununi Fowler. (Type.)

ently no other teeth. Buccal folds inside mouth moderately wide.
Tongue depressed, slightly pointed, and free around front edge.
Mandible rather shallow, rami a little elevated inside mouth pos-
teriorly, and surface convex. Nostrils small, anterior larger, about
last third in snout length, and posterior inconspicuous, superior, and
slightly before eye front, also slightly nearer together than outer
pair. Interorbital convex. Hind preopercle edge nearly straight,
slightly inclined backward. Membrane along hind edge of gill-
opening moderate. ;

Gill-opening extends forward about last 3 or nearly opposite hind

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

eye edge. Rakers 1+4, short broad fleshy, or rather flexible,
tubercles, about 4 in gill-filaments. Latter 2 in eye. Suprapharyn-
geal pad at epibranchial of first gill-arch well developed. No pseudo-
branchie. Isthmus convex, mostly concealed by broad branchioste-
gal membrane. Branchiostegals slender, outer much longer.

Seales large, well exposed, finely ctenoid, arranged in lengthwise
series, and slightly smaller on breast than elsewhere on trunk. Fins
sealeless, except caudal base, and latter covered with many small
scales. Head largely scaly. Cheek with 3 rows of scales. Occipital
seales extend forward to middle of interorbital. Opercles and
subopercles scaly. Head otherwise naked. No axillary scaly flaps.
Pores on preopercle, lower cheek, suborbitals, muzzle, and inter-
orbital small and in moderate number. L. |. interrupted, or of two
divisions, upper longer, at first 3 scales from spinous dorsal origin
but soon separated from spinous dorsal base by one scale, and in
posterior portion of its extent by only half a scale. Lower or pos-
terior division of |. 1. median along caudal peduncle, with tubes only
over 4 scales, being preceded by 3 punctures on as many scales, and
no tubes or punctures, continued posteriorly, or on caudal base.
Tubes all simple, well exposed, or extend whole extent of each scale
exposure.

Spinous dorsal inserted nearer snout tip in vertical than spinous
anal origin, graduated up from first: or shortest to fourth, after which
more or less subequally long to posterior ones, which longest. Edge
of spinous dorsal deeply notched, and edge of each membrane forms
produced longer free point. Rayed dorsal with posterior median
rays longest, form a produced point, begins about opposite of origin
of lower |. |., and edge entire. Spinous anal begins about opposite
end of upper branch of 1. |., spines graduated to third or longest,
edge of fin with cutaneous points similar to those of spinous dorsal.
Rayed anal similar to rayed dorsal, its origin also about opposite.
Caudal with hind margin nearly truncate or very slightly convex,
fin elongate in contour. Pectoral broad, median upper rays longest
and depressed fin extends back about opposite vent. Ventral
inserted close after pectoral base, spine extends } to anal origin, while
tip of first ray reaches rayed anal origin. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol largely deep brownish on back, becoming paler
only on lower or under surface of head and abdomen. General tint
at present with more or less swarthy appearance. Along side of
snout, from its tip, then continued behind eye in straight horizontal
line, a black streak or line, and not continued behind to caudal

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

peduncle, but terminating above first two tubes of lower branch of
]. 1. Slightly posterior from lower eye edge a dusky streak extends
obliquely across cheek to subopercle. Suborbital chain also marked
by broad-angled dusky streak, its point of divergence at beginning
of oblique dark streak extending across cheek. Several irregular
broken streaks or blotches of brownish on forehead. About eight
broad obscure transverse bands, at present ill-defined and some-
what irregular as to boundaries. From pectoral base they appear
still more obsolete as a lengthwise dusky shade, hardly a streak
or band, extending horizontally back toward caudal base. Third
obsolete transverse band, between upper |. |. and median lateral
‘streak, set out as large blackish blotch. Caudal base with
large blackish blotch, about equal to eye in size. Iris slaty.
Fins all with dull dusky-gray ground-color, and only ventral
slightly paler. Rayed dorsal with eight or nine vertical pale
dusky streaks, of same general tint of spinous portion of fin,
and extending mostly on basal and posterior portion of fin.
Rayed anal with similar streaks, about six in number. Caudal with
nine similar streaks, though first two interrupted by basal spot, and
all streaks parallel and slightly inclined forward. Other fins un-
marked. =

Length 54 mm.

Type, No. 39,347, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Another example, No. -39,348; A. N.S. P., paratype, same data.
Head 23; depth 23; D. XIV, 6; A. III, 6, 1; scales 21 in median
lateral series to caudal base, and 6 more on latter; 14 scales in upper
branch of |. 1.; 5 seales in lower branch of |. 1.; 9 predorsal seales;
snout 3;'; in head; eye 34; maxillary 3; inteforbital 3$; length
50 mm. ;

This species is closely related to Apistogramma ortmanni (Eigen--
mann), though differs in coloration, the black superiorly median
lateral blotch not being present in that species according to the
figure and description.”

(Named for the Rupununi River.)

Cichla ocellaris Schneider.

Two examples, 183 and 105 mm.
Crenicichla lugubris Heckel.

One example 285 mm.

Crenicichla alta Eigenmann
One example 163 mm.

* Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, p. 506, Pl. 68, fig. 1.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

Crenicichla pterogramma sp. nov. Fig. 20.

Head 22; depth 42; D. XVIII, mr, 11, 1; A. III, 10,1; P. 1, 15;
V. 1, 5; scales about 60 in median lateral series to caudal base, and
about 6 distinct on latter; 23 scales in upper branch of |. 1.; 11 scales
in lower branch of |. |. before caudal base, and 2 more on latter;
8 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and I. 1.; 4 scales between
origin of rayed dorsal and upper |. 1.; 12 scales in vertical series
between origin of spimous anal and upper | |.; 19 predorsal scales;
head width 2} in its length; head depth at occiput 2; mandible 2;
last dorsal spine 3; seventh branched dorsal ray 12; third anal
spine 4; seventh branched anal ray 14; least depth of caudal peduncle
3; caudal 1; pectoral 14; ventral 2; ventral spine 32; snout 3% in
head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 5; maxillary 22; inter-
orbital 4.

Fig. 20.—Crenicichla plerogramma Fowler. (Type.)

Body elongate, compressed, rather slender, deepest about midway
in depressed ventral length, and edges all convex. Caudal peduncle
well compressed, length about ¢ its least depth.

Head large, compressed, conic, upper profile straight from snout
tip nearly to spinous dorsal origin, lower profile similar, convex sides
not constricted above or below. Snout broad, rather depressed,
surface convex, length about 7 its basal width. Eye large, rounded,
close to upper profile, its centre near first ? in head length as measured
from snout tip. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Pupil large, circular.
Mouth large, wide, with horizontal commissure. Premaxilary
protractile. Maxillary rather large, reaches back little inclined till
slightly past front of eye, though not quite opposite front edge of
pupil, received below preorbital. Lips fleshy, rather broadly folded

=

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

above and narrow below. Jaws with broad bands of small or fine
uniform conic teeth, largely depressible and directed inwards. No
other teeth. Buccal folds inside mouth moderately broad. Tongue
depressed, attenuate, and free in front. Mandible broad, shallow,
well produced in front beyond snout tip, rami not elevated inside
mouth, though outer lip forms broad fleshy pocket to receive upper
at rictus. Nostrils simple, lateral or on side of snout about last
third its length. Interorbital level. Preopercle with entire edge,
slightly inclined forward above. Opercle ends in rather pointed
cutaneous flap above.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite last in eye. Rakers,
1+12 asperous short broad tubercles, about 3 in gill-filaments.
Latter about 14 in eye. Isthmus narrow, constricted, surface convex.
Branchiostegals slender, outer longer, and membrane rather broad
across isthmus.

Seales large, well exposed, smooth on head, predorsal region, and
region embracing bases of dorsal fin, though this greatly narrowing
posteriorly, also on breast and belly, other regions with finely ctenoid
scales. Fins scaleless, except caudal base, and on latter scales
smooth and quite small. Cheek with 9 series of scales. Occipital
scales extend forward only to hind edge of interorbital. Opercles
and subopercles scaly. |Head otherwise naked, though with a number
of mucous pores, especially above. lL, |. interrupted, or in two

divisions, upper much longer, seales larger than those surrounding.

Upper division of |. 1. concurrent with dorsal profile, replaced below
by median lower division. Tubes simple, and all well developed or
extending completely across exposure of scale. ;
Spinous dorsal inserted about midway between snout tip and
seventeenth dorsal spine base, first spine shortest and all others
graduated up to twelfth and then subequal, though last spine longest.
Edge of spinous dorsal with membranes ending in cutaneous points,
free and projecting above tips of spines. Rayed dorsal higher than
spinous portion, rays graduated to fourth and fifth branched, which
longest and produced in filamentous point, edge of fin entire. Spi-
nous anal inserted slightly before second simple dorsal ray base,
spines graduated up to third which longest, and edge of fin with
cutaneous points like spinous dorsal. Rayed anal with seventh
branched anal ray longest, preceding rays subequally shorter, and
edge of fin entire. Caudal rounded, elongate. Pectoral broadly
expanded, median rays longest, and fin depressed extends slightly
less than half way to anal origin. Ventral inserted close behind anal

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

base, spine pungent or about ? length of fin, and latter depressed
half-way to anal. Vent falls about last 2 in space between depressed
ventral tip and anal origin.

Color in alcohol largely dull brownish, paler below. A dark or
dusky lateral streak extends from hind eye edge back to median
caudal base, though in position parallel and just above posterior
or lower branch of |. 1. At its termination on caudal base a black
pale-edged ocellus not much larger than pupil, and another on
fourth to sixth scales of 1. 1. about equal to eye in size. Vertical fins
grayish, dorsal paler basally, and subterminally lengthwise pale or
whitish streak its entire length and extending back to point of rayed
fin. Last dorsal rays with about four transverse whitish streaks.
Anals with lower edge dusky, and upper posterior half of fin with
about six whitish transverse streaks. Caudal grayish, lower edge
darker, and with about six transverse whitish streaks. Ventral
and anal whitish. Iris slaty. Lower surface of head pale.

Length 162 mm.

Type, No. 39,349, A. N.S. P. Rupununi River, British Guiana.
J. Ogilvie.

Only the type known. Apparently related to Crenicichla saxatilis
(Linneus) and C. alia Eigenmann, though differs at once in coloration.

(Urspov, fin; yeavry, line; with reference to the pale submarginal
streak on the dorsal fins.)

TETRODONTIDA.
Colomesus psittacus (Schneider).
Three small examples.

SOLEIDA.
Achirus lineatus (Linneus).

Two examples.
Faunat Works.

BLEEKER, Pirrer. 1862. Descriptions de quelques Espéces Nouvelles de
Silures de Suriname. Verslag. Med. Kon. Ak. Wet., Amsterdam, XIV, 1862,
pp. 371-3889. ;

——_ 1863. Sur quelques Genres Nouveaux du Groupe des Doras. Ned. Tijds.
Dierk., Amsterdam, I, 1863, pp. 10-18.

—— 1864. Description des espéces de Silures de Suriname conservées aux
musées de Leide et d’Amsterdam. Nat. Verhandel. Holl. Maatsch. Welensch.,
Haarlem, (2), XX, 1864, pp. 1-104, Pls. 1-16.

——_ 1866. Description d’une espéce inédite de Stolephorus de Suriname.
Ned. Tijds. Dierk. Amsterdam, III, 1866, pp. 178-180.

Buiosser, Curistran B. 1909. Reports on the Expedition to British Guiana
of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 3.
The Marine Fishes. Ann. Carnegie-Mus., VI, No. 1, ‘1909, pp. 295-300.

Bryant, Witiiam. 1786. Account of an Electrical Eel, or the Torpedo of
Surinam. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila., 11, 1786, pp. 166-169.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Danton aN G. 1855. The History of British Guiana, II, 1855, Fishes,

pp. 309. ;

Dursin, Marion Ler. 1909. Reports on the Expedition to British Guiana
of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 2.
A new genus and twelve new species of Tetragonopterid Characins. Ann.
Carnegie Mus., VI, No. 1, 1909, pp. 55-72.

EIGENMANN, Cart H. 1909. Reports on the Expedition to British Guiana

- of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 1.
Some new genera and species of Fishes from British Guiana. Ann. Carnegie
Mus., V1, No. 1, 1909, pp. 4-54.

— 1912. The Freshwater Fishes of British Guiana, including a study of
the Ecological grouping of species, and the relation of the Fauna of the
Eaten to that of the Lowlands. Mem. Carnegie Mus., V, 1912, pp. 1-578,

s. 1-103.

Fiacc, Henry Couirs. 1786. Observations on the Numb Fish or Torporific
Eel. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila., 11, 1786, pp. 170-173.

Goetp!, Emimio A. 1898. Primeira contribuigao paro 0 conhecimento dos
Peixes do valle do Amazonas’e das Guyanas. Estudos ichthyologicos dos
annos 1894-1898. Boletim Mus. Paraénse, 11, 1898, pp. 443-488, 1 PI.

Gintuer, ALBERT. 1863. On new Species of Fishes from Essequibo. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., London, (3), XII, 1863, pp. 441-443.

— 1868. Descriptions of Freshwater Fishes from Surinam and Brazil.
Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1868, pp. 229-247, figs. 1-8 in text, Pls. 20-22.
—— 1872. On a new Genus of Characinoid Fishes from Demerara. L.c.,
1872, p. 146. :
Hancock, JOHN. 1828. Notes on some species of Fishes and Reptiles, from
Demerara, presented to the Zoological Society by John Hancock, Esq.

Zool. Journ., IV, 1828, pp. 240-247.

Mier, JoHANEs, and TroscHEeL, FRANZ HERMANN. 1848. Reisen in Britisch-
Guiana in den Jahren 1840-44. Im Auftrag Sr. Majestiit des Konigs von
Preussen. Ausgefiihrt von Richard Schomburgk. Versuch einer Fauna und
Flora von Britisch-Guiana. Fische, III, 1848, pp. 618-644.

PeLuecrin, Jacques. 1902. Cichlidé nouveau de la Guyane frangaise. Bull.
Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, VIII, 1902, pp. 417-419.

—— 1908. Les Poissons d’eau douce de la Guyane francaise. Revue Coloniale,
1908, pp. 577-591. [Not consulted.]

Porta, Canna M. L. 1901. Tetragonopterus longipinnis, n. sp. Notes Leyd.
Mus., XXIII, 1901, pp. 85-90, fig.

QUELCH, ‘JOHN JOSEPH. 1894. Fish and Wishing in British Guiana. Bull.
U.S. F. Com., XIII, 1893 (1894), pp. 237-240.

Reaan, C. Tate. 1908. Description of a new Cichlid Fish of the pase
Heterogramma from Demerara. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, (8), I,
1908, pp. 370-371, fig. in text.

Scuompurck, Ropert. 1841. Fishes of British Guiana. —— Part I. Nat.
Library, Jardine, XX XIX, 1841, pp. 81-263, Pls. 1-30.
—— 1843. Fishes of British Guiana. —— Part II, L.c., XL, 1848, pp.

131-211, Pls. 1-30.

STEINDACHNER, FRANz. 1909. Ueber Canotropus punctatus M. Tr. nach Exem-
plaren aus Surinam. Anz. K. Ak. Wiss., Wien, XXIV, 1909, [Not
consulted. |

—— 1910. Notiz itiber einige neue Characinenarten aus dem Orinoco und
dem oberen Surinam. L.c., XVII, 1910, pp. 265-270.

Trai, THOMAS Stewart. 1832. Description of a Silurus, known in Demerara
by the name of Gilbacke, more properly Geelbuik. Mem. Wernerian N.
Hist. Soc., V1, 1832, pp. 377-380, Pl. 6, fig. 1.

VAILLANT, Lion. 1898. Contribution A l'étude de la faune ichthyologique
de la "Guys ane. Notes Leyden Mus., XX, 1898 pp. 1-20, 1 fig.

1899. Note préliminaire sur les collections ic hthyologiques recueillies
par M. Geay en 1897 et 1898 dans la Guyane francaise et le Contesté franco-
srésilien. Bull. Mus. H. Nat., Paris, V, 1899, pp. 154-156.

—— 1900. Contribution A l'étude de la faune ic hthyologique de la “Guayane
francaise et du Contesté franco-brésilien. Arch. Mus. H, Nat., Paris, (4),
II, 1900, pp. 123-136, PI. 7.

ou

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 28:

CONTRIBUTION TO THE ANATOMY OF THE ILYSIIDE.
BY JOSEPH C. THOMPSON, SURGEON, U.S. N.

_ Three species of this family have recently been the subjects of an
autopsy. A few additional secondary characters have been learned,
but none were of the primary importance of those already known,
and which have been employed by Mr. Boulenger to maintain the
group as a family.

The salient character found to be common to the three species
studied, was the comparatively large diameter of the segment of the
posterior vena cava that is just caudad to the heart. A generic
character of rather an unusual nature was found in Cylindrophis,
consisting of a bridge of connective tissue in the floor of the mouth,
that extends between the sheath of the tongue and the lip.

Ilysia scytale (Linneus). -

This species has been made the subject of several pages by Dr.
Beddard.! The characters of an example just studied conform with
those touched on in the article, with the exception of the position
of the liver. By Dr. Beddard, this organ was found to commence
“just at the heart as in Vipers.”” In the present example the anterior
tip of the liver was 37 mm. posterior to the apex of the heart.

A comparison of the measurements brings out the point that the
only difference between the two specimens is in the position of the
liver. :

Specimen.—
Collection of Brit. Museum
Dr. Beddard. Exchange Series.
Male. Female.
Sex. mm. Per cent. mm. Per cent.
Total length . 495 100 480 = 100
Apex of heart... 115 23.2 125 26
Liver, anterior tip 1s PB 162 33.7
Liver, posterior end . 293 59 295 61.5
Gall-bladder 356 71.8 345 72
Kidney, right:
Length . 23 20
Distance from cloaca Al 30
Kidney, left:
Length pail : 15
Distance from cloaca oP llil 21

"1 Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, vol. I, p. ai

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

Specimen.—Brit. Mus. Ex. No. 19a. South America. Female:
total length 480, tail 20 mm.
Squamation.—The number of scale rows, the sequence in which
they are added, suppressed, and the gastrostege level at which these
changes occur, are as follows:
19 rows, VI row added, right 55th, left 53d gastrostege, making:
21 rows, V row ends, right 206th, left 202d gastrostege, leaving:

19 rows, VI row ends, right 220th, left 221st gastrostege, leaving:
17 rows, which are continued to the vent.

Gastrosteges 236; anal divided; urosteges 12 and a terminal
scute, the first and second paired, the remainder entire. Frontal
barely touching the occipital; supraocular larger than the parietal;
supralabials 5, the third and fourth touching the ocular shield;
infralabials 5, the first pair the deepest and in contact behind the
long mental; a single pair of large geneials which are not in contact;
three azygos gular shields.

Anatomy.—The tracheal cartilages terminate at the level of the
61st gastrostege. The tracheal membrane is narrow and is not lined
with pulmonary tissue. The right lung extends from the 57th to
the 135th gastrostege; it is 152 mm. long, and lined throughout with
pulmonary tissue. There is a small free apex, 2.5 mm. long, that
extends to the 57th gastrostege; it is in relation with the right side
of the trachea, and the lumen is continuous with that of the lung.
The lung terminates in a blunt end which is 3.3 mm. in diameter.
The left lung, 5.5 mm. long, extends from the 58th to the 61st gastro-
stege. It is in relation above with the end of the trachea and the
right lung, to the right with the apex of the hedft and the inferior
vena cava, below with the ventral wall of the pleural cavity, and to
the left with the stomach. It is lined with pulmonary tissue through-
out. The left bronchus opens from the ventral side of the trachea
‘ opposite the 60th gastrostege. It enters the lung at the junction
of the middle and the posterior one-third. The liver in this species
and in Cylindrophis rufus is peculiar in that macrescopieally it
appears finely reticulate, with lines composed of minute black dots.

The anterior portion of the lives from the tip to the level of the
126th gastrostege is composed of the left lobe, along the right side
of which courses the large inferior vena cava. At the 126th gastro-
stege this vessel begins to furrow the ventral and left side of the
liver and divides the organ into right and left lobes. These lobes
continue posteriorly; the right, which is 6 mm. the longer, ter-
minating at the 147th, and the left at the 144th gastrostege.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

The coiled portion of the ilewm termmates at the 209th gastro-
stege; the remainder, 9 mm. in length, is straight.

The ileo-cecal valve is at the 214th gastrostege.

The cecal pouch, 8.5 mm. long, extends from the 214th to the
209th gastrostege; it lies between the right oyiduct and the terminal
straight portion of the ileum.

The junction of the ileum and cecum, and the cecal pouch are
subject to a wide range of variation in different species, and are
worthy of being recorded in detail.

The posterior vena cava is anomalous owing to its large diameter,
which is 2.6 mm. Upon opening the ccelum, just caudad to the
heart, this vessel appears as if it were the liver. The illusion is
increased as just posterior to the apex of the heart this vein is sharply
flexed towards the dorsal wall, and from below, this bend looks
exactly like the blunt tip of a liver.

The external landmarks of the principal viscera in terms of gastro-
steges are as follows:

Per cent.
Total number of gastrosteges......ccccscnencienn . 236 100
Apex of heart... ccc. Soe BY) 25
Liver, ANteriOr tips his) 33
Liver, Posterior C1 ........csccccecceceeescee . 147 62.2
Gall-bladder, centre.....0.00.0... 5 PAL 12.5
Kidney, right, anterior tip os 210 88.8
Kidney, right, posterior end 220 93
Kidney, left, anterior tip.......... 216 91.5
Kidney, left, posterior end... 226 95.8

The seale formula in this specimen is abnormal. It will be noted
that the first row to be added was the VI, and the first to be sup-
pressed was the V, and the next to be dropped was the VI. “The
normal condition would have been for the VI to be the first sup-
pressed followed by the V.

Over five hundred specimens of various species have recently been
investigated for this scale formula character. In the normal state,
when a certain scale row is added anteriorly and further along the
body begins to taper and a reduced count occurs, this reduced count
is regularly brought about by the suppression posteriorly of the same
seale row that was added. Where several rows are added and later
these are suppressed, the sequence of suppression is regularly in an
inverse order to that in which they appeared.

The scale formula of a different specimen having 226 gastrosteges
was as follows:

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

19 rows, VI added, right 52d, left 52d gastrostege, making:
21 rows, VI ends, right 199th, left 194th gastrostege, leaving:
19 rows, which are continuous to the vent.

CYLINDROPHIS Wazgler.

Since the publication of the Catalogue of the Snakes in the British
Museum, there have been described two new? species belonging to
the Ilysiidee. Both of these new forms are in the genus Cylindrophis,
the species of which may be distinguished as follows:

I—Diameter of the eye about half its distance from the nostril.
Interocular width more than the length of the snout... rufus.
Interocular width equal to the length of the snout........./solepis.

II—Diameter of the eye one-third to one-fourth its distance from

the nostril.
A—Ventrals not twice as large as the contiguous scales.

Scales sink.25) LOWS cancun pete ttn Bae opisthorhodus.
Seales in 21 to 19 rows.......... ¥ maculatus.
B—Ventrals nearly twice as large a as the contiguous seales.

Seales in. 21 TOWS..o.c.-wsssnnseyenmnunssserentnons wnnnaa ONCGLS.

Cylindrophis rufus (Laurenti).

Specimen.—California Acad. Sci., No. 33,054. Sarawak, Borneo.
Male; total length 454, tail 11 mm.

Squamation.—The number of scale-rows on the body, the sequence
in which they become suppressed, and the gastrostege level at which
they terminate are as follows:

Neck:

21 rows, [V*row ends, right 8th, left 8th gastrostege, leaving:

Body:

19 rows, V row ends, right 195th, left 190th gastrostege, leaving:
17 rows, which are continued to the vent.

Gastrosteges 202; anal divided; urosteges 6, second and fourth
divided, the remainder entire. Prafrontal enters the eye; frontal
larger than the supraocular, larger than the parietal, longer than its
distance from the rostral; a small postocular; supralabials 6, the
third and fourth entering the eye; infralabials 6; a single pair of
genelals; one pair and two azygos gular shields.

Anatomy.—The tracheal membrane is narrow and is not lined with
pulmonary tissue. The trachea terminates just caudad to the left
bronchus. The right intrapulmonary bronchus terminates at the
6lst gastrostege. It appears as the narrowed continuation of the

? Cylindrophis isolepis Boulenger, 1896, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), vol. XVIII,

p. 62, Jampea, Id¢
C. opisthorhodus Boulenger, 1897, loc. cit., vol. XLX, p. 505, Lombok.

|
|

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

trachea. At first it is a gutter of bronchial tissue, from the edges of
which the ends of the cartilages project into the lumen of the lung
for a distance of .3 mm.

The right lung extends from the 54th to the 114th gastrostege.
-It is lined with pulmonary tissue to about the 100th gastrostege;
the terminal portion ends as a blunt and stout-walled anangious
air-sac. There is an apex, 2.5 mm. long, and adherent to the right
side of the trachea. The wall between the apex and the trachea is
formed of pulmonary tissue alone, there being no fibrous tissue
dividing the two structures. The lumen of the apex opens into the
lung by a simple tube that is pentagonal in shape and appears to be
a single air-cell that is deeper than the rest.

The left lung, 6 mm. long, is lined with air-cells. The bronchus,
at the level of the 58th gastrostege, is a minute opening from the
ventral wall of the trachea.

The left lobe of the liver extends from the 73d to the 111th gastro-
stege. At this point the posterior vena cava begins to furrow the
organ and to form the right lobe. Posteriorly the two lobes end
nearly at the same level, the right being but 1.5 mm. the longer.

The gall-bladder is 6 mm. long. The cystic duct flows forward for
1.5 mm., and is composed of several tubes. The hepatic duct divides
into several branches; these anastomose with the cystic duct to form
a complex rete which is 7 mm. long and flows anteriorly to enter the
pancreas. The usual condition in serpents is for the hepatic and
cystic ducts to join posteriorly to the gall-bladder.

The ileum is lined with fine longitudinal folds. The last loop is
at the 172d gastrostege; from this point it is nearly straight. At
the 176th gastrostege there is a sacculated dilatation 3 mm. long and
about one-half again the diameter of the gut. The walls are thin
and pellucid and the lining is smooth.

The cecum is lined with deep longitudinal plice and there are no
transverse septal folds. The ileo-cecal valve is at the 193d gastro-
stege. The cecal pouch is small, being 2.5 mm. long and of about
the same diameter; it lies dorsad to the ileum.

The intercostal arteries are regular, being one for each space.
Each arises as a single artery that bifucates below the median line,
one fork entering on either side.

The teeth are of moderate size; the mazillary bears 11, the palatine
6, the pterygoid 5, and the dentary bone 12 teeth. _

The floor of the mouth presents unusual conditions. The mandible
bends towards the median line, and the anterior tip of the dentary

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

bone protrudes through the floor of the mouth for a distance of 1 mm.
The tip is covered with pad of fibrous tissue and the mucous mem-
brane. The opening of the sheath of the tongue is 3 mm. from the
lip. A tough band of fibrous tissue, which is furrowed above for the
tongue, extends between this opening and the lip. This band is
attached anteriorly and posteriorly; beneath it is free and forms a
bridge under which an instrument may be passed. Between the
anterior attachment of this bridge and the tip of each dentary bone,
is an opening into a pouch which lies on either side of the median
line. Each pouch is covered above by the mucous membrane of
the mouth, and extends posteriorly to the level of the opening of the
sheath of the tongue. These pouches are in communication with
each other beneath the bridge of connective tissue that extends
from the opening of the sheath of the tongue to the lip.

The external landmarks of the principal viscera in terms of gastro-
steges are as follows:

; Per cent.
Total number of gastroste ges... cccccccecccnssee niece 202 100
Apexcol @artia v5 4 ka nied terrace Octane cee an ee 28.7
Lain, ANG ETION: GI a seen chicos eine eA eee See 36.2
Liver, posterior end.......... peepee tlie er Bok mae LS 63.5
Gall-bladder, centre... Te .. 138 68.5
Testis, right, anterior tip ae tea LOO 74.4
Testis, right, posterior end : t eta LD 77.1
Testis, left, anterior tip aan eens 3 ay 80.2
Testis, left, posterior end... BR iS Seat Ud 82.8
Kidney, right, anterior tip <2 ’ Pike by fY . 85
Kidney, right, posterior end SACS ; 186 92
Kidney, left, anterior tip : Pon : ee lye) 87
Kidney, left, posterior end................. 190 94

In this species it will be noted that the seale-row count of 21
terminafes well forward on the neck, and that the count of 19 per-
sists nearly to the vent.

A uniform scale-row count over the entire body is found in two
types of serpents. It occurs in those with cylindrical bodies in which
there is no reduction of the diameter posteriorly and also in those
in which the body tapers posteriorly. The majority of those in the
latter category are in widely separated genera belonging to the
Colubride. These genera with tapering bodies have one character
in common and that is the scale-row count is regularly a low one,
being usually 17, 15, or 13 rows throughout. In these serpents the
scales accommodate themselves to the narrowing of the body by
becoming smaller.

In the majority of species the tapering of the body is associated

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

with a reduced scale count posteriorly. In each species this reduced
scale count is brought about by the loss of definite scale rows. The
discovery of this phenomenon was made by Mr. Ruthven while
studying the genus Thamnophis?

Two additional characters bearing on this subject may be entered
into. If a series of one species is critically recorded, it will be found
that not only is there a definite sequence of suppression, but that a
given scale row terminates at about the same relative position on
the spinal column in each specimen. Also, that the suppression of
a scale row is in fairly definite relation to the posterior end of an
underlying organ.

It is to be understood that these two characters are stated in
general terms. Barring individual variation, for which no allowance
can be made, they will be found to hold with satisfactory constancy.

Bibliography.—The original description of this species is contained
on page 71 of the Synopsin Reptilium by Laurenti, published in 1768.
In this work the serpent was named Anguis ruffa. Throughout
literature it has been referred to by the emended name of rufa. It
is probably only a question of time before some philologist will
insist that the current term be again emended and that the original
incongruous spelling be perpetuated.

Cylindrophis maculatus (Linnus).

Specimen.—California Acad. Sci., No. 16,890. Ceylon.

Female; total length 330, tail 6.5 mm.

Squamation.—The number of seale rows, the sequence in which
they are added or suppressed, and the gastrostege level at which
these changes occur may be thus presented:

Neck:

19 rows, V row ends, right 10th, left 8th gastrostege, leaving:

Body:

17 rows, IV row added, right 39th, left 49th gastrostege, making:
19 rows, IV row ends, right 182d, left 184th gastrostege, leaving:
17 rows, which are continued to the vent.

Gastrosteges 194, in the middle of the body 3 mm. wide, adjacent
scale row 2.5 mm. wide; anal divided, urosteges 5, entire. Priefrontal
the largest shield; one small postocular; supralabials 6, the third
and the fourth entering the eye; infralabials 6; anterior geneials
large; one pair and two azygos gular shields.

Anatomy.—The tracheal membrane is narrow and: is not lined with

31908, Bull. 61, U.S. National Museum.
20

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

air-cells. The right lung extends from the 58th to the 98th gastro-
stege and is lined throughout with respiratory tissue. The apex
is adherent at the trachea. The left lung is 5 mm. long and contains
air-cells; anteriorly it is narrow and posteriorly broad and truncate.
The left bronchus is at the 60th gastrostege and enters at the middle
of the lung. -

The liver begins at the 78th gastrostege. At the 91st gastrostege
there is an S-shaped kink in the organ, the recurrent limb of which
is 6 mm. long, and lies to the right and above the anterior portion.
The liver reaches to the 113th gastrostege; at this point the end
bends downward and forward for a distance of 3 mm. Whatever
may have been the cause of the kink in the liver, it apparently in no
way affected the right lung. The liver from the anterior tip to the
first bend in the kink lies to the left and below the lung; the recur-
rent limb of the kink is ventrad to the lung; the liver posterior to
the second bend in the kink lies to the right and below the lung.
In other words, the lung is perfectly straight and lies at first to the
right side, then above the kink, and finally to the left side of the
liver. A-similar flexure of the liver has been observed in a female
Tropidonotus vibakari Boie, containing embryos that were nearly
mature. :

The esophagus at the 96th gastrostege makes a Z-shaped bend;
the recurrent limb of which is 4 m. long, and is directed forwards
and to the left. This bend is in the horizontal plane and is just
caudad to the S-shaped kink in the liver.

The posterior vena cava is of large calibre; it has two kinks, one
just caudad to the left lung, and the other 8 mm. anterior to the
tip of the liver.

Whether these kinks in the various organs are deformities or are
part of the displacement of the viscera during the latter weeks of
pregnancy is not certain.

The ileo-cecal valve is at the 182d gastrostege. The cecal pouch
is 6 mm. long and the apex is at the 177th gastrostege. It is of the
same diameter as the cecum and lies between the ileum and the
right ovary.

The teeth are less in number than in C. rufus. The mazillary
bears 8, the palatine 7, the pterygoid 4, and the dentary bone 11
teeth.

The floor of the mouth has the protruding tips of the maxillary
bones and the two pouches on either side of the median line quite
as described in C. rufus.

4

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

There are three embryos; these extend from the 118th to the
178th gastrostege. The growth of the anterior one has been aborted,
evidently owing to pressure. The middle one has a yolk sac 25 mm.
long, on the dorsal and anterior surface of which is coiled the embryo.
The head is free, being beneath and anterior to the coils. The pre-
vailing condition is for the head to be in the centre of the coils, where
it is more protected. The total length of the embryo, when uncoiled,
is about 45 mm. The tail measures 2 mm., which is longer propor-
tionately than in the adult. Each rudimentary hind limb is free;
it is held at right angles to the body and measures .5 mm. in length.
The yolk sac of the posterior embryo measures 36 mm.

A well-nourished fat-body lies between the bend in the cesophagus
and the first embryo.

The external landmarks of the principal viscera in terms of gastro-
steges are as follows:

Per cent.
Total number of gastTosteges.....cccccccsssccasniatan 194 100
Amex Ofhearticc.ccacsacarnnc irene are Peers Ol 30.9
NGiverseaM vend OLUGUp! cease. eee eee cone ean ee nein annem 40.2
FIN ET BD OSLERIOLLEN Geese saree Oe cree ee. dena coe Nats 58.2
GallebladderucemtnGranwe te teem ne ced rtisccnsnanond LLG 59.8
TRU have, ALGO ETOUNEVHONE (HNO) craroteeeceeteecr rere JIE 88.7
Kidney, right, posterior €1d.......cccccccseesos Seen nluoll 93.1
Kardmeya) Left, samiberion tiphe.-.cescscrcesn chan: ie. sey bras} 90.8
Gide van htm POSteTIOM CN Ce nce csaea-euastecacstens sta LO 95.2

In these three species a comparison of the position of the viscera
im terms of percentage down the spinal column may be presented:

Species.—
Ilysia Cylindrophis Cylindrophis

scytale. rufus. maculatus.
Sex. Female. Male. Female.
Spinal column............. pears LOO 100 100
ANTOEES Opt AOS EN et Reavis eetratind dete eee ae eT 13) 29 31
itivermamteTlOneulOysaew: eters. asees 38 36 40
HiiviersPOSLETIOLLeM Gruen eens hess erienacneaea OO 63 58
Galle ladderie ete ee ee enerenmetny ie 68 60
Bete yamie lite blp ieee cates crccenccsiamncanns 5OO 85 89
acne yeaniohiisen deen cesetcennsemccree Go 92 93
Kidney, left, tip... ee a8 eet eel 87 91
Kidney, left, end... f - : . 96 94 95

To obtain this data the number of the gastrostege underlying a
given anatomical point, counting from the first shield in the neck,
is noted. This number is then divided by the total number of
gastrosteges in the specimen, thereby giving the position in terms
of percentage.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Apr.,

THE OLFACTORY SENSE OF HYMENOPTERA.

BY N. E. McINDOO, PH.D.

CONTENTS.
PAGE
Introductiontand, Methods) receccur eesti ees tate zn arty Senge ntaese Re Prort 294
A. The Olfactory Sense of Ants and Hornets... .. 296
I. Experiments on Normal Ants and Hornets . ww. 297
1. Winged females of Formica... ax ... 299
2. Winged males of Formica........ ts ... B00
3. Winged males of Camponotus... ang Si .. 301
4. Major workers of Camponotus... =: oe ie pls
5. Minor workers of Camponotus. .......0..0.....0...000.0. a ane, tee ... B04
6; Blemales (of) Vespa ala acilal de, wescavestcescceraay eee ee rceres trae aeieccoeane ... 804
II. Experiments on Ants and Hornets with Mutilated Antennx............ 305

1. Funiculi of Ants cut off................... ena 40)

2. Funiculi of Ants covered with glue.. eS aout

3. Flagella of Hornets cut off... ct in BOY.

MMs Suni syste sever ceastses teste ase ettnos ee meee rece eee cc .. 808
IV. Morphology of the Olfactory Pores ie Ne ee
DISD OSUULON egeseccteceee om cara cnet emt oraeee ere are nan ce w» 809

(a) Winged female of Formica............. ees, Ser ery pollle!

(b) Other Ants and Hornets examined.............. sctaksaengt eee 312

2.” SULUCCUTE a rr. sturase Cron etectace, cap eeovaca ea oP PRE Fate 312

(a) "Exteel structure)». visas ccestasvahventteet carscstvnenere, Retard Gees 312

(b) Internal structure... 313

VY. Physiology of the Olfactory ee he et Bad Sern

1. Deiilated females of Formica... 317
2. Wings of females of Formica pulled off. 317
3. Wings of males of Formica pulled off... 318
4. Bases of wings glued and legs of females of Formica covered
with vaseline........ Not. ns dventvsviss ¢1spech RLS
5. Deiilated females of Camponotus 320
6. Glue in wing niches and legs of deiilated females of C ‘amponolus
covered with vaseline....... icetnoeges arse Saas tae 321
7. Wings of males of Camponotus pulled ‘Oil cone. wee OO
8. Wings of Vespula maculata pulled off.. e wane ODE
9. Summary...... wee O20
B. Disposition of the e Olfactory Pores of other Hy menoptera : . 325
I. Distribution.......... , never . 325
IJ. Number........ . 825
III. Relative Sensitiveness of Species s examined to Odors . 326
Discussion t i : 334
Literature Cited . B38
Explanation of Plates XI and Xl 339

INTRODUCTION AND Mprnops.

In the investigation here recorded three objects have been kept
in view: (1) To determine physiologically the relative sensitiveness
of ants and hornets to different odors, so that it may be expressed
numerically for comparison under different conditions; (2) to locate

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

the olfactory organs; and (3) to determine morphologically the
relative sensitiveness of different species of Hymenoptera to odors.
The study of the behavior of normal ants and hornets under experi-
mental conditions is used as a basis for correctly interpreting the
observations on these insects made abnormal for the purpose of
obtaining data which concern the first two objects in view.

Many entomologists have had something to say about the seat of
the organs of smell in insects, but most of the views are purely
speculative. A few have done extensive and thorough experimental
work to determine the location of this sense. However, since they
have failed to study sufficiently the behavior of the insects investi-
gated, the responses observed have misled them in determining the
seat of the olfactory organs. It is now generally believed that the
antenne bear the organs of smell, but as all the antennal organs are
covered with a hard membrane the objection has been raised that
such organs cannot receive olfactory stimuli. Hicks (1857) dis-
covered some peculiar organs on the bases of the wings and on the
legs of insects and suggested that they have an olfactory function.
The writer (1914) made a comprehensive study of these organs in
the honey bee. He experimentally proved that they have an olfac-
tory function and for this reason called them olfactory pores. The
present paper embodies the results of a comparative study on
Hymenoptera in much the same manner as pursued on the honey bee.

To obtain material for the study of the disposition of the organs
described by Hicks, adult specimens were used. The legs and wings
were pulled off at their articulations, and the thoraces and abdomens
were slit open. These parts were put into a cold saturated solution
of caustic potash, where they remained one to three days, depending
on the size of the material.. When removed from this solution the
material was washed thoroughly in water and then was decolorized
with chlorine gas in the following manner: A small quantity of
potassium chlorate was put into a small wide-mouthed bottle. All
the parts belonging to a specimen were loosely wrapped in a small
piece of cheesecloth which was suspended in the neck of the bottle.
Then a pipetteful of hydrochloric acid was dropped upon the
potassium chlorate in the bottom of the bottle. At once chlorine
gas was liberated which soon bleached the dark colored specimen.

To obtain material for the study of the internal anatomy of the
organs herein discussed, pupal insects were mostly used. The
appendages and bodies of the pup were cut into small pieces, which
were immediately dropped into Carnoy’s fluid (equal parts of abso-

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

lute aleohol, chloroform, and glacial acetic acid, with corrosive
sublimate to excess). For embedding, the double method of cel-
loidin and paraffin was employed. Serial sections cut six and ten
microns thick were stained with Ehrich’s himatoxylin and oesin.
For further details in regard to technique the reader is referred to
the writer’s work on the honey bee.

The writer is indebted to the following persons: to Messrs. J. C.
Crawford, H. L. Viereck and 8. A. Rohwer of the U. 8. National
Museum and the Bureau of Entomology for all the dried specimens
used; to Mr. Rohwer the writer is particularly grateful for the
systematic arrangement and names of most of the specimens included
in the table, pages 330 to 334; to Mr. Theo. Pergande for identifying
the ants used; to Miss Mabel Colcord for assistance in obtaining
references; and to Emma Pabst McIndoo, the writer’s wife, for

translating some of the foreign works. -

A. THE OLFACTORY SENSE OF ANTS AND HORNETS.

In order to keep ants in the laboratory, several modified Fielde
ant nests were constructed. Colonies of various species were con-
fined in these nests. The behavior of the ants in the nests was
carefully studied and this behavior was used as a standard for
judging the behavior of all the ants used singly in the various experi-
ments. Many females of Camponotus! were found in rotten stumps
and logs in the woods. Some of them had no eggs, some had only a
few eggs, while others had several eggs, a few larvee, and a few pupe.
Each female with her own brood, if brood was found in her nest,
was put into a honey-bee queen cage. This cage is 34 inches long,
2} inches wide and 3 inch deep.

To study the behavior of one colony of Formica obscuriventris
Forel in surroundings more natural than those afforded by using Fielde
nests, a large glass cage with four compartments was constructed.
The nest portion of the cage was 10 inches long, 10 inches wide and
16 inches tall. The entrance of the nest was 10 inches long, 10 inches
wide and 8 inches tall. This compartment was raised 8 inches above
the table so that one end of it connected with the upper half of one
side of the nest. The run-way was 8 inches long, 4 inches wide and

inch deep. This was also supported 8 inches above the table.

One end of it connected with the distal end of the nest entrance and
ahs other end connected with the fourth compartment, the manger.

1 Here as elsewhere in this paper unless otherwise indicated is meant the
large brownish variety of Camponotus pennsylvanicus Say.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

The manger, or feeding compartment, was 10 inches long, 8 inches
wide and 8 inches tall. It and the nest were not elevated above
the top of the table. The tops and bottoms of all four compart-
ments were glass, except the bottom of the run-way, which was
perforated tin. To make the bottoms of the nest and manger water-
tight an additional bottom made of plaster of Paris was added to
each of these compartments. The joints of the cage were so securely
covered with adhesive cloth and the tops fitted so snugly that
vapor collected on the tops and was transformed into large drops of
water. A large colony of Formica was found in a rotten log. A
half-bushel of the rotten wood and perhaps a quart of the ants with
brood of all stages were placed into.the nest of the cage.

A large flat piece of cotton wet with water was constantly kept
in each Fielde nest. A small piece of cotton was kept in each queen
cage, and a small amount of water was occasionally poured upon
the wood in the nest and twice a week water was put into the manger.
Honey, sugar syrup, queen-cage candy, live insects, and larvee of
various insects served as food.

I. EXPERIMENTS ON NoRMAL ANTS AND HORNETS.

To determine the relative sensitiveness of females, males, and
workers to various odors, under conditions which permitted of their
close observation, triangular experimental cases were used. These
were made of three narrow wooden strips, two of which were 5 and
the third 4 inches long, each strip being half an inch thick. Wire
sereen served as a bottom and glass as a top for the case. The
apices and bases of these cases rested on two supports above a rigid
table and the table legs rested on a concrete floor, near a window.
Cheesecloth was spread across both supports, thus making a double
bottom for the cases. No screen was used to prevent the ants from
seeing the observer because they never showed any responses to the
movements made by the observer.

The following sources of odor were used for determining the
reactions of the ants in the observation cases: Chemically pure
essential oils of peppermint, thyme, and wintergreen; food—honey
and comb, parts of plant leaves, and bits of the stem of pennyroyal
(Hedoma pulegioides .?); ant secretion—formic acid. All these
substances except the last were kept in stoppered vials of the same
shape and size. The leaves and bits of the stem-of the pennyroyal
were dried, but they still gave off a strong odor when the vial was
uncorked. The formic acid was obtained by squeezing the abdomen

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. OF... {Apr..

of a large worker of Formica or of Camponotus. This caused the
ant to discharge all of the formic acid stored up and some of it lodged
on the tip end of the abdomen. The liquid on the abdomen gave off
a penetrating odor which lasted four or five minutes.

An ant or hornet was carefully removed from its nest or cage and
was placed into one of the experimental cases. When first put into
the case the insect usually wandered about for several minutes, but
finally became quiet. The insect was tested with each of the above
odors only when it became perfectly quiet, without even the antennse
being moved in the least. The stopper of a vial was quickly removed
and the vial was gently and slowly placed under the experimental
ease directly beneath and within one-half inch of the individual
being tested. Occasionally the vial was placed a few inches in front
of the specimen, to test its ability of smelling for a short distance.
When using the odor from the formic acid, the ant whose abdomen
carried some of this acid was held by a pair of forceps under the
experimental case in the same position in which a vial was held.
When all of these precautions were taken, a normal ant or hornet
responds to anyone of these odors without failure. As a control,
an empty and odorless vial was now and then placed under the
insects in the same manner. If by chance an ant or hornet moved
while the control test was being made, its behavior was quite different
from that observed when odors were used. Only the first responses
have been recorded and in all cases where there was the least doubt
as to whether the insect moved for any reason other than the olfactory
stimulus, such movements were never recorded. The reaction time
was counted in seconds. With an ordinary watch the minimum time
which can be definitely recorded is two seconds, although most of
the individuals responded to some of the odors much more promptly.
Owing to this source of error, the average recorded time is probably
double what it should be in the cases when the response was prompt.
An intermission of 10 minutes elapsed between any two tests in the
same experimental case. A few individuals were tested twice with
the same odor, but most of them were tested only once.

In the following paragraphs are given the responses of the three
castes of ants and of worker hornets to the odors of the six different
substances and the average reaction times in seconds. In recording
the responses the term ‘“‘vibrated” is used to describe the rapid
movement of the antennz up and down or from side to side. When
this movement is slow they are described simply as having ‘‘ moved.”
Quite often an ant or hornet lies flat on its thorax and abdomen,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

so the word ‘‘arose”’ is to be interpreted as meaning that the insect
gets up and stands on its feet. In the averages of reaction times
the probable error is presumably high. It has not been calculated
since slight differences in reaction time are not considered as signifi-
cant in the discussion of results. All anthropomorphic terms are
put in quotation marks.

1. Winged females of Formica.

Oil of peppermint:

10 vibrated antenne.
7 vibrated antennze and moved away.
5 moved away quickly.
2 arose quickly.
1 jumped toward odor.

Reaction time 2 seconds, average 2.00 seconds.

Oil of thyme:

8 vibrated antenne.

8 vibrated antennze and moved away.
3 arose quickly.

3 moved away quickly.

2 turned around quickly over odor.

1 moved slightly.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.04 seconds.

Oil of wintergreen:

12 vibrated antennz.
6 vibrated antenne and moved away.
5 arose quickly.
1 vibrated antennz and arose quickly.
1 moved away quickly.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.32 seconds.

Honey and comb:

12 vibrated antennz.

5 vibrated antenne and turned around over odor.
3 vibrated antenne and tried to get through bottom.
2 vibrated antenne and moved away.

1 vibrated antenne and moved toward odor.

1 moved toward odor.

1 moved quickly and tried to get through bottom.

Reaction time 2-5 seconds, average 3.00 seconds.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Leaves and stems of pennyroyal:
18 vibrated antenn.
3 vibrated antennze and arose quickly.
2 vibrated antenne and turned around over odor.
1 vibrated antennze and moved away.
1 arose quickly.
Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.52 seconds.

Formie acid:
12 vibrated antennz.

vibrated antennz and turned around over odor.
vibrated antenne and tried to get through bottom.
vibrated antennz and moved head on bottom.

2 vibrated antennze and arose quickly.

1 moved away quickly.
Reaction time 2-4 seconds, average 2.80 seconds.

bo Go Or

The average reaction time of all six odors for 25 females tested
is 2.45 seconds. These females were very restless and much time
was spent while waiting for them to become quiet. These females
and 23 more normal ones, making 48 in all, were put into a small
wooden box half full of rotten wood. An equal number of sister
females with their funiculi cut off were also put into the box at the
same time. They were given food and water. The normal ants
lived from 1 to 23 days with an average of 14 days and 10 hours.
The mutilated females lived from 4 to 22 hours, with only 19 hours
as an average. 3

2. Winged males of Formica.

Oil of peppermint:

4 vibrated antenne.

4 raised antennze.

2 arose slowly.

2 arose quickly.

2 turned around over odor.

1 jumped backward.

1 moved away quickly.

1 vibrated antenne and arose quickly.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.23 seconds.

Oil of thyme:

10 vibrated antenn.

2 moved away quickly.

2 moved antenne.

1 arose slowly.

1 arose quickly.

1 vibrated antennze and moved away.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.29 seconds.

a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

Oil of wintergreen:
6 vibrated antenne.
4 vibrated antenne and moved away.
3 arose quickly.
1 arose slowly.
1 moved away quickly.
1 moved antenne.
1 Jumped away quickly.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.12 seconds.

Honey and comb:
13 vibrated antenns, some of these quite vigorously.
2 moved antenne.
1 vibrated antennze and moved legs.
1 vibrated antennz and arose.

Reaction time 2-5 seconds, average 3.41 seconds.

Leaves and stems of pennyroyal:
7 vibrated antenne.
4 moved antennez.
2 vibrated antennz and moved legs.
2 arose quickly.
1 raised antenne.
1 jumped quickly.

Reaction time 2—4 seconds, average 2.82 seconds.

Formic acid:
11 vibrated antenne.
2 vibrated antenne and turned around over odor.
2 vibrated antennze and moved away.
1 arose quickly.
1 moved antenne.
Reaction time 2-4 seconds, average 2.94 seconds.

The average reaction time of all six odors for the 17 males tested
is 2.63 seconds. These males were very quiet and were tested without
any difficulty. Their longevity as normal ants is unknown, for they
were used in another set of experiments after the wings had been
pulled off.

3. Winged males of Camponotus.
Oil of peppermint:
9 moved away quickly.
8 vibrated antenne.
3 arose quickly.
2 raised antenne and moved away.
1 arose slowly.
1 vibrated antennze and moved away.
1 moved backward quickly.
Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.12 seconds.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Oil of thyme:
14 vibrated antenne.
5 moved away quickly.
2 vibrated antennz and moved away.
1 moved backward quickly.
1 arose quickly.
1 vibrated antennz and moved one leg.
1 arose slowly.
Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.48 seconds.

Oil of wintergreen:
8 moved away quickly.
7 vibrated antennz.
4 vibrated antennze and moved away.
4 arose quickly.
2 arose slowly.
Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.28 seconds.

Honey and comb:
16 vibrated antenne.
5 moved antenne.
1 moved antennz and moved backward.
1 arose quickly.
1 arose and vibrated antenne.
1 vibrated antennze and moved front legs.

Reaction time 2-7 seconds, average 3.68 seconds.

a

Leaves and stems of pennyroyal:
17 vibrated antennz., -
3 moved antenne.
3 arose slowly.
1 arose quickly.
1 moved away quickly.
Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.48 seconds.
Formic acid:
13 vibrated antenne.
5 moved away slowly.
2 vibrated antenne and arose slowly.
2 arose quickly.
1 moved backward slowly.
1 moved away quickly.
1 vibrated antennz and moved away.

Reaction time 2—5 seconds, average 3.40 seconds.

The average reaction time of all six odors for the 25 males tested
is 2.74 seconds. These males were very active and agile, but quite
restful, and they were easily tested. They lived from 4 to 133 days,
with 23 days and 9 hours as an average.

1914.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

4. Major workers of Camponotus.
Oil of peppermint:

6 vibrated antenne.

6 vibrated antenne and moved away.

3 vibrated antennze and moved backward.
3 moved antenne and moved away.

3 arose quickly.

2 arose and worked antenne.

1 raised antenne.

1 arose slowly.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.12 seconds.

Oil of thyme:
10 vibrated antenne.
6 arose quickly.
4 moved away quickly.
2 moved antenne and moved away.
2 raised antenne.
1 arose quickly and vibrated antennz.

Reaction time 2-3 seconds, average 2.40 seconds.

Oil of wintergreen:

8 moved away quickly.

6 vibrated antenne.

3 arose quickly.

2 moved antenne.

2 jumped backward quickly.

2 arose slowly.

1 moved antenne.

1 tried to get through bottom.

Reaction time 2-4 seconds, average 2.44 seconds.

Honey and comb:

11 moved antenne.
10 vibrated antenne.
5 moved away slowly.
1 tried to get through bottom.

Reaction time 3-10 seconds, average 5.56 seconds.

Leaves and stems of pennyroyal:

12 moved antenne.
9 vibrated antenne.
2 raised antenne.
2 moved antenne and moved away.

Reaction time 2-5 seconds, average 3.40 seconds.

30

3

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Formie acid:

10 moved quickly and tried to get at odor.
6 vibrated antenne.
3 vibrated antenne and turned around over odor.
2 vibrated antenne and tried to get at odor.
2 moved away and vibrated antenne.
1 jumped toward source of odor.
1 moved away slowly.

Reaction time 2-6 seconds, average 3.40 seconds.

The average reaction time of all six odors for the 25 large workers
tested is 3.22 seconds. These ants were kept in a Fielde nest with
many more workers and males. Between May 24 and July 5, 19
workers of various sizes had died. These 19 lived from 47 to 72
days, with 26 days and 8 hours as an average.

5. Minor Workers of Camponotus.

To ascertain if the smallest workers of a colony of ants respond
as quickly to odor stimuli as do the largest workers of the same
colony, 25 small workers were tested. These were sisters to the
large workers just described and were taken from the same colony.
The responses of the small workers to the six odors were similar to
those of the large workers. In two instances when the ant was
tested with honey and comb, it tried to get at the source of the odor.
Tn one instance when the ant was tested with formie acid, it turned
around quickly and turned up the abdomen as if going to discharge
its own formic acid. :

The reaction times for the 25 small workers are: oil of peppermint,
2-3 seconds, average 2.12 seconds; oil of thyme, 2-3 seconds, average
2.08 seconds; oil of wintergreen, 2-4 seconds, average 2.60 seconds;
honey and comb, 2-10 seconds, average 4.84 seconds; leaves and
stems of pennyroyal, 2-5 seconds, average 3.16 seconds; formic
acid, 2-8 segonds, average 3.72 seconds. The average reaction time
of all six odors for the 25 small workers tested is 3.09 seconds.

Only 2 soldiers were tested. They were sisters to the workers
just deseribed. Their reaction times are similar to those of the
other workers.

6. Females of Vespula maculata.

A large hornets’ (Vespula maculata) nest, containing many adult
hornets and all stages of young, was suspended inside a large wire-
screen cage. Twenty-five of the adult worker hornets were removed
from the cage, and they were then placed singly into the experimental

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

cases. A piece of queen-cage candy and a piece of cotton wet with
water were also placed into each case. The hornets were not “at
home” at all in these cases. They were extremely restless, wandered
about inside the case for some time, and with their powerful mandi-
bles tore the large piece of candy into many bits, but ate very little
of it. All of those that failed to become quiet after such a confine-
ment for a few hours were discarded and others were used. When
tested with the three essential oils, they responded promptly. Most
of the responses were similar to those of normal ants, but one charac-
teristic response not observed, when experimenting with ants, was
that the hornets seemed to notice the odor ; this means that the hornet
turned its head toward the floor of the case as if watching from
whence the odor was coming, and sometimes it grabbed a wire in
the bottom just above the top of the vial. If the hornets saw the
vial during these tests they were compelled to see through both the
wire-screen bottom and the cheesecloth bottom. It was also neces-
sary to place a cheesecloth screen between them and the observer
to prevent them from noticing the observer’s movements. They
were confined singly in these cases until they died. They lived
from 16 hours to 17 days and 21 hours, with an average of 9 days
and 7 hours. The reaction times are: oil of peppermint, 2-3 seconds,
average 2.12 seconds; oil of thyme, 2-4 seconds, average 2.56 seconds;
oil of wintergreen, 2-4 seconds, average 2.60 seconds. These give a
general average of 2.43 seconds.

II. Experiments on Ants anp HorRNETS WITH Morinatep
ANTENN.

Since it is now generally believed that the olfactory organs of
insects are located in the antenne, and to determine whether the
olfactory organs of ants and hornets are located in these appendages,
the antennz were mutilated, the behavior of the mutilated insects
was then studied, and later these insects were tested with odors as

usual.
1. Funiculi of ants cut off.

The funiculi of 12 workers of Formica were cut off with a small
pair of sharp scissors and these mutilated ants with 12 unmutilated
normal sisters were placed into a Fielde nest. When a funiculus
was cut off, a small drop of yellowish blood exuded from the wound.
The mutilated ants when put into the nest cleaned. off the exuded
blood. They were slightly hostile to each other and to their unmu-
tilated sisters. When a bee and a fly were put into the nest, the

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Fae {eaNoye,

mutilated ants did not offer to catch the strange insects, but the
unmutilated sisters lost no time in catching them. Only one of
the 12 mutilated ants ate food, the other 11 stood quietly by the
food as if ready to attack an enemy. All of the 12 unmutilated ants
greedily ate the food.

Fifty workers of Formica were removed one at a time from the
large glass cage. The funiculi of each were cut off and then the
insect was returned to the cage. A small drop of yellowish blood
exuded from every wound. Each mutilated ant was quite irritable
and invariably attacked one or more sisters, and as a result several
ants were killed.

The funiculi of 2 soldiers, 10 large workers, and 7 small workers
of Camponotus were cut off. These mutilated sister ants were then
put into a Fielde nest. For three hours thereafter they were quite
irritable and fought each other, then they became very inactive and
when tested with oil of peppermint, they responded slowly by
moving away. The next day they were still quite inactive and
“paid no attention” to anything, except when they came im contact
with each other, they still fought one another. When tested with
odors they failed to respond. At no time did they eat or drink.

The funiculi of 30 winged virgin females of Formica were cut off,
When each antenna was severed a small pencil brush wet with 95
per cent. alcohol was applied to the wound for several seconds.
This seemed to check the flow of blood, but did not stop it entirely.
A half-hour after the funiculi had been cut off these ants were placed
singly into the experimental cases. They wandered about inside
the cases considerably, and when they stopped wandering they
stroked the stubs of the antennz incessantly and as a rule were very
inactive. When tested with the three essential oils—peppermint,
thyme, and wintergreen—their responses were less pronounced
than were those of unmutilated ants. As a whole, their responses
were uncertain, but were of the same nature as those of unmutilated
ants. Sometimes, instead of giving the usual response, they moved
or vibrated one or more legs. Sometimes an ant grabbed a wire in
the bottom of the case and held on to it tenaciously and did not
react at all to odors. Five of them failed to respond to odors and
scarcely moved when touched with a pencil. These ants were dis-
carded from the experiments. The other 25 were tested with the
three essential oils. Their reaction times are: oil of peppermint,
2-10 seconds, average 3.08 seconds; oil of thyme, 2-15 seconds,
average 4.48 seconds; oil of wintergreen, 2-20 seconds, average

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

5.60 seconds. These give a general average of 4.38 seconds, while
the same average for unmutilated sister females is 2.12 seconds.
Confined in a Fielde nest, these mutilated ants lived from 4 to 22 hours,
with only 19 hours as an average. Since these ants were abnormal,
it is reasonable to attribute the difference of 2.26 seconds in reaction
time to the inactiveness of the insects, and it is certain that the
inactiveness was brought about by the operation.

2. Funiculi of ants covered with glue.

Thirty winged virgin females of Formica from the large glass cage
were fastened to a pine board with pins. One pair of pins was
placed x-wise over the petiole and another pair was stuck into the
board in the same manner between the head and the thorax. With
a small pencil brush the entire surfaces of both funiculi were covered
with a thin coat of liquid glue. After an interval of 15 minutes the
glue had become perfectly dry, the ant was unpinned and was put
into an experimental case. When unpinned from the board the
ants ran rapidly, but for a few moments thereafter when placed
into the cases they moved about more or less “crazily”? and then
became so quiet that it was not necessary to wait on them to come to
rest. Five failed to respond to odors and when touched lightly
with a pencil they scarcely moved, but when touched harder they
jumped up quickly and ran about ‘‘crazily.”” These five were
discarded from the experiments with odors. All the ants with
glued antennz were quite abnormal, because they did not move when
mechanically irritated unless really compelled to move. When
tested with the three essential oils some responded promptly while
others hesitated to respond. As a whole their responses were about
as pronounced as, and were similar to, those of unmutilated sister
females. Often instead of responding in the usual manner they
moved or vibrated one or more legs. Their reaction times are:
oil of peppermint, 2-15 seconds, average 6.08 seconds; oil of thyme,
3-15 seconds, average 6.40 seconds; oil of wintergreen, 2-10 seconds,
average 4.88 seconds. These give a general average of 5.78 seconds.
Since the behavior of these mutilated ants was abnormal and since
they lived from 1 to 12 days. with only an average of 6 days, the
injury caused by the glue must certainly have brought about the
slow reaction time.

3. Flagella of hornets cut off.

The flagella of 25 Vespuia maculata were cut off with a pair of sharp
scissors. A small drop of blood exuded from each wound. When
21

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

these mutilated hornets were placed into the experimental cases,
they were at first extremely restless, then they became “sullen”
and inactive.

Some of these mutilated hornets responded promptly when tested
with the three essential oils; some responded slowly, and a few
failed to respond at all. All of those which failed to respond to
odors scarcely moved when touched with a pencil. These were
discarded and the flagella of others were cut off. In behavior, hornets
with the flagella cut off are abnormal, and these lived from 3 hours
to 3 days and 20 hours with 1 day and 13 hours as an average. The
reaction times are: oil of peppermint, 2-5 seconds, average 2.84
seconds; oil of thyme, 2-5 seconds, average 2.92 seconds; oil of
wintergreen 2-5 seconds, average 3.52 seconds. These give a
general average of 3.09 seconds which is 0.66 second greater than the
same average for normal hornets. We can certainly attribute this
small difference in reaction time to the inactiveness of the mutilated
insects.

III. Summary.

The common response of all the normal ants tested to each of the
six odors used is as follows: (1) if lying flat on the thorax and
abdomen, they arose either slowly or quickly; (2) if standing on their
feet, they moved away either slowly or quickly. The more common
response is—they vibrated the antenne and moved away either
slowly or quickly. The most-common response is—they vibrated
the antennze more or less vigorously. Many of the ants turned
around over the odors. While testing with honey and formic acid,
many of the ants tried to get through the bottoms of the cases to
the sources of the odors. In one instance while testing with formie
acid, the ant turned up its abdomen in the same position in which
the abdomen is held when the ant attacks an enemy.’ The average
reaction times of all six odors for all the normal ants tested in any
one set of experiments are as follows: females of Formica 2.45 seconds,
males of Formica 2.63 seconds, males of Camponotus 2.74 seconds,
major workers of Camponotus 3.22 seconds, and minor workers of
Camponotus 3.09 seconds. The average reaction time of the three
essential oils for all the normal hornets tested is 2.48 seconds. From
these figures, it is evident that the olfactory sense in the ants and
hornets tested is quite acute. Judging from the reaction times of
the females and males of Formica, the olfactory sense in both sexes
is equally developed. The slightly slower reaction time of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

males may be due, however, to the fact that these males were young
and because they were not very active. The olfactory sense of the
males of Formica and of Camponotus seems to be about equally devel-
oped in both. The olfactory sense in the males of Camponotus seems
to be more highly developed than it is in the workers of the same
genus. There seems to be practically no difference in the ability
of the large and small workers of Camponotus to receive odor stimuli.

Ants with the funiculi either cut off or covered with glue are not
normal and they do not live long. They soon become inactive and
some of them can hardly be mechanically irritated. Those which
almost fail to respond to mechanical stimuli never respond to odor
stimuli. These were discarded from the experiments in which
odors were used and all the others were tested with odors. The
average reaction times of the mutilated ants are about double those
of unmutilated sisters. The slowness in responding to odors is
probably due to the inactiveness of the mutilated insects. If the
slow reaction times indicate that some of the olfactory organs were
prevented from receiving odor stimuli, then the olfactory organs
that brought about the responses must be looked for elsewhere than
on the antenne.

Hornets with the antennz cut off are not normal and never live
long. The reaction time of hornets thus mutilated is only 0.66
second more than that of unmutilated hornets. Most of the olfae-
tory organs, if not all, of hornets must be looked for elsewhere than
on the antenne.

IV. MorpHoLoGy oF THE OLFACTORY PorEs.

Since the organs in the antenne of ants and hornets fail to receive
most, if not all, of the odor stimuli used in the preceding experiments,
and because the writer proved experimentally that the pores first
described by Hicks (1857) do receive odor stimuli in the honey bee,
these pores in ants and hornets will now be discussed.

1. Disposition.

In making a study of the disposition of the olfactory pores of ants
and hornets the following were used: five specimens each of winged
females, winged males, and major workers of Formica; five specimens
each of deilated females, winged males, major and minor workers
of Camponotus; and one specimen of Vespula maculata. All the
wings and legs of all 36 specimens were examined carefully for pores.
Since the winged female of Formica is typical, its olfactory pores

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

will be described in detail and then the variations found in the other
above-enumerated individuals will be stated.

(a) Winged Female of Formica.—The wings have dorsal and ventral
surfaces, and the legs may be divided for description into four sur-
faces. ‘The inner surface faces the ant’s body and the outer surface
is directed from the body. The anterior surface faces the head,

Fig. 1.—Diagram of ventral surface of female of Formica, showing location of
groups of pores. ™ 7.

Fig. 2.—Diagram of dorsal surface of female of Formica, showing location of
groups of pores. 7. In figures 1 and 2 the wings are disarticulated and are
inserted at the right. » 15.

while the posterior surface is directed backward. There are always
three groups of pores on the front wing, two on the hind wing,
three on the trochanter, and one on the femur of each leg. There
are also two groups of isolated pores on each trochanter and on each
tibia. The groups are located as follows: Nos. 1 to 5 inclusive lie
on the bases of the wings, Nos. 1 and 2 (text fig. 1) being on the

ee a

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

ventral surface of the front wing and No. 3 (text fig. 2) on the dorsal
surface of the same wing; No. 4 (text fig. 2) lies on the dorsal sur-
face of the hind wing, and No. 5 (text fig. 1) lies on the ventral sur-
face of the same wing; Nos. 6 to 8 inclusive, always lie on the
trochanter at the distal end, Nos. 6 and 7 (text fig. 1) being on the
anterior surface, while No. 8 (text fig. 2) lies on the inner surface.
No. 9 (text fig. 2) always lies at the proximal end of the femur on
the posterior surface. Groups a and b of the isolated pores lie on
the trochanter, while groups ¢ and d lie on the tibia. The groups
of isolated pores are not always constant in position, but are
usually located as follows: Group a (text fig. 1) les on the outer
surface near the distal end of the trochanter and group b (text fig. 2)
is found near the proximal end of the same segment on the inner
surface. Groups c and d (text figs. 1 and 2) combined form a
horseshoe-shaped row of pores with the toe of the horseshoe lying
on the posterior surface at the proximal end of the segment, and the
sides of the horseshoe pass around the tibia in opposite directions
and end with the two heels lying on the anterior surface. In the
female of Formica, as well as in most ants, all the groups are quite
constant in number on all the legs and wings and the positions of
those on the legs vary only slightly by them rotating around the
segments. Those on the wings never vary in position. In fact, the
number of groups and their respective positions are almost identical
to those of the worker honey bee.

For all five females of Formica examined, the groups of pores on
the wings and third pair of legs vary in regard to the number of pores
as follows: No. 1, 11 to 18, average 13; No. 2, 70 to 86, average 78;
No. 3, 60 to 74, average 69; No. 4, 9 to 13, average 12; No. 5, 35 to
39, average 37; No. 6, 4 to 8, average 5; No. 7, 17 to 19, average
18; No. 8, 6 to 9, average 8; No. 9, 9 to 11, average 9; group a,
3 to 6, average 5; group b, 3 to 5, average 4; group c, 1 to 6, average
3; group d, 4 to 5, average 5. The numbers of pores in the groups
on the first and second pairs of legs vary slightly more than those.on
the third pair of legs. On the first pair of legs there is a total average
number of 112 pores; on the second pair 116 pores; and on the
third pair 114 pores, making a total of 342 pores as an average for
all six legs of a female of Formica. The front pair of wings has 320
pores, while the hind pair has only 98 pores, making 418 pores for
all four wings. It is thus evident that an average female of Formica
has only 760 pores, while by referring to the table page 333 it is seen
that a worker honey bee has 2,204 pores.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

(b) Other Ants and Hornets Examined.—The groups of pores in the
other specimens of Formica and Camponotus examined are tolerably
constant in number and position. They are so similar to those of
the females of Formica, that only the total number of pores will be
given. Counting the pores for all five individuals in each set, the
total average number of pores is as follows: males of Formica—legs
356, legs and wings 892; major workers of Formica—legs 332;
deilated females of Camponotus—legs 317; males of Camponotus—
legs 322, legs and wings 1,090; major workers of Camponotus—legs
331; minor workers of Camponotus—legs 314. In regard to the
total number of pores on the legs, it is thus seen that there is practi-
cally no difference between the number on the legs of workers and
queens and only a few more on the legs of males, but the wings of
males have many more than do the wings of females. (For more
details see table, page 331.)

The groups of pores in the worker hornet (Vespula maculata) are
also quite constant in number and position and resemble those of the
worker honey bee more than those of an ant. The group on the
femur is always double, consisting of two rows of pores widely divided,
and for this reason each row is regarded as a separate group. Groups
Nos. 7 and 9 on the leg of an ant also each consist of two rows of
pores, but since the two rows lie side by side they may be regarded
as only one group. Group No. 6 of an ant is a straight row, while
the pores of the same group of a hornet are bunched. The other
groups of the hornet are quite -similar to those of the honey bee.
The total number of pores for the hornet examined is 1,957. (See
table, page 333, for details.)

The pores of an ant vary more in size than do those of the hornet
or honey bee. Group No. 8 (Plate XI, fig. 3)? on the trochanters well
illustrates this. Here the largest pore is at least five times the size of
the smallest one. Those on the tibiz (fig. 4) also vary much. Those
on the wings (fig. 5) vary only slightly in size. In proportion to the
sizes of an ant and of a worker honey bee, the pores of the ant are
much larger. The pores of a hornet are proportionately as large
as those of the honey bee.

2. Structure.
(a) External Structure—When examined under a low-power lens,

the olfactory pores may be easily mistaken for hair sockets from

2 All figures, except text figures 1, 2, and 8, are numbered consecutively on

Plates XI and XII.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

which the hairs have been removed. When more carefully observed
under a high-power lens, a striking difference in external form is
seen. The pores appear as small bright spots when a strong trans-
mitted light is used. Each bright spot has a dark boundary or pore
wall (fig. 3, PorW). Near the centre of this boundary is a trans-
parent spot, the pore aperture, which may be round, oblong, or
slit-like. On the wings the pore apertures are always round or oblong
(fig. 5, PorAp) and never slit-like as on the legs (fig. 3, PorAp). At
the lowest focusing level any pore aperture, however, is perfectly
round. The boundary (fig. 3, PorB) of the pore is usually bordered
by a band of darker chitin.

(b) Internal Structure.—All the olfactory pores studied are inverted
flask-shaped structures in which the bottoms of the flasks are chitin-
ous layers (fig. 6, ChL). These layers of chitin contain the pore
apertures and they form external coverings for the pores. In a
typical pore as found in the tibia of Formica, the neck (NkFI) of the
flask is wide and the mouth (Mo) is flaring. About two-thirds of
the space at the bottom of the flask is occupied by a chitinous cone
(Con). The cone generally stains less deeply than the surrounding
chitin (Ch), but is not separated from it. The apex of the cone is
hollow and extends to the neck of the flask. The sense cell (SC)
lies beneath the mouth of the flask. It is bipolar, long, and slender,
and comparatively large. The sense fiber (SF) of this cell is en-
larged at the apex of, the cone. Its peripheral end runs into the
hollow of the cone, pierces the bottom of the cone, and enters the
lowest portion of the pore aperture. The nerve fiber (fig. 13, NF)
of the sense cell joins a nerve cord. The nucleus (SCNuc) with its
nucleoli (SCNuel) is always conspicuous.

Now since the anatomy of a pore is understood, the external
appearance of a pore may be explained. The dark border of chitin
(fig. 3, PorB) around the boundary of the pore is due to the thick
chitin (fig. 13, aa) at the mouth of the flask. The boundary (fig. 3,
PorW) is the same as the greatest width of the flask. The bright
area inside the boundary is caused by the light having to pass through
only the chitinous cone (fig. 13, Con) and.the chitinous layer (fig. 13,
ChL). The aperture appears transparent because the sense fiber
(fig. 13, SF) and all the other tissues have been removed by the
caustic potash treatment.

Sections through the tibize of pupal muddobbers throw some light
on the origin of the anatomy of a pore. Quite often very large cells
(Plate XII, fig. 38, SC) may be seen among the small hypodermal cells

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

(HypS). This indicates that the sense cells are modified hypodermal
cells. It appears that the coné (Con) is formed after the surrounding
chitin is almost completed. In figure 38 the hypodermis (Hyp) has
shrunk a short distance from the chitin (Ch) drawing the hypodermal
strand (HypSt) an equal distance from the base of the cone (Con).
This strand probably served as a passage-way for conveying a
hypodermal secretion which formed the cone. With Ehrlich’s
himatoxylin and oesin the outer margin (a) of the cone staims a
faint purple. The inner margin (b) is pink, hav:ng the same color
as that of the lowest strata (c) of the surrounding chitin. The
chitin at d is light yellow; at e, dark yellow, and at f, it is semi-
transparent. At these last three places it failed to stain.

Judging from what can be gleaned from all the sections studied,
including those of the honey bee, the origin of these organs is probably
about as follows. In the early pupal stage, the hypodermis is thick,
no chitin is yet formed, and all the hypodermal cells have about the
same size. In the 16-day-old worker pup of the honey bee neither
pores nor sense cells are found, but many large hypodermal cells
occur where the sense cells later appear. At this age the chitin and
hairs are being rapidly formed. A day later pores and sense cells
are found. The sense cells and flasks including the pore apertures
are then simultaneously formed, while the cone and sense fiber are
later formations. Both poles of the sense cell are formed as growing
processes. The peripheral pole unites with the pore aperture and
the inner one joins the nerve branch while the cone is being formed
by the hypodermal strand.

The flasks vary much in diameter and length. The length always
depends on the thickness of the chitin. Figures 6 and 7 represent
the largest and smallest pores in the tibize of the pupal females of
Formica. Figures 8 to 11 represent the flasks as found in the wings
of the same insect. Figure 8 is from group No. 2, and figure 9 is
from group No. 3 on the front wing. Figure 10 is from group No. 4,
and figure 11 is from group No. 5 on the hind wing. Figure 12 from
group No. 2 on the front wing shows the slight variations in size

of the flasks and also the bunch of sense cells (SC). Here none of ©

the pore apertures were discernible. Figures 13 and 14 show how the
pores, sense cells (SC), and hypodermis (Hyp) actually appear in
sections through the trochanters of the same insect. Figure 13 is
from group No. 7 and figure 14 is from group No. 8. Quite often
the sense cells (fig. 14, SC) lie among the hypodermal cells (HypS),
and hypodermal strands (HypSt) may be seen running toward and

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

into the cones, again indicating that the sense cells are modified
hypodermal cells and that the hypodermis forms the cones about the
time when the other chitin is completed. Hair-mother cells (HrW/S)
forming the hairs are also common. Figure 15 is a pore from group
No. 6 and figure 16 is an isolated pore from group b on the trochanter.

Sections through the trochanters of adult deilated females of
C. pennsylvanicus and through the front wings of adult females and
males of C. mela were made. The pores (figs. 17 to 22) found in these
sections are like those already described for the females of Formica.

To ascertain if the nerves running to the wings and the sense cells
in the stubs of the wings of old deadilated female ants are present, the
thorax of a dedilated female of Camponotus was cut transversely into
sections 25 microns thick. This female had been kept in captivity
eight months and had reared a small family. On account of the
broken conditions of the sections, nerves cannot be traced into the
stubs of the wings, but the thoracic ganglia give off branches, and
some of these run toward the bases of the wings. Pores and sense
cells are easily found in the stubs of the wings. The sense cells
appear to be normal im all respects. Figure 23, SC, represents a few
of them taken from one wing. It thus seems that the nerves and
sense cells do not degenerate, as do most of the muscles in the thorax
of a dedlated female ant, but the organs in the bases of the wings
appear to function throughout the life of the ant.

Text fig. 3 is a diagram representing a transverse-longitudinal view
of a small portion of the femur (/) and about two-thirds of the
trochanter (7’r) from the third leg of a female of Formica. Groups
Nos. 7, 8, 9, and b are shown as marked by these characters. The
anatomy of the leg and the innervation of these groups are also shown.
At this articulation the nerve (.V) runs near the centre of the leg and
nerve branches (VB) are given off which run to the groups of sense
cells (SC). The sense cells are so located that the muscles (7) are
not near them, and a trachea runs near each group of sense cells.

Plate XI, fig. 25, and Plate XII, fig. 26, are semidiagrams repre-
senting the innervation of the groups of pores (marked 2, 3, 4, and 5)
as found in the wings of Formica. Each wing arises from a niche
(Nic) in the thorax. The hard chitin of the wing is represented by
solid black, the soft articular chitin of the wing by dots, and the hard
chitin of the thorax by broken lines.

Sections through the wings and legs of pupe of the hornet (Vespula
maculata) and the muddobber (Sceliphron cementarius) were also
made. The pores of the hornet (figs. 27 to 32) are the largest ones

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

studied, and this insect is also the largest one examined. The pore
apertures are actually visible in only four of the pores drawn (figs.
29 and 31). The pores of the muddobber (figs. 33 to 41) are the
second largest ones studied. Four pores (fig. 41) were found on the
thorax at the base of the niche of the front wing.

All the pores of the ant, hornet, and muddobber described in the
preceding pages may be compared with a typical pore (fig. 42) from

>

=

Fig. 3.—Diagram of a transverse-longitudinal view of a small portion of
femur (F) and about two-thirds of trochanter (Tr) from hind leg of female of
Formica, showing the internal anatomy of the leg and innervation of groups of
pores, Nos. 7, 8 and 9.

the tibia of a worker honey bee. All drawings of these pores are
enlarged the same number of times.

V. PuystoLtoGcy oF THE OLFACTORY PoREs.

To ascertain whether the pores, which have been studied, are
actually the organs in ants and hornets that receive odor stimuli,
the wings and legs of many individuals were mutilated. The behavior
of these mutilated insects was carefully studied and they were tested

° Land
1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

with the various odors in the same manner as described on pages
297 to 305.

1. Dedlated females of Formica.

May 31, four dedlated females and several workers were removed
from a small colony of Formica. They were placed into a Fielde
nest. Later the four females were put singly inte experimental
cases and were tested with the six odors. Their reaction times are:
oil of peppermint 2-3 seconds, average 2.50 seconds; oil of thyme
2-3 seconds, average 2.25 seconds; oil of wintergreen 2-3 seconds,
average 2.75 seconds; honey and comb 2-5 seconds, average 3.25
seconds; leaves and stems of pennyroyal 2-4 seconds, average 3.00
seconds; formic acid 3-4 seconds, average 3.50 seconds. These
give a general avetage of 2.89 seconds, while the same average for
winged females of the same species is 2.45 seconds. The wing
niches of the four dedlated females were examined. In seven of the
eight niches, pores were seen. One of these females lived 38 days.
The other three and all the workers died November 25th. They had
been neglected and had not been given water for more than a week.

2. Wings of females of Formica pulled off.

All 4 wings of each of 25 virgin females of Formica were pulled off.
This is accomplished by pinning the ant to the board as described
on page 307. Seize a wing with the thumb and index-finger and pull
gently with the wing standing at right angles to the thorax. A half-
hour after the wings had been pulled off, these wingless females were
tested with the six odors. In behavior they appeared normal in
every respect except they responded to odors slightly more slowly.
Confined in a Fielde nest alone, they lived from 4 to 16 days with
10 days as an average, whereas their winged sisters lived 14 days
and 10 hours as an average. Their reaction times are: oil of pepper-
mint 2-4 seconds, average 2.20 seconds; oil of thyme 2-3 seconds,
average 2.44 seconds; oil of wintergreen 2-4 seconds, average 2.32
seconds; honey and comb 3-6 seconds, average 3.84 seconds; leaves
and stems of pennyroyal 2-5 seconds, average 3.16 seconds; formic
acid 2-5 seconds, average 3.16 seconds. These give a general average
of 2.85 seconds, while the same average for sister females with wings
is 2.45. All the wings of these 25 females were examined micro-
scopically after they had been pulled off. Of the front wings 14
carried pores and 36 were devoid of pores. Of the hind wings 24
carried pores and 26 were devoid of pores. Thus when tested with

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Apr.,

odors these ants carried pores on only 62 per cent. of the bases of
their wings. Might not the difference of 0.40 second in reaction
time between the reaction time of these wingless ants and that of
the winged sisters be due to the fact that the pores on 38 per cent.
of the wings were prevented from functioning?

To ascertain if a greater percentage of wings including the pores
could be pulled off artificially, the wmgs of 37 more winged females
were pulled off. This time greater care in pulling off the wings was
taken. These wings were also examined microscopically. Counting
all the wings from both lots of ants, 62 ants in all, 50 per cent. of the
wings pulled off bore pores. Of the front wings pulled off 52 bore
pores and 72 were devoid of pores. Of the hind wings pulled off
72 bore pores and 52 were devoid of pores. ;

To ascertain the percentage of wings including the pores actually
lost by the natural method, many detached wings from the virgin
females were removed from the large glass cage. These wings were
certainly shed in the same manner in which the wings of female ants
are shed in nature. The worker ants had carried great numbers of
these detached wings out of the nest and had laid them on the
refuse pile. Of the 786 detached wings of females examined micro-
scopically only 18 per cent. of them bore pores. Of the front wings
120 bore pores and 365 did not bear pores. Of the hind wings 21
bore pores and 280 did not carry pores. Thus one-third of the front
wings bore pores, while only one-thirteenth of the hind wings bore
them. As stated on page 311, the average number of pores for both
front wings of one of these females is 320, and the average number
of pores for both hind wings of the same female is 98. With these
females it is, therefore, evident that when the wings are shed only
21 per cent. of the pores as an average are lost, while 79 per cent.
are not prevented from functioning, because the wings devoid of
pores always break off at a weak place (text fig. 1 and Plate XI, fig.
25, xx, yy) in the chitin just distal to the groups of pores. The
wound made by the wing breaking off at this place cannot affect the
sense cells in the least because a thick layer of chitin separates these
cells from the outside air.

One of the virgin females which had recently shed her wings was
examined. All four of the bases of the wings of this female were
left intact.

3. Wings of males of Formica pulled off.

The wings of 7 males of Formica were pulled off and the mutilated
males were tested with odors as usual. They appeared normal in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

every respect except they responded more slowly to odors than they
did before the wings were pulled off. Confined in a Fielde nest
with several sister workers, they lived from 3 to 9 days, with an
average of 5 days. Their reaction times are: oil of peppermint 2—5
seconds, average 3.14 seconds: oil of thyme 2-5 seconds, average
3.00 seconds; oil of wintergreen 24 seconds, average 2.86 seconds:
honey and comb 3-10 seconds, average 4.86 seconds; leaves and
stems of pennyroyal, 2-5 seconds, average 3.71 seconds; formic acid
3-5 seconds, average 3.43 seconds. These give a general average
of 3.50 seconds, whereas the same average for the same ants before
the wings were pulled off is 2.63 seconds. The detached Wings of
these 7 males and those from other brother ants were examined
microscopically. Of the 56 detached wings examined, 873 per cent.
bore pores. Of the front wings 29 bore pores and one had no pores.
Of the hind wings 20 bore pores and 6 had no pores. On page 331
it is stated that the average number of pores for both front Wings of
one of these males is 402, and for both hind wings of the same male
the average number of pores is 134. From these figures it is plain
that 92 per cent. of the pores as an average were lost when the wings
were pulled off. The difference of 0.87 second in reaction time be-
tween the reaction time of the same males before the wings were
pulled off and the reaction time after the wings were pulled off may
possibly be attributed to the loss of the 92 per cent. of the pores on
the wings.

4. Bases of wings glued and legs of females of Formica covered with
vaseline.

With a small pencil brush the bases of all 4 wings of each of 25
winged females of Formica were covered with liquid glue. When
the glue was dry another small pencil brush was employed in covering
the surface of each leg with a vaseline-beeswax mixture. Since
yellow commercial vaseline spreads too much when used alone, a
mixture was made by using three parts of vaseline and one part of
beeswax. All parts of the leg except the tarsus were covered with
this mixture.

As soon as this double operation was completed, the ant was put
into an experimental case. When unpinned from the board the ant
was as active as usual and when placed inside the experimental case
it was slightly more restless than ordinarily. Confined singly they
cannot remove the glue from the wings, but they begin at once to
clean off the vaseline-beeswax mixture. They pulled the front legs

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

between the mandibles and licked them with the mouth parts.
Then they rubbed the front legs on the other two pairs and again
put the front legs to the mouth parts. Sometimes they also stand
still and stroke the antennze with the front legs. As a result of all
these cleaning processes, they smear the vaseline-beeswax mixture
over the greater part of the body and some of it covers the spiracles.
Except for the slight restlessness caused by the double operation
and for the slowness in responding to odors, they appeared normal
in all other respects. They lived from 1 to 5 days, with 3 days as
an average. Their deaths were probably due to the vaseline-
beeswax mixture being spread over the spiracles. Their responses
to odors were similar to those of intact ants, but more often than
with unmutilated ants they vibrated one or more legs. The reaction
times are: oil of peppermint 3-12 seconds, average 5.16 seconds;
oil of thyme 3-10 seconds, average 4.48 seconds; oil of wintergreen
3-10 seconds, average 4.56 seconds; honey and comb 4—25 seconds,
average 6.32 seconds; leaves and stems of pennyroyal 3-10 seconds,
average 4.92 seconds; formic acid 3-15 seconds, average 5.80 seconds.
These give a general average of 5.21 seconds, which is slightly more
than twice the same average for unmutilated sister females. May
not this slow reaction time be attributed to the fact that many of
the pores were prevented from functioning?

5. Dedlated females of Camponotus.

During May and June, 1913, 26 deiilated females of Camponotus
were caught in the woods, either with colonies or just beginning to
found colonies. When brought to the laboratory they were put into
Fielde nests and queen cages as already described on page 296.
Twenty-five of these females were placed singly into the experimental
cases. Each one soon became quiet. and then it was tested with the
six odors. Their responses were similar to those already described
for unmutilated workers of the same species. The reaction times are:
oil of peppermint 2-3 seconds, average 2.24 seconds; oil of thyme
2-4 seconds, average 2.28 seconds; oil of wintergreen 2-3 seconds,
average 2.44 seconds; honey and comb 3-20 seconds, average 6.00
seconds; leaves and stems of pennyroyal 2-4 seconds, average 3.00
seconds; formic acid 2-12 seconds, average 3.52 seconds. These
give a general average of 3.25 seconds. The longevity of these
females cannot be given. Only 4 of those confined in queen cages
have died up to the time of this writing, May 20, 1914. These
4 lived from 3 to 56 days. Not a single one kept in the Fielde

nests has yet died.

1914,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

6. Glue in wing niches and legs of dedlated females of Camponotus
covered with vaseline.

During October the 22 remaining live deilated females of Cam-
ponotus were tested with the six odors after the niches from which
their wings arise had been filled with liquid glue and the legs had
been covered with the vaseline-beeswax mixture. When put into
the experimental cases they were as quiet as before they were thus
mutilated and seemingly removed but little of the vaseline. They
appeared normal in all respects except that they responded to odors
more slowly than they did before the glue and vaseline were used.
The reaction times are: oil of peppermint 3-15 seconds, average
5.64 seconds; oil of thyme 3-15 seconds, average 6.32 seconds; oil
of wintergreen 3-10 seconds, average 5.14 seconds; honey and comb
3-60 seconds, average 19.00 seconds; five times they failed to respond
to the honey odor when the vial was held under them for 60 seconds;
leaves and stems of pennyroyal 4-15 seconds, average 6.32 seconds;
formic acid 3-10 seconds, average 5.23 seconds. These give a
general average of 7.94 seconds, which is more than twice the reac-
tion time obtained by using the same ants before glue was put into
the wing niches and vaseline was put on the legs. At the present
writing (May 20, 1914) the longevity of these mutilated females
cannot be given, for as yet only 5 of them have died. These 5 lived
from 7 to 44 days. After being tested, each female was returned
to her own nest or cage. Those put back into Fielde nests were at
first accepted hostilely by their offspring. This hostility was probably
due to the presence of the glue and vaseline. All of those that had
workers were sooner or later cleaned, and thus they became normal
again. Four of the five that died had no workers and the vaseline
spread over the greater portion of the ant’s body. Cannot the slow
reaction time obtained by using the mutilated females be attributed
to the fact that many of the pores were prevented from receiving
odor stimuli on account of these pores being covered with glue and
vaseline?

7. Wings of males of Camponotus pulled off.

The wings of 25 males of Camponotus were pulled off. Usually
a small drop of blood exuded frem the wound when a wing was pulled
off. They were quite restful and were easily tested. They appeared
normal in all respects except that they responded to odors more
slowly than did their brothers with intact wings. The reaction
times are: oil of peppermint 2-5 seconds, average 2.72 seconds; oil

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

of thyme 2-4 seconds, average 2.88 seconds; oil of wintergreen 2-5
seconds, average 3.12 seconds; honey and comb 3-10 seconds, average
4.56 seconds; leaves and stems of pennyroyal 2-6 seconds, average
3.64 seconds; formic acid 3-7 seconds, average 4.00 seconds. These
give a general average of 3.49 seconds, which is one and a fourth times
the reaction time of unmutilated males. These mutilated males
lived from 1 to 24 days, with 7 days and 2 hours as an average.

The detached wings of these males were examined microscopically.
Of the front wings pulled off 45 bore pores and 5 were devoid of
pores. Of the hind wings pulled off 4 had pores and 9 were devoid
of pores. As stated, the average number of pores for the front
wings of the males of this species is 595 and for the hind wings the
average number of pores is 173. It is, therefore, evident that 88
per cent. of the pores belonging to the wings were prevented from
functioning. May not this fact be used to explain the slow reaction
time of these wingless males?

8. Wings of Vespula maculata pulled off.

The wings of 21 workers of Vespula maculata were pulled off.
Only occasionally did a small drop of blood exude from the wounds.
When placed into the experimental cases, they were as restless as
were their sister winged hornets and they appeared normal in all
respects except that they responded more slowly to odors than did
the ones with wings. "They lived in these cases from 2 days to
6 days and 12 hours, with 4 days, and 8 hours as an average. The
reaction times are: oil of peppermint 3-20 seconds, average 6.57
seconds; oil of thyme 3-15 seconds, average 6.19 seconds; oil of
wintergreen 3-15 seconds, average 6.29 seconds. These give a general
average of 6.35 seconds, which is almost three times the same average
for sister hornets with the wings intact.

The detached wings of these mutilated hornets were examined
microscopically. Of the front wings pulled off 29 bore pores and
13 were devoid of pores. .Of the hind wings pulled off 41 bore pores
and 1 was devoid of pores. As stated, the average number of
pores for the front wings of these hornets is 1,036 and the average
number of pores for the hind wings is 448. It is, therefore, evident
that 78 per cent. of the pores belonging to the wings were pre-
vented from functioning. May not this fact again be used to
explain the slow reaction time of these wingless hornets?

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

9. Summary.

From the preceding pages it is seen that probably not more than
21 per cent. of the pores on the wings of female ants are lost at the
time the wings are shed and that the remaining 79 per cent. of the
pores are not prevented from functioning because the wings break
off at a weak place (text fig. 1 and Plate XI, fig. 25, xx, yy) in the
chitin just distal to the groups of pores. The wound caused by the
wings breaking off cannot affect the sense cells connected with the
pores, because a heavy layer of chitin separates them from the external
air. Sections through the thorax of an old deilated female ant show
that most of the muscles in the thorax have degenerated, but the nerves
running to the wings are still present and the pores in the stubs of the
wings are still connected with sense cells. This idicates that the
sense organs in the stubs of the wings function throughout the life
of the ant.

All of the results obtained in the experiments on normal and
mutilated insects are summarized in the following table. To make
the table complete for Hymenoptera and for comparison, the data
from the writer’s former paper concerning the worker honey bee are
appended. The “three odors” used are those from oil of pepper-
mint, oil of thyme, and oil of wintergreen. The “six odors” used
are those from oil of peppermint, oil of thyme, oil of wintergreen,
honey and comb, leaves and stems of pennyroyal, and formic acid.
It will be noted that when the antennz of any of the insects listed
in the table are mutilated, the msects are abnormal in behavior;
but when the pores on the legs and wings are covered, the insects
are normal in behavior. The reaction times obtained by using
insects with mutilated antenn are slower than those obtaied when
unmutilated individuals are used, but it is quite possible that the
slower reaction times are caused by the abnormal behavior of the
insects and are not due to the theory that some of the olfactory
organs are prevented from functioning. When the wings are pulled
off artificially, about three-fourths of the pores on these appendages
are lost and the reaction times are slightly slower. When the pores
on the legs and wings are covered, the reaction times are more than
doubled, while in the honey bee the reaction time is increased twelve
times. It was impossible to prevent the ants from removing most
of the vaseline from the legs.

a9

324

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Apr.,

Table I. —Olfactory Benen sg on Ants, Hornets, and Bees.

Average reac-

|
|
|

tion time Average
~— No. of | length oF life
: . for | for | indi | as
Species. Experiment. {econ aoe captivity.
odors. odors. | tested.
= lh |
Sec. Sec | Days. Hours
9 Formica........ |Unmutilated. Winged, normalin) 2.12 2.45 25 | 14 10
behavior.
Oe arpa cee oe \Funiculi cut off. Abnormal in) 4.38) ........ | 25a OFF 19
| behavior. ; |
fe) UL Ns 9 Re Funiculi glued. Abnormal in} 5.78. ........ | 25 Bit 0
| behavior.
9 Ke ..|Deiilated. Normal in behavior. | 2.50 2.89 4) 142 ' 9
9 LE area Wings pulled off. Normal in! 2.32) 2.85) 25 10; O
| behavior. |
oh acael scene thar ‘Bases of wings glued and legs| 4.73) 5.21) 25 Bi ol
| covered with vaseline. Nor-
mal in behavior.
gt ../Unmutilated. Winged, normal) 2.21, 2.63) 17 Used be-
' in behavior. low
Sih ee .. Wings pulled off. Normal in 3.00 3.50 7 fel a)
behavior.
@ Camponotus Deilated.° Normal in behavior. | 2.32 3.25 25 ier mo.
| era.
9 Se Glue in wing niches and legs cov-| 5.70 7.94 22 Sev- mo
| ered with vaseline. Normal in! eral
| behavior.
of eae |Winged. Normal in behavior. | 2.29) 2.74, 25 | 23| 9
feu se .....| Wings pulled off. Normal in 2.91) 3.49) 25 7 2
behavior.
¥ Major “ ...... Unmutilated. Normal in be-| 2.32) 3.22} 25 | 26 8
havior.
SieMinorie art Unmutilated. Normal in be-| 2.27| 3.09} 25 | 26 8
havior. ¥
8 Vespula......... Unmutilated... Winged, normal) 2.43. ........ 25 CR ee
in behavior.
een Flagella eut off. Abnormal in) 3.09 ....... 25 1 13
behavior.
SOR tS pee Wings pulled off. Normal in 6.365) ....... 21 4 8
behavior.
% Apis .Unmutilated. Winged, normal 2.64, 3.40) 37 9 3
in behavior. |
(fe Glue on thorax as control. Nor-| 2.76. ....... 19 9 3
mal in behavior.
code ed Vaseline on abdomen as control.) DAGON tinpiike 18 9 Pv
Normal in behavior.
Sane Flagella burnt off. Abnormal i in 4.00 Ss 7 04) IZ
behavior. |
oe ue Flagella glued. Abnormal in) 2.90 21 1 0
behavior. |
Bonk Wings pulled off. Normal inj22.2027.10) 28 9| 20
behavior.
x Bases of wings glued. Normalin'18.5028.20 20 oT) 3
behavior. :
th .. Pores on legs covered with vase- 5.20 8.00 20 9 3
line. Normal in behavior. |
te MM SESE Srp Pep ce ey Wings pulled off and pores on legs 36.90 40.00 20 9 5

covered with vaseline. Nor-!

mal in behavior.

6) i We tite te

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

B. DISPOSITION OF THE OLFACTORY PORES OF OTHER
HYMENOPTERA.

In making a comparative study of the olfactory pores of Hymenop-
tera, 29 species representing 22 families have been used (those of
ants and hornets already described included). Since the pores of
only one specimen for each species were counted, the total number
of pores recorded certainly cannot be a fair average. Besides this
error, there is also a probable error of not less than 10 per cent. on an
average for all the specimens. In the smaller individuals, particu-
larly ants, the probable error is perhaps not more than 2 or 3 per
cent., but in the larger specimens,.especially the hairy ones, this
error is perhaps more than 10 per cent. The pores on only the wings
and legs have been included in the total numbers. On all the stings
examined, pores have been found. The mouth parts of a few of the
specimens were hurriedly examined; all of them bear pores. A few
antenne were also hurriedly examined. None of the pores first
described by Hicks were found on these appendages, but this can be
definitely decided only after a critical study of the antennz has been
completed. No pores were found on the petiole or other parts of
the ant not already named.

I. DisTRIBUTION.

Since all the variations relative to distribution are slight, only
the most important ones will be mentioned. In all the species
having two segments in the trochanter, the groups of pores ordi-
narily found on the femur occur on the second segment of the tro-
chanter. Sometimes groups Nos. 1 and 2 on the front wing are
united. At other times group No. 2 is almost divided into two
separate groups. The groups of pores are usually located in areas
devoid of hairs, but occasionally the groups are closely bordered by
hairs. Sometimes a group is surrounded by clear chitin caused
by the group lying in an area of thin chitin. In short, the distri-
bution of pores of those species placed below the ants in the scheme
of classification is similar to the distribution of the pores in ants;
the distribution of those species placed above the ants in the scheme
of classification is more like to the distribution of pores in the
honey bee.

Il. Numer.

In regard to the number of groups and the total number of pores
found in the different species, the variations are great. Cimbez,

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

regarded as the lowest hymenopteron, has the least number of
groups of all the species examined, but it stands fourth in regard to
the number of isolated pores. Its total number of pores is larger
than those of many of the higher forms. Among ants the variations
are also great. For the legs of ants the number of pores varies from
211 to 356 and for the winged ants the total number varies from
463 to 1,090. The smallest specimen among the ants and the second
smallest one of all the Hymenoptera examined is a female with 463
pores as the lowest number. The drone honey bee with 2,608 pores
has the highest number. The smallest specimen examined is a wasp
with 688 pores. (For further details see table, p. 332.) :

III. ReLatrve SENSITIVENESS OF SPECIES EXAMINED TO ODORS.

It was impossible to obtain a sufficient number of live insects of
each species examined so that their relative sensitiveness to odors
could be experimentally determined. If such had been possible,
the reaction times obtained would probably not represent the true
relative sensitiveness better than the method described below,
because the reaction times depend not only upon the ability to
receive odors, but also upon the agility and sluggishness of the
insects used. Using only the grand total number of pores of each
species examined (see table, pp. 330 to 334) as a basis, it is also impos-
sible to ascertain the relative sensitiveness because the numbers are
too variable. Moreover, it may be generally said that the smaller
the species the fewer and proportionately larger are the pores.

The method adopted for determining the relative sensitiveness to

odors is: (1) determine the relative sizes of the prepared insects;
2) divide the total area of cytoplasm exposed to the air in all the
pores of a given insect by the total area of cytoplasm exposed to the
air in all the pores of Microgaster, used as a standard; (3) divide the
quotient obtained in (2) by the relative size of the given insect.
The number resulting by this division is called the relative sensi-
tiveness of the given insect.

Since it seems reasonable that as a general rule the sizes of two
hymenopterous insects are proportional to the respective diameters
of their femurs at the extreme proximal ends, the femur of the hind
leg of each prepared specimen was measured with the aid of a camera
lucida. These measurements may be called the relative sizes of the
insects and the diameter of the extreme proximal end of the femur
belonging to Microgaster may be called 1.00, as a standard by which
to calculate the diameters of the other femurs. It was thus ascer-

nk ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

tained that the relative sizes of a few of the specimens were less
than 1.00, while most of them were greater than 1.00.

A study of the anatomy of the pores shows that the diameters
of the peripheral sense fibers are proportional to the diameters of
the flasks. Of course, the greater the diameters of the peripheral
sense fibers, the more cytoplasm is exposed to the external air. The
diameters of the ends of the sense fibers cannot be measured, but
the diameters of the flasks can be accurately measured. To facilitate
matters, the largest pore on the femur of the leg measured and the
largest one on the front wing of each individual insect were drawn
with the aid of a camera lucida. Figures 43 to 79 represent these
pores. The larger pore in each case is from the femur and the
smaller one is from the front wing. For our purpose each pore may
be regarded as a circle having for its diameter the shorter diameter
of the pore as shown in the drawings. To obtain the relative sensi-
tiveness of all the pores on the legs of a given insect, the diameter
of the largest pore on the femur, the total number of pores on the
legs and the relative size of the given insect were used. To obtain
the relative sensitiveness of all the pores on the legs and wings
combined, the diameters of both pores, the grand total number of
pores, and the relative size of the given insect were used.

By this system of calculating it was determined that Cimbex with
its 1,216 pores smells 0.87 times as well as Microgaster which has
only 622 pores, and only 0.85 times as well as the smallest ant with
463 pores. In speaking of the relative sensitiveness obtained by
this system of calculating, a large probable error must always be
allowed and the figures only approximately represent the truth.
Allowing for the probable error, all the winged individuals, except
three, placed between Cimbex and Ceropales in the table seem to
have the olfactory sense about equally developed. The three
exceptions are the ichneumon-fly (Megarhyssa), the female ant of
Aphenogaster, and the male ant of Camponotus, all three of which
seem to smell slightly better than the others. The males of Campo-
notus probably smell slightly better than the females of the same
genus and considerably better than the winged forms of Formica.
The small workers of Camponotus seem to smell slightly better than
their large sisters and considerably better than the large workers
of Formica and of C. mela. According to the reaction times obtained
in determining the relative sensitiveness to odors of ants, the males
of Camponotus receive odor stimuli considerably better than the
workers and females of the same genus, but about as well as do the

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

winged forms of Formica. The quicker reaction time of Formica is
probably due to the fact that Formica is more agile than Camponotus.
Based on reaction times, the small workers of Camponotus smell
slightly better than their large sisters. Judging from the total
number of pores, the winged forms of any species of ants smell
considerably better than the workers of the same species.

Among the wasps the relative sensitiveness is tolerably well
graduated from the lowest to the highest species as listed in the
table. Instead of the two social wasps, Polistes and Vespula, having
the highest relative sensitiveness, they seem to take second place,
while the first place is held by the guest wasp, Psewdomasaris, and
the solitary wasp, Monobia.

Among the bees the relative sensitiveness is also tolerably well
graduated from Andrena, the lowest examined, to Apis, the highest.
This system of calculating shows that the worker honey bee smells
considerably better than the queen and equally as well as the drone.
Reaction times show that drones smell slightly better than workers
and considerably better than queens. It is thus seen that the honey
bee has the most highly developed olfactory sense of the Hymenop-
tera, while that of ants is considerably inferior.

Based upon reaction times, the relative sensitiveness to odors of
insects depends not only upon their ability to receive odor stimuli,
but also upon their agility and sluggishness in responding when the
olfactory organs are stimulated. To illustrate this point, the
workers of Camponotus are more agile than the workers of Apis, and
for this reason probably alone they respond more quickly to odors.
Judging from only their reaction times, the former smell better than
the latter, but in all probability the reverse is the truth. The ability
to receive odor stimuli depends upon the development of the entire
nervous system, including the olfactory apparatus, and upon the
physiological state of the insect being tested. At the mating time
the winged females of ants ceitainly smell as well and probably much
better than the workers of the same species. As long as the recently
fertilized females perform all duties necessary in bringing their first
brood to maturity, they certainly retain almost the same degree of
acuteness in smelling as before; but when they become a mere egg-
laying machine and perform none of the nest duties, their ability to
receive odor stimuli is probably less acute. It is thus seen that the
physiological state is an important factor when the relative sensi-
tiveness is considered, and we have little means of knowing just
what physiological condition a given insect is in when it is being

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

tested. To decide definitely about the relative sensitiveness to
odors of insects, it is, therefore, necessary to consider (1) the degree
of agility or sluggishness in responding when stimulated; (2) the
degree of development of the entire nervous system, including the
olfactory apparatus; and (3) the physiological state or condition
in which the insects are in when being tested.

Table II.—The Number of Olfactory Pores and the Relative Sensitive-
ness of Various Species of Hymenoptera.

The letters “F,” “M,” “H,” and “G” stand for front, middle,
hind, and grand, in the order named. The “Total”? means all the
pores found on all six legs, and the “G. total” means all the pores
found on all six legs and all four wings combined. ‘1 R. Sen.”
means the relative sensitiveness to odors of an insect based on the
morphology of the olfactory pores found on the legs; ‘(2 R. Sen.”
means the same based on the grand total number of pores.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,
| | -sqiod | BRS | a |3 BR
| | 5 | payBpost Jo “ONTa pe is Yount}
: : “SOpPPUe dno | SSe aS \|
| ‘= 0) it | punbp Sea! |S Ger)
Q Z | ur sasod Jo ‘ON | as
Al alee Hee) wajspbounydy a Ss |
sy ae | “-gdnoi3 0 “ON | aor
a z -soiod | mam = 2 23 |
5 5 | payefost JO "ON | _ fi ty
le -poyqnept -sdnois | = Bs RS |
yon | ut saiod jo "ON rt |
“sdnois yo ON Dope ots
‘oiod | BAR |Z S Ba |
‘dary | poyeyost HOMONG| ee os Sat
*WwaIdISAUuHy) suaprly a | -sdnois | SSS SS |
sishiuyg , Ut sai0d jo ‘ON |
| | “sdnoas JO *¢ FON oe ot | |
| mod (89/2 |F Sia
uur |_Pave1ost Jo “ON Bbaktoee eS
| ‘HM AIINVA GL yajspbypuaddp | -sdnois | BAS 2s |
\| piupag Ut so1od jo ‘ON ie
| “sdnois jo ° on | ot ot |S
| sored | AB | 5 \s 88 |
\\ “IOTA 2 | paqejost JO “ON | __ eS | ie Fie
| ‘a GINOOVUg DAjSUDUL -sdnois | SSA | Sa
sgyspbown yy | Ut soaod JO ‘ON | | oom
ie “sdnois yo ‘ON | ooo ot | R
Faas ie aR
“QB paysyost joON | _ nN Oo Petey
“ZdINONOGNHOT LOPDUN) ‘sdnoas | CAR =
osshyunbayy , Ut sarod jo “ON | Ss |
= ~-sdnoua Jo “0 on | 2 2_ ole |
peda: |Z 53
“VION ‘pagwlost jo ON i his = ees
“HW CINIGAUBING,L, wrooiany “sdnoas | Sa =) ots
pjfiydosn yy Ut sa1od jo ON Cr |
= -sdnoua jo ON | sno SOF |5
cam | nag 2 “So eS |
“yore payepost JO "ON | ai ale MN so
“gH IOIANI) DUDILLIUD ‘sdnows | SSA ogc 7
raquay ul sarod JO ‘ON aoe
“sdnoas jo ON owes oF ot | > ——
| |
jeg . BES 88
eee a EE S BR |
sortase gee
fara e = je) és) er | |

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ForMiIcipa.
CAMPONOTIN”®.

sigs ‘sorod | Besos | A S
i) 3, | payepost jo ‘ON | Be S
- ae cf
2 aD ‘sdnow | Pez Sie
g = | ut sarod jo “ON Or
s ‘sdnoad jo ‘on | 7% Seales:
3 iF “sotod BNR |S
. + oD
(eae Pa}EOST JO “ON
a a : oD OO <H
45 OF sdnois | Pex
2 5 | ur sarod Jo ‘oN
5 A ‘sdnois jo ‘on | P*%
4 = SIN f
‘soiod | 8358 | a
| OD OD CY) oD
, | - TT oF
e g PezBTOst JO “ON |
Gs . 4 O00
E: s sot : sdnoxs See
S 2 s ut sarod jo “ON
= 8 ‘sdno1d jo “on | © %
& | § ‘soiod | BSS | = 3
= > o Sm hee a
S = 5 | pareyost JO “ON Eo =
Sr ecar | ‘sdnows | AEA
S oa | ur sotod Jo ‘oN
‘sdnoaz jo “on | 2% * aS
ta ‘sonod | RAR |S =
= 2 2 s | _paxByost JO “ON ae) ee
2S : S
=-S Bag O ‘sdnois | S23 Ee
Seno | mantle ee a4
SS a ut soiod jo ‘ON E
aS om z
‘sdnoad FORONT Recs Sls
AP Pool Ree | |) as
@08 Pe}BOST 10 “ON LIS =
3 Pp ‘sdnows | ELE
Sr | ur sarod yo ‘ON
‘sdnoas yo “ON seize?
‘sm10d | G58 |S S
=
: |_Pa¥eIOST JO “ON Se 22
Oo aa ar Ta
= eae) | ‘sdnoi | FEF 25
2 = | ur sarod jo “oN ley
DDD ont bo
2 | ‘Sdno1s Jo on | 2% 5
< so10d |B |B =
3 = DENSON TOON IMAI Sas ail
§ ‘hor ‘sdnois | 93 Se
2 s | ur serod Jo “ON oe
2 EN ea =
2 —sdno1 jo ‘on | 22% SESS
8 Saal || SSNS EN
= 3 | poze]Ost JO “ON Se)
Ss = s mOorT
s + | url sa1od ee =
‘sdnoi3 jo “on | ©*%
; ‘sarod | SARL |S s
235 _pazepOst JO “ON 38 oo
Set DS
See ‘sdnois | Zee oes
se ur sarod Jo “ON Read
‘sdnois jo ‘on | 2% | 3
| . | eae ae =
pee a : m 2 ;
ih Bo SE ie
See a ae 5
Bes oe eo ©

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,
| | ‘sorod | 228 |S Ro ae
i} “SSOT) | payeyost Jo ‘o i Se eee
saprodsaa |-POHIOS! 30 “ON NN
| ‘WATUVSY J, ee sdnoaz | Popeare) | SF |
| 3 oD
| -pwopnasg ut sat0d Jo “ony a
| ‘sdnoas jo ‘ON | SH ROSIE
| nied |B [8 8 58
‘doy |_Pe?8[Ost Jo “ON | Bo eee!
|| WaINOUdvuD | srydnisaqur ‘sdnois | RS 2o
| sniuajoy | Ur sa1od jo ‘on SSP all
| ‘sdnois Jo ‘ony | Oc omy a
| | soaod | 25> Royes [3 8h
|! ug | _poyepost BORON EU Reel eo alee
“WAINOST | unpiirs | ‘sdnoa3 FF se
| uojfixodhsy, ut saiod yo ‘ON Ost
| _sdnois jo ‘on | SSS POTTS ~H
| ‘soaod | BSR (23 oy 8 3s
| “TaMYoy —_P2FBOST JO “ON ree eet Sees
| @CINOGAUHANG g | snpops..aavun “‘sdnoid Si = SEE
snubygy | ur sarod Joon DS
| | ‘sdnouZ jo “on | SS Se Een |
| ‘sarod | HSL | pe ra ne
ee a a a Bos
“® GISAWIJY QYyoy ‘sdnous | = il Ss |
psauurpy | ut sarod jo “oN aie
| : m ‘sdnois JOON [Fo = SIS |
| out EER |g |Z #8
IARC | BBeyeIOST TORONG | moe Sal ee <a
“H CIHINV IH pypjaund ‘sdnoid | SSS 2S
SNYJUD/Y Ul saaod Jo ‘on ae |
| 7 : *| ‘sdnowd jo ‘on | OO ea ;
_ ‘sed | S8R |g 3 8
"mg | _P2IBTOST JO “ON, Pie hg Is se |
“HaIUUV'T DIIUYSUp ~ *sdnoga 2 MES
Sisd0.uv'T ut saiod jo ‘ON Oe |
“sdnoad jo ‘ON | SRO ote all
‘sarod | S13 - ia S ||
} PeTBlOst JO “ON ewes
| me J = | SNLLDJUauad | — Sa < =
fab H ley fect sdnoid | 333 Zs
“Sur satod jo ‘on ba
‘sdnoad Joon | PSS” ox] >
‘samod | S&S | ease
‘kag _Parepost Jo ‘on = SS
|| HanNIVHOONNYS DULIDLL ‘sdnoia | S2Q se
sajodowa,) ut saaod JO"ON =
‘sdndia Jo “oN | OES co Hale i
eae
| Bo 3 ce
| gh _ ss 2 SS
o— = = a3 me * s
soe aS) ge 2 me
ea & MO me N

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333
‘solod | SQ] S 88s |
P29¥8[OSt Jo ‘oN | MA | © A ies
2 ry
sdnois | RSF BES
; ul sa0d Jo-ON tS
es _'sdnoaa jo ‘on | SO LSU ee
is ‘sored | SES] S 3s |
3 S __ Pegzepost Jo -on | sy Seer it
A | => OF ‘sdnois | SS ==
B | ’s |_ur sarod jo “ony cost }
a | Sdnoas jo “on | P2e Ss a eee 1
& ‘sorod | RSE | = x BS
x _Payeost jo ‘on | I | S Anes
oo Co i
mC ‘sdnois | 235 eo
| Ur sazod yo ‘ON ya ots
} ‘sdnous Jo “ON | PH SSRs el:
| "sored | BAS | R s ss
as PeyiOen ORC N Gia ue |22 a eal)
© 19 00 oD =)
: snquog sdnoia | 333 3 =o
a | _Ur sorod jo -o ‘ON =o
2 ‘sdnoa3 jo ‘on | 0000 SS Raa |
| AID OD | 7 m X=)
2 ‘sarod | 121259 = KR &&
a dg P2FBLOST JO “ONT Wis He PP | Eh re
‘sdnois | 2SS noes
° SoS oD S>
snihynsd | ur sarod jo ON e2)0e)
| ‘sdnoas jo -on | SSS oss A F j
‘soxod | UBS] s eS
“Avg |_Peye]Ost Jo -on x Sree Ss
‘WarTHOveayy Suiatg | ‘sdnow | S55 S%
ayyonba yy ut sexod jo ‘ON Ses |
‘sdnois jo ‘ON | OFS : Shs a oi
‘sorod | BRE | R Sa
| “ug _P24B]Ost Jo ‘ony ne mon
‘WCINGUANY pura ‘sdnois ae 25 wee
Dualpuy Ut Saiod jo ‘ony Soe
:
‘sdnois jo “on | O10 | eae |
‘so1od | BSS | @ 5 28
‘uury |_Peyefost Jovon | dle SOS
4 ~~ 5 aed
DyDjNIvUL ‘sdnowg | 523 S 2 |
3 pjndsa4 | ut sarod JOON =
a
= ‘sdnois jo iONsISS 2 SSS
y nN >i~
z rod | 382 [3 = es
= “I1qBq _P2}B]OST Jo ‘on 38 = 26
10j89U ‘sdnoig | 929 = ai aa
Sasyoqd ut sarod jo ‘ony cosy |
‘sdnoss yo ‘ON | 12390 SSRs
‘sorod | BES [13 =) — BOR
‘uury |_Pese[Ost Jo ‘on | AI | Goag
WdINqwag | Suapripond | ‘sdnos | ge pe eS
piqouo Wy | ut serod jo ‘on es
1 z __ ‘sdnoi3 jo ‘on ess eS x Z
| Sexes : ow ee = i=
| 7m ps : ao o0 og |
| 4 % Mb ce HEBER |
} on f Ss ‘SE rape |
Ree oe pa naty
BeaQ & Et Oo sia !

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

VARIATION.
Ny Average No. of | No. of isolated
No. of groups. | pores In groups. pores.
2-8 } 5-12 21-182
2-8 -5-15 25-173
2-8 5-13 27-150
211-694
66 | 158-1232 |!
TERS WADI PBN: sssesnsavanecnieste eran 4-4 | 80-766
Gitatal: ich: Aca | 463-2608
RY, (Sem ..iss cceerseeeee | 0.70-2.59
2 SERV ASEM sp ctsyesteersene renee eer a: 0.87-3.16
Discussion.

In regard to the location of the olfactory organs in insects several
views have been held. Lehmann (1799) tries to analogize the
spiracles of insects with the noses of vertebrates. Comparetti
(1800) places the seat of smell in different parts for different families
as follows: The club of the antennz in lamellicorn beetles, the
proboscis in Lepidoptera and certain frontal cells in Orthoptera.
Ramdohr (1811) mistakes the Salivary glands in the head for the
olfactory apparatus. Rosenthal (1811) regards a folded skin beneath
the antennze as the seat of the olfactory organs. Huber (1814)
considers the mouth cavity of the honey bee as the seat of olfaction.
Treviranus (1816) thinks that the cesophagus is the seat of the
olfactory apparatus. Kirby and Spence (1826) regard the rhinarium
or nostril-piece as the seat of the organs of smell. Burmeister
(1836) considers that insects smell with what he calls the “internal
superior surface.’’ Paasch (1873) claims that a plate between the
eyes and beneath the antenne is the seat of the olfactory organs.
Wolff (1875) calls the hairlike organs on the epipharynx of the honey
bee the olfactory apparatus. Joseph (1877) claims to have found
an olfactory region near the spiracles which communicates with the
trachex.

After having cut off the antenne of two male moths, Dugés (1838)
says that the insects were unable to find a female that they had
previously been able to locate while their antenne were intact.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Blow-flies with the antenne cut off fail to find putrid meat as
before.

Lefebvre (1838) experimented with bees and wasps with mutilated
antenne. He thinks that the olfactory organs are located at the
extremities of the antennz.

Perris (1850) says: (1) In amputating the extremity of the
antenne the olfactory sense is not destroyed, but it is weakened, and
by cutting them off at the base the sense of smell is totally or par-
tially destroyed; (2) covering the antenne with a layer of india
rubber renders these organs insensible; (3) sometimes a little sensi-
bility is shown when the palpi are amputated.

Cornalia (1856) experimented with mutilated male moths. He
thinks that the seat of olfaction lies in both the antenne and palpi.

Garnier (1860) denies that the antennie of Necrophagus are the
seat of the olfactory organs, because these beetles returned imme-
diately to the body of a mole from which they had been removed.

Balbiani (1866) says that male butterflies with the antenne cut
off fail to respond, as do unmutilated males, to females in any manner.

Grimm (1869) after many experiments concludes that the antennz
of beetles do not function as olfactory organs.

Forel (1874, 1885) says that ants when deprived of their antenne
cannot guide themselves and are not able to distinguish companions
from enemies or to discover food placed at their sides. When
deprived of the anterior part of the head and of the entire abdomen
they preserve all their faculties. The same author (1878) found that
a wasp with the anterior part of the head cut off responded to a needle
dipped in honey, while a wasp with both antenne cut off failed to
respond. Forel (1908) says that carrion-feeding beetles with the
antenn cut off cannot find putrid meat as before the antennz are
mutilated.

Hauser (1880) studied the behavior of various insects before and
after the removal of the antenne. When the antenne were cut off,
many individuals soon became sick and died, although some of them
lived thereafter for many days. In insects with their antenne
dipped into melted paraffin, the behavior was similar to that of those
with the antenne amputated. After performing many experiments
with Philonthus cneus, he concludes that these insects lose the
olfactory sense by the removal of the antenne. Experiments with
species of several other genera gave che same results, but those with
beetles of the genera Carabus, Melolontha, and Silpha were less
satisfactory. These never completely failed to respond to strong-
smelling substances. Experiments with Hemiptera gave a still less

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

favorable result. After the loss of the antenne, these insects reacted
almost as well as they did with their antenn intact.

Porter (1883) thinks that the antenne of butterflies and some
other insects have nothing to do with olfaction. Some insects are
affected little, if at all, by the extirpation of the antennsze, while
others become very-sick after the loss of these appendages.

Graber (1885) contends that ants (Formica rufa) and flies (Lucilia
cesar) and beetles (Silpha thoracica) without their antennz still
possess the sense of smell. He is inclined to the view that insects
do notjhave any special olfactory organ, and that when the odorifer-
ous emanations are intense they may be perceived by the surfaces
of the body which are covered with thin chitin and which are provided
with terminal excitable nerves.

Plateau (1886) says that in Blatta the antennez are the olfactory
organs. Graber (1887) repeated Plateau’s experiments by using
many cockroaches, and declares that in these insects the antennze
actually function as olfactory organs, but this is not true for all
insects.

Fielde (1901, 1903, 1907) claims that the eleventh or distal segment
of the antenne of ants perceives the nest odor; the tenth segment,
the colony odor; the ninth segment, the individual track; the eighth
and seventh, the inert young; and the sixth and fifth, the odor of
enemies. Miss Fielde clipped the antennz with sharp scissors, and
15 days after the operation about 40 per cent. of the ants recovered
from the effect of the shock. ‘Before their recovery the ants were
listless and abnormally irritable; and they attacked with self-
destructive violence any moving thing that touched them.” She
also found that queen ants deprived of their antennze did not behave
normally.

Barrows (1907) says that gum on the antenne of Drosophila
ampelophila does not keep out odors, nor could the antenne be
burnt off without considerable injury to the flies. He etherized some
flies and cut off the terminal segment bearing sense cones with fine
scissors, and he declares that the ether did not affect the results of the
experiments with odors. He says: ‘It therefore seems certain
that the sense of smell is absent, or at least greatly reduced in flies
that have lost the terminal joints of the antenne.”’

Kellogg (1907) informs us that male silkworm moths with extir-
pated antenne are unable to find the females unless by accident.

From the foregoing it is seen that about one-fourth of all the
writers who have experimented on insects with mutilated antenne

—Ss = yo

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 337

assert that these appendages do not carry the olfactory organs.
Most of the observers have failed to state whether or not the insects
used were normal. The inactivity of most of their insects indicates
abnormality. With Miss Fielde’s ants, only 40 per cent. recovered
fromthe effect of the shock, and in all probability all of these were
more or less abnormal. The writer has found that when the antennze
of ants, wasps, and bees are mutilated in the slightest degree the
insects are always more or less abnormal in behavior.

Hicks (1857, 1859, 1860) first discovered the organs called the
olfactory pores in this paper on the halteres and on the bases of the
wings of all Diptera examined; on the bases of all four wings of the
four-winged tribes; on the trochanter and femur of all insects, and
occasionally on the tibia. He examined many species representing
various insect orders and found these pores even on the lower insects,
such as the earwig. In such wingless insects as the worker and
soldier ants, he infers that these pores are much more abundant on
the legs than they are on these appendages in the winged insects.
Hicks suggested an olfactory function for all of these pores, whether
on the legs or wings, but he performed no experiments of any kind.
His drawings represent only the superficial appearance of the pores.

Janet (1904, 1907) found porelike sense organs in large numbers
in all the ants that he examined. They occur on the mouth parts,
legs, and he saw a few on the thorax at the base of the wing of a queen
ant. His drawings of the superficial aspects of all these pores are
very similar to those seen by the writer, but he has failed to under-
stand the internal anatomy. He calls the chitinous cone an umbel,
which is always separated from the surrounding chitin by a chamber.
The chamber communicates with the exterior by means of a pore.
The sense fiber, or his manubrium, runs into the umbel, and he
thinks that it spreads out over the inner surface of the umbel and
does not open into the chamber. Thus the umbel forms a thin
layer of chit which separates the end of the sense fiber from the
external air.

In conclusion, it seems that the organs called the olfactory pores
in this paper are the true olfactory apparatus in Hymenoptera and
that the antenne play no part in receiving odor stimuli.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

LITERATURE CITED.

Baxprani, E. G. 1866. Note sur les antennes servant aux insectes pour la
recherche des sexes. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, t. 6, (4), Bul., p. xxxvili.

Barrows, W. M. 1907. The reactions of the pomace fly, Drosophila ampelo-
phila Loew, to odorous substances. Journ. Exp. Zool., vol. 4, pp: 515-537.

Burmeister, H. 1836. Manual of Entomology, translation by W. E. Shuckard,
pp. 297, 298.

Comparetti. 1800. Dinamica animale degli insetti, [1, Padoue, p. 442.

Cornauia. 1856. Monografia del bombice del gelso. Memoria dall’ I. R.
Instituto Lombardo di Scienze, Milan, pp. 304-305.

Duaés. 1838. Traité de physiologie comparée, t. 1, pp. 160, ae

Fietp, A. M. 1901. Further study of an ant. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. tS
vol. 53, pp. 521-544.

— 1903. Artificial mixed nests of ants. Biol. Bul., vol. 5, No. 6, November,
pp. 320-325.

— 1907. Suggested explanations of certain phenomena in the lives of ants,
with a method of tracing ants to their respective communities. Biol. Bul.,
vol. 13, No. 3, August, pp. 134-137.

Foret, Au euerE 1874. Les fourmis de la Suisse. Ouvrage Soc. Helvétique

des Sci. Nat

1 Der Giftapparat und die Analdriisen der Ameisen. Zeitsch. f.

wiss. Zool., Bd. 30. Supplementary note on p. 61.

— 1885. fitudes myrmécologiques en 1884. Bul. Soc. Vaudoise Sci. Nat.,
vol. 20, (2), No. 91, p.. 334. :

— 1908. The senses of insects. English translation by Yearsley, London,
pp. 95-96.

Garnier, M. J. 1860. De l’usage des antennes chez les insectes. Mem.
d’Acad. des Sci. d’Amiens, t. 1, (2), pp. 489-501.

GraBer, Verr. 1885. Vergleichende Grundversuche tiber die Wirkung und
die Aufnahme-stellen chemischer Reize bei den Tieren. Biol. Central-
blatt, Bd. 5, Nr. 18, pp. 385-398.

—— 1887. Neue Versuche iiber die Function der Insektenfiithler. Biol.
Centralblatt, Bd. 7, Nr. 1, pp. 138-19.

Grimm, O. V. 1869. Beitrag zur Anatomie der Fihler der Insekten. Bul.
l’Acad. Imp. des Sei. de St. Pétersbourg, t. 14, pp. 66-74.

Hauser, Gustav. 1880. -Physiologische und histologische Untersuchungen
iiber das Geruchsorgan der Insekten. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 34, Heft
3, pp. 367-403, with 2 pls. ,

Hicks, J. B. vig On a new organ in insects. Journ. Linn. Soc, London,
Zool., vol. 1, pp. 136-140, with 1 pl.

— 1859. paves remarks on the organs found on the bases of the halteres
and wings of insects. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 22, pp. 141-145,
with 2 pls.

—- 1860. On certain sensory organs in insects, hitherto undescribed. Trans.
Linn. Soe. London, Zool., vol. 23, pp. 139-153, with 2 pls.

Huser, Francors. 1814. Nouv elle observations sur les abeilles, 2° édit., t. 2
pp. 375-393. ? . :

Janet, CHarces. 1904. Observations sur les fourmis. Limoges, pp. 17-22.

—— 1907. Anatomie du corselet et histolyse des muscles vibrateurs, aprés
le vol nuptial, chez la reine-de la fourmis (Lasius niger). Limoges, pp. 4648.

Josern, G. 1877. Ueber Sitz und Bau der Geruchsorgane bei den Insekten.
Ber. 50. Vers. Deutscher Naturf. und Aerzte, Miinchen, pp. 174-176.

Ketioce, V. L. 1907. Some silkworm-moth reflexes. Biol. Bul., vol. 12
No. 3, February, pp. 152-154.

Kirpy AND Spence. 1826. Introduction to entomology, vol. 3, pp. 455, 456,
and vol. 4, pp. 249-255.

LEFEBVRE, ALEX. 1838. Note sur le sentiment olfactif des antennes. Ann.
Soc. Ent., France, t. 7, pp. 395-399.

LeHmMaNn. 1799. De usu antennarum, Leipsig, p. 27.

McInpoo, N. E. 1914. The olfactory sense of the honey bee. Journ. Exp.
Zool., vol. 16, No. 3, April, pp. 265-346, with 24 figs.

eS

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Paascu, A. 1873. Von den Sinnesorganen der Insekten im allgemeinen, von
Gehor- und Geruchsorganen im besondern. Troschel’s Arch. f. Naturgesch.,
39. Jahrg., pp. 248-275.

Perris, Ep. 1850. Mémoire sur le Siége de |’Odorat dans les Articulés. Ann.
Sci. Nat., Zool., t. 14, (3), pp. 149-178.

Prateau, Férrx. 1886. Une expérience sur la fonction des antennes chez la
blatte (Periplaneta orientalis). Bul. Comptes Rendus des Séances Ann.
Soc. ent. Belgique, t. 30, pp. 118-122. :

Porter, C. J. A. 1883. Experiments with the antenne of insects. Amer.
Naturalist, vol. 17, pp. 1238-1245.

Ramponr. 1811. Ueber die Organe des Geruchs und Gehors der gemeinen
Biene. Magazin der Gesellschaft naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 5. Jahrg.,
pp. 386-390.

RosentHAL. 1811. Ueber den Geruchssinn der Insekten. Reil’s Arch. f. die
Physiologie, t. 10, Halle, p. 427.

TreviraNus. 1816. Ueber den Sitz des Geruchssinns bey den Insekten,
Vermischte Schriften anat. und physiol., Bd. 1, Gottingen, pp. 146-155.
Worrr, O. J. B. 1875. Das Riechorgan.der Biene nebst einer Beschreibung
des Respirationswerkes der Hymenopteren, etc. Nova Acta der Kls.
Leop-Carol, Deut. Akad. der Naturf., vol. 38, pp. 1-251, with pls. I-VIII.

EXPLANATION OF PuatEs XI, XII.

All figures, except those in the text, are from camera lucida drawings made at
the base of the microscope. All drawings, except the text figures and Plate
XI, fig. 25, and Plate XII, fig. 26, are enlarged 875 diameters. These were
made with V and S4 oe. and ;; oil imm.

ABBREVIATIONS.
coxa. SCNuc......sense cell nucleus.
chitin. SCNucl.....sense cell nucleolus.
chitinous layer. rere sulacheas

.....tibia.

.. trochanter.
outer margin of cone.
thick chitin around flask.
groups of isolated pores.
Inner margin of cone.
lowest strata of chitin.

...chitinous cone.

.. femur.

... Nal. ;
...hair-mother cell.
~hypodermis.
hypodermal cell.
hypodermal strand.

.... muscle. d...............outermost strata of chitin.
... mouth. Gree strata forming ‘chitinous
... nerve. layer.”
... nerve branch. f...............middle strata of chitin.
..nerve fiber. 2:0, Sea weak place in chitin of front
i niche in which wing arises. wing where wing breaks
NEI: neck of flask. off.
PorAp ......pore aperture. Vivre ee weak place in chitin of hind
Potbe. pore border. wing where wing breaks
... pore wall. off.
SC..............sense cell. 1 to 9........ groups of pores.

SF...........sense fiber.

Prats XI.—Fig. 3.—Group No. § from trochanter of female of Formica, showing

superficial appearance of pores.

Fig. 4—Two pores and three hairs from tibia of female of Formica, showing
superficial appearance.

Fig. 5.—Group No. 1 on front wing of female of Formica, showing superficial
appearance.

Fig. 6.—Cross-section of one of largest’ pores and sense cell from tibia of
female of Formica, showing internal anatomy.

23

340, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Fig. 7.—One of smallest pores from tibia of female of Formica.

Fig. 8.—Two pores from group No. 2 on front wing of female of Formica.

Fig. 9.—Two pores from group No. 3 on front wing of female of Formica.

Fig. 10.—Two pores from group No. 4 on hind wing of female of Formica.

Fig. 11.—Two pores from group No. 5 on hind wing of female of Formica.

Fig. 12.—Six pores and a bunch of sense cells as actually seen in group No. 2
on front wing of female of Formica.

Fig. 13.—Three pores, one sense cell, and hypodermis as actually seen in
group No. 7 on trochanter of female of Formica.

Fig. 14.—Two pores with sense cells and hypodermis as actually seen in
group No. § on trochanter of female of Formica.

Fig. 15—Pore from group No. 6 on trochanter of female of Formica.

Fig. 16.—Isolated pore from group b on trochanter of female of Formica.

Fig. 17—Two pores from a group on trochanter of -dedilated female of
C. pennsylvanicus.

Fig. 18.—One of largest isolated pores from trochanter of deilated female
of C. pennsylvanicus.

Fig. 19.—One of smallest isolated pores | from same trochanter as in fig. 18.

eee .—Three pores from group No. 2 on front wing of old winged female
ts) mela.

Fig. 21.—Three pores from group No. 3 on same wing as in fig. 20.

Fig. ae: Pen pores from group No. 2 on front wing of old winged male
of C. mela

Fig. 23.—Four pores and bunch of sense cells from stub of wing of old
deilated female of. C. pennsylvanicus. This female had been kept in
captivity eight months before killed.

Fig. 25.—Semidiagram of cross-section of front wing of female of Formica,
showing innervation of groups Nos.2 and 3. X 280. As in fig. 26, hard
chitin of wing is represented by solid black; soft articular chitin of wing
by dots, and hard chitin of thorax by broken lines. Owing to the broken
condition of the chitin, the nerves (N) could not be traced into these
wine but they were traced into the wings of the honey bee and mud-
dobber.

Piate XII.—Fig. 26.—Semidiagram of cross-section of hind wing of female of
Formica, showing innervation of groups Nos. 4 and 5. X 280.

Figs. 27 to 32, pelneive, are cross-sections through pores of hornet (Vespula
maculata). Fig. 27% One of Targest pores, and fig. 28 is one of smallest
pores from tibia. oniatehee pore aperture was seen in section.. Fig. 29:
Three pores on trochanter cut obliquely, showing pore apertures. Fig. 30:
One of smallest pores from a group on trochanter, ovine sense cell.
Pore aperture was not visible. Fig. 31: Pore from femur. Fig. 32:
Three pores from front wing.

Figs. 33 to 41, inclusive, are cross-sections through pores of muddobber
(Sceliphron cementarius). Figs. 33 and 34: Two pores from two different
groups on trochanter. Figs. 35 and 36: One of largest and one of smallest
isolated pores from trochanter. Fig. 37: Pore from group on femur.
Fig. 38: Shows origin of internal anatomy of a large pore and sense cell
from tibia. Fig. 39: One of smallest pores from tibia. Fig. 40: Three
yores from group No. 2 on front wing. Fig. 41: Pore from thorax at
base of niche near articulation of front wing.

Fig. 42.—Pore and sense.cell from tibia of a worker honey bee.

Figs. 43-79 show the relative sizes of the superficial appearances of pores
of various hymenopterous insects. In each figure, the larger pore is from
the femur and the smaller one is from the front wing. These pores are
the largest ones seen on these appendages. Below in the order named
are given (1) the figure number, (2) the name of insect, and (3) the relative
size of the insect. The relative sizes of the various insects were found as
explained on page 326.

Fig. 43.—Cimbex americana . ; 6.00
Fig. 44.—Macrophyla flavicore 1.75
Fig. 45.—Megarhyssa lunator . 3.33

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig..

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
re

ig.
Ae,
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

46.—Microgaster mamestre....

47.—Evania appendigaster

48.—Chrysis tridens........ :

49.— 2 Ant (not identified)

50.— 2 Aphenogaster aquia.....

51.— @ Lasius aliena....

52.— 8 Major Formica obscuriventris

d3-—— 9 Formica obscuriventris

54.— oh Formica obscuriventris

55.—% Major Camponotus mela

56.— @ C. pennsylvanicus, black var

57.—%8 Minor C. pennsylvanicus, brown var
58.—% Major C. pennsylvanicus, brown var
59.— 2 Deiilated C. pennsylvanicus, brown vav....
60.—o Winged C. pennsylvanicus, brown vav....
61.—Ceropales fraterna.. :
62.—Sceliphron cementarius....
63.—Larropsis distinctqa........

64.—Philanthus punctata...

65.—Mimesa Kohli........

66.—Stigmus wniversitatus..

67.—Trypoxylon frigidum....

68.—Solenius interruptus...
69.—Pseudomasaris vespoides..

70.—Monobia quadridens...

71.—Polistes nestor.......

72.—Vespula maculata..

73.—Andrena vicina....

74.—Megachile brevis.

75.—Pstthyrus 8p...

76.—Bombus sp

77.—% Apis mellifica.....

78.— 2 Apis mellifica

79.—o Apis mellifica....

Bact 5

(=)

b

S]

WWWWWNWWERWWWNROOCNNWNRWNNNNHNHHO

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW BLENNY FROM NEW JERSEY, WITH NOTES ON
OTHER FISHES FROM THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

During 1912 and the past year, a number of local collections have
been acquired by the Academy. Many afford new or interesting
localities, which are grouped according to the several States. Though
multitudes of the commoner species were examined at the fisheries,
usually small collections and small specimens were obtained where
possible.

New JERSEY.
Dasyatis say (Le Sueur).

Examined a large one on the beach at Corson’s Inlet, June 20, 1913.
At this locality on June 19 saw Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus,
Poronotus triacanthus, Cynoscion regalis, Chilomycterus schepfi, and
Lophius piscatorius. On June 20 and 21, saw Anguilla chrisypa,
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus, Fistularia tabacaria, Hippo-
campus hudsonius, Cynoscion regalis, Bairdiella chrysura, Scieenops
ocellatus, Menticirrhus saxatilis, Pogonias cromis, Monacanthus hispi-
dus, and Paralichthys dentatus. The Fistularia was preserved, having
been taken in the summer of 1912, and was about 15 inches long.

Several selachians have been reported to me on apparently trust-
worthy authority. They are:

Alopias vulpes.

One 16 feet long, taken in the pounds at Sea Isle City in May,
1900. T. Kiipfer.

Scoliodon terre-nove.

One about 3 feet long, examined by Mr. W. J. Fox, was para-
sitized with numerous female copepods (Pandarus sinuatus), which
were preserved. This shark was secured May 31, 1913, and the
fishermen reported several more shortly afterward.

Squatina squatina.

One reported at Ocean City on December 31, 1912, and another in
the same month at Stone Harbor, credited with being four feet long.
Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sucur).

Dr. R. J. Phillips secured an adult at Corson’s Inlet, October 16,
1913, taken in a mullet-net.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

Synodus fetens (Linnzus).

One received from Dr. Phillips, taken in the summer of 1912, at
Corson’s Inlet, with Atopichthys, Gasterosteus aculeatus, and Lagodon
rhomboides. Mr. D. McCadden secured an example at Ocean City
on September 17, 1912. ‘

Felichthys marinus (Mitchill).

An adult from Corson’s Inlet, secured on August 19, 1912, by
Mr. Fox.

Tylosurus marinus (Walbaum).

Many examples, about ten inches long, obtained by Mr. McCadden,
on August 11, 1912, at Ocean City. August 30, 1913, at the same
locality, he obtamed a young Prionotus evolans strigatus, and found
Seriola zonata abundant.

Tylosurus raphidoma (Ranzani).

Dr. Phillips secured a large example on August 15, 1913, taken in
the pounds at Sea Isle City. Several other examples were also
taken. The species appears to be frequent off our coast in the
summer.

Sphyrena borealis De Kay.

A small one was secured in the bay at Corson’s Inlet, on August

2, 1913, by Dr. Phillips.

Trichiurus lepturus Linneus.

Mr. Fox reported one at Sea Isle City on July 5, 1912, and another
on July 16, which last contained numerous small whitish eggs. A
third example was taken in Great Egg Harbor Bay at Ocean City,

July 30, 1913, and notice sent to me by Mr. W. B. Davis.
Caranx hippos (Linnzus).

A small example was obtained at Corson’s Inlet on September 7,
1913, and another a little larger on September 8, by Dr. Phillips.
Rachycentron canadus (Linnzus).

Mr. Fox secured an example, 30 inches long, at Sea Isle City,
on August 12, 1912.

Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linnzus).

Five small ones were caught at Corson’s Inlet on September 20,
1913, and forwarded by Dr. Phillips. When caught, they grunted.
Sciznops ocellatus (Linnzus).

Dr. Phillips secured a small one at Corson’s Inlet on September
8, 1913, and about the same time Mr. McCadden got a large one at
Ocean City. Both these specimens were infested with lerneans.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Blennius foxi sp. nov.

Head 33; depth 33; D. XI, 15; A. 18; P. 14; V.1,3; head width
12 in its length; head depth at ventral origin 1}; snout 34; eye 32;
maxillary 22; interorbital space 2 in eye; first dorsal spine about
1z in head; tenth dorsal ray about 13; tenth anal ray about 2%;
least depth of caudal peduncle 22; caudal fin 13; tenth pectoral
ray 14; ventral 2.

Body elongate, well compressed, contour elongately ellipsoid, with
greatest depth at pectoral base. Caudal peduncle well compressed,
short.

Head large, compressed, rather pointed, anterior upper profile
moderately oblique, moderately convex sides slightly more wide
below than above. Snout short, profile oblique, surface convex,
slightly shorter than broad. Eye large, high, rounded, and anterior

in head, centre falling slightly behind first third in length of head.
Pupil horizontally ellipsoid. Supraorbital cirrus large, its length
about equals postorbital portion of head, and with two smaller
filaments each side basally. Mouth moderate, terminal, and jaws
about even, gape below upper basal edge of pectoral. Lips broad,
fleshy. Maxillary large, slightly inclined, and nearly extending
back opposite centre of eye. Teeth simple, close-set, and about
17 in each jaw. Also each jaw with a posterior canine on each side
posteriorly (thus 4 in all), and the upper a little anterior to middle
in length of maxillary as viewed laterally. Mandible strong, convex
over surface, and rami not much elevated inside mouth. Tongue
thick, fleshy, little free, and far back. Nostrils separated, though
rather close, and near middle in length of snout. Interorbital
narrowly concave.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

Gill-openings entirely lateral, large, each about equal in length to
combined snout and eye, and extend forward last third in length of
head. Interior not examined.

Body scaleless, with smooth skin. Mucous system well developed
on head, especially along preopercle ridge. L. 1. system at first
somewhat distinct, high, or close to back,-and towards end of pectoral
sloping down till midway along side, when obscure to caudal base.

Dorsals little differentiated, spines similar to simple rays, slightly
more pungent, both rays and spines more or less uniform and covered
with membrane, edge of fin entire. Dorsal origin little before
hind edge of preopercle. Rayed dorsal well separated behind from
caudal peduncle, and anal fin similar. Anal with edge notched,
rays graduated down to shortest anteriorly, and fin inserted a little
nearer snout tip than caudal base. Caudal moderately long, hind
edge rounded. Pectoral large, graduated to ninth ray, which
longest, and lower rays less graduated and thickened. Ventral
inserted slightly before spinous dorsal origin, extends back slightly
more than half way to anal. Vent close before anal.

Color when fresh largely various shades of neutral tint, with dorsal
and anal slightly darker. Head marked with dark blotches of neu-
tral tint, which somewhat obscurely defined, and radiate from eye.
Trunks with seven vertical broad dark bands, wider or equal to the
interspaces, and each with several whitish spots or blotches variously
distributed within their boundaries. These dark vertical bands
also reflected more or less on bases of dorsals. Iris brownish. Cirrus
dusky. Dorsals deep neutral tint, without pale edge, and membrane
between first two spines blackish. Anal with free tips of rays whitish
and a submarginal deep neutral tint whole length of fin, base being
paler. Caudal pale grayish. Pectoral livid gray, with several
dark blotches before its base. Ventral pale along front edge, terminal
portion behind dusky.

Length 38 mm.

Type, No. 39,440, A. N.S. P. Sea Isle City, Cape May County,
New Jersey. September 5, 1913. Edward Nolan Fox.

Only the type known. It was secured in a little slough formed
about the pilings of the pier, and left by the tides. The specimen
was alive when found, swimming actively about, though it died shortly
after its capture, when confined in a small vessel.

The species falls within the subgenus Blennius Linnzus. It is
related to Blennius fucorum Valenciennes, though that species has a
smaller and obtuse head, its orbital cirrus bifid at tip and fringed at

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

its base, more teeth (24 in each jaw), and a different coloration.
It is said to be olivaceous, spotted with brown, and the spinous
dorsal edged with paler. De Kay figures an example secured between
New York and Constantinople, and it is therefore uncertain if he
really obtained it in our limits.

Blennius stearnsi Jordan and Gilbert also differs in the coloration,
more slender body, longer maxillary, and more numerous teeth
(24 to 26).

(Named for Master Edward Nolan Fox, who secured the type.)

Urophycis regius (Walbaum).

Mr. McCadden secured one in Great Egg Harbor Bay, at Ocean
City, on July 6, 1913, with Bairdiella chrysura, and a large prawn
(Peneus setiferus). The Bairdiella was infested with a lernean
parasite. On July 20, he found several more examples of Urophycis.

Urophycis tenuis (Mitchill).

A small example in the Academy was obtained many years ago
at Cape May. This is the first I have seen.

On May 26, 1912, I visited the Dutch Neck Fishery, between
Florence and Burlington, on the Delaware River shores, and found
Abramis crysoleucas, Ameiurus nebulosus, Fundulus heteroclitus
macrolepidotus, F. diaphanus, and Eupomotis gibbosus abundant.
On June 1, 1913, I found Pomolobus pseudoharengus, Anguilla chris-
ypa, Catostomus commersonnii, Abramis, Schilbeodes gyrinus, F.
heteroclitus macrolepidotus, F. diaphanus, Apeltes quadracus, Eupomo-
tis, and Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi.

Mr. J. T. Nichols informs me he found an example of Lobotes
surinamensis on September 20, 1913 at Galilee (Seabright), N. J.
Scomber colias, Pelamys alleterata, and Chetodipterus faber were also
noted at the same time. Another Lobotes, with a large example of
Fistularia tabacaria, was also forwarded from Anglesea, N. J.,
October 21, 1913, through Mr. W. J. Fox.

PENNSYLVANIA.

Two large collections were received from Erie, one in April and
the other in May, 1912. The specimens were collected in Lake
Erie, at or near Erie, and forwarded at the direction of Mr. N. R.
Buller, Fish Commissioner of Pennsylvania.

During the spring of 1912, and again in 1913, a great number of
fishes were studied at Lovett’s Fishery, situated at the mouth of
Tullytown Creek on the Delaware River. A small spring-fed stream,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

also flowing into the river close below this point, was thoroughly
explored and yielded interesting material. Though unnamed, it is
here referred to as “Tullytown Brook.”

In June, 1912, I visited Mr. F. J. Meyers at Bethlehem, in North-
ampton County, and made a number of collections from the streams
flowing into the Lehigh River in that vicinity. Mr. Meyers again
invited me to join him in this region in late May of 1913, when we
also made a few more collections. We then continued this excursion
to Pocono Summit and explored various streams in Monroe County.

Mr. R. W. Wehrle sent several collections from Indiana and
Huntingdon Counties.

In late July I spent a week in the lower Susquehanna region,
around Peach Bottom, in York County, and with the assistance of
Mr. H. L. Mather, Jr., secured several interesting collections.

Various other collections of lesser interest, though some quite
extensive, have also been received during the past two years.

Petromyzon marinus Linneus.

A young bluish example, taken in the shad-net at Tullytown.

Lampetra epytera (Abbott).

Mr. Wehrle sent three small ones, though mature, from Hoffman’s
Run in Indiana County. He writes: “There were a lot of them
sticking to stones in the riffles, and I think they were spawning. When
scared down stream they remained quiet a while, but soon returned
to stick to the same stones..’ Two others were also received from
him, taken in Brick Pond. All taken in April, 1913.

Acipenser sturio Linnwus,

Two at the Tullytown F ishery. One, four feet long, taken early
in May, and the other taken May 28, a small example.
Lepisosteus osseus huronensis (Richardson),

Erie.
Amiatus calvus (Linnzus),

Five from Erie, one a female and others males. Stomachs nearly
empty, one containing small Perca flavescens.

Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).

Several hundred examined at Tullytown, from which about a dozen
copepods (Naobranchia pomolobi) were taken. The parasites were
all within the gill-openings. One adult female had a lernean,
Lerneoceropsis septemramosus, attached to its side below dorsal fin.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Pomolobus estivalis (Mitchill).

Many taken at Tullytown, and in several hauls almost all the fish
were this species. A few copepods (Naobranchia) were also found
in the gill-openings of some.

Alosa sapidissima (Wilson).
Over a hundred examined at Tullytown, though no crustacean
parasites found on them.

Leucichthys artedi (Le Sueur.)

Erie.

Salmo fario Linnzus.

One from the Schuylkill River below Fairmount Dam, received
from the Philadelphia Aquarium. Possibly it was washed out of
the Wissahickon Creek, as suggested by Mr. W. E. Meehan.
Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill.)

Two from MecMichel’s Creek in Monroe County. Abundant in
the Monocacy Creek above Bethlehem, and below in the Saucon
Creek, also at Hellertown. Im Monroe County at Tannersville,
Pocono Creek, Tunkhanna Creek, Pocono Lake, and Snyderville.
Mr. Wehrle sent an example from Laurel Run, in Huntingdon County,
containing a cestode.

Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.

Tullytown Creek, Scott’s Creek, Lovett’s Fishery, Cash Ledge
Bar, and Tullytown Brook, Bie Conny Also common in
Muddy Creek, York County.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque).

North Branch of Altman Creek, Yellow Creek, and Brick Pond,
in Indiana County.
Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque).

Yellow Creek, North Branch of Altman Creek, Lucus Pond, and
Brush Creek, in Indiana County. Abundant in the Susquehanna
River at Peach Bottom, York County.

Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque).

Tullytown Brook, Fallsington, and White’s Island, Bucks County;
Peach Bottom, York County.

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).

Hellertown, Northampton County; Tunkhanna Creek, Toby-
hanna Creek, Pocono Lake, Snyderville, Monroe County; Laurel
Run, Huntingdon County; North Branch of Altman Creek, Yellow
Creek, Brick Pond, Lucus Pond, Brush Creek, Indiana County.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

Leuciscus elongatus (Kirtland).
North Branch of Altman Creek, Brick Pond, Lucus Pond, Brush
Creek, Indiana County.

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).

Scott’s Creek, Cash Ledge Bar, Tullytown Creek, Tullytown
Brook, Fallsington, Queen Anne Creek, Bucks County; Darby
Creek near Moore’s, and Media, Delaware County. A good series
of adults from Erie do not differ from our common eastern examples.

In a collection of fish-bones from a kingfisher’s nest, taken May
20, 1913, at Bustleton, sent to me by Mr. R. F. Miller, I did not
find the remains of this fish, as in a previous nest I reported. It
contained only remains of Notropis cornutus, Catostomus commer-
sonnii, and Cambarus bartonvi. Of the first-named about 40 pharyn-
geal bones were examined.

Notropis bifrenatus (Cope).

Queen Anne Creek near Emilie, Tullytown Brook, Cash Ledge
Bar, Fallsington, Bucks County; Hellertown, Lime Kiln Run,
Saucon and Monocacy Creeks, Northampton County.

Notropis procne (Cope).
Susquehanna River at Peach Bottom, York County.

Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard).

Queen Anne Creek near Emilie, White’s Island, Bucks County;
Schuylkill River below Fairmount Dam, Philadelphia County;
Muddy Creek, York County.

Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard).

Scott’s Creek, Tullytown, Cash Ledge Bar, White’s Island, Bucks
County; Muddy Creek, and Peach Bottom, York County.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).

Robertson’s Brook and Media, Delaware County; Monocacy
and Saucon Creeks, Lime Kiln Run, Hellertown, Northampton
County; Tunkhanna Creek, Tobyhanna Creek, Monroe County.

Muddy Creek, Sowego Creek, Peach Bottom, York County.

North Branch of Altman Creek, Yellow Creek, Lucus Pond,
Brush Creek, Indiana County.

Notropis chalybzus (Cope).

Delaware River at Cash Ledge Bar, Bucks County.
Notropis photogenis amenus (Abbott). ‘

Schuylkill River below Fairmount Dam, Philadelphia County;
Susquehanna River at Peach Bottom, York County.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Ericymba buccata Cope.
Yellow Creek, Indiana County.

Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill).

Media and Robertson’s Brook, Delaware County; White’s Island,
Bucks County; Lime Kiln Run, Hellertown and Saucon Creek,
Northampton County; Pocono Creek, Tunkhanna Creek, Toby-
hanna Creek, Pocono Lake, Snyderville, Monroe County.

Sowego Creek, York County; Laurel Run, Huntingdon County.

North Branch of Altman Creek, Lucus Pond, Brick Pond, and
Brush Creek, Indiana County. Many from the last locality are
greatly infested with protozoan parasites.

Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque).

Sowego Creek and Susquehanna River at Peach Bottom. Muddy

Creek, York County.
Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sueur).

Muddy Creek and Sowego Creek, York County.
Cyprinus carpio Linnzus. ;

Tullytown; Erie; Lucus Pond, Indiana County.

Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz.

Erie.

Catostomus commersonnii Lacépéde.

Robertson’s Brook, Delaware County; Tullytown Creek, Fall-
sington, Bucks County; Lime Kiln Run, Saucon and Monocacy
Creeks, Northampton County; > Peach Bottom, York County;
North Branch of Altman Creek, Lucus Pond, and Brush Creek,
Indiana County.

About a dozen examples were received from Erie, some of which
are nearly two feet long. One of these was immediately noticed
to be pale or whitish, besides being silvery tinted. When opened
it contained a large cestode measuring 530 mm. in length. The
parasite was submitted to Dr. J. P. Moore, who kindly informs me
that it is the larval stage of Dibothrium ligula Donnadieu. He says
it also occurs, in the larval form. in many birds, and in the mature
stage, in fish-eating birds. The parasite was wound in several
coils loosely through the liver and about the abdominal cavity.
No distension of the abdomen, such as being swollen out, was noticed.
No parasites were found in the other fishes.

Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur.

Peach Bottom, York County, North Branch of Altman Creek,

Indiana County.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill).
* Tullytown Brook and Fallsington, Bucks County. Erie.
Moxostoma breviceps (Cope).
Erie.
Moxostoma macrolepidotum (Le Sueur).
Peach Bottom, York County.
Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur).
Erie.
Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur).

Media, Delaware County; Schuylkill River below Fairmount
Dam, Philadelphia County; Tullytown, Scott’s Creek, Cash Ledge
Bar, and Tullytown Brook, Bucks County; Dry Land Pond, North-
ampton County; Brick Pond, and Lucus Pond, Indiana County.
Ameiurus melas Rafinesque.

Erie.

Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill).

An interesting example about eight inches long was taken in a
fyke-net, at Torresdale, in the Delaware River. It was very pale,
or a case of albinism, the general tint being dilute saffron. Mr. J. R.
Berkhouse secured it and sent it to the Philadelphia Aquarium,
where I saw it alive.

One adult from Lime Kiln Run, Lehigh County.

Esox americanus (Gmelin).

Media, Delaware County; Schuylkill River below Fairmcunt
Dam, Philadelphia County; fcott’s Creek, Tullytown Brook, Fall-
sington, and one from Tullytown Creek at Tullytown on May 26,
1913, with large round worm in viscera, Bucks County; Saucon and
Monocacy Creeks, Northampton County; Tobyhanna Creek, and
Pocono Lake, Monroe County.

Esox reticulatus Le Sueur.
Erie.

Umbra pygmea (De Kay).

Tullytown Brook, Bucks County.
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum). *

Darby Creek near Moore’s, Delaware County; Scott’s Creek,
Tullytown Brook, Cash Ledge Bar, Bucks County.
Fundulus diaphanus Le Sueur.

Media, Darby Creek near Moore’s, Delaware County; Tullytown
Creek, Tullytown Brook, Scott’s Creek, Cash Ledge Bar, White’s

352 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Island, Bucks County; Monocacy and Saucon Creeks, Northampton
County. :
Tylosurus marinus (Walbaum).

Susquehanna River at Peach Bottom, York County.

Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill).

Monocacy and Saucon Creeks, Northampton County.
Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque.

Schuylkill River below Fairmount Dam, Philadelphia.
Pomoxis sparoides (Lacépéde).

Erie; Delaware River at Tullytown, Bucks County.
Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque).

Lucus Pond, Indiana County. Also examples from Erie.
Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). .

Tullytown Brook, Bucks County.

Lepomis auritus (Linnzus).

Media, Delaware County; Tullytown Brook, Cash Ledge Bar,
and White’s Island, Bucks County; Muddy Creek, York County.
Lepomis incisor (Valenciennes).

Erie.

Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnwus).

Media, Delaware County; Tullytown, Tullytown Brook, Queen
Anne Creek near Emilie, Fallsington, Cash Ledge Bar, Bucks County;
Monocacy Creek, Northampton County; Saylor’s Lake, Monroe
County. Muddy Creek and Peach Bottom, York County. Erie.

Several small specimens from a mine-pond, near Bethlehem,
taken in September, 1913, and received from Mr. F. Burcaw, were
greatly parasitized with protozoa.

Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde.
Tullytown, Bucks County; Addingham, Delaware County;
Yellow Creek, Indiana County.
Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde).
Erie.
Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill).
Erie.
Perca flavescens (Mitchill).

Tullytown and Cash Ledge Bar, Bucks County. Erie.
Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque).

North Branch of Altman Creek, Yellow Creek, and Brick Pond,
Indiana County.

Le

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer).

Tullytown Brook, Scott’s Creek, and White’s Island, Bucks
County; Hellertown, Monocacy and Saucon Creeks, Northampton
County; Snyderville, Tobyhanna Creek, Pocono Lake, Monroe
County.

Peach Bottom, York County; Laurel Run, Huntingdon County.
Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque.

North Branch of, Altman Creek and Brick Pond, Indiana County.
Roccus lineatus (Bloch),

Tullytown.

Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque).
Erie.
Morone americana (Gmelin).
Tullytown and Cash Ledge Bar, Bucks County.

Aplodinotus grumniens Rafinesque.

Erie.

Cottus ictalops (Rafinesque).
Yellow Creek and Brick Pond, Indiana County.
Cottus gracilis Heckel.
Monocaey and Saucon Creeks, and Lime Kiln Run, Northampton
County.
DELAWARE.

The following list pertains largely to a visit I made, with Mr. GC. J.
Pennock, to Mr. A. D. Poole, at Rehoboth, in late April, 1913. Mr.
Poole assisted me in every way to make my stay profitable as possible.
On my return to Philadelphia several days were also spent at Lewes.
At Rehoboth I visited the off-shore pounds, and thus had opportunity
of seeing many interesting species. Several species are new addi-
tions to the State fauna.
Mustelus canis (Mitchill).

Rehoboth and Lewes beaches. Common.
Raja erinacea Mitchill.

Lewes beach. Few.
Raja ocellata Mitchill.

Rehoboth and Lewes beaches. Common.
Raja eglanteria Lacépéde, ‘

Rehoboth and Lewes beaches. The most abundant species.
Raja levis Mitchill.

Few large ones in the off-shore pound at Rehoboth.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Acipenser sturio Linnzeus.

Two large ones in the Rehoboth pound. The larger measured
1044 inches in length, and yielded about 50 pounds of caviare.
Lepisosteus osseus (Linn#us).

May 8, 1913, Mr. Poole informs me “large ones were very abundant
in the dam at Greens Mills, which is near Bridgeville. The stream
is the northwest fork of the Nanticoke.”

Pomolobus mediocris (Mitchill).
Small ones at Rehoboth and Lewes.

Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).

Very abundant at Rehoboth and Lewes.
Alosa sapidissima (Wilson).

Saw a few, possibly a dozen each day, at Rehoboth. Few at
Lewes.

Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe).

Very common at Rehoboth. Among the multitudes examined
but one had Olencira pregustator in its mouth, besides being para-
sitized by Lerneenicus radiatus. The latter was common on almost
every fish. Few at Lewes.

Anchovia mitchilli (Valenciennes).

Large schools seen in the pound at Rehoboth. Very common
along the bay-shore at Lewes.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.

Young in multitudes, in Lewés Creek and the canal at Rehoboth.
Common at Lewes.

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).

A few in Lewes Creek at Rehoboth.
Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur).

Common in Lewes Creek and many young in the ponds, lake, and
canal at Rehoboth. Few at Lewes.

Esox reticulatus Le Sueur.

Several small ones in Lewes Creek at Rehoboth and Lewes.
Umbra pygmea (De Kay).

Abundant in Lewes Creek, at Rehoboth and Lewes.
Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).

Common on the bay-shore at Lewes and about Cape Henlopen.
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum),

Common with the last. At Rehoboth it was common in the canal,
though less so in the lake, and very abundant in Lewes Creek.

—

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 359

Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).

About Rehoboth common in the fresh-water glades, and some
half-grown males in full breeding-dress. At Lewes a few were
found in the tidal reaches of Lewes Creek, though it was more
common in the glades, where I found few or none of the preceding
species.

Lucania parva (Baird).
Several in the canal at Rehoboth.

Menidia beryllina cerea Kendall.
Few in the canal at Rehoboth, with the last.

Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill). ;
Shoals seen in the pound at Rehoboth. Also common on the
bay-shore at Lewes.

Hippocampus hudsonius De Kay.

Rehoboth beach.

Gasterosteus aouleatus Linnzus.
One taken in the lake, which virtually is head of Lewes Creek,
at Rehoboth.

Poronotus triacanthus (Peck).
Common at Rehoboth and Lewes beaches.

Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook).
Common in the glades of Lewes Creek at Rehoboth and Lewes.

Eupomotis gibbosus (Linn=us).

In the lake at Rehoboth.

Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linnzus),

Several in Rehoboth pound.
Stenotomus chrysops (Linnzus).

Few large ones in Rehoboth pound.
Cynoscion regalis (Schneider).

Very abundant at Rehoboth and Lewes.
Micropogon undulatus (Linneus).

Common at Lewes and Rehoboth. With the last, the most
abundant food-fish.
Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider).

Few at Lewes and Rehoboth.
Pogonias cromis (Linnzus).

Several large ones in the Rehoboth pound.
24

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Apr.,

Tautoga onitis (Linnzus).
Lewes.

Spheroides maculatus (Schneider).
Common in the Rehoboth pound.

Prionotus evolans strigatus (Cuvier).

Abundant at Rehoboth and Lewes.

Lophopsetta maculata (Mitchill).

Few at Rehoboth.

Paralichthys dentatus (Linneus).
Common, some large, at Rehoboth and Lewes.

Urophycis regius (Walbaum).
Adult and several small ones at Rehoboth.

Lophius piscatorius Linnzus.
Rehoboth and Lewes.

MARYLAND.

In late April of 1912, I made several collections in the Choptank
and its tributaries about Denton, in Caroline County. A small
collection was made in the Pocomoke River near Willards, in Wicom-
ico County, in May of the same year. Rather extensive series of
fresh-water fishes were also secured in the streams of Harford County,
mostly from Deer Creek, at and near the Rocks, and in the Gun-
powder River, in August, 1912.

Lepisosteus osseus (Linnwus).

I examined one of nine examples, from the Passerdyke Creek, at
Eden, Wicomico River basin in Somerset County, May 2, 1913.
Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).

Choptank River and Gary’s Branch, near Denton.

Alosa sapidissima (Wilson).

Choptank River at Cedar Island and Denton.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.

Deer Creek near Sharon, and common at the Rocks.
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).

Sharon and the Rocks.

Leucisous vandoisulus Valenciennes.

The Rocks, and Laurel Brook, a tributary of the Gunpowder
River.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).
Gary’s Branch and Choptank River near Denton. Aydelotte
Branch and Pocomoke River near Willards.

Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard).’
Gary’s Branch and Choptank River near Denton.

Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard).

The Rocks.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).
Sharon, the Rocks, and Clermont Mills.

Notropis chalybzus (Cope).
Abundant in the Pocomoke River and Aydelotte Branch near
Willards, associated with Abramis and Palemonetes vulgaris.

Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill).
The Rocks, Clermont Mills, and Laurel Brook.

Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque).
The Rocks, Sharon, Clermont Mills, and Laurel Brook.

Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sueur).
Same as last species.

Catostomus commersonnii (Lacépéde).
The Rocks, and Sharon.

Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur.

Clermont Mills.

Ameiurus catus (Linnzus).
Choptank River near Denton.

Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur).
Gary’s Branch, and Choptank River near Denton. Pocomoke

River at Willards.

Schilbeodes insignis (Richardson).
The Rocks.
Esox americanus (Gmelin).
Aydelotte Branch near Willards.
Esox reticulatus Le Sueur.
Gary’s Branch, and Choptank River near Denton. Pocomoke
River, and Aydelotte Branch near Willards.

Umbra pygmea (De Kay).
Aydelotte Branch near Willards.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).

Choptank River, and Cedar Island near Denton.
Lepomis auritus (Linnzus).

The Rocks, Sharon, and Clermont Mills.
Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnzus).

Gary’s Branch, and Choptank River near Denton. Pocomoke
River near Willards.

Perca flavescens (Mitchill).
Gary’s Branch, and Choptank River near Denton.
Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer).
Choptank River at Cedar Island and near Denton.
Morone americana (Gmelin).
Gary’s Branch, Choptank River, and Cedar Island near Denton.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 359

FISHES COLLECTED BY THE PEARY RELIEF EXPEDITION OF 1899.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Mr. C. F. Silvester kindly placed this collection of fishes in my
hands for determination. In some cases the specimens represent
localities not given by previous writers. Two species are apparently
new. The collection is small, though fairly representative of the
meagre fish-fauna of such high latitudes in Greenland. At present
it is contained in the Museum of Princeton University, with the
exception of a series of duplicates presented to the Academy. The
writer is indebted to Princeton University and to Mr. Silvester, for
assistance and favors in framing the report.

COTTIDZA.
Icelus bicornis (Reinhardt).

One example, 63 mm. long, from Foulke Fjord, in 35 fathoms,
on August 4.

Three examples, 31 to 63 mm. long, from Ulriks Bay, in 7 to 25
fathoms, August 11.

Two examples, 31 to 67 mm. long, from Grandville Bay, in 10 to 22
fathoms, on August 18.

Four examples, 68 to 90 mm. long, from Cape Chalon, in 27
fathoms, on August 19.

One example, 39 mm. long, from Bardin Bay, on August 20.

One example, 38 mm. long, from Ulriks Bay, on August 24.

Four examples, 52 to 74 mm. long, from Karna, in 30 to 40 fathoms,
on August 24.
Triglops pingeli Reinhardt.

One example, 69 mm. long, from Bardin Bay, on August 22.
Myoxocephalus grenlandious (Valenciennes),!

Two examples, 220 to 230 mm. long, dredged in 10 to 15 fathoms
at Saunder’s Island, on August 3.

One example, 175 mm. long, dredged in 7 to 25 fathoms in Ulriks
Bay, on Auguse 11.

The smallest example differs in lacking the warty prominences

1The Academy has a large example obtained by the Peary Relief Expedition
of 1892, at North Water, in northwest Greenland.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

on the parietal region, which are well developed in the largest. All
have a pore or slight slit after the last gill-arch, and the interorbital
space nearly as wide as the eye is long. Scabrous tubercles on back
and sides fewer in the smallest example.

Gymnocanthus tricuspis (Reinhardt).
One example, 188 mm. long, from Godhayn.
One example, 52 mm. long, from Upernavik, in 10 to 15 fathoms,
in August.
One example, 66 mm. long, from Grandville Bay, in 20 to 40
fathoms, August 18.
Two examples, 62 to 79 mm. long, from Bardin Bay, on August 20.
One example, 78 mm. long, from Karna, in 30 to 40 fathoms, on
August 24.
Nine examples, 53 to 123 mm. long, from Robertson Bay, in 5 to 40
fathoms, on August 24.
Two examples from Saunder’s Island, in 10 to 15 fathoms, on
August 3.
CYCLOPTERIDZE.
Eumicrotremus spinosus (Miller).
One example, 25 mm. long, from Etah, in 5 fathoms, in August.
Two examples, 40 to 72 mm. long, without data.
Two examples, 38 to 70 mm. long, from Grandville Bay, in 20 to
40 fathoms, on August 18.
Also two examples, 36 to 42 mm. long, from Grandville Bay, on
August 18.
Two examples, 33 to 35 mm. long, from Karna, in 20 to 40 fathoms,
on August 24.
Four examples, 25 to 42 mm. long, from Robertson’s Bay, in 5 to
40 fathoms, on August 24.

Lethotremus mealpini sp. noy. Fig. 1.

Head 2%; depth about 1¢; D. vu, 9; A. 10; P. about 22; head
width about 2} in head and trunk; snout (in profile) 4 in head;
eye (in profile) about 3; mouth width about 13; interorbital about
2; height of first dorsal 23; height of second dorsal 2; height of
anal 24; least depth of caudal peduncle 34; caudal 13; upper
longest pectoral ray 2}; length of disk 12.

Body very robust, greatly swollen anteriorly, so that greatest
width about equal to greatest depth, or nearly half length without
caudal. Greatest width falls midway in region between base of
uppermost pectoral ray and anal origin. Contour of body in lateral

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

profile generally ovoid. Caudal peduncle compressed, its length
# its least depth.

Head large, broad, upper profile convex, more inclined than
lower. Snout short, broad, convex over surface, its length about
half its width. Eye large, circular, elevated, without free edges,
and slightly anterior. Mouth broad, terminal, rather low, and

Fig. 1—Lethotremus mcalpini Fowler. (Type.)

broad fleshy lips similar. Jaws equal. Maxillary extends but
slightly beyond front edge of eye. Dentition as a trenchant firm
cutting-edge in each jaw, similar throughout most its extent, and
edge only feebly notched or with but slight dentate appearance.
Apparently no other teeth, though upper surface of mouth and
tongue covered with small tubercles. Tongue large, broad, thick,

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

fleshy, front edge free. Upper and lower buccal membranes well
developed. Nostrils near together, anterior in slight cutaneous
tube, and posterior simple pore with simple cutaneous rim. In
position anterior nostril about opposite middle of eye and posterior
about opposite upper rim of eye. Interorbital broad and slightly
convex. :

Gill-opening high, mostly above upper level of eye, and small,
its aperture not more than half of eye. Downwards and below to
‘disk skin forms slight fold.

Skin perfectly smooth and without any conspicuous or evident
pores, also without spines. ‘

Dorsals separated by a deep notch, though their fleshy bases at
least continuous. First dorsal smaller and more rounded than
second, edge also slightly notched and of quite fleshy texture. Its
insertion about over front of gill-opening. Second dorsal with
rays more free or defined, though simple, and more uniform. Anal
like second dorsal. Caudal moderate, rounded. Pectoral moderate,
with long and moderately inclined base and composed of simple
rays. Pectoral extends as far posteriorly as disk. Latter quite
large, circular, and not ensheathed anteriorly by lower pectoral
rays. Edge of disk entire. Vent close behind disk.

Color in alcohol largely pale brownish, fins paler or more or less
whitish. Under a lens, head and trunk almost everywhere finely
dotted with minute specks of darker shade. They also completely
cover first dorsal, together with upper and lower regions of pectoral.
On posterior ventral region darker dots quite sparse or inconspicuous.
Tris pale slaty.

Length 21 mm.

Type, No. 2,950, Museum of Princeton University. Though the
precise locality in Greenland is lost, Mr. Silvester thinks the specimen
was probably taken in Ulriks Bay.

Only the type known. It is very similar to Lethotremus muticus
Gilbert, from the Aleutian Islands, differing in the narrow notch
between the dorsal fins, fewer dorsal rays, larger vertical fins, larger
ventral disk, uniformly dotted coloration, ete. It agrees, however,
in the smooth skin and dorsal spines. Gilbert gives the eye as
very large, 24 to 23 in head, though his figure indicates that at the
very least it is 4. His largest example was 30 mm. long.”

(Named for Mr. Charles W. McAlpin, to whom the University is
indebted for assistance in securing the present collection.)

2 Rep. U.S. F. Com., XIX, 1893 (1895), p. 449, Pl. 31. Unimak Pass, Alaska.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

Lethotremus armouri sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Head 23; depth about 13; D. v, 11; A. 11; P. about 18; head
width about 23 in head and trunk; snout (in profile) 32 in head;
eye (in profile) 23; mouth width 12; imterorbital about 2; height
of first dorsal 1; height of second dorsal about 2; height of anal
13; least depth of caudal peduncle 23; caudal 14; upper longest
pectoral ray 14; length of disk 1}.

Fig. 2.—Lethotremus armouri Fowler. (Type.)

Body robust, swollen or rounded anteriorly, though greatest
width not quite equal to greatest depth, or 2 in head and trunk
without caudal. Greatest width falls at base of uppermost pectoral
ray. Contour of body in lateral profile generally ovoid. Caudal
peduncle compressed, its length about 2 its least depth.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Head large, wide, upper profile generally convex, more inclined
than lower. Snout short, wide, convex over surface, its length
about 3 its width. Eye large, circular, slightly anterior. Mouth
broad, terminal, rather low, and broad fleshy lips similar. Jaws
equal. Maxillary extending very slightly beyond front edge of eye.
Kach jaw with trenchant firm cutting-edge, feebly notched or with
slight dentate appearance. Inside mouth skin apparently smooth.
Tongue thick, fleshy, front edge free. Upper and lower buccal
membranes slight. Nostrils near together, lower in slight tube
about opposite middle of eye, and posterior simple pore about
opposite upper rim of eye. Interorbital broad and slightly convex.

Gill-opening high, mostly above upper level of eye, and small
aperture about half of eye. Downwards and below, skin forms
slight fold.

Skin almost everywhere, except upper surface of head and front
of back, which furnished with a number of bony tubercles, smooth
and without any pores..

Dorsals entirely separated, space between about half of eye.
First dorsal much shorter, though higher, than second, and its edge
slightly notched. Spinous dorsal inserted over front of gill-opening.
Second dorsal and anal similar, rays simple, well defined, and more
or less uniform. Caudal moderate, rounded. Pectoral moderate,
with long and moderately inclined base, and formed with simple
rays. Pectoral reaches far posteriorly as disk. Latter quite large,
circular, and not ensheathed in front by pectoral rays, edge entire.
Vent close behind disk.

Color in alcohol largely brownish, contrasted with whitish mark-
ings. Color-pattern may best be understood by an examination
of the accompanying figure. On head whitish is left radiating as
several streaks from eye. First dorsal largely dusky-brown, with a
white edge. Vertical fins otherwise pale or whitish. Disk pale.
Tris pale slaty.

Length 15 mm.

Type, No. 2,951 Museum of Princeton University. Upernivik,
in 8 to 10 fathoms, Greenland. August 1, 1899.

Paratypes, Nos. 2,952 to 2,954, Museum of Princeton University.
Elah, in 5 fathoms, Greenland. August, 1899.

Related to Lethotremus vinolentus Jordan and Starks,® differing in
the fewer spines, more numerous dorsal and anal rays, variegated

3 Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1895, p. 827, Pl. 94. Puget Sound, near Seattle, Wash.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

color-pattern, etc. My examples are all similar and the paratypes
but slightly smaller.
(Named for Mr. George A. Armour.)

LIPARIDID 5.
Liparis tunicatus Reinhardt.!

One example, 18 mm. long, from Etah, in 5 fathoms, in August.

One example, 82 mm. long, from Foulke Fjord, in 35 facaoms.

Three examples, 15 to 20 mm. long, from Upernavik, in 8 to 10
fathoms, on August 1.

Two examples, 76 to 85 mm. long, from Foulke Fjord, in 35
fathoms, on August 4.

One example, 62 mm. long, from Ulriks Bay, in 7 to 25 fathoms, on
August 11.

One example, 48 mm. long, from Bardin Bay, on August 20.

One example, 104 mm. long, from Robertson’s Bay, in 5 to 40
fathoms, on August 24.

ZOARCIDZE.
Lycodalepis polaris (Sabine).

One example, 414 mm. long, from Saunder’s Island, in 10 to 15
fathoms, on August 3.

FauNnAL WorKS.

Bay, E. 1896. Den 6stgrénlandske Expedition, udfért i Aarene 1891-92
under Ledelse af C. Ryder. < Meddel. Grénland, XIX, 1896, pp. 52-58.
[List of 15 species from Scoresby Sound and Angmagsalik, in east Greenland. |

Coutert, Roperr. 1886. Aphanopus minor, en ny Dybvandsfisk af Trichuri-
dernes Familie fra Groénland. < Christ. Vidensk. .Selsk. Forhandl., 1886,
No. 19, pp. 1-7.

Dresex, H. G. 1885. Notes on some Greenland Fishes. < Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., VII, 1884, pp. 244-258. [List of sixteen species with full notes.]
Beers, Oro. 1780. Fauna Groenlandica, ete. Hafnie et Lipsie, 1780.

pp. 1-452. (Fishes, pp. 125-183, 344.) [Contains descriptions of 45
species, some of which described as new: Salmo rivalis, S. stagnalis, Pleuro-
nectes platessoides, Cottus scorpioides, Blennius punctatus, Gadus brosme,

Ophidium viride.]

GraaH, W. A. 1832. Undersdgelserejse til Ostkysten af Gronland. Kjében-
havn, 1832, p. 194. [Eight species mentioned from the southern part, of
the east coast of Greenland.]

[GiintHer, A. 1877. Accountof the Fishes collected by Capt. Feilden between
78° and 83° N. Lat., during the Arctic Expedition 1875-6. < Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1877, pp. 293-295, Pl. 32. (Six species listed and Salmo
arcturus described as new also 4 species from Godhayn Harbor.)]

47 may also note neo. ecnamaks in the collection of the dene from
Godhaab, and one from McCormick Bay, by Dr. B. Sharp in 1892.

Four wholly unarmed examples of Gasterosteus aculeatus Linneus from God-
hayn, having 3 to 5 dorsal spines, were reccived from Dr. I. Hayes

An example of Pholis fasciatus (Schneider), 265 mm. long, was obtained at
Godhayn.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

—— Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. C. Hart during the late
Arctic Expedition. < L.c., pp. 475-477, Pl. 50. (Six species from Franklin
Pierce Bay and two species from lakes in Discovery Bay.)]

Hoim, G. 1888. Den 6stgrénlandske Expedition, udfért i Aarene 1883-85
under Ledelse af G. Holm. < Meddel. Grénland, X, 1888, pp. 54, 81-82.
[Seven species listed from Angmagsalik in southern part of east Greenland;
notes on Esquimaux food fishes.]

Houmavist, Orro. 1899. List of Fishes collected during the Peary Auxiliary
Expedition, 1894. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, (7) III, 1899, pp.
214-223.

JENSEN, A. 8. 1902. Ichthyologiske Studier. < Vid. Med. Féren. Kjoben-
havn, 1901 (1902), pp. 191-215. (Lycodes eudipleurostictus from West
Greenland and L. ingolfianus from Davis Straits, described as new, also ten
other new fishes from the Arctic Seas.)

—— _ 1904. The North-European and Greenland Lycodiney. < Dan. Ingolf.
Exped., 11, pt. 4, 1904, pp. 1-99, Pls. 1-10. [Four new forms from the
Arctic Seas; Lycodes reticulatus var. macrocephalus and Lycenchelys kol-
thoffi new species from east and northeast Greenland, respectively.]

—— _ The Fishes of East Greenland. < Meddel. Grénland, XXIX, 1904,
No. 7, pp. 211-276, Pls. 11-13. [A detailed list of 36 species given, and
Lycodes reticulatus var. macrocephalus and Lycenchelys kolthoffi again de-
scribed as new.|

JOHANSEN, Frirs. 1912. The Fishes of the Danmark Expedition, collected
and described by Fritz Johansen. < Meddel. Grénland, XLIV, 1912, pp.
46-6575, Pls. 44-46. [A list of 13 species given.]

Korrorp, M. Ernar. 1907. Poissons. < Due d’Orléans, Croisiére Océano-
graphique accomplie a bord de la Belgica dans la Mer du Grénland 1905.
eae 1907, pp. 485-500, Pl. 78. [List of six species from east Green-
land.)

LonnBerG, E. 1900. The fishes of the Swedish zoological polar expedition
of 1900. < Rev. Internat. Péche Piscic., 11, No. 4, St. Pétersbourg, 1900.
{A list of 12 species obtained by the Kolthoff Expedition of 1900, in
northeast Greenland.} (Not seen.)

Lurken, Cur. 1875. A Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Greenland. <
Manual of the Nat. Hist. Geol. Phys. Greenland, ete., 1875, pp. 115-122.
{This contains a list of 78 species.]

—— 1898. The Ichthyological Results. < Danish Ingolf Exped., II, pt. I,
1898, pp. 1-39, Pls. 1-4. [Raja ingolfiana,.Cyclothone megalops and Macrurus
ingolfi new species.]

Peters, W. 1874. Fische. < Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den
Jahren 1869 und 1870. Leipzig, 1870, pp. 169-174, Pl. 1, fig. 3. [Six species
from east Greenland, with Gadus glaciatis and Salmo hoodii described as new.|

Reinwarpt, JOHAN. 1857. Naturhistoriske Tilleg til en geograpisk og statis-
tisk Beskrivelse af Grénland. Tilleg Nr. 1. Fiske, pp. 20-27. < Grén-
land geographisk og statistisk beskrevet af H. Rink. Kjébenhayn, 1857.
{A list of 69 species.) :

Scorespy, Jr., Wiiu1AM. 1823. Journal of a voyage to Northern Whale-
fishery. Edinburgh, 18238, Appendix No. 3, p. 423. [Four species men-
tioned from the east coast of Greenland in N. Lat. 70°-75°.]

Smirr, F. A. 1901. On the genus Lyeodes. < Bihang K. Svensk. Vet. Ak.
Handl., Stockholm, XXVII, Afd. IV, No. 4, 1901, pp. 1-46, one plate.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

MONTANA SHELLS.
BY E. G. VANATTA.

Mr. L. E. Daniels collected the following species of shells in the
Bitter Root Mountains, Montana:

Hemphillia danielsi n.sp. Figs. 1, 2.

Animal sluglike, with the shell partly exposed, and the mantle
elevated into a visceral hump, as usual in this genus. The color
in formaline is yellowish-gray with bluish-black markings, but in
alcohol it is white with black maculations. The shell pore is about
3 the length of the mantle. The posterior part of the foot is narrow,
with a dorsal median groove and a tail pore. The ovo-testis, fig. 2,
has a grayish color with black pigment where the ends of the follicles

“omm,

are in contact; albumen gland is yellow; the vas deferens is narrow,
enlarged near the uterus; epiphallus long, narrow, and coiled where
it jos the vas deferens, and at the insertion of the penis retractor
which is as usual attached to the retensor muscle; penis long, conical,
tapering towards the atrium, where there is a broad gland; penis
papilla short and conical; spermatheca globular on a broad duct
which is attached to the body wall in its lower part. Length 34 mm.

Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences 110,052,
from Camas Creek in the Bitter Root Mountains, Montana, collected
by Mr. L. E. Daniels, in whose honor I take pleasure in naming
the species. Another specimen used to figure the external form is
from Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

This species differs from H. camelus P. and V. by having a caudal
mucous pore, a narrow tail, and the penis is narrower, with a gland
at the base. The mantle is papillose like H. glandulosa B. and B.,
but it does not have the “‘horn”’ on the tail.

Oreohelix cooperi Binn.

This species was collected near Lake Como; north side of Camas
Creek Canyon at an elevation of 8,000 feet; south side of Camas
Creek Canyon at an elevation of 7,000 feet; north fork of Lost
Horse Canyon; Lost Horse Canyon; Medicine Hot Sprmgs; Warm
Spring Canyon near hotel; Warm Spring Canyon above Medicine
Hot Springs, Mont.

Polygyra ptychophora Br.

This shell was found at Bitter Root Valley; Lost Horse Creek
near Charles; White’s Spring, west of Ward; bluff north side of
Bitter Root River north of Ward; north end of Ward Mountain;
west side of the Rocky Mountains near Ward; Camas Creek Canyon;
north fork Lost Horse Canyon, 8,500 feet; Lost Horse Canyon;
east side of the Rocky Mountains at Darby; Warm Spring Canyon
near and below the hotel, west side of the Rocky Mountains;
Warm Spring Canyon one mile above Medicine Hot Springs, on the
west side of the Rocky Mountains; also one-quarter of a mile
below the hotel.

Polygyra ptychophora Br. form castanea Hemp.

This color form was taken at Bitter Root Valley; White’s Spring,
west of Ward; bluff north side of Bitter Root River north of Ward;
north end of Ward Mountain; west side of the Rocky Mountains
near Ward; near Lake Como; Camas Creek Canyon; north fork
Lost Horse Canyon; at an elevation of 8,500 feet in Lost Horse
Canyon; east side of the Rocky Mountains at Darby; Warm
Spring Canyon below the hotel, west side of the Rocky Mountains.

Polygyra devia oregonensis Hmp.

Was collected at Bitter Root Valley; bluffs near Bitter Root
River, north of Ward; Lost Horse Creek near Charlos; south side
of Saw Tooth Mountain; west side of the Rocky Mountains, near
Ward.

Polygyra devia blandi Hmp.
This variety was collected near Lake Como, Bitter Root Moun-
tains, Mont.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

Thysanophora ingersolli Bld.

Camas Creek Canyon; Lost Horse Canyon at 8,500 feet elevation
and Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.

Polita hammonis Strém.

Was collected at Hamilton; west side of Bitter Root River near
Ward; White’s Spring, west of Ward; west side of Bitter Root River,
north of Ward; Lost Horse Creek near Charlos; east side of Bitter
Root River, near Charlos; Ward; near Lake Como at 10,000 feet
elevation; Grantsdale; Darby, Mont.

Zonitoides arborea Say. :

This shell was found at White’s Spring, west of Ward; west side of
Bitter Root River, north of Ward; Lost Horse Creek, near Charlos;
Gold Creek at the foot of Ward Mountain; Saw Tooth Mountain;
north end of Ward Mountain, near Ward, 4,825 feet elevation;
east side of Bitter Root River near Charlos; Grantsdale; Camas
Creek Canyon; Darby; Medicine Hot Springs, Mont. Some speci-
mens were very large.

Zonitoides nitidus Mill.

Was collected at White’s Spring, west of Ward; Darby, Mont.

Vitrina alaskana Dall.

From Hamilton, White’s Spring, west of Ward, Gold Creek, at the
foot of Ward Mountain, and north end of Ward Mountain, 4,825
feet elevation, near Ward; Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.

Euconulus fulvus Drap.

This shell was collected at White’s Spring, near Ward; Lost Horse
Creek, near Charlos; Gold Creek, foot of Ward Mountain; Saw
Tooth Mountain; north end of Ward Mountain, at an elevation of
4,825 feet; east side of Bitter Root River, near Charlos; Camas
Creek Canyon; Darby, Mont.

Euconulus fulvus alaskensis Pils.

This variety was collected at Hamilton; west side of the Bitter
Root River, near Ward; White’s Spring West of Ward; west side of
Bitter Root River, north of Ward; Gold Creek, at the foot of Ward
Mountain; east side of Bitter Root River, near Charlos; at 10,000
feet elevation, near Lake Como; Grantsdale, Mont.

Cochlicopa lubrica Mill.

From west side of Bitter Root River, near Ward; White’s Spring,

Ward Mountain; Ward, Mont.

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apr.,

Hemphillia danielsi n. sp.

Most of the specimens of this slug were not mature; it was found
at Bluffs near Bitter Root River, north of Ward; north end of Ward
Mountain; Camas Creek Canyon; Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.
Agriolimax campestris Binn var. montanus Ing.

This variety was collected at White’s Spring, west of Ward;
Grantsdale; Darby; Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.

Columella edentula Drap.

From west side of Bitter Root River, near Ward, Mont.; White’s

Spring, west of Ward; Ward, Mont.

Columella alticola Ing.
Was found under a quaking asp, near Ward, Mont.

Bifidaria pentodon Say.
Was found at White’s Spring, west of Ward, Mont.; Ward; near
Lake Como, Bitter Root Mountains, at 6,500 feet elevation, Mont.

Vertigo ovata Say. :

Was collected at Gold Creek, at the foot of Ward Mountain, Ward;
Darby; Medicine Hot Springs, Mont.

Vertigo ventricosa elatior Sterki.

Taken at White’s Spring, west of Ward; Darby.
Vertigo modesta parietalis Ancey.

Collected at Grantsdale, Mont.

Vertigo coloradensis basidens P. and V._
Was found at Ward, Mont.
Pyramidula occidentalis v. Marts.

This species was found at Lost Horse Canyon and north fork of
Lost Horse Canyon, Mont.

Pyramidula cronkhitei Newe.

This shell was collected at Hamilton; west side of Bitter Root
River, near Ward; White’s Spring, west of Ward; west side of Bitter
Root River, north of Ward; Gold Creek, at the foot of Ward
Mountain; Saw Tooth Mountain; north end of Ward Mountain,
elevation 4,825 feet, near Ward; east side of Bitter Root River, near
Charlos; near Lake Como, at 10,000 feet elevation; Grantsdale;
Darby, Mont.

Punctum conspectum Bild.

From White’s Spring, west of Ward; Gold Creek Canyon, at the
foot of Ward Mountain, at Ward; east side of Bitter Root River,
near Charlos; Darby, Mont.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

Succinea oregonensis Lea.

Taken at White’s Spring, west of Ward; east side of Bitter Root
River, near Charlos; Ward; near Lake Como, at an elevation of
6,500 feet; Darby, Mont. :

Succinea nuttalliana Lea.

Was collected at Gold Creek, foot of Ward Mountain, at Ward;
Grantsdale; Darby, Mont.

Planorbis parvus Say.

This shell was taken at east side of Bitter Root River, near Charlos;
Grantsdale, Mont.

Planorbis umbilicatellus Ckll.

Collected at west side of Bitter Root River, near Ward, and at
Ward, Mont.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

May 19.
Mr. Cuarues Morris in the Chair.

Nine persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of contributions
to the ProcrEpINGs under the following titles:

“The scent-producing organs of the honey-bee,”’ by N. E. MeIndoo
(April 24, 1914).

“The evolution of Sarcoeystes muris in the intestinal cells of the
mouse. (Preliminary note),’’ by Howard Crawley (April 27, 1914).

“Notice of a rare ziphioid whale, Mesoplodon densirostris, on the
New Jersey coast,’’ by Roy Chapman Andrews (May 4, 1914).

“Certain features of Solenogastre development,’’ by Harold
Heath (May 18, 1914).

Thomas L. Fansler was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

ON THE ORTHOPTERA FOUND ON THE FLORIDA KEYS AND IN EXTREME
SOUTHERN FLORIDA. II.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.

During the month of July, 1912, the authors undertook a careful
field examination of the Florida Keys and the adjacent mainland in
order to complete their studies in the Orthoptera of the subtropical
area of southern Florida. Material-procured by field work under-
taken by the junior author in January and February, 1903 and 1904,
and in March, 1910, as well as small collections made at Miami
during the summer of 1903 and at that locality and Key West in
November, 1911, have already been studied.! The supplementary
results obtained from the present collection, when compared with
the material of the two previous papers noted above, afford a very
complete knowledge of all but the scarcest species of the Orthoptera
of this region. A number of species of tropical origin are there so
searce and so difficult to find that our knowledge of them is based
on the single or very few specimens taken; such species can only
be fully studied by a resident or through definite search for these
forms alone. We feel satisfied, however, that the present paper
gives the final results of a very careful general examination of the
region under consideration.

The recent summer work indicates several important facts. The
families Mantide, Acridide, and Tettigoniide are shown to be
severely affected in winter by the cold, the Acridid the least of the
three families. Almost all of the fairly plentiful or abundant species
are to be found in greatly increased numbers in the summer, but the
searce or very rare species are in the great majority of cases quite as
difficult to find in the summer as during the winter. Certain species,
particularly some of those belonging to the Acridide and Tetti-
goniidee, which are numerous or very abundant during the summer,
are wholly absent in the winter. The following table? will indicate
the comparative abundance of forms as found in midsummer.

1 Proc. Acap. Nar. Sci. Puiza., 1905, pp. 29-55; Ibid., 1912, pp. 235-276.

* This table should be compared with that already given (Proc. Acap. Nar.
Scr. Puiua., 1912, p. 235) which shows the comparative abundance of forms as
found just before the appearance of the spring forms.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Number Found on Found on Very
Family. of mainland keys abund-
species. only. only. ant.
Rloniculidce seem ee ne 6 2 3 1
IBIStiid Ben eee eee sn O! 2 8 2
Mantidee..... betan eye Pier Dany
Phasmidee... Wino deh caret ch 2 1g AS ee
LN AVOLLS rosa ate eee eres eee oS) 9 5 3
Tettigoniidee ...... : eee 6) 9 2 1
(Gry dl aeee cet se hee ae 8 2 3
Small
Abund- num- Very Nymphs
ant. bers. Rare. rare. only.
Horhiculidse ene 3 1 ae 1
Blattide.. 5 5 if 35> eee
Mantide 2 1 1
Phasmide..... Ul 2 1
A crididseics.s LO 6 4 linc = arene
Tettigoniide mere (5) 4 1 A ke ey
Gryllide 2 5 2 1 1

The number of specimens taken on the trip of July, 1912, is
seventeen hundred and seventy-five (there are seventeen hundred
and eighty specimens recorded in this paper) and eighty-nine species
are represented. Of these species three are new, while one circum-
tropical species is recorded from the United States for the first time
and the definite establishment of five tropical species within the
United States is first demonstrated.

Besides the eighty-nine species discussed in the present paper, we
have already recorded from this region the following species:

Labia curvicauda (Motsch.). Stilpnochlora marginella (Serv.).
Ceratinoptera diaphana (Fabr.). — Scudderia texensis 8. & P.
Chorisoneura plocea Rehn. Scudderia cuneata Morse.
Neotettix variabilis Hancock. Pyrgocorypha uncinata (Harris).
Macneillia obscura (Se.). Atlanticus glaber R. & H.
Scirtetica marmorata picta (Sc.). Scapteriscus abbreviatus Se.
Psinidia fenestralis (Serv.). Ellipes minuta (Sce.).

Stenacris vitreipennis (Marschall). Anaxipha pulicaria (Burm.).
Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas). Orocharis saulcyi (Guerin).

In addition, Blatta orientalis Linn., has been recorded from Miami,’
bringing the total number of species recorded from subtropical
Florida to one hundred and eight, of which sixty-four have been
taken on the keys.

2 Caudell, Entom. News, X XVI, p. 216 (1905).

a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

Principal Localities and Dates of Examinations.

Miami, Dade Dounty, Florida—January —February, 1903, (H.);
January— —February, 1904, (H.); March, 1905, (Caudell) ; March,
1910, (H.); November, 1911, (Englehardt).

Homestead, Dade County, Florida. March, 1910, (H.); July, 1912,
(Less ts 18a).

Detroit, Dade County, Florida.—July, 1912, (R. & H.).

Jewfish, Monroe County, Florida. —July, 1912, (R. & H.).

Key Largo, Monroe County, Florida. ~— March, 1910, (H.); July,
LOT (Re és I).

Long Key, Monroe County, Florida—March, 1910, (H.); July,
1912, (R. & H.).

Key Vaca, Monroe County, Florida. —March, 1910, (H.); July,
Oe (RGvés EI):

Boot Key, Monroe County, Florida.—March, 1910, (H.).

Big Pine Key, Monroe County, Florida.—July, 1912, (R. & H.).

Key West, Monroe County, Florida —January, 1904, (H.); March,
1905, (Caudell); March, 1910. (H.); November, 1911, (Enegle-
hardt) : July, 1912, (R. & H.).

Garden Key, Dry Tortugas, Monroe County, Florida.—July, 1912,
(R. & HL).

Bird Key, a Tortugas, Monroe County, Florida.—July, 1912,
(R. & H.).

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Monroe County, Florida.—July,
1912, (R. & H.).

Relative Value of Tropical Element.

In this region the truly tropical element is shown by the following
species:

Prolabia arachidis (Yersin). *Mantoida maya 8. & Z.
Ischnoptera rufescens (Beauv.). *Aplopus mayeri Caudell.
Neoblattella detersa (Walk.). *Stilpnochlora marginella (Serv.).
Supella supellectilium (Serv.). *OQligacanthopus prograptus R. & H.
*Ceratinoptera diaphana (Fabr.). Gryllodes sigillatus (Walk.).
Leurolestes pallida (Brunn.). *Cyrtoxipha gundlachi Sauss.
Blaberus atropos (Stoll). *Orocharis saulcyi (Guerin).

Holocompsa nitidula (Fabr.). *Tafalisca lurida Walk.
*Plectoptera poeyi (Sauss.).

The species preceded by an asterisk appear to be the only forms
which have not been accidentally introduced by man. Three of
these nine species are known only from the keys, five from the keys
and the jungle-like “hammock” land of the subtropical region of
Florida, and one from the latter only. This evidence shows that
half of the tropical species which have become permanently fixed
in this region were, in all probability, accidentally introduced by man,

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

and that outside of these species the tropical element is very weak,
equalling but 11.39% of the non-introduced species, and only found
in the serub of the keys and the limited areas of jungle-like “ham-
mock” land on the southernmost portion of the Florida peninsula,
distinguished particularly by the presence of the gumbo limbo
(Bursera simarubra). Of these species the genus Mantoida is tropical
American, while Oligacanthopus is known only from a single specimen
from Miami, Fla. All of the other species are West Indian, Plec-
toptera poeyi, Stilpnochlora marginella, and Cyrtoxipha gundlachi
being found elsewhere in tropical America as well. One species,
Paratettix toltecus (Sauss.), taken at Homestead, Fla., only, alone
represents a purely Sonoran and Mexican form.

The following species are tropical intruders in the Lower Austral
zone of the southeastern United States which are found in the region
under discussion:

Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas). Pyenoscelus surinamensis (Linn.).
Periplaneta australasie (Fabr.). *Scapteriscus abbreviatus Se.
Periplaneta brunnea (Burm.). *Oryptoptilum antillarwm (Redt.).

The species preceded by an asterisk again appear to be the only
forms in this list which have not been accidentally introduced by
man. The species Pycnoscelus surinamensis shows, however, very
long residence in this region by its widespread abundance.

Pine trees are found only on Big Pine and the adjacent keys, and
in the undergrowth of these forests three species, Radinotatum
brevipenne peninsulare, Schistocerca damnifica calidior, and A ptenopedes
aptera, were found, which species were not present elsewhere on the
keys. In this situation the resemblance of specimens of a number
of species to mainland individuals of the same was closer than to
those taken in the keys scrub, the latter series as a rule differing in
paler coloration.

FORFICULID2.

Anisolabis annulipes,(H. Lucas).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912;1 9.

Key West, Fla., July 5, 7, 1912 3 91,2 9.

The femoral annuli are prominent in all of these specimens, one
female from Key West having these markings particularly heavy.

The specimen from Homestead was taken from under a board in a
yard. The series from Key West was taken chiefly from under
coquina boulders about the East Martello tower, while one specimen
was captured between boards in the wood shed where Blaberus
atropos was found numerous.

~J

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

Anisolabis maritima (Gené).
Key West, Fla., July 5, 1912; 4¢,5 9,1 n.
This species was found, as in the winter, swarming under coquina
_ boulders and drift on the beach. Individuals have almost always
been found in the proximity of salt water.

Labidura bidens (Olivier).

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 o#,1 9.

One of these specimens was taken moving actively across a coquina
road after dark. At that hour, with the aid of a flash-lamp, this species
was seen in numbers near piles of coquina and about dwellings near the
beach. This insect is frequently found with the preceding species.

Labia minor (Linn.).4 :

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 @.

This specimen, the first record of this cosmopolitan species from
Florida, was found between boards in the wood shed where the
series of Blaberus atropos was taken.

Prolabia unidentata (Beauv.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 o,1 9.

These two individuals, both lacking wings, were taken under the
bark of a dead pine log in the pine woods, where in like situations
the species is occasionally found throughout the year in this region,
though seldom in large numbers.

Prolabia arachidis (Yersin).
1876. Labia brunnea Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVIII, p. 264.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 7 of, 13 9,3n.

This cosmopolitan species was found rather numerous in the greasy
kitchen of the boarding house at Homestead. After dark the
insects would appear in numbers accompanied by swarms of Peri-
planeta americana, but the series was secured with difficulty, as the
insects were very active and invariably scuttled away into cracks
in the walls and tables at the first approach of a light. Individuals
were greasy and unclean.

Candell®> has recently placed Scudder’s Labia brunnea correctly in
the synonymy under the present species.

Though this species has been found introduced in the United

4 The species, Labia curvicauda, which was found so plentiful in March, 1910,
on Long Key, was not seen in the summer of 1912. Peeuliar conditions following
the hurricane of 1909 afforded the opportunity to take the series on the earlier
date, and had dying tops of cocoanut palms been present in the summer of 1912
there is little doubt but that the species would have been then found abundant.

5 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIV, p. 598 (1913).

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

States at several localities, it is probably permanently and thoroughly
established only in southern Florida.

BLATTIDZ.

Ischnoptera deropeltiformis (Brunner).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 #, 2 9, 2 n. (Nymphs
numerous. )

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 9.

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 #,1 9.

At Homestead the species was found under boards lying on very
wet ground in the prairie-like everglades, while at Detroit and Key
West the specimens were taken in debris and leaf mold in heavy
jungle-like areas of trees, bushes, and vines. The species had not
been previously taken on the keys.

Ischnoptera uhleriana fulvescens S. and Z.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 2 7,1 9.

The remains of the above recorded males and an additional speci-
men of the same sex were found entangled in the webs of spiders
at the railroad station, where they had probably been attracted by
the lights.

Ischnoptera rufescens (Beauv.).

(Ischnoptera blattoides of authors.)

Key West, Fla., July 4, 1912; 1 o.

This individual, the first United States record of this circumtropical
species, was taken in a very greasy cupboard in the Hotel Jefferson
in company with swarms of blattella germanica and a few specimens
of Supella supellectilium. The much paler coloration made this
specimen, the only one of the species seen, very conspicuous among
the many other darker roaches disclosed by the light of a flash-lamp.

We follow Saussure in placing this species in the genus /schnoptera.
It is the only species of that genus found within the United States
which has the ventro-cephalic margin of the cephalic femora armed
with a complete row of spines, the more distal shorter than the more
proximal. All of the other North American species of Ischnoptera
have this margin armed with 3 to 5 strong spines succeeded distad
by a close-set row of minute piliform spinulations.

Blattella® germanica (Linn.).
Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1913; 1 @.
Key West, Fla., July 4, 1912; 4 9.

6 Vide Shelford, Entom. Monthly Mag., (2), Vol. XXII, p. 154, 155 (1911).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912. Few seen in
house.

The present species infests larders and kitchens throughout this
region.

Neoblattella’ detersa’ (Walk.).

Homestead, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 9.

A single specimen of this tropical species was found in spider webs
at the railroad station, where it had probably flown attracted by the
lights.

Supella® supellectilium (Serv.).

Key West, Fla., July 4-7, 1912; 8 o',4 9, 1n.

One specimen of this circumtropical species was taken in a fruit
store, while the others of the series were captured at night in the
Hotel Jefferson in the rooms and kitchen cupboards. The males
occasionally appeared in lighted rooms running about with extreme
rapidity and often taking flight. The females were all taken in
cupboards where Blattella germanica was found in swarms.

The only previous record of the present species from the United
States is that of Rehn,” as Saussure’s synonymous Phyllodromia
cubensis, from Miami, Fla.

Ceratinoptera lutea (S. and Z.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 @.

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 9, 2n.

The adult from Homestead was taken from under a board on very
wet ground on the prairie-like everglades, while nymphs were found
frequently under bark on decaying pine logs in the pine woods.
At Key West nymphs were occasional in the leaf mold in the heavier
jungle-like serub.

Leurolestes pallidus! (Brunner).
Phetalia levigata of authors (not Blatta levigata, Beauv., 1805).

Key West, Fla., July 4-7 ee Ilia}: oh Pye) 5 Wane

7 [bid.

8 Records of Blattella (Neoblattella) adspersicollis (Stal) from the United States
all apply to this species. Material recently received from Brazil shows N. adsper-
sicollis to be a very different insect.

9 Vide Shelford, Entom. Monthly Mag., (2), Vol. XXII, pp. 154, 155 (1911).

10 Hntom. News, XIV, p. 125 (1903).

1 Aevpoc, flat, Anotnc, plunderer. The authors propose this name to replace
Wattenwyliella which was recently erected by them to replace ‘‘Phetalia”’ of
authors (Entom. News, XXV, pp. 216, 217, May, 1914). Thename Wattenwyliella,
however, was proposed in the month of April, 1914, by Carl (Revue Suisse de
Zoologie, XXII, p. 174) for a member of the Pseudophyllinze from Madagascar,
in consequence ‘of which preoccupation, we here propose Leurolestes.

380, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The series was taken in a fruit store where the species was common
in a pile of old burlap bags and in cracks under the stands which it
shared with one fairly large colony of Blattella germanica, occasional
specimens of Holocompsa nitidula, a few specimens of Periplaneta
americana, and one specimen of Supella supellectitium. The present
species was previously known from the United States from a single
female taken on Key Largo, Fla.

A single female was captured which had just moulted into the
adult condition, this specimen was uniform pale straw color.
Nymphs of this species are above bay in coloration, below more
tawny, especially on the limbs, while that portion of the head from
the interantennal space to the clypeal suture is very dark; the
entire dorsal surface of these nymphs is rough, much as are the
distal abdominal segments in nymphs of Pycnoscelus surinamensis.

Eurycotis floridana (Walker).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 o,1 9,1n.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 2 n.

The single specimen from Detroit was found concealed in an
epiphyte (Tillandsia fasciculata), growing on the limb of an oak in
“hammock”? land. Two specimens were taken revealed by a
flash-lamp at night; an adult climbing on the trunk of a pine at
Homestead and a nymph climbing about in a clump of weeds over a
foot from the ground at Key West. It appears that this species
moves about at night, hiding under bark’of logs and in other recesses
during the day. Where pines were present individuals of this
species have almost invariably been found hiding under the bark
of dead logs and stumps of this tree.

Periplaneta americana (Linn.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 @.

Key West, Fla., July 4, 1912; 1 9.

One specimen was found in a spider web at Homestead Station
where the species swarmed at the boarding house. The species was
very abundant in a quarter-boat at Pine Channel and a few adults
but many nymphs were present in refuse under the stands in a fruit
store at Key West.

Periplaneta australasie (Fabr.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 #,1 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 @.

Key West, Fla., July 4, 1912; 1 07,2 9,2n.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912. Few seen in
houses. :

In company with Periplaneta americana this species was found
abundant at Pine Channel in a quarter-boat, while it was numerous
everywhere in the Hotel Jefferson at Key West.

Periplaneta brunnea (Burm.).

Jew Fish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 9.
Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linn.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 9.

Jew Fish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 4 9,4 n.

Blaberus atropos (Stoll).

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 15 o&, 28 2, 10n.

Adults of this species were found common, nymphs few, between
old boards in a wood shed; many nymphs but few adults were also
found under boards on the ground near by. This great imsect is
widely distributed and well known to the natives about Key West,
where it is found in wood piles, under boards and other refuse about
the town. The insects, when exposed, either remained motionless
or scuttled toward another place of concealment with no great speed.
The nymphs were usually found half buried in loose damp earth
under boards, where they remained motionless, looking much like
lumps of earth (with which they were usually much dusted) until
disturbed. Two very small nymphs were observed which had
recently moulted, these individuals were pure white and very soft.
Holocompsa nitidula (Fabr.).

1838. Clorydia] (Holocompsa) cyanea Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, p. 492.
1838. Cl[orydia] (Holocompsa) collaris Burmeister, Handb. Ent., I], p. 492.

Key West, Fla., July 4-7, 1912; 16 #7, 10 @.

These diminutive roaches were found in the folds of burlap bags
under the counter of a fruit store where other interesting roaches
were taken, and also with Blaberus atropos between old boards in a
wood shed, where nymphs were more numerous than adults. The
insects when disturbed ran about with great speed, but did not go
far to hide, often stopping in the first bits of refuse to which they
came. This is the first time that Holocompsa nitidula has been found
established within the United States; the only previous record of
the species being found in this country is that of Caudell,” of a
single specimen found on cotton batting from the store room of the

2 Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., VIII, p. 133 (1907).

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

National Museum at Washington, D. C., which specimen was
unquestionably accidentally troduced.

The present series enables us to synonymize Burmeister’s Holo-
compsa cyanea, which was based upon males of the species, while his
Holocampsa collaris was described from individuals of the opposite
sex. The latter species was first recognized as a synonym of Holo-
compsa nitidula by Kirby im 1904.8 Previous authors have failed
to recognize cyanea and collaris as sexes of the same species owing,
apparently, to their lack of sufficient material. The males are
rather slender and almost uniformly shining blackish (the antenn
have three pale yellowish joints in the distal portion and the limbs
are very dark brown), while the females are much more robust, the
pronotum is strikingly cinnamon-rufous and the tegmina are a very
dark metallic blue in the colored portion; in the latter sex somewhat
more than the distal half of the antenne is pale yellowish. Such
striking differences between the sexes explains their being described
as different species in the same paper.

Plectoptera poeyi (Sauss.).

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 4 9.

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 8 o', 12 9,3n.

On Big Pine Key the species was beaten from a fringe of tall
bushes growing on the edge of a mangrove swamp, where individuals
were scarce. The insects were found fairly common on Key West
in rather seattered bushes, particularly Ilex cassine. One nymph
was also taken at night at the latter locality, running about on the
leaves of a buttonwood bush (Conocarpus erecta).

MANTIDZ.
Mantoida maya S. and Z.

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 9.

‘This is the second United States record of this peculiar mantis,
which was described from Temax, northern Yucatan. The first
record from within the United States was given with certainty from
Florida and probably from Kissimmee.!‘ The present specimen
fully agrees with the original description and was taken while swiftly
running about on the ground under high jungle brush.

Stagmomantis carolina (Johannson).
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 3 n.
Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 n.

3 Synon. Catal. Orth., p. 169.
‘4 Caudell, Canad. Entom., XLII, p. 156 (1911).

as

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 1 n.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 2 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 4 n., 1 odtheca.

The individuals from Homestead and Detroit are in the instar
preceding maturity, while the others represent three less developed
stages.

Gonatista grisea (Fabr.).

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 3 7,4 9,9n.

The nymphal individuals are in four stages of development, the
most immature specimen having the body 8.25 millimeters in length,
the same measurement in the largest nymph being 39 mm. The
males show but little variation in size, all, however, equalling or
exceeding the maximum measurements given by Caudell for this
form.'® The females show some size variation, the length of the
pronotum in all being slightly longer than Caudell’s measurements,
although the tegminal length is under his maximum in all four
individuals. The coloration of both sexes shows no decided varia-
tions. Specimens from more northern localities in the range of the
species apparently average smaller than individuals from the keys,
judging from a male from Tarpon Springs, Fla., and two females from
Fort George, Fla., and Thomasville, Ga.

The present specimens were taken chiefly from gumbo-limbo trees
in the heavy key scrub jungle, but the species also occurred on sea
grape. The insects were always on the trunks or branches and
generally about six feet from the ground, infrequently higher and
very rarely lower. They were perfectly protected when in their
resting position, being then closely pressed against the bark of the
tree. When disturbed they would make off with a rapid scuttling
run.

Thesprotia graminis (Scudder).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 7,2 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 #, 2 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 2 9,4n.

The nymphs are in three stages of development, the least mature
being from Big Pine Key, taken the same day as an adult female.
From this it would appear that the species matures over a consider-
able part of the year.

At Homestead the females of this species were taken in the under-
growth of pine woods, while the male was found dead in a spider’s

15 Psyche, XIX, p. 161 (1912).

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

web; on Big Pine Key the nymphs were taken in the pine woods and
the adult in grass, while at Key West individuals frequented low
ground vegetation in the more open scrub.

PHASMIDAs,

Manomera tenuescens (Scudder).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 3 7,1 9,1n.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 #, 4 n.

On careful examination of our Florida series of twenty adults of
this genus, two species were found to be present, distinguishable by
very good characters in the male and female genitalia and also in the
distal abdominal segments. The original description and figure of
tenuescens show conclusively that the form with the elongate sub-
cylindrical anal segment in the male is that species.

The two species of Manomera were taken together in the same
situations; on prairie, in undergrowth of pine woods, and at night on
the extremities of the leaves of the saw palmetto (Serenoa) at Home-
stead and in pine woods undergrowth on the edge of a hammock at
Detroit.

Manomera brachypyga n. sp.

1907. Manomera tenuescens R. and H. (not Bacunculus tenwescens Scudder,
1900), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 283. (In part.) (San Pablo,
Florida.)

1912. Manomera tenuescens R. and H., (not Bacunculus tenuescens Scudder,
1900), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 242. (Miami, Florida.)

Closely allied to MW. tenuescens"(Seudder), agreeing in general form,
structure of the limbs, and coloration, but differing in the much more
abbreviate seventh, eighth, and ninth abdominal segments and the
form of the apex of the male abdomen. In the male the seventh,
eighth, and ninth dorsal abdominal segments together are hardly or
not at all longer than the sixth dorsal segment, while in tenwescens
they are half again as long; the eighth dorsal segment in brachypyga
is transverse instead of longitudinal; the ninth segment fornicate
and subinflated instead of decidedly longitudinal and cylindrical as
in tenwescens; while the cerci of tenuescens have a delicate spine at
the internal base, which is represented in brachypyga by a much
more robust tooth. The two forms can be very readily separated
when the apex of the male abdomen is viewed from either the dorsal
or lateral aspect. In the female the sixth dorsal abdominal segment
is considerably longer than the seventh and eighth segments, while
in tenuescens it is less than the seventh and eighth segments in
length; the ninth segment is equal in length to the prothorax, which

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

segment is longer than the prothorax in lenwescens, and the sub-
genital plate has the caudal margin less produced and more sub-
truncate than in that species.

Tyre: o'; Homestead, Dade County, Fla. July 10-12, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.|

Size, form, general structure and proportions, and coloration as
in tenwescens, differing in the following characters: Abdomen with
the first to sixth segments slightly more

longitudinal, the apex of the caudal femora Ge

not quite reaching the distal margin of the
fourth segment; seventh, eighth and ninth ee
dorsal segments together no longer than the

sixth segment; seventh segment longitu-

dinal, lateral margins subparallel, not ex-

panding caudad; eighth segment slightly

transverse, but slightly more than half the

length of the seventh segment, not com-

pressed; ninth dorsal segment shorter than

the seventh segment, the greatest width (

(caudal) but slightly greater than the . SS
length, fornicate, lateral margins converging Rewind Dorsal
proximad, distal margin arcuato-emarginate, outline of apex of ab-
exposing the strongly arcuate extremity of dormer es peer
the supra-anal plate; cerci of the bent- stead, Fla.) and of M.
arcuate type found in tenuescens, but with ee (2; type).

the proximo-internal base with a very blunt,
subinerassate obliquely directed tooth; subgenital opercule small,
shallower, and less pendulate than in tenwescens.

Allotype: @; Miami, Dade County, Florida. March 28, 1910.
(Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.|

Size, form, general structure and proportions, and coloration as in
tenuescens, differimg in the following characters: abdomen with the
sixth dorsal segment considerably longer than the seventh and
eighth dorsal segments; ninth dorsal segment equal in length to
prothorax; subgenital plate with caudal margin very little produced,
rotundato-subtruncate.

Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
era ee

Figs. 3 and 4.—Lateral outline of apex of abdomen of Manomera tenuescens
(3; Homestead, Fla.) and of W. brachypyga (4; type). (X 3.)

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Measurements (in millimeters).
Homestead, Fla.

fol a of
TYPE. Paratype. Paratype.
Length of body Ne kr eae NS LEO 87.4 88.5
Tenth) of headin usenet. eerie aD 4.3 4.2
Gene thtorprothorax accent enntols 3.2 3.
Length of mesothorax a 20.5 20.6 21.4
Length of metathorax (including median
SCSTNLENID) SOP ka lnc ns ncone he ee 18.5 18.3 18.7
Length of alo Cornien << n.q\ 2 et gee eee 41. 41.2
Length of cephalic femur Bor eee 22.3 24. 23.8
Length of median femur... ccc 18.2 19.4 19.5
Ihength ofveaudallitemun= ese ee ore 25. 25.3
Miami, Detroit, San Pablo,
Fila. Fla. Fla.
9 of ch
Allotype. Paratype.
Tnenethiorbodivienerrerncr te re een oO 86.6 69.6
Length of head................ cen eee es ale: 4.5 3.5
Length of prothorax.............. eerie OTOP 3. Piet
Length of mesothorax............ 21. 20.5 15.8
Length of metathorax (including median
S@pmlenith) oe nares CES cise eee cei 18.6 13.3
Length of abd OMGHe ce 2 nacssocanenare Oe 40 34.3
Length of cephalic Fem 2. cient ORES 22. 18.5
Length of median femut.............c0nonnon 18.4 19.1 15.3
Length of caudal femur... iden 2068 24.7 20

The present authors have recorded a male of this species, taken
at San Pablo, Fla., August 13, 1905, as M. tenuescens, at that writing
not recognizing it as distinct from individuals of that species in the
same series. A series of one adult female and eleven nymphs taken
at Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910, have also been recorded as that
species. The above-measured five males and one female constitute
the known series of adult specimens of brachypyga, the San Pablo
specimen showing that there is considerable variation in size, regard-
ing which our series is too small for us to say whether it is geographical
or individual in character. We consider the two additional Home-
stead specimens and the single Detroit individual, paratypes. The
differential characters show almost no variation, there being but a
slight amount of proportional difference in the length of the eighth
dorsal segment. The distal margin of the ninth dorsal abdominal
segment varies from arcuato-emarginate to obtuse-angulate emargi-
nate. In coloration the Homestead and Detroit individuals are

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

uniform, while the San Pablo specimen is of similar pattern but with
the tones paler.

The new form was found on July 10-12, 1912, under exactly the
same conditions at Homestead and Detroit as was tenwescens, the
San Pablo specimen having been taken in the undergrowth of pine
woods,

Aplopus mayeri Caudell.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 1 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7; 1912; 1 n.

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 16 #7, 6 °@,
19 n. ;

Bird Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla. Observed by Dr. Mayer.

Garden Key, Dry Torgugas, Fla. Observed by Dr. Mayer.

A special trip to secure specimens of this striking species was made
to Loggerhead Key, where, with the kind assistance of Dr. Alfred G.
Mayer, the Director of the Carnegie Marine Biological Laboratory,
we were able to secure the above interesting series. All were taken
from bushes of the bay cedar (Suriana maritima), to which, as shown
by Stockard in his paper on the habits of this species,’® the species
is there restricted. The adult females show the marked color
variations spoken of by Stockard, while the males vary only in the
extent to which the greenish of the limbs tinges the thoracic segments.

Our series shows the following extremes in the length of the body,
J 83.93. mm., 2 (exclusive of the oviscapt) 114.-127.5. The oviscapt
varies considerably in length individually, the extremes, which are
in specimens of approximately the same general bulk, being 25.-29.5
mm. The Loggerhead Key nymphs represent three stAges of
development.

According to Dr. Mayer, the species occurs on Bird Key and Garden
Key, the other islands of the Tortugas group. On Long Key the
single very immature individual was beaten from heavy key scrub.
The nearly half-grown male from Key West was found in the after-
noon, climbing up the trunk of a bush in a heavy tangle.

Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll).
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 8 &, 3 9,2 n.
Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 1 #, 3n.
At Homestead this species was taken from under boards in the

1° Habits, Reactions and Mating Instincts of the “ Walking Stick,’? Aplopus
mayeri. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Washing-
ton, Publ. 103, IT, No. 2, (1908).
26

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

day time in pine woods, and at night from the leaves of saw palmetto
(Serenoa) in pine woods.

ACRIDIDZ.
Paratettix rugosus (Sc.).
(A potettix rugosus of authors.)

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 12, 1912; 2 o.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 26 o, 23 9, 6n.

The larger series was taken in bare spots on semi-baked marsh
soil at Jewfish, where more than an hour was’ spent in collecting the
material, for the species was frequent but not abundant. All of
these specimens are decidedly rugose, the specimens from Homestead
recorded above as well as a few of those taken in 1910 in this region
are considerably less rugose. All of the specimens from southern
Florida before us are very uniform and dark in coloration, with the
exception of two of the Jewfish series which individuals have the
pronotum a lighter brown except on each side for a short distance
caudad of the humeral angles. The extremes of pronotal length in
the above series are: oo 11.7 to 18.8 mm.; 2 Q 13.8 to 15.6 mm.

We are unable to consider Apotettix of Hancock a valid genus.
Comparison of the type of the genus A potettix, A. convexus (Morse),
with specimens of the type species of the genus Paratettig, P. merid-
ionalis (Ramb.), and study of the literature gives convincing proof
that no valid characters have been given nor do any exist to have
warranted the erection or retention of the genus A polettix.

Paratettix toltecus (Sauss.). .

Homestead, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 o, 2

These specimens agree in all respects with topotypical Mexican
material (‘‘Mexico calida,”’ Jalapa taken as representative). The
species is here recorded from Florida for the first time, New Mexican
records being hitherto the most eastern for the United States.
Neotettix coarctatus Hance.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 50067, 27 9,1n. 156,6 9,
elongate type.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 3,5 9. 1, elongate type.

Long Key, Fl a., July 18, 1912; 1 &. 1 o, elongate type.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 8 7,1 9,1n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 6 o&, 1 n.

The majority of the specimens from Big Pine Key and Key West
are the smallest in size of the entire series and are of the extreme
abbreviate type.

—_ Oe

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

At Homestead the species was common on the prairie-like ever-
glades and also in the “pot holes” in the pine woods, but not as
numerous as in March, 1910. The specimen from Long Key was
beaten from tall grasses in an open depressed area where Mermiria
intertecta was taken.

Paxilla obesa (Sc.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 12, 1912; 1 #7, 2 9,2n.

Detroij Plan July 12 1912 Gt

These specimens were all taken in the low undergrowth of the pine
woods in not the usual very wet situations.

Tettigidea lateralis (Say).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 6 #, 11 9,1 n.

Tettigidea spicata Morse.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 4 7,5 9,2n.

This is the first record for a species of the present genus from the
Florida Keys. The series was taken in company with Paratettix
rugosus, in bare spots on sun-baked marsh soil, where it was found
to be very scarce.

Radinotatum brevipenne peninsulare R. and H.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 49 &, 22 9,3 Qn.

Detroit; Fla., July 12, 1912; 14 #,4 9,1 9 n.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 30 7,6 9,50 n, 11 9 n.

The extensive Homestead and Detroit series of this race are per-
fectly typical in character, the Big Pine Key representation also
having all the distinguishing features of peninsulare, although of
slightly smaller size. There is considerable individual variation
in size in all three lots, the extremes in length of body of each being
as follows: Homestead, co 32.2-35.7, 2 42.3-46.7; Detroit, o 33.3-
35.2, 9 45.248; Big Pine Key, & 28.3-33, 2 37.3-40.8mm. It will
be seen that the Big Pine Key maximum measurements no more than
touch the minimum of the other lots in the male sex and do not reach
the same in the female. The average of the Big Pine Key series is
very appreciably less than the maximum dimensions given for the
same lot.

The Homestead series has the brown phase predominating, while
the Detroit and Big Pine Key lots have the green phase outnumbering
the brown in the male sex.

At all three localities the form was found common in the low
undergrowth in the pine woods. The record from Big Pine Key is
the first for the genus on the keys. It is doubtless found on all the

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

islands possessing stands of pine, and not elsewhere, as the distri-
bution of the forms of this genus is limited by this controlling factor.

Mermiria intertexta Scudder.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 5 o,
Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 18 - 1
Long Key, Fla., Say 13,1912: efoto. 2.
The present series has been compared with a male from Georgia,

which is one of Scudder’s types. In size the present repre-
sentation shows no noteworthy difference except that the Long Key
females are slightly smaller than the other two of that sex. In color
the Homestead and Big Pine Key series are very similar, with the
pale base color showing no greenish except in the Big Pine Key
female. The Long Key series, on the other hand, has the pale base
color greenish-yellow in the males, subochraceous in the females.
The three individuals of the latter sex from Long Key have the
discoidal area of the tegmina more or less distinctly maculate,
superficially somewhat suggesting Bruner’s M. maculipennis. In
all of the Big Pine Key males the dark medio-longitudinal line is
present on the head and pronotum, indicated but incomplete in the
accompanying female, indicated more or less distinctly in all of the
Homestead males and entirely absent in the female, indicated on the
head and pronotum in four Long Key males, on the head and as a
lining on the pronotal carina in two males and all three females, and
present on the head and entirely absent from the pronotum in one
male from the same locality. In two of the seven Big Pine Key
nymphs there is no indication of this line and in the others it is only
faintly marked.

At Homestead the species was infrequent in high grasses near the
edge of the prairie-like everglade, on Long Key it was not uncommon
in places where high grasses grew in an open depressed area, while
on Big Pine Key it was taken from low plants on the edge of a man-
grove swamp, where the males were not infrequent, the females
mostly immature and but two adults of that sex seen.

aOR
9,7

Ambiytropidia occidentalis (Saussure).
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 2o¢',5 9,1 9
Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 fn.
Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 8 7,3 @Q,
Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 1 @
The present series shows that the measurements previously given
by us of specimens from Miami, Homestead, Long Key, Key Vaca,

bo

Oo nye ols

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

and Boot Key are probably individual in the main and not geo-
eraphic. As there stated, however, south Florida material is always
larger than Thomasville, Ga., specimens, although occasionally
but slightly so. The Big Pine Key series is quite similar in general
size to the individuals previously measured from Boot Key and
Key Vaca, although a single female is distinctly larger and subequal
to the smallest of the Long Key females, while one Homestead male
is subequal in proportions to the maximum Long Key males. Ex-
tremes of the present Homestead and Big Pine Key series, as well
as the Key West female, show the following measurements in milli-
meters:

4

3 o
Homestead. Big Pine Key.
Length of body... 22), 22.8 22'. 222
Length of pronotum 4.4 4.5 4.2 4.4
Length of tegmen : 16.2 20. We 18.2
Length of caudal femur 13.6 1D.3) 13.4 14.5
ie) e
Homestead. Big Pine Key. aoe
Length of bodv............... 29. Ba) 31.2 33.8 31.3
Length of pronotum.. 5.2 6. 5.8 6. 6.
Length of tegmen....... 20.8 21.8 22. 22.8 Deri
Length of caudal
femur... ee » L628 18.8 18.8 19.4 19.

The material from the keys which have scrub cover (Key Biscayne,
Long Key, Key Vaca, Boot Key, and Key West) is all either uniformly
colored or of the strongly bicolored phase (7.e., dorsum solidly paler
than the lateral aspects), while that portion of the material from
pine woods (Miami, Homestead, Detroit, and Big Pine Key) contains
thirteen specimens distinctly lined with black on each side of the
median carina of the pronotum, in a number also distinctly punctulate
with dark brownish on the tegmina. The single nymph from Detroit
and one of the four from Homestead have the blackish lineations on
the pronotum, showing that this coloration is fixed before the adult
condition is reached.

At Homestead the species was uncommon in the pine woods,
nymphs, however, being abundant, while the single nymph from
Detroit was in similar surroundings. In the pine woods on Big
Pine Key the species occurred in fair numbers, while the Key West
female, all seen at that locality, was taken in the scrub.

Proc. Acap. Nat. Scr. Puma., 1912, p. 252.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 2 9.
Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 2 o&.
Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 3 07,5 9
Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 3 7,7 Q.
Garden Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 1 @.
None of the Big Pine Key series are in the green phase, although
five of the seven Key West females and both of the same sex from
- Homestead are in that phase. The Garden Key specimen is pale
rufescent, but in structure normal for the species.

At Homestead and on Big Pine Key the species occurred in the
undergrowth of pine woods, on Garden Key it was very common in
short grass growing in the enclosure of Fort Jefferson, on Long Key
it was secured in the depressed grassy area where Mermiria intertexta
was also taken, and on Key West it was scarce among green herbage
and grasses in scattered gumbo-limbo forest. At the latter locality
nymphs were numerous.

ml eset

Clinocephalus elegans pulcher R. and H.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 300°, 17 2,1 cn,1 Qn.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 o', 2 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 56,3 9.

Key West, Fla., July 83-7, 1912; 60,9 9,1 9n.

The range of this beautiful form is extended by the present records
from the vicinity of Miami to Key West. In size the Homestead
and Detroit series average rather large, but display a considerable
amount of individual variation among themselves, the Big Pine
Key series averages smaller and is much more uniform in size, while
the Key West series is quite large but individually variable. The
following measurements in millimeters are of the extremes of the
Homestead and Key West series and of an average pair from Big
Pine Key.

>

o ig j >

Homestead. Key West. ree ee

Length of body Pale 21.2 18.5 19.5 16.8

Length of pronotum... 3.5 4.4 4. 4.2 3.90
Caudal width of dor-

sum of pronotum..... 2. 2.2 2.2 2.3 Nh

Length of tegmen 10.8 12. 7.9 9 7.5
Length of caudal fe-

Tend Obes ire LORS 12.2 11.8 12.8 10.7

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

9 Balen
* Homestead. Key West. Bigme
Length of body.............. 26.3 30.2 27.9 29. 24.
Length of pronotum... 5. 5.8 5. 5.8 5.
Caudal width of dor-
sum of pronotum.... 3. 3.3 3.3 3.2 2.8
Length of tegmen........ 15.8 12.2 10. 13 10.
Length of caudal fe-
TOUT eevee _ leh. Wie 15.7 17.8 14.6

The Key West and Big Pine Key series are uniformly short-winged,
while the Homestead and Detroit representations have a far greater
proportion long-winged, abbreviate tegmina being present in five
females and the same condition approximated in two males. It is
probable that environment is the governing factor in regard to
tegminal and wing length in this form.

All of the color phases known for this race are present in the series
in hand, the only lot very uniformly colored being the male series
from Key West, which are greenish with the usual postocular bars.
The females from Key West, however, show three different color
phases.

At Key West this form was common in green herbage or grasses
in or near a gumbo limbo forest in company with Orphulella pelidna,
while on Big Pine Key it was taken in pine woods undergrowth.
Arphia granulata Sauss.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 4 o&.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 @.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 o,1 9.

Key West, Fla:, July 3-7, 1912; 3 0,9 9.

Cruciform markings on the dorsum of the pronotum are more or
less noticeable in five specimens of the present series. The differ-
ences in coloration previously noted!* are found in the series before us.

Examination of the material shows that Caudell’s record of Arphia
sulphurea from Key West is incorrect, the specimens belonging
unquestionably to the present species.

At the first three localities given above the species was scarce in
the low undergrowth of the pine woods, but at Key West it was well
distributed through the scrub and also in the open gumbo-limbo forest.
Chortophaga australior R. and H.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 17,2 9,1 cn.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 o.

18 Proc. AcaD. Nat. Scr. Puiwa., 1912, p. 253.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 &,2 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 77,9 9.

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 70,7 9.

The color phases of this species are well illustrated by the above
series. No approach whatever is shown to Chortophaga cubensis
(Se.).

Spharagemon crepitans (Sauss.).

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 26,4 @.

The specimens of this splendid insect from the above locality are
the most attenuate of a series of 37 individuals of the species before
us. Length of body, (7 26.7-27.3 mm., 9 2 34.-87.; length of
tegmen, o'o’ 30.2-32.2, 92 34-35.8. The caudal tibie lack
the bright red coloration of Spharagemon bolli as is true of the entire
series of this species before us.

The only situation in which this species was found was on the
ground under bushes in high jungle growth of the keys, where a few
scattered individuals and one small colony was encountered. The
species was very difficult to capture as the brush was too heavy to
use a net and the insects flew up hurriedly. Their flight was observed
to be usually low and for short distances.

Trimerotropis citrina Se.

Key West, Fla., July 4-5, 1912; 5 o', 4 Q.

This species was very scarce on bare roads and occasional on the
sand of the southern beach.

Romalea microptera (Beauy.). = ~

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 25 o, 13 Q.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 5 0,5 @.

This series shows a considerable amount of individual variation in
size, the extremes measuring as follows: Length of body, 7¢@
48.54. mm., 2 2 60.-71.; length of pronotum, o‘o 13.4-18.8,
@ @ 18.2-21.7; length of tegmen, oo 22.3-27.5, 22 23.8-32;
length of caudal femur, o'c 23.7-31.; 2 9 30.7-36.5. All of the
specimens are of the typical phase of coloration.

These insects were widely. distributed in moderate numbers through
the undergrowth of the pine woods at both the above localities.
Leptysma marginicollis (Sery.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 9o¢°,8 9,1 c¢%n.,1 9 n.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 &.

Two males and seven females are of the greenish phase of colora-
tion, while the postocular bars are strongly indicated in all of the
adults.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

At Homestead the species was common in the tall saw-grass of the
everglades and occasional over the prairie-like expanse, while at
Detroit it was taken in grasses on the edge of the “hammock” in
the pine woods.

Schistocerca alutacea (Harris).

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 o.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 1 of.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 4 o',2 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 15 07,1 9.

All of these specimens are of the rusty-brown phase of coloration.
Several specimens have two darker markings weakly indicated on
the dorsal surfaces of the caudal femora.

The species was found occasional at Big Pine Key on the edge of a
fringe of mangroves in tall bushes and low plants and not scarce
locally in the scrub on Key West. It was taken in the same situation
as Schistocerca obscura at both Detroit and Long Key, at which
places the latter species was the more numerous.

Schistocerca obscura (Fabr.).

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 3 ¢&.

Key Largo, Fla., July 11, 1912; 2 &.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 3 9.

The males are of the brilliant yellow striped phase of coloration,
while the females are rusty brown without a medio-longitudinal
stripe but somewhat mottled and, as in nearly all other specimens
of the species before us, the dorsal surfaces of the caudal femora
have two decidedly darker markings.

The present species was found in the heavy “hammock” at
Detroit, occasional in weeds beside the railroad on Key Largo and in
the prevailing scrub on Long Key.

Schistocerca americana Sc.

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 o.

Detroit, Pla. July 125 L912 1 ot, i.e.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 o.

Key Largo, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 9.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 1 o.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 7 7,7 9.

Bird Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 9, 1912; 1 of.

Garden Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 1 9.

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 77,5 @.

This series bears out still more clearly the fact that the size and

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

wing length in the present species is much less in southern Florida
individuals than in more northern specimens and that this is par-
ticularly emphasized in individuals from the keys. A series of
fifteen male specimens from the outermost keys, Key West and the
Tortugas, give the following averages: Length of pronotum, 7.7 mm.
(7.1-8.4); length of tegmen, 34.9 (32.3-38.). ‘The females bear out
these facts in like manner.

In the series from Loggerhead Key, there are three males temark-
able for the fact that the tegmina wholly lack maculations of any
kind, which gives the insects a very distinctive appearance. No
intermediates between this and the normal color phase were seen,
but no characters exist to separate the specimens from typical
americana, the difference being simply due to a loss of a portion of
the color pattern through recession.

Though only occasional at the majority of localities, this species
was very common through the scrub on Key West and quite numerous
on Loggerhead Key in open spots where the sandy soil was covered
with beach plants, grasses, and prickly pear. °
Schistocerca damnifica calidior R. and H.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 3 o,1 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 27,1 9.

At both of the above localities individuals were very scarce in the
low undergrowth of the pine woods. One male, taken at Homestead,
was very soft when captured, having but recently moulted into the
mature condition. 4

Eotettix signatus Sc.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 39 o&', 42 9,1 Qn.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 o1,4 Q.

The large series before us shows that not only is there great varia-
tion in size and tegminal length in specimens from the same locality,
but also that specimens from the more southern localities in the
species distribution average much smaller than those found further

north.
Measurements (in millimeters) of extremes.
Pablo Beach, Fla.
be ttot 329

Length of body ay : . 19.4-20.5 26. -26.5
Length of pronotum 4.7-4.9 6.2-— 6.3
Length of tegmen 2a 5, a(n! 7.6— 8.5
Length of caudal femur 12. -12.6 15.5-16.6

19 For further notes-on this variation see Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acap. Nat.
Sci. Puia., 1912, p. 257,
’ J

a i

1914. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

Homestead and Detroit, Fla.

41 og 46 2 Q
Length of body................ Zeta eee een O=17 G 19.5-24.8
Length of pronotum... ear 3.4- 4, 4.3— 5.7
Length of tegmen....... : 4.3— 5.6 D.1— 7.6
Length of caudal femur ie = S105 =11'.4 12. -15.1

The present species, in spite of the great variability in tegminal
length, always has these organs longer than the pronotum and broad
lanceolate with acute apex, which readily distinguishes the species
from Fotettix palustris which has the tegmina not. as long as the
pronotum and broadly oval with rounded apex.

Like Kotettix pusillus and E. sylvestris, this form has in life a
striking metallic lustre which has almost wholly disappeared in all
of the dried specimens.

The species was found very common on the prairie-like everglades
and in much fewer numbers about pot-holes in the pine woods, it
has never been definitely recorded previously except ‘from Pablo
Beach in northeastern Florida.

Melanoplus puer Sc.
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912: 2 0,29,29n.
Detroit, Fla., July 12, LOU 2 Sect LOn yO ny
The species was very scarce at the above localities in the under-
growth of the pine woods.

— 10

Paroxya atlantica Sc.
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12; 1912; 10 6, 2 9.
Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912 coon
The Detroit specimens show a slight tendency toward the keys
race, P. atlantica paroxyoides.

Paroxya atlantica paroxyoides (Sc.).

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 3 Csr Onn:

Ley Largo, Fla., July LS OU tle Olen,

Long Key, Fla., July 13, IPS a) veple

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 6 #,1 9 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 13 #, 10 @.

On Big Pine Key this geographic race was found in the undergrowth
of the pine woods and along the edge of the key in few numbers.
At Key West it was not scarce in the scrub and common in the
vegetation back of the beach, while in the heavy jungle-like tangle
it was the only species of grasshopper that was not scarce.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Paroxya floridana (Thomas).

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 5 #, 3 9.

The species was common in the typical saw-grass growing in knee-
high water in the everglades.

Aptenopedes clara Rehn.

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 12, 1912; 3 #,3 9,1 9 n.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 3 #1, 1 # n., 2 9 n.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 26°5,2 9,1 on.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 4 #, 3 @ n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 10 &, 12 9.

This species was found in the undergrowth of the pine woods and
keys scrub, usually in damper situations than A plenopedes aptera.
Aptenopedes aptera Sc.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 7,3 fi n.,4 9 n.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 @n.,2 9 n.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 # n.,3 Q.n.

The majority of the series are somewhat less than half grown.
As this is an apterous species, none of the nymphs have any trace of
tegmina, this together with their greater rugosity makes them easily
separable from nymphs of Aptenopedes clara, which show tegminal
sheaths from the earliest instars.

This species has not been recorded previously south of Miami, Fla.

TETTIGONIIDZ.
Arethea phalangium (Scudder). ,

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 1 &#,2 @.

These specimens were found dead in spider-webs on the railroad
station building.”

Amblycorypha floridana R. and H.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 8 7,6 9,1 Qn.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 27,2 9,1 on.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 o.

The character of the tympanum of the male tegmina is typical
in all of the individuals of that sex, while the ovipositor varies some-
what in depth and appreciably in length, the extremes of the latter
in the Homestead females being ten and a half and eleven and eight-
tenths millimeters. The blackish markings on the tympanum of
the males vary considerably in intensity, in one extreme covering
practically all of that field except the sutural half of the area proximad

2 Vide, Rehn and Hebard, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., XL, pp. 147, 148 (1914).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

of the stridulating vein, while in the other this coloration is decided
only in spots, one proximad, one distad, and one immediately distad
of the stridulating vein. One male from Homestead is quite brown-
ish, two females from the same locality are dull straw colored or
washed with brownish, while two Detroit females are much tinged
on the pronotum and proximad on the tegmina with pale reddish-
brown. A half-grown nymph from Miami, Fla., taken March 28,
1910, gives us an idea of the condition of individuals of the species
at that time of year.

At Homestead this species occurred locally on the prairie-like
everglades, where they were scarce in the daytime, but plentiful at
night, perched on the grasses, stridulating fearlessly. Their note is
an indescribable buzz and click. The Detroit specimens were taken
in pine woods on the edge of a hammock, and on Big Pine Key the
species was beaten from green bushes in the pine woods. Two
specimens were found dead in spider-webs at the railroad station
at Homestead on July 10.

Amblycorypha uhleri Stal.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 5 f',6 @.

When compared with Texan material of this species, the present
series 1s seen to be identical, although the size is much greater than
in individuals from New Jersey, which, however, show no specific
differences from Texan topotypes. When careful examination of
all the available material has been made, it will probably be found
that the size regularly decreases northward. All of the males and
several of the females have much of the pronotum, pleura, and
proximal portion of the tegmina more or less ochraceous. Four of
the males have the blackish tympanal maculation decided. The
species was fairly common at Homestead, more numerous at night
than in the daytime, always in the pine woods and in or near large-
leaved small bushes of several species. When search was made for
them at night with the aid of a flash-lamp, they proved to be quite
shy, flying frequently before their exact location could be ascertained.
Two specimens were taken from spider-webs on the station building
at Homestead, July 10.

Microcentrum rhombifolium (Saussure).
Key West, Fla., July 3, 1912; 1 o.
The present specimen was taken from high bushes about twelve

feet from the ground, several others being heard in the same vicinity.
This is the first record of this widespread species from the keys.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Microcentrum rostratum R. and H.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 10 7,1 gn.

Long Key, Fla., July 18, 1912; 1 fn. 1 9 n.

This striking and peculiar species was taken in but one location
on Key West, and there it was found at night locally numerous but
hard to secure. Individuals were taken only on buttonwood (Cono-
carpus erecta) on the two occasions on which the spot was visited.
All the specimens were stalked with flash-lamp by the aid of their
song, in consequence none but males being captured. Their note is
quite different from that of any of the other species of the family
found on the keys, being low and rasping, much like zrrrp-zrrrp,
zrrrp. On Long Key the nymphs were taken from buttonwood (Cono-
carpus erecta), which there grows on the edge of mangrove swamps.

As the species was previously known only from the unique type, a
female, we have made some notes on the differences of that sex from
the original description.*!

Allotype: &; Key West, Florida. July 3-7, 1912. (Rehn and
Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Fastigium slightly more compressed than in the female, but other-
wise similar. Tympanum of tegmina half again as long as the disk
of the pronotum, stridulating vein broad, depressed, arcuate, slightly
oblique. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment arcuato-truncate mesad,
with a medio-longitudinal depression; supra-anal plate trigonal,
with a deep median sulcation; cerci tapering, nearly straight, con-
siderably surpassing the distal margin of the subgenital plate, the
apex blunted and slightly hooked dorsad, furnished dorsad with a
pair of teeth placed side by side and with a single tooth placed ventrad
of the same; subgenital plate ample, narrowing distad, lateral
margins slightly arcuate but subregularly converging, distal extremity
narrow, arcuato-emarginate, styles articulate, slightly tapering, their
length not greater than the width of the distal extremity of the plate.

Measurements (in millimeters).
Allotype, <.

Length of body Rt cat Re ect . 20.8
Length of pronotum 4 eo

Caudal width of the disk of the pronotum 4.1
Length of tegmen 28.8
Greatest width of tegmen ee ee Ape ar TD
Length of caudal femur Pee 15.6
Ler ngth of caudal tibia " : <= el Bine

21 By an unfortunate transposition, the original description states that the
lateral angles of the pronotal disk are “more apparent cephalad than caudad,”
when the reverse is true of the type and the present material. (Proc. Acap.
Nar. Scr. Putna., 1905, p. 48.)

=e aes oe

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

In size the present series shows but little variation. The two
Long Key nymphs are in quite different stages, the male bemg in the
instar preceding maturity, while the female is not a third the size
of the male. The Key West nymph is in the second instar preceding
maturity.

Belocephalus sabalis Davis.

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 1912; 28 @.

Marathon, Kay Vaca, Fla., July 9, 1912; 1 o&.

A comparison of this interesting series, the largest known of any
single species of the genus, with a paratypic male from Punta Gorda,
kindly presented to us by Mr. Davis, shows that while fully in accord
in all the important specific characters the Homestead series uni-
formly differs in having the fastigium shorter, though of similar
form, while the black marking of the clypeal suture is pronounced
only in the brown phase and not always present in that condition.
One single green male shows indications of this sutural marking, but
in the others the face is unicolorous. The Marathon male has the
fastigium more as in the paratype than is true of the Homestead
specimens, but the apex is even there less elongate than in the Punta
Gorda specimens, while the clypeal suture has no black. These
differences are probably environmental or geographic but hardly
specific in character.

In size there is considerable individual variation, the extremes of
the Homestead series presenting the measurements in millimeters
given below, with which are placed those of the Marathon male,
which appreciably surpasses In build any from the mainland, and
of the Punta Gorda paratype. :

Punta
Marathon, Gorda
Homestead. Kkey Vaca. (paratype).

Mengthyon bodyn...cc en Ot. 41. 45. 38 .6

Length of fastigium from eyes 3.1 3.5 4.2 4.5

Length of pronotum..... > waw 8.6 10.4 9.2

Thength Of tef Men... 5.2 6.7 G9 GH sik
Length of caudal femur... 15.9 16.2 19.7 18.

Seven of the Homestead males are in the brown phase, all of the
remainder in the green phase of coloration. The brown specimens
have the broad dorsal darker bar mentioned by Davis.

At Homestead the species was very common on scrub palmetto
(Serenoa serrulata) in the pme woods, rarely on other plants (two on
sugar cane, one on a pine tree, and one on a low bush) and only found
at night, when their stridulations permitted stalking with a flash-

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

lamp. The song was faint and ceased on an approach of even as
much as twenty feet. However, they were easy to capture when
located, as they almost invariably made no attempt to escape, but
instead merely slipped down the palmetto leaf a few inches or around
to the other side and there flattened themselves out with caudal
limbs extended backward and cephalic limbs forward. When picked
up they would violently attempt to bite their captor, and if successful
could inflict a painful bite on a tender portion of the hand. Their
jaws are capable of cutting the tough palmetto leaves and in conse-
quence are very powerful. Their note is very low and consists of a
succession of sounds like zip-zip-zip-zip-zip-zip-zip-zip.

Neoconocephalus mexicanus (Saussure).
Conocephalus fusco-striatus Redtenbacher, Verh. K.-k. Zool.-botan. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, p. 399 (1891).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 6 o,1 Q.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 o.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 507, 1 Q n.

At’ Homestead two perfectly typical males of fusco-striatus were
taken in company with typical specimens of mexicanus, of which we
are thoroughly convinced the former is merely the brown-color phase,
absolutely no structural differences bemg found on careful examina-
tion. The song of individuals in the different phases was noted as
being the same, a krzzzzz-krzzzz2-krzzzzz, each preceded, when one
is near enough to detect it, by asharp buzz. Individuals were only
occasional in the pine woods at Homestead at night and exceedingly
shy, although permitting a near approach until they ceased singing,
when, however, they would dart wildly away. At Jewfish many
were heard singing in high grasses, from which one was taken. All
the specimens from Key West were secured in the scrub jungle, both
in the daytime and at night, many nymphs being seen.

As remarked above, two individuals from Homestead are in the
brown phase, all the others being in the green phase. The specimens
in the latter condition show considerable variation in the blackish
fastigial marking, this varying from the faintest possible median
indication to quite a broad solid band crossing the entire fastigium.
Neoconocephalus velox n. sp.

This peculiar species has been carefully compared with all the
available material of the genus from the United States, Central
America, and the West Indies, as well as with all the literature bearing
on the subject, and is found to show nearest relationship to NV.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

palustris. From this species it differs in the more slender, com-
pressed form, which is unusually pronounced for the male sex of this
genus, with the tympanum in consequence much narrowed, while
the pronotum is exceptionally attenuate.

Type: co’; Homestead, Dade County, Florida. July 12, 1912.
(Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.|

Size moderately large; form compressed, slender, elongate. Head
with the dorsal length considerably less than that of the pronotum;
fastigium with its length beyond the eyes slightly greater than the
space between the latter, subattenuate, tapering very gently distad,
the apex very bluntly rounded, ventral tooth distinct, blunt, well
separated from the facial fastigium; ‘face strongly retreating; eyes
ovato-trigonal, their depth slightly less than their length, com-
pressed and but little prominent when seen from the dorsal aspect;

Fig. 5.—Side view of type of Neoconocephalus velox n. sp. (X 11.)

antenne moderately elongate, in an incomplete condition four-fifths
as long as the tegmina. Pronotum with the surface impresso-
punctate, elongate, narrow, the greatest (caudal) width of the
dorsum but slightly more than half the length of the same, the
cephalic width about two-thirds the caudal width, cephalic margin
of disk truncate, caudal margin of same arcuate, obtuse-angulate,
the dorsal length of the prozona contained three and one-half times
in that of the metazona, lateral angles distinct, rotundato-sub-
rectangulate caudad, well rounded cephalad, regularly but not
decidedly diverging caudad; lateral lobes elongate, the greatest
depth contained slightly more than one and one-half times in the
greatest dorsal length, cephalic margin strongly oblique, faintly
arcuate, ventro-cephalic angle broad arcuate, ventral margin more
oblique than usual, straight, ventro-caudal angle arcuato-obtuse,
caudal margin with a deep rotundato-subrectangulate humeral
sinus, the ventral portion of the same margin oblique arcuate.

Tegmina elongate, the greatest width contained about six and
27

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

one-half times in the length; costal margin gently arcuate distad to
the rather narrow suboblique rotundato-truncate apex; tympanum
slightly longer than the disk of the pronotum, its greatest width
subequal to the caudal width of the latter, stridulating vein short,
slightly oblique, greatly thickened. Prosternum

AS long bispinose; lobes of the mesosternum and
/ metasternum slightly acute-angulate. Disto-dorsal
if : abdominal segment with the distal margin arcuato-
/ emarginate, subacute and faintly tuberculate laterad,
es strongly arcuato-emarginate at the base of each
| cercus; supra-anal plate trigonal, slightly elongate,
lateral margins moderately concave, apex narrowly

rounded, medio-longitudinal suleus pronounced;
Ree Dorsal cerci with the shaft robust, the surface of same
outline of subpustulate, ventral extremity bent mesad and

Dae slightly proximad, sinuate, acuminate, with a strong

panumoftype terminal spine, dorsal extremity with a shorter

Bll ed process, which is, however, similarly developed and

n.sp. (X14.) with a slightly longer spine; subgenital plate

moderately broad, tricarinate ventrad, the lateral
carinze heavier and more rounded than the median, being the trunks
bearing the styles, which latter are brief, rather blunt, and faintly
tapering, distal margin of plate obtuse-angulate emarginate. Cephalic
femora about four-fifths as long as the dorsum of the pronotum,
ventro-cephalic margin’ distad with two to three spines, ventro-
caudal margin unarmed; cephalic tibie unarmed dorsad. Median
femora a fourth longer than the cephalic femora, margin similar.
Caudal femora about three-fifths as long as the tegmina, slender,
armed on the distal half of each of the ventral margins with six
spines.

General color tawny-olive. Head with the dorsum of the fastigium,
occiput, and postocular region multilineate with weak bister lines,
lateral margins and apex of fastigium bordered with cream-buff,
ventral surface of fastigium with a faint purplish tinge, but no black;
eyes seal-brown; antennz of the general color. Pronotum with the
dorsum very weakly and the lateral lobes, particularly dorsad, more
strongly washed with warm sepia, the position of the lateral angles
indicated by chamois lines. Tegmina with the discoidal field
sprinkled with small points varying from blackish to seal-brown in
tone. Limbs unicolorous, spines narrowly tipped with blackish
brown.

Oe

a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

Measurements (in millimeters). J
Length of Dod... ccc ‘ noe 4085
Length of fastigium (from ey res) See
Length of pronotum Seenet ee Oe eat. We
Greatest caudal width of pr onotum. es 1 ace tae ine RD A
Length of tegmen........ oe aes : 42.
Length of caudal femur f eazare Ser One

This species was very shy and scarce in the pine woods at Home-
stead. It was only encountered at night, and while some few were
heard, but one other than the type was seen. The song of this
insect consists of a loud and sustained buzzing note.

Homorocoryphus malivolans (Scudder).

Conocephalus hoplomachus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1905, p. 46. (Chokoloskee, Monroe Co., Fla.)

Detroit, Fla:, July 12, 1912; 1 o&.

After a careful examination of the present specimen, the types
of Conocephalus hoplomachus and of Conocephalus malivolans
Scudder, we are convinced that hoplomachus represents the female
of matlivolans. The latter was based on a single male from
Cedar Keys, Fla., which remained unique until the very different
female was described by us as C. hoplomachus. At that time we
examined the description of malivolans, but the sexual differences
are so great that we could not recognize the female then in hand as
the other sex of Scudder’s species. The present specimen enables
us to establish the above synonymy, agreeing as the individual does
exactly with the original description and clearly being the male sex
of the apparently very different hoplomachus.

The present specimen was taken during the daytime from saw
grass growing in knee-high water on the edge of the everglades.

Odontoxiphidium apterum Morse.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 8 o,

Detroit, Fla:, July 12, 1912; 7 7,5 2,1

Key Largo, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 9.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 1 9

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 4 7,1 2,3 9 n.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 18 1,6 9,6 2 n.

These specimens average considerably larger than individuals
from southern Georgia and northern Florida, although each of the
present lots shows in itself considerable individual variation in size.
The maximum-sized individuals are from the keys, particularly in
the female sex, the greater majority of the males being no larger than

O) 2) 4) sine
Qn.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[May,

Homestead specimens, all, however, larger than northern Florida
representatives. The minimum and maximum measurements in
millimeters of each sex in the present series are as follows:

Homestead. Detroit.
TWneng th Of bOGYrenccrece cee 20 14.2 12.8 13.
Length of pronotum 4.2 4.8 4, 4.5
Length of tegmen Came B22 3.3 3.2
Length of caudal femur.......... 12.5 14.5 12.2 13.2
Big Pine Key. : Key West.
Wien’ eihwot 100 Giyzenes. cement alent 12.8 12.7 15.3
Length of pronotum ie cag le 4. 3.9 4.6
Length of tegmen ........ rate) 2.8 3.5 4.2
Length of caudal femur . 12.2 12.5 12.1 15.
ee Key
Homestead. Detroit. Largo
Length of body (exclusive
Of OVIpPOSItor) ncn LLG 17 15. 14. 20.3
Length of pronotum Boo, ed) 3. 4.9 5.3 (iE
Length of caudal femur...... 13.8 16. Ae 16.7 V7:
Length of ovipositor.... 13 13 13.9 13.5 18.8
mae eee Key West.
Length of body (exclusive of
OVIPOSILOD) ssc cae ene ene diel 14.2 12.5 ieee
Length of pronotum ease Oe 4.9 5.3 5.5
Length of caudal femur......... 17.4 MS3A5 16.5 16.
Length of ovipositor.....0000... 17. 13°. 16.2 18.5

The range of the species is considerably extended to the southward
by the present records, as it was not previously known from south
of Sanford, Fla.

At Homestead the species was not scarce in rank grasses in potholes
in the pine woods, at Detroit it. was found in pine woods, on Key
West a few adults and many nymphs were encountered in weedy
tangles and grassy spots in jungle brush, while on Big Pine Key it
was occasional in green herbage in the pine woods.

Orchelimum nitidum Redtenbacher.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 4¢,3 9.

The present record is the most southern known for the species,
which has a considerable range to the northward.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

At Detroit the species was not scarce In saw grass growing in the
knee-high water of the everglades.
‘Orchelimum militare R. and H.

WetroiteHlas Ilya t2 OLD cipal Or

These specimens are inseparable from typical material of the
species, the range of which is here extended to the southward of its
former southern limit, Gainesville, Alachua County, Fla.

This pair was taken in the same situation as the series of O. pul-
chellum.

Orchelimum concinnum Scudder.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 5 7,9 9.

The present record slightly extends the range of this species to the
southward, the most southern previous record being from Chokolos-
kee, Fla. Three males have the facial maculation indistinct, this
certainly being due to desiccation in one specimen, but in the remain-
ing eleven it is decided and moderately variable in width.

Individuals of this species were not uncommon in the prairie-like
everglades.

Conocephalus fasciatus (DeGeer). :

Miami, Fla., July 17-20, September 12, 1904 (Hebard); 2 0,2 92.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 Q.

The range of the species is extended to the end of the Florida penin-
sula by the present records.

Conocephalus gracillimus (Morse).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 10 7,7 9.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 ot.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 12 0,6 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 50,1 @.

Key West; Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 2 o,5 9,1 Qn.

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 2 o%, 3 9,
WW gol tine, te Ging

These specimens show that considerable color variation is present
in the species, and while in a certain measure geographic, it is chiefly
individual. The Homestead series is in general uniformly quite
dark, two males, however, being rather pale. The single Detroit
individual is pale, as are most of the Jewfish specimens, none of which
are as dark as the average Homestead representative. Big Pine
Key specimens vary greatly, several having an average degree of
marking, while three have the general color pale yellowish. Key
West representatives are of the usual pattern in the female sex, but

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the males are much paler with a weak pattern. The Loggerhead
Key series varies greatly in color, three adults and both of the nymphs
having the pattern more or less distinctly indicated on a pale base
color, while the other two adults are uniformly ochraceous without
markings.

The specimens from the keys average slightly larger than the
individuals from the mainland, the Key West females having this
most apparent. :

At Homestead the species occurred in potholes and in the prairie-
like everglades, at Jewfish it was common in grasses on the edge of
the everglades, on Key West it was not scarce in grassy tangles
seattered through the jungle scrub, while on Loggerhead Key it
frequented grasses growing on open areas among the bay-cedar
thickets.

Ceuthophilus peninsularis n. sp.

Apparently nearest to C. spinosus Brunner from Georgia, but

differing in the absence of pronounced spines on the external margin

Fig. 7.—Side view of type of Ceuthophilus peninsularis n. sp. (X 3.)

of the caudal femora, in the non-arcuate caudal tibiz, in the smaller
size, and in the rather different coloration. It also shows some
relationship to C. nigricans Scudder in the longer caudal femora and
tibiz, in the long distal spine on the ventro-cephalic margin of the
cephalic femora, in the same margin of the median femora having
four spines, in the caudal femora being longer instead of shorter than
the body, slenderer and three times as long as broad, in the ventro-
internal margin of the caudal femora being more strongly serrato-
dentate than the external, inner middle spur of the caudal tibize
not markedly longer than the external middle one and but little
shorter than the metatarsus.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

Type: o'; Homestead, Dade County, Fla. July 12, 1912.
(Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.|

Size rather small; body subfusiform, glabrous. Fastigium strongly
declivent, low; eyes not at all prominent; antennz in an imperfect
condition reaching to the apices of the caudal femora, rather heavy.
Pronotum with the cephalic and caudal margins truncate, ventral
margin of the lateral lobes flattened arcuate. Mesonotum and
metanotum with their caudal margins subarcuate. Abdomen with
the segments glabrous; cerci shorter than the pronotum, robust at
the base and decidedly tapering to the acute apex. Cephalic femora
about a tenth longer than the pronotum, armed on the ventro-
cephalic margin with three spines placed on the distal half, the distal
spine quite long and equalling the cephalic tibial spines in length,
the others diminishing in length, ventro-caudal margin unarmed.
Median femora subequal to the cephalic femora in length, slightly
less robust, armed on the ventro-cephalic margin with four spines
proportioned as on the cephalic femora, ventro-caudal margin armed
with three subequal spines, caudal genicular lobe bearing a long
spine. Caudal femora longer than the body, moderately robust,
the greatest width contained three times in the length, dorsal surface
with the dark areas of the pattern bearing numerous depressed
points, a group of more decided spiniform points present dorsad on
the internal face, ventro-external margin of the caudal femora with
weak recumbent serrulato-spinulations, ventro-internal margin distad
with seven distinct but recumbent serrato-spinulations; caudal
tibie less than a twelfth longer than the caudal femora, straight,
spurs subopposite distad, subalternating proximad, about one and
one-half times as long as the tibial depth, slightly hooked at the tips,
inner middle spur appreciably longer than the outer middle spur
and subequal to the metatarsus in length, dorsal spurs of both
faces slightly longer than the ventral ones, ventral surface of tibize
distad with a single spine in addition to the apical pair; caudal tarsi
with the third joint about half the length of the second, together
very slightly shorter than the fourth.

Dorsal surface solidly brownish-black, passing into cinnamon-buft
on the ventral surface, the pale coloration on the femora antique
brown (Ridgway, Plate III), the head, pronotum, and dorsum of
abdomen with a distinct continuous medio-longitudinal line of ferru-
ginous. Face and palpi of the ventral color, the facial fastigium,
a spot under each eye and a touch on the gene of the dorsal color,
the third palpal joint lightly and the fourth heavily marked with

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the same; eyes black; antennz cream-buff, proximad passing into
bister. Ventral section of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and
corresponding portions of the mYesonotum and metanotum stippled
with the ventral color. Abdomen dorsad bearing on each side two
complete and several incomplete longitudinal series of circular
ferruginous spots; cerci of the ventral color, becoming bister distad.
Cephalic and median femora with their distal halves and greater
portion of corresponding tibize brownish-black. Caudal femora
with a decided scalariform pattern of blackish-brown, the latter
color nearly solid distad and along the ventro-lateral margin; caudal
tibiee honey-yellow, proximal extremity and dorsal surface brownish-
black. All tarsi uniformly cream color.

Measurements (in millimeters).
Length of body. nT Ce ee
Meng th) of Prono sumer sc. eoreee rue etree nice eee ees
Length of cephalic femur... CA ls Geren See
Iuength: of caudal! femurs ees, 2. Be sce ceri ee tet che eae eee ea
iene th ofcanid aluti biases eet ene ean Bee et an Loft: 13.:

The type of this species was found under a coquina boulder in the
everglades near the edge of the pine woods. A very immature speci-
men of what is apparently this species was also taken at Homestead,
March 17-19, 1910, by Hebard.

GRYLLIDA5.

Cryptoptilum antillarum (Redt.). .

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 560°, 4 9,1 on.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 2 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 4 o,3 @.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 27,3 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 15 o', 22 9,1 o'n.,1 Qn.

Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla., July 8, 1912; 1 92.

This species is widely distributed through the keys scrub and in
“hammock” shrubbery on the mainland, as well as in weedy spots
and vine tangles. One specimen was taken from an epiphyte
(Epidendron tampense) growing on an oak in the “hammock” at
Detroit. The species was found scarce in the bay-cedar bushes
(Suriana maritima) on Loggerhead Key.

Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum R. and H.
Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 @ n.
Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 9 n.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

The specimen from Detroit was taken from an oak in the ‘“‘ham-
mock.”

Cycloptilum zebra R. and H.

Key West, Fla., July 7, 1912; 1 o&.

A number of specimens were heard after dark stridulating in short
grass growing in the street railway track. The song is a faint
krik-krik-krik-krik, suggesting that of a species of Nemobius, but much
fainter.

Nemobius fasciatus socius Sc.”

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 o.
Nemobius ambitiosus Sc.”

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 @.
Nomobius cubensis Sauss.”

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 3 7,3 9.
Nemobius carolinus Se.”

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 7,1 @.
Miogryllus saussurei (Sc.).

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 2 9,1 92 n.

Found in the undergrowth of the pine woods.
Gryllus firmus Sc.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 1 o&. Macropterous.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 9.

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 2,19. 1 o&, macropterous.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 2 o.

Great variation in size is found in this small series, the males
measuring in length 20.5-29. mm., the females 25.-25.7. The song
is a loud, sharp, vigorous chirruping.

Gryllus rubens Se.

Homestead, Fla., July 12, 1912; i o&. Macropterous.

This specimen was taken on the railroad track, ‘‘making a slower
strifulation noticeably different from the hearty chirp of Gryllus
firmus.”

Gryllodes sigillatus (Walk.).

Jewfish, Fla., July 11, 1912; 2 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3, 7, 1912; 4 o,1 9.

A few individuals of this species were found under boards in the
station yard at Jewfish, while the species was everywhere common
at Key West about the town. After dark at the latter locality the

2 These specimens have recently been fully studied by the Junior author.
Proc. Acap. Nat. Sct. Putna., 1913, pp. 394-491.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

high, hurried, shrilling song of the species was to be heard on all
sides, and with the aid of a flash-lamp individuals were easily taken
when carefully approached and suddenly seized; this was apparently
due to the fact that the specimens were blinded by the light, for the
species is certainly the most active gryllid found within the United
States.

Cyrtoxipha gundlachi Sauss.

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912. Numerous in fig trees near
house.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 ¢@.

Key Largo, Fla., July 11, 1912; 1 o.

Long Key, Fla., July 13, 1912; 16,2 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 47,3 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 9 o&, 12 9, 1 gynandromorph.

This series of specimens is very uniform in size, the male from
Key Largo only being slightly larger than the other specimens.
One specimen from Key West is a gynandromorph, the left tegmen is
typical of the male sex while the right is that of the female, the left
valves of a much distorted and shrivelled ovipositor are present,
while the right half of the genitalia are masculine.

This species was found occasional everywhere through the Keys
scrub, but in numbers only in bushes and low trees with broad leaves.
The pleasant, clear, tinkling song of this insect is a familiar night
sound almost everywhere in this region.

Hapithus quadratus Se. = .

Homestead, Fla., July 10-12, 1912; 2 fn.

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 &, 2 on.

Long Key, Fla., July 18, 1912; 1 of’, 8 9.

Big Pine Key, Fla., July 6, 1912; 1 9.

Key West, Fla., July 3-7, 1912; 46,9 9,1 o'n.,.1 2 n.

The present species is occasional throughout this region in. low
shrubbery and tangles of bushes and vines; it was found once in
moderate numbers, in the keys scrub on Long Key.

Tafalisca lurida Walk. :

Detroit, Fla., July 12, 1912; 1 9,1 9 n.

The adult was taken from an epiphyte (Tillandsia fasciculata)
growing on the limb of an oak in the heavy “hammock,” while the
nymph was later beaten from a low bush there.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

THE VASCULAR SYSTEM OF THE FLORIDA ALLIGATOR,

BY ALBERT M. REESE.

The account given by Bronn in his Thierreich is apparently the
only published description of the circulatory organs in the Croco-
dilia. This account, even when translated, is not very satisfactory,
especially because it contains no diagrams of the circulation. It
was, therefore, deemed worth while to work out the circulation in
the Florida alligator in order that we might have not only a written
description, but also a series of more or less accurate diagrams of
the veins and arteries.

A number of departures from the description of Bronn were
found, some of which are noted below.

Most of the work was done upon animals of about 30 inches
length; which were obtained alive from the Arkansas Alligator Farm
at Hot Springs, Ark.

The arteries were injected with a colored starch mass by inserting
a two-way cannula into the dorsal aorta. With the blood thus
forced into them from the arteries, the veins could, in most cases,
be traced without difficulty.

In the diagrams the outlines of the more important organs are
accurately shown by dotted lines, and the relative diameters of the
blood-vessels are shown as accurately as possible by the solid black
lines.

Tue Heart.

In the Crocodilia, as is well known, the heart is four-chambered
and has about the same general shape as in the higher vertebrates.

The venous blood is emptied into a thin-walled sinus venosus on
the dorsal side of the heart by three large vessels and one small one.
The largest of these, the postcava, empties into the posterior side
of the sinus venosus and brings blood from the posterior regions of
the body; it is quite wide, but is exposed for a very short distance
between the liver and the heart. Two large hepatic veins empty
into the postcava so near the sinus venosus that .they practically
have openings into the sinus, as is shown in a somewhat exaggerated
way in Plate XIII, fig. 1. Near the posteaval and hepatic openings

414 PROCHEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

is the distiet coronary vein, lying in a slight depression between
the right and left ventricles.

From the anterior regions of the body the blood is brought back
through two fairly wide but very thin-walled precaval veins which ~
pass across the dorsal surface of the heart to enter the sinus venosus.

The arterial blood is brought from the lungs by two wide, thin-
walled pulmonary veins, Plate XIII, fig. 4, v.p.d., v.p.s. They
leave the lungs somewhat caudad to their middle region, near the
point of entrance of the bronchii and the pulmonary arteries, pass
mediad in a direction almost at right angles to the long axis of the
body, and enter the left auricle at the same point.

Blood leaves the heart through five large vessels: (1) the pul-
monary artery, (2) the two aortic arches, (3) the right subclavian,
(4) the primary carotid.

The pulmonary leaves the small right ventricle as a single stem,
which soon branches into two arteries that pass cephalad and laterad
to the lungs, along with and close to the main bronchi. The other
arteries that carry blood into the systemic circulation are fused at
their base to form a sort of conus arteriosus which may be distended
in injected specimen until it is larger than the two ventricles together.
When opened this conus is found to contain two chambers that lead
into the left ventricle; the larger chamber gives origin to the right
systemic arch, the right subclavian, and the primary carotid; the
smaller chamber is the basal part of the left systemic arch.

The two systemic vessels, fig. 4, Ao.s, Ao.d, pass, in the usual
manner, as two arches to the dorsal region, just posterior to the
ventricles, where they form the dorsal aorta in the manner to be
described in connection with the arterial system.

The further course of the primary carotid and of the right sub-
clavian will also be described in connection with the arterial system.

The auricles are very large in proportion to the ventricles, though
their relative sizes will, of course, vary with the amount of contained
blood.

THe VENOUS SYSTEM.

The Posterior Vena Cava and its Branches.

The postcava, fig. 1, pe, as noted above, is a wide, thin-walled
vessel seen extending across the short space between the anterior
face of the right lobe of the liver and the sinus venosus. As was
also noted above, the hepatic veins, vh—at any rate that from the
left lobe of the liver—enter the postcava so close to the heart that

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

they may be considered to have one or more distinct openings into
the sinus venosus. Followed caudad, the postecava may be traced
through the large right lobe of the liver, from which it receives
several branches. Emerging from the posterior border of the liver,
it is seen to extend caudad, in the median line, as a rather incon-
spicuous vessel that receives blood from the reproductive organs
and the kidneys that lie close on either side of it.

The hepatic portal vein, h, has the usual distribution for that
vessel. Entering the liver in the neighborhood of the bile duct, it
receives first (7.e., nearest the liver) a small branch from the pan-
creas, pv; near the pancreatic are one or two branches from the
stomach, g, and a branch from the’spleen, sp. A short distance
caudad to these vessels are two or three mesenteric veins, m, leading
from the mesentery and small intestine. Caudad to the mesen-
terics, the portal system may be seen as a vein of diminished caliber,
i, leading from the posterior part of the small intestine and from the
large intestine.

The connection, mentioned by Bronn, between the rectal ranch
of the portal vein and the caudal vein could not be demonstrated.
After entering the liver, the portal, of course, breaks up into capil-
laries, and the blood thus distributed is recollected by the cap-
illaries of the hepatic veins above mentioned.

The internal epigastric veins, ep, are, perhaps, the most conspicuous
vessels of the postecaval system. When the ventral abdominal wall
of the animal is removed, they may be seen extending forward from
the pelvic region, on each side of the body, to enter the posterior
edge of the liver. The epigastric of the right side enters the large
or right lobe of the liver, where it breaks up into capillaries; the
left epigastric sends its main branch into the left lobe of the liver,
but also sends a branch over to enter the right lobe.

Following the epigastrics caudad, they are seen to receive vessels
from nearly all parts of the posterior region of the body. The left
epigastric, which extends across the ventral side of the stomach,
receives from that organ four or five branches, g'; while the farther
removed right epigastric receives only one or two branches from the
stomach. Posterior to these gastric veins the epigastrics receive
one or more veins, b, from the body wall and skin. Posterior,
again, to the last-named, veins each epigastric receives, in the pelvic
region, a large vein, the cliac, il, which receives, in turn, a vein from
the pelvis, pl, and continues down the thigh and lower leg to the
foot as the femoral, f, the chief vein of the posterior appendage.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

After receiving small branches from the muscles of the thigh, the
femoral receives near the knee a small branch from the posterior
surface of the lower leg, fb, and a larger one, t, that leads from the
anterior surface of the lower leg and foot.

The veins of the pes were so small, in the comparatively small
animals it was necessary to use, that their distribution could not
be determined with certainty, though they seemed to parallel very
closely their corresponding arteries to be described below.

A short distance caudad to the iliac veins, each epigastric receives
one or two fairly large branches from the pelvic region, called by
Bronn the ischiadic veins, is. Caudad to the ischiadies and dorsal
to the cloaca, each epigastric is united with a short but wide renal
portal or renal advehente vein, rp, leading to the posterior border of
its respective kidney and receiving, on the way, a short branch
from the pelvic region, shown just cephalad to the references lines
rt and rp.

Very close to its junction with the renal portals each epigastric
gives off a small branch which unites with its fellow of the opposite
side to form a median vein, rt, the rectal leading from the posterior
part of the large intestine. A very short distance caudal to these
last veins, in the region just dorsal to the anal opening, the epigas-
tries are formed by the division of the caudal vein, ev, which, of
course, brings blood from the tail and is, on account of the large size
of that organ, of considerable caliber.

The Anterior Vene Cave and their Branches.

The entrance of the precaval veins into the heart was mentioned
above; their branches, in order from the heart cephalad, will now
be described. Since the two precave are alike, it will be necessary
to describe the branches of only one side of the body. After leaving
the heart, the precava may be traced forward, for a short distance,
at the side of the trachea and cesophagus, as a wide, thin-walled
trunk, fig. 2, vea. The first tributaries that it receives are the
internal mammary and vertebral veins, which join it at the base of
the neck at almost the same place.

The internal mammary, fig. 2, 1m, is a rather small vein, bringing
blood from the ventral wall of the thorax. It may be followed
along the inner surface of the ribs, near the sternum, in company
with its corresponding artery.

The vertebral vein, fig. 2, v, is also of small diameter and extends
to the dorsal body wall near the spinal column, from which region

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. : 417

it.returns blood to the anterior vena cava; it is drawn too large in
the figure.

Just cephalad to the vertebral and internal mammary, the internal
jugular, j, enters the precava. The internal jugular may be followed
directly forward, close to the side of the trachea and cesophagus,
from which it receives numerous branches. Near its point of entrance
to, or rather exit from, the skull, it anastomoses, by two or three
short branches, with the external jugular, ej, to be described later.
Its distribution in the cranial cavity could not be determined in the
available material. At the point of entry of the internal jugular
the precava passes laterad for a short distance and then divides into
two more or less equal branches, the above-mentioned external
jugular, ej, and the subclavian, s, of which the latter will first: be
described.

The subclavian, s, of course, returns blood from the regions of the
shoulder and arm. On reaching the body wall, where it might be
called the axillary, ax, it receives, on its posterior side, a large thoracic
vein, t, which returns blood from the thorax, shoulder, and skin.
The thoracie receives a branch from the posterior surface of the
arm, which might be called the postbrachial, pb; this postbrachial
may be traced, as a rather small vessel, to the hand; at the elbow
it is connected, by one or more small branches, with the brachial.

Just distal to the thoracic the axillary vein receives two fairly
large vessels, the subscapulars, sc, that return blood from the shoulder
and upper arm. After receiving the subscapulars, the axillary may
be followed into the upper arm as the brachial, br. As has been said,
the brachial and postbrachial anastomose near the elbow, and in this
region the former receives a small vessel that extends parallel to it
from the manus.

In the forearm the brachial may be called the radial, fig. 2, A, ra;
on the back of the manus the radial receives branches from the various
digits and from a rather complex plexus of vessels in the carpal
region.

The external jugular, fig. 2, ej, after separating from the subclavian,
may be traced cephalad, close beneath the skin, to the base of the
skull, where it is connected with the internal jugular by short
branches, as has already been noted. It receives several small
branches from the skin and muscles of the neck and shoulder
regions. At the region of its anastomosis with the internal jugular
it receives a large branch, the muscular, ms, from the massive muscle
at the angle of the jaw and from the skin of that region.

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

A short distance cephalad to the muscular the external jugular
receives, on its mesial side, two or three branches from the trachea,
larynx, and cesophagus, tr. Anterior to these vessels the external
jugular is formed by the union of two chief veins, the lingual, 1, from
the ventro-lateral surface of the tongue, and the inferior dental, id,
from the mesial surface of the lower jaw. The connection of the
superior dental (extending along the bases of the maxillary teeth)
with the jugular could not be determined with certainty, hence
that vessel is not shown in the figure. The same is true of the
small veins in the region of thé cranium.

THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM.
The Abdominal Aorta and its Branches.

The right and left aortic arches, fig. 3, Ao.d, Ao.s, arising from
the heart in the manner already described, form a rather long loop
and approach each other in the middorsal lime. Here they are
united by a short, wide connective in such a way that the left arch
seems continued into the eceliac artery and the right mto the dorsal
aorta proper. Each arch, anterior to the connective, gives off two
fairly large branches, oe, to the posterior region of the cesophagus.

The celiac artery, fig. 3, c, is the largest branch of the abdominal
aortic system. After giving off a couple of small branches, oe, to
the posterior region of the cesophagus, it gives off a large spleno-
intestinal artery, si, to the spleen and small intestine.

The cceliac then breaks up into three arteries of about the same
size: the gastro-hepatico-intestinal, ghi, carrying blood to the stomach,
liver, and small intestine; the pancreo-intestinal, pi, leading to the
pancreas and small intestine; and the gastric, ga, to the greater
part of the stomach.

From the dorsal aorta proper, da, which, as has been said, seems
to be the direct continuation of the right aortic arch, several arteries
are given off; these will be described as they occur in an anterio-
posterior direction.

At about the point of union of the two aortic arches arises the
most anterior of seven or eight pairs of lumbar arteries, lu 1-7;
this first lumbar artery is continued cephalad for some distance as a
longitudinal trunk that gives off several lateral branches to the
walls of the thoracic region. The other six or seven lumbars are
distributed to the dorsal body wall, and arise, at more or less regular
intervals, as far caudad as the sacrum, or even back of that point.

The first large branch of the aorta is the unpaired mesenteric

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

artery, m', which is given off in about the region of the fourth pair
of lumbars; it carries blood through the mesentery to the greater
part of the small intestine and also sends a small branch to the
large intestine.

Posterior to the mesenteric, the aorta gives off four or five pairs
of short arteries, the urogenitals, u 1-4, that lead to the nearby
reproductive organs and kidneys.

About the middle region of the kidneys, a short distance anterior
to the sacrum, is given off a pair of rather large arteries, called by
Bronn the ischiadice, is'!; each ischiadiea, after giving off a couple
of small branches to the back, passes laterad and divides into three
main branches: (1') to the ventral bady wall, (3!) to the anterior
border and deeper region of the thigh, and (2!) to the pelvis.

In the region of the sacrum is given off a pair of iliac arteries, il!.
Each iliac is of about the same diameter as the ischiadica and gives
off, soon after leaving the aorta, an artery, ab, that apparently leads
chiefly to the abdominal muscles. Distal to the origin of the abdomi-
nal, the iliac gives off a small pelvic artery, pa, which leads, as the
name would indicate, to the pelvis. The iliac then passes into the
thigh, where it gives off several large branches and may be called
the sciatic, sc. At the knee the sciatic gives off two rather small
branches, one, the fibular artery, f!, extends down along the posterior
side of the lower leg; the other is parallel to the first and may be
ealled the tibial artery, tb, since it extends along the anterior or
tibial side of the shank. These two arteries give off numerous
branches to the muscles of the lower leg. After giving off the fibular
and tibial arteries, the sciatic passes, as a large vessel, through the
lower leg, to which it gives but few branches, and may here be
called the crural artery, cr. At the tarsus it divides rather suddenly
and, perhaps, variably, into four chief branches, leading to the
toes.

A short distance caudad to the origin of the iliacs the dorsal aorta
gives off a pair of small pelvic arteries, pa', going to the muscles of
that region. Caudal to these pelvis arteries is given off the un-
paired first hemorrhoidal artery, he!, which divides into a rectal, rt’,
and a cloacal, cl, branch.

Caudal to the first hemorrhoidal arises the second hemorrhoidal,
he?; also unpaired, leading to the cloaca.

Posterior to the second hemorrhoidal, the aorta continues into
the tail as the large caudal artery, ca.

28

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The Anterior Arteries.

The origin of the great arterial trunks—the pulmonary, aortic
arches, primary carotid, and right subclavian—has already been
given and the distribution of the pulmonary arteries and aortic
arches has been described, so that it now remains to describe the
distribution of the right subclavian, fig. 4, Se.d, and the primary
carotid, capr.

The right subclavian, Se.d., since it has an imdependent origin
from the heart, instead of arising as a branch of the primary carotid,
will be described first. After leaving the heart it passes cephalad
and laterad and gives off the following branches in order, beginning
at the heart: an @sophageal artery, oe, a small, caudally directed
vessel carrying blood to the posterior region of the cesophagus. Close
to the cesophageal arises another small, caudally directed vessel,
the pleural artery, plu, extending to the pleura and possibly to the
pericardium. From the same region as the preceding two arteries,
but extending cephalad along the trachea and cesophagus, arises the
much larger branch of the right subclavian, the right collateralis
colli, ec, whose course and distribution will be described later.

Close to the distal side of the collateralis colli arises the very
small thyroid artery, th, leading to the oval thyroid gland that lies
against the ventral surface of the trachea a short distance anterior
to the heart.

A short distance distal to the thyroid artery the subclavian gives
off a fairly large artery, the internal mammary, im' (shown too large
in the figure), that passes to the inner surface of the ribs near the
sternum and lies parallel to the vein of the same name, described
above.

A short distance distal to the internal mammary arises an artery
of about the same diameter, the vertebral, v'!; it passes dorsad and
caudad to the region of the thoracic vertebre.

After giving off the five vessels just described, the subclavian
artery passes into the shoulder where it divides into three main
branches: (a) the subscapular, sc', going to the skin and muscles of
the shoulder; (b) the thoracic, t', carrying blood to the posterior
muscles of the shoulder and to the posterior region of the upper
arm; (c) the brachial, br', which is really the continuation of the
subclavian and is the chief artery of the anterior appendage.

After sending several branches to the upper arm the brachial
divides, in the region of the elbow, into two main vessels, the radial,

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

rat, and ulnar, ul', arteries, fig. 4, A. The radial artery, in the
carpal region, divides in a complicated way into five main vessels
that extend into the digits. The ulnar artery gives off several
branches to the forearm, but apparently does not connect directly
with the branches to the digits.

The primary carotid, capr. After leaving the heart, this very
large vessel passes cephalad and laterad for some distance on the
left side of the body and then gives off, from its anterior side, the
large left subclavian artery, se.s., to be described later. After
giving off the subclavian artery, it makes a short loop, still further
to the left, and then turns sharply mediad to pass to the head in the
median plane directly dorsal to the cesophagus. Its distribution
in the cervical and cephalic region will be described later. The
mate to the cesophageal branch, oe (near heart), of the right sub-
clavian which was mentioned above is apparently sometimes given
off from the primary carotid near its base (as shown in fig. 4) and
sometimes as a branch of the left pleural artery.

The left subclavian artery, se.s., although it has a different origin,
has the same branches as described in connection with the ‘ight
subclavian. The exact order in which the first of these (the thyroid,
th; the internal mammary, im!; the collateralis colli, ec; the pleural,
plu, and the vertebral, v') are given off is, as might be expected,
subject to some variation.

The collateralis colli, ee (following Bronn’s nomenclature), whose
origin was noted above, will now be discussed; since the two are
alike only one need be described. After leaving the subclavian, it
passes cephalad, at the side of the trachea and cesophagus, in com-
pany with the internal jugular vein, so that in this part of its course
it would seem to be the internal carotid artery. It gives numerous
small twigs to the trachea and cesophagus, oe. In the region of
the posterior part of the huge jaw muscle it is connected directly, x,
with the adjacent branch, em, (called by Bronn the common carotid)
of the primary carotid, and indirectly, x', with a complicated group
of branches from the common carotid. Cephalad to the connective
x!, which extends dorsad and is hence foreshortened in the figure,
the collateralis colli gives off a small vessel, y (too large in fig 4),
to the shoulder and skin; it then sends a fairly large branch, jm,
into the large jaw muscle, close to which it now les. Next a small
branch, lg, is sent to the larynx. Continuing cephalad and laterad
(in figure 4 it is drawn further to the side than it actually lies) for a
short distance further, it divides into three branches: (1) a short

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

twig, mg, that goes to the musk gland on the side of the mandible
and to the skin of that region; (2) a large branch, the mandibular,
md, that enters the large foramen on the mesial side of the mandible.
and extends in the cavity of that bone throughout its entire length;
(3) the lingual artery, |', which, in turn, divides, some distance
cephalad, into two branches, one extending along the lateral region,
the other nearer the mid-ventral surface of the tongue. It is seen,
then, that the collateralis colli arteries supply directly the lower side
of the head—tongue, mandible ete.—though they may also send
blood through the above-mentioned connectives to the brain and
dorsal regions of the skull.

The primary carotid, capr, as was noted above, makes a curve to
the left after leaving the heart and then passes back to the median
plane, where it may be seen lying against the ventral side of the neck
muscles and dorsal to the cesophagus; in this place it gives off a
series of unpaired cervical arteries, fig. 4, ce, each of which almost
immediately divides into an anterior and a posterior branch that
carry blood to the cervical vertebre. At the base of the skull, in
the region where it is united by the first connective, x, with the
collateralis colli, as described above, the primary carotid divides
into two similar branches, called by Bronn the common carotids, em.
The distribution of these two vessels is symmetrical, so that only
one need be described. While the collateralis colli, as has been said,
carry blood chiefly to the tongue and lower jaw, the common carotids
supply the cranium and.upper Jaw.

Soon after its formation by the division of the primary carotid,
the common carotid is joined, as noted above, with the collateralis
colli of that side by the connective x; since the common carotid
and its branches all lie dorsal to the collateralis colli and its branches,
the connectives x and x! extend in a more or less dorso-ventral
direction. The two common carotids, almost completely surrounded
by bone, in passing cephalad sweep first lateralad then mediad, so
that they together form almost a complete ellipse, as seen in figure
4; there is, however, no apparent connection between them at the
anterior region where they lie so close together.

A short distance cephalad to the connective x the common carotid
is connected laterally, z, with a rather complicated plexus of vessels
lying at the base of the skull; it is through this plexus that the
common carotid is connected with the collateralis colli by the second
connective, x!.

The short branch z quickly divides into three parts: (1) a small

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423

anteriorly directed vessel which may be called the internal carotid,
ic, since it enters the skull through the most ventral of the three
foramina in the exoccipital, and probably supplies the brain, though its
further course could not be followed; (2) a somewhat larger posteriorly
directed artery, oc, going to the muscles at the occipital region of
the skull; (8) a short laterally directed stem, z'. The last-named
branch, z', in turn, leads in three directions: (a) to the collateralis
colli artery through the connective x'; (b) a short anteriorly directed
vessel, e, that passes into the skull, possibly to the ear, through the ~
large foramen that lies between the exoccipital and quadrate bones;
it gives off a small twig, q, to the muscles in the region of the jaw
articulation (quadrate); (c) the main stem of the branch z continues
laterad and cephalad as one of the chief arteries, z?, to the anterior
region of the skull, giving off a fairly wide branch, jm!', to the large
jaw muscle, and then two branches, o! and o?, to the lateral surface
of the eyeball and socket; it then anastomoses, just cephalad and
laterad to the eye, with the forward continuation, em!, of the cor-
responding main stem, em, of the common carotid, already men-
tioned. The vessel cm!', after almost meeting its fellow in the.
middle line, passes cephalad and laterad across the ventral surface
of the eye to the union, above mentioned, with the lateral branch, z?;
at the posterior-mesial border of the eye it gives off a branch that
divides into two twigs, one, 0%, for the posterior eye muscles, and
one, e!, to the region of the ear and the top of the skull.

At the point of union of the branches em! and 2 a sort of simple
plexus may be formed from which two vessels, n, pass to the pos-
terior nasal region, and two vessels pass forward along the side of the
upper jaw. Of the latter two vessels one, which may be called the
inferior dental of the maxilla, dm, is very small and extends along
the maxilla to its very tip, at the base of the teeth and ventral to
the palatine bone; the other, which is larger and may be called
the superior dental of the maxilla, dm‘, extends cephalad along the
mesial side of the maxilla, dorsal to the palatine bone; it sends
numerous twigs into the maxillary bone among the roots of the
teeth. After passing nearly to the end of the snout, the superior
dental, dm!, suddenly forms a loop towards the median line and
passes as a straight branch, n', directly caudad, near and parallel to
the median plane. The branch n! extends along the floor of the
nasal cavity and, after giving off twigs to this chamber, ends in a
network of vessels, 0’, on the anterior surface of the eyeball and
socket.

424

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

A pair of very small arteries, n°, may be seen in the nasal chamber
between and parallel to the branches, n'; they lie close to each side

of the nasal septum and supply the anterior nasal region.

They

apparently arise, as shown by the broken lines, from the loop of the
superior dental artery, dm', though this could not be definitely

determined.

LETTERING.

Ao.s., Ao.d., left and right aortic arches.
ab, abdominal artery.
ax, axillary vein.

b, veins from body wall.
br, brachial vein.
br!, brachial artery.

ce, coeliac artery.

ca, caudal artery.

capr, primary carotid.

ec, collateralis colli artery.

ce, cervical artery. ;

cl, cloacal artery.

em, em', common carotid artery.
er, crural artery.

ev, caudal vein.

da, dorsal aorta. ;
dm, inferior dental artery of maxilla.
dm!, superior dental artery of maxilla.

e, e!, artery into skull, perhaps to ear.
ej, external jugular vein. %
ep, internal epigastric vein.

f, femoral vein. f!, fibular artery.

fb, fibular vein.

g, gastric vein of portal.

g', gastric vein of epigastric.

ga, gastric artery.

ghi, gastro-hepatico-intestinal artery.

h, hepatic portal vein.
he', he*, hzeemorrhoidal arteries.

i, intestinal vein.

ic, internal carotid artery.

id, inferior dental vein.

il, ihae vein.

il', iliae artery.

im, internal mammary vein.

im', internal mammary artery.
is, ischiadic vein.

is', ischiadic artery.

j, internal jugular vein.
jm, jm’, artery to jaw muscle.

1, lingual vein.

l', lingual artery.

lg, laryngeal artery.

lu, 1-7, lumbar arteries (numbers on
left side of figure).

m, mesenteric vein.

m', mesenteric artery.
md, mandibular artery.
mg, artery to musk gland.
ms, muscular vein.

n, artery to posterior nasal region.

n!, artery to anterior and mid-nasal
region.

n®, artery to anterior nasal region.

o'-o4, arteries to eye.
oc, artery to muscles at base of skull.
oe, cesophageal arteries.

pa, pelvic artery.

pal, second pelvic artery.
pb, post brachial vein.

pe, post cava.

pd, right pulmonary artery.
pi, pancreo-intestinal artery.
pl, pl’, pelvie vein.

plu, pleural artery.

ps, left pulmonary artery.

q, artery to muscle at angle of jaw.

ra, radial vein.

ra‘, radial artery.

re, reproductive vein or artery.
rp, renal portal vein.

rt, rectal vein.

rt!, rectal artery.

rv, renal vein.

se, sciatic artery (fig. 3).

s, subclavian vein.

sc, subscapular vein (fig. 2).

se', subscapular artery.

se.d., se.s., right and left subclavian
arteries.

si, spleno-intestinal artery.

sp, splenic vein.

s.V., sinus venosus.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

t, thoracic vein. vea, anterior vena cava.

t!, thoracic artery. vh, hepatic vein.

tb, tibial artery. vpd, vps, right and left pulmonary
th, thyroid artery. veins.

tr, tracheal vein.
x, x!, connectives between collateralis

u, 1-4, urogenital arteries (numbers colli and carotid.
on right side of figure).
ul', ulnar artery. y, artery to shoulder and skin.
v, vertebral vein. z, a, 2, branches of common carotid.
v', vertebral artery. 1', 21, 3!, branches of ischiadiac artery.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XIII.

For lettering to all figures see above.

Fig. 1.—The veins of the posterior region of the Florida alligator. The post-
caval system and its associated veins are shown in the main figure; the
hepatic portal system is shown in the smaller figure to the left.

Fig. 2.—The veins of the anterior region of the Florida alligator. The veins
of the left foreleg are shown at A.

Fig. 3.—The arteries of the posterior region of the Florida alligator.

Fig. 4.—The arteries of the anterior region of the Florida alligator. The arteries
of the left foreleg shown at A.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

THE METHOD OF PROGRESSION IN TRUNCATELLA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND AMOS P. BROWN.

Early in August of 1913, when one of us (Brown) was collecting
fossils along the shores of Willoughby Bay, Antigua, upon turning
over a piece of limestone a few feet above high-water mark, he came
across a colony of Truncatella bilabiata Pfr. They were very plentiful
under the slab, and those that were not disturbed by the lifting of
the stone were seen to be in motion. - Others at once retracted the
body into the shell along with the operculum and assumed the
appearance of dead shells. On observing those that continued to
move it was at once noticed that they do not employ the same
method as the rapidty moving Colobostylus and Tudora already
observed in Jamaica, nor that of the Cistula observed in Antigua,
but seem to adopt the method of the ‘““measuring worm”’ in their
progression. A number of the shells with the hving animal were
collected in a specimen bottle, and upon returning to the town of
St. John’s they were kept under observation for some time. In
fact, upon returning to Philadelphia some weeks later, most of them
were still quite lively and moved about actively. It was from
these survivors that the figures were..drawn. Before leaving St.
John’s, notes upon the method of motion were made. ‘These obser-
vations were repeated in Philadelphia.

When disturbed or startled, the animal at once withdraws into the
shell and closes the opening by.the operculum, which in fact is
drawn in beyond the lip. They then resemble pieces of stone or
fragments of dead leaves, and without close observation they would
escape notice. After they are left to themselves for a short time,
the animal protrudes the operculum, with the foot and proboscis,
which latter at once begins to feel about until it encounters some
firm substance, when the foot is fully protruded. The foot is a
squarish pad of about 1 square millimeter in area. The proboscis
may be extended to 15 mm. or more. It is waved to and fro until
it encounters the surface over which the animal moves, bending
downward at the same time and presenting in front view a certain
ludicrous resemblance to the head of a moose, which resemblance is
enhanced by the blunt expanded snout of the proboscis and by the

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

tentacles, which are in the position of the ears of the moose. The
foot, when fully protruded, is attached firmly to the surface moved
over; the proboscis is then raised and waved about again, and crawling
commences. The progression begins by a stretching forward of the
proboscis, its tip is then applied to the surface moved over, and this
tip flattens out until nearly the size of the foot. If the proboscis
secures a firm attachment, the foot may now be released, and either
drawn up to the attached proboscis by sliding the edge of the foot
along the surface, or the entire animal may be supported upon the
proboscis and the foot raised clear of the surface and drawn up to
the proboscis, when its edge will rest on the surface moved over.
Perhaps more often the foot is raised anteriorly dnd slid forward
upon its posterior edge up to the attached proboscis; the position
assumed by the body of the animal being now the same as when
it is retracted into the shell. Starting from this position, the method
of progression may be described as follows: The square pad of
the foot is turned down anteriorly until it is firmly attached to the
surface moved over, simultaneously the attachment of the proboscis
is released and this is moved to find another attachment; as soon
as this is found the firm attachment of the proboscis is effected again;
then the entire shell is hitched forward as the foot is lifted and
brought up in contact with the under side of the proboscis. In
case the foot is lifted clear of the surface moved over, the posterior
edge of the foot touches the surface first; if not lifted clear of the
ground, this edge is slid or dragged over the surface until the foot
comes up to the under side of the proboscis. Its posterior edge is
then applied to the ground, and, as the proboscis is loosened and
raised, the foot turns down until it is firmly in contact with the
ground, and the waving about of the proboscis and its final attach-
ment proceeds as before.

The entire cycle of movements comprising the ‘‘step’’ is executed
in four seconds or less, so that the animal will make 15 to 17 ‘“‘steps”’
in a minute when advancing steadily in one direction; and in these
15 to 17 “‘steps’’ it will have moved over 20 to 25 mm. of surface.
But it frequently happens that the proboscis does not secure a firm
attachment, and, when the step is attempted, the proboscis slides
back to the foot and the body is not advanced at all. The proboscis
is then raised and waved about, another ‘‘step” is attempted, and
generally succeeds. The animal may thus move forward in a
straight line or it may take quite an erratic course. The shell
sometimes rests upon the operculum, sometimes it is simply dragged

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

along the ground; and it is jerked forward when the foot is raised,
sometimes supported upon the operculum, but quite as often not.
The muscles controlling the movement of the foot and of the pro-
boscis can evidently act quite independently of each other.

The external soft parts of T. bilabiata are very pale cartridge buff.
There is an ill-defined, flesh-tinted spot on the proboscis, caused by
some colored body, perhaps the radula and its sack, shining through.
The proboscis has faint annular wrinkles.

Compared with other land operculate snails we have seen alive,
Truncatella is remarkable for the small size of the foot and the
extraordinary development of the proboscis.

The terrestrial prosobranch gastropods show a good deal of diver-
sity in dealing with the problem of progression on a dry surface.
The Cyclophoride glide, like aquatic tenioglossate forms. The
Ericiide move by the forward translation of vertical folds, alternating
on the two sides of the foot, while the Truncatellide step. The
gait of Pomatiopsis lapidaria is intermediate between the step and
the glide, and serves to show how the gait of Truncatella was probably
evolved. The proboscis and oral disk are used exactly as in Trunca-
tella, but the foot moves by gliding or sliding, first the fore part
moving forward to the proboscis, then the back part.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1.—Truncatella bilabiata. Proboscis and foot both in contact with ground,
the front part of foot being raised preparatory to forward movement.

Fig. 2.—Near the end of the forward step of the foot, the shell trailing far behind.

Fig. 3.—End of the forward step of proboscis, the shell trailing far in the rear.
This position is slightly anterior to that shown in fig. 1.

Figs. 4, 5.—Segmentina obstructa geoscopus, n. subsp.

Fig. 6.—Truncatella bilabiata. End of forward step of the foot, the shell pulled
forward. This position is slightly later than that shown in fig. 2.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 42

Ws)

LIST OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS OF ANTIGUA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND AMOS P. BROWN.

The material for this list was collected by one of us GSP. B:)
during August, 1913. Several species were supplied by Mr. W. R.
Forrest, to whom we are also indebted for specimens from Barbuda,
Anguilla, and other islands.

ERICIIDA.
Cistula antiguensis Shuttl.

Willoughby Bay; Wetherill’s Bay.

TRUNCATELLIDA.
Truneatella bilabiata Pfr.
Willoughby Bay.

AMNICOLID A.

Potamopyrgus coronatus erystallinus (Pfr.)

HELICINID Zs.
Helicina crosbyi A. P. Brown.
Pleistocene of St. George’s Church and Hodge’s Bay. It is
somewhat remarkable that Helicina has not been found living on
Antigua. See these Proceeprnes for 1913, p. 612, pl. xix, figs. 1, 3, 8.

HELICID A.
Pleurodonte formosa (Fér.).

Hills above Willoughby Bay, St. Philips Parish; also hills above
St. Mary’s Rectory. Near Hodge’s Point and near St. George’s
Church (Pleistocene), (Also from Barbuda.)

The only places where P. formosa was seen living were two, namely,
in the southeastern part of the island, in the hills above Willoughby
Bay, St. Philip’s Parish; and in the southwestern part of the island,
near St. Mary’s Rectory. It appears to be arboreal in habit now,
though perhaps descending to the ground to deposit eggs. No doubt
it is found living among the hills all through the southwestern corner
of the island; this portion is still fairly well covered with woods and
affords good cover. While found fossil in the northern and north-

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

eastern portions, as at Hodge’s Bay on the north shore and at St.
George’s Church along the eastern shore, the probability is that the
species is extinct in this portion of the island, as all the woods have
been cut, thus destroying the natural cover. The northwestern por-
tion of the island is wooded in the vicinity of Wetherill’s Bay, but
the woods are probably only of recent growth and no recent specimens
of this species were found there. In the southwestern portion, in
St. Mary’s Parish, living specimens are found mainly on the
“loblolly” trees (Pisonia subcaudata); although the woods are suf-
ciently dense to afford moist conditions in many places. In the less
wooded (and hence arid) parts of St. Mary’s the specimens are also
found living in the trees. In the region of Willoughby Bay, Parish
of St. Philip, the conditions are still more arid, and living specimens
were seen only on the trees. The “wild pines” (Bromeliacee)
seem to be the places where the living mollusks are most certainly
to be met with. These epiphytes, containing as they do in the
axils of their leaves the only water commonly to be found on these
dry hills, are evidently resorted to by the mollusks for their supply
of moisture; and it is the presence of these ‘wild pines” with their
constant supply of moisture that has tempted the P. formosa to
acquire an arboreal habit and pass from ground forms to a more
or less arboreal life.
Thysanophora subaquila (Shuttl.).

Wetherill’s Bay. =
BULIMULID&,
Bulimulus guadalupensis (Brug.).

Wetherill’s Bay; Marble Hill, 2 miles north of St. John’s; Mont-
pelier, St. Philip.
Drymeus elongatus (Bolt.).

St. George’s Church. (Also Anguilla and Barbuda.)

ACHATINIDA.
Subulina octona (Brug.).

Public Cemetery, St. John’s; Wetherill’s and Willoughby Bays;
Marble Hill.
Opeas micra (Orb.).

Wetherill’s Hill; Marble Hill.
Opeas gracile (Hutt.).

Marble Hill.

Opeas beckianum (Ptfr.).
Antigua, special locality not noted.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

SUCCINEID &.

Succinea barbadensis Guild.

Cemetery, St. John’s; Marble Hill; also a Pleistocene fossil.

PUPILLIDZA.
Pupoides marginatus (Say).
Bifidaria servilis (Gld.). ’
AURICULIDZA.
Melampus coffea (L.).
Tralia pusilla (Gmel.).

PLANORBIDZ.
Planorbis guadalupensis Sowb.
St. Philip.
Planorbis lucidus Pir.
Antigua.

Planorbis cultratus Orb.
Antigua.

Segmentina obstructa geoscopus n. subsp. Pl. XIV, figs. 4, 5.

The shell is olive-buff, very glossy, having fine growth-lines and
very faint spirals. Last whorl very deeply descending at the end,
bringing the aperture nearly to the horizontal plane. Teeth visible
in the mouth, one-fourth to one-third of a whorl from the aperture.
Major parietal lamella sigmoid. Alt. 2.1, diam. 6.7 mm.

Type and cotypes 109,160 A. N.S. P..

PHYSIDZA.
Physa rivalis (M. and R.).
St. Philips.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

THE EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS MURIS IN THE INTESTINAL CELLS OF
THE MOUSE.

(PRELIMINARY NorTE.)

BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.

As long ago as 1903, Minchin (1903, p. 308), speaking of the
Sarcosporidia, observes that “there is still much to be made out about
these interesting parasites, and the field is one ripe for investigation.”

Since that time it cannot be said that our knowledge of the group
has been materially increased. A number of papers on the Sarco-
sporidia have indeed been published, but these have been concerned
with the character of the spores and cysts rather than with any
attempts to elucidate the life history of this group of the Protozoa.
The exception is a contribution by Erdmann (1910, p. 377), the
results of which are summed up and commented upon by Minchin
(1912, pp. 421, 422) as follows:

“ According to Erdmann, the spore germinates in the intestine of
the new host, and the first act in the process is the liberation from
the spore of its toxin, sarcocystine, which causes the adjacent epithe-
lium of the intestine to be thrown off. At the same time an ameoebula
is set free from the spore; and, owing to the intestine being denuded
of its lining epithelium, the amcebula-is able to penetrate into the
lymph-spaces of the submucous coat and establish itself there.
Before this happens, however, the metachromatinic grains of the
spore disappear, and it is suggested that this disappearance is related
to the secretion of the sarcocystine, and that the toxin is contained
in the metachromatinic grains. If, however, a polar capsule be
discharged during the germination of the spore, as in other Cnido-
sporidia, it might well “be that the toxiN is contained in the polar
capsule and is set free by its discharge, like the poison in the nemato-
cysts of the Ccelentera. However that may be, it would appear as
if the sarcocystine were a weapon, as it were, the function of which
is to facilitate the invasion of the germ, the amcebula, by destroying
the lining epithe ‘lium of the gut.

The liberation of the ameebula from the spore initiates the first
period of the development, which is passed in the lymph-spaces of
the intestine, and which lasts, according to Erdmann, some twenty-
eight to thirty days. Analogy with other Neosporidia would lead
us to identify this with the planont- phase, initiated, possibly, by
sexual processes between different amoebulze and subsequent active
multiplication. The second period of the development begins with

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

the penetration of the amcebula into a muscle-fiber, in which the
parasite grows into a Miescher’s tube and forms spores.”

The present writer has for some time been in possession of material
which illustrates the earlier stages of the cycle of Sarcocystis muris
in the mouse, but sufficient time has not been available completely
to work out this cycle in all of its details. Since, however, Erdmann’s
conclusions are largely erroneous, and since, moreover, they are
becoming incorporated into general works on the Protozoa, it has
been considered desirable to publish a brief notice giving the essen-
tial facts discovered, which are of considerable theoretical interest.
A short note bearing on this matter was published in Science (1913,
n. s., v. 37, p. 498) last year, but this did not touch upon the more
important of the discoveries made.

As stated in the note which appeared in Science, the spore when
in the lumen of the intestine of the mouse does not set free an amce-
bula, since it is itself a naked mass of protoplasm. What actually
takes place is that the spore, when in the intestine of the mouse,
becomes endowed with the ability to display very energetic twisting
and boring movements, by virtue of which it forces its way into a
cylinder cell of the intestinal epithelium, and there comes to rest.
This takes place within 24 hours after the infecting feed, and possibly
much earlier.

The typical spore of Sarcocystis muris, which has been figured a
number of times in the literature, is a banana-shaped organism about
12” long. Spores of this sort are found both free in the lumen and in
the cylinder cells in mice killed and examined at appropriate periods
after the inoculative feed. Besides these, however, others occur, such
as are shown in Plate XV, figs. 1 and 2. These are oval bodies.
generally about half as long as the typical spore. The cytoplasm
has a considerable affinity for chromatin stains and consists of a
dense spongioplasm. The nucleus is vesicular and more conspicuous
than it is in the typical spores. It apparently always contains either
a feebly developed nuclear net (fig. 3) or a karyosome or both, but
these last-named structures require heavy staining for their demon-
stration, and in moderately or lightly stained material the appearance
is as shown in figs. 1 and 2.

Figures 2 and 3 represent conditions found in a mouse killed about
2; hours after feeding. Since, however, the spores in the lumen of
the intestine of this mouse are in precisely the same state as those
illustrated in fig. 2, the presumption is that these latter have only
been in the cells a very short time. Moreover, the intracellular

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

parasites both in 24- and 3}-hour stages have, at least in a certain
proportion of cases, undergone conspicuous changes. These changes
consist in a gradual dimmution of the quantity of cytoplasm, which
seems either largely or completely to disappear, while con-
commitantly there is an increase in size and complexity of the
nucleus. There is in this way produced a parasite such as is shown
in fig. 4, which, so far as both its history and appearance go, is
only the nucleus of the origial spore. The stage here represented
is especially characteristic of the period about six hours after feeding.
It may, however, be stated that it is not certain that all of the
parasites which invade the cells suffer this loss of the cytoplasm.

In mice killed nine hours after feeding, this same stage (as shown
in fig. 4) may also be found, but it is no longer abundant. This
period in the evolution of the parasite, that is, nme hours after
feeding, is characterized by a great variety of conditions, of which
the majority are difficult to imterpret. But by this time it has
become evident that the parasites are separating into two categories,
which become more and more sharply differentiated as time passes,
and which reach their full culmination at the end of 18 hours. The
end products of these two lines of evolution are shown in figs.
9 and 11, and the interpretation placed upon them is that they are
respectively males and females.

The male elements appear to arise from forms like that shown in
fig. 4. These, which apparently consist of only the nucleus of
the original spore, show’a karyosome, and a nuclear net which here
and there supports little aggregates of chromatin. Later stages
(fig. 5) show a greater quantity of chromatin, but the karyosome has
disappeared. Figure 5 is to be taken merely as representing one of
a number of forms which, while differing greatly in detail, agree in
that each possesses a nuclear net which supports a quantity of
chromatin. In some cases the chromatin occurs in a much coarser
form than that shown in fig. 5, whereas in others it is present in
very minute granules distributed throughout the entire extent of a
finely meshed net.

Eventually, however, a stage is reached such as is shown in fig.
7. This consists of an oval body with a stringy matrix and a row of
granular aggregates arranged around the periphery. These granular
aggregates become more and more compact until finally they come
to consist of solid, round balls of deeply staining chromatin (fig. 8).
These balls, in their turn, elongate and transform themselves into
bodies such as are shown in fig. 9, which can scarcely be other

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

than microgametes. As seen in sectioned material, the microga-
metes are from 2 to 2.5 microns long, with both ends pointed, but one
noticeably broader than the other. They are characterized by an
intense affinity for chromatin stains. Stages such as these may
occur as early as nine hours, but it is not until later that they become
abundant. They reach their full development at the end of 18
hours, and, so far as my studies have yet gone, are no longer present
at the end of 24 hours.

It is only in their later developmental phases that the females can
be picked out with any certainty. They are illustrated in figs,
10 and 11, which show oval elements containing a vesicle in which
is a chromatin body. In the 18-hour stage all of the parasites
present, with a certain exception to be noted below, are either in the
condition shown in figs. 7, 8, and 9, or that shown in figs. 10
and 11. As was stated above, however, the parasites taken to be
early male stages were apparently only nuclei, since if any cytoplasm
were present it was reduced to an extremely fine peripheral “film.
This conclusion was based not only upon the history of these bodies,
but also upon their appearance. On the other hand, the bodies
shown in figs. 10 and 11 have all the appearance of complete cells,
with a considerable bulk of cytoplasm. It may then be that from
the very outset some of the parasites retain a part or the whole of
their cytoplasm, these being destined to produce the macrogametes.
This surmise receives a certain amount of ‘support from what is seen
in fig. 6. This parasite appears to have retained at least the
greater part of its cytoplasm. But we have here the representative
of a condition found nine hours after feeding, whereas the loss of
cytoplasm on the part of those parasites which suffer this depriva-
tion may be completed as early as 22 to 3 hours. It may then be
suggested that fig. 6 represents an early female stage, and if this
be so it would follow that the females retain most if not all of their
cytoplasm. It may also be noted that in the periods from 9 to 18
hours parasites which are clearly females show phenomena which
suggest maturation.

Finally, in the 18-hour period there is to be found the condition
illustrated in fig. 12. This shows a parasite in all respects like
figs. 10 and 11 except for the presence in the cytoplasm of a
sharply staining chromatin body. It does not seem unreasonable
to look upon this as a microgamete which has. fertilized the
macrogamete.

29

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

ErpMANN, Ru. 1910. Die Entwicklung der Sarcocystis muris in der Musku-
latur. [Read 8. Nov.] <Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. naturf. Fr. zu Berl.
(9), Nov., pp. 377-387, figs. AE, Pls. 18, 19, figs. 1-14.

Mincuin, Epwarp ALFRED. 1903. Protozoa. TheSporozoa. (Jn: A treatise
on zoology, edited by E. Ray Lankester. 8°. London. Part 1, fase. 2,
pp. 150-360, figs. 1-127.)

— — 1912. An introduction to the study of the Protozoa, with special reference
to the parasitic forms. xi + 517 pp., 194 figs. 8°. London.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

The figures were in all cases made by the author from camera outlines, and
later copied in ink by Mr. Haines, artist of the Bureau of Animal Industry.
The optical system consisted of a 2-mm. apochromatic objective and No. 18
compensating eyepiece, yielding a magnification of about 3,530 diameters. In
reproduction the drawings have been reduced in the ratio of 3 to 2, and hence
are about 2,350 times larger than the actual object.

Fig. 1—Shortened spore free in the lumen of the intestine. Two to two and
one-half hour period. Giemsa stain.

Fig. 2.—Spores in the cylinder cells of the host. Two to two and one-half hour
period. Giemsa stain.

Fig. 3.—Spore in a cylinder cell of the host. Two to two and one-half hour
period. Wright’s stain.

Fig. 4-—Form from which the males are supposed to arise. Taken from a
nine-hour period. Delafield’s hematoxylin and eosin.

Fig. 5—Supposed early male stage. Nine-hour period. Iron hematoxylin
and acid fuchsin.

Fig. 6.—Supposed early female stage. Nine-hour period. Iron hematoxylin
and acid fuchsin.

Fig. 7—Microgametocyte with granular nuclei. Eighteen-hour _ period.
Wright’s stain.

Fig. 8.—Microgametocyte with solid nuclei. Taken from a mouse killed nine
hours after feeding, in which this stage is very rare. Iron hematoxylin
and acid fuchsin. 24

Fig. 9.—Microgametocyte in which the microgametes are fully ripe. Eighteen-
hour period. Wright’s stain.

Fig. 10.—Macrogamete. Seventeen-hour period. Iron hematoxylin and acid
fuchsin. Stages such as this are more commonly found in the subepithelial
spaces than in the cells themselves.

Fig. 11—Macrogamete. LHighteen-hour period. Wright’s stain.

Fig. 12.—Supposed fertilization. Eighteen-hour period. Wright’s stain. Para-
sites showing the supposed fertilization were not found in the cells themselves,
but in the spaces beneath the epithelium.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

NOTICE OF A RARE ZIPHIOID WHALE, MESOPLODON DENSIROSTRIS, ON THE
NEW JERSEY COAST.

BY ROY CHAPMAN ANDREWS.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has been for-
tunate in securing the skeleton of a rare Beaked whale, Mesoplodon
densirostris (Blainville), taken at Corson’s Inlet, N. J., June 18,
1913, by Henry W. Fowler and Wm. J. Fox. This specimen
makes possible the first positive identification of this animal
on the American coast and, since it has hitherto been known only
from the seas about Australia and the Indian Ocean, gives important
evidence as to the extensive range of the species.

In 1906, Dr. Glover M. Allen,! reported upon a young female
Beaked whale found dead on the coast at Annisquam, Mass., in
August, 1898, the skeleton of which was secured for the Boston
Society of Natural History by Prof. Alpheus Hyatt. Dr. Allen
referred this specimen to Mesoplodon bidens (Sowerby) and gave a
description of the skeleton and external anatomy so far as the latter
was known. Some years later Dr. F. W. True? restudied the speci-
men, the skull of which is somewhat injured, and decided that it
probably represented Mesoplodon densirostris (Blainville). In con-
cluding his discussion of this specimen, Dr. True remarks:
“Although with such scant material it is not possible to determine
satisfactorily the identity of this third species of Mesoplodon in the
North Atlantic, represented by the Annisquam specimen, I feel
convinced that that specimen does not belong to M. bidens and that
there is a strong probability that it belongs to M. densirostris. It is
true that the latter species has been found hitherto only in the
Indian Ocean and about Australia, but we know so little about the
distribution of the ziphioid whales that, in my opinion, that cireum-
stance by itself should not be given very great weight.” (Gee
peel).

A comparison of the New Jersey whale with the beautiful figures
of the skull of M. densirostris given by Van Beneden and Gervais

'Am. Naturalist, Vol. 40, 1906, pp. 357-367.
* An Account of the Beaked Whales of the Family Ziphiide in the Collection
of the United States National Museum, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 73, 1910, pp. 9-11.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

in the Ostéographie des Cétacés, Plate XXV, demonstrates that it
is certainly referable to that species. It also shows the distinctive
characters of the rostrum and other parts of the skull present in the
Massachusetts skeleton and leaves little doubt that Dr. True’s
identification of the latter with M. densirostris is correct. The
New Jersey specimen thus definitely introduces Mesoplodon densi-
rostris into the North American fauna.

I have to thank Mr. Henry W. Fowler for the privilege of examining
and reporting upon this specimen and to congratulate the Academy
upon its acquisition.

It is desirable to give a brief description of the exterior and skeleton
as well as figures of certain bones since the osteology of the species,
other than the skull, is rather imperfectly known.

Mr. Fowler has furnished the following notes upon the external
characters of the specimen: ‘‘In color the skin was mostly uniform
blackish, smooth and shining. About the head and jaws, below,
and irregularly along the ventral surface medianly, were livid pale
areas sometimes with very faint bluish tints. Afterward various
parts of the body became somewhat reddish in tint due to decom-
position going on. The flukes of the tail and the dorsal and pec-
toral fins were entirely black.

“This whale had been dead but avery short time when discovered,
and had evidently been struck with some object, possibly a harpoon,
on the side of the neck. 5

“Tt has also bled a little at the mouth as may be seen from the
photograph (this wrongly suggesting the corner of the mouth).
The photograph does not give a good idea of the greatly elevated
gums of the lower jaw..... No barnacles or parasites of any
kind were found in, or on, this specimen. The stomach was full
of undetermined organic material. The whale was 14 feet 5 inches
long and 4 feet in circumference.”’

The skeleton shows that the individual from which it was taken,
although not old, was fully adult, for the mesorostral cartilage is
thoroughly ossified and all the epiphyses are firmly ankylosed to the
vertebral bodies.

The skulls of the Massachusetts and New Jersey specimens agree
closely in all important particulars, the only noticeable difference
being in the absence in the former of the maxillary tubercle between
the anteorbital notch and the base of the rostrum. This is sup-
posedly a character of age, but is even less developed in the adult
specimen figured in the Ostéographie des Cétacés.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

In both the Massachusetts and New Jersey skulls the large foramina
in the maxille are almost opposite those in the premaxille, while
in the Ostéographie figure the former are considerably in advance
of the latter.

The peculiar characters of the skull-which distinguish M. densi-
rostris are the deep rostrum and the depth and shape of the rostral
portion of the premaxille; the large, forwardly directed foramina
in the maxille which connect with the grooves on either side of the
rostrum; the appearance of the malar in the bottoms of the anteor-
bital notches; the large palatines which entirely surround the
pterygoids; the trifoliate foramen magnum and the mandible, each
ramus of which is greatly swollen in the region of the single triangular
tooth.

The skeleton has the following vertebral formula:

C D L Ca .
7 10 11 16 = 44

Certainly one, and possibly two, of the terminal caudal vertebrie are
missing, so that the correct formula should probably be:

C D L Ca
O 10 11 18 = 46

A skeleton of this species from the island of Lord Howe, Australia,
has the following formula, according to Van Beneden and Gervais:
Ce 1D) L Ca
7 10 iil anno
This whale measured 15 feet 9 inches in length, while the New Jersey
specimen was 14 feet 5 inches long.

Allen gives the number of vertebre in the Massachusetts skeleton
as 45, but says it has only nine pairs of ribs, while both others have
ten pairs. It is probable that the terminal pair in Allen’s specimen
may have been lost, as Cetacean skeletons are so frequently deficient
in this respect.

The first three cervical vertebre of the New Jersey whale are
solidly ankylosed, but the remaining four are free.

The dorsal and lumbar vertebre have the thigh, thin spines and
short transverse processes so characteristic of the Ziphioid whales.

Nine chevrons are present, but the first and penultimate members
of the series seem to be lacking, and I believe that eleven is the normal
number.

There are ten pairs of ribs, the first seven on each side articulating

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

by means of a neck and head and the posterior three having only
the tubercles; the terminal rib is very slender.

The sternum consists of four segments showing no tendency, as
yet, toward ankylosis. The most anterior is concave above with
a well-defined median carina below; the three remaining segments
are flat with a median notch in both the anterior and posterior
borders.

The sternum agrees well with that of the Massachusetts specimen
figured by Allen except that the first segment of the New Jersey
sternum is a little differently shaped and is much more deeply notched
than in the former. This difference has no significance.

The scapula is widely fan-shaped, has a long, thin acromion curved
inward and slightly upward, and a straight narrow coracoid directed
somewhat upward and almost as long as the acromion.

The scapula resembles that of Mesoplodon bidens figured in the
Ostéographie des Cétacés, Pl. XXII, fig. 2.

Several of the phalanges from each manus have been lost and,
consequently, the correct formula cannot be given.

EXPLANATION OF PLates XVI, XVII, anp XVIII.

Puate XVI.—Mesoplodon densirostris; drawing from nature by Mr. Henry W.
Fowler.

Puate XVII.—Fig. 1—Superior view of skull of M. densirostris.
Fig. 2.—Inferior view of skull of M. densirostris.
Fig. 3.—Lateral view of skull of M. densirostris.

Piate XVIII.—Fig. 1.—Sternum of “M. densirostris.
Fig. 2.—Seapula of M. densirostris.
Fig. 3.—First lumbar vertebra of M. densirostris.
Fig. 4.—First three cervical vertebre of M. densirostris.
Fig. 5.—T'irst. caudal vertebra of M. densirostris.
Fig. 6.—First dorsal vertebra of M. densirostris.
Fig. 7.—Right ramus of mandible of M. densirostris.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

DATA ON THE ORTHOPTERAN FAUNISTICS OF EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA
AND SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY.

BY HENRY FOX.

In the period from 1908 to 1912, inclusive, I collected Orthoptera
extensively in various parts of the area here under consideration,
spending as much time in the field as I could spare from other duties.
During that time I accumulated data on the regional and habitat
distribution of various species of Acridide and Locustide, which,
although admittedly incomplete, suggest at least the general lines
along which the study of such problems may ultimately be developed.
In this study I endeavored to ascertain, in the first place, the exact
areal distribution of each species and, secondly, the kind of environ-
ment in which it normally or prevailingly occurs.

The present paper is based upon the results of my own field obser-
vations, but to make it as complete as possible I have freely availed
myself of all available sources of information and have frequently
included data gathered by others, due acknowledgment of which
I have endeavored to make in every case. In this connection I have
found the distributional data given in the new N. J. State Report on
insects! especially valuable. I am also under obligations to Mr.
James A. G. Rehn and Mr. Morgan Hebard for generously placing
their local collections and those of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia at my disposal and for permission to use the data
so obtained.

Witmer Stone, in his splendid work on the plants of southern
New Jersey,? remarks on the incongruity of finding a southern flora
and fauna by going eastward, as may be done in the vicinity of
Philadelphia. The same incongruity is exemplified by the Orthop-
tera which in southern New Jersey are predominantly of austral
aspect, whereas those of eastern Pennsylvania are mostly of transition
types.

As is well known, the region included in the present study includes

1 Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum, including a Report of the
Insects of New Jersey, 1909, pp. 177-190.

2 Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum, including a Report of
the Plants of Southern New Jersey, with Especial Reference to the Flora of the
Pine Barrens, 1910.

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

parts of two great physiographic provinces, the Piedmont Plateau
and the Coastal Plain. These correspond, as Stone has clearly
shown in the work already cited, respectively to the Transition and
Upper Austral biotic zones of Merriam. The dividing line between
two is accordingly the “‘fall-line’’ which marks the line along which
the hard rocks of the Piedmont Plateau meet the soft and incoherent
deposits of the Coastal Plain.

Without a more detailed knowledge than we actually possess of
the life history and of the developmental and growth requirements
of Orthoptera, it is impossible at present to give a full causal explana-
tion of the observed differences between the Orthopteran faunas of
the Piedmont Plateau and Coastal Plain. Merriam regards tem-
perature as the controlling factor, and he is probably right if by
temperature he means the temperature of the medium in which the
organism undergoes its development and growth, and this in a given
locality might be very different in one kind of medium from what it
is in a different kind, a difference which would not be shown by a
record of the atmospheric temperature alone. Some of the Coastal
Plain grasshoppers, which in this region are entirely absent from the
Piedmont Plateau, exist in much higher latitudes, as in Massachu-
setts or Ontario, where the sum of the positive atmospheric tem- -
peratures for the season of growth and reproduction is much less
than in our local Piedmont, but they doubtless exist there under
conditions in which they receive a greater amount of heat at the
critical time than they would under entirely different conditions in
a region which, like our Piedmont, is warmer so far as general atmos-
pheric temperatures are concerned.

Although temperature is probably the fundamental distributional
factor, there are good reasons for questioning if it is the only factor.
The environment of any organism or group of organisms is a complex
of factors, each of which may act directly on the organism and influence
its activities. Shelford, for example, has shown that in the case of
certain species of tiger-beetles® the distribution depends upon the
simultaneous presence of a number of conditions, all of which must
be fulfilled if the species is to maintain itself.

In our region the great contrast between the biotas of the Piedmont
and Coastal Plain provinces is at least empirically—and doubtless
in some way causally—correlated with well-marked differences in
the prevailing types of soil. In the Piedmont the soils are residual,

3 Shelford, V. E., Physiological Animal Geography, Jour. of Morph., Vol. 22,
1911, pp. 551-618.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

resulting from the decomposition and disintegration of the underlying
rocks. They are of a loamy texture containing relatively high pro-
portions of clay and silt and also holding in most instances a con-
siderable amount of available plant food. The Coastal Plain soils,
with some exceptions, represent detrital materials originally trans-
ported by water and floating ice from the front of the great continental
glacier. They consist almost exclusively of coarse gravels and sands
which contain extremely low amounts of clay or silt and are very
deficient in available plant foods.

The differences in biota are also correlated with differences in
topography. The Piedmont Plateau is a region of considerable
relief and consequently of good drainage, so that marshy areas
constitute an insignificant feature of the region. The Coastal
Plain, with the exception of a portion along its western edge, is a
region of extremely low relief and poor drainage, so that marshes
form a very prominent feature of the region.

Faunat Suppivisions.—The map accompanying Smith’s report
on insects in the 1909 report of the New Jersey State Museum
subdivides the State into six faunal districts. This map was largely
based upon the results of Stone’s studies on the distribution of
plants, although no acknowledgment of this fact is made in the text.
In the map accompanying Stone’s report on plants already cited
the southern or Coastal Plain portion of the State is subdivided into
five districts. Stone does not consider the region north of the
fall-line in detail, but simply refers to it as the Northern District
without any attempt at further subdivision. In Smith’s report
the same region is subdivided into three districts, 7.e., the Appalachian,
the Highlands, and the Piedmont Plateau. All three of thesé sub-
divisions are represented in Pennsylvania.

The subdivisions of the Coastal Plain recognized by Stone are
(a) the Middle District; (6) the Pine Barrens; (c) the Coastal Strip,
including the coast islands and a narrow strip of mainland adjoining
the salt marshes; (d) the Cape May Peninsula south of the Great
Cedar Swamp, and (e) the Maritime District, embracing the salt
marshes.

In the case of the Orthoptera, these same subdivisions can be
readily recognized, but to my mind they are not all of equal faunistic
value. As major or primary faunal centres I would class the Appa-
lachian, Piedmont, Pine Barren, and Coastal districts, because each
of these is definitely characterized by a number of species which are
either entirely absent or relatively infrequent in the other districts.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

The remaining subdivisions I am disposed to consider as tension
zones in which there is more or less intermingling, overlapping, or
interdigitation of the faunas from the surrounding primary districts.
The faunistic status of the Highlands is still somewhat doubtful,
owing to the lack of sufficient data, but the data at hand indicate
that its only distinctive feature is the overlapping of Piedmont and
Appalachian types. The Middle District does not have a single
distinctive species of Orthoptera,* but represents a zone in which
there is an intermingling of characteristic Piedmont, Pine Barren,
and Coastal types. The Cape May District has some claim to be
regarded as a primary district, since two or three Orthoptera have
been taken there which have not as yet been recorded elsewhere, but
which future collecting may possibly prove to extend into the Middle
and Coastal Districts. The Maritime District is very clearly charac-
terized from all the other districts, but I think it preferable to regard
it as an ecological subdivision of the Coastal District rather than a
separate faunistic region.

Il. THe APPALACHIAN DIsTRICT.

The Appalachian District includes the region between the Blue
Ridge and the Alleghany escarpment, thus taking in all of central
and northeastern Pennsylvania and extreme northwestern New
Jersey. Topographically, the greater part of the region consists, as
is well known, of a succession of roughly parallel ridges and inter-
vening valleys. In northeastern Pennsylvania these merge into a
high plateau, the Pocono Plateau. The underlying rocks are all
thoroughly imdurated sedimentaries, which typically are charac-
terized by steep dips and sharp folds, but in the Pocono Plateau
Region are nearly horizontal or only gently folded. The soils for the
most part are residual, and are essentially similar to those of the
Piedmont. There is much bare rock on the higher ridges and
steeper slopes. In the Pocono Region the soils are largely of glacial
origin.

I have had no direct personal experience with the Orthopteran
fauna of this district and consequently am dependent for information
regarding its character upon the reports of other collectors. The
chief sources of information are the records included in the New
Jersey list and the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,
the latter including collections of Stewardson Brown and Witmer

*The one exception to this statement, Melanoplus differentialis, represents
an introduction from the West.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

Stone from Wyoming and Sullivan Counties; of Bayard Long from
Monroe, Sullivan, Pike, and Wayne Counties; of Rehn from Lehigh
Gap, and the official Pennsylvania State Collection, the latter including
material from the vicinity of Harrisburg and central Pennsylvania.
The Academy collection also includes individual specimens collected
by C. W. Johnson, O. Behr, W. S. Huntington, and Dr. Joseph Leidy.

From these sources we have tangible evidence of the occurrence of
the following species of Orthoptera in northeastern Pennsylvania,
including under this term the counties of Lehigh, Carbon, Wyoming,
Sullivan, Monroe, Wayne, and Pike.

Orphullella speciosa Spharagemon bolli

Chlealtis conspersa Trimerotropis citrina
Stenobothrus curtipennis Circotettix verruculatus
Mecostethus lineatus Podisma glacialis variegata
Arphia xanthoptera Melanoplus fasciatus
Chortophaga viridifasciata & atlanis 2
Encoptolophus sordidus ‘ minor

Camnula pellucida ey femoratus
Hippiscus tuberculatus - punctulatus
Spharagemon saxatile Scudderia furcata

From the more central portion of Pennsylvania we have records of
the following:

Dichromorpha viridis Scudderia curvicauda
Orphulella speciosa e furcata
Arphia sulphurea Amblycorypha oblongifolia
“ xanthoptera es rotundifolia
Chortophaga viridifasciata Conocephalus triops
Encoptolophus sordidus ¢ ensiger
Hippiscus tuberculatus Xiphidium fasciatum
Spharagemon bolli sf brevipenne
Trimerotropis citrina ey nemorale
Melanoplus femur-rubrum Atlanticus dorsalis
Scudderia texensis Orchelimum vulgare

The New Jersey list includes the following from the Appalachian
portion of the State:

Dichromorpha viridis® Spharagemon bollv®
Chlealtis conspersa Circotettix verruculatus
Stenobothrus curtipennis® Melanoplus atlanis®

“cc

Arphia sulphurea® femur-rubrum>

Chortophaga viridifasciata® - luridus*®
Hippiscus tuberculatus “ femoratus
Dissosteira carolina® Orchelimum vulgare

5 No locality records, but species stated to occur throughout the State and
doubtless occurs in the district under consideration.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

The above lists are doubtless individually incomplete. On the
whole, collections made in the Appalachian District are essentially
Piedmont in character with the addition of some prevailingly northern
species which are absent or rare in the Piedmont. It is probable at -
least from the data at hand that the following species occur regularly
throughout the entire local Appalachian District: Orphulella
speciosa, Chlealtis conspersa, Stenobothrus curtipennis, Arphia
sulphurea, A. xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Encoptolophus
sordidus, Hippiscus tuberculatus, Dissosteira carolina, Spharagemon
bolli, S. saxatile, Melanoplus fasciatus, M. atlanis, M. femur-rubrum,
M. minor, M. femoratus, Scudderia curvicauda, S. furcata, Ambly-
corypha oblongifolia, A. rotundifolia, Conocephalus triops, C. ensiger,
Orchelimum vulgare, Xiphidium fasciatum, X. brevipenne, X. nemorale,
and Altlanticus dorsalis.

The following have so far been recorded only for the more northern
section of the loeal Appalachian District, to which it is possible that
they may be restricted: Mecostethus lineatus, Camnula pellucida,
Circotettix verruculatus, Podisma glacialis variegata, Melanoplus
mancus,’ M. punctulatus, and Scudderia pistillata.®

It is rather surprising that we have no local records of Melanoplus
luridus in the Appalachian District, this being a form which is
prevailingly northern in distribution and which has been recorded
from the mountains of Virginia, North Carolina, and Georgia.

Another species, Xiphidiwm_saltans, probably occurs in the dis-
trict, but I know of no actual records of its capture.

The most distinctive Orthoptera of the Appalachian District are
Camnula pellucida, Spharagemon saxatile, Trimerotropis citrina
Circotettix verruculatus, Podisma variegata, Melanoplus mancus
(probably), and NXiphidiwm nemorale. These species are either
confined to the district or recur only in the Highlands.

The majority of Appalachian Orthoptera are Piedmont types.
These include Orphulella speciosa, Dichromorpha viridis,’ Chlealtis
conspersa, Stenobothrus curtipennis, Arphia sulphurea, A. xanthoptera,
Chortophaga viridifasciata, Enciptolophus sordidus, Hippiscus tuber-
culatus, Dissosteira carolina, Spharagemon bolli, Melanoplus atlanis,
M. femur-rubrum, M. minor, M. femoratus, Scudderia texensis, S.

6 Recorded from the Highlands of New Jersey, but doubtless occur in the
Appalachians.

7T am not sure whether this species ought to be ranked as an Appalachian
species or not. It is abundant in the Piedmont and has been taken along the
edge of the Appalachian, but I know of no records from typical Appalachian
country.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

curvicauda, S. furcata, Amblycorypha oblongifolia, A. rotundifolia,
Conocephalus triops, Orchelimum vulgare, Xiphidium fasciatum,
X. brevipenne, and Atlanticus dorsalis.

Some Appalachian Orthoptera are as yet unrecorded for the
Piedmont Region, but recur in the Coastal Plain. Among these are
Mecostethus lineatus, Melanoplus fasciatus, M. punctulatus, Scudderia
pistillata, S. septentrionalis, and Conocephalus ensigner.

No extensive studies of Appalachian Orthopteran habitats have
been made, so far as 1am aware. Spharagemon sazatile is a saxicolous
form and in the New Jersey list is stated to occur on rocky ridges.
Doubtless its habitat in this region is like that described by Morse
_ for New England and the Southern States. Podisma variegata
appears from data recorded by Rehn® to be constantly associated
with hemlock woods, occurring, according to one observer, Mr. Behr,
on the branches of the trees, but according to W. S. Huntington
occasionally in grass.

Il. Tor HicHuanps.

As already mentioned, I am not inclined to regard the Highlands
as of primary faunistic rank, but rather as a sort of tension area
where the typical Piedmont fauna meets and intermingles with
outlying representatives of the Appalachian fauna. The data from
the region are unfortunately very meagre and are almost entirely
restricted to the New Jersey section, the Pennsylvania Highlands
being unrepresented in any of the publications or collections examined
by me.

The topography of the Highlands is essentially that of the Appa-
lachian Region, but the ridges are lower and have less precipitous
slopes. The soils are of residual origin and are of the same character
as the typical Piedmont soils.

The grasshopper fauna of the Highlands has never been fully
described, but it will probably be found to include the following
forms:

Orphulella speciosa (a)° Chlealtis conspersa (a)
Dichromorpha viridis (b) Stenobothrus curtipennis (a)

8 Entom. News, XI, 1900, p. 680.

9 (a) Recorded from Highland localities in New Jersey Report.
(b) Reported as occurring throughout the State in the same report.

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Mecostethus lineatus (c)§ Melanoplus femoratus (b)

Arphia sulphurea (b) oY punctulatus (a)
““ zanthoptera (a) Scudderia texensis (a)

“ curvicauda (f)

pistillata (a)

furcata (a)

septentrionalis (a)

Chortophaga viridifasciata (b)
Encoptolophus sordidus (a)
Hippiscus rugosus (a, d)

“ tuberculatus (a)

cc
as

“c

Dissosteira carolina (b) Amblycorypha oblongifolia (a)
Spharagemon bolli (b) rotundifolia (a)
"S saxatile (a) Conocephalus triops (c)

“

Circotettix verruculatus (a) ensiger (a)
Pseudopomala brachyptera (c) Orchelimum vulgare (f)

Schistocerca americana (e) es glaberrimum (e)
Melanoplus mancus (a) Xiphidium fasciatum (f)
scudderi (a) a brevipenne (a)
> atlanis (b) eS nemorale (c)
e femur-rubrum (b) a saltans (f)
a minor (a) Atlanticus dorsalis (a)
x luridus (b) ‘“ pachymerus (a)

III. THe PrepMont District.

The Piedmont Region of New-Jersey consists of a rather narrow
belt of gently to moderately rolling country formed almost entirely
by the red shales and sandstone of Triassic age, but in Pennsylvania
it widens rapidly and includes rocks of many kinds. All of these
are thoroughly consolidated and, with the exception of the Triassic
series, are more or less extensively metamorphosed. Topographically,
the Piedmont possesses considerable relief, but is less rugged than
either the Appalachian or Highland Regions, the highest elevations
rarely exceeding 600 feet above sea-level. This, however, is sufficient
to produce relatively swift-flowing streams and thereby to ensure
good drainage. As a result, permanently moist tracts are of limited
extent and are largely restricted to soggy patches about spring-heads
or to seepage depressions on the level tracts bordering the streams.

The soils of the Piedmont are residual. They are highly variable
in composition and texture in accordance with the varied nature of
the underlying rock formations. All agree, however, in having a
loamy texture, the silt-clay content never, according to the published

9(c) Possibly occurring throughout the Highlands, but definitely reported
only from Fort Lee on the Hudson, where the Highlands meet a narrow arm
from the Coastal Plain.

(d) Recorded under “‘compactus” in the New Jersey Report.

(e) From Fort Lee only, probably stragglers from the Coastal Plain.

(f) No actual records from the Highlands, but are common, widely-distributed
species, which doubtless occur there.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

analyses of the U. 8. Bureau of Soils, falling below 35%. Most of
the Piedmont soils have a sufficiently open texture to permit the
ready percolation of water, but their high silt content enables them
to readily conserve the supply, so that, except in periods of excep-
tional drought, the amount of moisture available for plant growth
is considerable. Being derived either directly or indirectly from
crystalline rocks, they are in most instances rich in essential plant-
foods, especially potash, lime and magnesium. For these reasons
the dominant type of vegetation is mesophytie and with this is
correlated the presence of a prevailingly mesophilous grasshopper
fauna. Originally the whole region was densely forested, the dami-
nant tree growth consisting of hardwoods, but at the present time
this has been largely removed and the country converted into farm-
lands and pastures.

The grasshopper fauna of the Piedmont, exclusive of tettigids and
nocturnal locustids, includes, to my knowledge, the following species:

Pseudopomala brachyptera
Eritettix carinatus
Orphulella speciosa
“ pelidna
Dichromorpha viridis
Chlealtis conspersa
Stenobothrus curtipennis
Arphia sulphurea
“ xanthoptera
Chortophaga viridifasciata
Encoptolophus sordidus
Hippiscus tuberculatus
‘“ rugosus
Dissosteira carolina
Spharagemon bolli
Melanoplus scudderi
= tribulus
atlanis

“

Melanoplus femur-rubrum
os minor
luridus
femoratus
Scudderia texensis
e curvicauda

ce

“cc

‘ furcata
Amblycorypha oblongifolia
as rotundifolia

Microcentrum sp.
Conocephalus triops
Orchelimum vulgare

re spinulosum
Xiphidium fasciatum

aS brevipenne
strictum
Atlanticus dorsalis

“ce

Of these species those most distinctive of the Piedmont Region
are Dichromorpha viridis, Orphulella speciosa, Stenobothrus curti-
pennis, Encoptolophus sordidus, Hippiscus tuberculatus, and Mel-
anoplus minor. Each of these appears to be either absent, rare or
local in the Coastal Plain.

The most abundant species in the Piedmont, as in the entire eastern
section of the continent, is the red-legged grasshopper, Melanoplus
femur-rubrum. This species is present far in excess of any of the
other species. Next in point of numbers come such forms as Dichro-

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

morpha viridis, Dissosteira carolina, Encoptolophus sordidus, Mel-
anoplus femoratus, Chortophaga viridifasciata and Orchelimum vulgare. -
Other common, but somewhat restricted, forms are Stenobothrus
curtipennis, Arphia xanthoptera, Arphia sulphurea, Orphulella speciosa,
Melanoplus atlanis, Melanoplus minor, Melanoplus scudderi, Xiphi-
dium brevipenne, Xiphidiuwm fasciatum, Conocephalus triops, Orcheli-
mum spinulosum, Scudderia curvicauda, and Scudderia furcata.

The following are not uncommon in certain localities, but appar-
ently are rare or lacking in many parts of the Piedmont: Hippiscus
tuberculatus, Hippiscus rugosus, Xiphidium strictum and Ambly-
corypha oblongifolia.

The following may in general be regarded as rather scarce members
of the Piedmont fauna, although in favorable spots they may be
represented in considerable numbers: Fritettix carinatus, Chlealtis
conspersa, Spharagemon bolli, Melanoplus luridus, Amblycorypha
rotundifolia and Atlanticus dorsalis.

Of exceptional occurrence, though in restricted locations some-
times present in surprising numbers, are Pseudopomala brachyptera,
Orphulella pelidna, Melanoplus tribulus and Scudderia texensis.
The first and third of these have, I believe, been taken only on the
Conowingo Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania. The other two
are abundant Coastal Plain forms which only occur in small or
moderate numbers in afew Piedmont localities.

The Orthopteran fauna of the Piedmont is, with some not clearly
de‘ined exceptions, monotonously. uniform throughout. The only
subdivisions that I have in any degree been able to recognize are
habitat or ecological groups, and even these are not rigidly cireum-
scribed, the transitions in environmental factors permitting an
extensive intermingling of the forms of one habitat with those of the
others.

With these limitations in mind, I think we can recognize tentatively
three primary habitats or societies based upon the relative moisture
content of the substratum.’ These societies are respectively

10 In treating of the various ecologica! subdivisions, I have in the main adopted
the terminology introduced by Morse and Hancock, but have adopted a somewhat
. different arrangement. Both of these authors primarily subdivide the Orthoptera
into ground-frequenting forms (Geophilous society of Morse, Geodytes of Han-
cock) and plant-frequenting types (Phytophiles of Morse, Phytodytes of Han-
cock). This subdivision is to me unsatisfactory because any natural habitat,
no matter how dry, will show some vegetation and will accordingly contain both
ground-frequenting and plant-frequenting types mingled together in hopeless
confusion. To me the best practice seems to be to follow that of the plant ecolo-
gists by basing our classification of habitats or habitat-groups primarily upon the
available moisture content of the substratum. As all collectors of insects know,
the fauna of a marsh is strikingly different from that of a dry barren.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

xerophilous, mesophilous and hygrophilous. The xerophilous society
is characteristic of relatively dry situations. Morse" recognizes
three subdivisions or associations of this group, 7.e., saxicolous or
rock-frequenting, arenicolous or sand-frequenting and humicolous
or those frequenting soils, loams especially, which although dry,
contain a larger percentage of moisture than the sands. The last
association naturally merges into the typical mesophilous society.
In the Piedmont only the humicolous association appears to be
represented and this is naturally not always easily separable from
the domimant mesophilous society.

The xerophilous faunule is typically developed in the Piedmont
upon the so-called “‘poor soils.’’ These soils occur on uplands and
steep hillsides where, owing to rain wash, the soil is either thin or
stony and therefore capable of supporting only a coarse type of
vegetation. In some cases the dryness of the ground is due to the
texture of soil and underlying rock which allows a relatively rapid
percolation of water, as on the ridges formed by the Chickies quartzite
and Stockton conglomerates, or to the chemical character of the soil,
as on the Conowingo or Serpentine Barrens. Where the woodlands
have been removed the vegetation on these areas is of a somewhat
open character, numerous bare patches of soil showing between the
more or less scattered plants. The dominant plant growth consists
of coarse herbaceous types, such as are typical of dry, waste land
(bunch-grasses, Andropogon spp., Panicum, ete., cinquefoil, sheep
sorrel, Rumex acetosella, blackberry and wild rose bushes). In such
surroundings we normally encounter the following species of grass-
hoppers:

Orphulella speciosa Dissosteira carolina
Arphia sulphurea Melanoplus atlanis

““ zanthoptera a femur-rubrum
Chortophaga viridifasciata as minor
Encoptolophus sordidus i femoratus
Hippiscus tuberculatus Xiphidium strictum

eS TUGOSUS

Other species of more sporadic occurrence, but typical xerophiles,
are Hritettix carinatus, Pseudopomala brachyptera, and Orphulella
pelidna.

Of the above species I would tentatively consider the following as
the more distinctively xerophilous: Orphulella speciosa, Arphia

1 Researches on North American Acridiidse, Carnegie Inst. of Washington,
Publication No. 18, 1904, p. 14.
30

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

sulphurea, Hippiscus tuberculatus, Hippiscus rugosus, Melanoplus
atlanis, Melanoplus minor and Xiphidiwm strictum. All of these
may, as I have noticed, occur in reduced numbers in mesophilous
habitats, so that they are only predominantly xerophilous, not
absolutely so.

Where woodlands prevail, in which numerous small clearings occur,
a somewhat different phase of the xerophilous faunule obtains.
This, following Morse, we may call the sylvan phase in contradis-
tinction from the open country or campestral phase. The tree growth
in these relatively xerophytic habitats consists predominantly of
oaks (Q. alba, Q. rubra, Q. velutina, Q. prinus), hickory, chestnut and
dogwood, with occasional groves of scrub pine (P. virginiana) and
red cedar (Juniperus virginiana). In the cleared portions of the
woods, where alone grasshoppers usually occur, a mixed growth of
grasses, vines and low shrubbery takes place. In such spots we
usually meet with the following Orthoptera:

Orphulella speciosa Melanoplus minor
Arphia sulphurea Scudderia curvicauda
Chortophaga viridifasciata a furcata
Hippiscus tuberculatus Amblycorypha oblongifolia
Dissosteira carolina Me rotundifolia
Melanoplus scudderi Microcentrum sp.

“ femur-rubrum Atlanticus dorsalis

In addition to these, we occasionally find associated with them,
sometimes in considerable numbers, the following species:
Eritettix carinatus Melanoplus luridus
Spharagemon bolli

Rarely one meets with the following:

Pseudopomala brachyptera Melanoplus tribulus
Orphulella pelidna

This woodland or sylvan faunule is not always clearly distin-
guishable from the adjoining campestral faunule. There are all
transitions from the one type of habitat to the other. The clearing
away of the forests has extended the habitat of the campestral types.
As the trees are thinned out the latter occupy the habitats originally
oeeupied by the sylvan forms, the latter either becoming extinct or
persisting locally where conditions are favorable. The more exclu-
sively woodland species in this region are Spharagemon bolli and Mel-
anoplus luridus, and both of these forms are, at present at least,
extremely local in their distribution in the Piedmont Region, though

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

where conditions are favorable they are not uncommon. The other
woodland types are apparently better able to adapt themselves to
certain features of a campestral environment, such as the thicket
and scrub formations which tend to overrun waste lands.

The mesophilous society is the dominant faunal group of the
Piedmont Region, especially as represented by its campestral phase.
This is the faunule which one everywhere encounters in the rich
farming country, such as is typically found throughout the limestone
valleys. The prevailing vegetation consists of bright green succulent
grasses that form a firm sod. Roads, paths and plowed fields provide,
however, abundance of bare ground suitable for geophilous types.

The campestral mesophile faunule typically yields the following
species:

Dichromorpha viridis Melanoplus femur-rubrum
Chortophaga viridifasciata “ femoratus
Encoptolophus sordidus Conocephalus triops
Dissosteira carolina Orchelimum vulgare

The sylvan phase of the mesophilous society is not always clearly
distinguishable from the campestral for the reason already mentioned.
It consists typically of the following:

Chortophaga viridifasciata Scudderia curvicauda
Melanoplus scudderi Ҥ furcata
~ fenwr-rubrum Xiphidium brevipenne
4 femoratus

As a sporadic member of this phase we may add Scudderia texensis.

Hygrophilous Orthoptera inhabit areas of damp, moist or wet
soils. Of these we may, like Morse, distinguish two categories,
namely, humicolous hydrophiles and paludicolous hydrophiles. The
former are frequenters of areas in which the soil, though usually
damp, is normally not wet or soggy. The latter inhabit tracts which
are actually wet. In the Piedmont there is no hard-and-fast line
separating these two groups. As already mentioned, hygrophilous
habitats in the Piedmont Region are of extremely restricted extent,
owing to the very perfect drainage of the whole region.

The campestral phase of the humicolous hygrophiles is typically
represented by the fauna of the open grassy meadows which in many
places border the streams. The soil of these meadows is usually
a fine, alluvial clay-loam corresponding approximately to the Lickdale
clay-loam of the Bureau of Soils. The vegetation is dominated by
succulent grasses, which are extensively utilized for pasture. Asso-

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

ciated with the grasses is a large variety of other plants, among
which we may mention buttercups (Ranunculus bulbosus), quaker-

ladies (Houstonia cerulea), spring-beauty (Claytonia virginica),
golden ragwort (Senicio aureus), cynthia (Adopogon virginicum),
elder (Sambucus canadensis), iron-weed (Vernonia noveboracensis))
blue vervain (Verbena hastata), joe-pye weed (Eupatoriun purpureum,
and boneset (Hupatorium perfoliatum).

The Orthoptera inhabiting these meadowlands and pastures include
regularly the following species:

Dichromorpha viridis Scudderia furcata
Chortophaga viridifasciata Conocephalus triops .
Melanoplus femur-rubrum — * Orchelimum vulgare

a femoratus Xiphidium fasciatum
Scudderia curvicauda te brevipenne

Scudderia texensis is an occasional member of this faunule.

This faunule includes no peculiar types, but is chiefly distinguished
from the mesophilous by the absence of the more geophilous forms)
and by the proportionately much greater numbers of the hygrophilous
species, such as D. viridis, C. triops, O. vulgare and X. fasciatum.

A slightly different phase of the humicolous hygrophilous society
is found in open woodland occupying damp or slightly moist depres-
sions marking usually the head-waters of some rivulet. The Orthop-
tera occurring in such places consist of the following species:

Chlealtis conspersa (local) ~~ Scudderia furcata
Melanoplus femur-rubrum Orchelimum vulgare
ms femoratus Xiphidium brevipenne

Scudderia curvicauda

Paludicolous Orthoptera are the swamp dwellers. In the Pied-
mont swamps are of relatively small extent and are most commonly
represented by local depressions in the meadowlands where the
water-table is normally so close to the surface that the latter is kept
permanently moist or even covered with water. In these swamps the
vegetation consists of a.mixture of succulent grasses—e.g., Homalo-
cenchrus oryzoides—and sedges among which species of Carex are
prominent, especially the tussock sedge (C. stricta). Such locations
constitute the favorite habitat of such Orthoptera as Stenobothrus
curtipennis and Orchelimum spinulosum, which appear to be the only
paludicolous forms represented in the Piedmont. Owing to the
small size of the swamps, Orthoptera from the adjoining drier lands
frequently invade them, making it difficult to clearly discriminate
this faunule from the meadow faunule.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

IV. Tue Coastau Puain.

The Coastal Plain includes all of the country south and east of the
fall-lme. It consists essentially of a low plain of very slight relief
and hence, for most of its extent, at least, of very imperfect drainage.
This is especially true of that portion east and south of the range of
low hills marking the divide between the Delaware and Atlantic
drainage systems. In this part the seaward slope is exceedingly
gradual and consequently the stream flow is very sluggish and the
drainage very inadequate, resulting in the formation of extensive
bogs. West of the divide the stream gradient is considerably greater,
so that this part, constituting the Delaware Valley or Middle Dis-
trict of Stone, is on the whole fairly well drained, though in their
lower courses the streams are so near tide-level that they become
very sluggish and form wide mud-flats through which the streams
tortuously meander.

The all but universal soil of the Coastal Plain is a coarse sand
corresponding approximately to the Norfolk sand of the Bureau of
Soils. Associated with this are frequent areas of coarse gravel
similar to the Sassafras gravelly loam of the same Bureau.” East
of the Delaware-Atlantic divide these sands and gravels form a
practically unbroken cover, but west of that line, in the Middle
District, they are frequently interrupted by more or less extensive
areas of clays and loams, some of which are due to the exposure of
the underlying Cretaceous and Miocene deposits consequent upon
the removal by erosion of the original capping of sand and gravel.
In consequence of this variety of soil types, the Middle District is
characterized by a greater diversity of flora and fauna than the
remaining subdivisions of the New Jersey Coastal Plain.

The two general features in which the Coastal Plain most markedly
differs from the Piedmont Region are: (1) the almost universal
presence of coarse sands, and (2) the development of extensive tracts
of permanently wet areas. With these is correlated the prevalence
of two widely different types of fauna, a xerophilous fauna charac-
teristic of the sandy districts and a hygrophilous fauna characteristic
of the bogs and marshes. The mesophilous fauna is of relatively
limited extent, being fully represented only on the clay and loamy
soils of the Middle District, but tending to spread into the other

“ For the characteristics of these different types of Coastal Plain soils see
Soil Survey of the Salem, N. J., Area, Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils,
1901.

456

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

districts with the conversion of the country into farm and truck

lands.

The grasshopper fauna (exclusive of Tettigine and the more noc-
turnal Locustide) of the Coastal Plain includes the following species:

Tryxalis brevicornis
Pseudopomala brachyptera
Mermiria vigilans
Syrbula admirabilis
Eritettix carinatus
Dichromor pha viridis
Clinocephalus elegans
Orphulella speciosa
“ pelidna
“ olivacea
Chlealtis conspersa
Stenobothrus curtipennis
Mecostethus lineatus
Arphia sulphurea
“ xanthoptera
Chortophaga viridifasciata
Encoptolophus sordidus
Hippiscus phenicopterus
2 TUGgOSUS
Dissosteira carolina
Spharagemon bolli
§ wyomingianum
Trimerotropis maritima
Psinidia fenestralis
Scirtetica marmorata
Schistocerca americana
i. damnifica
alutacea
rubiginosa
sp. ef. obscura
Hesperotettix brevipennis
Dendrotettix quercus
Melanoplus scudderi
a tribulus
fasciatus
atlanis
femur-rubrum
minor
impudicus
luridus
stoner

Melanoplus differentialis

a femoratus
e punctulatus
Paroxya floridiana
scudderi

Scudderia texensis
curvicauda
pistillata
furcata
septentrionalis
truncata
Amblycorypha oblongifolia
rotundifolia
uhleri
Microcentrum rhombifolium
e retinerve

Conocephalus robustus
triops
ensiger
lyristes
exiliscanorus
nebrascensis
caudellianus
palustris
Orchelimum vulgare

mac glaberrimum
erythrocephalum
herbaceum
spinulosum (? validum)
pulchellum
campestre
minor
fidicinium
Xiphidium fasciatum

os brevipenne
strictum
saltans
spartine
nigropleuroides
Atlanticus dorsalis

_ pachymerus

ce

As indicated earlier in this paper, the Coastal Plain fauna is made
up of representatives of four primary regional faunules, namely,
Appalachian, Piedmont, Coastal and Pine Barren.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

The Appalachian faunule is represented by a few types that recur
loeally or in diminished numbers in the Coastal Plain, such as Scud-
deria pistillata, S. septentrionalis, Conocephalus ensiger and Xiphidium
saltans.

The Piedmont faunule include species whose local centre of dis-
tribution is in the Piedmont, but which occur in smaller numbers or
locally in the Coastal Plain. To this group I would refer the following
species:

Dichromorpha viridis Encoptolophus sordidus
Orphulella speciosa Melanoplus minor
Stenobothrus curtipennis

This faunule is best represented in the Middle District, to which,
indeed, two of the species, D. viridis and E. sordidus, appear to be
entirely confined, or at most barely enter the other districts. The
other three species have been taken throughout, but only in widely
separated localities and usually in very small numbers.

IV (a). THE CoasTAL SUBDIVISION OR DistTRICcT.

The Coastal faunule is typical of the marshes and low forelands
bordering the ocean, the lower portions of the Delaware River and
all tidal estuaries. Of this faunule we can distinguish several minor
components of an ecological nature, each of which is characteristic
of some well-defined physiographic feature of the region.

As is well known, the coast of New Jersey is formed by a succession
of long, narrow sand-spits heaped up by wind and wave. These
are the coast-islands or barrier-beaches, all of which in New Jersey
are fast being transformed into summer resorts. Back of the barrier-
beaches come the salt marshes, low grassy flats daily mundated by
the tide. Beyond these, rising very gradually out of the marshes,
comes the mainland. A narrow strip of the mainland immediately
bordering the salt marshes has differentfaunal and floral characteristics
from those of the interior—a difference first recognized by Stone, who
has ealled it the Coastal Strip. The Coastal Strip is similar in every
essential respect to the low forelands bordering the maritime marshes
of the Delaware River and Bay.

In the Coastal District I recognize the following ecological groups:
(1) the Subcoastal; (2) the Littoral or Dune; (3) the Submaritime,
and (4) the Maritime.

The Subcoastal group is characteristic of the Coastal Strip, more
especially of its drier portions. It is very rich in species, due doubt-
less to the diversity of conditions consequent upon the transition

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

from a dry, sandy upland to the low, marshy areas bordering the salt
marshes. The soil throughout is a coarse sand similar to the Norfolk
type. In the more elevated areas it may be quite dry at the surface,
but is usually underlaid at no great depth by the water-table. The
sand is very porous, but its proximity to underground water makes
it a good corn and truck soil, as a result of which it has been exten-
sively cleared and cultivated. Where the surface of the sand ap-
proaches within a foot or so of permanent water-level it is often
highly impregnated with organic matter, and in such cases assumes
the character of a sandy loam.

Most of the Coastal Strip is of the open campestral type, though
groves and thickets of limited extent are frequent in the shallow
depressions leading down to the salt marshes. Where the fields are
not cultivated they soon become overrun with native and introduced
weeds and bushes, among which we may mention such forms as the
tall bunch-grasses of the genus Andropogon, timothy (Phleum
pratense), sand-bur (Cenchrus carolinianus), Juncus tenuis, species of
smart-weed (Polygonum), Scleranthus annuus, bayberry (Myrica
caroliniensis, beach plum (Prunus maritima), wild indigo (Baptisia
tinctoria), sensitive pea (Cassia nictitans and chamecrista), bush-
clovers (Lespedeza spp.), low evening primrose ((nothera laciniata),
butterfly-weed (Asclepias tuberosa), blue toad-flax (Linaria canaden-
sis), horse-mint (Monarda punctata), low cynthia (Adopogon caro-
linianum), rag-weed (Ambrosia artemiifolia), black-eye susan (Ru-
beckia hirta), white boneset (Eupatorium album, etc.), golden aster
(Chrysopis mariana), and goldenrods (Solidago and Euthamnia spp.)-

This vegetation is evidently of a mild xerophytie type. The
Orthoptera associated with it may therefore be regarded as a xe-
rophilous faunule of the humicolous subtype and campestral station.
To this faunule I would refer the following species:
Syrbula admirabilis
Eritettix carinatus

Melanoplus atlanis
e femur-rubrum

Orphulella pelidna & femoratus
Arphia sulphurea Scudderia texensis

“ xanthoptera s furcata
Chortophaga viridifasciata Amblycorypha oblongifolia
Hippiscus phenicopterus 2 uhleri

“

TUGOSUS
Dissosteira carolina
Trimerotropis maritima
Psinidia fenestralis
Schistocerca americana
oe damnifica
Melanoplus scudderi

Microcentrum sp.

Concephalus robustus
z triops

Orchelimum vulgare

Xiphidium strictum
i saltans

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

The most abundant species is Melanoplus femur-rubrum, which
literally swarms in the low, weedy fields and pastures just above the
salt meadows, but is somewhat less frequent in the drier uplands,
where it is almost equalled in numbers by such forms as Melanoplus
atlanis and Orphulella pelidna. Other common species of this
faunule are Arphia xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Dissos-
teira carolina, Psinidia fenestralis, Scudderia texensis, Orchelimum
vulgare and Xiphidium strictum.

Frequent, but not especially common, species are Syrbula admir-
abilis, Hippiscus rugosus, Melanoplus femoratus, Scudderia furcata,
both species of Amblycorypha, Conocephalus robustus and triops.

Frequent locally, particularly in. thicketed areas and along the
borders of woodlands, are such species as Arphia sulphurea, Hippiscus
phenicopterus, Schistocerca damnifica, and Melanoplus scudderi.
These seem to be essentially sylvan types, which in the Coastal
District succeed in holding their own in the locations mentioned.

The following members of the Subcoastal faunule appear to be
rare or very exceptional: Hritettix carinatus, Trimerotropis maritima,
Schistocerca americana and Xiphidium saltans.

The Littoral or, more properly, Dune group is characteristic of
the higher, drier parts of the beaches. As already mentioned, these
beaches are formed of sand heaped up by the combined action of
wind, wave and tide. In southern New Jersey, where I am most
familiar with them, they all present the same physiographic features.
On the ocean side there is the beach or strand, consisting of two
portions, a lower beach covered regularly daily by the tide and
totally devoid of all vegetation, and an upper beach, which is only
covered at intervals, as during severe storms. The upper beach
normally consists of dry, white quartz sand. It is largely bare, but
supports an open growth of several plants, the most abundant and
characteristic of which is the sea-rocket, Cakile edentula, other
frequent associates being Salsola kali and Ammodenia peploides.
Above the upper beach comes the outer or frontal dune and back of
it and extending to the salt meadows stretches a variable series of
minor dunes with intervening depressions, many of which are deep
enough to reach to and expose the underlying marsh mud. The
frontal dune is dominated by a nearly pure growth of the sand-binding
grass, Ammophila arenaria, which also constitutes the dominant
vegetation for several rods back of the frontal dune, but is gradually
replaced on more leeward dune areas by a mixed growth, consisting
of such forms as Andropogon littoralis, several species of Panicum,

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Cenchrus tribuloides, species of Cyperus and Carex, sand-myrtle,
Hudsonia tomentosa, and prickly-pear cactus, Opuntia opuntia. Fur-
ther back these are replaced by the bayberry, Myrica carolinensis,
thicket formation. This extends close to the edge of the salt marsh,
but is separated from the latter by a usually narrow zone consisting
chiefly of Iva oraria and Baccharis halimifolia, the distinctive salt-
marsh border plants. The dune depressions harbor a hydrophytic
flora similar to that characteristic of the Submaritime zone.

The chief distinguishing features of the Orthopteran fauna of the
beaches are positively the abundance of Trimerotropis maritima, the
presence of a peculiar race or possibly species of Schistocerca and the
relative frequency of Schistocerca americana; negatively the absence
or scarcity of several mainland species.

The following list gives all the species which to my knowledge
have been taken or recorded from the beaches, excepting, however,
all forms that I regard as more properly belonging to the Submari-
time faunule. ;

Orphulella speciosa Schistocerca sp. ef. obscura
‘* pelidna Melanoplus femur-rubrum
Chortophaga viridifasciata ‘s femoratus
Hippiscus phenicopterus Scudderia texensis
Dissosteira carolina us furcata
Trimerotropis maritima Conocephalus robustus
Psinidia fenestralis - triops
Scirtetica marmorata _ Orchelimum vulgare
Schistocerca americana NXiphidium strictum

There is a close correspondence between the distribution of Orthop-
tera on the beaches and that of the vegetation already referred to.
On the outermost dunes in the Ammophila arenaria areas Trimero-
tropis maritima abounds to the almost total exclusion of other species.
Further back, where the Ammophila begins to be replaced by a mixed
vegetation, the Trimerotropis gradually becomes reduced in numbers,
its place being taken by such species as Psinidia fenestralis and
Dissosteira carolina, both of which are abundant on bare sandy spots.
The vegetation in this zone is a very open one and consequently
there are numerous exposed areas of dry sand on which these forms
delight to rest. _ Still further back from the sea we come to the
bayberry thickets in which the peculiar maritime species or variety
of Schistocera is of frequent occurrence. This form of the genus is
apparently restricted to the beaches. In coloration it closely resem-
bles S. rwbiginosa of inland districts, but is always much larger, and,
as Mr. Rehn has suggested to me, may represent a non-striped race

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

of S. obscura just as rubiginosa may be a similar phase of S. alutacea.
Where the bayberry formation is more open, the grassy tracts
extending about and between the bushes abound in Melanoplus
femur-rubrum and Orphulella pelidna, while associated with them are
much smaller, but not inconsiderable numbers of Orchelimum vulgare,
Scudderia texensis, Conocephalus robustus and, locally at least,
Schistocerca americana. Along the edges of the salt meadows and
about the dune depressions these forms meet and more or less inter-
mingle with the Submaritime species.

At the present time it is difficult to decide which of the species
given in the above list are indigenous to the islands and which have
been secondarily introduced through human agency. There can be
no doubt that human occupancy by destroying primitive conditions,
introducing artificial conditions and establishing railroads, turnpikes
and other avenues of communication with the mainland has effected
and is still effecting far-reaching changes in the faunal and floral
features of the islands. The clearing away of the bayberry thickets
over large tracts and the levelling of the dunes into building lots,
together with the importation of gravel from the mainland, have
resulted in the introduction of the common grasses and weeds. of the
mainland, with the result that near all thickly populated parts the
vegetation is almost exclusively of the weedland type. In such
places one regularly meets such Orthoptera as Melanoplus femur-
rubrum, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Dissosteira carolina, and Orcheli-
mum vulgare.

Certain species, common on the neighbormg mainland, are so
rare or exceptional on the beaches that there can be little doubt that
they represent quite recent introductions. Among these we may
mention Hippiscus phenicopterus (1 individual taken in a vacant
lot at Sea Isle City, apparently the only instance of its occurrence
on the beaches), Melanoplus femoratus (a few taken at Anglesea),
Conocephalus triops (1 taken on Seven-mile Beach) and Xiphidium
strictum (1 each from Avalon and Cape May). Two additional
species apparently very rare on the beaches are Scirtetica marmorata
and Scudderia furcata. It is doubtful whether these last two forms
are recent introductions or relicts from a time when the islands were
more extensively wooded. My own specimens of these forms from
the beaches came from Seven- and Five-mile Beaches, both of which
were until recently extensively wooded.

I have never seen Orphulella speciosa on any of the beaches, but
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has several examples

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

from Anglesea, the only known instance, I believe, of the occurrence
of this species in the Coastal District.

The Submaritime group characterizes the narrow zone which
marks the transition from salt marsh to sandy upland. The soil of
this zone is a silt darkened by organic matter. Normally it is quite
damp, but, except in the more depressed areas where the ground is
soggy, it forms a firm sod due to the interlacing rootlets of the thick
vegetation which covers it. The Submaritime zone evidently marks
the line along which the seepage of fresh water takes place from the
mainland. Chemical analysis of the water from the same zone at
Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, showed it to be entirely fresh,
though salt water occasionally invades the zone at the highest tides
or during severe storms. The dominant vegetation consists of a
mixed growth of Spartina patens and Juncus gerardi on the firmer
areas and of a nearly pure growth of Scirpus americanus in the wet
depressions. Other plants more or less frequent in this zone are
Echinochloa walteri, Distichlis spicata, Scirpus olneyi and robustus,
Dondia maritima, Tissa marina, Kosteletzkya virginica, Ptilimnium
capillaceum, Sabatia stellaris, Asclepias lanceolata, Gerardia purpurea
and maritima, Pluchea camphorata, Iva oraria and Baccharis halimi-
folia.

The Orthopteran faunule of the Submaritime zone is especially
distinguished by the abundance of Clinocephalus elegans, which
frequents the Spartina patens-Juncus gerardi areas, and of Orcheli-
mum herbaceum, which is.partial to the patches of Scirpus americanus.
The entire faunule includes the following species:

Tryxalis brevicornis Conocephalus nebrascensis
Pseudopomala brachyptera ss caudellianus
Mermiria vigilans : palustris
Clinocephalus elegans fuscostriatus (?)

ae

Chlealtis conspersa Orchelimum herbaceum
Melanoplus femur-rubrum s spinulosum
Paroxya floridiana Xiphidium fasciatum
Conocephalus lyristes Hy spartine

< exiliscanorus

Of these species the most abundant in the Submaritime zone is
Melanoplus femur-rubrum. Next to it in point of numbers comes
Xiphidium fasciatum. Other abundant species are Clinocephalus
elegans, Paroxya floridiana and Orchelimum herbaceum. Locally
Tryxalis brevicornis is common in the Scirpus areas. The remaining

13 E. N. Transeau, Relation of Plant Societies to Vegetation, Bot. Gaz., XLV,
1908.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

Species are much less frequent, though such forms as Conocephalus
lyristes and caudellianus and Orchelimum spinulosum are not un-
common. Pseudopomala brachyptera and Chlealtis conspersa are
both very exceptional and, when found, are usually in close proximity
to Iva oraria thickets. Mermiria vigilans has been taken regularly
only in the vicinity of Cape May City and rarely in other localities
in Cape May County, but not, so far as I am aware, outside of that
county. Conocephalus fuscostriatus was taken once by Mr. Henry
Fowler near Cape May Point. X iphidium spartine is not infrequent
in the Spartina patens areas, but is to be regarded as a stray from
the true Maritime faunule rather than as a regular member of the
present faunule. ;

The Maritime faunule occurs in the true salt marshes. The soil
in these marshes is a soft, gelatinous muck or ooze containing a
relatively high amount of salt. In spite of its softness, the greater
part of the salt marsh is quite firm, owing to the thick covering of
coarse grasses, the interlacing roots of which bind the soft material
into a tough sod. The vegetation of the salt marsh consists of an
almost pure growth of the characteristic salt marsh-grass, Spartina
strica (=glabra). Of this there are two varieties easily recognizable
in the New Jersey salt marshes. The more common variety is a
short form that covers the flat areas away from and between the
waterways; the other a much taller variety that forms reed-like
growths along the tidal creeks and ditches which traverse the marshes
in every direction. Wet sandy areas not occupied by the erass are
frequently characterized by an open growth of salt-worts, Salicornia
europea, biglovii and ambigua. The only other plant that is at all
conspicuous in the salt marsh is the sea-lavender, Limonium caroli-
num, which is of frequent occurrence throughout the flats covered
with the short variety of Spartina.

The Orthoptera of the salt marsh form a very distinct faunule.
In the short variety of Spartina occur large numbers of Orphulella
olivacea and Xiphidium spartine, while the tall variety along the
waterways is characterized by Orchelimum fidicinium and Xiphidium
nigropleuroides, both of which occur there in abundance, especially
the former. In addition to these, both varieties of the grass harbor
moderate numbers of Conocephalus lyristes.

The Maritime or true salt-marsh faunule thus contains the fol-
lowing grasshoppers:

Orphulella olivacea Xiphidium spartine
Conocephalus lyristes a nigropleusroide
Orchelimum fidicinium

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

IV (6). Tue Pink Barren Districr.

The Pine Barren Faunule is the fourth primary faunal group
represented in the Coastal Plain. It is typically developed in the
sandy barrens lying between the Delaware-Atlantic divide and the
Coastal Strip. As already mentioned, this is a region of exceedingly
slight relief, the surface sloping almost imperceptibly toward the
ocean. The surface, however, is not entirely flat, but is more or less
gently undulating, the hollows being occupied by the cedar bogs
which form a highly characteristic physiographic feature of the
district. The all but universal soil is a coarse sand similar in character
to the Norfolk and Winsor sands of the Bureau of Soils. In places
the sand contains many pebbles and these may become such an
important constituent of the soil that it becomes a gravel similar
in essential respects to the Sassafras gravelly loam. In very dry
situations, where there is very little plant cover, the sand has a
decidedly bleached appearance, but the subsoil is always of a deeper
color, usually a pale orange or buff tint. In damper spots, where the
plant covering is thicker, the sand usually has a dark gray or even
black tint, due to the accumulation of organic debris.

The vegetation of the Pine Barrens is of a decidedly xerophytic
aspect, owing to the coarse texture of the sand which allows the ready
percolation of water. Most of the region is forested, the dominant
trees on the sands and gravels being the pitch pine, Pinus rigida,
and several oaks, especially bla¢k-jack oak, Quercus marylandica,
scrub oak, Q. ilicifolia, post oak, Q. stellata, and scrub chestnut oak,
Q. prinoides. Practically all of the timber at the present time is of
secondary growth, the region having been cut over repeatedly and
frequently swept by destructive forest fires. The woods are accord-
ingly of a rather open character, the taller trees being much scattered,
but usually with a dense undergrowth of oak and pine saplings, the
former predominating. Where this undergrowth is not too thick,
there are associated with these various smaller shrubs, such as bracken-
fern (Pteridiwm aquilinum), sweet-fern (Comptonia asplenifolia),
wild indigo (Baptisia tinctoria), mountain laurel (Kalmia latifolia)
and blueberries (Vaccinium vacillans and Gaylussacia baccata).
Where clearings have been made varying conditions prevail according
to the stage of reforestation reached. In very dry, exposed situations
the sand, exposed to wind action, may remain bare for a long time,
giving rise to formations similar to the “‘blow-outs’”’ of the Middle
West. Gradually, however, a low, mat-like vegetation, composed
of such forms as reindeer-moss (Cladonia sp.), sandwort (Arenaria

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

caroliniana), wild ipecac ( Euphorbia ipecacuanhe), Hudsonia ericoides,
sand myrtle (Dendriwm buxifolium), arbutus (Epigea repens) and
pyxie (Pyxidanthera barbulata), takes possession and following or
accompanying these are bunch-grasses, like the Andropogons and
rosette grasses mostly of the genus Panicwm (P. commonsianum,
addisoni, columbianum, ete.). These prepare the way for a low shrub
vegetation of blueberries and associated plants.

The bogs of the Pine Barrens are the results, as already mentioned,
of the imperfect drainage of the region. The rain-water from the
sands passes by seepage into the depressions and there accumulates
until it finds an outlet into one of the general drainage systems.
Owing to the low relief of the country, the water never accumulates
to any great depth and is consequently choked by a luxuriant vegeta-
tion of a typical peat-bog aspect. Originally, especially in the wetter
parts of the bogs, the dominant tree was the white cedar, Chamecy-
paris thyoides, whence the term cedar-bog so frequently applied to
the Pine Barren bogs. In many swamps, however, this tree has been
largely removed and its place taken by a mixed growth, of which the
dominant tree is the red maple, Acer rubrum. Along with this are
large numbers of sour-gum, Nyssa sylvatica, and swamp magnolia,
M. virginiana. Beneath these is usually a dense undergrowth of
tall shrubs like clammy azalea, Azalea viscosa, sweet pepper bush,
Clethra alnifolia, high bush-huckleberry, Vaccinium corymbosum,
and withe-rod, Viburnwm nudum. Where the taller vegetation is
not too dense there is a lower undergrowth of cinnamon fern (Osmunda
cinnamomea), royal fern (Osmunda regalis), chain fern (Woodwardia
virginica) chokeberry (Aronia arbutifolia), inkberry (Ilex glabra)
and such ericaceous shrubs as leucothoe (L. racemosa), privet
andromeda (Xolisma ligustrina) and cassandra (( ‘hamcedaphne
calyculata). In still more open places, where the shrubby growth
has been cut away, a varied herbaceous growth prevails consisting
predominantly of chain fern (Woodwardia virginica) and certain tall
species of sedges and rushes (Hleocharis spp., Rhynchospora alba,
Eriophorum virginicum, Juncus canadensis, J. dichotomus, J. acumi-
natus, J. effusus, ete.). Cushions of bog-moss (Sphagnum spp.)
are frequent about the bases of these plants and in these grow several
species of sundew (Drosera). Other plants not infrequent in these
places are swamp pink (Helonias bullata), white fringed orchid
(Blephariglottis blephariglottis), rose pogonia ( Pogonia ophioglossoides),
grass-pink (Limodorum tuberosum) and the cranberry (Oxycoccus
macrocar pon).

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

In addition to the sandy pine lands and the peat bogs, which
represent the two native Pine Barren types of environment, there
is a minor third type consequent upon the operations of man. Where
the country is cleared and settled and the land placed under cultiva-
tion, conditions are produced which favor a fauna and flora essentially
like that prevailing in the Delaware Valley and Coastal districts.
In such places a weedy type of vegetation predominates, characterized
by forms common in the low-lying sandy areas of those districts,
among which we may mention the following: Syntherisma san-
guinalis, Phleum pratense, Chetochloa viridis, Cenchrus carolinianus,
Sisymbrium officinale, Draba verna, Trifolium arvense, T. pratense,
T. procumbens, Melilotus officinalis, Cassia nictitans, Strophostyles
helvola, Asclepias tuberosa, Monarda punctata, Verbascum thapsus,
Linaria canadensis, Plantago lanceolata, Specularia perfoliata,
Ambrosia artemisiifolia.

There are thus three types of habitat characteristic of the Pine
Barrens, 7.e., (1) the sand barrens; (2) the peat bogs; (8) the cul-
tivated areas. Each of these is distinguished by certain peculiarities
of flora and fauna.

The entire grasshopper fauna of the Pine Barrens (exclusive of
the groups not considered in this paper) includes, to my knowledge,
the following species. Some of these are referred to this fauna with
a query, owing to the fact that all records of their capture are close
to the borders of the Pine Barrens, a fact indicative of the possibility
of their being merely stragglers from the adjoining districts.

Mermiria vigilans (?)
Syrbula admirabilis
Eritettix carinatus
Orphulella speciosa (?)

. pelidna
Clinocephalus elegans (?)
Dichromorpha viridis (?)
Chlealtis conspersa
Stenobothrus curtipennis
Mecostethus lineatus
Arphia sulphurea

“* xanthoptera
Chortophaga viridifasciata
Encoptolophus sordidus (?)
Hippiscus phenicopterus

a TUGOSUS
Dissosteira carolina
Spharagemon bolli

re wyomingianum

Trimerotropis maritima
Psinidia fenestralis
Scirtetica marmorata
Schistocerca americana

sf damnifica
a alutacea
“ rubiginosa

Hesperotettix brevipennis
Dendrotettix quercus
Melanoplus scudderi
‘ fasciatus
tribulus
atlanis
os femur-rubrum
minor
impudicus
luridus
slonet
A femoratus

1914]

Melanoplus punctulatus
Paroxya floridiana

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Conocephalus caudellianus (?)
Microcentrum sp.

“ seudderi Orchelimum vulgare
Scudderia texensis es glaberrimum
ie curvicauda “ erythrocephalum
“ furcata or spinulosum
“ septentrionalis a pulchellum
es truncata 3 minor
Amblycorypha oblongifolia Xiphidium fasciatum
rotundifolia i brevipenne
e uhleri s strictum
Conocephalus robustus ce saltans
oy triops Atlanticus dorsalis
Oh exiliscanorus (?) . pachymerus

“

lyristes (?)

467

The most distinctive Pine Barren species, 7.e., those not taken
outside of the Pine Barrens, are Hesperotettix brevipennis,4 Dendro-
tettix quercus, Melanoplus impudicus, ‘Melanoplus stonei, Paroxya
scudderi, Scudderia truncata and Orchelimum erythrocephalum.

The following are essentially Pine Barren species, that is, have
their centre of distribution in the Pine Barrens, but may occur in
reduced numbers or in exceptional locations in one or more of the
adjoining districts:

Hippiscus phenicopterus Melanoplus fasciatus

Spharagemon bolli + tribulus
st wyomingianum * luridus
Scirtetica marmorata punctulatus
Schistocerca damnifica Orchelimum glaberrimum (?)
nf alutacea e pulchellum
ce rubiginosa Gs minor

In the following list I give those species which appear to be of
common occurrence throughout the entire Pine Barrens:

Orphulella pelidna

Schistocerca rubiginosa
Arphia sulphurea

Melanoplus scudderi

“ xanthoptera 5 fasciatus
Chortophaga viridifasciata + atlanis
Hippiscus phenicopterus ss luridus
Dissosteira carolina * femoratus

Spharagemon bolli Paroxya scudderi
i wyomingianum Scudderia curvicauda
Psinidia fenestralis . furcata
Scirtetica marmorata Amblycorypha oblongifolia
Schistocerca damnifica Microcentrum sp.
ns alutacea Orchelimum erythrocephalum

14 Taken once, however, at ‘‘ Anglesea,’’ Cape May County, by John B. Smith:
31

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Other species regularly found in the Pine Barrens, but either
scarce throughout or of only local frequency, include the following:

Syrbula admirabilis Amblycorypha rotundifolia
Eritettix carinatus . uhleri
Chlealtis conspersa Conocephalus robustus
Hippiscus rugosus (?) Orchelimum glaberrimum
Hesperotettix brevipennis 2 spinulosum
Dendrotettix quercus oe pulchellum
Melanoplus tribulus e minor

ie femur-rubrum™ Xiphidium brevipenne

re impudicus a strictum

ee stoner os saltans

wy punctulatus Atlanticus dorsalis
Scudderia texensis “ pachymerus

The species in the following list appear from available records to
be of only very infrequent or exceptional occurrence in the Pine
Barrens, and are evidently stragglers or invaders from the Delaware
Valley, Coastal or Cape May Districts. Certain of these forms,
however, may occur in fair numbers in places much modified by
human angency.

Mermiria vigilans Schistocerca americana
Orphulella speciosa Melanoplus minor
Clinocephalus elegans Paroxya floridiana
Dichromorpha viridis Conocephalus triops
Stenobothrus curtipennis es exiliscanorus
Mecostethus lineatus : ob lyristes
Encoptolophus sordidus Yi caudellianus
Trimerotropis maritima NXiphidium fasciatum

As previously mentioned, we distinguish three types of Pine
Barren habitats, each of which is characterized by certain well-
defined peculiarities of moisture, substratum and flora. Correlated
with these we have equally well-marked differences in the Orthopteran
faunule of each habitat.

The Orthopteran faunule of the Sand Barrens is a markedly
xerophilous one, this being especially true of those forms that inhabit
bare, open stretches of clear, white sand. In such places the dominant
species are the geophilous arenicoles, Scirletica marmorata and
Psinidia fenestralis, while associated with them are usually smaller,
but considerable, numbers of Spharagemon wyomingianum and very
rarely a few examples of Trimerotropis maritima. Where the sand

18 Abundant locally in farming and residential districts, but scarce in typical
Pine Barrens.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

has become covered with a low open blueberry scrub, numerous
additional species are of frequent occurrence, such as Melanoplus
luridus, Spharagemon bolli, Orphulella pelidna, Hippiscus phenicop-
terus, Dissosteira carolina, Melanoplus fasciatus, and M. impudicus.
In higher and denser scrub, such as is formed by a mixture of blue-
berry bushes and oak saplings, the more strictly arenicolous types
become infrequent, while sylvan types become dominant. Among
these we may mention as especially frequent the following: Melano-
plus luridus, Spharagemon bolli, Schistocerca rubiginosa, Melanoplus
impudicus, Melanoplus scudderi, Melanoplus fasciatus, Scudderia
curvicauda and Scudderia furcata. The typical Sand Barrens faunule,
taken as a whole, consists of the following species:

Orphulella pelidna Melanoplus scudderi

Arphia sulphurea fasciatus
Hippiscus phenicopterus s tribulus
Dissosteira carolina a impudicus
Spharagemon bolli luridus

2 wyomingianum “ femoratus
Psinidia fenestralis Scudderia curvicauda
Scirtetica marmorata ee furcata
Schistocerca damnifica Amblycorypha oblongifolia

s rubiginosa ne rotundifolia

Hesperotettix brevipennis

Microcentrum sp.

Belonging to this faunule, but usually rare and local in distribu-
tion, are the following:
Eritettix carinatus
Trimerotropis maritima
Dendrotettix quercus
Melanoplus minor

Melanoplus stonei

a punctulatus
Orchelimum minor
Xiphidium brevipenne

In the more extensive clearings, such, for example, as the fire-
breaks along the railroads, where the scrub growth is short and quite
open with considerable grassy areas intermixed, a campestral-like
modification of the Sand Barren faunule takes place, characterized
by the presence of large numbers of species typical of the Coastal
District. The more abundant of these apparently secondary species
are Melanoplus atlanis, Arphia xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata
and Melanoplus femoratus. With these are the usual typical Pine
Barren species.

The Peat Bog faunule of the Pine Barrens is usually typified by
the following species of Orthoptera: Schistocerca alutacea, Paroxya
scudderi, Orchelimum glaberrimum, erythrocephalum and pulchellum.
As rare or occasional constituents we may mention Chlealtis conspersa,

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Stenobothrus curtipennis, Mecostethus lineatus, Clinocephalus elegans,
Paroxya floridiana, Orchelimum vulgare, O. spinulosum and Xiphidium
fasciatum.. Mermiria vigilans I took once in a rather open bog at
Belle Plain along the southern edge of the Pine Barrens. All of these
species are most frequent in the more open, well-lighted parts of the
bogs. In the densely wooded parts they are absent or exceedingly
scarce. :

In cleared and cultivated districts a type of faunule occurs which
in essential respects resembles the Subcoastal faunule of the Coastal
District. This faunule is characterized by the dominance of Melano-
plus femur-rubrum, a grasshopper that is remarkedly exceptional in
the less disturbed portions of the Pine Barrens, as Rehn has pointed
out. Common associates of this species in the settled parts of the
Barrens are Dissosteira carolina, Orphulella pelidna, Melanoplus
atlanis, Arphia xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata and Melanoplus
femoratus. Much less frequent and, on the whole, rather local forms
appear to be such species as Conocephalus robustus, C. triops, Orcheli-
mum vulgare, Xiphidium strictum, Amblycorypha uhleri and Hippiscus
rugosus. This faunule is most typically represented in old and
neglected fields well overrun with weedy vegetation.

IV (c). THe Mippie District or DELAWARE VALLEY.

As already mentioned, I am not disposed to consider the Middle
District of the Coastal Plain as having the same faunal value as the
Coastal and Pine Barren Districts. It contains no distinctive species
of Orthoptera, its claim to recognition as a separate Orthopteran
faunal province being based solely upon the intermingling of
faunules which in the other districts rarely or never intermingle
and the absence of certain of the more distinctive Pine Barren types.

The Middle District includes all that part of New Jersey which
lies south of the fall-line and west and north of the Delaware-Atlantic
Divide, together with the more hilly districts of northern Coastal
Plain New Jersey and a narrow strip of relatively low land in Pennsyl-
vania bordering the Delaware River south of Trenton. As Stone
has shown, this part of Pennsylvania has many distinctive Coastal
Plain plants.. A similar agreement is to be seen in the Orthoptera,
especially in those inhabiting the marshes.

This strip of Coastal Plain country in Pennsylvania has so many
characteristics differentiating it from the more typical Coastal Plain
as exemplified in New Jersey that it requires separate consideration.
It represents a series of successive flood-plains of the Delaware River,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

each of which is separated from the next succeeding one by a low
escarpment or terrace. The youngest of these is practically on a
level with the river and forms a strip of marshland varying in width
from a fraction of a mile to three or four miles. The most typical
representative of this level is the well-known Tinicum Marshes
immediately south of Philadelphia. In physiographic and floristic
features these marshes bear a close resemblance to the undrained,
open bottomlands of the Central States. Except where ditched
and diked, these marshes are permanently covered with water backed
up by the tide. They support a luxuriant growth of hydrophytic
grisses and sedges. The soil is a rich, dark muck, the dark color
being due to the decay of the marsh ‘vegetation.

Back of these river marshes is a terrace, about forty feet in height,
which marks the border of a level tract corresponding to an earlier
stage of deposition (Cape May Stage). A still earlier stage is repre-
sented by a second terrace a mile or two further away from the river
(Pensauken Stage). This extends back to the escarpment that
marks the position of the fall-line. The deposits forming these
terraces are alluvial in origin and consist of light-colored gravels and
clay loams essentially similar in appearance and texture to the
typical Piedmont soils. The soil is quite fertile and is extensively
cultivated, so that the region consists mostly of open fields and
pastures.

The Orthoptera of these upland terraces are, with two exceptions,
common Piedmont types, so that from the standpoint of their grass-
hopper fauna these terraces are a part of the Piedmont. The two
exceptions are Orphulella pelidna and M elanoplus differentialis, the
former of which I have found to be locally quite frequent along the
edge of the lower terrace, as at Bartram’s Gardens, but it is not
quite as common or as evenly distributed as its congener, O. speciosa,
which is a typical Piedmont species. M elanoplus differentialis is in
a class by itself. It appears to have been introduced from the West.
It is now abundant in the low lands bordering the Delaware River
and frequently migrates from them to the neighboring uplands.

One Piedmont species has never, so far as I am aware, been recorded
from these terraces. I refer to Hippiscus tuberculatus.

In the following list I give the species of grasshoppers, which, so
far as known, occur on these terrace lands:

Dichromorpha viridis Arphia sulphurea
Orphulella speciosa “— xanthoptera
af pelidna Chortophaga viridifasciata

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Encoptolophus sordidus Melanoplus femoratus
Dissostevra carolina Conocephalus triops
Melanoplus atlanis Orchelimum vulgare
ss femur-rubrum Xiphidium fasciatum
oi minor § brevipenne
oe differentialis

This list is doubtless incomplete. Further examination of the
country would probably show the presence of other typical or common
Piedmont forms not here listed.

The river marshes are characterized by a fauna which in many
respects approximates that typical of the wet lands of the Coastal
Plain, but which retains a strong Piedmont cast. In southeastern
Pennsylvania these marshes have yielded a rich Orthopteran fauna
consisting of the following species:

Dichromorpha viridis Paroxya floridiana
Orphulella speciosa Scudderia texensis

= pelidna ss curvicauda
Stenobothrus curtipennis Amblycorypha rotundifolia
Mecostethus lineatus Conocephalus robustus
Arphia xanthoptera oe triops
Chortophaga viridifasciata 4 nebrascensis
Encoptolophus sordidus a palustris
Dissosteira carolina Orchelimum vulgare
Schistocerca alutacea™ a spinulosum
Melanoplus atlanis Xiphidium fasciatwm

x femur-rubrum “ S saltans'®

a minor oA brevipenne

4 differentialis wy strictum

se femoratus

In this list two minor groups are represented, 7.e., that charac-
teristic of dry ground, such as occurs on the low elevations which
occur here and there on the marshes, and that of the marshes proper.
The former includes such species as Orphulella speciosa, O. pelidna,
Arphia xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Encoptolophus sordidus,
Dissosteira carolina, Melanoplus atlanis, M. minor, Conocephalus
robustus, and Xiphidium striclum. The second group includes
Stenobothrus curtipennis, Mecostethus lineatus, Paroxya floridiana,
Conocephalus nebrascensis, C. palustris and Orchelimum spinulosum.
The remaining species occur indifferently in both kinds of habitat,
though certain of them may exhibit a stronger preference for one
of the habitats as compared with the other.

16 Apparently very unusual, but represented by specimens in the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

The Coastal Plain affinities of these lowlands is shown in the
presence of such Orthoptera as Paroxya floridiana, Conocephalus
robustus, C. nebrascensis and C. palustris, and in the comparative
abundance of such forms as Orphulella pelidna and Scudderia texensis.
On the other hand, the influence of the Piedmont is evidenced by the
abundance of species like Dichromorpha viridis, Orphulella speciosa,
Stenobothrus curtipennis and Encoptolophus sordidus.

In this narrow strip of Coastal Plain country the most abundant
grasshopper is Melanoplus femur-rubrum. It far outnumbers all
the other species and is especially abundant in the low humid tracts
adjoining the river marshes. Less common, but quite frequent
species are Dichromorpha viridis, Stenobothrus curtipennis, Dissostetra
carolina, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Encoptolophus sordidus, Orphu-
lella speciosa, Orchelimuwm vulgare, Melanoplus differentialis, M.
femoratus, Xiphidium fasciatum, Orchelimum spinulosum, Xiphidium
strictum, X. brevipenne and Arphia xanthoptera. Other forms of
not uncommon occurrence are Orphulella pelidna, which in spots
may be a close rival of its congener, O. speciosa, Conocephalus robustus,
C. triops, and Scudderia texensis. The remaining species are more
or less infrequent or local in distribution.

Further south at Neweastle, Delaware, the Coastal Plain com-
ponent of the fauna becomes more prominent, due to the influx of
the more strictly Coastal types, such as Tryxalis brevicornis, Syrbula
admirabilis and Orchelimum herbaceum. My study at this locality
was very superficial, but during a few hours’ collecting there I noted
the following species:

Tryxalis brevicornis Melanoplus differentialis
Syrbula admirabilis os femoratus
Dichromorpha viridis Paroxya floridiana
Orphulella speciosa Scudderia texensis

“ pelidna Conocephalus triops
Arphia xanthoptera Orchelimum herbacewm
Dissosteira carolina Xiphidium fasciatum

Melanoplus femur-rubrum

East of the Delaware River in New Jersey the Middle District
forms a zone varying between 10 and 25 miles in width. The under-
lying geological formations are unconsolidated sediments of sand,
clay and glauconitic marls with occasional shell beds belonging to
the Cretaceous and Miocene Ages, but, except where they have been
exposed by stream erosion, these are everywhere covered by a sheet
of Pleistocene sand and gravel. Close to the Delaware-Atlantic

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

divide the land possesses a moderate amount of relief; here the
streams have cut ravines of from 50 to 100 feet in depth. Near the
Delaware, however, the surface is an almost level plain with the
streams meandering sluggishly through wide tidal mud-flats. In
their upper courses there is sufficient fall to enable the streams to
effect fairly adequate drainage, so that extensive inland bogs com-
parable to those at the heads of the Pine Barren streams, are excep-
tional. In their lower reaches the streams are so near tide level
that drainage is extremely imperfect and, as a result, the low flats
bordering the streams are kept in a state of perpetual saturation.

The soils of the Middle District are much more varied than are
those of the other subdivisions of the Coastal Plain. The most
frequent is the Norfolk sand which occurs at practically all levels.
As a rule, it is thinner than in the Pine Barrens and the resultant
proximity to the water-table probably accounts for the somewhat
less xerophytice aspect of the vegetation which in West Jersey grows
on this type of soil. .At higher elevations, where Norfolk sand is
naturally drier, it is not readily cultivable and is accordingly mostly
forested, the dominant tree growth consisting of pines (Pinus
virginiana and rigida), oaks (Quercus alba, stellata, prinus, marylandica
and ilicifolia) and hickories (Hichoria alba and glabra). At lower
levels, as in the immediate vicinity of the Delaware River, where the
surface of the sand approaches close to tide level, conditions obtain
similar to those of the Coastal Strip. The sand here is quite product-
ive, and consequently most of-the country is cleared and used for
farming purposes. f

Locally there are extensive tracts of loamy soils developed in
West Jersey which in many respects closely approach the Piedmont
soils. The more important of these are the Collington sandy loam
and the Sassafras loam. The former is derived from the green sand
or glauconitic marls of the Cretaceous series. This material is
highly retentive of moisture and is also extremely rich in available
plant-foods. The Collington sandy loam is largely confined to the
vicinity of the streams along which the greensand layers have been
exposed by erosion. Owing to its richness, nearly all areas of this
soil are under cultivation; the forests persisting only on the steeper
slopes along the streams. The vegetation is decidedly mesophytic
in aspect, the usual tree growth consisting of white, black and red
oaks, hickories, chestnut, beech, tulip-trees, red cedar, sweet gum,
red maple and dogwood.

The Sassafras loam is typically represented in the vicinity of

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Bridgeton. As analyzed by the Bureau of Soils,
its low sand content (9-25%) and high percenta
and clay (10-15%). -It is a highly fertile soil an

under cultivation.

The grasshopper fauna of the New Jersey

District includes the following species:

Tryzxalis brevicornis
Pseudopomala brachyptera
Syrbula admirabilis
Eritettix carinatus"™
Dichromorpha viridis
Clinocephalus elegans
Orphulella speciosa
is pelidna
olivacea!™
Chlealtis conspersa
Stenobothrus curtipennis
Mecostethus lineatus
Arphia sulphurea
“ xanthoptera
Chortophaga viridifasciata
Encoptolophus sordidus
Hippiscus phenicopterus
: TUGOSUS
Dissosteira carolina
Spharagemon bolli
we wyomingianum
Trimerotropis maritima
Psinidia fenestralis
Scirtetica marmorata
Schistocerca americana
. damnifica
alutacea
rubiginosa
Melanoplus scudderi
i atlanis
femur-rubrum
minor

“e

“
igs

The dominant and more uniformly
District are the species belonging to

Melanoplus luridus
differentialis
femoratus
Paroxya floridiana
Scudderia texensis
curvicauda
pistillata
furcata
Amblycorypha oblongifolia
e rotundifolia
uhleri
Microcentrum spp.
Conocephalus robustus
ay triops
ensiger
nebrascensis
lyristes™
- palustris
Orchelimum vulgare
= herbaceum
spinulosum
pulchellum
minor
3 fidicinium™
Xiphidium fasciatum
ss brevipenne
strictum
saltans
spartine
nigropleuroides!
Atlanticus dorsalis

“ei

“ce

“c

“c

“ee
“ce

“ee

” Not, so far as I am aware, actu

occurrence highly probable.

ally recorded from the Middle District, but

it is remarkable for
ge of silt (55-75%)
d is almost entirely

portion of the Middle

distributed types in the Middle
the Coastal fauna, but in the
ith a considerable number of
hromorpha viridis, Stenobothrus
curtipennis and Encoptolophus sordidus. All three of these are com-

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

mon in the upper portions of the district, though, on the whole,
considerably less frequent than in the Piedmont Region. Orphulella
speciosa has been taken in the Middle District, but appears to be
exceedingly scarce, in marked contrast to its abundance on the west
shores of the Delaware. During four seasons’ collecting I took only
two specimens. The Piedmont component of the fauna gradually
thins out as one goes southward. Encoplolophus sordidus I have not
taken south of Laurel Springs, Camden County, while the southern
limits of Dichromorpha viridis are, according to my observations, in
the vicinity of Bridgeton, Cumberland County. Stenobothrus
curtipennis extends into the Cape May Peninsula, but is there of
very local occurrence.

The most abundant grasshopper is Melanoplus femiur-rubrum.
Other forms which appear to be of common occurrence are Orphu-
lella pelidna, Melanoplus atlanis, Dissosteira carolina, Chortophaga
viridifasciata, Arphia xanthoptera, Orchelimum vulgare, Melanoplus
femoratus, Psinidia fenestralis, Xiphidiwm fasciatum, Xiphidiwm
strictum, Paroxya floridiana, Melanoplus differentialis (locally on the
Delaware below Gloucester), Encoptolophus sordidus (im the northern
half only), Xiphidium brevipenne, and Arphia sulphurea. Somewhat
less frequent, but of not uncommon occurrence, are Syrbula admira-
bilis, Melanoplus scudderi, Scudderia texensis, cwrvicauda and furcata,
Conocephalus robustus, C. triops, Spharagemon bolli, Hippiscus
rugosus, Dichromorpha viridis (northern section only) and Steno-
bothrus curtipennis (frequent, “but somewhat local, in northern
section, exceptional in southern section). The remaining species
are either rare or, if frequent, only under exceptional circumstances.

Locally, where there are considerable areas of nearly pure sand of
moderately high elevation, conditions prevail closely resembling those
of the Pine Barrens. An isolated patch of this kind occurs just west
of Jericho, Cumberland County (shown in pink on the map accom-
panying the State report on insects). In such places the Orthoptera
have a strong Pine Barren aspect. The prevailing species are
Scirtetica marmorata, Melanoplus luridus, Psinidia fenestralis, Sphar-
agemon bolli, Spharagemon wyomingiana, Orphulella pelidna, Arphia
sulphurea, Hippiscus phenicopterus and Schistocerca rubiginosa.
With these are other species, such as Dissosteira carolina, Melanoplus
atlanis, Arphia xanthoptera, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Schistocerca
damnifica, Melanoplus scudderi, M. femoratus, M. femur-rubrum (a
minor constituent of this association), Syrbula admirabilis, Scudderia
curvicauda and furcata and Xiphidium brevipenne.

Se” ee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

On those areas where the dominant soil is a loam, as in the ‘‘marl-
belt”? and the Sassafras loam district, the Orthoptera have a pro-
nounced mesophilous aspect, the fauna closely resembling that of
the Piedmont Region. This faunule is dominated by Melanoplus
femur-rubrum, with which are usually associated Dissosteira carolina,
Melanoplus femoratus, Arphia xanthoptera, Orphulella pelidna,
Dichromorpha viridis, Chortophaga viridifasciata, Encoptolophus sordi-
dus and Orchelimum vulgare.

IV (d). THe Carr May District.

This, according to Stone, includes the Cape May Peninsula south
of the Great Cedar Swamp. Floristically, the district is charac-
terized by the presence of a considerable number of Lower Austral
types which do not extend north of the district. In the Orthopteran
fauna this distinction is not so pronounced, the only species which
are peculiar to the region or extend but a short distance beyond it
being Mermiria vigilans and Conocephalus fuscostriatus. Negatively,
the district is characterized by the absence or relative scarcity of
certain Middle District and Pine Barren species. Of Middle District
species the following are as yet unknown from the Cape May Penin-
sula: Dichromorpha viridis, Encoptolophus sordidus, Melanoplus
differentialis and Atlanticus dorsalis; Orphulella speciosa and Steno-
bothrus curtipennis occur, but are local and usually quite rare.

Of typical Pine Barren species there appear to be no records of the
existence of the following species in the Cape May Peninsula, though
some of them may occur as far south as the southern edge of the
Great Cedar Swamp, as at Sea Isle Junction, where I have taken
several species which I have not been able to find elsewhere in the
Peninsula:

Spharagemon wyomingianum Melanoplus punctulatus
Dendrotettix quercus Paroxya scudderi'8
Melanoplus impudicus Orchelimum erythrocephalum'’

e tribulus'’ - pulchellum'®

ey fasciatus'® b minor's

5 stoner Atlanticus dorsalis

I have never been able to find Hesperotettix brevipennis south of
the Great Cedar Swamp, but there is a single female in the Academy
collection taken by John B. Smith at “‘ Anglesea.”

The following list includes all the species of Acridide (exclusive

18 Taken at Sea Isle Junction.

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of Tettiginee) and Locustide (exclusive of Gryllacrine and Stenopel-

mating) known to me to occur in the district:

Tryxalis brevicornis ,

Melanoplus minor

Pseudopomala brachyptera luridus
Mermiria vigilans . brevipenne
Syrbula admirabilis My strictum
Eritettix carinatus x saltans
Clinocephalus elegans ie spartine
Orphulella speciosa as nigropleuroides

3 pelidna 2 femoratus

ss olivacea Paroxya floridiana

Clealtis conspersa
Stenobothrus curtipennis

Scudderia texensis
se curvicauda

Mecostethus lineatus . furcata

Arphia sulphurea Amblycorypha oblongifolia
“ xanthoptera rotundifolia

Chortophaga viridifasciata so uhleri

Hippiscus phenicopterus
re TUGOSUS

Microcentrum sp.
Conocephalus robustus

Dissosteira carolina triops
Spharagemon bolli 4 lyristes
Trimerotropis maritima exiliscanorus
Psinidia fenestralis i caudellianus (?)
Scirtetica marmorata rs nebrascensis
Schistocerca americana * palustris

a damnifica Orchelimum vulgare

5 alutacea ss glaberrimum

- rubiginosa A herbaceum

» sp. (obscura) oh spinulosum
Hesperotettix brevipennis x campestre
Melanoplus scudderi : fidicinium

oe

atlanis
femur-rubrum

ins

Xiphidium fasciatum

[June,

In the Cape May Peninsula two subdivisions, each with certain
distinctive physiographic and biotic features, can usually be dis-
tinguished. One of these, which in every respect agrees with the
Coastal District as already described, includes the salt marshes, the
low forelands just inside of the salt marshes and the beaches. The
other subdivision we may speak of as the Interior District. This
in its general aspect closely resembles the true Pine Barrens, though
differing from the latter in some important respects. It consists
of a flat sandy plain, which, except where cleared by human agency,
is covered with a practically continuous stretch of oak and pine
forest.

The characteristics of the Coastal District, so far as they come

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

within the scope of this article, have already been considered. In
the Cape May region the Coastal District is represented by a narrow
strip along the ocean, locally known as ‘‘The Seaside,’’ and a similar
strip along the shore of Delaware Bay, known as “The Bayside.”’
Both are alike in essential respects, although the beaches are absent
or exceptional on the bayside. North of Wildwood Junction the
seaside and bayside are entirely separated by the wooded interior,
but south of that point, as noted by Stone, the two converge and
unite to form a continuous belt of Coastal District country extending
clear across the lower third of the peninsula.

The Interior District, as previously mentioned, partakes of the
nature of the Pine Barrens. The soil is typically a coarse sand of
the Norfolk type. It is similar apparently to the sands of the Pine
Barrens, but differs in its usually more humid condition and _ its
higher content of organic matter, a state of affairs doubtless due to
the extremely low elevation (rarely over 25 feet above sea-level) and
consequent proximity of the surface to underground water. The tree
growth consists predominantly of pitch pine (Pinus rigida), white
oak (Quercus alba), post oak (Q. stellata) and pig-nut hickory (Hichoria
glabra); of less frequent occurrence are Jersey pine (P. virginiana),
black oak (Q. velutina), Spanish oak (Q. triloba), black-jack (Q. mary-
landica), sassafras (Sassafras sassafras) and holly (Ilex opaca).

The bogs of the Interior in their general appearance closely resemble
those of the Pine Barrens, but, with a few exceptions in the northern-
most part of the district, differ from the latter in the conspicuous
absence of the white cedar (Chamecyparis thyoides). The usual
tree growth consists of red maple (Acer rubrum), sour-gum (Nyssa
sylvatica), magnolia (M. virginiana), sweet-gum (Liquidamber
styraciflua), Spanish oak (Q. triloba) and willow oak (Q. phellos).
The lower scrub growth consists largely of Clethra alnifolia and Azalea
viscosa. In clearings the dominant plants are Woodwardia virginica,
Juncus (tall species, probably canadensis) and sedges (Eriophorum
virginicum and Rhynchospora alba); with these are associated lesser
numbers of such plants, as Lilium superbum, Aletris farinosa, Ble-
phariglottis blephariglottis, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Drosera longifolia,
Polygala lutea, P. cruciata, Rhexia virginiana, R. mariana, Asclepias
pulchra and Oxypolis rigidior.

South of Wildwood Junction the character of the vegetation under-
goes a gradual change, assuming mere the aspect of the vegetation
which is characteristic of the lowland woods of the Delaware Valley
and Coastal District. The pitch pine becomes a less important

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

constituent of the flora, though not uncommon in spots throughout
the whole lower part of the peninsula.

Orthoptera, such as we are concerned with in this article, occur
in numbers only in those parts of the Interior District where more or
less extensive clearmgs exist in the otherwise continuous forests.
Where the clearings are small and entirely surrounded or bordered
by the woods, a sylvan type of fauna obtains similar in facies to that
of the Pine Barrens, but lacking some of the more distinctive species
of the latter, such as Spharagemon wyomingianum, Melanoplus
fasciatus and impudicus and. Orchelimum erythrocephalum. This
faunule is best developed in the northern section of the district;
in the southern section it appears to be only locally represented.

The species usually associated with the dry pine and oak woods
are the following:

Orphulella pelidna Schistocerca rubiginosa
Arphia sulphurea Melanoplus scudderi
Hippiscus phenicopterus 2 luridus
Spharagemon bolli Scudderia curvicauda
Psinidia fenestralis . furcata
Scirtetica marmorata Amblycorypha oblongifolia
Schistocerca damnifica Microcentrum sp.

The bogs are characterized by the presence of the following:

Schistocerca alutacea Scudderia furcata
Scudderia curvicauda

In the extreme southern portion of the peninsula some of the
species here listed are apparently only locally represented. This
is especially the case with the more characteristic Pine Barren forms,
such as Scirtelica marmorata, Melanoplus luridus and Schistocerca
alutacea and rubiginosa, all of which are abundant in the northern
section, but are of only exceptional occurrence in the southern
section. Their scarcity is evidently correlated with the absence of
typical Pine Barren conditions.

In the Interior District removal of the forest on any extensive
scale and the utilization of the land for agricultural purposes is
followed by changes in the character of the fauna and flora similar
to those taking place under like conditions in the Pine Barrens.
The more exclusively sylvan species disappear and their place is taken
by campestral types like those of the neighboring Coastal District.
I have given especial attention to this matter in the vicinity of South
Seaville, where the country adjoining the road connecting the seaside
with the baysidethas been largely cleared and placed under cultiva-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

tion. In this region neglected fields are occupied by a weed vegeta-
tion similar to that occurring in similar situations in the Coastal
Strip, and this is correlated with the presence of similar species of
Orthoptera, the more important species being the following:

Syrbula admirabilis Melanoplus femur-rubrum
Orphulella pelidna _ femoratus
Arphia xanthoptera Scudderia curvicauda
Chortophaga viridifasciata furcata
Hippiscus rugosus Amblycorypha uhleri
Dissosteira carolina Conocephalus robustus
Psinidia fenestralis (local, on bare triops
sandy spots) Orchelimum vulgare
Melanoplus atlanis Xiphidium strictwm

SUMMARY.

1. In the region covered by eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey
two strikingly different types of Orthopteran faunas are exemplified,
namely, a Transition fauna in eastern Pennsylvania and northern
New Jersey and an Upper Austral fauna in southern New Jersey.

2. In this region the Transition fauna coincides in distribution
with the Appalachian Mountain System and the Piedmont Plateau;
the Upper Austral fauna with the Coastal Plain.

3. It is not possible with the data at present available to give a
complete causal explanation of the observed facts of distribution as
exemplified by the Orthoptera of this region.

4. Atmospheric temperature alone does not afford a satisfactory
explanation of the facts of distribution; more pertinent is the tem-
perature of the medium in which or on which the organism, or any
stage of the organism, dwells. The areal distribution of an organism
is probably a resultant of the interaction of a number of factors and
not of any one single factor.

5. In the region included in this study the striking differences
between the biotas of the Piedmont Plateau and the Coastal Plain
are closely correlated with equally striking differences in topography,
drainage and soils.

6. The Piedmont Plateau is a region of considerable elevation and
good drainage. Permanently wet areas constitute a relatively insig-
nificant feature of the region.

7. The Coastal Plain is a region of very slight elevation and usually
poor drainage. Permanently wet areas constitute highly important
physiographic features of the region.

8. The soils of the Piedmont Plateau are loams of residual origin.

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

They are usually rich in moisture and available plant-food ele-
ments.

9. The soils of the Coastal Plain are prevailingly relatively coarse
sands of detrital origin. They are frequently deficient in moisture
and available plant-food elements.

10. From an Orthopteran faunistic standpoint, four primary
subdivisions are recognizable in the eastern Pennsylvania-New Jersey
region, namely, Appalachian, Piedmont, Coastal and Pine Barren. The
first two are subdivisions of the Transition Zone, the last two of the
Coastal Plain. Each may be regarded as a local centre of dispersal.

11. From the same standpoint, the Highlands, the Middle District
and the Cape May Peninsula are to be considered as of secondary
value, each representing a sort of tension zone in which there is an
intermingling, overlapping or interdigitation of species from adjoining
primary districts.

12. The Orthopteran fauna of the Appalachian District has never
been adequately studied from a faunistic standpoint. The available
data indicate that it is fundamentally Piedmont in type with the
addition of a number of distinctively northern (boreal) species.

13. The Orthopteran fauna of the Highlands has also never been
adequately studied. The available evidence indicates that it is
thoroughly Piedmont in type with a few stragglers from the Appala-
chian District.

14. The Orthopteran fauna of the Piedmont Plateau is predomi-
nantly mesophilous. This is correlated with the presence of a
dominant mesophytie type of vegetation.

15. The Orthopteran ecological associations of the Piedmont
Plateau are usually not clearly delimited. In a general way three
such groups correlated with the relative moisture content of the
habitat may be recognized. These are the mesophilous, xerophilous
and hygrophilous associations. Each of these may exhibit an open-
country or campestral phase and a woodland or sylvan phase.

16. The mesophilous association is characteristic of rich loamy
soils and a luxuriant vegetation, of which the dominant members are
bright green, succulent, sod-forming grasses.

17. The xerophilous association of the Piedmont Plateau consists
exclusively of the humicolous subdivision; arenicolous and _ saxi-
colous species are lacking owing to the absence of pure sand and the
scarcity of bare rock surfaces. This association typically occurs on
uplands or hillsides where the soil is unsuited for agricultural purposes.
The associated vegetation is of a mildly xerophytic type.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

18. The hygrophilous association of the Piedmont Plateau is of
relatively subordinate importance owing to the limited extent of
permanently moist lands. It is not sharply separable from the
dominant mesophilous association. It occurs in stream meadows
and small wet areas about springs or in seepage depressions. The
associated vegetation consists of hydrophytes and mesophytes with
hydrophytic tendencies.

19. In each of these associations the dominant phase in the Pied-
mont Plateau region is the campestral. The sylvan constitutes a
relatively insignificant part of the fauna. The removal of the forests
and the utilization of the land for farming purposes evidently favor
the campestral types, while they restrict the more exclusively sylvan
types.

20. The Orthopteran fauna of the Coastal Plain consists of two
widely diverse, but important, constituent associations. One of
these is a xerophilous association characteristic of the upland, the
other a hygrophilous association characteristic of wet or humid areas.
Besides these there is a mesophilous association which, however, is
of relatively minor importance.

21. In contrast with their indefinite character in the Piedmont,
the Orthopteran ecological groups of the Coastal Plain are usually
quite clearly defined.

22. The xerophilous association of the Coastal Plain includes both
arenicolous and humicolous species. It is typically developed on
dry, sandy soils and is associated with a more or less xerophytie type
of vegetation.

23. The hygrophilous association of the Coastal Plain is highly
developed. It shows three different types in accordance with the
nature of the respective environments. These are: (1) the fresh-
water-marsh type, (2) the maritime or salt-marsh type, and (3) the
peat-bog type. They are associated with hydrophytic (fresh-marsh
type) or zerophytic (salt-marsh and peat-bog types) types of vegetation.

24. The mesophilous association of the Coastal Plain is typical
of rich, loamy soils and is best represented in the productive farming
districts of the Middle District. This association tends to invade
other districts when these are placed under cultivation.

25. Primary faunistic subdivisions, or centres of dispersal, of the
Coastal Plain are the Coastal and Pine Barren districts; secondary
subdivisions, or zones of tension, are the Middle District and Cape
May Peninsula. The latter is a minor centre of dispersal for a

limited number of southern Orthoptera.
32

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

26. The Coastal faunule is composed of four associations, namely,
(a) Subcoastal, (b) Littoral, (©) Submaritime and (d) Maritime.

27. The Subcoastal association is characteristic of the upland
portions of the Coastal Strip and is associated with a sandy soil,
moderate humidity, open campestral country and a mildly xerophytic
type of vegetation. The dominant Orthoptera are humicolous
xerophiles of the campestral phase, though arenicoles may be locally
common. This at the present time appears to be the dominant
Orthopteran association of the Coastal Plain. It tends to spread
inland with the removal of the forests and there displace the Pine
Barren types.

98. The Littoral association is characteristic of the sea-beaches.
It is associated with wind-drifted sands and a highly xerophytic
type of vegetation. A fairly definite zonation in the distribution
of the Orthoptera can be recognized, the outer or frontal dunes being
characterized by arenicoles, the leeward dunes by humicoles. Open
grass formations prevail on the frontal dunes, dense thickets on the
leeward dunes.

99. Human occupation of the beaches is evidently effecting far-
reaching changes in the composition of the beach fauna and flora.
A number of Subeoastal Orthoptera appear to have been introduced
directly or indirectly through human agency.

30. The Submaritime association is a somewhat modified repre-
sentative of the fresh-water marsh group and is characteristic of the
low lands adjoining the salt marshes. «It is associated with a muck
soil, abundant moisture and a mixed type of vegetation varying
from hydrophytes to xerophytes according to location, but con-
sisting mostly of the former.

31. The Maritime association is characteristic of the salt marshes.
It is associated with a soil saturated with water and organic debris
and with a highly halophytic type of vegetation.

32. The Pine Barren faunule is fundamentally a sylvan group,
divisible into a Sand Barren (Pine Barren in the narrower sense)
association and a Peat Bog (Cedar Swamp) association. In cultivated
areas the sylvicoles are replaced by a campestral association cor-
responding in essential features to the Subcoastal association of the
Coastal District.

39 The Sand Barren association is a distinctively xerophilous
group and includes both arenicoles and humicoles, the former pre-
vailing on exposed patches of sand, the latter in the vegetation.
It is associated with a sandy soil, low humidity, forested country
and a strongly xerophytic type of vegetation.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

34. The Peat Bog association is a hygrophilous group associated
with a peaty substratum, abundant moisture, forested surroundings
and a prevailingly xerophytic type of vegetation.

35. The claim of the Middle District to recognition as a distinct
Orthopteran faunistie subdivision of the Coastal Plain rests solely
upon the intermingling and overlapping of faunules from the adjoin-
ing centres of dispersal. Certain characteristic Piedmont species
are entirely or almost entirely limited to this part of the Coastal Plain.

36. The Middle District includes a narrow strip of relatively low
land adjoining the Delaware River in southeastern Pennsylvania.
Faunistically, this shows considerable differences from the typical
Middle District as represented in west Jersey.

37. The Orthopteran faunule of the Pennsylvania subdivision of
the Middle District is essentially a Piedmont fauna with which is
intermixed a minor constituent of Coastal.Plain origin. The latter
is best represented in the river marshes.

38. In the Middle District of west Jersey the dominant faunule
is the Coastal faunule, the Piedmont faunule being a decidedly minor
constituent of the Orthopteran fauna. The Pine Barren faunule
is only locally represented.

39. The Piedmont types are frequent in the northern half of the
Middle District, but disappear rapidly in the southern section.
They are typically associated with the presence of loam soils, a
moderate supply of moisture and mesophytic vegetation.

40. The Cape May District includes representatives of two
faunules. One, corresponding to the Coastal faunule, characterizes
the two sides of the Peninsula and its entire lower third; the other,
representing a southward extension of part of the Pine Barren
faunule, occupies the interior districts of the northern section.

42. The Interior Orthopteran association of the Cape May Dis-
trict is a typical sylvan group. Clearing of the country and its
conversion into farm lands is accompanied by a disappearance of
the sylvan types and an invasion of the campestral Subcoastal
association.

ANNOTATED Lis? OF SPEctEs.'!

y TRYXALIS Fabr.
T. brevicornis Johann.

GENERAL RancEe.—Southern Ontario and Long Island to southern

19 In view of the more or less unsettled state of taxonomic nomenclature at
the present time, I have chosen to designate the species by the names which have
been in current use during the last decade rather than those which belong to
them according to the rule of priority.

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Florida, west to Texas and eastern Nebraska, typically an Austral
species; also in Central and South America.

LocaL DiIsTRIBUTION.—Very rare or accidental in the Piedmont
Plateau; frequent, but more or less local in the Middle and Coastal
Districts of the Coastal Plain, apparently most abundant in the lower
Delaware Valley.

EcotogicaL Distripution.—Largely a Submaritime species,
being especially frequent in the patches of Scirpus americanus along
the borders of the salt marshes, in smaller numbers extending a short
distance inland along tidal streams.

Locatity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateaw.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Middle District—Neweastle, Del. (Fox).

Jamesburg (Johnson); Delair (N. J. Coll.); Luecaston (Daecke) ;
Almonesson (Wenzel); Canton (Fox); Dorchester (Fox).

Coastal District.—West Creek (Rehn); Ocean View (Fox); Angle-
sea (N. J. Coll.); Cold Spring (Long, Fox); Cape May Point (Fox);
Goshen (Fox); Dennisville (Davis).

PSEUDOPOMALA Morse.
P. brachyptera Scudd.

GENERAL Ranau.—New England States to Florida, west to
Minnesota and Nebraska, most frequent in the northern States,
apparently exceptional south of the Middle Atlantic States.

Locat Disrrisution.—Usually quite rare and local in both the
Piedmont Plateau and Coastal Plain, exceptionally frequent locally.
No records from the Pine Barrens.

EcoLocicaL DIstTRIBUTION.

Rather variable in its habitat prefer-
ences, frequenting dry, scrubby areas, usually in sylvan surroundings |
in inland localities, but along the coast occurring in the Submaritime
zone, where it is partial to the Iva oraria fringes along the edge of the
salt marshes, occasionally spreading to scrubby areas on the adjoining
upland.

LocaLiry Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Fort Lee, N. J. (Beutenmuller).

Williamson’s School, Delaware Co., Pa., on serpentine barren
(Long); Fern Hill, Chester Co., Pa., on serpentine, exceptionally
common (Hebard and Rehn).

Middle District—Clementon, N. J., in dry, sandy oak and pine
barren (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, one specimen taken on sandy -
upland (Subcoastal); another in Submaritime zone along the edge

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

~ of the salt marsh (Fox); Goshen, several males taken or observed
in Iva oraria and Scirpus americanus along the edge of the salt
marsh (Fox).

MERMIRIA Stal.
M. vigilans Scudd.

GENERAL RaNnGE.—Southern New Jersey to Florida near the
coast.

Loca Distrisution.—Not recorded outside of Cape May County;
usually rare and local, most frequent at the extreme southern ex-
tremity of the peninsula, apparently very exceptional in the upper
part of the county, typically found in the immediate proximity of
the coast, but occasionally occurring a short distance inland.

Ecouocicat Distrisution.—Typically a member of the Sub-
maritime association, frequenting the tall sedges and associated
thickets along the borders of the salt marshes, rarely occurring
inland in open bogs of Pine Barren aspect.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens (?).—Belle Plain, Cape May Co., in a bog containing
a mixture of Middle District (or Coastal) and Pine Barren plants
(Acer rubrum, Betula populifolia, Lobelia canbyi, Sabatia lanceolata,
Spirea tomentosa) (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean City (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Anglesea
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Cape May (N. J. St. Mus. Rep., Fox); Cape
May Point (Fox).

SYRBULA Stal.
§. admirabilis Uhl.

GENERAL RancE.—New Jersey to Florida, west to northern
Indiana, Illinois; Kansas and Texas.

Locat Distrinution.—Restricted to the Coastal Plain, most
frequent in the lower Middle District and Coastal Strip; less frequent
and apparently more or less local in the Pine Barrens. Absent on
the beaches.

Ecotoeicat Distrinutrion.—Adapted to a rather wide range of
conditions, but occurring most abundantly in dry grasslands on
sandy soils, less frequent apparently in open woodland scrub. Typi-
cally a member of the Subcoastal association, being frequent in old
fields in the Coastal Strip and lower Delaware Valley and in similar
situations in the interior of the Cape May Peninsula. In the Pine
Barrens it appears to be more common in the vicinity of human
habitations than in the more remote and typical portions.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—Neweastle, Del. (Fox).

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Washington Park (Fox); North Woodbury (Viereck); Almonesson
(Fox); Blackwood (Fox); Laurel Springs (Fox); Clementon (Fox) ;
Jericho (Fox); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens—Taunton (Stone); Clementon (Fox); Stafford’s
Forge (Rehn); West Creek (Rehn); Atsion (Hebard); Parkdale
(Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin (Daecke, Fox); Belle Plain
(Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); head of Tuckahoe River (Fox).

Coastal District—Petersburg (Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Cape
May (Daecke); Cape May Point (Fox).

Cape May Interior—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); South Seaville
(Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Clermont (Fox).

ERITETTIX Bruner.
E. carinatus Scudd. (= Simplex Scudd.),

GENERAL RANGE.—New England to Maryland and southern New
Jersey, south in the mountains to northern Alabama.

Loca DisrrrpuTion.—Very local and usually rather scarce,
occurring in both the Piedmont Region and the Coastal Plain. Not
positively recorded from the Middle District and doubtless absent
from the beaches.

EconocicaL Distripution.—Apparently a humicolous xerophile,
preferring dry upland localitions on barren soils, covered with
coarse grasses and low scrub growth.

Locatity REcorps.—

Piedmont Plateaw.—Schwenksville, . Montgomery Co., Pa., on
trap ridge (Fox); Ashbourne, Philadelphia Co., Pa. (Rehn); Pink
Hill, near Newtown Square, Delaware Co., Pa., on serpentine (Rehn
and Hebard, Fox); Fern Hill, near West Chester, Pa., on serpentine
(Rehn and Hebard).

Pine Barrens—Between Penbryn and Williamstown Junction,
in low blueberry scrub (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, in dry pasture (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction, in low grass on sand (Fox);
Clermont, in low scrub (Fox).

ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.
0. speciosa Seudd.

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern Canada and northern United States
south to the latitude of Maryland, and in the mountains to northern
Alabama, west to Nebraska.

Locat DistrrutTion.—Quite common, though somewhat local,
in the Appalachian, Highland and Piedmont Districts and the Penn-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

sylvania portion of the Middle District, extremely scarce and local
in the Coastal Plain.

Ecotogicat Distrrsution.—A humicolous xerophile, inhabiting
fields, pastures, hillsides and woodland borders, preferring areas of
coarse grasses on dry, more or less barren or undisturbed soils.

Locatiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Ricketts, Wyoming Co., Pa. (Stewardson
Brown); Ganoga Lake, Sullivan Co., Pa. (Stewardson Brown);
Rockville.

Piedmont Plateau.—Rock Hill, Bucks Co., Pa: (Fox); Perkasie,
Bucks Co., Pa. (Fox); Fort Washington, Montgomery Co., Pa.
(Fox); Mt. Airy, Philadelphia Co., Pa. (Fox); Germantown, Phil-
adelphia Co. (Fox); Fern Hill, Chester Co. (Hebard and Rehn);
Pink Hill, Delaware Co. (Fox); Castle Rock, Delaware Co. (Rehn
and Hebard); Bound Brook, N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Highlands.—Sparta, N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Orange Mts.,
N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Middle District—Bartram’s Garden, Philadelphia, Pa. (Fox);
common; Elmwood, Philadelphia Co., frequent in dry grassy tracts
along the edge of the Tinicum marshes (Fox); Essington, Delaware
Co., Pa. (Fox).

Neweastle, Delaware, frequent (Fox).

Washington Park, 1 male (Fox), Almonesson, 1 male, var. bilineata,
on sandy barren (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Stafford’s Forge, 2 females (Rehn).

Coastal District —Anglesea, 1 female (N. J. St. Mus.).

Remarks.—Both the normal and the bilineata types oecur in our
range, the normal being vastly in excess of the latter type, which
may be regarded as relatively scarce. In addition there is much
variability as regards color and markings in different individuals,
these occurring indifferently in both the normal and bilineata types.
Of the color varieties there are, (a) a form with the ground color a
light olivaceous; (b) one in which it is green; (c) a form which may
have either of these two ground colors, but has more or less of the
upper surface a bright crimson or orange, instead of the usual pale
brown. Of the variations in markings there are two forms, one in
which the body color is practically uniform, another in which it is
conspicuously mottled with darker blotches of black or brown.
In our region the most frequent type is the uniformly colored,
olivaceous variety, but the others are by no means infrequent.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

0. pelidna Burm.

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern New England, Ontario, Michigan
and Minnesota, south to Florida and the Gulf States, west to Colorado
and New Mexico; most abundant in the Austral zones, especially
near the coast, more or less local in the northern and central States.

Locau DistrisutTion.—Rare or only occasionally frequent locally
in the Piedmont Plateau; common locally in the Pennsylvania
portion of the Middle District; abundant in all parts of the Coastal
Plain, including the beaches.

EcouoaicaL DisrrrnuTION.—Habitat preferences rather variable,
but typically a humicolous xerophile. In the Piedmont Region it
is associated with O. speciosa; in the Coastal Plain it usually occurs
on dry sands or sandy loams wherever there is at least a moderate
amount of plant cover in the form of grass or low herbage; less
frequently it occurs in open peat-bogs and meadows.

Locauity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Perkasie, Bucks Co., Pa., 2:out of 106 Orphu-
lelle were of this species (Fox); Mt. Airy, Philadelphia Co., 19 out
of 108 of this species, the rest speciosa (Fox); Pink Hill, Delaware
Co. (Rehn, Fox); in my own collection 4 out of 49 Orphulelle were
of this species.

Middle District—Bartram’s Garden, Elmwood, Philadelphia Co.,
of 125 Orphulelle 45 were pelidna (Fox); Essington, Chester Co.,
14 pelidna out of a total of 26 Orphulelle (Fox).

Neweastle, Del., frequent (Fox).

Riverton, N. J. (Viereck); Washington Park (Fox), abundant;
Almonesson (Fox); Mantua (Fox); Laurel Springs (Fox); Medford
(Rehn); Jericho (Fox); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Taunton (Stone); Bear Swamp, Burlington Co.
(Rehn); Speedwell (Rehn); Clemonton (Rehn, Fox); Penbryn
(Fox); between Cedar Grove and Chatsworth (Rehn); Stafford’s
Forge (Rehn); West Creek (Rehn); Atsion (Hebard); Winslow
(Fox); Rosedale (Rehn and Hebard); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard);
Manumuskin (Fox); Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa
Bog (Fox); head of Tuckahoe River (Fox).

Coastal District—Petersburg (Fox); Palermo (Fox); Seaville
(Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Goshen (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox);
Seven-mile Beach (Fox); Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Viereck,
Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); South Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Clermont
(Fox); Swain (Fox); Rio Grande (Fox); Bennett (Fox).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

ReMARKS.—Same color variations in this as in the preceding species.

0. olivacea Morse.

GENERAL RaNGE.—Southern Connecticut to Florida, Louisiana
and Panama along the coast.

Locau Distrrpution.—Common in salt marshes in the Coastal
and doubtless also in the lower Middle District.

Ecotoaicat DistrinuTion.—Common on the salt marshes in the
short variety of Spartina glabra; much less frequent in the Sub-
maritime zone and rare on the mainland adjoining the salt marsh.

Locauity Recorps.—

Coastal District—Atlantic City (Rehn); Beesley’s Point (Fox);
Sea Isle City (Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Anglesea (A. N. 3.);
Goshen (Fox).

Remarks.—This species is much less variable than the two pre-
ceding species. The usual color is an olivaceous brown with paler
dorsal parts. Individuals with more or less green are not uncommon,
but I have never seen a single specimen with the reddish upper parts.
Both uniformly colored and mottled individuals occur, the former
being more frequent.

DICHROMORPHA Morse.
D. viridis Scudd.

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern New England to Florida, west to
Minnesota, Nebraska and Texas.

Locat Distrrsution.—Abundant in the Piedmont Region and
the Pennsylvania portion of the Middle District; less frequent and
largely local in the New Jersey Middle District, becomimg rare in
its southern part; very local in the northern half of the Pme Barrens;
apparently entirely absent from the southern Pine Barrens, Coastal
District and Cape May Peninsula.

Ecotocicat DistrinuTion.—Prevailingly a frequenter of low,
humid areas, especially rich, grassy meadows; less frequent but not
uncommon in upland situations where there is a thick growth of
succulent grasses; occasional in quite dry locations, such as stony
hillsides.

Locauity Recorps.—

Highlands—Boonton, N. J. (G. M. Greene, A. N. 8.).

Piedmont Plateawu.—Highspire, Dauphin Co., Pa. (Pa. St. Dept.
Zool.); Rock Hill, Bucks Co., Pa. (Fox); Perkasie, Bucks Co., Pa.
(Fox); Collegeville, Montgomery Co., Pa. (Fox); Fort Washington,
Montgomery Co. (Fox); Mt. Airy, Philadelphia Co. (Fox); Fern

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Hill, Chester Co. (Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill, Delaware Co., Pa.
(Rehn and Hebard, Fox); Castle Rock, Delaware Co. (Rehn and
Hebard).

Middle District—Tullytown, Bucks Co., Pa. (Fox); Philadelphia
Neck (Rehn); Elmwood, in Tinicum Meadows (Fox); Paschalville,
Philadelphia Co., in Tinicum Meadows (Fox); Essington (Fox).

Newcastle, Del. (Fox).

Washington Park, Gloucester Co., N. J. (Fox); Mantua (Fox);
Almonesson, scarce (Fox); Blackwood, moderately frequent in suc-
culent grass on bank of stream (Fox); Laurel Springs (Fox), not
common; Clementon, occasional in open bogs and pond borders
(Fox); Bridgeton, several in a small, humid depression (Fox);
Jericho, scarce in an open meadow along stream (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Bear Swamp, Burlington Co. (Rehn); Clementon,
occasional (Fox); Penbryn, edge of cedar bog, scarce (Fox); Atsion
(Hebard).

Remarks.—Both brown and green phases occur in our region in
approximately equal numbers.

CLINOCEPHALUS Morse.
C. elegans Morse.

GENERAL Rance.—New Jersey to Florida and Louisiana, mostly
near the coast.

Locau Disrrrsution.—Abundant in the Coastal District and
the Maritime portions of the Delaware Valley; rare inland.

EcotoaicaL DistriputTion.—A characteristic species of the
Submaritime zone, frequenting especially the mixed growth of
Spartina patens and Juncus gerardi along the edges of the salt marsh;
very exceptional inland in cranberry bogs.

Locatity Recorps.—

Middle District—Canton, Salem Co., N. J., in Submaritime zone
(Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Ocean County, on cranberry bogs, rare (Smith in
N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Belleplain, Cape May Co., in a small, neglected
cranberry bog in oak-pine woods, 1 male (Fox).

Coastal District-—West Creek (Rehn); Beesley’s Point (Fox);
Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox); Seven-mile Beach (Fox);
Anglesea (Wenzel); Cape May (Viereck, N. J. St. Mus. Rep., Fox);
Goshen (Fox); Cold Spring (Long).

CHLEALTIS Harris.
C. conspersa.
GENERAL RanGcE.—Canadian Provinces to southern New Jersey,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

Maryland and Illinois, south in the mountains to North Carolina
and Arkansas, west to Alberta, Minnesota and Nebraska.

Locau Distrrpution.—Rare and local throughout, except on the
beaches from which we have no records.

EcotogicaL DistrrputTion.—Typically a denizen of moist wood-
land, frequenting grasses and sedges around wet depressions; in the
Coastal District occurring along the outer edge of the Submaritime
zone where the latter joins the upland in association with Jva oraria
serub.

Locatity REcorps.—

Appalachian District—Sullivan Co., Pa. (A. N. 8.); Culvers
Lake, Sussex Co., N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Highlands —Lake Hopatcong, Newfoundland (N.J.St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateaw.—Fort Lee, N. J. (Beutenmuller).

Valley Forge, Chester Co., Pa. (Hebard); Fern Hill, Chester Co.
(Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill, Delaware Co., Pa., grassy borders
of stream and adjoining slope on edge of a small grove (Fox); Angora
(Greene).

Middle District—Almonesson, boggy depression in low oak woods
(Fox); Clementon, boggy spot in mixed oak and pine woods (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Tuckerton (Davis); Browns
Mills Junction (Daecke in N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Speedwell (Rehn);
Atsion (Rehn); Winslow, grassy and scrub undergrowth in moist
pine woods (Fox); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard); Belleplain, grassy
and bushy undergrowth in low oak woods surrounding an extensive
bog (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, scarce, but taken regularly in
Submaritime zone several seasons in succession (Fox).

STENOBOTHRUS Fisch. (= Chorthippus Fieb.).
S. ourtipennis Harris.

GENERAL Rance.—Canadian Provinces to Maryland and Indiana,
in the mountains to North Carolina; west to Alberta and eastern
Nebraska.

Loca Distrrpution.—Abundant in the Appalachian and Pied-
mont Districts and along both banks of the Delaware River; rare
and local elsewhere in the Coastal Plain.

Econoaican Disrrinution.—A hygrophilous type typical of
grassy and sedgy swamps, ditches and stream borders, especially
abundant in meadowlands. In the Coastal Plain appears to be
largely restricted to the succulent grasses bordermg the more open
bogs; exceptional in sphagnum and cranberry bogs.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Locatiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Ricketts, Wyoming Co., Pa. (S. Brown):
Bellasylva, Wyoming Co., Pa. (S. Brown); Ganoga Lake, Sullivan
Co., Pa. (S. Brown); Turnersville, Wayne Co., Pa. (B. Long);
South Sterling, Wayne Co., Pa. (Long); Loanna, Pike Co., Pa.
(Long).

Highlands.—Lake Hopatcong, Sparta, Culvers Lake, Newfound-
land, Orange Mts., N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Caldwell, N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Rock
Hill, Pa. (Fox); Collegeville, Pa. (Fox); Fort Washington, Pa.
(Fox); Fern Hill, Pa. (Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill, Pa., in “hum-
mock”’ bog, valley of Fawkes Run (Fox).

Middle District—Tullytown, Pa. (Fox); Elmwood, Pa. (Fox);
Paschalville, Pa. (Fox); Essington, Pa. (Fox).

Jamesburg, N. J. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Washington Park (Fox);
Almonesson (Fox); Clementon: (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—‘Ocean Co.” (Smith, in N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Fol-
som, in open bog border, several (Fox); Belleplain, one individual in
small cranberry bog in oak and pine woods (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, very local, moderately frequent
in the succulent grass surrounding a Scirpus americanus depression
near Devaul Run (Fox); Petersburg, small numbers in succulent
grass on slope adjoining overflow marsh on Cedar Swamp Creek
(Fox); Anglesea (Rehn).

MECOSTETHUS Fieb.
M. lineatus Seudd.

GENERAL RanGE.—Canadian Provinces to southern New Jersey,
Indiana and Illinois, west to eastern Nebraska.

Loca DistrrpuTion.—Appalachian District and Coastal Plain,
very local and only exceptionally frequent, usually scarce. Only
one record from the Piedmont Plateau. In our region most frequent
apparently on the shores of the Delaware River.

EcotogicaL Disrripetion.—A strongly hygrophilous species,
preferring marshes in which there is a tall and dense growth of
grasses and sedges.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Lopez, Sullivan Co. (Long).

Piedmont Plateau.—Fort Lee (Beutenmiiller).

Middle District—Elmwood in a Homalocenchrus oryzoides bog on
Tinicum Meadows (Fox); Tinicum Meadows (Rehn and Hebard).

_1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

Between Washington Park and Red Bank in a small “hummock”’
(Carex stricta ?) swamp (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—‘Ocean Co.” on cranberry bog (N. J. St. Mus.
Rep.); Lakehurst (¢dem.); between Winslow and Folsom, 1| individual
taken in Woodwardia virginica patch in peat bog (Fox); Folsom
(Rehn and Hebard); Hammonton (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Belleplain
(Fox), 1 taken in bog.

Coastal District—Anglesea (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

?

ARPHIA Stal.
A. sulphurea Fabr.

GENERAL RanNGE.—Southern New England and Ontario to northern
Florida, west to eastern Nebraska and Texas.

Locat Distrrpution.—Frequent, though more or less local,
throughout the Piedmont Plateau and Coastal Plain; absent on the
beaches.

EcoLoaicaL Distrinution.—A xerophilous species frequenting
especially bare soil surfaces usually in the vicinity of woodlands;
not infrequent in dry grasslands.

Locautity Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Rock Hill (Fox); Cliffs of the Delaware
below Kintnersville (Fox); Trappe (Fox); Valley Forge (Hebard,
Fox); Mt. Airy (Fox); Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill
(Rehn and Hebard, Fox); Castle Rock (Daecke); Williamson
School (Long).

Middle District—Tullytown, on sandy eminence in open woods
(Fox); Philadelphia (A. N. 8.).

DaCosta (Daecke); Westville (Rehn); Barnesboro (Fox);
Almonesson (Fox).

Pine Barrens—West Plains (Rehn); Clementon (Rehn, Fox);
Penbryn (Fox); Winslow (Fox); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard);
Manumuskin (Daecke); Belleplain (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox).

Coastal District—Petersburg (Fox); Ocean View (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox).

A. xanthoptera Burm.

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern New England and Wisconsin, south
to Florida and Texas, west to Nebraska.

Locat DistrisutTion.—Hssentially the same distribution as the
preceding, but rather more frequent; somewhat local in the Piedmont

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J une,

Region and Pine Barrens, but common almost everywhere in the
Middle and Coastal Districts. Absent or rare on the beaches.

Ecotoagicat DistrrpuTiIon.—Essentially a humicolous xerophile,
apparently preferring campestral stations, but not uncommon in
very open woodland. Especially frequents dry grasslands; also
occurs In numbers on bare loamy and clayey soils, but seems to avoid
bare sand.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Ricketts, Ganoga Lake (S. Brown).

Highlands—Orange Mts. (N. J. Mus. Rep.); Middlesex Co.
(idem.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Fort Lee (Beutenmuller).

Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Perkasie, frequent in hillside
pasture on stony soil (Fox); Trappe (Fox); Collegeville, upland
cornfields, stubble-fields and roadsides, frequent (Fox); Valley
Forge, frequent on dry grassy hillsides (Fox); Edge Hill (Long);
Ashbourne (Long); Mt. Airy (Fox); Germantown (Fox); Fern
Hill (Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill (Fox).

Middle District——Philadelphia (Viereck); Elmwood (Fox);
Essington (Fox); Neweastle, Del. (Fox).

Riverton (Rehn); Washington Park (Fox); Almonesson (A. N.3.,
Fox); Blackwoods (A. N. §8.); Atco (Rehn); Medford (Stone);
Laurel Springs (Fox); Clementon (Rehn, Fox); Jericho (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Whitings (Rehn); between Cedar Grove and
Chatsworth (Rehn); Staffords Forge,-in pine woods undergrowth
(Rehn); West Creek (Rehn); Atsion (Hebard); Clementon (Rehn,
Fox); Manumuskin, most frequent in settlements, infrequent in
dry, open patches of bare sand in pine woods (Fox); Belleplain
(Fox), mostly in open places; Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog
common in a neglected field near an old house, but unusual in the
surrounding oak and pine woods (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, quite frequent in old grassy and
weedy fields (Fox); Anglesea (A. N. 8.).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville, especially frequent in old fields (Fox);
Clermont (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Swain (Fox); Bennett (Fox).

ReMarks.—Only the yellow-winged phase of this species seems to
occur in any numbers in our region. The red or orange-winged
phase I have never seen in the field, though it is possible that it may
occur as a very rare variant. This is in marked contrast to the
frequency of the red-winged phase in the Central Western States

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

where it is nearly or quite as common as the yellow phase. The
usual explanation that the red-winged phase is due to greater humidity
is difficult to harmonize with the almost exclusive prevalence of the
yellow-winged type in our region, which is more humid than the
States west of the Appalachians.

CHORTOPHAGA Sauss.
C. viridifasciata De Geer.

GENERAL Ranae.—New England States and southern Canada,
to Georgia, Minnesota, Colorado and Texas.

Loca Distripution.—Common throughout the Piedmont Plateau
and Coastal Plain, probably also in the Appalachian District. Per-
haps a secondary introduction on the beaches. Somewhat local in
the Pine Barrens, occurring chiefly near human habitations.

EcoxtoaicaL DistrinutTion.—Occurs in a wide range of habitats;
most typical apparently of relatively dry, open grasslands, but not
infrequent in more humid surroundings, such as meadowlands;
avoids locations that are actually wet. Less frequent im sylvan
habitats than in campestral. Exceptional on bare sand and in low
scrubby vegetation.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Honesdale (Pa. St. Coll.); Rockville
(Pa. St. Coll.); Pocono (A. N. 8.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Perkasie (Fox); cliffs of the Delaware below
Kintnersville (Fox); Schwenksville (Fox); Trappe (Fox); College-
ville (Fox); Eagleville (Fox); Valley Forge (Hebard, Fox); Willow
Grove (Fox); Fort Washington (Fox); Edge Hill (A. N. 8.); Mt.
Airy (Fox); Germantown (Fox); Pink Hill (Rehn and Hebard,
Fox); Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard).

Middle District—Tullytown (Fox); Elmwood (Fox); Essington
(Fox).

Riverton (Rehn); Washington Park (Fox); Medford (Rehn);
Lindenwold (Long); Almonesson (Fox); Blackwood (Fox); Barnes-
boro (Fox); Ashland (Fox); Laurel Springs (Fox); Clementon
(Fox); @anton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Speedwell (Rehn); Bear Swamp (Rehn); Clemen-
ton (Fox); Penbryn (Fox); Winslow (Fox); Elm (Fox); Folsom
(Rehn and Hebard); near West Creek (Rehn); head of the Tucka-
hoe River (Fox); Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa
Bog (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View (Fox); Petersburg (Fox); Sea

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Isle City, mostly in neglected lots, on roadsides and railway embank-
ments (Fox); Piermont (Fox); Angelsea (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); 8. Seaville (Fox); Clermont (Fox); Dennisville (Fox);
Swain (Fox); Rio Grande (Fox); Bennett (Fox).

ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudd.
E. sordidus.

GENERAL RanGH.—Southern Canada to Florida and Texas, west
to Nebraska.

Locat Distrrpution.—An abundant and characteristic species
of the Appalachian and Piedmont Regions; scarce or lacking in the
greater part of the Coastal Plain, occurring in numbers only in the
Middle District; barely entering the Pine Barrens along their
northern and western borders. No records from the remainder of
the Pine Barrens, the Coastal District or the Cape May Peninsula.

EcotocicaL DistrrpuTion.—Typically a species of dry grassland,
preferring campestral stations; common in old and neglected fields,
roadsides, pastures, ete.

Locatiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Ricketts (Brown); Ganoga Lake (Brown);
Wyoming Co. (A. N. 8.); Rockville, Marysville (Pa. St. Dept.
Zool.).

Highlands.—Newfoundland (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Perkasie
(Fox); Trappe (Fox); Collegeville “(Fox); Valley Forge (Fox);
Edge Hill (Long); Ashbourne (Long); Lawndale (A. N. 8.); Mt.
Airy (Fox); Germantown (Fox); Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard);
Pink Hill (Fox); Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard); Caldwell, Newark,
New Brunswick (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Middle District—El\mwood, Essington, abundant in all relatively
dry locations (Fox); Philadelphia (A. N. 8.).

Washington Park, abundant in dry grassy locations (Fox); Laurel
Springs, frequent in grasslands (Fox).

Pine Barrens—Ocean Co. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Speedwell
(Stone).

CAMNULA Stal.
C. pellucida Seudd.
GENERAL RanGn.—Canadian Provinces to northern Pennsylvania,
Indiana and Illinois, west to the Pacifie States.
Locat DistripuTion.—Apparently quite scarce in the Appa-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

Jachian District, absent elsewhere. Known by positive record only
from northeastern Pennsylvania.

Ecotoaica Distrisution.—Not known from personal investiga-
tion, but apparently, according to descriptions of authors, a denizen
of dry grasslands.

Locatiry REecorps.—

Appalachian District—Wayne Co., Pa. (Long).

~ HIPPISCUS Sauss.
H. tuberculatus Beauv. (= apiculatus Harris).

GENERAL Ranee.—Canadian Provinces south to southern Penn-
sylvania, northern Indiana and Illinois, extending in the mountains
to North Carolina; west to Alberta, Northwest Territories and
Colorado.

Locat Disrrrsution.—Apparently frequent in the Appalachian
District; not uncommon, but more or less local in the Piedmont
Plateau. Absent from the Coastal Plain or at most barely entering
it along its northern border.

EcoLogicaL Disrripution.—Typically restricted to dry grass
and serub lands, usually in the vicinity of woodlands; rarely occurring
in damp, upland stream meadows.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Wayne Co. (Long); Tyrone (Pa. St. Dept.
Zool.); Honesdale (ibid.); Bendersville (ibid.); Huntingdon (ibid.);
Langsdorf (ibid.).

Highlands.—Hewitt (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Newfoundland (N. J.
St. Mus. Rep.); Great Notch (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); High Bridge
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Cliffs of the Delaware below Kintnersville
(Fox); Schwenksville, several in dry roadside vegetation along edge
of woods (Fox); Trappe, 1 individual in low thickets near edge of
woods (Fox); Eagleville, exceptionally frequent in an upland meadow
in long grass adjoining a small stream, not near woodland (Fox) ;
Valley Forge, frequent in clearings and along the edge of woods on
high ridge (Fox); Mt. Airy, several taken in a dry, grassy upland
field adjoining a small stream (Fox).

Middle District—Farmingdale (Johnson, in N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

H. phenicopterus Germ.
GENERAL Rance.—NSouthern New Jersey and southern Illinois to
Georgia, Mississippi and Texas, west to southeastern Nebraska.
Locat Disrrisution.—Largely restricted to the Coastal Plain,
33

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

where it is common in the Pine Barrens and Cape May Peninsula,
less frequent and more local in the Middle District and probably
accidental on the beaches and in the Piedmont of New Jersey.

EcoLoaicaL DistrrpuTION.—Characteristic of low, rather open
thickets and scrub growth on relatively pure sands, usually in the
vicinity of woodlands; less frequent, hut not always uncommon in
dry, open grasslands.

Locaurry Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Little Falls, Caldwell, New Brunswick (N. J.
St. Mus. Rep.).

Middle District—Almonesson, on sandy barrens, not common
(Fox); Turnersville, frequent on upland sand barrens and sandy
fields adjoining the woods (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Speedwell (Rehn); Clementon (Rehn, Fox);
Winslow (Fox); Atsion (Hebard and Rehn); head of Batsto (Rehn):
Manumuskin (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox).

Coastal District—Palermo (Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle
City, 1 individual observed in a vacant lot in the centre of the town.
probably accidentally brought over from the mainland (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville, largely restricted to wooded areas (Fox);
Greenfield (Fox); Clermont (Fox); Swain (Fox); Rio Grande (Fox);
Bennett (Fox).

H. rugosus Seudd. (inel. H. compactus Sceudd.). <

GENERAL RANGE.—New England States and Minnesota, south to
Florida and Texas, west to Nebraska.

Loca Disrripution.—Very local in the Piedmont Region, but
occasionally quite frequent; more abundant, but also somewhat
local in the Coastal Plain, apparently having its stronghold in the
lower Delaware Valley and Coastal Districts. Seems to be quite
exceptional in the Pine Barrens. Rare, possibly accidental, on the
beaches.

EcoLocicaL DistrRiBuTION.—A species of dry or moderately
humid grasslands and low serub, frequenting especially old, neglected
fields and woodland borders.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Highlands.—Orange Mts. (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Bound Brook, New Brunswick, Caldwell
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Perkasie (Fox); Valley Forge (Fox); Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard):
Pink Hill (Fox); Collingdale (Rehn).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

Middle District—Lahaway (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Lakewood (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); head of
Tuckahoe River (Fox). °

Coastal District—Ocean View, frequent in old, briery fields and
along edge of woods (Fox); Anglesea (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Cape May Interior —S. Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Cler-
mont (Fox)”?; Swain (Fox). ,

ReEmarks.—All individuals of this species taken by me were of
the yellow-winged variety.

DISSOSTEIRA Scudd.
D. carolina Linn.

GENERAL Disrripution.—All temperate North America from the
Atlantic to the Pacific.

Locau Distrinution.—Abundant in all districts with the possible
exception of certain parts of the Pine Barrens.

Hcoutocican Disrrisution.—Found in all dry or moderately
humid locations where there is more or less bare ground; largely
a campestral species, less frequent in sylvan haunts; occurs in fields,
meadows, and open woodland, especially abundant on roads, paths,
trails, ete.

Locatrry Recorps (list includes my own records only).

~Piedmont Plateau=—Rock Hill, Perkasie, Collegeville, Valley
Forge, Fort Washington, Mt. Airy, Germantown, Pink Hill, Phila-
delphia.

Middle District—Tullytown, Elmwood, Paschalville, Esssington,
Neweastle.

Washington Park, Mantua, Almonesson, Laurel Springs, Clemen-
ton, Jericho, Canton.

Pine Barrens.—Clementon, Penbryn, Winslow, most frequent
in cleared land, less common in scrub land; Manumuskin, Belleplain,
Mt. Pleasant, Formosa Bog, mostly on more open roads and in
abandoned fields, infrequent in woodland clearings.

Coastal District—Petersburg, Palermo, Seaville, Ocean View,
Court House, Goshen, Green Creek, Sea Isle City, Townsend Inlet,
Seven-mile Beach, Anglesea, Wildwood, Cape May, Dennisville.

SPHARAGEMON Seudd.
S. saxatile Morse.

GENERAL RANGE.—New England States south in the mountains

to southern Virginia, locally westwards to Arkansas.

* The record for Cedar Grove attributed to me in the N. J. St. Mus. Report
refers to this Cape May County locality, which is also called Cedar Grove, and
not to the Pine Barren locality described under that name in the list of localities.

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Locan DisrriputTion.—Restricted to the Appalachian and High-
lands Districts.

EcotocicaL DistrinuTion.—A_ distinctively saxicolous species,
occurring, according to Morse, on bare rock surfaces, ledges and
thinly grassed rocky soil.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian Region.—Lehigh Gap (Rehn).

Highlands—Newfoundland (Davis, N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

S. bolli Seudd.

GENERAL DisTripuTION.—Temperate North America, west to
Colorado and Manitoba.

Locau Distrinution.—Occurs in the Appalachian District; very
local and only rarely frequent in the Piedmont Region; more frequent
but local in the Middle and Coastal Districts; especially common
throughout the Pine Barrens. Not known to occur on the beaches.

EcouoeicaL DistriputTion.—A typical sylvan species, frequenting
the grassy and scrubby undergrowth of dry woodlands.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian Region.—Enola, Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.);
Bella Sylva (Brown); 8. Sterling (Long); Pike Co. (Long).

Piedmont Plateau—Valley Forge (Fox); Mt. Airy, frequent in
dry grasses and open scrub in deciduous woodland (Fox); Fern Hill
(Rehn and Hebard); Fairview (Rehn).

Middle District—Almonesson, scarce (Fox); Laurel Springs,
frequent (Fox); Jericho, common in sandy barrens (Fox); Canton,
in woods (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Clementon, frequent (Fox); Penbryn (Fox);
Winslow, common in blueberry scrub (Fox); Parkdale, common
(Rehn and Hebard); Atsion (Hebard); between Cedar Grove and
Chatsworth (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn, Rehn and Hebard) in
“pine woods undergrowth”; Manumuskin, in blueberry scrub of
open pine and oak woods (Fox); Belleplain, common in dry blue-
berry scrub (Fox); head of Tuckahoe River (Fox); Mt. Pleasant,
common in oak and pine woods; Formosa Bogs (Fox); Dennisville,
in dry, sandy woods (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); 8. Seaville, in wooded districts, common (Fox); South
Dennisville (Fox); Greenfield (Fox); Clermont (Fox); Swain
(Fox); Rio Grande (Fox); Bennett, not common, very local (Fox).
S. collare wyomingianum Thos.

GENERAL RanGE.—Loeally throughout the greater part of the

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

continent, occurring from Canada to the Gulf and west at least to
Utah.

Locat Disrripution.—Restricted almost entirely to the Pine
Barrens, where it is locally at least quite frequent; occurring also
in an outlying sand barren in the lower Delaware Valley.

EcotoaicaL DistrrpuTion.—A sand-loving species, frequenting
bare patches of relatively pure, white sand and open biueberry
scrub on sand.

Locauity Recorps.—

Middle District.—Jericho, in dry wooded sand barrens (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Clementon, locally frequent on clear, white sand
and in thin vegetation (Rehn, Fox); Penbryn, in sandy field (Fox) ;
Jamesburg, on “cranberry bogs’? (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Atsion
(Hebard); Da Costa (Skinner); Folsom, several on sandy railroad
bank and in adjoining field (Fox); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard);
Manumuskin, abundant on bare sand and in open scrub in or along
the borders of mixed oak and pine woods (Fox).

TRIMEROTROPIS Stal.
T. maritima Harr.

GENERAL RANGE.—Maine to Florida (Caudell) along the coast;
also on the shores of the Great Lakes.

Locan Distrrisution.—Abundant on the beaches; occasional
inland in the remaining parts of the Coastal Plain.

EcotoaicaL DistrrpuTion.—Restricted to areas of loose and
more or less shifting white sand; especially characteristic of the
Ammophila covered dunes of the seashore; elsewhere occurring on
loose sands in association with a very open formation of coarse
grasses.

Locauity Recorps.—

Middle District—Washington Park, several on loose sand (Fox);
Bayside (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Folsom, associated with
Spharagemon collare, several (Fox); Manumuskin, several on sandy
bluff overlooking tidal stream (Fox); Mt. Pleasant, one on gravelly
road (Fox).

Coastal District—Sandy Hook (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Seaside
Park (Long); Atlantie City (Fox); Ocean City (Fox); Sea Isle
City (Fox); Townsend Inlet (Fox); Beesley’s Point (Fox); Seven-
mile Beach; Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Cape May Point
(Fox); Town bank (Fox).

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction, a permanent colony in a
sand pit (Fox); 8. Seaville, stray individual (Fox).
T. citrina Scudd.

GENERAL RanGe.—Apparently widely distributed throughout
the eastern and central section of the continent from Canada to the
Gulf, but usually very local; most frequent in the Southern States.

Loca Disrrisution.—Very rare and local, so far taken in only
one locality close to the Appalachian front.

Ecoutocican DistrinutTion.—Stated to occur on sandy and
gravelly river banks and bars.

Locauiry Recorps.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

PSINIDIA Stal.
P. fenestralis Serv.

GENERAL Ranc@e.—Massachusetts to Florida, mostly in the
Atlantic Coastal Plain; also on the shores of the Great Lakes and
very local, in isolated sandy areas, in the interior as far west as
Nebraska.

Loca. DistrrputTion.—Abundant on bare sandy areas throughout
the entire Coastal Plain of New Jersey; no records west of the
Delaware River.

EcotogicaL DistripuTion.—A_ sand-loving species frequenting
areas of pure white sand, bare or but thinly clothed with low herbage;
occurs in both campestral and sylvan locations.

Locatity Recorps.— .

Middle District—Washington Park (Fox); Westville (Rehn);
Riverton (G. M. Greene); Almonesson (Fox); Turnersville (Fox);
Atco (Rehn); Clementon (Fox); Jericho (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Whitings (Rehn); Taunton (Stone); Clementon
(Rehn, Fox); Sumner (Rehn, Fox); Albion (Rehn, Fox); Penbryn
(Fox); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn); Winslow (Fox);
Parksdale (Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin (Fox); Belleplain
(Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox).

Coastal District—Spray Beach (Rehn); Atlantic City (Rehn);
Beesley’s Point (Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox);
Seven-mile Beach (Fox); Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Cape
May Point (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox) ; Ocean View Cemetery
(Fox); S. Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Greenfield (Fox);
Clermont (Fox); Swain (Fox); Rio Grande (Fox); Bennett (Fox).

RemMarkKs.—The vast majority of specimens have decidedly

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

reddish hind wings; many have orange and occasional examples
have them a clear yellow. Light straw or nearly colorless hind wings
I have never seen in local material.

SCIRTETICA Sauss.
S. marmorata Harris.

GENERAL DisrrRipuTION.—Coastal Plain from southern Connecti-
cut to Louisiana; locally recorded from southern Ontario and
Michigan.

Locant DisrrisuTion.—Abundant in the Pine Barrens and the
northern half of the Cape May Peninsula; local elsewhere in the
Coastal Plain. : ‘

Eco.oercaL DisrripuTion.—A sand-loving species almost entirely
restricted to sylvan situations. Occurs on bare sand or in open
serub on sandy soil.

Locatity Recorps.—

Middle District—Almonesson, scarce (Fox); Turnersville, frequent
in sandy upland woods (Fox); Medford (Stone); Jericho, abundant
in the wooded sand barrens (Fox); Lucaston (Rehn).

Pine Barrens—Whitings (Rehn); Speedwell (Rehn); between
Harris and White Horse (Rehn); Taunton (Stone); Atco (Rehn);
Clementon (Rehn, Fox); Sumner (Fox); Penbryn (Fox); Atsion
(Rehn); between Cedar Grove and Chatworth (Rehn); Staffords
Forge (Rehn); West Creek (Rehn); East Plains (Rehn); Iona
(Daecke); Da Costa (Daecke); Winslow (Fox); Folsom (Rehn and
Hebard, Fox); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin (Fox);
Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox).

Coastal District—Piermont, 1 individual taken on sand at leeward
edge of the dune area not far from the so-called “‘forest.”’

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville, in dry woods (Fox); Dennisville, in open
scrub and on sandy paths in oak and pine woods (Fox); Greenfield
(Fox); Clermont (Fox); Swain (Fox); Rio Grande, local (Fox);
Cape May Point, frequent on wooded dunes (Fox).

Remarks.—Three color phases of this species occur in New Jersey.
The most frequent is pale gray with darker mottling, giving a color
closely simulating sand; a second type is darker, the gray being
suffused with dusty-brown; the third type resembles the first, but
the body is much speckled with a pale green, giving the creatures a
striking resemblance to the crusts of reimdeer-moss that are frequent
features of their habitat.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

CIRCOTETTIX Scudd.
C. verruculatus Kirby.

GENERAL RanGE.—British Provinces and northernmost United
States south to the northern borders of New Jersey and Pennsyl-
vania, west to British Columbia.

Locaut Distrrinution.—Restricted to the mountainous parts of
both States.

Locatity Recorps.—

Appalachian District.—Delaware Water Gap (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Highlands.—Dover (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

PODISMA.
P. variegata Scudd.

GENERAL RANnGE.—Boreal, south in the mountains to North
Carolina.

Locat DisrripuTion.—Restricted to the Appalachian District;
apparently rather local..

EcoLogicaL DistRIBUTION.—Sylvan, associated especially with
hemlock (T’suga Canadensis) woods (Rehn).

Locatiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—North Mt. (Johnson); Ganoga Lake
(Brown); Bellasylva (Behr); Glen Onoko (Huntington).

SCHISTOCERCA Stal.

S. americana Drury. 7

GENERAL Rance.—Extreme southwestern Connecticut and south-
ern Ontario to Florida, Texas and South America, especially abundant
in the Austral zones.

Locat Distrrpurion.—Usually rare and local in the Coastal
Plain, apparently most frequent and regular on the beaches.

EcoLoaicaL DistripuTIoN.—So far as I have observed, occurs
usually in tall grasses and open scrub; on the beaches frequents the
Andropogon areas and bayberry serub.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Piedmont Region.—Ft. Lee (Beutenmuller).

Middle District—Newark (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Lahaway (N. J.
St. Mus. Rep.); Philadelphia (Skinner, Hebard, Seiss.).

Pine Barrens.—Lakewood (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Coastal District—Seaside Park (Long); Avalon, scarce (Fox);
Anglesea (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.), moderately frequent (Fox); Cape
May (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

1914. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

8. damnifica Sauss.

GENERAL Rancu.—New Jersey and southern Indiana to Georgia
and Texas.

Locau DistriputTion.—Locally frequent throughout the Coastal
Plain, except the beach islands on which it seems not to occur.

EcotoaicaL DisrrinuTION.—A sylvan species occurring typically
in or near dry woodlands, inhabiting low thickets and underbrush;
local in open campestral country, persisting in tall grass formations
and thickets.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—Manasquan (Davis); Medford (Stone); Lucas-
ton (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Florence:(Calvert); Westville (Skinner) ;
Woodbury (Viereck); Almonesson (Fox); Jericho (Fox).

Pine Barrens——Clemonton (Rehn, Daecke, Viereck); Penbryn
(Fox); between head of Batsto and Speedwell (Rehn); Winslow
(Fox); Hammonton (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Lakehurst (Davis);
Lakewood (Davis); Staffords Forge (Rehn).

Coastal District—Palermo (Fox); Ocean View (Fox).

Cape May Interior —Ocean View Cemetery (Fox); Bennett
(Fox); Clermont (Fox).

S. alutacea Harris (Typical race).

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern Massachusetts to [linois, Nebraska,
Florida, Texas and New Mexico.

Loca DistripuTion.—Common in the Pine Barrens and the
upper portion of the Cape May Peninsula; very local in the Middle
and Coastal Districts; not known with certainty on the beaches.

Ecotogican DristrrputTion.—Typically frequenting the rank
herbage of sphagnum and cranberry bogs, usually associated with
a sylvan environment.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—TYinicum (Stone).

Riverton (Viereck); Red Bank, 1 female, very aberrant, possibly
a hybrid with americana (Fox); Jericho (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Clementon (Rehn, Fox); Winslow (Fox); Folsom
(Rehn and Hebard); Atco (Rehn); Speedwell (Rehn); Manahawken
(Rehn); West Creek (Rehn); between Cedar Grove and Chatsworth
(Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Whitings (Rehn); Atsion
(Hebard); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin (Fox);
Belleplain (Fox).

Coastal District—Cape May Court House, in a meadow containing

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

woodwardia virginica, Sanguisorba canadensis, Hupatorium maculatum,
etc. (Fox).

Cape May Interior—Sea Isle Junction, in Great Cedar Swamp
(Fox); S$. Seaville, 1 individual in thicket near head of marshy
depression (Fox); Dennisville, in woodland swamp (Fox); Swain
(Fox); Nummytown (Fox).

8. rubiginosa Harris (= rubiginosa phase of alutacea).

GENERAL Ranae.—Apparently co-extensive with that of alutacea.

Locau Disrrisution.—Occasional or possibly accidental in the
Piedmont Plateau; common in the Pine Barrens and upper part of
the interior district of the Cape May Peninsula; rare or local in the
Middle and Coastal Districts; absent on the beaches.

EcouocicaL DistrinutTion.—Typical of dry, scrubby areas in oak
and pine woods on sandy soils.

Locatity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateaw.—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Middle District—Almonesson, scarce (Fox); Jericho, frequent
in sand barrens (Fox).

Pine Barrens—Whitings (Rehn); between Cedar Grove and
Chatworth (Rehn); between Harris and Whitehorse (Rehn);
Taunton (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Atsion (Hebard); Park-
dale (Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin (Fox); Belleplain (Fox);
Woodbine (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, scarce (Fox).

Cape May Interior—Sea Isle Junction, common in relatively dry
locations, not found in Great Cedar Swamp (Fox); Ocean View
Cemetery, frequent in low blueberry scrub (Fox); S. Seaville, in
open woods and woodland scrub (Fox); Dennisville, in similar
locations (Fox); Greenfield (Fox); Clermont (Fox); Swain (Fox);
Bennett, scarce in dry wood borders (Fox).

Remarks.—In addition to typical representatives of the two
foregoing races, intermediates, which it is difficult to assign definitely
to either race, are common and occur in association with the typical
forms.

8. sp. ef. obscura Burm. (= unicolorous phase of S. obscura parallel to the rubiginosa phase of
alutacea; a possibility suggested to me by Mr. Rehn).

GENERAL Rance.—Not known. Typical obscura oceurs from
Maryland to Florida, Texas and Nebraska.

Locau Disrrisurion.—Restricted to and locally common on
the beaches.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

EcotoegicaL DistrruTion.—Characteristic of the fixed dune
areas, where it frequents the tall grasses (Andropogon) and wax-
myrtle thickets.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Coastal District—Beach Haven (Long); Spray Beach (Long);
Seaside Park (Long); Townsend’s Inlet (Fox); Avalon (Fox);
Piermont (Fox); Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Fox).

HESPEROTETTIX Scudder.
H. brevipennis Thomas.

GENERAL RancGE.—Eastern Massachusetts to Georgia and
Alabama. A

Locat DisrripuTion.—Almost entirely restricted to the Pine
Barrens, where it is usually rather infrequent, though occasionally
moderately frequent in spots. One specimen is recorded from the
Cape May Peninsula.

EcoutoaicaL Distrinution.—Frequents low scrub and under-
growth in mixed pine and oak woods and about the borders of
sphagnum bogs.

Locatiry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Staffords Forge (Rehn);
Atsion (Hebard and Rehn); between Winslow and Folsom (Fox);
Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Great Cedar Swamp, north
border, near Sea Isle Junction (Fox).

Cape May Peninsula.—Anglesea (Smith), 1 female, exact location
of capture not known; it might have been on the mainland opposite
the beach.

DENDROTETTIX Riley.
D. quercus Riley.

GENERAL RANGE.—A western species (Nebraska, Missouri, Illinois,
Towa, Texas), known in the east only from New Jersey.

Loca Distripution.— Usually rare and local in the Pine Barrens,
oceasionally common (Davis).

EcotocicaL DistripuTion.—Frequenting trees and scrub in oak
and pine woods (Rehn); feeding on oaks and sumach (Davis).

Locatiry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens—Bamber (Daecke); Ridgeway (Davis); Lake-
hurst (Davis).

MELANOPLUS Stal.
M. scudderi Uhler.

GENERAL Rance.—New England to Georgia and Texas, west to
Minnesota and Nebraska.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

LocaL Disrripution.—Loeally frequent throughout, except on
the beaches where it seems to be lacking; no actual records from the
Appalachian Region, but probably occurs there.

EcoutoaicaL DistrIBuTION.—Typically a sylvan species frequent-
ing grassy and scrubby areas in dry woods; sometimes found away
from woodland in thickets, along fences, etc.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Highlands.—Hopatcong, Newfoundland (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Collegeville (Fox); Chestnut Hill (Hebard);
Mt. Airy (Fox); Germantown (Fox); Ashbourne (Long); Castle
Rock (Rehn and Hebard).

Middle District.—Riverton (Johnson); Medford (Rehn); Lucaston
(Daecke); Almonesson (Wenzel); Laurel Springs (Fox); Jericho
(Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Atsion (Rehn, Hebard);
Da Costa (Daecke); Staffords Forge (Rehn); head of Tuckahoe
River (Fox); Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog
(Fox).

Coastal District—Palermo (Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Goshen
(Fox).

Cape May Interior —Sea Isle Junction (Fox); $. Seaville (Fox);
Dennisville (Fox); Greenfield (Fox); Clermont (Fox); Bennett
(Long, Fox); Cape May Point (Fox).

M. mancus Smith.

GENERAL RANGE.—New England to northern New Jersey in
mountains.

Locau DisTRIBUTION.
of New Jersey.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Highlands.—Lake Hopatcong (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

As yet recorded only from the Highlands

M. tribulus Morse.

GENERAL RaNnGre.—Southern Pennsylvania and New Jersey to
Georgia.

Locat DistrrputTion.—Rare and local, recorded so far from the
Serpentine (or Conowingo) Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania
and from the Pine Barrens and northern border of the Cape May
Peninsula.

EcotocicaL Distripution.—Grassy and serubby undergrowth
of dry woodlands and thickets along their borders.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

Locauiry Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateaw.—Pink Hill (Rehn and Hebard).
Pine Barrens.—Statfords Forge (Rehn); Belleplain (Fox).
Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox).

M. fasciatus Walker.

GENERAL RANGE.—Canadian Provinces to northern Illinois and
Indiana and southern New Jersey, south in the mountains to northern
Alabama, west to Colorado and British Columbia.

Locat Disrrinution.—Occurs in the Appalachian Region. No
records of its occurrence in the Piedmont Plateau. Locally frequent
throughout the Pine Barrens; occasional in the extreme upper part
of the Cape May Peninsula.

EcotoaicaL DistrinutTion.—Frequents the low scrub and under-
erowth of dry woods; at times also found about the margins of bogs.

Locaniry REcorps.—

Appalachian District—Bellasylva (Stone); Lehigh Gap (Rehn).

Pine Barrens.—Jamesburg (Beutenmiiller); Clementon (Fox);
Whitings (Rehn); Speedwell (Rehn); Whitehorse (Rehn); Cedar
Grove (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn); between
Winslow and Folsom (Fox); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard); Da Costa
(Daecke); Manumuskin (Daecke, Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox).

M. atlanis Riley.

GENERAL RanGe.—Canadian Provinces to Florida, Texas, Utah
and Arizona.

Locat Disrrinution.—Recorded from the Appalachian District;
common, though somewhat local, in the Piedmont Plateau; plentiful
in the Coastal Plain, especially in the Middle and Coastal Districts;
more local in the Pine Barrens. Absent from the beaches.

EcotoaicaL DistriputTiIon.—A xerophilous species of campestral
tendencies, preferring open, dry grasslands on sandy soils.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Lehigh Gap (Rehn).

Piedmont Plateau.—Valley Forge (Fox); Germantown (Fox);
Pink Hill (Fox); Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard).

Middle District—Tullytown (Fox); Philadelphia (A. N. 8.);
Elmwood (Fox).

Riverton (Viereck); Atco (Rekn); Washington Park (Fox);
Woodbury (Viereck); Mantua (Fox); Almonesson (Fox); Laurel
Springs (Fox); Clementon (Fox).

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Pine Barrens.—Clementon (Fox); Albion (Rehn); Penbryn
(Fox); Winslow (Fox); Atsion (Hebard); Folsom (Rehn and
Hebard); Parkdale (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Manumuskin
(Fox); Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox).

Coastal District—Petersburg (Fox); Ocean View (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Clermont (Fox);
Cape May Court House (Long); Bennett (Fox); Cape May Point
(Fox).

M. femur-rubrum De Geer.

GENERAL Rance.— Canadian Provinces to the Gulf States, west
to British Columbia, Utah and New Mexico, most abundant east
of the Rocky Mountains.

Locat Distrisution.—The most abundant species throughout,
except in the Pine Barrens where it is rather local, occurring almost
exclusively in cultivated areas and old fields (Rehn).

EcotoaicaL DistrrpuTion.—Adapted to a wide range of environ-
mental conditions, but partial to more or less humid surroundings;
largely avoids extremely dry areas, such as bare sand, or open plant
formations on dry soils. Its stronghold is in the low, marshy grass-
lands in the river valleys and along the edges of the salt marshes,
but it is also abundant, though perhaps slightly less so, in all upland
districts which are under cultivation and which have a nearly con-
tinuous cover of grasses. .

Locatity Recorps.—It is needless to give a list of localities,
since it would inelude about every place in which Orthoptera have

been collected.

M. minor Seudd.

GENERAL RANGE.—Largely boreal, from the Canadian Provinces
to southern New Jersey, Virginia, Indiana, Illinois, Nebraska and
Colorado.

Loca. DistrinutTion.—Frequent locally in the Piedmont Plateau,
doubtless also in the Appalachian Region; rare in the Coastal
Plain.

EcotocicaL Disrripution.—Typical of relatively dry ground
covered with coarse grasses and low scrub in the vicinity of woodlands.

Locautiry Recorps.—

Appalachian Region.—S. Sterling (Long).

Piedmont Plateau.—Palisades of the Hudson (Beutenmiiller) ;
cliffs of the Delaware below Kintnersville (Fox); Valley Forge,

1914. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

frequent in open places in dry woods and in dry, grassy fields adjoining
the woods (Fox); Fort Washington (Fox); Mt. Airy, frequent on
dry hillside associated with Andropogon (Fox); Germantown (Fox);
Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard); Williamson’s School, on Serpentine
(Long); Pink Hill (Rehn and Hebard, Fox); Castle Rock (Rehn
and Hebard).

Middle District—Philadelphia (Rehn); Essington (Fox).

Jamesburg (Davis); Atco (Seiss); Westville (Johnson).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Speedwell (Rehn); Clementon
(Long); Belleplain (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction, several taken in low bunch-
grasses on sandy soil (Fox). ,

M. luridus Dodge.

GENERAL RanGE.—Canada to southern New Jersey and in the
mountains to Georgia, west to Manitoba, Minnesota, Colorado,
Oklakoma and Texas.

Locat DistripuTIoN.—Very common in the Pine Barrens and
upper Cape May Peninsula; local in the Piedmont Plateau and
Middle District. No records from the Coastal District.

EcotoaicaL Disrrinution.—A characteristic sylvan species,
frequenting the undergrowth and border vegetation of dry woodlands.

Locauity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Mt. Airy, frequent in a grove associated with
Spharagemon bolli and Orphulella speciosa and pelidna (Fox); Fair-
mount Park, Philadelphia (Rehn).

Middle District—Laurel Springs (Fox); Jéricho, in sandy barrens
(Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Whitings (Rehn); between Cedar Grove and
Chatsworth (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn); White
Horse (Rehn); Clementon (Fox); Penbryn (Fox); Sumner (Long) ;?!
between Winslow and Folsom (Fox); Manumuskin (Fox); Belle-
plain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); Dennisville (Fox); Greenfield (Fox); Clermont (Fox);
Swain (Fox).

M. impudicus Scudder.

GENERAL RanGE.—Southern New Jersey and southern Indiana

and Illinois to the Gulf States, west to Oklahoma. —

21 T include the M. keeleri of the State Mus. Report under this species.

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Loca DistrisutTion.—Restricted to the Pine Barrens, where it
appears to be only locally frequent.

EcotoctcaL Disrrrpution.—Apparently similar to lwridus, with
which it was associated in the only locality where I have collected it,
Always in our region in pine or mixed pine and oak woods.

Locauity Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Jamesburg (Davis); East Plains (Davis); Lake-
hurst (Davis); White Horse (Rehn); near Harris (Rehn); Staffords
Forge (Hebard); Atsion (Rehn, Hebard); Manumuskin, quite
common in the undergrowth and in the border shrubbery of mixed
oak and pine woods (Fox).

M. stonei Rehn.

GENERAL RanGe.—Pine Barrens of New Jersey.

Loca DisrripuTion.—Restricted to the Pine Barrens, and so far
reported only from its northern portion.

EcoLtogicaL Disrriputrion.—‘‘ Low scrub under mixed pine and
oak and bare sand near pine woods” (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Locatiry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Between Harris and White Horse (Stone and

Xehn); Atsion (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn).

M. differentialis (Thomas).

GENERAL RANGE.—Southern Michigan and Minnesota to south-
eastern Tennessee, Louisiana and Texas, west to the Rocky Mts.;
local east of the Alleghanies in the vicinity of Philadelphia.”

Locau Disrrinution.—Abundant, at least locally, in the low
marshy lands adjoining the lower Delaware River and its tributaries.

EcoLogicaL DisrrrutTion.—Characteristic of alluvial lowlands,
frequenting the dense succulent grasses of the marshes—e.g., Homalo-
cenchrus oryzoides—and the rank vegetation about their borders,
especially the tall ragweed (Ambrosia trifida); spreading from such
locations to the adjoining upland fields and gardens.

Locatity Recorps.—

Middle District—Philadelphia (Seiss, Rehn); West Philadelphia,
in Botanie Gardens of the Univ. of Pa. on gravelly upland (Fox);
Bartram’s Garden, in fields and thickets on upland terrace (Fox);
Philadelphia Neck (Rehn); Elmwood, in Tinicum Meadows, abund-
ant (Fox); Essington, in Tinicum Meadows, frequent (Fox);
Newcastle, frequent in rank vegetation bordering Delaware River
marshes (Fox).

22 See Rehn, Canad. Entom., Vol. XXXII, 1999, p. 28.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

Riverton (Rehn); Camden (Kemp, N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); West-
ville (Johnson); Red Bank, common in rank growth along river
marshes (Fox); Dennisville, 1 male, moist environment, evidently
near salt marsh (Davis in personal letter).

M. femoratus Burm.

GENERAL RanGeE.—Canadian Provinces to Virginia and Ken-
tucky, in the mountains to Georgia and Alabama, west to the Pacific
States, mostly northern in distribution.

Locat Distrinution.—Very common in the Piedmont Plateau
and probably also in the Appalachian Region; common, but rather
more local in the Coastal Plain, least frequent in the Pine Barrens
and on the beaches, probably being a secondary introduction on the
latter.

EcoLoaicaL Disrrisution.—Adapted to a wide variety of con-
ditions, but seems to prefer more or less humid tracts with a con-
tinuous cover of succulent grasses and other vegetation; not in-
frequent, however, in quite dry situations where there is considerable
cover. It occurs in both campestral and sylvan stations.

Locatity Recorps.—

Appalachian Region.—Pike County (A. N.8.); 5. Sterling (Long);
Lehigh Gap (Rehn).

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Rock Hill
(Fox); Fort Washington (Fox); Valley Forge (Hebard); Mt. Airy
(Fox); Germantown (Fox); Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard); William-
son School, Serpentine Barrens (Long); Pink Hill (Fox); Castle
Rock (Rehn and Hebard); West Philadelphia (Fox).

Middle District—Tullytown (Fox); Elmwood, in Tinicum meadows
(Fox); Paschalville (Fox); Essington (Fox); Newcastle (Fox).

Washington Park (Fox); Red Bank (Fox); Almonesson (Fox);
Blackwood (Fox); Mantua (Fox); Jericho (Fox); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Between Cedar Grove and Chatsworth (Rehn);
West Creek (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn); Clementon (Fox); Winslow
(Fox); Parkdale (A. N.S.); Rosedale (Rehn and Hebard); Manu-
muskin (Fox); Belleplain (Fox), most frequent in cultivated areas;
Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox); head of Tuckahoe River
(Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View, frequent in grassy areas and
thickets (Fox); Anglesea, scarce (Fox). _

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); S. Seaville (Fox); Dennisville (Fox).

34

s
516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

M. punctulatus Seudd.

GENERAL RanGE.—Northern; Canadian Provinces to New
Jersey, North Carolina, Indiana and Nebraska.

Locau DistripuTION.—Reported from the New Jersey Highlands
and the northern section of the Pine Barrens.

EcoLoeicaL DistrrputTion.—A sylvan species of more or less
arboreal habits, frequenting the trunks and branches of trees espe-
cially pine trees (Walker).

Locatity REcorps.—

Highlands.—Newfoundland (Davis).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Browns Mills (Daecke);
Staffords Forge (Hebard); Ocean Co. about cranberry bogs (Smith).
PAROXYA Scudder.

P. floridiana Scudder.

GENERAL DisTrRipuTion.—EHastern Massachusetts and southern
Ontario to Florida and Texas, mostly near the coast.

Loca DisrripuTIon.—Very exceptional in the Piedmont Region;
abundant in suitable locations in the Middle and Coastal Districts;
much less frequent and apparently quite local in the Pine Barrens
and upper part of the interior of the Cape May Peninsula. Abundant
on the beaches.

EcotocicaL DisrripuTion.—A_ strongly hygrophilous species,
frequenting the dense rank grasses and sedges of open marshes,
fresh water and submaritime, but not occurring in true salt marsh.

Locatity Recorps.— *

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg, in Wetzel’s Swamp (Pa. St. Dept.
Zool.).

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn); Elmwood, in Tinicum
marshes (Fox); Paschalville, in Tinicum marshes (Fox); Essington,
in Tinicum marshes, especially in the rank growth of Sagittaria
and associated plants along ditches (Fox); Neweastle (Fox).

Riverton (Viereck); Washington Park (Fox); Westville (Viereck) ;
Blackwood (Fox); Clementon, in sedgy bog (Fox); Jericho, in open
meadow along stream (Fox); Canton, in wet places along the edge
of the salt marsh (Fox).

Pine Barrens —Bear Swamp (Rehn); Clementon (Rehn); Fol-
som, frequent in open bog associated with P. scudderi (Fox); Rosedale
(Rehn and Hebard); Manumuskin, in rank growth of rice grass,
Zizania palustris, on tidal mudflats (Fox); Belleplain, in open bog
containing mixture of Pine Barren and Coastal floras (Fox); Great
Cedar Swamp near Sea Isle Junction, not common (Fox).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

Coastal District—Near West Creek (Rehn); Ocean View, common
in tall grasses and sedges along the borders of the salt meadows
(Fox); Dennisville, abundant in dense growths of tall grass, Spartina
cynosuroides, bordering the salt marsh (Fox); Cape May Court
House, abundant in a low marshy area leading toward the salt
marsh (Fox); Goshen, in Spartina cynosuroides on tidal flat (Fox);
Ocean City (A. N.$.); Avalon, in humid tracts in the dune depres-
sions or along the edges of the salt marsh (Fox); Piermont, (Fox);
Anglesea (A. N. S., Fox); Cape May (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Swain, in peat bogs (Fox).

P. soudderi Blatchley.

GENERAL Rance.—Reported so far from northern Indiana and
Illinois and the Pine Barrens of New Jersey and North Carolina.

Locau Disrrisution.—Moderately frequent in the bogs of the
Pine Barrens, apparently occasionally intruding into the Coastal
District along their edges.

EcoutoaicaL Distripution.—A characteristic species of the
sphagnum bogs, frequenting especially the areas of chain-fern,
Woodwardia virginica.

Locatitry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Jamesburg (Davis); Lakehurst (Davis); Speed-
well (Rehn); Bear Swamp (Rehn); Atco (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn);
Staffords Forge (Rehn); Folsom (Rehn and Hebard, Fox); Rosedale
(Rehn and Hebard); Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard); Belleplain
(Fox); Great Cedar Swamp near Sea Isle Junction (Fox).

Coastal District—Seaville, 1 individual taken in a Scirpus ameri-
canus bog adjoining a rivulet draining a near-by cedar-bog (Fox).

SCUDDERIA Stal.
8. texensis Sauss.-Pict.

GENERAL DistrRrBpuTiIoN.—New England and Ontario to Florida
and Texas, west to the Great Plains.

Locau Distripution.—Relatively infrequent and local in. the
Piedmont Plateau; common in the Middle and Coastal Districts;
apparently less frequent in the Pine Barrens and the interior of the
upper Cape May Peninsula. Frequent on the beaches.

EcotoaicaL Distrisution.—Typical of low humid areas, fre-
quenting the rank vegetation in the vicinity of marshes; less frequent,
but not uncommon, on the adjoiming uplands and along the borders
of dry or moist woodlands.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian Region.—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

Highlands.—Hewitt (Davis).

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Perkasie
(Fox), on hillside in scrubby area along edge of a small grove; Mont-
gomery Co. (Rehn).

Middle District—Philadelphia Neck (Rehn); Tinieum (Rehn and
Hebard); Elmwood, in Tinicum meadows (Fox); Paschalville, in
Tinicum meadows (Fox); Essington (Fox); Newcastle (Fox).

Washington Park (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Between Cedar Grove and Chatsworth (Rehn);
Atsion (Hebard); Staffords Forge (Rehn).

Coastal District—Ocean View, common in fresh meadows (Fox);
Goshen (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox); Seven-mile Beach (Fox);
Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Fox).

S. curvicauda (De Geer).

GENERAL RANGE.—Canadian Provinces to Florida and Texas,
west to the Plains.

Loca DisrripuTion.—Frequent throughout, except in the
Coastal District from which I have no records of its occurrence.

EcotocicaL DisrrrpuTion.—Essentially a sylvan species, fre-
quenting the trees and underbrush of both dry and moist woodlands,
less frequent in the border-thickets of open meadowlands.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Caldwell* (Crane); Penryn (Pa. St. Dept.
Zool.); Rock Hill (Fox); Fort Washington (Fox); Montgomery Co.
(Rehn); Mt. Airy (Fox); Pink Hill (Fox).

Middle District—Philadelphia Neck (Rehn); Tiniceum (Rehn and
Hebard); Elmwood (Fox); Riverton (Viereck); Laurel Springs
(Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Clementon (Fox); Atco (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn);
between Harris and White Horse (Rehn); Parkdale (Rehn and
Hebard); Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog
(Fox).

Cape May Interior—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Swain (Fox); Rio
Grande (Fox).

S. furcata Bruner.

GENERAL RaNGE.—Canadian Provinces to the Gulf States, west
to the Rocky Mts.

Locat DisrripuTion.—Frequent throughout, except on the
beaches, where it seems to be rather scarce.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

EcoutoaicaL DisrrrpuTion.—Occurs in a variety of habitats,
both sylvan and campestral, frequenting trees, scrubby areas and
thickets.

Locauity REcorps.—

Appalachian District—Wayne Co. (Long).

Piedmont Plateau.—Honesdale (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Dauphin
(tbid.); Camphill (abid.); Catawissa (ibid.); Harrisburg (ibid.);
Rock Hill (Fox); Collegeville (Fox); Valley Forge (Fox); Mt. Airy
(Daecke); Collingdale (Rehn); Swarthmore (Rehn).

Middle District—Riverton (Viereck); Woodbury (Hardenburg) ;
Jericho (Fox); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Clementon (Rehn); Staffords Forge (Rehn);
Belleplain (Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox).

Coastal District—West Creek (Rehn); Ocean View (Fox): Goshen
(Fox); Avalon, rare (Fox); Anglesea, rare (Fox).

Cape May Interior—Ocean View Cemetery (Fox); Greenfield
(Fox); Clermont (Fox); Cape May Point (Fox).

8. pistillata Bruner.

GENERAL RanGE.—Canadian Provinces to New Jersey and
northern Indiana, west to Manitoba.

Locau Disrrisutrion.—Apparently .scarce, probably largely re-
stricted to the northern districts.

EconocicaL Distrriputrion.—‘‘Occurs with the other species’’
(Beutenmiiller, in N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Locauity Recorps.—

Highlands.—Chester (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Middle District—Lucaston (Daecke).
S. septentrionalis Serv.

GENERAL RanGE.—Apparently boreal, south to New Jersey.

Locat DisrripuTion.—Apparently scarce; reported from the
Highlands and Pine Barrens.

EcoutoaicaL Disrripution.—No data seen.

Locatiry REecorps.—

Highlands.—Ramsey, Lake Hopatcong (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Pine Barrens.—Vineland (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).
8. truncata Beut.

GENERAL RANGE.—So far as I am aware, not taken outside the
Pine Barrens of New Jersey. ,

Locat Disrripution.—Probably very rare, known only, so far
as I am aware, from one locality in the Pine Barrens.

520, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

EcotocicaL DisTrinutTion.—No data seen.
Locatiry Recorp.—
Pine Barrens.—Vineland (Beutenmiiller).

AMBLYCORYPHA Stal.
A. oblongifolia De Geer.

GENERAL DtIsTRIBUTION.—Southern Canada south to Georgia,
west to the Great Plains.

Locat DistrrpuTion.—Moderately frequent throughout, except
on the beaches, where it seems to be lacking.

EcoLtoagicaL DisTRIBUTION.—A sylvan species, frequenting scrub
growth and borders of woodland.

Locauiry Recorp.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Camphill
(Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Highspire (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Eberly’s
Mill (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Chestnut Hill (Hebard); Mt. Airy
(Daecke); Ashbourne (Long).

Middle District—Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Da Costa (Daecke); Atsion (Rehn); Atco (Rehn);
Staffords Forge (Rehn and Hebard).

Coastal District—Absecon (A. N. S.); Ocean View (Fox).

Cape May Interior —Greenfield (Fox).

A. rotundifolia Scudder.

GENERAL RaNGE.—Similar to that of the preceding.

Locat DisrriputTion.—As in the preceding, but less frequent
apparently.

EcoutocicaL DistrrBUTION.—<As in the preceding species.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Highlands.—Sparta (Davis); Newfoundland (Davis); Chester
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Ft. Lee
(Davis).

Middle District—Tinicum (Rehn and Hebard).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Staffords Forge (Rehn);
Weymouth (Daecke); Atco (Rehn); Manumuskin (Daecke).

Coastal District—Morgan (Davis).

Cape May Interior—Sea Isle Junction (Fox).

A. uhleri Bruner.
GENERAL RANGE.—Southern New Jersey to Florida and southern
Illinois and Indiana.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

Locan Disrrrpution.—Confined to the Coastal Plain, where it
usually appears to be of infrequent occurrence, though in some
seasons it may be fairly common. Does not seem to occur on the
beaches.

EcontoaicaL DisTrRIBUTION.—Seems, so far as my experience with
it goes, to be more campestral in its habitat preferences than the
other species of the genus. Frequents low scrub and grassy thickets
in dry locations.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—Lucaston (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Jericho, in
sandy barrens (Fox).

Pine Barrens—Atsion (Hebard);. Parkdale (Rehn and Hebard).

Coastal District—Ocean View (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); S. Seaville (Fox);
Clermont (Fox).

MICROCENTRUM Seudd.
M. rhombifolium Sauss. (= laurifolium Linn.).
M. retinerve Burm.
PTEROPHYLLA Kirby (= Cyrtophyllus).
C. perspicillatus Linn.

The three preceding species are the more strictly arboreal forms,
which were not studied in connection with the present investigation.
The few specimens which I took add practically nothing to the data
already published elsewhere.

CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg of authors.

(= Conocephaloides Perkins.)
C. robustus Scudder.

GENERAL RANGE.—Coastal New England south near the coast to
North Carolina; local in the interior, especially about the region
of the Great Lakes.

LocaLt DistrrputTion.—Of common occurrence throughout the
Coastal Plain, especially in the Middle and Coastal Districts; rather
local apparently in the Pine Barrens. Frequent on the beaches.

EcotoeicaL Disrripution.—Typical of tall, grassy thickets in
both moist and dry situations. Largely limited to campestral
stations. Not frequent in salt marshes.

Locatity REcorDs.—

Middle District—Philadelphia Neck (Rehn); Elmwood, in Tinicum
meadows (Fox); Essington, in Tinicum meadows (Fox).

Washington Park (Fox); Almonesson (Fox); Clementon (Fox) ;
Jericho (Fox).

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Pine Barrens.—Clementon (Fox); Atsion (Rehn); Manumuskin
(Fox); Mt. Pleasant (Fox); Jamesburg (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Coastal District—Hackensack meadows (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.);
Spray Beach (Long); Ocean View, frequent on upland and along
the edge of the salt marsh; found on salt marsh in the vicinity of
artificial embankments (Fox); Sea Isle City (A. N.8., Fox); Avalon,
Piermont, Anglesea (Viereck, Fox); Cape May (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); 8. Seaville (Fox).

C. triops Linn.

GENERAL RanGcu.—I have been able to get very little data on the
general distribution of this species. It is, to my knowledge, recorded
from Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, North Carolina and
Texas. It does not appear to occur west of the Alleghanies.

Locat DistriputTion.—Frequent in the Piedmont Plateau and
Coastal Plain, though apparently rather infrequent and local in the
Pine Barrens and on the beaches.

EcotoarcaL Distripution.—Prefers areas of open grassland,
wherever the plant cover is sufficiently dense, in both moist and dry
locations. Absent from salt marshes.

Locauity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Collegeville (Fox); Mt. Airy (Fox); German-
town (Fox).

Ft. Lee (Beutenmiiller); New Brunswick (Grossbeck); Trenton
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.). :

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn); Philadelphia (J. B. Smith,
Rehn); Tinicum (Rehn and Hebard); Elmwood, in Tinicum
meadows (Fox); Newcastle (Fox).

Lahaway (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Riverton (Viereck); Washington
Park (Fox); Westville (Johnson); Merchantville (Daecke); Lucaston
(Daecke); Sewell (Dickerson).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Belleplain (Fox).

Coastal District—Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle City (Haim);
Avalon, scarce (Fox); Cape May (Davis, Fox).

Cape May Interior.—S. Seaville, frequent in old fields (Fox);
Clermont (Fox).

C. atlanticus Bruner.

I have not recognized this species in any of my collections and
am inclined to think that the name is a synonym of the preceding.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

C. ensiger Harris.

GENERAL RaNnGE.—New England to southern New Jersey and
western North Carolina, west to Ontario, northern Indiana, Minne-
sota and Colorado.

Loca DisrriputTion.—Apparently scarce, most frequent north-
ward along the edge of the Appalachian District; rare in extreme
southern New Jersey.

EcoutoeicaL DistriputTion.—No data on hand for our region,
but usually recorded as occurring in grassy meadows and swales.

Locaurry Recorps.—

Highlands.—Greenwood Lake (Davis).

Piedmont Plateawu.—Honesdale (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Ft. Lee. (Beutenmiiller); New Brunswick (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Middle District—Jamesburg (Davis).

Pine Barrens (?).—Manumuskin (Daecke).

C. exiliscanorus Davis.

GENERAL RancGe.—lIs definitely known from Connecticut, Long
Island and New Jersey. I am not aware of any records elsewhere,
but it doubtless occurs further south.”

Locan DisrrinuTrion.—Apparently not very common, most
frequent in the Coastal District, occasionally occurring inland in
near-by parts of Middle District and Pine Barrens.

EcotoaicaL DistrrputTion.—Mr. Davis informs me the species
prefers a wet or swampy place. The first specimens were collected
from salt marsh, but he has found it in cattail swamps in places far
removed from salt marsh.

Locaurry Recorps.—

Middle District—Farmingdale (Davis); Freneau (Davis).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis in personal letter).

Coastal District—Hackensack meadows (Beutenmiiller); Staten
Island, in salt meadows on ‘‘Spartina” (Davis, N. J. St. Mus. Rep.);
Dennisville (Davis).

C. lyristes Rehn and Hebard.
GENERAL Rancu.—New Jersey to Florida near the coast.
Locat Disrrrpution.—Moderately frequent in the Coastal
District; occasional inland in the near-by parts of the Pine Barrens
and Cape May District.

°5 In a personal letter Mr. Davis informs me that ‘southward the insect gets
larger and the female was in consequence described as C. bruneri by Mr. Blatch-
ley.” If the latter is a synonym of this species it would extend its known range
as far west as Indiana at least. (C. bruneri has also been recorded from North
Carolina (Sherman and Brimley).

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | June,

Eco.tocicat DistrrpuTion.—Along the coast occurs both in true
salt marsh and in the marginal (Submaritime) zones, though in my
experience it is most frequent in true salt marsh, where it chiefly
inhabits the tall, reedy growths of Spartina glabra along the tidal
streams and ditches. Mr. Davis writes that he found it at Lake-
hurst about cranberry bogs.

Locauity Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (Davis); Speedwell (Stone); Staffords
Forge (Hebard).

Coastal District—Snake Hill (Davis); Staten Island (Davis);
’ Tuckerton (Davis); Barnegat Bay District (N. J. St. Mus Rep.);
Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox); Avalon (Fox); opposite
Anglesea (Fox); Cold Spring (Davis, personal communication) ;
Cape May (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Goshen (Fox); Dennisville (Davis).

Cape May Interior.—In a personal letter Mr. Davis does not specify
any locality, but states that he has collected the species “about as
far away from the salt water as it was possible for it to get on the
rather narrow strip of land.”

C. nebrascensis Bruner.

GENERAL Raneu.— Records known to me include parts of southern
New Jersey, southeastern Pennsylvania, Ontario, Indiana, Minnesota
and Nebraska.

Loca DistrinuTion.—Rather infrequent and local, in my expe-
rience most frequent in the Delaware Valley, occasional in the
Coastal District.

EcoutocicaL DistRrBuTION.—In swamps, frequenting rather dense,
reedy growths of grasses and sedges.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—Elmwood, in Tinicum meadows, in a swamp
containing an almost pure growth of rice cut-grass (Homalocenchrus
oryzoides) (Fox).

Washington Park (Fox).

Coastal District.—Sea Isle City (Haim, in N. J. St. Mus. Rep.);
Cold Spring (Long); Cape May Point, in Scirpus americanus marsh
along edge of salt marsh (Fox).

C. caudellianus Davis.

GENERAL RANGE.—I do not know of any records of the occurrence
of this species outside of New Jersey.

24Mr. Davis writes me that the Lakehurst record credited to him in the

State Museum Report refers to C. lyristes and not to C. nebrascensis. Its inclu-
sion under the latter was an error.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. By43)

Loca Disrrinution.—According to Davis, this species is frequent
in the Coastal District. It appears to occur inland occasionally in
the Pine Barrens.”

EcoLoaican DisrrinutTion.—<According to a personal communica-
tion from Mr. Davis, this species occurs in the same kind of situations
as C. lyristes. On one oceasion he adds that he took a considerable
number in a rather dry field (Tuckerton).

Locauiry Recorps.—

Pine Barrens—Jamesburg (Davis); Lakehurst (Davis).

Coastal District—Tuckerton (Davis); (? Ocean View, Fox); Cold
Spring (Davis).

C. palustris Blatchley.

GENERAL RanGE.—Probably an Austral species, recorded, to my
knowledge, from New Jersey, southeastern Pennsylvania, North
Carolina and Indiana.

Locau Disrrrsution.—Not common; Middle and Coastal Dis-
tricts, seemingly more frequent in the former.

EcoxtocicaL Disrripution.—Occurs in open fresh-water swamps
in locations similar to those frequented by C. nebrascensis.

Locauiry Recorps.—

Middle District—New Brunswick (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Trenton,
in Delaware River swamp (Davis, in personal! letter).

Philadelphia Neck (Wenzel, A. N. 8S); Elmwood, in Tinicum
meadow, in a soggy spot covered with dense growth of cut rice-grass
(Fox); Tinicum (Rehn).

Coastal District.—Dennisville (Davis), edge of salt marsh (personal
letter).

C. fuscostriatus.

GENERAL RanGEe.—Extreme southern New Jersey to North
Carolina, Georgia and Texas.

Loca DistrrpuTion.—One individual taken by Henry W. Fowler,
Oct. 24th, 1909 at Town Bank, Cape May Co. (A. N.5.).

ORCHELIMUM Serv.
0. vulgare Harris (= Agile De Geer).

GENERAL RanGE.—Canada to Florida and Texas, west to the
Great Plains.

°° After examining some specimens of this species kindly sent me by Mr. Davis,
I am almost certain that I have taken the same species at Ocean View in Cape
May County. At the time I received Mr. Davis’ specimens I had already
donated my own collections to the Philadelphia Academy and removed to Indiana,
and was therefore unable to directly verify my suspicions by comparing my
material with determined specimens sent by Mr. Davis. Some of the specimens
in my collection which I have labelled lyristes will, I think, prove to be caudellianus.

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Locat DistrrputTion.—Abundant throughout except in the Pme
Barrens, where it appears to be rather local.

Ecotoaican Disrripution.—Typical of open, moist grassland
where there is an abundance of succulent grasses; not infrequent
In grassy and weedy uplands. Exceptional in sphagnum bogs and
absent from salt marsh.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Blairsville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Perkasie
(Fox); Collegeville (Fox); Ft. Washington (Fox); Mt. Airy (Fox);
Germantown (Fox); Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard); Castle Rock
(Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill (Fox). *

Delaware Valley.—Cornwalls (Rehn); Elmwood (Fox); Paschal-
ville (Fox); Essington (Fox).

Delair (Daecke); Lucaston (Daecke); Washington Park (Fox);
Westville (Viereck) ; Clementon (Fox); Jericho (Fox); Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Atsion (Hebard); near West Creek (Rehn); Belie-
plain (Fox).

Coastal District.—Ocean View, common in sandy uplands in denser
grasses and grassy thickets, also in boggy depressions and in low
grounds adjoining the salt marsh (Fox); Sea Isle City (Haim);
Avalon, marshy hollows in the dune areas (Fox); Piermont (Fox);
Cape May Court House (Fox); Anglesea (N. J. St. Mus. Rep., Fox);
Cape May (N. J. St. Mus. Rep., Fox); Goshen (Fox); Dennisville
(Davis). :

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Ocean View Ceme-
tery (Fox); Swain (Fox); Bennett (Fox).

O. glaberrimum Burm.

GENERAL RancE.—Apparently co-extensive with the preceding.

Locau DistrrpuTiIon.—Appears to be rather rare. Probably local,
associated more or less with the preceding of which it may be a mere
variety (see Blatchley, Orth. of Ind., p. 385).

EcoLoaicaL DistripuTion.—The only specimens I have taken
were found in a peat bog where they frequented chain-fern (Wood-
wardia virginica) areas.

Locauity Recorps.—

Appalachian District—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Piedmont Plateau.—Ft. Lee (Beutenmiiller).

Pine Barrens—Between Winslow and Folsom (Fox); Parkdale
(Rehn and Hebard).

Coastal District.—Anglesea (Wenzel, from N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

or
~)
~I

1914,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

0. erythrocephalum Davis.

GENERAL RancE.—New Jersey to eastern North Carolina.

Locau DisrriputTion.—Frequent in the Pine Barrens, possibly
extending a little into the Middle and Coastal Districts.

EcoLoaicaL DistrrpuTIoN.—Apparently restricted to sphagnum
bogs, where it frequents the dense growth of chain fern, tall sedges,
rushes and associated plants.

Locatity Recorps.—

Pine Barrens.—Helmetta (Davis); Jamesburg (Davis); Lake-
hurst (Davis); New Lisbon (Smith); Lahaway (Smith); Browns
Mills Junction (Daecke); Atsion (Hebard); Parkdale (Rehn and
Hebard); Manumuskin (Fox); Beélleplain (Fox); Great Cedar
Swamp near Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Great Cedar Swamp near
Dennisville (Fox).

? Coastal District—Toms River (Davis); Tuckerton (Davis).

0. herbaceum Sery.?*

GENERAL RANGE.— Massachusetts to Texas, along the coast.

Locat Distrisution.—Common along the edges of the salt
marshes in the Coastal District; occasionally occurring inland in
the Pine Barrens.

Eco.toatcaL Distripution.—Characteristic of the zone of Scirpus
americanus along the edges of the salt marshes; much less frequent
in other parts of the Submaritime area. I have no information
concerning its Pine Barren habitats.

Locatity REecorps.—

Middle District—Neweastle, in Scirpus americanus (Fox).

Canton (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Brookville (Davis acc. N. J. St. Mus. Rep.);
Da Costa (Daecke acc. N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Speedwell (Stone ace.
N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Coastal District—Spray Beach (Long); Atlantic City (Rehn);
Sea Isle City (Haim, Fox); Townsend Inlet (Fox); Ocean View
(Fox); Avalon (Fox); Piermont (Fox); Anglesea (Wenzel, Fox);
Cold Spring (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Goshen (Fox); Dennisville
(Davis, Fox).

0. pulchellum Davis.

GENERAL Ranae.—New Jersey to eastern North Carolina.

Locau Disrrinution.—Apparently scarce, probably local through-
out the Middle and Coastal districts and in the Pine Barrens.

26 T am inclined to think that all N. J. specimens referred to indianense really
belong to this species, at least, so far as coastal material is concerned.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

EcoLoeicaL Disrripution.—The only individuals taken by me
were found in a sphagnum bog in an open spot bordering dense
woods. Some of the locality records would, however, indicate that
it occurs in other types of swamps as well.

Locauity Recorps.—

Middle District—Trenton (Grossbeck); Tinicum (Hebard).

Pine Barrens—Clementon (Rehn); Helmetta (Davis); Great
Cedar Swamp near Sea Isle Junction (Fox); Dennisville (Davis).
0, spinulosum Redt.”’ (= ? validwm WI1k.) (= ? gracile auct. non. Harris).

GENERAL RanGcE.—Uncertain; has been recorded from North
Carolina.

Locau Disrrisution.—Frequent locally throughout, except m
the Pine Barrens, which it barely enters.

EcoLtocicaL DistripuTrion.—In open grassy or sedgy swamps;
especially frequent in swamps dominated by Homalocenchrus ory-
zoides. ;

Locatity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Collegeville, frequent in moist depressions
in meadows (Fox); Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard); Chestnut
Hill (Hebard).

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn and Hebard); Tinicum
(Hebard); Elmwood, abundant in Homalocenchrus oryzoides at edge
of Tinicum marshes (Fox); Paschalville, in Tinicum meadows
(Fox). -

Riverton (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Lucaston (Daecke); Gloucester
(Hardenberg); Clementon (Greene); Jericho, in stream meadow
(Fox); Canton (Fox); Dorchester, tidal swamps along Maurice
River (Fox).

? Pine Barrens.—Belleplain (Daecke, Fox), frequent in the wettest
parts of an extensive bog, in a tall species of Juncus, apparently
canadensis (Fox).

Coastal District—West Creek (Rehn); Ocean View, local in fresh
meadows and in the Submaritime zone (Fox); Sea Isle City (Haim,
Fox); Avalon (Fox); Piermont, in swampy depressions in the dune

27 It is possible that there may be two or three species included under this
name. ‘Typical specimens from Tinicum agree closely with some in the A. N.S.
marked spinulosum; others again differ slightly in coloration, and some of these
were tentatively referred to the little understood gracile as used by authors, not
the gracile of Harris, which is a synonym of Xiph. fasciatum. At Belleplain I
captured specimens resembling my Tinicum spinulosum, but with a less distinct
ruddy tinge on the tegmina. These are probably the species called validwm in

the N. J. St. Mus. Rep. They all come close to O. nigripes Scudder, but differ
from it in lacking the characteristic black tibiwe of the latter.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

area, frequenting Scirpus americanus and associated plants (Fox);
Anglesea (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Goshen (Fox).

0. campestre Blatchley.

GENERAL RAaNGE.—Rather uncertain; deseribed from Indiana
and since reported, to my knowledge, from Minnesota and New
Jersey.

Locat Distripution.—Probably scarce, reported, so far as I am
aware, only from the Coastal District.

EcoLoaicaL Distrrpution.—Have no local data. In Indiana,
according to Blatchley, it occurs ‘“‘in the tall grasses of low prairie
meadows.”

Locauity Recorps.—

Coastal District—Tuckerton (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Cape May
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

0. minor Bruner.

GENERAL RaNGE.—Occurs, so far as I have been able to find
records, in New Jersey, North Carolina and Georgia.

Locau Disrripution.—Apparently rather uncommon; most
regular in the Pine Barrens, occasional in the Middle District.

Ecotoetcan Disrrisution.—An arboreal species, reported as
occurring on pine (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Locauity Recorps.—

Middle District—Delair (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.).

Pine Barrens—Helmetta (Davis); Jamesburg (Davis); Lake-
hurst (Davis); Browns Mills Junction (Daecke); Atsion (Hebard) ;
Staffords Forge (Hebard).

0. fidicinium Rehn and Hebard.

GENERAL RANGE.—So far as known, includes from New Jersey
to Florida along the coast.

Locau DISTRIBUTION.
Coastal District.

Ecotoetcan DistrrputTion.—Characteristic of the tall, reedy
growths of Spartina glabra along watercourses in the salt marshes.
Apparently a purely halophilous species.

Locautiry Recorps.—

Coastal District—Staten Island (Davis); Tuckerton (Davis);
Chestnut Neck, Atlantic Co. (Rehn); Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle
City (Fox); Townsend Inlet (Fox); Avalon (Fox); Piermont (Fox);
Anglesea (Rehn); Goshen (Fox).

Common in suitable locations in the

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |June,

XIPHIDIUM Serville (= Conocephalus Thunb.).
X. fasciatum De Geer.

GENERAL RAaNGE.—Very widely distributed from Canada to the
Gulf, and, according to Redtenbacher, as cited by Blatchley, through
South America to Argentina.

Locat Disrripution.—Abundant in suitable locations in the
Middle and Coastal Districts; frequent, but rather local, in the
Piedmont Region. In my experience it is uncommon in the Pine
Barrens.

EcotoaicaL DisrrinuTion.—Most typical of low, moist areas
overgrown with low, succulent grasses, sedges and rushes; especially
plentiful in the Juncus gerardii zone along the edges of the’ salt
marsh, but not normally found on true salt marsh. Occasionally
found in quite dry situations, as in hillside pastures where there is a
good growth of the low rush, Juncus tenuis.

Locatiry REcorDs.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept: Zool.); Rockville
(Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Camphill (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Rock Hill
(Fox); Perkasie, on pastured hillside in Juncus tenuis (Fox);
Collegeville, in stream meadows (Fox); Mt. Airy, in small grassy
bog (Fox); Pink Hill (Fox); Swarthmore (A. N.5.).

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn and Hebard); Elmwood, in
Tinicum meadows (Fox); Paschalville, in Tinicum meadows (Fox);
Essington (Fox); Newcastle (Fox). :

Washington Park (Fox); Blackwood (Fox); Medford (Stone);
Clementon (Fox); Jericho, in stream meadow (Fox); Canton (Fox);
Dorchester (Fox).

Pine Barrens—Taunton (Stone); Penbryn, rare on cranberry
bog (Fox); Atsion (Fox).

Coastal District—West Creek (Rehn); Chestnut Neck, Atlantic
Co. (Rehn); Petersburg (Fox); Tuckahoe, low lands along river
(Fox); Ocean View (Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox); Townsend Inlet
(Fox); Avalon (Fox); Piermont (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Cape
May Point (Fox); Goshen (Fox); Dennisville, edge of salt marsh
(Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction, edge of Great Cedar

Swamp, scarce (Fox).

X. brevipenne Scudder.*s
GENERAL RAaNnGE.—Canada to the Gulf of Mexico, east of the
Plains.

28 Includes XN. ensiferum Seudd.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 531

Locat Distripution.—Common in suitable locations in the
Appalachian and Piedmont Districts: frequent, but rather more
local in the Middle and Coastal Districts. Relatively infrequent or
local in the Pine Barrens. Apparently absent from the beaches,

EconoeicaL Distrinution.—Most typical of wet or humid areas
covered with dense, succulent grasses; less frequent on dry ground
in dense, grassy thickets. Does not normally occur in salt marshes,
nor in Juncus gerardi and Scirpus americanus zones of the Submari-
time areas, but inhabits the more succulent, grassy tracts at places
where the Submaritime area merges into the upland.

Locaurry Recorps.— ;

Appalachian District.—Rockville (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.).

Piedmont District—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Marysville
(Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Dauphin (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Collegeville,
in damp meadows, ditches, pond borders, ete. (Fox); Valley Forge
(Fox); Ashbourne (Long); Mt. Airy (Fox); Germantown (Fox):
Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard): Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard);
Pink Hill, in stream meadow (Fox).

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn and Hebard); West Philadel-
phia (Long); Elmwood, in Tinicum meadows (Fox); Paschalville
(Fox).

Riverton (Viereck); Washington Park (Fox); Woodbury (Vier-
eck); Jericho, in grasses along narrow gutter in sandy barrens
(Fox); Canton (Fox); Manumuskin, on Zizania on tidal flats (Fox) ;
Medford (Rehn).

Pine Barrens.—Taunton (Rehn); Atsion (Rehn); Staffords
Forge (Rehn); Belleplain, in small cranberry bog, not common
(Fox); Mt. Pleasant, occasional in undergrowth of oak and pine
woods (Fox); Formosa Bog (Fox).

Coastal District.—West Creek (Rehn); Petersburg, tract of succu-
lent grass above tidal meadows (Fox) ; Ocean View, local, in succulent,
grassy spots just above the salt marsh (Fox); Goshen, tall grass,
lowlands just above salt marsh (Fox): Dennisville, grassy thickets,
edge of the woods (Fox); Cold Spring, in low, grassy tangles bordering
Scirpus americanus swamp (Fox); Cape May Point, lake margin
(Fox).

X. nemorale Scudder.

GENERAL Rancar.—Appears to be largely northern, extending
from New York to Minnesota and Nebraska, south to central Penn-
sylvania and the Ohio River, in the mountains to North Carolina.

Loca Distrisution.—Apparently rare and very local, occurring

39

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

only in the extreme northern part of New Jersey and not extending
much south of the lower limits of the Appalachian Region of Penn-
sylvania.

EcotocicaL Disrripution.—I know of no record of its habitats
in our region. According to Lugger, it prefers the borders of forests,
frequenting the low bushes in such locations. In Indiana I have
found it in similar situations.

Locatity RecorDs.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Highspire (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Middletown
(Pa. St. Dept. Zool.). :

Eastern slope of the Palisades (Beutenmiiller).

X. strictum Scudder.

GENERAL RanGcE.—Largely Austral in range, extending from New
Jersey to Texas, north in the interior to Iilinois, Minnesota and
Nebraska.

Locau DisrripuTion.—Locally not infrequent in the Piedmont
Plateau; quite common in the lower half of the Middle District
and the Coastal Strip, rare or accidental on the beaches. Apparently
very local in cultivated sections of the Pine Barrens.

EcoLogicaL DisTrRInuTION.—A xerophilous species, characteristic
of dry, open grasslands.

Locatiry Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Harrisburg (Pa. St. Dept. Zool.); Valley
Forge (Fox); Mt. Airy (Daecke); Ashbourne (Long); Fern Hill
(Rehn and Hebard); Castle Rock (Rehn and Hebard); Pink Hill,
in grass on dry hillsides (Fox).

Middle District—Cornwalls (Rehn and Hebard); Elmwood, in
Tinicum meadows, frequenting dry, grassy areas (Fox); Paschalville
(Fox); Essington (Fox).

Washington Park, sandy areas in bunch grasses, etc. (Fox);
Almonesson, in open, sandy field, frequenting grassy thickets (Fox);
Canton, dry, grassy uplands near salt marsh (Fox).

Pine Barrens—TYaunton (Stone); Atsion (Hebard); head of
Tuckahoe River (Fox).

Coastal District—Staten Island (Davis); Petersburg (Fox);
Ocean View, common in upland situations in coarse grasses. and
weeds (Fox); Avalon, 1 female, no others observed (Fox); Cape
May, scarce, noted only one individual (Fox); Cape May Point
(Fox); Goshen (Fox).

Cape May Interior.—Sea Isle Junction, in grassy scrub (Fox);
Ocean View Cemetery (Fox); 8. Seaville, mostly in old fields and in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 533

roadside vegetation (Fox); near Dennisville (Fox); Clermont
(Fox).

X. saltans Scudder.

GENERAL Ranee.—Canadian Provinces to the Gulf States, west
to Minnesota, N ebraska and Kansas.

Locau Distrrputron.—Apparently quite rare and local; has been
taken locally in all districts, except Appalachian and Highlands.
I know of no records of its occurrence on the beaches.

Econoeican DistRipution.—On the single occasion When [I
encountered this species I found it on dry uplands in grassy tangles
like those frequented by the preceding species,

Locatity Recorps.—

Piedmont Plateau.—Fern Hill (Rehn and Hebard).

Middle District.—Cornwalls (Rehn and Hebard).

Riverton (Viereck).

Pine Barrens.—Browns Mills Junetion (Daecke) ; Atsion
(Hebard).

Coastal District— Ocean V lew, rare (Fox).

X. spartine Fox.

GENERAL RancEe.—Southern Massachusetts to New Jersey and
probably to Florida along the coast.

Locan Disrrieution.—Abundant in the Coastal District on salt
marshes; occasional inland along tidal streams.

Ecouoatcar DisTrisution.—Characteristic of salt marshes, where
it frequents the short variety of Spartina glabra that covers the tidal
flats between the watercourses. Legs frequent in the Submaritime
zone. Doubtless extends inland in small numbers along tide-water
streams as one was taken in the rice grass (Zizania) on tidal flats
of Manumuskin Creek.

Locaurry Recorps.—

Middle District—Canton, edge of salt marsh (Fox); Manumuskin,
in Zizania (Fox).

Coastal District.—Atlantic City, salt marsh (Rehn, originally re-
ported as “nemorale”’ and later as “brevipenne,”’ see Ent. N ews, 1902
and 1904); Palermo (Fox) in salt marsh; Ocean View, salt marsh
(Fox); Sea Isle City (Fox); Avalon (Fox); Piermont (Fox) ; Angle-
sea (Fox); Cape May (Fox); Dennisville, salt marsh (Fox).

X. nigropleuroides Fox.

GENERAL RancEe.—New J ersey to Florida along the coast.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Locat DisrrrputTion.—Frequent in salt marshes, to which it is
apparently restricted. ;

EcouocicaL DistripuTion.—Characteristic of the reed-like fringes
of Spartina glabra along the watercourses, in which it is associated
with Orchelimum fidicinium.

Locauity Recorps.—

Coastal District—Ocean View (Fox); Townsend Inlet (Fox);
Avalon (Fox); Piermont (Fox); Goshen (Fox); between Goshen
and Dennisville (Fox).

ATLANTICUS Scudder.
A. dorsalis Burm.
A. pachymerus Burm.

GENERAL Rance.—New England to the Gulf States, west to
Minnesota.

Locat DistriputTion.—Moderately frequent in suitable locations
in all districts, except the Cape May Peninsula and the beaches, in
which it is either rare or lacking.

EcotoaicaL DistRinuTION.—Sylvan, frequenting the undergrowth
of open woodlands.

Locatity Recorps.—

Highlands—Greenwood Lake (Beutenmiiller); Newfoundland
(Davis).

Piedmont Plateau.—Ashbourne (Long); Guthriesville (Rehn and
Hebard); Newtown Square (Rehn and Hebard).

Middle District—Woodbridge (Davis); Jericho (Fox).

Pine Barrens.—Lakehurst (N. J. St. Mus. Rep.); Lahaway (N. J.
St. Mus. Rep.); Browns Mills Junction (Daecke;) Staffords Forge
(N. J. St. Mus. Rep).

Coastal District—Tuckerton (Davis); Dennisville (Davis).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES oF PHILADELPHIA, 535

CERTAIN FEATURES OF SOLENOGASTRE DEVELOPMENT.

BY HAROLD HEATH,

The solenogastres comprise a group of worm-like organisms which
for a full half-century have held an unsettled systematic position in
zoological literature. Certain features of their organization remind
one strongly of the mollusks; others apparently relate them to the
worms; and accordingly their classification has depended upon the
relative importance given to these resemblances. Numerous works
have appeared treating of their anatomy, but up to the present time
our knowledge of their development has been confined to two brief
papers by Pruvot C905 92.5 ithe observations therein recorded
are SO unique in several respects that they have influenced the
problem in a negative way only, making it appear that in the devel-
opment of these organisms we have to deal with matters not closely
related to other animals. It has been my good fortune to be able
to study a small collection of solenogastre embryos, and I shall
endeavor to show that as a matter of fact the development is very
clearly mollusean.

In a report on the solenogastres of the North Pacifie (Heath, alate
4 species, Halomenia gravida, was described which carried about
twenty-five embryos, in various stages of development, between the
branchial folds in the cloacal chamber. These were discovered only
after the adult was sectioned, but a careful study of sections and
reconstructions has rendered the course of development fairly clear
from the one cell stage to the point where the mid-gut, stomodzeum,
foot and nervous system are distinctly outlined.

At the outset it is well to state that one of the most striking fea-
tures of solenogastre development is the presence of a vast test, or
coat of ciliated cells, which envelops the larva until the metamorphosis,
masks the internal structures and so distorts certain details of the
development that it may well have appeared to Pruvot and other
authors that these animals are unique. I am decidedly of the
opinion that Drew (799) was correct in regarding the test as a modified
velum. It is enormous assuredly, but in its relations to other organs
and the fact that in several other animals it is shed at the time of
the metamorphosis certainly points to more than a superficial resem-

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

blance. In Yoldia, Teredo and Ischnochiton, for example, the velum
is ultimately discarded, and a study of the diagrams (fig. 1) will
serve to show that the differences between the development of the
solenogastres and the chitons are in large measure due to the size
of the test or velum. Whether or not this is a fundamental fact
depends upon the history of the early blastomeres, which is lacking
at the present time; nevertheless, there are many indications that
the two classes of animals have descended from a common ancestor.

Fig. 1—Diagrams illustrating the development of the primary germ layers in
the chitons (A, B) and solenogastres (C, D). 6, cells producing the cerebral
ganglia; g, archenteron; st, stomodzum; ¢, test cells. Such devices as stip-
pling, cross-hatching and parallel diagonal lines indicate homologous regions.

The egg of Halomenia gravida is a spherical body, densely and
uniformly packed with yolk, and is surrounded before it leaves the
ovotestis with a distinct vitellime membrane. In the earliest stage
represented at least one polar body is distinetly visible, and imme-
diately beneath it the female pronucleus is clearly defined. Close
to the equator of the egg another nucleus, probably the male pro-
nucleus, appears with equal distinctness.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

7

In the next stage segmentation has commenced, resulting in 28
cells of approximately equal size. There is no sign of a blastocele
or any signs of differentiation. In the succeeding stage fully 100 cells
are present and size differences are apparent, but while a slight
elongation defines the antero-posterior axis of the larva, the absence
of blastocele and stomodeum renders it difficult to accurately define
the ventral and dorsal surfaces.

In the following stage the differentiation of the test has com-
menced and, judging from two larvee where the polar bodies remain
attached, it extends over the greater portion of the dorsal surface and
to a considerable extent of the ventral as well (fig. 1, C). The
remaining cells, those destined to form the future animal, are thus
in large measure enclosed. The cells not included in the test but
bordering upon the surface are, generally speaking, of smaller size
than those upon the interior (in one specimen this is more marked
than in the one figured), but there is up to this time no clear differen-
tiation into ectoderm and endoderm. In the mid-ventral line, in
immediate contact with the border of the test, are slender elements
(st) that represent the first stages in the formation of the stomodzeum.
The comparatively thin cells (C, b) in the neighborhood of the polar
body (not represented) are a constant feature and evidently furnish
the material for the development of the cerebral ganglia.

In later stages (as in D) the various regions of the body are dis-
tinetly outlined, and to some extent the digestive and nervous
systems have been sketched in. The stomodzeum is clearly differen-
tiated and the mid-gut is outlined, though its constituent cells and
cavity are not as yet in an advanced state of development. The
cerebral ganglia comprise large masses of cells forming a group
anterior to the stomodzeum. Posteriorly, these divide, encircle the
stomodzeum and extend along the ventral surface to the posterior
end of the body. At various points in the trunk region between the
gut and body wall or test there are a few scattered cells, yolk-laden
and accordingly distinguishable from the ganglionic products. They
probably are mesoblastic elements.

At the posterior end of the body is a ring of cells, ciliated in Myzo-
menia, that enclose a depressed area bordered in the earliest recog-
nizable stage by relatively slender cells. These last-named elements
appear to divide repeatedly and become transformed into a group of
cells bordering upon the surface and on the other hand passing
without a sharp line of demarcation into the ganglionic cords. In
the oldest stage represented the nerve cord appears to be completely

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

cut off from, though in contact with, a fairly distinct group of cells
bordering the surface of the body. It thus appears that the cells
enclosed by the ring of larger cells become transformed into a sense
organ, perhaps the dorso-terminal sense organ known to occur in
many solenogastres.

In the latest stages the test becomes considerably reduced in size
and the trunk gains proportionately in promimence. This increase
in the extent of the trunk appears to be wholly due to the division
of definite ectoderm trunk cells and not to any products supplied
by the test. Measurements show conclusively that the test cells
gradually shrink in bulk, probably due to the absorption of their
nutritive products, and karyokinetie spindles indicate activity on
the part of the trunk ectoderm. To what extent this proceeds it is
impossible to state. In early stages there is one, possibly two cells
situated immediately beneath the cells (fig. 1, C, b) that I believe
furnish the material for the cerebral ganglia. In later stages there
are indications that this deeper seated cell has undergone a few divis-
ions, and the resulting products occupy the space (fig. 1, D) between
the alimentary canal, cerebral ganglia and test cells of the head
region. They may possibly represent mesoblastic products, but
their relatively large size (for the sake of clearness, they are smaller
in the diagram than in reality) and their position suggests that they
may supply the material for the head epidermis as the test recedes.

Turning now to the development of the species deseribed by
Pruvot, we find that especially in Proneomenia aglaophenie the early
development follows essentially the same path as in Halomenia.
In the other species, Myzomenia banyulensis, there is a decided
differenge in the size of the cells during the early cleavages, but in
both eases the close of segmentation finds the larve constructed
upon the same plan. The test is evidently of greater size than in
Halomenia and more completely envelops the remaining cells so
that they are hidden in lateral view, but the arrangement of the
cells is evidently quite similar to that shown in diagram C. The
enclosed elements are supposed to be endodermal in character, and
the region (depressed in the species studied by Pruvot) bordered
by the test is termed the blastopore. I believe both of these state-
ments are incorrect as I shall now attempt to demonstrate.

Generally speaking, the velum of the trochozoa forms only an
insignificant portion of the ectoderm. In the solenogastres it has
expanded to such an extent that it comes in contact with the cells
destined to form the cerebral ganglia, and posteriorly it forms a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

considerable portion of the trunk as well. But the important fact
remains that in Halomenia the position of the stomodzum, which
marks the position of the blastopore, is unmistakable and, as the
diagrams show, it is located immediately behind the border of the
test on the ventral surface. Furthermore, the diagrams illustrate
the fact that there remain many other exposed cells bounded by the
test, and these become directly transformed into the trunk ectoderm.
In other words, diagram C is a gastrula stage just as certainly as
diagram A, the main differences in the solenogastres being correlated
with an epibolic type of gastrulation and the enormous size of the
velum. The accurate details of the process are lacking and close
comparisons are not possible at present, but the important fact is
certainly clear that the cells enclosed by the test are not all endoderm
and the blastopore is small and typically situated.

In later stages certain developmental processes are described that
rest in part upon the assumption that all of the region bounded by
the test represents the blastopore. In this depressed area the cells
are stated to form, by a species of delamination, the future definitive
ectoderm and endoderm. The outer layer, circumscribed by the
test, now represents the trunk ectoderm, and in it three invaginations
soon appear. One of these remains open and becomes the procto-
dzeum, while the other two soon close and are transformed into
mesoblastie bands. Still later the borders of the proctodeum
(evidently the large terminal cells of the trunk that form a ring as in
D) are said to develop into a sort of caudal button (bouton caudal)
that at first projects into the blastocele. Finally the button becomes
evaginated and with the trunk ectoderm protrudes beyond the
borders of the test.

In commenting upon these observations it is to be noted that a
depression exists in Halomenia within the terminal ring-like group
of large cells, but it is in no way connected with the endoderm.
No sign of a proctodzeum is evident at this time nor has it put in an
appearance in a stage considerably beyond the one represented in
diagram D. The caudal button is evidently the group of cells that
in Halomenia develops from the cells enclosed by the large cells of
the terminal ring. As already noted, these at first project into the
blastocele, then flatten out, and exposed to the surface are connected
with the ventral ganglionic cords. The mesoblast bands are evi-
dently these same cords, as will appear more clearly in connection
with the cerebral ganglia.

In the anterior half of the embryo three invaginations now appear

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

in the test cells on the ventral side. The median one, of a transitory
character, is said to represent the stomodzeum, but as a stomodzeum
exists in Halomenia in the normal position I am strongly of the opinion
that Pruvot is in error regarding this point. The lateral invagina-
tions unite, forming a transverse band, and posteriorly are prolonged
to meet the mesoblastic bands of the trunk. Some of the more
dorsal elements constitute the cerebral ganglia. In addition, the
ectoderm of the head appears to arise wholly from these same lateral
invaginations. Such an origin of mesoblast elements is certainly
unique, and I have only to state that I believe this entire group is
ganglionic. Its posterior union with the ventral cords certainly
indicates its nervous character. The anterior enlargements, the
future cerebral ganglia, are of unusual size in Halomenia, but there
is nothing whatever to indicate that they comprise any mesoblastic
elements. Furthermore, there is nothing in Halomenia to suggest
the development of head ectoderm from any of these cells; and the
counter theory, that at least in part it may arise from one or two
large cells located beneath the cells responsible for the development
of the cerebral ganglia, has been noted in a preceding paragraph.!

If on the basis of comparative anatomy it is impossible at the
present time to definitely place the solenogastres in their proper
systematic position, it is obvious that this is more emphatically true
where scanty embryological data are the sole criterion. However,
it is evident that their development is more in accord with what we
find among the mollusks than with any*other phylum. The resem-
blance of the embryo shortly before its metamorphosis is strikingly
similar, in several important details, to Yoldia or Dentalium or to
the chitons if we neglect size differences with respect to the test.
Plate (’92) has shown that there are good reasons for the belief, long
ago expressed by Blainville (’25), that the scaphopods are most
closely related to the prosobranchs rather than to the lamellibranchs.
The excessively developed tests encountered in certain species of
the first- and last-named classes are therefore not of fundamental
importance, and furthermore its small size in the chitons is accord-
ingly not a serious obstacle to the theory expressed by several authors
that the solenogastres and the chitons are derivatives of a common
ancestor. Such a conclusion has been based almost entirely on

‘A full account of the development of Halomenia will appear in connection
with a report on the solenogastres from the eastern coast of the United States,
but as considerable time must elapse before its completion it has seemed desirable
to publish this preliminary account.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

anatomical evidence. Whether it will stand the test from the
standpoint of embryology can only be decided when our knowledge
is more complete.

LITERATURE CITED.

BLAINVILLE, D. pe. Manuel de Malacologie, 1825.

Drew, G. A. The Anatomy, Habits and Embryology of Yoldia limatula Say.
Mem. Biol. Laboratory Johns Hopkins Uniy., Vol. 4, No. 3, 1899.

Heatu, H. The Solenogastres. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ., Vol.
45, 1911.

Puatr, L. Ueber den Bau und die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Soleno-
conchen, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Anat. u. Ontog., Bd. 5, 1892.

Prouvor, G. Sur le développement d’un Solenogastre. Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris, Tome III, 1890. :

—— Sur Vembryogénie d’une Proneomenia. Ibid., Tome 114, 1892.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug.,

THE SCENT-PRODUCING ORGAN OF THE HONEY BEE.
BY N. E. McINDOO, PH.D.
INTRODUCTION.

Bee keepers well know that bees have an odor, but they do not
know how the odor is produced, nor do they know the réle played by
the various odors of the honey bee. It is reported that Nassonoff
first described the morphology of the scent-producing organ of the
honey bee. His original work in Russian cannot be had here, but,
according to Zoubareff (1883), Nassonoff did not deseribe the strue-
ture of this organ as seen by the writer, and he suggested that the
gland cells of the organ produce perspiration. Sladen (1902) called
this organ a ‘‘scent-producing organ,’’ but did nothing more than to
describe the articular membrane between the fifth and sixth abdomi-
nal terga of worker bees.

This paper deals entirely with the morphology of the scent-
producing organ. The work dealing with the odors produced by
this organ and the significance of these odors will be reported
separately.

Fresh material was stained slightly with a weak solution of methylin
green, and the cells were studied while still alive. Material was
also fixed in Carnoy’s fluid (equal parts of absolute alcohol, chloro-
form, and glacial acetic acid, with corrosive sublimate to excess).
The double method of embedding in paraffin and celloidin was
employed. Sections were cut 10 micra thick and they were stained
with Ehrlich’s himatoxylin and eosin, and with safranin and gentian
violet.

1. STRUCTURE.

Sometimes when a worker honey bee, that is fanning, is carefully
observed, a transverse white stripe near the end of the abdomen may
be seen. This white stripe (fig. 1, Art) is the articular membrane
between the fifth and sixth abdominal terga (propodeum not counted).
It is visible only when the last abdominal segment is bent downward.
The anterior half of this membrane is folded under the posterior edge
of the fifth abdominal tergum, making a pouch or canal (fig. 1, Can).
The canal encircles about one half of the abdomen and terminates
on either side of the abdomen just above the articulation of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

tergum and sternum (fig. 1, HCan). The diameter of the canal is
greatest at the median line of the abdomen and gradually diminishes
to zero at each end.

Fig. 1—Diagram of a transverse-longitudinal view of end of abdomen of a
worker honey bee, showing the internal anatomy of the fifth and sixth
segments, and also the scent-producing organ composed of the articular
membrane (ArtM), the canal (Can), chitinous tubes (7'w) and gland cells
(GIC). The last segment is bent downward more than ever seen in the
living bee. That is, in the living bee only the part marked ArtM is seen
externally and the canal (Can) is never seen.

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

Fig. 2 is a diagram of the articular membrane, removed from the
abdomen and spread out flat under alow-power lens. This membrane
in the living bee is shiny and appears to be covered with a trans-
parent liquid. The anterior margin of the membrane is bordered
by small barbed hairs (fig. 2, a) on the fifth tergum, and the posterior
margin is bordered by smaller spinelike hairs (fig. 2, b) on the sixth
tergum. The chitin of the posterior portion (fig. 2, PostP) of this
membrance is thinner than is the chitin of the tergum, but it is
strengthened near its centre by a narrow and heavy vein (figs. 1 and
2, e), and at its anterior margin there is a heavier and much wider
vein (figs. 1 and 2, d).

The chitin of the anterior portion (fig. 2, AntP) of the membrane
is much thinner than is that of the posterior portion. It is quite
flexible and for this reason may be easily folded to form the canal.
Instead of it being perfectly smooth, as is the posterior portion of
the membrane, its surface is covered with innumerable minute,
narrow, groovelike indentations. These may be comparatively
long or short, bent, tortuous, or straight and seemingly extend half
way through the chitin. The small lines in fig. 2, c, represent their
arrangement and fig. 3 represents a few of them seen under a high
magnification. Of course, they are not slits passing entirely through
the chitin, but they are grooves and pass about one half through
the membrane.

Looking through the chitin of the posterior portion (fig. 2, PostP)
of the articular membrane, at a deepér focus, may be seen many
round cells, each of which has a tube that runs to the surface of the
membrane. In fig. 2, 115 of these tubes with cells are shown, but
in all there are from 500 to 600. The majority of the tubes have
exits in the chitin between the two heavy veins (figs. 1, Plate XTX,
and 2, d and e), but none of them has an exit in the chitin of the
anterior portion (AntP) of the membrane. The place where these
tubes empty is best seen in fig. 1, Tu. It is thus seen that the tubes
unite with the posterior wall of the canal which is formed by the
heavy chitin between d and e in figs. 1 and 2. The bottom and
anterior wall of the canal are formed by the anterior portion of the
articular membrane. :

Fig. 4 represents four of the cells and several of the tubes seen
under a high-power lens. a represents comparatively thin and almost
transparent chitin; 6 is a narrow, thick, and yellow band of chitin;
c is a thick, semitransparent band of chitin; d is a wide, thick, and
opaque band of chitin; e is thick, semitransparent chitin. It is

ie

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

thus seen that the cells lie beneath the thinnest portion of the chitin
belonging to the posterior part of the articular membrane, and that
their exits lie in the thickest portion of this chitin. A transparent
area (Plate XIX, fig. 4, Amp) was seen in many of the cells, and a
tube (fig. 4, 7) runs into each of these areas.

In order to study these cells in a living state more carefully, the
articular membranes including the tissues adhering to them were
removed from worker bees. This material was placed ona slide
in a weak solution of methylin green. The cells adhering to the
chitin were teased apart and a few of them with their tubes were
separated from the mass of cells and chitin. Such a treatment,
however, almost always pulls the internal ends of the tubes out of
the cells, whereupon the transparent areas disappear immediately.
The tubes are then attached only at their peripheral ends.

The cells vary considerably in size. They are either spherical
or ovoid in shape. Fig. 5 represents one of the largest ovoid cells.
It is typical and was drawn with the aid of a camera lucida while
still alive, being stained very slightly with methylin green. The
large nucleus has a heavy wall, and it stands out conspicuously.
The nucleoli with heavy walls stain green. The cytoplasm in the
centre of the nucleus has a faint green color, while that near the
periphery of the nucleus is semitransparent. The wall of the cell
is thin. The cytoplasm of the cell is more or less transparent. It
is granular and appears to have innumerable minute clear spots
(CLS). In the broader end of the cell lies the ovoid, transparent
area, which may be called the ampulla (Amp). The tube (Tw)
terminates at the centre of the ampulla. The ampulla seems to have
many lines or streaks which radiate from the periphery toward the
centre, and these radial streaks (RadStr) stop short of the centre and
leave a perfectly transparent, ovoid area (TrA) at the centre of
the ampulla.

Judging from the structure of these cells, we must call them
gland cells, but when observed hurriedly they may be mistaken for
cenocytes. As a rule, the cenocytes are smaller than the gland cells,
but nevertheless many of them are as large as many of the gland
cells. Only a few cenocytes may be found among the mass of gland
cells, but they are quite abundant on all sides of the gland cells.
Fig. 6 represents a typical large cenocyte, still alive and stained
slightly with a weak solution of methylin green. The following
may be used to distinguish a gland cell from an cenocyte. An
cenocyte is never connected with a tube. It never has an ampulla.

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

Its cytoplasm is less granular. It is always partially, and some-
times almost totally, filled with globules (Glo). :

Chiefly on account of its size, a fat cell should never be mistaken
for a gland cell. Fat cells are always larger, and sometimes several
times larger, than these gland cells. They are found on all sides
of the mass of gland cells, but seldom among them. Their structure
is similar to that of cenocytes, but the globules are much larger,
more conspicuous and are so abundant that the nucleus is scarcely
visible. Fig. 7 represents a small fat cell, still alive and stained
slightly with a weak solution of methylin green.

To ascertain if the tubes connecting the gland cells with the chitin
are composed of chitin, articular membranes removed from the
abdomens of workers were placed a few hours into a saturated solu-
tion of caustic potash. When all the adhering tissues had disin-
tegrated, the membranes were cleaned with water and a pencil
brush. In all cases the tubes were left attached to the membranes.
This proves that they are chitmous. To determine how they
terminate in the articular membrane, one of the membranes treated
with caustic potash was sectioned. The sections show that the
canal of the tube opens freely to the exterior (fig. 8, CanTw).

Judged by the morphology, we may reasonably conelude that the
gland cells secrete a volatile substance throughout their cytoplasm.
This substance collects in the ampulla which serves as a reservoir,
and from the ampulla it passes through the chitinous tube to the
exterior where it runs into the canal. . The groovelike indentations
in the chitin forming the canal may serve two purposes—(1) to give
more flexibility to the chitin, and (2) to retain the volatile secretion
and help prevent a too rapid evaporation of it. As long as the
abdomen is straight, the canal is well protected and the liquid cannot
evaporate rapidly, but when the abdomen is considerably bent,
the entire canal is more or less exposed to the outside air.

2. OrIGIN oF GLAND CELLs.

The scent-producing organs of several 15-day-old worker pup:e
(counting from the time the eggs were laid) were sectioned. At
this stage the chitin (fig. 9, Ch) is just beginning to be formed, and
the hypodermis (fig. 9, Hyp) is very thick. The fat cells (fig. 9,
FC) are also not yet completely differentiated. The hypodermal
cells (fig. 9, HypC) are long and slender. Most of them near the
place where the wide and heavy vein (figs. 2, d, and 9, v) is later
formed, break loose from the hypodermal layer and migrate backward

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

till the majority of them lie posterior to the heavy vein. In fig.
9, a, a row of them has broken loose from the hypodermal layer and
they are assuming the ovoid shape. At fig. 9, b, they are a little
farther advanced. In the 16-day-old stage the gland cells (fig. 10,
GIC) are much larger and lie just back of the heavy vein (fig. 10, v).
Now the chitinous tubes (fig. 10, Tw) are formed and they are con-
nected with the gland cells.

3. ORIGIN OF CuHrTrNoUS TUBES.

In the 15-day-old stage may occasionally be seen hypodermal
cells having processes. Such cells lie at the place where the chitinous
tubes later appear. One of these cells (fig. lla) has a large and
conspicuous nucleus. The growing point of the process appears to
have no cell wall. Twelve hours later the hypodermal cells (fig. 116)
forming the tubes have become much smaller, no doubt because of
the formation of long processes. It seems that the more the processes
grow in length, the more the cells diminish in size. Each hypodermal
cell, therefore, must serve as a storehouse for building a tube. When
the process is far advanced, its cytoplasm probably begins sécreting
a substance which in a short time is transformed into the chitinous
tube. In fig. 116 the tube is developed and it is connected with the
exterior, but the cytoplasm surrounding the tube has not yet dis-
appeared. Ina little later stage (fig. 11c), the cytoplasm surrounding
the tube has all disappeared except a small process of the cell. The
tube is now connected with a gland cell.

4, DEVELOPMENT OF GLAND CELLS.

As already stated, the gland cells were originally hypodermal
cells (fig. 9, a and 6) which migrated from the hypodermal layer.
This migration occurs in worker pup 15 days old. In 16-day-old
worker pup these cells (fig. 10, G/C) are three or four times as large
as they are in the 15-day-old stage and they begin to resemble true
gland cells. In the 17-day-old stage they are still larger (fig. 12,
GIC). Their nuclei are extremely large and stain less densely than
does the cytoplasm with Ehrlich’s himatoxylin and eosin. By the
ninteenth day the gland cells (fig. 13, GIC) have enlarged but little
since the 17-day-old stage. In 21-day-old worker pup (age at which
they emerge from their cells) the gland cells (fig. 14, GIC) seem to be
perfectly developed in all respects, except they are only about two-
thirds the size of the gland cells (fig. 15, GIC) in old worker bees.

36

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug.,

It is quite possible that the gland cells never function until the
bee has emerged. It seems reasonable, therefore, to regard the
rapid growth which takes place in these cells after the bees have
emerged to the fact that the gland cells suddenly begin to function.

5. SCENT-PRODUCING ORGAN OF QUEEN.

The articular membrane between the fifth and sixth abdominal
terga of a queen honey bee is never visible externally, except at the
instant when she bends her abdomen to sting an object beneath her.
Several of these articular membranes of queens were excised and
were examined in the same manner as already related for those of
workers. Gland cells and chitinous tubes are present im the same
position and arrangement as they are in workers.

All the other articular membranes between the abdominal terga
in queens and workers were examined, but no chitinous tubes nor
gland cells were found.

The gland cells (fig. 16a) in adult queens are at least one-third
larger than are those in adult workers (fig. 15, GIC) and in fixed and
stained sections they have the same structure. The gland cells
(fig. 16b) in pupze of queens also have the same structure as those in
pupee of workers.

6. Doms A DRONE HAVE A SCENT-PRODUCING ORGAN?

All the articular membranes between the abdominal terga of
several drones were excised and carefully examined. At no time did
the writer ever find chitinous tubes attached to any one of these
membranes and he never saw any cells adhering to the membranes
which resemble the gland cells already described. This does not mean
that drones do not have any scent-producing organs, because other
parts of the body and all the appendages were not examined for
glandular structures. Scent-producing organs in males of several
other insects have been described, so that such an organ may still
be found in drones.

Sometimes when the abdomens of young drones are slightly
squeezed, a very thin and whitish liquid may be seen on the abdominal
articular membranes. At other times a clear liquid may be observed
on the articular membranes, particularly on those between the
fourth and fifth, and fifth and sixth abdominal terga. This clear
liquid has a saline taste, and in this respect resembles the blood of
drones.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

7. DIscussIoNn.

A discussion of all the literature available pertaining to the scent-
producing organs of insects has been prepared, but since such a
long discussion cannot be presented here, only a brief outline will
be given.

A review of the literature shows that the substance produced by
any scent-producing organ is secreted by unicellular glands which
as far as known are modified hypodermal cells. For description,
scent-producing organs may be divided into five types based on their
devices for disseminating the odor and for storing the secretion as
follows: (1) No special device for disseminating the odor or storing
the secretion; (2) gland cells associated with hairs and scales as a
means of scattermg the odor more effectively; (3) ‘‘evaginable”’
sacs lined with hairs connected with gland cells as a device for storing
and distributing the odor; (4) articular membranes serving as
pouches for storing and preventing a too rapid evaporation of the
secretion; (5) specialized tubes and sacs acting as reservoirs for
storing and discharging the secretion.

The first type is the simplest of all five types. It is best repre-
sented as unicellular glands uniformly distributed over the entire
body surface as found in some beetles (Tower, 1903). In the beetles
Dytiscus and Acilius unicellular glands lie just beneath the hypo-
dermis between the head and tergite of the prothorax (Plateau, 1876).
In the blister beetle, Meloe, are found unicellular glands beneath
the hypodermis on both sides of the femoro-tibial articulations
(Berlese, 1909). These gland cells are similar in structure to those
of the honey bee. Beneath the femoro-tibial articulation in Cam-
ponotus and the tibio-tarsal articulation in Formica, Schon (1911)
found unicellular glands. Beneath the hypodermis of the caruncles
of the Indian roach, Corydia, lie unicellular glands, also similar to
those of the bee (Klemensiewicz, 1882). In this type of scent-
producing organ the secretion passes through the chitinous tubes
to the exterior where it spreads over the surface of the chitin sur-
rounding the exits of the tubes.

In regard to spreading the secretion over a wider area, the second
type is much more highly developed than is the first type. This is
accomplished in most cases by the secretion spreading over the
surfaces of many large hairs arranged in tufts which may be expanded
into a fan-shaped figure. The hind tibie of the male moth Hepialus
hecta are greatly swollen and are almost filled with large unicellular

550, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

glands, each of which communicates with a spatula-shaped hair
(Bertkau, 1882). In the male moth Phassus schamyl the hairs are
sealelike with the distal end of each scale divided into two or three
lobes (Deegener, 1905). The same kind of organ is found in the
male moths Syrichthus malue and Pechipogon.barbalis (Illig, 1902).
In the latter species, instead of there being a tuft of hairs on each
hind tibia, each front tibia bears three tufts. In the male moth
Sphinx convolvuli a pair of lateral tufts of scalelike hairs is found at
the proximal end of the abdomen (Tozzetti, 1870). In the female
moths Tawmatopoca pinivora and Stilpnotia salicis the scent-producing
organ is a large paired tuft of hairs on both sides and above the anus
(Freiling, 1909). In many male butterflies, the scent scales on the
wings serve as scent-producing organs (Miiller, 1877). Each scale
is connected with a unicellular gland (Thomas, 1893; Illig, 1902).
In the second type of scent-producing organ, the secretion from the
gland cells passes into the hairs and scales and then spreads over
their surfaces, whereby the odor from the secretion is more effectively
disseminated.

In regard to storing the odor in an “evaginable” sac, the third
type is a little farther advanced than the second type. !n the male
butterflies Danais and Euplea the seent-producing organ consists
of two large chitinous invaginated sacs, lined with sealelike hairs.
One of these sacs lies on either side of the abdomen and opens between
the seventh and eighth sterna (Ilig, 1902). In the female butterfly
Gonopteryx rhamni this organ is a single*invaginated sac, but in the
female of Huplea it consists of a circle of sealelike hairs around the
anus and of a pair of invaginated sacs, lined with hairs as usual
(Freiling, 1909). Each hair is connected with a unicellular gland.
The sacs are evaginated by blood pressure and retracted by muscles.
It is thus seen that the odorous substance may be more or less
retained in the invaginated sacs, but when the sacs are evaginated,
like the fingers of a glove, all the odor escapes.

In regard to storing the secretion, the fourth type is more highly
organized than any one of the preceding types of scent-producing

“

organs. In the roach Periplaneta orientalis this organ consists of a
pair of shallow pouches in the articular membrane between the
fifth and sixth abdominal terga. The pouches are covered by the
fifth tergum, but open to the exterior by a pair of slit-shaped open-
ings. They are lined with hairs, each of which connects with a
unicellular gland (Minchin, 1888). In the sexually matured male
roach Phyllodromia germanica there are two double pouches, one

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551
of which is located in the articular membrane between the fifth and
sixth and the other between the sixth and seventh abdominal terga.
These pouches are not lined with hairs. The tubes from the uni-
cellular glands carry the secretion directly to the pouch where it is
forced to the exterior by muscles constricting the lumen of the pouch
(Oettinger, 1906). In the female moth Orgyia antiqua the scent-
producing organ is a shallow pouch in the articular membrane
between the eighth and ninth abdominal terga. The unicellular
glands he in groups like several bunches of grapes just beneath the
thin membrane. Freiling (1909) saw no tubes connecting the
gland cells with this membrane. He thinks that the secretion
passes through the membrane by infiltration. In the petiole of
the worker ant of Myrmica rubra, Janet (1898) found an invaginated
chamber. At the bottom of the chamber may be seen the exits of
the tubes which lead to the buneh of unicellular glands. He also
found in the same ant two small groups of unicellular glands beneath
the articular membrane between the ninth and tenth abdominal
terga. These glands are also connected with tubes which run to
the exterior. Both of these organs may possibly be scent-producing
organs. The wax glands of young worker bees may also have such
a function. Each of these unicellular glands is nothing more than
a hypodermal cell modified for secreting a substance which passes
through many minute pores in the thick chitin of the abdominal
segment. After coming in contact with the external air the substance
changes to wax. In Apis these glands le beneath the second,
third, fourth, and fifth abdominal sterna, in Melipona beneath the
last four abdominal terga, in Trigona beneath the last five abdominal
terga, but in Bombus beneath both the abdominal sterna and terga
(Dreyling, 1906).

The scent-producing organ of the honey bee belongs to the fourth
type, and it is probably the most highly developed organ of this type.
Nassonoff thought that the chitinous tubes ran into the bottom of
the canal, chiefly formed by the anterior portion of the articular
membrane, instead of them uniting with the posterior wall of the
canal. If they united with the bottom of the canal, they would
materially affect the flexibility of the membrane. Zoubareff (1883)
imagines that the gland cells in this organ of the bee secrete the
little drops of liquid which bees are said to let fall when flying. He
thinks that these drops represent the excess of water contained in
freshly gathered nectar over that in ripened honey.

In regard to storing and discharging the secretion as a means of

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

defence, the fifth type of scent-producing organ is the most highly
organized of all five types. For storing the secretion, the ear-wig
has two pairs of reservoirs in the third and fourth abdominal terga
(Vossler, 1890). Both sexes of walking-sticks have two straight,
ribbonlike blind sacs which lie in the thorax (Scudder, 1876). The
electric-light bug has two long ececal tubes in the métathorax (Leidy,
1847). In another bug, Pyrrhocoris apterus, the scent-producing organ
is quite complicated. It has a specialized reservoir with a valve to
prevent the escape of the secretion (Mayer, 1874). The male
roaches Periplaneta orientalis and P. americana have, besides the scent-
producing organ in the articular membrane already mentioned,
anal glands which are highly organized (Bordas, 1901). The uni-
cellular glands belonging to the anal glands of a beetle, Blaps mortisaga,
are very similar in structure to those of the bee (Gilson, 1889).
Many species of Carabide and Dytiscide have been studied by
Dierckx (1899). He finds that all their anal glands are highly
organized and that the secretion is produced by many unicellular
glands which lie either in the tubes leading to the reservoir or lie a
short distance from these tubes. All of the gland cells are quite
similar in structure to those of the bee. A highly organized anal
gland has also been found in a few ants (Forel, 1878).

From this brief outline, it is seen that scent-producing organs
have already been found in many insects belonging to five orders.
There is a wide variation in organization between the lowest type
and the highest type. All of those organs belonging to the first
four types are used in all probability for alluring purposes and as a
means for recognition, while those of the fifth type are perhaps used
only as a means of defence. Of the scent-producing organs used for
recognition, that of the honey bee is probably the most highly
organized.

LITERATURE CrTep.

Bervese, ANToNIO. 1906-1909. Gli insetti, vol. 1, pp. 535, 536.

BertKau, Pu. 1882. Ueber den Duftapparat von Hepialus Hecta L. Arch. f.
Naturgesch., Jahrg. 48, Bd. 1, pp. 363-370.

Borpas, L. 1901. Les glandes défensives ou odorantes des Blattes. Comptes
Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, t. 132, pp. 1352-1354.
DeEEGENER, Paut. 1905. Das Duftorgan von Phassus Schamyl Chr. I. Anato-
misch-histologischer Theil. Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 78, pp. 245-255.
Dierckx, Fr. 1899. Etude comparée des glandes pygidiennes chez les Cara-
bides et les Dytiscides avec quelques remarques sur le classement des
Carabides. La Cellule, t. 16, Fase. 1, pp. 61-176.

DreyiinG, L. 1906. Die wachsbereitenden Organe bei den gesellig lebenden
Bienen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. und Ont., Bd. 22, pp. 289-330.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553

Foret, Aucust. 1878. Der Giftapparate und die Analdriisen der Ameisen.
Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 30, Heft 1, Supplement, pp. 28-68.

Freininc, Hans H. 1909. Duftorgane der weiblichen Schmetterlinge nebst
Beitrigen zur Kenntniss der Sinnesorgane auf dem Schmetterlingsfliigel
und der Duftpinsel der Minnchen yon Danais und Euplcea. Zeitsch. f.
wiss. Zool., Bd. 92, pp. 210-290.

Gitson, G. 1889. Les glandes odoriféres du Blaps Mortisaga et de quelques
autres espéces. La Cellule, t. 5, pp. 1-24.

Inuia, K. G. 1902. Duftorgane der miannlichen Schmetterlinge. Biblioth.
Zoologica, Heft 38, pp. 1-34.

JANET, CHARLES. 1898. Etudes sur les fourmis, les guépes et les abeilles.
Note 17. Systéme glandulaire tégumentaire de la Myrmica rubra. Obser-
vations diverses sur les fourmis, Paris, pp. 1-30.

KLeMENSiIEwiIcz, S. 1882. Zur niheren Kenntniss der Hautdriisen bei den
Raupen und bei Malachius. Verhdl. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, Bd.
32, pp. 459-474. .

Leipy, JoserH. 1847. History and anatomy of the hemipterous genus Bel-
ostoma. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), vol. 1, pp. 57-66.

Mayer, Paun. 1874. Anatomie von Pyrrhocoris apterus L. Reichert und du
Bois-Reymond’s Arch. f. Anat. Phys. und wiss. Med., pp. 313-347.

Mrincurn, E. A. 1888. Note on a new organ and on the structure of the hypo-
dermis in Periplaneta orientalis. Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci., vol. 29, pp.
229-233.

Miinier, Frirz. 1877. Ueber Haarpinsel, Filzflecke und ihnliche Gebilde auf
den Fliigeln minnlicher Schmetterlinge. Jenaische Zeitsch. f. Naturwiss.,
Bd. 11 (N. F., Vierter Band), pp. 99-114.

Oerrrincer, R. 1906. Ueber die Driisentaschen am Abdomen von Periplaneta
orientalis und Phyllodromia germanica. Zool. Anz., Bd. 30, pp. 338-349.

PLATEAU, Fétrx. 1876. Note sur une séerétion propre aux Coléoptéres Dytis-
cides. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, t. 19, pp. 1-10.

Scu6n, ARNotp. 1911. Bau und Entwicklung des tibialen Chordotonalorgans
bei der Honigbiene und bei Ameisen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. und Ont.,
Bd. 31, pp. 489-472.

Scupper, 8. H. 1876. ‘Odoriferous glands in Phasmide. Psyche, vol. 1, pp.
137-140.

Stapen, F. W. L. 1901. A scent-producing organ in the abdomen of the bee.
Gleanings in Bee Culture, vol. 29, pp. 639, 640.

— 1902. Scent-producing organ in the abdomen of the worker of Apis
mellifiea. Ent. Month. Mag., London, vol. 38, pp. 208-211.

Tuomas, M. B. 1893. The androchonia of Lepidoptera. Amer. Naturalist,
vol. 27, pp. 1018-1021.

Tower, W. L. 1903. The origin and development of the wings of Coleoptera.
Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., Bd. 17, Heft 3, pp. 517-567.

Tozzptt1, Ap. T. 1870. Sull’apparecchio che separa ed esala l’odore di mus-
chio nel maschio, della Sphynx convolvuli. Bul. Soc. Ent. Ital., Anno 2,
pp. 358-362.

VossELER, JutIus. 1890. Die Stinkdriisen der Forficuliden. Arch. f. mikr.
Anat., Bd. 36, pp. 365-378. '

Zouparerr, A. 1883. A propos d’un organe de l’abeille non encore decrit.
Bul. d’Apiculture Suisse Romande, vol. 5, pp. 215, 216. Also in British
Bee Journ., No. 136, vol. 11, pp. 296, 297. Translated from above by
Frank Benton.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX AND XX.

All figures, except diagrams Nos. 1 and 2, are from camera lucida drawings,
made at the base of the microscope. Figures 5 to 16b were made by using a V and
or ocular and a ;'; oil immersion. Each one of these drawings is enlarged 875

iameters.

554 \ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug.,

ABBREVIATIONS.

..aecessory parts of sting.
ampulla of gland cell.
...anterior portion of articular membrane.
articular membrane.
....canal,
canal of chitinous tube.
chitin.
clear spot in cytoplasm of cell.
_....dorsal diaphragm.
end of canal.

fat cell.
gland cell.
globule of cell.
...groovelike indentation in chitin forming canal.
... heart.
... hair.
... hair socket.

_hypodermis.
hypodermal cell.
large intestine.
muscle to move sting.
_...Malpighian tubules.

. cenocy te.

PostP..................posterior portion of articular membrane.
RadStr...............radial streak of ampulla.
Sint eee small intestine.
sting.
rey trachea.

...chitinous tubes of gland cells.
_..... transparent area In ampulla.
V Dph................ ventral diaphragm.

a to f of figure 2.—a, small barbed hairs; 6, small spinelike hairs; c, groovelike
indentations on anterior portion.of articular membrane; d, heavy and wide
vein of chitin between anterior and posterior portions of articular membrane;
e, heavy and narrow vein of chitin in posterior portion of articular mem-
brane; f, location of gland cells.

a to e of figure 4.—a, comparatively thin and almost transparent chitin; 6,
narrow, thick and yellow band of chitin; e¢, thick, semitransparent band
of chitin; d, wide, thick and opaque band of chitin; e, thick semitransparent
chitin.

a to b of figure 9.—a, hypodermal cells, which later become gland cells, now
broken loose from hypodermal layer; b, a later stage of same.

v, the heavy and wide vein of chitin shown in figure 2, d.

Fig. 1 has been placed in the text.

Pirate XIX.—Fig. 2—Diagram of articular membrane spread out flat under a
low-power lens, showing its superficial appearance, and looking through the
posterior part (PostP) of membrane at a deeper focus may be seen gland
cells and tubes as shown at f. The material used for figs. 2 to 7 inclusive
was fresh and was stained slightly with a weak solution of methylin green.

Fig. 3.—A small portion of anterior part (AntP) of membrane from fig. 2
showing the groovelike indentations (Gr). _X 700. ;

Fig. 4.—A small portion of posterior part (PostP) of membrane from fig. 2,
looking at inner side of chitin with strong transmitted light. Four gland
cells (GIC) and many tubes (Zu) are shown. The tubes are twice too
wide. X 275.

Fig. 5.—Large live gland cell, showing its structure.

Fig. 6.—Large live cenocyte, showing its structure.

Fig. 7.—Small live fat cell, showing its structure.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

Fig. 8.—Cross section of a small portion of posterior part (PostP) of membrane
from fig. 2 at f, after treatment with caustic potash, showing that tubes
(Tu) are chitinous.

Piate XX.—Fig. 9.—Sagittal section through articular membrane of a 15-day-
old worker pupa (counting from the time the egg was laid), showing origin
of gland cells from hypodermal cells (HypC). All material used for figs.
9 to 16b was fixed and stained.

Fig. 10.—Same kind of section as fig. 9, from a 16-day-old worker pupa, showing
(1) great increase in size of gland “cells (GIC) within one day’s time; (2)
presence of tubes (Tw); (3) thin hypodermis (Hyp); and (4) presence of
chitin (Ch).

Fig. 1la—c.—Origin of chitinous tube from a hypodermal cell. 11a is from a
15-day-old worker pupa, and 11b and lle are from a 153-day-old worker
pupa.

Fig. 12—Same kind of section as fig. 9, from a 17-day-old worker pupa,
showing, as compared with fig. 10, (1) a slight increase in size of gland cells;
(2) a thinner hypodermis; and (3) thieker chitin.

Fig. 13.—Same as fig. 12, but from a 19-day-old worker pupa, showing no
noticeable change in size of gland cells.

Fig. 14.—Same as figs. 12 and 13, but from a 21-day-old worker pupa (now
emerged as an imago insect), showing; (1) a considerable increase in size
of gland cells, and (2) thicker chitin.

Fig. 15.—Same as fig. 14, but from an old worker bee, showing a still greater
increase in size of gland cells. Compare this large gland cell, which was
fixed and stained, with the large live gland cell in fig. 5.

Fig. 16a.—Large gland cell from an old queen.

Fig. 16b.—Large gland cell from a middle-aged pupal queen. Compare
fig. 16a with gland cell in fig. 15.

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Sept.,

FURTHER NOTES ON METEOR CRATER, ARIZONA.

BY DANIEL MOREAU BARRINGER.

I present this as a supplement to my paper, entitled ‘*Coon
Mountain and Its Crater,’”’ published in the Procrrnprnes of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in December, 1905,
and to my more comprehensive and necessarily more accurate paper
(owing to the amount of exploration work which has been done),
read before the National Academy of Sciences at its autumn meeting
at Princeton University, November 16, 1909, with a few additional
and apparently conclusive arguments with regard to the correctness
of the impact theory of origin of what is now known as the Meteor
Crater of Arizona.

One of the most significant minor facts in connection with this
remarkable crater is the discovery by those who have conducted the
extensive exploratory work there of quite large quantities of quartz
glass, which is undoubtedly fused sandstone and has been so de-
seribed by Merrill! An examination of the specimens now on
exhibition at the American Museum of Natural History, New York,
will immediately convince the most skeptical that this is nothing
but fused sandstone.

_ It does not appear that those who have written on the interesting
subject of the origin of this crater in Arizona, myself included, have
used this fact, and the circumstance that the material is abundantly
stained with nickel-iron oxide, as a conclusive argument—for such it
is—in favor of the impact theory rather than the volcanic theory of
origin. I am assured by Dr. Merrill and others that there is no
record of a sudden outburst of volcanic action wherein the heat
generated was sufficient to fuse crystalline quartz. The only case
of quartz being fused by a sudden rise in temperature to the necessary
degree of heat to effect a result comparable to that produced here
is that of the more or less familiar action of the lightning striking
sandstone or sand and altering it to what is known as fulgurite
glass. No voleanie action, however violent or however long con-

1 Proc. U. S. National Museum, Vol. XXXII, pp. 547-550, June 15, 1907,

and Smithsonian Misc. Collections (Quarterly Issue), Vol. 50, Part 4, pp. 461-

498, pls. 61-75, January 27, 1908. See also the description of this metamor-
phosed sandstone in my National Academy paper.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

tinued, has been known to produce such an effect. The only com-
parison which oceurs to me and which will at all fit the facts is
that of the striking of a heavy armor-piercing projectile upon armor
plate. There, | understand, a very high heat is generated moment-
arily, as was certainly the ‘case at the Arizona crater. There also
the heat of impact is sufficient to not only fuse a small portion of
the target, but a small portion of the projectile, smce momentarily
iron-and-nickel vapor is produced. That this vapor of iron and
nickel was also produced at the crater, being derived from the
impacting body, is evidenced by the fact that this particular variety
of fused sandstone, referred to by me as ‘‘ Variety B”’ of metamor-
phosed sandstone in my National Academy paper, is nearly always
more or less abundantly stained by iron and nickel oxide. The
fact that this stain is often found in places where the metamorphosed
sandstone has gaped open under the influence of intense heat and
then closed again upon cooling, is most significant.

Now it must not be forgotten that the white or gray saecharoidal
sandstone, small portions of which have been fused in this way,
does not outcrop anywhere nearer than the Grand Canyon of the
Colorado, seventy miles distant, where it is known as the White
Wall or Cross-bedded sandstone and overlies, as at Meteor Crater,
the Red Wall or Red Beds sandstone. At the crater the upper
portion of this sandstone occupies a position about 350 feet below
the surface of the plain, being overlaid by about 300 feet of the
Aubrey limestone and 40 or 50 feet of the purplish-red sandstone,
which, in the form of small buttes, is found all over the surrounding
otherwise almost level plain. It must be remembered also that all
the strata in this locality are horizontal. Clearly, nickeliferous
iron had penetrated into and, as we now have strong reason to
believe, through this bed of white or gray sandstone, and we know
that nothing terrestrial in this vicinity contains nickel in any form.
The only possible source of this stain is, therefore, the meteoric izon,
the occurrence of which has been very fully described in my previous
papers. (See Plate XXIII, showing the distribution of meteoric
iron around the crater.) It seems to me, therefore, that this
peculiar vesicular form of metamorphosed sandstone, which was
certainly produced by sudden and intense heat and which is so
abundantly stained with nickel and iron oxide, in itself furnishes an
incontrovertible proof of the impact theory of origin, the opinion
of certain members of the United States Geological Survey to the
contrary notwithstanding.

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Professor Elihu Thomson has given me permission to quote a
statement which he made to me in a letter written a few days after
he visited the crater some years ago, as follows: ‘This Arizona
crater bears all the evidences of impact and the evidences of nothing
else.”” This is the complete story told in a few words. It will
be in the interest of science if scientific men, and especially those of
the United States Geological Survey who deny this theory of origin,
will present their reasons for maintaining the hypothesis that the
crater was due to some manifestation of volcanic activity. I believe
that it will be easy to refute any argument they may advance. No
examination of the crater since the exploratory work was done has
been made by any members of the Survey, to the best of my knowl-
edge and belief. Therefore, unless they can satisfactorily account
for the facts which I have stated in this and in my previous papers
on the subject on some other theory than that of impact by a great
mass of meteoric iron, it would seem that I can fairly claim to have
proved the theory that the crater was formed by this agency.

There is good reason to believe that the meteoric mass was a
dense cluster of iron meteorites and possibly was the head of a small
comet which was not moving at very high speed, astronomically
considered, since there is no evidence, beyond the very slight evi-
dence referred to above, of the volatilization of any portion of the
mass. Moreover, it is certain that the siliceous limestone bed, which
it encountered after passing through the 40 to 50 feet of overlying
purplish-red sandstone, would’ have..been readily fused had the
impact been such as we can reasonably suppose it to have been had
there been a head-on collision between this small cluster of iron
meteorites or cometary body and the earth. Besides this, as anyone
who knows anything about ballistics will at once acknowledge, there
would have been no such penetration as we now know took place:
nearly, if not fully, 1,200 feet into solid limestone and sandstone
strata. It has been inferred, therefore, that the cluster of iron
meteorites may have followed after the earth and that the blow de-
livered was not such as it would have been if there had been a direct
head-on collision. We now know that the mass, probably weighing
as much as 10,000,000 tons, if not more, penetrated through the
white or gray sandstone and as far down as the top of the Red Beds
sandstone (Red Wall sandstone of the Grand Canyon section).
Several cores from this sandstone bed, showing it to be undisturbed
and lying in a horizontal position, have been brought up by the
drill directly under the centre of the floor of the crater and at a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

depth of from 900 feet to over 1,000 feet below the floor of the crater.
They are to be seen at the American Museum of Natural History,
New York.

Only a small and unfortunately the central portion of the crater
has been explored by the drill, not more than ;/5 of the total area of
the crater, but undoubted meteoric material (small pieces of ‘iron
shale” or magnetic nickel-iron oxide) have been brought up by the
drill, as stated in my previous papers, from a depth of between 700
and 800 feet below the level of the floor of the crater, which is
about 440 feet, on an average, below the level of the surrounding
plain. The drill holes were located there because we did not at the
time this drilling was done appreciate the direction from which the
meteoric mass approached or properly interpret the evidence which
now causes us to believe that it lies under the southern wall of the
crater, some 2,000 feet distant from where the drilling was done.
We did not take into consideration certain facts now very plain to
us and to anyone who may visit the crater or carefully study the
maps, once his attention is called to these facts, which should have
shown us that it approached at quite an angle from the north, per-
haps as much as 30° from the vertical.

In the first place, the greatest amount of iron meteorites and
especially those of the ‘“‘shale ball”’ variety, described in my previous
papers, have been found on the northern slope of the crater and on
the plain beyond—accurately, slightly to the east of a north and south
line passing through the centre of the crater. In this connection it
may be of some interest to know that there was found about a mile
and a half from the crater in a north-northeast direction three years
ago the largest Canyon Diablo iron meteorite which has ever been
found. The following are the dimensions of this meteorite, which
is of the ordinary Canyon Diablo type, with characteristic pittings,
ete. :

Length Bad
Width oe RY
Height 1’ 33”
Greatest circumference 8! 33"
Least circumference ee
Estimated weight Between 1,700 and 2,000 pounds.

It is to be seen at the museum? which has been built at the crater.

2 The collection of meteorites, metamorphosed sandstone, specimens of all
the strata penetrated, etc., in this museum and in the collection at the American
Museum of Natural History, in New York City, which has been loaned to it
By, Smceion University, should be seen by all those who are interested in the
subject.

’

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Secondly, vastly more of the fragmentary material, meluding
that which came from its greatest depths, which has been expelled
from the crater by the force of the impact, lies on the southern rim
than anywhere else.

Other proofs that the meteoric mass which produced the crater
by its impact with the earth approached from this direction are
that in the south wall of the crater, composed of great limestone and
sandstone cliffs, the fact is clearly discernible that this sandstone
and limestone have been lifted vertically some 105 feet out of
position for a total length of nearly one-half mile. On either
side of this great uplift the formations are tilted violently back-
ward, a fault separating them from the central uplifted mass (see
Plates XXI and XXII). Moreover, a distinct bending or arch can
be seen in the lines of stratification of the rocks composing this
central mass which has been vertically uplifted and which probably
weighs in the neighborhood of 50,000,000 tons. The highest point
of this curvature is in the exact centre or midway between the point
where the strata have been turned backward, as described. This
would seem to indicate that something was wedged or intruded
underneath this great mass of rock and lifted it vertically upward.
The central portion of this mass of rock so uplifted is almost due
south of the centre of the crater or nearly opposite to that portion of
the crater’s rim and the plain beyond on which the greatest number
of ordinary Canyon Diablo. meteorites and the so-called ‘“‘shale
ball’? meteorites have been found. Atso beginning at the north the
strata exposed in the circular wall of the crater increase in the dip
representing their backward tilting on each side of the crater right
around to the faults which mark the east and west sides of this up-
lifted mass (see Plates XXI and XXII). When these facts are consid-
ered in connection with that of the great fragmentary masses of lime-
stone being collected together in what I have heretofore referred to
as ‘‘fields of limestone boulders,’’ which lie to the east and west of a
north and south line passing through the crater, conviction is forced
upon the mind that the mass which made the crater, and which
according to our present knowledge of physics and chemistry must
lie somewhere in its depths, approached the earth from a northerly
direction and held to its course as a rifle bullet would until perhaps
it came to the top of the hard Red Beds sandstone stratum, when
possibly it may have been deflected somewhat. Apparently, how-
ever, it advanced sufficiently far underneath the white or gray
sandstone and the overlying limestone to uplift the portion of the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

wall of the crater referred to above more than 100 feet out of its
proper position. What could be more natural under these conditions
than that we would have found nothing in the centre of the crater
except some little pieces of iron oxide representing largely sparks
or bits of metal which were literally torn off the projectile as it
advanced through the rock target? By far the greater portion of it
must have held together, as a charge of shot holds together for a
short distance after it leaves the muzzle of a shotgun. It is con-
sidered extremely likely that the major portion of the mass lies
under the southern wall of the crater and particularly under that
portion of it which has been uplifted in the manner that I have
attempted to describe. :

The theory has been advanced that this great crater was par-
tially formed by the heating of the water in the moist sandstone
converting it almost instantly into steam. I have no doubt that
this action contributed in a measure to excavate the crater, but
I do not think that it contributed very largely to the general effect.
It seems to me that it is hardly necessary to call in any other agency
to account for the observed facts than the excavating effect of such
a projectile. In short I believe the crater would have been prac-
tically as large as it is to-day if there had been no water in the sand-
stone. We well know from repeated borings by the Atchison,
Topeka & Santa Fe R. R. Company that these strata contain very
little water to-day and all the evidence is in favor of the crater’s
being of recent origin, the Indians of that section having a legend
connected with the fall.

Having once been convinced of the correctness of the impact
theory of origin, the size of the meteoric mass which formed the pro-
jectile becomes of interest. It is hardly conceivable that its weight
was less than five million tons. It may have been 10,000,000 tons,
or twice that weight. Admitting that it was a cluster that produced
the result, the wonder is that it was as small as we now realize it
must have been. These masses of meteoric material we know to be
flying through space in the vicinity of our solar system. They pos-
sibly represent the small remaining portions of the nebula out of
which our system was made. Most of them have probably long
since been gathered into the sun or into some of the planetary bodies.
Saturn’s rings, I believe, are largely composed of meteorites. They
probably present an early stage of moon-making. “The craters on the
moon’s surface are much more thinkable in size than the Arizonacrater.
Most of the craters on the moon’s surface, which I firmly believe to

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

be impact craters, are vastly larger than our Arizona crater, and
one of them is even 150 miles in diameter. When one who is familiar
with the Arizona crater examines the lunar craters through a good tele-
scope they are at once seen to show the main features of the former.
The relation of width to depth is the same. Most of the ejected
material lies close around the lunar craters and forms the so-called
rim, as in the case of the Arizona crater. There are spurts or tongues
of ejected material in the Arizona crater and presumably in the lunar
craters. Even the peculiar conical central hill or mountain which is
observed in most of them and which I confidently assert cannot
be explained on any theory of volcanic action, has its counter-
part in our own Silica Hill at Meteor Crater (see Plates XXI
and XXII). It probably exists in all of the lunar craters, but
in the very small ones it is not easily discernible on account of
the smallness of the crater and because, as in our crater, the effect
has been somewhat masked. This hill in the Arizona crater is now
somewhat masked by the overlying lacustrine sediments and by
fine material deposited by the action of wind over it. For a long
time its origin puzzled us greatly. It now seems to have been a neces-
sary feature of the impact. These central conical hills or veritable
mountains in the larger lunar craters would seem to be due to the
same physical law which we see in operation when we drop a stone
into water or soft mud, with which solid rock can be compared
if the projectile strikes it at sufficient speed. A raindrop falling
on still water produces fora moment the same small conical-shape
in the centre of the cavity caused by the impact. In the case of
water, of course, it soon mingles with the surrounding water; in the
case of rock fragments or rather stiff mud it remains. In this connec-
tion one should read A Study of Splashes, by Professor W. A. Worth-
ington, of Devonport, England, in which the author has introduced
some quite wonderful photographs and arrived at certain conclusions
with regard to the behavior and flow of solid substances under great
pressure, suddenly applied, being analogous to the motion set up
in liquids or viscous material upon impact. These conclusions
seem to be fully warranted and also seem to go far toward ex-
plaining the presence of the conical-shaped hills in nearly all of
the lunar craters. Anyone who will make a careful study of our
Arizona crater and will then read Worthington’s book, studying the
diagrams he has made, and will then turn his attention to the lunar
craters, cannot escape the conviction that the lunar craters are im-
pact craters. Why the moon should have been so abundantly bom-

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563.

barded and the earth so seldom bombarded during recent geological
history is seemingly difficult to éxplain, but one must not forget that
the moon has been without an atmosphere for perhaps a great many
million years and all the bombardment to which it has been subjected
during this vast period of time is clearly and permanently recorded.

May it not be possible that when one holds in his hands one of
the meteorites that occasionally reach this earth and which reached
it on its present surface in far greater numbers at and around Meteor
Crater in Arizona than any other locality known to us, he is holding
in his hands something older than our sun or any of the planets which
revolve about it; in fact, that he is holding in his hands something
which has literally formed part of the nebula out of which our whole
solar system has been built up? If this be in accordance with the
facts it would help to confirm the more recent theories of the building
up of the planetary systems as put forward by Chamberlin and
Moulton.

It seems to me to be not inappropriate to bring this paper to a
close by quoting in substance an argument which I recently heard
used by Dean W. F. Magie, Professor of Physics at Princeton Uni-
versity, in favor of the impact theory of origm of the Arizona crater
and as against the steam explosion theory of origin, which has been
advanced and persisted in notwithstanding all the evidence pre-
sented in the many papers which have been written on the subject
since the publication of my first paper read before The Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Dean Magie spent a fortnight
at Meteor Crater several years ago studying the various phenomena
in connection with the crater and carefully checking the statements
of fact made by me in the National Academy paper above referred
to. The argument is as follows:

First, on the doctrine of probabilities, the chances are one in
many millions that the greatest known shower of iron meteorites
should have fallen on the exact spot, with the Arizona crater as. the
centre of its distribution (by consulting Plate X XIII it will be noticed
that the meteorites increase in number as one approaches the crater),
at which a single, unprecedented steam explosion on a rapidly
revolving earth occurred.

Secondly, that the chances are one in many more millions that
this shower should have fallen on the exact site chosen for such an
unprecedented steam explosion at the same instant of time that the
steam explosion occurred.

Thirdly, that the chances are again one in millions that the steam

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF : [Sept.,

explosion should have produced not only such a peculiarly sym-
metrical crater as has been described in the various papers which
have been recently written concerning it, but should have produced
one which furnishes so much other evidence strongly confirming
the theory of impact as against the theory of steam explosion.

Consequently, it is perfectly fair mathematically to multiply these
three and for one to say, on the theory of probabilities, that the
chances are one in the product of all these millions that the crater
was formed by a steam explosion. This of course is negligible.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXI-XXIII.

Puiate XXI.—Map of Meteor Crater, Arizona (six miles south of Sunshine
Station, Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe R. R., Coconino County, and in
Sections 13 and 24, T. 19, N. R., 123 B.).

Pratp XXII.—Rough sketch map showing distribution of major portion of
fragmentary material ejected from Meteor Crater, Arizona.

Some rock fragments have been thrown as far as two miles from the
crater. This map merely shows manner of distribution and relative
quantity of material near the crater. Very much more material has
been thrown to the south (generally speaking) than elsewhere, 7.e., the
mass of rock fragments is much thicker there than elsewhere and the
rock has been more finely crushed. The rock fragments seem to have
been thrown furthest to the northeast by east, where they thinly cover
a large area.

LEGEND.—

w= Crater Rim.

vee Lower limit of bulk of ejected material which forms to a large extent
the so-called mountain. ‘This. line necessarily approximate.

Limestone fragments, the most coherent rock thrown out of the crater.

Fields of big limestone boulders on the east and west slopes of the
mountain.

[5 White or gray saccharoidal sandstone fragments. These frequently
show cross bedding.

@@ Brown sandstone fragments and brown sand due to their disintegration.
Much of this sand has been drifted to the eastward by the prevailing winds.

Thin sheets or individual masses of ejected limestone far out on the
plain. These scattered fragments are found 13 miles from the crater
rim to northeast, 1¢ to 2 miles east and about 1 mile southeast. Map
too small to show their distribution except in a general way.

PLrare XXIII.—Map showing distribution of meteoric material around Meteor
Crater, Coconino County, Arizona.
LEGEND.—

® Meteorie irons (ordinary Canyon Diablo siderites) from 10 pounds to
547 pounds, discovered by Standard Iron Company.

~ Meteoric irons, from 10 pounds to 1000 pounds, discovered by Mexicans
employed by F. A. Volz et al. previous to acquisition of property by 8. 1. Co.

+ Meteoricirons. Small. Discovered by $.I.Co. Thousands of the small
ironsfound. Hence distribution only approximated. (These are generally
only a few grains or ounces in weight, irons weighing from 1 to 10 pounds
found only occasionally.)

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565

> Large irregular masses of meteoric iron oxide or large “‘shale balls,”
from 100 pounds to 300 pounds in weight, due to oxidation of meteoric
iron rich in chlorine and sulphur, or shale-ball iron.

© Small broken fragments of meteoric iron oxide or ‘‘iron shale” (a few
grains or ounces, rarely a pound in weight). Thousands of such pieces
found, hence distribution only approximated.

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

OcTOBER 6.
Mr. Cuarvtes Morris in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

Reports on the work performed during the summer vacation were
made by the Curators, the Librarian, and the Secretaries.

The deaths of William N. Whelen, a member, and of Eduard
Suess, a correspondent, were announced.

The reception of papers under the following titles was reported:

“Further notes on Meteor Crater, Arizona,’”’ by Daniel M. Bar-
ringer (July 2). :

“Morphologic sequences in the canaliculate Fulgurs,” by Burnett
Smith (July 7).

“Observations sur la théorie générale des phénoménes glaciaires
et sur les Galets stries,’’ par Stanislas Meunier (July 27).

“New and little-known Craneflies from the United States and
Canada (Tipullidee, Diptera),’’ by Charles P. Alexander (August 24).

“New neuropteroid Insects, native and foreign,” by Nathan
Banks (September 29).

The following were ordered to be published:

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567

MORPHOLOGIC SEQUENCES IN THE CANALICULATE FULGURS.

BY BURNETT SMITH.

The Tertiary and Recent gastropods which are usually assigned
to the genus Fulgur or to the genera Fulgur and Sycotypus have been
studied on several occasions in the endeavor to clear up the phylo-
genetic relationships of the different species. Inexact methods of
collecting, poorly preserved material, and uncertainty of stratigraphic
relations have perhaps contributed in no small degree to the con-
flicting interpretations which have resulted. In spite of the attention
which these forms have attracted, no detailed morphologic work has,
so far, been attempted in the group. The purpose of the present
paper is to record some of the changes exhibited by the canaliculate
division of the genus when traced throughout its geological and
geographical range.

The following notes have been prepared after an examination of
well-preserved specimens whose localities and horizons are in most
cases known to have been determined with considerable accuracy.
Museum sets of individuals falling well within a single specific diagno-
sis have been omitted whenever there was a suspicion that they were
derived from more than one locality or from more than one horizon.
It is recognized, however, that the amount of collecting necessary
for a final settlement of these problems of phylogeny is far beyond
the resources and the time of any one individual. Conclusions
reached in these notes are therefore submitted with the full realization
that they are preliminary in character and limited in scope.

In even so simple a structure as the gastropod shell there are too
many features to be taken in and appreciated at a single glance, and
when a number of gradational forms are viewed together it is seldom
possible to retain any definite mental image in passing from one
extreme to the other of a morphologic sequence. True, it can be
seen by the most casual inspection that many species are closely
allied, but to say how they are allied is by no means an easy matter.
The chief obstacles encountered in such work are those presented
(1) by multiplicity of morphologic characters, (2) by the inadequacy
of words to express the requisite shades of meaning, and (3) by the
difficulty of representing a transitional ontogenetic stage in a diagram.

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

In spite of their shortcomings it is believed that diagrams give a
closer approximation to the truth than verbal descriptions and can
be employed to greater advantage if their limitations are understood.

Though fully appreciating the necessity for the correct use of
systematic terms, the author wishes to emphasize the point that the
present study has not for its object the comparison of species as
ordinarily understood, but the comparison and correlation of the
morphologic combinations exhibited by the majority of individuals
of communities or races.

Wherever practicable, the forms examined have been compared
with type specimens. When this could not be done satisfactorily
it has been the policy to refer, if possible, to some good figure of a
specimen whose horizon and locality are known. Though this latter
method may perhaps increase the chances of confusion among names,
it is believed that it lessens the chances of confusing morphologic
units.

In the group of gastropods under discussion the shell characters
most available for comparison are the sutural canal, the nodes on
the shoulder angle, and the shoulder-angle keel. The appearance
and disappearance, strength or weakness, persistence or the reverse
of these characters have been used in comparing one race or species
with another. Decortication in many fossils and mechanical abrasion
in most recent specimens have usually obscured the minute details
of the first and second whorls. It is therefore not possible to compare
here every ontogenetic stage, but it can»be stated that the sequence
of ontogenetic stages for the group appears to be (1) a smooth and
rounded stage, (2) a short cancellated and rounded stage, (3) an
angulated and noded stage, (4) an angulated and keeled stage without
nodes, and (5) a final rounded stage in which only the faintest spiral
striz remain.

In the present study, as mentioned above, the last three stages
are, together with the canal, the most useful for comparative purposes.
It is unfortunate that it is not practicable to extend the comparisons
in detail to the first and second whorls, but the nodes are usually
much obscured on the second whorl, while the cancellated stage is
known to the author in only one fossil race. Its presence, though
not proved, is suspected nevertheless for the entire group of canalicu-
late Fulgurs.

In order to restrict, as far as possible, the verbal description of
each feature in each whorl of each race, it is deemed advisable to
present the diagrams first and allow them to serve as a guide to the

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

explanations that may follow. The purpose of the diagram is to
picture the persistence or the reverse of the different characters in
passing from the early to the late whorls, that is, throughout the
ontogeny of the average individual! of a race. The heavy horizontal
line of the diagram represents the ontogeny. It might be described
as a linear representation of that whieh in the shell is spiral:—the
spiral shell unwound, if we may use such an expression. Above
this line the ontogenetic stages are marked off as follows:

A. The smooth and rounded stage.”

N. The noded stage. ‘

K. The keeled stage without well defined nodes.

R. The final rounded stage.

The ontogenetic range of the sutural canal is shown below the
heavy line mentioned. The vertical dotted lines delimit the different
whorls and the spaces between them are numbered accordingly.

It has been found by measurement that (due to ventricose coiling)
the length of the shoulder on any one whorl is about twice as great
as that on the preceding whorl. This, though not mathematically
correct, is believed to be so close an approximation to the truth that
the diagrams can be constructed in this manner. Whorl seven is
accordingly shown as twice as long as whorl six, and this proportion
is maintained down to the third whorl. (See tables on p. 570.)

THE CORONATUM-PYRUM SEQUENCE.

The sutural canal or channel which is such a prominent character
in our two Recent species of canaliculate Fulgurs and which is
usually selected as the chief diagnostic feature of the genus or sub-
genus Sycotypus had its beginings at least as early as the Ballast
Point Oligocene. It is here, as pointed out by Dall*, more ‘of an.
individual than a racial or specific character, but it is none the less
present, and in any account of the canaliculate Fulgurs one must
not fail to mention those Florida specimens which are provided with
the shell structure in question. They are usually assigned (see
A.N.5S. P., No. 10,514) to Fulgwr spiniger (Conrad), but their rather
wide divergence from the type of that species is made evident by a com-

1 It cannot be too strongly emphasized that the tabulated results are intended.
to apply only to those specimens which are regarded as average. In every race
or species individuals may be selected which exhibit either more or less accelera-
tion of shell characters than does the average example.

*In the diagrams the cancellated stage when known to be present is included
with stage A. F

* Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science of Phila., vol. 111, pt. 1, p. 111.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Oo
~j
i=)

F. coronatum Con.
Miocene (St. Mary’s).
St. Mary’s River, Md.

F. rugosum Con.
Miocene (St. Mary’s).
St. Mary’s River, Md.

F. canaliculatum (L.).
Pleistocene.

Cornfield Harbor, Md.

F. pyrum (Dill.).
Recent.
Gulf Coast of Florida.

F. pyrum (Dill.).
Pliocene.
Caloosahatchie R., Fla.

F’. coronatum Con.
Miocene (St. Mary’s).
St. Mary’s River, Md.

F. rugosum Con.
Miocene (St. Mary's).
St. Mary’s River, Md.

F. canaliculatum (1L.).
Pleistocene.

Cornfield Harbor, Md.

F’. incile Con.

Miocene (yellow marl
of Burwell Bay).
Burwell Bay, James

River, Va.

Taste I1.—The coronalum-incile Sequence.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. o71

parison with the figure which accompanies the original description.‘
They are without doubt a very primitive expression of the canalicu-
late type, but entire individuals of the series are all of small size, and
the suspicion that they are not fully grown has prevented the author
from including them in the tables with mature examples of other
species. It is therefore considered better to begin the discussion of
morphologic sequences with a later though perhaps equally primitive
form—Fulgur coronatum Conrad’—from the St. Mary’s Miocene.

The most striking sequence starting with this species terminates
with a form from the Caloosahatchie Pliocene of Florida, which is
usually included in Fulgur pyrwm (Dillwyn). The steps in the
sequence are F. coronatum Conrad (St. Mary’s Miocene), fF. rugosum
Conrad® (St. Mary’s Miocene), F. canaliculatum (L.)7 (Maryland
Pleistocene), F. pyrum (Dillwyn)® (Recent Florida), and F. pyrwm
(Dillwyn) (Florida Pliocene). These are all shown in Table I.
Pleistocene specimens of F’. canaliculatum have been selected because
their preservation is superior to that of the available Recent speci-
mens. It should also be noted that the ontogeny line which has
been introduced for the Recent F. pyrwm cannot be used to represent
all individuals of the species.°

On consulting the table it will be seen that the sequence consists
(1) in the progressively earlier appearance of the canal in passing
from F. coronatum to the Caloosahatchie F. pyrwm, (2) the progress-
ive shortening of the noded stage through compression of the stage
and acceleration of its later part, (8) the introduction and progressive
acceleration of the keeled stage and its final compression in the
terminal member of the sequence, and (4) the introduction of a final
rounded stage in the Caloosahatchie .F. pyrwm'® accompanied by
compression and acceleration of the noded and keeled stages.

However little this arrangement may conform to geologic order
or to one’s ideas of phylogenetic relationship, it must be admitted that

4 J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 1, 2d ser., p. 117, pl. XI, fig. 32, 1848.
5 “Fossils of the Medial Tertiary,” pl. XLVI, fig. 1.
See also Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pl. XLVI, figs. la, 1b.
6 “Fossils of the Medial Tertiary,”’ pl. XLVI, fig. 4.
See also Md. Geol. Surv., Miocene, pl. XLVI, figs. 2a, 2b.
7 See Md. Geol. Surv., Pliocene and Pleistocene, pls. XLVI, XLVII, XLVIII.
8 ‘A Descriptive Catalogue of Recent Shells,” L. W. Dillwyn, London, 1817,
. 485.
: Martini Lister Syn. Method. Conch., 3d ed., 877, 1.
See also Manual of Conchology, G. W. Tryon, 1 ser., vol. III, pl. 58, figs. 402, 403.
® The suspicion is entertained that the Recent F. pyruwm will eventually prove
divisible into two species or at least races.
10 This stage is also seen in many specimens of the Recent F’. pyrum.

38

a72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

these forms just enumerated exhibit actual morphologic gradations.
Any one feature is just a little stronger or more accelerated or perhaps
just a little weaker in passing from F. coronatwm to the Pliocene
F. pyrum—in other words, the sequence is morphologic.

That the actual specimens from which these tabulated results
were obtained could constitute part of a phylogenetic sequence is,
of course, inadmissible. The specimens of F. coronatwm and F.
rugosum were contemporaries in the Miocene sea and the two lots
of F. pyrum have their morphologic sequence the reverse of their
geologic order. Again, F. canaliculatum and F. pyrum are contem-
poraries in the Recent seas and were probably even so in the Pliocene.

To interpret such data in terms of the phylogeny, one must decide
between two quite diverse courses. In the first the worker may
accept the geologic sequence as indicating the phylogeny and modify
his ideas about organic evolution. The other course lies in choosing
the morphologic sequence as portraying the phylogeny and intro-
ducing hypothetical species into the final scheme. In this latter
case forms which are morphologically discordant but geologically
intermediate must be regarded as intercalated migrants which have
attained a high degree of specialization.

As an illustration of the difficulties presented by the first method
of interpretation, attention is called to the Recent and Pliocene
examples of F. pyrwm. Those from the Pliocene are according to
the morphology at the very limit of the sequence. If the Recent
Florida individuals of this species are derived from the Caloosahatchie
form, then the canal must have gone through a process the reverse
of acceleration, and the disappearance or non-appearance of a final
rounded stage must be accounted for in what is probably a majority
of Reeent examples. When the second method of interpretation is
applied to these two assemblages, it is found necessary to derive both
Recent and Pliocene examples from a hypothetical /. pyrum ancestor
less specialized than the Pliocene form and not more specialized than
the Recent form here tabulated. On this basis the Caloosahatchie
F. pyrum is a terminal offshot which is extinct and not the ancestor
of the less specialized Recent forms which are regarded as post-
pliocene invaders from some other region.

At first glance it would appear that the method of interpreting
by geologic position alone presents fewer difficulties. The study of
these closely related species in this as well as in other groups of
gastropods has, however, led the author to favor not the first, but
the second method of interpreting. The reasons for choosing such

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

a course will be more fully discussed later and at present it is suf-
ficient to say that the morphologic sequence displayed by F’. corona-
tum, F. rugosum, F. canaliculatum, and the two assemblages of
F. pyrwm is believed to be best interpreted in terms of the phylogeny
as follows:

F. canaliculatum PF. pyrum
(Recent) (Recent)

F.. canaliculatum

(Pleistocene)
F. pyrum
(Caloosahatechie Pliocene)
Hypothetical
F. pyrum ancestor
Hypothetical

F. canaliculatum ancestor
perhaps identical with F. rugosum

F.. coronatum

(St. Mary’s PF. rugosum
Miocene) (St. Mary’s Miocene)
Hypothetical
F. coronatum
ancestor

F. rugosum has been reported from the Calvert and Choptank
formations." Both are older than the St. Mary’s. As far as the

1 Md. Geol. Surv. Miocene, p. 182.

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

writer has been able to learn, F’. coronatum has not been found in
these earlier beds. Those favoring purely stratigraphic methods
will probably argue that, in any phylogenetic scheme, F’. coronatwm
should be represented as derived from F. rugosum. This, however,
would require an explanation of the absence of a keeled stage in
F. coronatum and the acceptance of a theory that ontogenetic stages
do sometimes go through a process the reverse of acceleration.
The author inclines to the morphologic method in this case. It is
believed that the derivation of F. rugosum from F. coronatwm or
something very close to it is amply justified, in spite of the fact that
the latter form has not yet been proved to extend farther back than
the St. Mary’s Miocene.

In passing it may be said that the #. pyruwm-like forms from the
Duplin Miocene have been omitted purposely from the scheme,
because of the suspicion, as yet unverified, that most museum sets
are made up of specimens from more than one horizon in the Duplin
beds. :

THE CORONATUM-INCILE SEQUENCE.

The second morphologic sequence which commands our attention
starts, as before, with F’. coronatwm, but ends with the late Miocene
F. incile Conrad.“ The gradations in this sequence, though not as
complete as in the F. coronatum-F. pyrum sequence, are perhaps no
less striking. Its members comprise F. coronatum Conrad (St.
Mary’s Miocene), F. .rugosum Conrad (St. Mary’s Miocene), F.
canaliculatum (.) (Pleistocene and Recent), and I. incile Conrad
(Burwell Bay Miocene). These are shown in Table II. As before,
the sequence consists (1) in the progressively earlier appearance of
the canal in passing from F’. coronatum to F. incile; (2) the progress-
ive shortening of the noded stage through compression of the stage
and acceleration of its later part; (3) the introduction and progressive
acceleration of the keeled stage and its final compression in the
terminal member, and (4) the introduction of a final rounded stage
in F’. incile.

In the succession of its ontogenetic stages, F. incile parallels F.
pyrum, but in other respects it is quite different. In /’. pyrum the
tendency is for a shortening of the spire and a lengthening of the
anterior canal. For F. incile, on the other hand, the reverse is true;

2 “TDeseriptions of Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope,” T. A. Conrad,
Am. J. Conch., p. 64, pl. 6, fig. 2, 1868.
See also Am. J. Sct., vol. XXIII, p. 343.

~ a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

the canal shortening and the spire becoming more scalar during
individual growth. Again the shell of F. pyrum tends to become
light and thin, that of F. incile thick and heavy with the progress
of the ontogeny.

The sequential relations presented by F. canaliculatum and F.
incile are by no means apparent unless one is dealing with well-
preserved specimens of the latter species. The average museum
specimen of /. incile fails completely in this respect. If, however,
the material is illustrative of the entire ontogeny, the similarity in
the immature stages of these two species is very striking, and even
the late whorls and short anterior siphon of F. incile are occasionally
approached in very old and perhaps slightly abnormal individuals
of F. canaliculatum.

When the geologic order of these species is considered in relation
to their morphologic sequence, we are confronted with the fact that
the Pleistocene and Recent (perhaps also Pliocene) F. canaliculatum
is morphologically intermediate between PF’. rugosum of the St. Mary’s
Miocene and F. incile of the Burwell Bay (James River) Miocene.
The descent of F. incile from any known race of F’. canaliculatum is
manifestly impossible, but the derivation of F. canaliculatwm from
F. incile could only be accomplished by the loss or non-development
of acquired characters and a resumption of primitive features only
slightly less marked than in F.. rugoswm.

Again, a decision must be made on what course to follow in inter-
preting the facts. We must either make the phylogeny agree with
the stratigraphic order and modify our conception of the laws of
evolution or else introduce a hypothetical common ancestor for
both F. canaliculatum and F. incile. On this basis F. incile would be
in no sense ancestral, but a terminal radiation of the late Miocene,
which left no descendants.

In the case of the present sequence the author again favors the
second method of interpretation and believes that the fewer difficul-
ties are presented by the following phylogenetic scheme:

ou
a
S

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Oct.,

F. canaliculatum
(Recent)

F. canaliculatum
(Pleistocene)

F. incile
(Burwell Bay,
James R. Miocene)

Hypothetical
F. canaliculatum ancestor
perhaps identical with F. rugosum

\

F.. coronatum PF. rugosum
(St. Mary’s Miocene) (St. Mary’s Miocene)

Hypothetical ; >
I. coronatum ancestor

GEOLOGICAL RANGE AND CLASSIFICATORY VALUE OF SHELL
STRUCTURES AND ONTOGENETIC STAGES.

Studies in evolution may be undertaken with the object of deter-
mining either the phylogeny of biologie groups, such as families,
genera, species, or the phylogeny of organic structures. Though
these two lines of research can never be regarded as entirely separate,
they nevertheless constitute rather widely different aspects of the
problem. Therefore, the results obtained in these present studies
will be summarized with the view of emphasizing the phylogeny of
structures.

The Sutural Canal:

(a) Oligocene to Recent.

(b) An ascendant character, becoming stronger and accelerating
with the progress of time.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

Appearing in primitive forms of the Miocene after the begin-
ning of the fifth whorl (7. coronatum).

(d) Appearing in a very specialized Pliocene form as early as the
middle of the third whorl (F. pyrwm Caloosahatchie Race).

Though showing acceleration, its most notable changes are
due to exaggeration of its depth or of its width.

(f) Its changes (variations or mutations) serve in part as a basis
for the species of systematists. Its persistence is of generic or
group value and serves to differentiate the canaliculate from the
non-canaliculate Fulgurs.

The Noded Stage:

(a) Oligocene to Recent in this eroup.

(b) A declining character for this group, becoming weaker with
the progress of time. Accelerating more by compression than by
Me dropping out of nodes.

) Appearing in all forms at about the peginning of whorl two.
chan the ontogeny of primitive forms of the Miocene (F. corona-
tum).

(d) Disappearing in very specialized forms before the completion
of the fourth whorl (Ff. pyrwm).

Though its termination may show widely different degrees of
acceleration, its most notable changes are due to its degeneration.

(f) Its changes through acceleration and degeneration serve in
part as a basis for the species of systematists. Its persistence is of
no higher classificatory value, for it is a primitive feature widely
distributed among very diverse groups of marine gastropods.

The Keeled Stage:

(a) Miocene to Recent in this group.

(b) An ascendant character in the fairly primitive species (F.
rugosum, F. canaliculatum). A declining character in the most
specialized (F. pyrum, F. incile).

(c) Appearing in more primitive forms toward the end of the
seventh whorl, in the most specialized toward the end of the fourth
whorl.

(d) Terminating the ontogeny in fairly primitive forms (F. rugo-
sum, F. canaliculatum). Ending early in the sixth whorl of the most
specialized (F. pyrwm Caloosahatchie Pliocene).

Changes due to compression, acceleration, degeneration, and
exaggeration are all well marked.

(f) Its changes through compression, acceleration, degeneration,

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

and exaggeration serve as a basis for the species of systematists.
It has no higher classificatory value. j

The Final Rownded Stage:

(a) Late Miocene to Recent in this group.

(b) An ascendant character appearing only in the most specialized
species (fF. pyrum, F. incile). Never a declining character, though it
may perhaps be indicative of decadence.

(c) Never appearing in primitive forms. Appearing early in the
sixth whorl of the most specialized form (Ff. pyrum Caloosahatchie
Pliocene). Never, in this group, followed by any other ontogenetic
stage.

(e) Its chief changes are due to its degree of exaggeration.

(f) Its changes through exaggeration help to serve as a basis for
the species of systematists. It has no higher classificatory value.

In the preparation of these notes the collections most extensively
studied were those of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia and of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia.
Acknowledgments are due to the officers of these institutions for
many courtesies and to Mrs. Ethel Ostrander Smith for the careful
execution of the drawings.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1.—Fulgur coronatum Conrad.- Miocene (St. Mary’s). St. Mary’s River,
Md. Apical view of an adult individual of about 63 whorls. |!lustrates
a rather primitive type of the sutural canal and a vigorous noded stage
which persists to the end of the ontogeny. Diameter of. last whorl] at shoulder
= 79 mm.

Fig. la.—Side view of specimen shown in fig. 1.

Fig. 2.—Fulgur rugosum Conrad. Miocene (St. Mary’s). St. Mary’s River,
Md. Apical view of an adult individual of about 7 whorls. Shows a well-
developed sutural canal and a degenerating noded stage with its gradual
transition into a keeled stage toward the end of the seventh whorl. Diameter
of last whorl at shoulder = 100 mm.

Fig. 2a.—Side view of specimen shown in fig. 2.

Fig. 3.—Fulgur canaliculatum (L.). Recent. Apical view of an immature indi-
vidual of about 6% whorls. Shows a well-developed sutural canal and an
accelerated and degenerate noded stage, which passes into a keeled stage
toward the end of the sixth whorl. ~ Diameter of last whorl at shoulder =
67 mm.

Fig. 3a.—Side view of specimen shown in fig. 3. :

Fig. 4.—Fulgur incile Conrad. Late Miocene. Yellow marl of Burwell Bay,
James River, Va. Apical view of nearly mature individual of 6% whorls.
Shows a highly developed sutural canal, a much accelerated and com-
pressed noded stage, and an accelerated and compressed keeled stage which
passes into a final rounded stage toward the end of the sixth whorl. Diameter
of last whorl = 81 mm.

Fig. 4a.—Side view of specimen shown in fig. 4.

ou
Hf
v=)

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANEFLIES FROM THE UNITED STATES AND
CANADA. TIPULIDA, DIPTERA.

BY CHARLES P. ALEXANDER.

During the past few years the various collections of craneflies in
the Eastern United States have been examined by the author and
observations made upon the more uncommon and less-known species.
The following paper deals with the new species discovered, the
corrections in synonomy and the geographical distribution of insuf-
ficiently known forms. The collections examined are those of the
United States National Museum through the kindness of Mr. Knab,
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia through Mr.
Cresson, the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge through
Mr. Henshaw, the Boston Society of Natural History through Mr.
Johnson and the private collections of Dr. W. G. Dietz, Mr. C. W.
Johnson, and Mr. M. C. Van Duzee.

The Loew and Osten Sacken types are in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology (excepting Triogma exculpta Osten Sacken, which
is in The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia). Coquillett’s
types and the Limnobine described by Doane in his first paper are in
the National Museum. The species described by Mr. Johnson are in.
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Boston Society
of Natural History or in the private collection of the describer.

Family TIPULID AS.
Subfamily LIMNOBIN AS.
Tribe Limnobini.
Genus DICRANOMYIA Stephens.
1829. Dicranomyia Stephens; Cat. Brit. Ins., vol. 2, p. 243.

Dicranomyia nelliana sp. n.

Color gray; wings with vein Sc short; membrane hyaline with
abundant brown spots and dots.

Male, length, 5.5 mm.; wing, 7.5 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennze dark brown, the segments of the
‘antennal flagellum rounded oval. Head gray. 5

Thoracic dorsum gray, the prescutum with a large dark brown.
spot in front whose exact limits behind are uncertain, due to the

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

injury done to the thorax by the pin; scutum gray medially, the
-lobes yellow outwardly, black on the inner part of the lobe; scutellum
gray medially, black on the sides; postnotum blackish gray. Pleurz
gray. Halteres yellow, the knob darker. Legs, coxze and trochanters
dull yellow, femora yellowish brown, the tip broadly dark brown,
tibie light brown, the tip narrowly dark brown, tarsal segments
1 and 2 light brown, the tips of the segments brown, segments 3 to 5
brown. Wings hyaline with abundant brown markings im all the
cells including a series of four large marks along the costa, the third
at the origin of Rs and the fourth at the stigma; - venation (PI.
XXVII, fig. 22): Sc short ending opposite the origin of Rs, basal
deflection of Cu, before the fork of MW.

Abdomen with the basal tergites dull brownish yellow, dark brown
laterally, segments 6 to 8 dark brown, the hypopygium yellow;
sternites dull light yellow, the lateral margin of the sclerites brown,
segments 6 to 8 uniformly darker.

Holotype, o, Colorado, in the U. 8. National Museum.

This is the only North American species with the short subcosta
that has the wings so spotted; superficially this insect resembles
simulans Walker which has a long subeosta, but in the details it is
quite a different fly.

Dicranomyia reticulata Alexander.
1912. Furcomyia reticulata Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 44,
pp. 334, 335, pl. 11, fig. p.

One female from Biscayne Bay, Dade Co., Fla., taken by Mrs.

Slosson, constitutes the first record for the United States.

Genus RHIPIDIA Meigen
1818. Rhipidia Meigen; Syst. Beschr., vol. 1, p. 153.
Rhipidia (Rhipidia) bryanti Johnson.
1909. Rhipidia bryanti Johnson; Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History, vol. 34, pp. 123, 124, pl. 16, fig. 20.

This showy Rhipidia has been bred from decaying wood under-
neath bark by Mr. R. C. Shannon at Washington, D.C. The male
has never been described, but has been found several times; the
antenne in this sex are bipectinate. The collections of Dr. Dietz,
Mr. VanDuzee and the National Museum indicate a wide range for
this species. Orono, Penobseot Co., Me., June 30, 1913 (Alexander).
East Aurora, Erie Co., N. Y., June 15, 1912 (VanDuzee). Plummers
Island, Md., September 4, 1904. Potomae Park, Washington, D. C.,
May 11, 1913 (Shannon). Black Mts., Buncombe Co., N. Car.,
June 16, 1912 (Beutenmuller). Braidentown, Manatee Co., Fla.,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

March (Van Duzee). Clear Creek, Clear Creek Co., Col., June 10,
1912 (Osler). Kirbyville, Jasper Co., Tex., March 21, 1908 (E. 8.
Tucker).

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) schwarzi Alexander.

1912. Rhipidia schwarzi Alexander; Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, vol. 8, pp. 13, 14, pl. 1, fig. e.

One female from Biscayne Bay, Dade Co., Fla., taken by Mrs.
Slosson. Three females from Braidentown, Manatee Co., Fla.,
taken in March, 1913, by Mr. M. C. Van Duzee.

Rhipidia (Arhipidia) shannoni sp. n.

Antenne subpectinate, black; thoracie dorsum without a broad
pale margin in front; postnotum velvety black; wings with a few
dark brown spots and with abundant gray dots in all the cells.

Male, length, 4.9-5.1 mm.; wing, 6.7-6.8 mm.

Female, length, 5.4-5.6 mm.; wing, 5.8-7.2 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antenne black. Head gray.

Mesonotal preescutum yellowish brown without distinct markings
except behind near the suture where there are two brown spots on
either side of the median line, narrowly separated from one another,
a more linear mark on either side; scutum very light yellow medially,
darker on the lobes with a dark brown ring on each lobe; scutellum
light yellow with a dusky mark on either side of the middle line;
postnotum with a deep velvety black triangle with its point behind,
the sclerite pale on the sides. Pleuree brown with a gray bloom with
two narrow brown stripes, the more dorsal less clean-cut, the ventral
one narrow, well-defined, beginning on the fore coxa. traversing the
bases of the other coxze. Halteres brownish yellow. Legs, coxe
vellow, brown at the base on the outer face, trochanters dull yellow,
femora yellowish brown, tibize and tarsi yellowish brown, the two
apical segments of the latter black. Wings light yellow with a few
large brown spots as follows: a large one beyond the middle of vein
Sc, smaller ones above the arculus, origin of Rs, tip of Sc, and a.large
rounded spot at the stigma; paler seams along the cord and outer
end of cell 7st M., abundant pale gray dots in all the cells; venation
(Pl. XX VII, fig. 23).

Abdomen grayish brown, the pleural line narrowly dark.

Holotype, o’, Plummers Island, Md., June 14, 1913 (R. C.
Shannon). :

Allotype, 2, topotypic, August 18, 1912 (J. R. Malloch).

Paratype, o’, Cabin John, Md., August 30 (Fred’k Knab); 9°,
Gatun, Canal Zone, Panama, December 12, 1912, at light (J. Zetek).

582 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct..,,

Related to R. multiguttata Alexander (Guatemala) and in my key
to the species of this genus! it would run down to this form. It
differs widely in its wing-pattern which resembles that of certain
members of the subpectinata group (annulicornis Enderlein, schwarzi
Alexander) in the prominent rounded dark spots at the base of the
sector and at the stigma. The thoracic pattern, especially the
velvety black postnotum, separates this species off from any of the
described forms.

This species is named in honor of Mr. Raymond C. Shannon,
assistant to Mr. Knab in the Department of Dipterology at Wash-
ington, who collected the type and who has reared many interesting
craneflies. :

Tribe Antochini.
Genus TEUCHOLABIS Osten Sacken.
1859. Teucholabis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 222.
Teucholabis rubescens sp. 2.

Head and abdomen black; thorax red; wings dark colored; legs
brownish black.

Male, length, 6.8-7 mm.; wing, 7.1-7.3 mm.

Rostrum short, dark brown; palpi dark brownish black. Antenne
dark brownish black, the flagellar segments rounded. Head black.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesothorax reddish orange. Halteres
brown, the knobs darker. Legs, cox and trochanters dark brown,
femora brownish yellow at base, darkening to the tip, tibia and
tarsi dark brownish black... Wings with a decided brown tinge,
stigma rather distinct, small; veins dark brown; venation (Pl.
XXVII, fig. 24).

Abdomen dark brownish black.

Holotype, o, Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., N. Mex., alt. about 5,500
feet, July 25 (hovering around trunks of mountain cotton-wood)
(C. H. T. Townsend).

Paratype, co’, topotypic.

Related to 7. flavithorax Wiedemann in the bright colored thorax
and dark wings; it is a smaller species with the wings much lighter
colored, the stigma smaller and more distinct, the femora with the
bases brighter colored, not entirely jet-black. In flavithorax the
legs are stout and covered with long, conspicuous hairs, while in
rubescens the hairs are not conspicuous; the basal tarsal segments of
flavithorax are light yellow, conspicuously lighter colored than the

1 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, vol. 8, pp. 7, 8; 1912.

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

‘tibia, but in rubescens the tarsi are dark brown, concolorous with
the tibie.
Tribe Briopterini.
Genus ERIOPTERA Meigen.
1803. Hrioptera Meigen; Illiger’s Magaz., vol. 2, p. 262.
5 Subgenus MESOCYPHONA Osten Sacken

1869. Mesocyphona Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, p. 152.
Erioptera (Mesocyphona) rubia sp. n.

Dark brownish black; wings dark brown with white spots and a
white cross-band at the cord.

Female, length, 4 mm.; wing, 4.2 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennz black, flagellar segments rounded
oval. Head black.

Thoracie dorsum dark brownish black with a sparse brown bloom,
the area darker in front of the pseudosutural fover. Pleure dark
brown with a sparse gray bloom. Halteres yellow, the knobs a
little darker. Legs, cox and trochanters very dark brown, femora
dark brownish black, greatly enlarged at the tip, tibiz dark brown,
the tip darker, tarsi with the basal half of the metatarsi dull brownish
yellow, remainder of the feet dark brown. Wings dark brown with
white marks as follows: a large rounded spot at Se., a smaller rounded
spot near the tip of 2d A, a broad white band at the cord entirely
traversing the wings, tip of the wing white including the ends of cells
R;, R; and parts of R, and M,; it is probable that the base of the
wing is also white, but this is not certain; veins dark brown except
in the white markings, where they are china-white and difficult to
detect; venation (Pl. X XVI, fig. 12).

Abdomen dark brownish black, valves of the ovipositor brownish
yellow.

Holotype, 2, Chiricahui Mts., Cochise Co., Ariz., June 24 (H. G.
Hubbard).

Erioptera (Mesocyphona) immaculata Alexander.

1913. Hrioptera (Mesocyphona) immaculata Alexander; Proceedings of the
United States National Museum, vol. 44, pp. 518, 519, pl. 66, fig. 20.

One female from Denison, Grayson Co., Tex., June 22, 1904,
taken by Mr. H. 3. Barber. :
Erioptera (Mesocyphona) eiseni Alexander.

1913. Hrioptera (Mesocyphona) eiseni Alexander; Proceedings of the
United States National Museum, vol. 44, pp. 516, 517, pl. 67, fig. 26.

One male collected at La Cueva, Organ Mts., Donna Ana Co.,
N. Mex., alt., 5,300 feet, on September 1, by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend.

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

Subgenus ERIOPTERA Meigen.
1803. Erioptera Meigen; Illiger’s Magazine, vol. 2, p. 262.
Erioptera (Erioptera) dorothea sp. n.

Cell ist M. closed, but without a spur as in Hoplolabis; wings
spotted.

Female, length, 4.5-4.6 mm.; wing, 5.6-6.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne with the basal segments
brown, flagellar segments dull yellow, the apical segments brown.
Head gray.

Thoracic dorsum light gray, the prescutum narrowly margined
with pale in front, area in front of the pseudosutural fovexe pale,
tuberculate pits dark brown. Pleure light gray. Halteres light
yellow, the knob searsely darker. Legs with the coxe thinly dusted
with gray, trochanters brownish yellow, femora dull yellow, the tip
narrowly brown, tibiz dull brownish yellow, the apex browned,
tarsi brown. Wings light gray with brown markings as follows:
a series of six large blotches along the costal margin, the second at the
origin of Rs, third at Se., fourth, largest, at tip of Sc, and on cross-
vein 7, fifth at the tip of R, and the last at the tip of R.: brown
seams along the cord, outer end of cell /s¢ MW. and at the ends of the
longitudinal veins; venation (Pl. XX VI, fig. 13): cross-vein m present
less than one-half as long as the outer deflection of 17;.

Abdomen grayish brown, the apical tergites and the valves of the
ovipositor reddish yellow; the apical margins of the sclerites pale.

Holotype, 2, South Fork of Eagle Creek, White Mts., N. Mex.,
alt. 8,000 feet, August 16 (C. H. T. Townsend).

Paratype, 2, topotypic.

The wing-pattern is very similar to #. (Hoplolabis) armata O. 3.
of the Eastern States, but the venation is quite different.

Erioptera (Erioptera) lucia sp. n.

Cell 1st M, closed and very small; pleurites of the male hypo-
pygium bearing a triangular flattened lobe at the tip.

Male, length, 4.5 mm.; wing, 6 mm.

Female, length, 4.5 mm.;. wing, 6.3 mm.

Rostrum light yellow, palpi brown. Antenne light yellow, the
flagellum broken. Head light gray.

Thoracie dorsum yellow without darker markings. Pleure
yellow, the ventral sclerites darker and with a sparse grayish bloom.
Halteres light yellow. Legs, coxz and trochanters dull yellow,
femora and tibise brownish yellow, tarsi brown. Wings hyaline or
nearly so, the veins brown; venation (Pl. X XVI, fig. 14, which shows

|

Se VV

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585

the very similar microcellula); basal deflection of Cu; Just before the
fork of M, cell 7st M. small, the outer deflection of W; and cross-vein
m subequal.

Abdomen brownish yellow, sternites yellow. Hypopygium with
the pleurites rather long, slender with rather abundant long pale
hairs, the dorsal appendage flattened (Pl. XX VI, figs. 19, 20), tri-
angular, the base narrowed, the tip truncate, chitinized along the
margin, at the apex finely denticulate; ventral appendage shorter,
at the tip bearing a chitinized hook that is directed caudad and
outward; gonapophyses sharp-pointed, chitinized, decussate.

Holotype, o, Colorado.

Allotype, 2, Beulah, N. Mex., alt. 8,000 feet, August (T. D. A.
Cockerell).

Differs from all of the described American species except ZL.
microcellula sp. n., in the small closed cell 7st M>. From microcellula
it can be easily separated by the male genitalia.

Erioptera (Erioptera) microcellula sp. n.

Very similar to #. lucia in all general features, but the male genitalia
are conspicuously different.. The pleurites are stouter and bear an
irregular appendage shaped as in the figures (PI. X XVI, figs. 16, 17
and 18). The ventral pleural appendage is not shown in the drawings;
it consists of a cylindrical fleshy lobe, narrower at the base, very
densely covered with long pale hairs. The gonapophyses seen from
beneath are long chitinized hooks, slightly curved inward but their
tips not meeting, along the sides with numerous appressed teeth.

The wing-venation is shown in Pl. XX VI, fig. 14.

Male, length, 4.8 mm.; wing, 6.8 mm.

Holotype, o, Colorado.

.

Subgenus EMPEDA Osten Sacken.
1869. Hmpeda Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, p. 183.
Erioptera (Empeda) alicia sp. n.

Body coloration light yellow without darker markings; cell {st MW.
closed.

Female, length, 3.5 mm.; wing, 4.9 mm.

Rostrum light yellow, palpi brown. Antennze with the basal
segments light yellow, flagellar segments light brown. Head light
yellow.

Thorax light yellow without darker markings, the pleure of a
lighter shade than the dorsum. Halteres light brown. Legs, cox
and trochanters yellow, femora brown, more yellowish at the base,

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.

tibiz and tarsi light yellowish brown with abundant yellow hairs.
Wings hyaline or nearly so, the veins light yellow; venation (PI.
XXVI, fig. 15) as in stigmatica O. S., but the cross-vein m is present,
closing the cell 7st M..

Abdomen brownish yellow.

Holotype, 2, Scotia, Cal., May 20, 1903 (H. 8S. Barber).

This differs from the described American forms, st7gmatica Osten
Sacken and nigrolineata Enderlein by its closed cell /sf M. and the
uniform pale yellow coloration.

Genus RHABDOMASTIX Skuse.

1889. Rhabdomastiz Skuse; Proce. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, series 2, vol. 4,
pp. 828, 829.

Subgenus SACANDAGA Alexander.
1911. Sacandaga Alexander; Entomological News, vol. 22, pp. 349-351.
Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) caudata Lundbeck.

1898. Goniomyia (Empeda) caudata Lundbeck; Diptera gréenlandica,
Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren., p. 267, pl.-6, fig. 18.

This curious fly was described from a single female taken at
Permiliarsukfiord, 61°, 30’ N. L., Greenland. It seems to me that
the generic reference as given above is more nearly correct. The
eross-vein 7 is shown in Dr. Lundbeck’s figure and it is indicated in
the material before me; it is probable that this species is an inter-
mediate form in the Eriopterine series. The following material was
studied: One female, Signuia, Baffin Land, August 2, 1897 (Schu-
chert and White). Several of both sexes, Kokanee Mt., Brit. Col.,
alt. 8,000 feet, August 11, 1903 (R. P. Currie).

I am greatly indebted to Dr. Lundbeck for a copy of the deserip-
tion and figure of this interesting fly.

Genus GONOMYIA Meigen.
Subgenus GONOMYIA Meigen.
1818. Gonomyia Meigen; Syst. Beschr., vol. 1, p. 146.
Gonomyia (Gonomyia) obscura Doane.
1900. Phyllolabis obscura Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, vol. 8, p. 192, pl. 8, fig. 7.

The type, a female, is No. 7,034, in the U.S. National Museum
Collection; it was taken at Pullman, Wash., June 22, 1898.
Gonomyia (Gonomyia) blanda ‘Osten Sacken.

1859. Gonomyia blanda Osten*Sacken; Proceedings of the Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 231.

The following records extend the range of the species: Peachland,

B. Col., May 19, 1912. Blue Lake, Humboldt Co., Cal., June 24,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

1903 (J.C. Bradley). Tex., one female in the C. V. Riley Collection
in the National Museum.

Subgenus LEIPONEURA Skuse.
1889. Leiponeura Skuse; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 795.
Gonomyia (Leiponeura) alexanderi Johnson.
1912. Elliptera alexanderi Johnson; Psyche, vol. 195 p: 3; fig. 6.

The following additional distribution in the United States: Black
Mts., Buncombe Co., N. Car., June 13, 1912 (Beutenmuller). Plano,
Collin Co., Tex., August (E. S. Tucker).

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) cinerea Doane.

1900. Dicranomyia cinerea Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, vol. 8, pp. 182, 183, pl. 7, fig. 2.

The type, a female, is No. 7,005 in the U. S. National Museum
Collection; it was taken at Pullman, Wash., August 10, 1898.
Gonomyia (Leiponeura) manca Osten Sacken.

1869. Goniomyia manca Osten Sacken; Monographs of the Diptera of North
America, vol. 4, pp. 178, 179.

1908. Dicranomyia curvivena Coquillett; Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of Washington, vol. 9, p. 144.

Coquillett’s types were examined in Washington and proved to
belong to this species.
Gonomyia (Leiponeura) puer Alexander.

1913. Gonomyia (Leiponeura) puer Alexander; Proceedings of the United
States National Museum, vol. 44, p. 506, pl. 66, fig. 14.

Miami, Dade Co., Fla., December 19, 1912 (Fred’k Knab). Billy’s
Island, Okefenoke Swamp, Charlton Co., Ga., June 25. 1912 (Bradley
and Leonard); several specimens of both sexes.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) Sacandaga sp. n,

Coloration yellow and brown: pleure striped; wings with the
costa strongly yellow, stigma pale brown.

Male, length, 3.2-3.4 mm.: wing, 3.3-3.5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antenne with the two
basal segments light yellow, the flagellum brown. Head light
yellow with a dark brown spot in the middle.

Mesonotal prescutum rather dark brown, narrowly edged around
with light yellow; scutum pale yellow medially, the lobes brown
margined with yellow behind; scutellum brown, broadly margined
with yellow behind; postnotum brown. Pleurz striped brown and
yellow; the dorsal pleurites light yellowish brown, limited above by
the bright yellow margin of the prescutum, limited below by the
dorsal pleural stripe which begins beneath the base of the halteres

39

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

and goes to above the fore coxa; lower pleural stripe broader, travers-
ing the coxe, the yellow band between these dark stripes very clear,
at the anterior end including most of the fore coxa. Halteres light
yellow. Legs, cox as described above, trochanters dull yellow,
femora brown broadly tipped with dark brown, tibiz and tarsi dark
brown. Wings light gray, the costal margin conspicuously light
yellow; cells C, Sc and R, pale, almost hyaline; stigma pale brown,
oval; veins brown; venation (Pl. XXVII, fig. 25): Sc ending far
before the origin of Rs, the distance equal to two-thirds the length
of the sector. ;

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the apical third of each sclerite
yellow, the lateral margin narrowly yellowish; hypopygium reddish;
sternites brown, the extreme apex of each sclerite yellowish. Hypo-
pygium (Pl. XXVI, fig. 21) with the pleurites rather long, slender,
with a few rather long hairs on the outer face near the tip, bearing
two appendages; of these the more dorsal is stouter, paler and less
chitinized on its basal two-thirds, the apex a strong chitinized tooth
with numerous pale hairs around its base; this appendage is con-
nected basally with the long, flattened basal appendage, which is a
little truncated at its apex, shaped as in the figure. The ventral
lobe of the pleura is produced into a short fleshy conical lobe pro-
vided with long hairs. The dorsal gonapophyses are short, curved,
strongly chitinized beyond the curve, pointed at the tip, with two
or three blunt teeth on the cephalic or under face of the hook.

Holotype, o, Sport Is,,,Sacandaga R., Fulton Co., N. Y., August
24, 1910 (Alexander). ¥

Allotype, @, topotypic.

Paratypes, 50 & 9, topotypic, July 5 and July 27, 1909.

? Gonomyia slossone sp. 2.

Cell {st M. open by the atrophy of the outer deflection of M;;
cell MW, absent.

Female, length, 6-7 mm.; wing, 6-6.8 mm.

Rostrum brown at the tip, yellowish at the base; palpi dark
brown. Antenne brown. Head light yellow.

Thoracic pronotum yellow with a brown spot on either side.
Presecutum light yellow with dark brown stripes, the median one
darker in front, behind somewhat divided by a pale line; the lateral
stripes begin behind the pseudosutural fovee and are entirely con-
fluent with the middle stripe; pseudosutural fovee chestnut, very
far proximad; scutum yellow, the lobes largely dark brown; scutel-
lum dull yellow; postnotum brown, yellowish on the sides in front.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589

Pleurz, dorsal pleurites purplish brown, sternum lighter grayish
brown, the two enclosing a broad light yellow stripe beginning behind
the fore coxa and ending above the hind coxa. Halteres pale brown,
the knob a little darker. Legs with the cox and trochanters dull
yellow, femora and tibiz yellow, the latter a little darkened at the
tip, tarsi dark brown. Wings light brown, stigma small, rather
indistinct, veins brown; venation (Pl. X XVII, fig. 26): Sc. far re-
moved from the tip of Sc:; cross-vein r rather indistinct at the fork of
R>.2; cell M, absent; outer deflection of Mz absent; basal deflection
of Cu, at the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, the pleural line and the genital segment
yellowish.

The paratype has the two basal segments of the antennz yellowish,
the head behind gray, cross-vein 7 very indistinct, basal deflection
of Cu; before the fork of M.

Holotype, 2, Biscayne Bay, Dade Co., Fla. (Mrs. A. T. Slosson).

Paratype, 2, Paraiso, Canal Zone, January 29, 1911 (Aug. Busck).

I was unable to detect tibial spurs on this insect. The general
appearance is more like that of a Limnophila than any other form
known to me and I refer it to Gonomyia with considerable doubt.
The long Se and cross-vein r are not typical of Gonomyia.

Genus CLADURA Osten Sacken.
1859. Cladura Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 229.
Cladura delicatula sp. n.

From the only described American speties, C. flavo-ferruginea O.S.
(= indivisa O.S.), this form differs in its very much smaller size and
palecoloration. The specimens of indivisa mentioned by Osten Sacken,?
where he states ‘‘some of the specimens, probably recently excluded,
were pale and without spots,’’ may have belonged to this form. There
are no brown spots on the pleurxe; the extreme lateral margin of the
abdominal tergites is dark; the wings are hyalime and lack the dark
markings on the cord, origin of the sector and on the outer deflection
of cell 7st M.. I have compared this insect with the extensive

_series of Claduwra studied by Mr. Leonard and myself* and have no
doubt of its specific distinctness. The wing is figured in Pl. XX VII,
fig. 27.

Female, length, 4.6-4.7 mm.; wing, 5.6-5.7 mm.

2Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, p. 189.
$Venational variation in Cladura, Journ. N. Y. Entomological Society, vol. 20,
pp. 36-39, 1912.

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~[Oct.,

Holotype, 2, White Mts., N. Hamp. (H. K. Morrison).
Paratypes, 2 2 , topotypie.

Tribe Limnophilini.
Genus LIMNOPHILA Macquart.
1834. Limnophila Macquart; Suit. a Buffon, vol. 1, p. 95.
Limnophila albipes Leonard.
aye He albipes Leonard; Entomological News, vol. 25, pp. 248;
249, fig,

One male of this species was taken by Mr. 8. Frost at Tarrytown,
Westchester Co., N. Y., June 16, 1913. This constitutes the first
record for the State.

Limnophila alleni Johnson.
1909. Limnophila allent Johnson; Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History, vol. 34, pp. 126, 127, pl. 16, fig. 18.

This fine species was described from a single male. A male
specimen was taken in Coy Glen, Ithaca, N. Y., June 20, 1910, by
Miss Anna H. Morgan. Another male in Simmon’s woods, Glovers-
ville, N. Y., June 9, 1914, by the author. There is a badly injured
female in the Cornell Collection, taken in North Carolina by H. K.
Morrison; this specimen has a strong cross-vein in cell R; in both
Wings uniting Ry; with W,. A second female was taken at Sugar
Grove, Fairfield Co., O., May 19, 1901, by Prof. J. S. Hine; the
female never having been described, I make this specimen the
allotype and characterize this sex as follows:

Allotype, 9 : Head dark brown; abdominal segments 2 to 4 bright
orange-yellow, the caudal median portion brown, smallest on segment
2, largest on segment 4; segments 5 to the end of the body brownish
yellow with a narrow darker median stripe; sternites yellow with a
narrow median brown stripe extending the length of the segment;
no black band on the middle of the fore femora.

Female, length, 36 mm.; wing, 22 mm.

Specimen in the author’s collection.

Limnophila subcostata Alexander.
1911. Phylidorea subcostata Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 43,
pp. 288, 289.

Since this species was first described it was found to be rather
common in the bogs, deep woods and gorges in May and early June.
The species has not been figured hitherto and I show its venation in
Pl. XXV, fig. 1. A male from Fall Creek, Ithaca, N. Y., May 7, 1913;
a second male from the same place on May 13, 1913; a male from
Bear Creek bog, Freeville, N. Y., May 29, 1913. Several females

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591

swept from rank vegetation at Sacandaga Park, Fulton Co., N. Y.,
June 1, 1914. Three females taken in Simmon’s woods, Glovers-
ville, N. Y., June 3, 1914, in company with a cranefly fauna that is
quite characteristic of northern woodlands that support a rich
Canadian flora. (Dicranomyia pubipennis, Rhypholophus rubellus,
Erioptera stigmatica, Adelphomyia minuta, Limnophila rufibasis,
E. areolata, Rhaphidolabis flaveola, Tricyphona calcar, etc.)

Subgenus EPHELIA Schiner.
1863. Ephelia Schiner; Wien. Entomol. Monatschr., vol. 7, p. 222.
Limnophila (Ephelia) johnsoni sp. n.

Color yellow; wings hyaline, unmarked; a supernumerary cross-
vein in cell M. :

Male, length, 4 mm.; wing, 6.1 mm.

Female, length, 7.2 mm.; wing, 8.6 mm.

Rostrum pale brownish yellow; palpi and antenne very pale
yellowish brown. Head yellow with a pale bloom, eyes conspicu-
ously contrasting, black.

Pronotum pale yellow. Mesonotal prescutum pale yellow with
four broad indistinct darker stripes, of which the median pair are
the longest; scutum, scutellum and postnotum light yellow with
a sparse pale gray bloom. Pleurz yellowish. Halteres pale yellow.
Legs yellow, the tibiz and tarsi a little suffused with brown. Wings
pale yellow, the veins pale; venation (Pl. XXV, fig. 2): Rs rather
long, angulated at base, in a line with the deflection of R.+;; cross-vein
r not distinct; basal deflection of Ry; and M,.. strongly arcuated
and in a line; a strong supernumerary cross-vein in cell M.

Abdomen very light brownish yellow.

Holotype, o, Mountain Lake, Fulton Co., N. Y., alt. 1,590 feet,
June 17, 1914 (C. P. Alexander).

Allotype, 2 , Bretton Woods, N. H., June 23, 1913 (C. W. Johnson).

This interesting new species is named in honor of the well-known
dipterologist, Mr. Charles W. Johnson, who collected the allotype.
The only other species of Hphelia in America are aprilina O. 8. and
superlineata Doane which have the wings heavily spotted with

brown.
Subgenus DACTYLOLABIS Osten Sacken.

1859. Dactylolabis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 240.
Limnophila (Dactylolabis) hortensia sp. n.
Wings subhyaline; color gray, hypopygium reddish.
Male, length, about 8 mm.; wing, 8.8 mm.
Female, length, 7.8-8.4 mm.; wing, 8.4-8.8 mm.

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antenne with the basal segment
very elongate, dark brown, flagellum dark brown. Head gray.

Thoracic dorsum light gray, the prescutum with darker markings,
a very indistinct stripe on either side of the middle line, a more
distinct stripe on either side, narrowest in front. Pleure light gray.
Halteres pale yellow. Legs, cox and trochanters yellow, femora
yellow darkened at the tip, tibise brownish yellow, brown at the tip,
tarsi brown. Wings subhyaline or faintly yellowish, stigma indis-
stint, veins brown; venation (Pl. XX VII, fig. 29): Ri; about as long
as the basal deflection of Cu; cross-vein 7 at about two-thirds the
length of Ro.

Abdominal tergites gray, the hypopygium reddish yellow; ster-
nites blackish gray, each segment with more or less yellow at the
base.

Holotype, o&, London Hill Mine, Bear Lake, Brit. Col., alt. 7,000
feet, July 29, 1903 (A. N. Caudell).

Allotype, 2, topotypic.

Paratypes, 10 & 92, topotypic.

In the U. 8. National Museum Collection this material was deter-
mined as L. cubitalis Osten Sacken, and by Osten Sacken’s key? it
would run down to that species. The following differences suffice to
separate the forms:

1. The extreme base of R. is perpendicular to the end of the sector;
cell R, very long and narrow; wings more tinged with yellow;
hypopygium concolorous fvith the rest of the abdomen; size
larger (Eastern United States)......... ...cubitalis Osten Sacken.

R, leaves the end of the sector at an angle; cell R. shorter, not so
elongated; wings nearly hyaline; hypopygium reddish, con-
spicuously brighter than the rest of the abdomen; size smaller
(British Columbia) io ideas esusnaainnanaceen LOTUCTISLOM Sp ene

Limnophila nigripleura A. and L. sp. n.

Belongs to the luteipennis Osten Sacken group; wings clear;
pleure with a conspicuous dark brown stripe from the cervical
sclerites to the postnotum.

Male, length, 4.8-5 mm.; wing, 5.8-6 mm.

Female, length, 6 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Palpi and antenne dark brownish black. Head light clear gray,
provided with numerous hairs.

Pronotum dusted with gray. Mesonotal prescutum and scutum

4Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol.4, pp. 202, 203.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593

light brown, rather darker medially; scutellum more yellow me-
dially; postnotum gray. Pleure dull light yellow with a broad dark
brown stripe extending from the cervical sclerites to the postnotum;
mesosternum suffused with brown. Halteres light yellow, the
knobs darker. Legs, coxze and trochanters dull yellow, femora
brownish yellow, tibiz similar, the tip narrowly brown, tarsi brown.
Wings subhyaline, stigma indistinct, veins brown; venation (PI.
XXYV, fig. 3).

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites much paler, yellowish
white, hypopygium brown.

Holotype, o, Sacandaga Park, Fulton Co., N. Y., June 20, 1910.

Allotype, 2, topotypic. i

Paratypes, 50 @ 2, topotypic; Mountain Lake, Fulton Co., N. Y.,
alt. 1,580 feet, June 15, 1914; Orono, Penobscot Co., Me., ae 29,
1913; Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y., July 7, 1911; Ridgewood,
Bergen Co., N. J. .

A common and widely distributed species in the Eastern United
States; the material has been compared with the types of contempta
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and the form differs as
described above. The species has been in the collection of Mr.
Leonard and myself for some years.

A key to the species of the luteipennis group in the Eastern United
States.

1. Cell M, absent... eyes 4 ere ee noveboracensis Alex.®
Cell M, present... Se

2. Wings with small brown dots on the cross-veins and at the forks,
luteipennis O. 8.®

Wineseclearaumspobted ic.2..<:aceuen emt entete cae: Bc
3. Thorax clear blue-gray................ = ue . tnornata O. $8.7
Thorax brownish without eray y color... Jo ene ete : . 4.
4. Larger species with the pleuree unmarked ..eccoo.-- contempta O. 8.8

Smaller species; pleurze with a conspicuous dark brown stripe
from the cervical sclerites to the postnotum,

nigripleura A. & L., sp. n.

The members of the luteipennis group have the following characters

in common: head narrow and prolonged behind; pronounced

pseudosutural or humeral pits; conspicuous tuberculate pits on

either side of the middle line of the prescutum in front. Venation

5 noveboracensis ie Pysche, vol. 18, pp. 196 to nae 1911.
Sluteipennis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 236; 1859.
Tinornata Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, pp. 319, 220; 1869.
Scontempta Osten Sacken; l.c., pp. 218, 219; 1869.

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

of the wings, cells R; and /st M. longer than cell R;; radial and
medial ves long and slender; second anal vein incurved at the tip.
Limnophila nove-anglie sp. n.

Belongs to the adusta Osten Sacken group; wings hyaline: body col-
oration yellowish; abdomen of the male with a black subterminal ring.

Male, length, 6.8-7.5 mm.; wing, 5.8-7.2 mm.

Female, length, 8 mm.; wing, 7.5 mm.

Rostrum yellowish, palpi brown. Antenne, basal segments
brownish yellow, the first four or five flagellar segments with the
extreme base yellowish, remainder of the antenne brown. Head
with a broad purplish brown band across the vertex from one eye
to the other; occiput rather abruptly reddish yellow.

Thoracic notum reddish yellow without stripes. Pleurse lighter
yellow. Halteres short, rather pale, the knob only a little darker.
Legs, coxze and trochanters yellow, femora and tibe yellow, the
tips narrowly brown; metatarsus dull yellowish basally, tipped with
brown, remaining tarsal segments brown. Wings with a faint
yellowish tinge, a pale brown, oval stigma, no infuscation at the tip
of the wing; venation (PI. 1, fig. 4).

Abdomen brownish yellow with a conspicuous subapical black
ring including segments 8 and 9 and the caudal half of 7; hypo-
pygium reddish yellow.

The female sex is similar, but the abdomen lacks the black subapical
ring, and in some specimens the.entire head is dark purplish brown.

Holotype, o, Ellsworth, Hancock Co., Me., Atgust 10, 1913
(Miss Cordelia J. Stanwood).

Allotype, 2, topotypie.

Paratypes, 1%, 42, type-locality, July 9 to August 10, 1913.

A key to the species of the adusta group in the eastern United
States.

1. Wings more or less clouded with brown apically; often with

brown seams On the CrOss-VeIMS.....cccicccseeueeenennie 2 eee
Wings uniform in coloration, the stigma indistinet.... cc. Be

2. Yellowish species, the thoracic notum light yellow.........adusta O. 8.2
Brown species, the thoracic notum dark brown..........similis Alex.!

3. Larger species (wing of male, 9.5 mm.); abdomen without a
black subterminal ring in the male... lutea Doane"
Small species (wing of male less than 7.5 mm.); abdomen of the
male with a black subterminal ring.......... nove-anglie@, sp. n.

Xadusta Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 235; 1859. Mon. Dipt.
N. Am., vol. 4, pp. 215-217; 1869.

similis Alexander; Psyche, vol. 18, pp. 195, 196; 1911.

lutea Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 8, p. 191; 1900.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

The members of the adusta group are distinguished by the follow-
ing characters: radial sector short, arcuated; cross-vein 7 situated
at about mid-length of R. which is quite oblique. The species are
yellowish or brown and specimens in a single species vary much in
the intensity of their coloration.

The followimg species have been examined and prove to belong
to this group of the genus:

Limnophila fulvocostalis Coquillett," from Bering Islands, type
4,049 U.S. N. M.

Limnophila costata Coquillett,% from New Mexico, type 5,318
US: NE Me

Limnophila insulana Johnson,“ from Bermuda, type in the collec-
tion of Mr. Johnson.

Limnophila stanwoode sp. n. ;

Belongs to the quadrata Osten Sacken group; body-coloration
yellow; wings pale yellow; Fs long, cell MW, absent.

Male, length, 6.6-6.9 mm.; wing, 7.5-7.9 mm.

Female, length, 6.8-7.2 mm.; wing, 6.8-7.3 mm.

Rostrum yellowish, palpi with the basal segments light colored,
terminal two brown. Antenne with the scape yellow, flagellum
brown, the proximal half of the first two flagellar segments yellowish.
Head reddish yellow.

Thorax brownish yellow without distinct dark lines, the post-
notum with a narrow indistinct median stripe of brown. Pleure,
pro-pleurze darker, the meso- and metapleure light yellow. Halteres
pale yellow. Legs, cox and trochanters hght yellow, femora
brownish yellow darkening into brown at the tip, tibize light brown
darker at the tip, tarsi dark brown. Wings with a light yellow tinge,
the stigma gray, oval, veins brown, the radial cross-vein mostly
obscured by the stigma; venation (Pl. X XV, fig. 5).

Abdomen brownish yellow, the lateral line brownish; sternites
a little brighter yellow; segment 8 and the caudal half of the 7th
brown; hypopygium yellowish; valves of the ovipositor of the
female long, acicular.

Holotype, ™, Sacandaga Park, Fulton Co., N. Y., June 11, 1914.

Allotype, 2 , topotypie.

Paratypes, 3 o, 18 2, Ellsworth, Hancock Co., Me., June 21—
July 23, 1913.

2 Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands, vol. 4, p. 342; 1899.

13 Psyche, vol. 9, p. 149; 1901.

“The Dipteran Fauna of Bermuda, Annals of the Entomological Society of
America, vol. 6, pp. 443, 444, fig. 2; 1913.

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Oct..,.

The paratypes were collected by Miss Cordelia J. Stanwood, the
well-known student of bird-life, in whose honor the species is named.
Miss Stanwood has done much to discover the craneflies in the
vicinity of her home city, and as a result of her careful observations
our knowledge of the Hancock Co. Tipulide is remarkably com-
plete and constitutes one of the most valuable lists of a restricted
locality that has ever been secured.

Limnophila osborni sp. n.

Belongs to the quadrata Osten Sacken group; mesonotum rich.
brown; pleurz with a conspicuous black dorsal stripe; wings with a
brown tinge; cross-vein 7 at the fork of R.:3;; Rs long, cell M, absent.

Male, length, 6.3-6.5 mm.; wing, 7.4-7.5 mm.

Rostrum a little reddish yellow, palpi and antenne dark brownish
black. Head dark brownish black.

Mesonotal prescutum rich yellowish brown with a very narrow
black line on either side of the broad median space, a deep black
spot on the anterior margin of the prescutum continued foreward
onto the pronotal sclerites, lateral stripes not clearly indicated;
scutum yellowish brown with a darker brown suffusion on each
lobe; scutellum dull yellow; postnotum clear light gray. Pleure
pale yellowish with a broad deep black stripe extending from the
cervical sclerites across the dorsal pleural sclerites to the abdomen;
the pleurze adjoining this broad conspicuous stripe very narrowly
gray pruinose; sternal sclerites pale dull yellow. MHalteres rather
long, pale, the knob elongate, dark. Legs, coxs and trochanters.
pale yellow, femora brownish yellow, the tip darker, tibie and tarsi
dark brown. Wings with a brown tinge, veins dark brown; vena-
tion (Pl. XV, fig. 6): cross-vein r at the fork of R.+s.

Abdominal tergites shining black; sternites dark brownish black;
basal sternites with some yellow; hypopygium reddish brown.

The paratype from Phair, Me., shows the mesonotal praescutum
very dark brown medially, a little lighter behind, lobes of the scutum.
shiny black.

Holotype, o, Phair, Aroostook Co., Me., August 26, 1913 (Herbert
Osborn). ;

Paratypes, 1 o with the type; 2 from the Bangor Bog, near
Orono, Penobscot Co., Me., August 30, 1913 (Herbert Osborn).

This interesting late summer member of the guadrata group is
named in honor of Dr. Herbert Osborn, who collected the type
material.

A key to the species of the quadrata group in the eastern United
States.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597

1. Mesonotum and pleurxe yellowish or brownish yellow; wings pale

BVO Wise SIZ Ch SIM lll cee eee meena ree eee eee an stanwood@ sp. n.

Mesonotum and pleurze not yellow; size largerv............... 2

2. Pleurze and mesonotum clear bluish black with a gray bloom, only

the cox conspicuously light yellow; wings with a yellow ish
tinge; cross-vein r beyond the fork of R2:s; on Ro,

quadrata O. 8.®

Pleurz with a conspicuous black dorsal stripe; mesonotum rich

brown; wings with a brown tinge; cross-vein 7 at the fork

COLIN as eee acca acre A ee Re end osborni sp. Nn.

The members of the quadrata group have the radial sector long
and in a line with R2+:; cells Rs, R; and 1st M, in a line or nearly so;
cell MW, absent.

Limnophila emmelina sp. n.

Brown, abdomen hairy; wings brown; cell R2 sessile; cell WM,
absent.

Male, length about 7 mm.; wing, 8.9 mm.

Rostrum very short, reddish brown, the palpi brown. Antenne
rather short, dull yellowish brown. Head reddish brown.

Thoracic dorsum yellowish brown without distinct darker mark-
ings. Pleure dull yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs, cox and
trochanters dull yellow, femora yellow, broadly tipped with brown,
tibie dull yellow, rather narrowly tipped with brown, tarsi brown, the
base of the metatarsus a little paler. Wings with a slight brownish
tinge, no stigmal spot, veins brown; venation (Pl. XX VII, fig. 28):
R. arising from the sector so that the cell R, is sessile; cell M, absent.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites lighter colored. Holo-
type, o', Great Falls, Va., April 20, 1918 (Fred’k Knab).

From other members of the genus in which cell WM, is lacking
this species is readily distinguished by the sessile cell Ro.

Tribe Pedicini.
Genus ORNITHODES Coguillett.
1900. Ornithodes Coquillett; Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 400.
Ornithodes harrimani Coquillett.

1900. Ornithodes harrimani Coquillett; Proceedings of the Washington
Academy of Science, vol. 2, p. 400.

The type is No. 5,203 in the U. S. National Museum. It is a
male from Virgin’s Bay, Alaska, June 26, 1899. This insect is
very similar to Ee in ror but distinet in the curious

ee Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 241; 1859; Mon.
Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, p. 230; 1869.

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

elongate rostrum, from which character Coquillett evidently derived
the generic name.
Genus TRICYPHONA Zetterstedt.
1838. Tricyphona Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, Dipt., p. 851.
Tricyphona katahdin sp. n.

Color light brown; wings light yellow with sparse brown seams
and spots; cross-vein m—cw lacking.

Male, length, 6-7.6 mm.; wing, 6-6.9 mm.

Female, length, 8.8-9.5 mm.; wing, 7.5-9 mm.

Palpi dark brownish black, rostrum and head brownish gray,
clearer gray on the vertex adjoming the eyes; first segment of the
antennz pale yellow, remainder of the antennz dark brown.

Mesonotal preescutum light fawn-brown with an indistinct brownish
strip2 on either side of the middle line and shorter lateral pale brown
stripes, these latter continued caudad onto the lobes of the scutum;
scutellum grayish; postnotum light yellowish brown with a whitish
bloom. Pleure light yellow. MHalteres pale, the knob a little
darker. Legs yellow, coxze and trochanters brownish yellow, femora
yellow darkening into brown on the apical half or more, tibiz and
tarsi dark brown. Wings light yellow, the veins yellow; small
brown markings as follows: a rounded spot on Sc. continued up into
the costal cell; an oval spot at Sc:; brown seams at the base of Rs,
base of Ro:s, eross-vein r, tip of Ress, fork of Ry.;, eross-vein rm;
venation (Pl. X XV, fig. 7): cell R,much shorter than cell R;, usually
one-half as long; cell W, very short usually about equal to its petiole
beyond cross-vein m or a little longer; cell 7st MW. very long, narrow;
Cu, and M, fused for a distance obliterating cross-vein m-—cu.

Abdominal tergites with the basal two-thirds brown, apical third
yellowish; sternites dull brownish yellow, margined laterally with
brown, the apical segments with the margin reduced or lacking;
hypopygium pale.

The female is similar to the male, but larger, especially the abdomen;
brown tips to the femora narrower; abdomen usually with more
yellow color, often with a broad median patch of yellowish on the
tergites.

In some of the males the scapal segments of the antenne are dark
brown, concolorous with the rest of the antenne.

There is some variation in venation in the series, the fusion of
M; and Cu is sometimes lacking, the cross-vein m-cu being present
as in vernalis Osten Sacken; one female lacks cross-vein m in both
wings.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599

Holotype, , at the foot of Mt. Katahdin, Piscataquis Co., Me.,
along the Abol trail; altitude about 1,000 feet, August 22, 1913
(Alexander).

Allotype, 2, topotypie.

Paratypes, 9 o&, 5 9, topotypie (Morse and Alexander). 1 <,
1 2, Ellsworth, Hancock Co., Me., August 26 and September 1, 1913
(C. J. Stanwood).

Paratypes have been deposited in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology (through Prof. Morse); Boston Society of Natural History,
Maine Experiment Station, American Museum of Natural History,
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the U. S.
National Museum.

Related to Tricyphona vernalis Osten Sacken (Pl. X XV, fig. 8), but
is a very different species. The size, sex for sex, is smaller; no sign
of the gray coloration so characteristic of vernalis; wings much paler,
yellowish, and the markings are reduced to mere spots and narrow
seams as described above, not conspicuous rounded clouds. In
normal individuals of both species, vernalis has cross-vein m-—cu
present and cell WM; consequently very long; katahdin has Cu, and
M,;, fused for a greater or less length; the forks of cell 17, and R, are
much shorter in katahdin than in vernalis.

Genus POLYANGEUS Doane.
1900. Polyangeus Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soce., vol. 8, p. 196.

Polyangeus maculatus Doane.

1900. Polyangeus maculatus Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, vol. 8, p. 197, pl. 8, fig. 20.

The type is apparently not in the collection of the U. 8. National
Museum with the remaining Doane types. There are a few speci-
mens from Eureka, Humboldt Co., Cal., May 22, 1903, taken by

Mr. H. 8. Barber.
Genus DICRANOTA Zetterstedt.

1838. Dicranota Zetterstedt; Ins. Lapponica, Dipt., p. 851.

Dicranota pallida sp. n.

Size large, wing over 7 mm.; body coloration light yellow; cell
M, present, deep; cross-vein m present.

Female, length, 8 mm.; wing, 8.1 mm.

Rostrum and palpi pale yellow. Antenne with the two basal
segments pale yellow, the flagellum broken. Head yellow.

Thoracic dorsum light yellow, tobes of the scutum, basal portion
of the scutellum and the postnotum more brownish. Pleurse dull
yellow. Halteres broken. Legs, coxe and trochanters dull yellow,

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

femora yellow, a little darker at the tip, tibize and tarsi dull yellow,
the tips of the individual segments a little darkened. Wings broad,
hyaline, highly iridescent, veins brown; venation (Pl. XX VII, fig. 31):
Rs long, angled and spurred near its origin; cell 1st M» closed; cell
M, present and very deep, its petiole very short so that the cell is
almost sessile.

Abdomen dull yellow.

Holotype, 2, White Mts., N. H. (H. K. Morrison).

This insect agrees with argentea Doane and noveboracensis sp. n.,
in the presence of cell /, of the wings. The pale coloration and the
closed cell 1st M,. readily separate it from these species. The related
Rhaphidolabis flaveola O. S. has the petiole of cell WZ, long, the radial
sector short, no supernumerary cross-vein in cell ,, ete.

Dicranota noveboracensis sp. n. :

Body coloration gray; size small (length about 6 mm.); wings
with cell 1, present.

Male, length, 5.5-6.3 mm.; wing, 6.6—-7.5 mm.

Female, length, 6-6.5 mm.; wing, 7.8-8 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennze dark brown, the flagellar segments
short, oval. Head brownish gray, paler around the eyes, a very
narrow dark brown median stripe.

Thoracic dorsum gray with three dark brown stripes on the dor-
sum, the middle stripe broadest, extending the length of the pre-
scutum, faintly bisected by a narrow pale median line; lateral
stripes short, beginning at about midlength of the praescutum, extend-
ing back onto the scutum where they suffuse the lobes; scutellum and
postnotum light gray. Pleure light gray. Halteres pale. Legs,
coxze brown with a sparse gray bloom on the outer face, trochanters
yellowish brown, remainder of the legs brown. Wings light gray,
the stigmal spot pale brown, not completely filling the space between
the cross-veins in the radial cells, veins dark brown; venation:
Rs rather elongate, oblique; cell WM, present. The venation is figured
in Needham’s paper, 23d Report of the N. Y. State Entomologist
for 1907, pl. 19, fig. 1 (as rimuaris Osten Sacken).

Abdomen light brownish gray.

Holotype, o, Fall Creek, Ithaca, N. Y., May 8, 1914.

Allotype, 2, topotypiec.

Paratypes, 4 o’, 1 2, topotypic, 1 o, 1 2, Dolgeville, Fulton Co.
N. Y., May 16, 1914.

The American species of Dicranota may be separated by the

following key.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601

1. Cell M, absent... oar Dy
Cell M, present... es Mee:

2. Halteres with the knob darkened; antenne of the male much
longer than the thorax (eastern United States). eucera O. 8.18

Halteres pale; antenne of the male short (eastern United States),
rvularis O. 8.7
3. Cell ist M, present; body-coloration yellowish (eastern United
BCEUEES) sh a 1 i cae eS pallida sp. n.
Cell 1st M, absent; body-coloration PRAISE ed.

4. Size large (length of female 9 mm.) (western United States),
argentea Doane}
Size small (length of the female 6 mm.) (eastern United States),
noveboracensis sp. n.

Genus RHAPHIDOLABIS Osten Sacken.
1869. Rhaphidolabis Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, p. 284.

Rhaphidolabis polymeroides sp. n.

Antenne elongated, much longer than the head and thorax to-
gether, the segments of the flagellum with abundant outstretched
hairs; wings with a brown suffusion.

Male, length about 6-6.5 mm.; wing, 7.4 mm.

Rostrum brown, palpi dark brownish black. Antenne elongated,
if bent backward they would extend to the middle of the abdomen:
flagellar segments very long, cylindrical, with abundant outstretched
hairs. Head gray.

Thoracic dorsum brown with three dark brown stripes, the median
one longest and broadest, the lateral stripes short, narrowed in
front, broader behind; scutum with the lobes dark brown these being
continuations of the lateral prescutal stripes; scutellum and post-
notum brown with a Sparse gray bloom. Pleure brownish
gray. Halteres long, pale at the extreme base, knob dark brown.
Legs, coxee brown, more yellowish at the tips, trochanters yellow,
femora yellow darkening into brown beyond the base, tibie and
tarsi brown. Wings with a dark brown suffusion, stigma indistinct,
veins dark brown with conspicuous hairs; venation (Pl. XXVIT,
fig. 30).

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the hypopygium lighter brown ;
sternites more yellowish.

Holotype, 7, Eureka, Cal., May 22, 1903 (H. S. Barber).

This insect is conspicuously different from any of the described

®eucera Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. N. Am., vol. 4, pp. 281, 282; 1869. :
“rivularis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat..Sct. Phila., p. 249, pl. 2, fig. 16; 1859.
Sargentea Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 8, p. 196, pl. 8, fig. 19; 1900.

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Dicranote. The resemblance of this insect to species of Polymera

is remarkable.
Tribe Hexatomini.

Genus ERIOCERA Macquart.
1838. Eriocera Macquart; Dipt. exot., vol. 1, No. 1, p. 74.
Eriocera tristis sp. n-

Abdomen shining black; wings with a blackish suffusion; cross-
vein r at the fork of R»,..

Female, length, 12 mm.; wing, 10-10.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antenne reddish brown. Head
dark brownish black, much paler, yellowish, along the margin of the
eye and a pale spot behind the frontal tubercle. Frontal tubercle
conspicuous, shiny, without hairs, deep chestnut-brown with a
V-shaped notch in front.

Thorax with the pronotum dark brownish black; mesonotum
very dark brown with four indistinct blackish stripes, the middle
pair longest, divergent.in front, the lateral pair abbreviated; scutum
and seutellum brown, the latter with a sparse gray bloom; postnotum
black. Pleurze dark brown. Halteres dark brownish black. Legs,
coxe brown, trochanters dull yellow, femora full yellow at base,
darkening into brown at the swollen tips; tibize reddish brown,
tarsi brown. Wings blackish brown, stigma oval, dark brown;
venation: cross-vein r at the fork of Ro::; cell 7st M» small, almost
square; basal deflection of Cu; beyond the fork of MW. (The venation
is figured in Psyche, vol..19, pl-13, fig. 8; 1912.)

Abdominal tergites dark shiny black, the terminal segment and
the ovipositor reddish brown; sternites yellowish, apices of the
segments dark brownish black, sometimes the yellow color indistinct.

Holotype, o, Fall Creek, Ithaca, N. Y., August 1, 1912 (Alex-
ander).

+ Allotype, 2, topotypic.

Paratypes, 1 2 , topotypic, (Carl Ilg). 22, topotypic (Carl Ilg.).

I examined the types of fuliginosa O. S. on September 11, 1913.
The wing is suffused with rather light brown; stigma small, rounded,
brown; cross-vein r just beyond the fork of Rss. E. tristis may be
told by the very dark color of the wings and the deep black abdomen;
this is the species mentioned by me in Psyche, December, 1912,
p. 169, under the account of E. fultonensis.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603

Subfamily CYLINDROTOMIN A.
Genus CYLINDROTOMA Macquart.
1834. Cylindrotoma Macquart; Suit. a Buffon, vol. 1, p. 107.

Cylindrotoma splendens Doane.

1900. Cylindrotoma splendens Doane; Journal of the New York Ento-
mological Society, vol. 8, p. 197, pl. 8, fig. 21.

1900. Cylindrotoma juncta Coquillett; Proceedings of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, vol. 2, p. 401.

Doane’s type (No. 7,051 U. S. N. M., from Unalaska, August 24,
1897) was described three months before Coquillett’s juncta (No.
5,204 U. S. N. M., Virgin’s Bay, Alaska, June 26, 1899) appeared
in press.

Cylindrotoma tarsalis Johnson.

1912. Cylindrotoma tarsalis Johnson; Psyche, vol. 19, p. 2, fig. 4.
1912. Cylindrotoma (?) anomala Johnson; Psyche, vol. 19, pp. 2, 3, fig. 3.

The two names given above represent one and the same species.
I have found this insect commonly in various parts of Fulton
County, N. Y.

Genus PHALACROCERA Schiner.
1863. Phalacrocera Schiner; Wien. Ent. Monatschr., vol. 7, p. 224.
Phalacrocera neoxena sp. n.

Wings dark-colored; vein R, persistent at the tip as in replicata
Linneus.

Male, length, 11.8-12 mm.: wing, 10.4-11 mm.

Female, length, 11.8 mm.; wing, 10.9-11.9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antenne dark brownish
black. Head broad, black with a sparse grayish bloom.

Pronotum black with a gray bloom which is most intense on the
sides of the sclerites. Mesonotal prescutum with a pale yellowish
gray bloom; four indistinct darker stripes, the median pair long,
the lateral pair short and broad; scutum, scutellum and postnotum
with a pale grayish white bloom. Pleure black with a gray bloom
which leaves patches of the ground color at intervals. Halteres
long, brown. Legs, coxe grey, trochanters and femora yellowish
brown, brown at the tip, tibie light brown, darker brown at the tip,
tarsi dark brown. Wings with a brown suffusion; stigma prominent,
oval, brown; veins dark brown; venation (PI. XXYV, fig. 10): Rs
very long, almost straight; cross-vein r short: R; beyond 7 persistent
as in replicata, not atrophied as in tipulina; cross-vein r—m present
as a short vein or else lost by the slight fusion of R,,; on M42; cell
1st M, large, arcuated at the base.

Abdominal tergites brown with a dark brownish black median

40

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

line; lateral margins of the sclerites narrowly dark brownish black;
sternites dark brown. Hypopygial sternites bright yellowish chest-
nut, tergites brown.

Holotype, o, Nipigon, Algona District, Ontario, June 17, 1913
(Dr. E. M. Walker).

Allotype, 2, topotypic.

Paratype, No. 1, o, topotypic; No. 2, o, type locality, June 18,
1913; No. 3, 9, North Fairhaven, Cayuga Co., N. Y., May 17,
1918, found dead in lake drift (Dr. J. G. Needham and Miss Emme-
line Moore).

The type and paratype No. 1 is in the collection of the University
of Toronto.

This insect is closest to P. replicata Linnzus of Europe, but the
wings are darker colored, much more tinged with brown; the vena-
tion, although similar in the persistence of the tip of R,, shows a
tendeney to the reduction of the radio-median cross-vein, the base
of cell 7st M. more arcuated and other details. Grimberg’s figure
of the male hypopygium of replicata’ shows differences in the shape
of the 9th tergite and the conspicuous appendages of the 9th sternite.
The wing venation of the three known species of the genus are figured
on Pl. XXV, replicata, fig. 9, neoxena, fig. 10, tipulina, fig. 11.

At this point it may be mentioned that there is a great difference
in the interpretation of the venation of the radial field of the wing
in this tribe of craneflies. _Most authors have considered the
vein R» of the Cylindrotomine to represent a combined fusion of
Rii2+; from the tip of the wing backward. From a study of the
venation of the known species of this tribe, about a dozen in all,
it is seen that the above interpretation of a long backward fusion
of Ri.2+; is impossible and two other possible explanations are here
presented. Looking over the series of wings before me, it seems
that the vein hitherto considered as Ry..+s is, in reality, R; or Roy:
alone, R, becoming atrophied beyond the radial cross-vein rather
than obliterating this cross-vein and fusing with R;. This is proved
by the wings of Phalacrocera sliown in the plate, in replicata and
neoxena, R, being separated from R».;, whereas in tipulina the tip of
R, is atrophied beyond cross-veinr. A second possible interpretation
is that of considering the small cross-vein mentioned by Osten
Sacken as occurring in the costal cell beyond the tip of Se and present
as a very indistinct vein in many specimens (Liogma) as being the

19 Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands, vol. 2A, pt. 1, p. 33; 1910.

a

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605

tip of R,. In this case R, is quite short, extending only a slight
distance beyond the fork of the radial sector, and the cross-vein 7
is very long and simulates a section of vein R, ending at the outer
part of the stigma; according to this interpretation, R, would be
separate, but usually very indistinct or lacking, R, is atrophied at
its tip except in two species of Phalacrocera (replicata and neoxena)
whereas the vein hitherto considered as being Ri... is really R,
alone. This latter explanation of these veins of the radial field is
probably the correct one.

Subfamily TIPULINA.
Tribe Tipulini.
Genus LONGURIO Loew.
1869. Longurio Loew; Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 13, p. 3.
Longurio minimus sp. n.}

Size small (wing under 18 mm.); wings with cell M, long-petiolate.

Male, length, 21 mm.; wing, 14.6 mm.; abdomen, 17.6 mm.

Female, length, 27 mm.; wing, 16.4 mm.; abdomen, 22 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head very short, yellowish, the nasus
elongate, prominent. Palpi and mouth parts brown. Antenne
short, light yellow, the flagellar Segments gradually decreasing in
size from the base outward. Eyes rather large, metallic, the front
between them narrowed. Head yellowish brown.

Thoracic dorsum .brownish yellow, the stripes indistinct in
alcoholic material. Pleure dull yellow. Halteres yellow, the knob
alittle darker. Legs, coxee and trochanters dull light yellow, femora
and tibia brownish yellow broadly brown at the tip, tarsi brown.
Wings with a pale brown suffusion, stigma prominent, a narrow brown
seam along the cord; venation (Pl. XXVII, fig. 32): petiole of cell
My, nearly as long as the cell itself.

Abdominal tergites dull yellow, 7 to 9 dark brown, sternites light
yellow, each segment with an elongate brown subterminal median
mark, on the 6th and 7th Segments covering the caudal end of the
Segment, 8th sternite dark brown, paler caudally, hypopygium
brown.

Holotype, #, Tallulah Falls, Rabun Co., Ga., June 17, 1910
(J. C. Bradley).

. Allotype, 2, topotypie.

Paratype, o, topotypie.

I am referring this insect to Longurio, although it does not agree
with Longurio testaceus Loew, the genotype, in some respects. [.

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

testaceus® is a much larger insect (male, wing 25.5 mm., abdomen
36 mm.), the cell 7st M.is much larger and the petiole of cell M, is
very short. Aschnosoma rivertonensis Johnson,” a paratype of which
is in my collection through the kindness of Mr. Johnson, is a large fly
(male, wing 22 mm., abdomen 30 mm.) with cell M, entirely sessile.

EXPLANATION OF PLates XXV, XXVI, XXVII.

Puate XXV.—Fig. 1.—Wing of Limnophila subcostata Alexander.
Fig. 2.—Wing of L. (Hphelia) johnsoni sp. n.
Fig. 3.—Wing of L. nigripleura A. & L. sp. n.
Fig. 4.—Wing of L. nove-anglie sp. n.

Fig. 5.—Wing of L. stanwoode sp. n.

Fig. 6.—Wing of L. osborni sp. n.

Fig. 7.—Wing of Tricyphona katahdin sp. n.
Fig. 8—Wing of 7. vernalis Osten Sacken. .

Fig. 9.—Wing of Phalacrocera replicata Linneus.
Fig. 10.—Wing of P. neoxena sp. n.

Fig. 11.—Wing of P. tipulina Osten Sacken.

Pirate XXVI.—Fig. 12.—Wing of Erioptera (Mesocyphona) rubia sp. n.

Fig. 13.—Wing of EZ. (Erioptera) dorothea sp. n.

Fig. 14.—Wing of EH. (Hrioptera) microcellula sp. n.

Fig. 15.—Wing of HE. (Empeda) alicia sp. n.

Fig. 16.—Hypopygium of #. (£.) microcellula; dorsal aspect of the pleurite
and appendages. d = dorsal appendage.

Fig. 17.—Hypopygium of HE. (#.) microcellula; ventral aspect of the dorsal
apical appendage. s

Fig. 18.—Hypopygium of Z. (£.) microcellula; ventral aspect of the ventral
gonapophyses.

Fig. 19.—Hypopygium of #. (#.) lucia; lateral aspect of the pleurite.

Fig. 20.—Hypopygium of #. (H.) lucia; dorsal aspect of the pleurite.

Fig. 21—Hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) sacandaga; dorsal aspect.

Puate XXVITI.—Fig. 22.—Wing of Dicranomyia nelliana sp. n.
Fig. 23.—Wing of Rhipidia (Arhipidia) shannoni sp. n.
Fig. 24.—Wing of Teucholabis rubescens sp. n.

Fig. 25.—Wing of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) sacandaga sp. n.
Fig. 26. —Wing of ? Gonomyia slosson@ sp. n.

Fig. 27.—Wing of Cladura delicatula sp. n.

Fig. 28.—Wing of Limnophila emmelina sp. n.

Fig. 29.—Wing of L. (Dactylolabis) hortensia sp. n.

Fig. 30.—Wing of Rhaphidolabis polymeroides sp. n.

Fig. 31.—Wing of Dicranota pallida sp. n.

Fig. 32.—Wing of Longurio minimus sp. n.

* Berlin. Entomol. Zeitschr., vol. 13, p..38; 1869.
"1 Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 34, p. 116, pl. 16,

figs. 18-15; 1909.

for)
(=)
bo |

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

NOVEMBER 17.
Mr. Cuarztes Morris in the Chair.

Fourteen persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that a paper under the
following title had been presented for publication:

“A biological reconnaissance of the Okefenokee Swamp in
Georgia”? (November 16).

The death of J. Ronaldson Magee, a member, November 4, 1914,
was announced.

A. H. Gottschall was elected a member.

Alfred Werner of Zurich, and Frank Lawson Adams of Montreal,
were elected correspondents.

NovEMBER 24.
The President, Dr. Samuget G. Drxon, in the Chair.

Special meeting.

The President announced that the object of the meeting was the
presentation of the gold medal of the Hayden Memorial Geological
Award to Henry Fairfield Osborn, Se.D., LL.D., in recognition of
his brilliant paleontological studies.

The presentation address was made by the President.
The address was responded to by Dr. Osborn.

The following was ordered to be printed:

608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

NEW NEUROPTEROID INSECTS, NATIVE AND EXOTIC.
BY NATHAN BANKS.

The descriptions of the following new species have accumulated
during the past year, based mostly on accessions to my collection,
but the types of some (indicated in text) are in other collections.
I have included a table to the genera of Myrmeleonide known from
the Indo-Australian region.

PERLID Zi.
Perlodes slossone n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 17.

Marked much as in P. signata, the pale between ocelli runs back
to pronotum; basal joint of antennze dark; pronotum dark, a broad
pale median stripe; thorax black; abdomen brown; sete pale, tips
of joints dark. Legs pale brownish. Wings faintly fumose, venation
brownish. Ocelli as in P. signata; pronotum a little broader than
long. Wings about as in P. signata, the apical cross-veins confined
to subcosta, radius or its branches, the costal margin concave at
humeral cross-vein. Female ventral plate with a median excision,
and a curved tooth each side.. Expanse 28 mm.

From Mt. Washington (Mrs.*Slosson).

Perlodes tibialis n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 19.

Yellowish, head with faimt dark mark back of each posterior
ocellus, and dark on clypeus; pronotum dark on sides, and each side
of the narrow pale median line, the disk each side mostly pale; thorax
dark on sides, pale in middle; legs pale, the femora dark at tips, the
base of tibiz black, stopping suddenly and beyond very pale, but
dark near tip; abdomen dull black, setee pale. Wings with brownish
venation. Posterior ocelli rather nearer to eyes than to each other;
pronotum broader than long, much broader in front than behind.
Wings long, the apical part with cross-veins all over from costa to
hind margin; costal area with eight or more cross-veins. Expanse
37 mm.

From Olympia Mts., Wash. (Kineaid).

Perla georgiana n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 16.

Mostly pale yellowish throughout; bases of the hind femora

infuscated; abdomen brown, discolored. Ocellar triangle broader

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609

than long, posterior ocelli much nearer to each other than to the
eyes, and the bosses are much nearer to posterior ocelli than to the
eyes; the anterior bosses are elongate, oblique, and together form
a V. Sete short, the joints for some distance out are broader than
long. Pronotum much broader in front than behind, anterior
corners sharp, posterior corners rounded, sides much rugose. In
fore wings there are four cross-veins beyond the end of the subcosta;
eight or nine costal cross-veins; radial sector with four branches;
about seven median and five cubital cross-veins. Expanse 32 mm.
From Clayton, Ga., 2,000 to 3,000 feet, June (Davis).

Perla xenocia n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 5, 12.

Head yellow, a large dark brown spot over the ocelli, pointed
behind, truncate in front; antennze and palpi black, pronotum dull
black, anterior lobe of mesonotum, and two spots on the metanotum
black; abdomen pale yellow; sets black; legs black, femora (except
tips) pale yellow; sternum yellow. Wings dark brown, veins dark,
except the yellow costa. Posterior ocelli fully three diameters apart,
a little further from the anterior ocellus, and not one diameter from
the lateral bosses, latter about their length from the eyes. Pro-
notum about one and one-fifth broader than long, barely narrowed
behind, the corners nearly square, surface rugose. Wings rather
long, about 17 costals, not far apart, three or four cross-veins beyond
end of subcosta, three branches of the radial sector, and a minute
apical fork, about 7 or 8 median and cubital cross-veins, in hind
wings 8 or 9 cubital cross-veins, and the anal fork has three branches;
in both wings the radial cross-vein is oblique. Last joint of the
maxillary palpi about twice as long as the preceding joint; the third
nearly twice as long as the fourth; last tarsal jomt twice as long as
others together. Expanse 42-45 mm.

From Singla, Darjiling, India, 1,500 feet, April (type in Indian
Museum, cotype in author’s collection).

Neoperla phantoma n. sp.

Body pale yellowish; margin of pronotum faintly brown, palpi
dark brown or black, antenne slightly brown, basal part pale;
black mark above on tip of femur, and on tip of last tarsal joint.
Wings faintly brownish, veins (except costal) brown, hind wings
all pale, except brown radial cross-vein. Ocelli not diameter apart,
about twice as far from the eyes, ocelli very close to the bosses,
latter scarcely their length from the eyes; third joint of maxillary
palpi barely longer than the fourth; last tarsal joint hardly twice

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

as long as others together, tibia I almost as broad as the femur.
Pronotum only slightly rugose, broader in front than behind, much
wider than long. Fore wings with about 8 costals, and two or three
beyond subcosta, two branches of radial sector, three median and
three cubital cross-veins; in hind wings the anal fork has only one
branch. Expanse 20 mm.

From Mallali, British Guiana, March (Parish).

Neoperla plutonis n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 10.

Large black species. Head yellow, a large, broad, blackish spot
over ocelli extending to the anterior bosses, and reaching laterally
toward eyes. Antenne and palpi blackish; pronotum black on sides,
pale in middle; thorax brown; abdomen pale on base, dark at tip,
setz yellow brown; legs brown, basal tarsal joints pale, blackish at
tips of femora and on bases and tips of tibia. Wings blackish,
veins (except costal) dark. Ocelli a little more than their diameter
apart, not one-half their diameter from the bosses, which are larger,
transverse, and not their length from the eyes; third joint of max-
illary palpi much longer than the fourth; last tarsal joint fully three
times as long as the others together, tibia I not one-half as wide as
the femur. Pronotum much broader than long, sides rounded,
surface rugose. Wings large, about 15 costal cross-veins, four
beyond end of subeosta; three or four branches of radial sector;
10 median and 7 cubital cross-veins; in the hind wings the anal
fork has four branches; anal plate of female broad, emarginate
behind. Expanse 56 mm. :

From La Trinidad, Turricares, and Orosi, Costa Rica (Garlepp).

Neoperla nigriceps n. sp.

Head and pronotum nearly shining black, sides of pronotum very
narrowly pale, thorax and abdomen brown, antennze and sete pale
yellowish, basal joint of the antenne partly dark; wings brown,
veins scarcely darker; legs pale, tibia and apex of femur II brown.
Last joint of palpus long and slender. Head bent down, eyes very
prominent, ocelli very small, about three diameters apart, twice as
far from the eyes, lateral bosses no larger than ocelli, much lower
down, and fully their length from the eyes and twice as far from
ocelli. Pronotum fully one and a half times as broad as long, much
broader in front, corners rounded, surface rugose; last joint of tarsi
three times as long as others together. Wings slender, costals few
and weak, radial sector forked once (nearer anastomosis than to tip),
7 median and 7 cubital cross-veins. Expanse 15 mm.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611

From Belgaum, India, 2,000 feet, April. Its small size and black
head and pronotum distinguish it.
Neoperla bolivari n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 1.

Yellowish; margin of pronotum brown; abdomen brown on base:
a brown spot each side on mesonotum; antenne pale brownish;
last joint of tarsus, tip of tibia, and mark at tip of femur above black
or dark brown. Wings faintly brownish, veins pale, except radial
cross-vein is black. Ocelli about one and a-half times their diameter
apart, only half as far from the bosses, the latter about their length
from the eyes; pronotum about one and a fourth times broader
than long, hardly narrowed behind, anterior corners sharp, posterior
ones rounded, surface rugose, three ridges near middle. Third
joint of maxillary palpi much longer than the fourth: legs stout,
femur I twice as broad as the tibia, last tarsal joint more than twice
as long as others together. Female ventral plate very large, emar-
ginate in the middle behind. Wings long; about 15 costal cross-
veins, four cross-veins beyond end of subcosta; three branches to
radial sector beyond anastomosis, 8 to 10 median cross-veins, 6 or 7
cubital cross-veins, in hind wings the anal fork has five branches.
Expanse 54 mm.

From Monte Soccoro, Colombia, 3,600 m. (Fassl).

Isoperla texana n. sp. PI. XXVIII, fig. 3.

Yellowish; a faint dark V-mark connecting the ocelli; palpi
yellowish brown, antennz pale on basal fourth, dark beyond; pro-
notum brown on the sides; abdomen yellow above and below, sete
pale yellow, the tips dark; legs yellow, a black streak on outer side
of femora and on basal outer part of tibe, and the tips of tarsi dark;
wings brownish, veins dark brown, costal area yellowish. Posterior
ocelli a little nearer to eyes than to each other, bosses about half
way from ocelli to bases of antenne; pronotum one and a half times
as broad as long, hardly broader in front, sides straight, corners
right-angled, sides coarsely rugulose; fore wings with two or three
cross-veins beyond the end of the subcosta; radial sector forked,
twice beyond the anastomosis, about six median and five cubital
cross-veins. Expanse 23 mm.

From Kerrville, 19 June; Dallas, 20 May; Victoria, 26 May;
and Devils River, 3 May, all Texas. Type in U.S. Natl. Museum.

PSOCID As.
Psocus stigmosalis n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 18.

In general similar to P. semistriatus, but the stigma is more slender
and marked with black, mostly behind. Nasus lineated with black,

612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

a black spot in front of the ocelli, and the vertex mostly dark in the
middle; antenne minutely hairy, the second joint about as long as
the distance between the eyes. Thorax black, a yellow Y-mark
in front; legs brownish yellow; wings hyaline, veins dark, vein
closing the cell and base of radial fork whitish hyaline, a dark dot
at base of the stigma, the stigma very long, much longer than the
longest side of the cell, very low and evenly rounded behind, almost
wholly blackish, dark dot at end of anal vein. The cell about once
and a-half longer than broad at base, four-sided, tip about one-half
of base. Length 4 mm.

From Cambridge, Mass., September, Franconia, N. H., Bear Mt.,
Salisbury, and East River, Conn. (Ely).

Cecilius posticus n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 15.

Body dark, perhaps discolored; legs and antennze pale yellowish.
Wings hyaline; fore wings mostly dark on basal part, but some pale
near base, and on costal area, and behind. <A streak runs down the
cubitus to the areola postica; the upper branch of the radial sector
is also margined with dark brown, and the three marginal cells also
dark brown, the brown extending into the areola postica. The
upper branch of the radial sector runs more vertical than usual,
ending just beyond the stigma; the latter long and slender, unmarked.
Hind wings are hyaline. Length 2.7 mm.

From Sea Cliff, N. Y., in August.

Cecilius umbrosus n. sp. - :

Yellowish; nasus and clypeus dark brown, a brown, median streak
on face and vertex; the antenne pale; legs pale; thoracic notum dark
brown; abdomen mostly pale, dark at tip. Wings pale brown, rather
darker near veins and toward tip, stigma also darker; venation
brown, the vein at base of anal cell hyaline white. Second joint of
antenne not as long as vertex width in female, in male one and a
fourth longer, third joint two-thirds as long as the second. Wings
rather long, stigma large, about three times as long as wide, nearly
angulate behind, the two parts of the pedicel of radial fork subequal
in length, anal cell plainly longer than high. Length 3 mm.

From Hillside, Fulton Co., N. Y. (Alexander), and Sea Cliff,
1 6 thl aaa ie fe

EPHEMERIDZE.
Anagenesia greeni n. sp.

Grayish yellow; abdomen blackish above, thoracic notum dark;

front legs mostly gray, others pale yellowish, sets white, with

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613

extremely long white hair. Wings gray, veins yellowish, the sub-
costa and radius dark. Vein 8 emits two branches from above near
base, and then forks below, the branch running to middle of hind
margin; between this fork and vein 8 are four longitudinal veins,
the third a branch of the second, the fourth a branch of third (in
this respect nearer typical Palingenia). Vein 9 connected several
times to fork of 8; vein 9! unconnected. Vein 6 forked plainly before
middle of wing, one long intercalary in this fork. Expanse 28 mm.
From Peradeniya, Ceylon, 17 March (Green).

Hexagenia callineura n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 13.

2. Yellowish; a broad black band on face from eye to eye through
ocelli, facial carina with a black spot; pronotum and thorax with a
black stripe each side; a black stripe on each upper side of abdomen,
on the tip of each segment the stripe is broader than on base. Leg I
rather reddish, last tarsal joint blackish; other legs paler, tips of
femora and tibie dark. Wings hyaline; most of veins yellowish,
subeosta and radius dark, cross-veins dark, some in base of fore
wings narrowly bordered; in hind wings the veins pale, cross-veins
dark, in discal part are about 16 or 18 cross-veins black, narrowly
bordered with white or hyaline, and outside of this a blackish fusi-
form mark, giving these veins a strikingly beautiful appearance.
Setie pale, some joints dark at tip. Expanse 44 mm.

From Cali, Colombia, 1,000 m. (Fassl.).

Rhenanthus posticus n. sp.

o&. Yellowish, much marked with dark brown. A dark mark
between eyes; pronotum broadly dark each side, thorax with a faint
brown median streak, a dark brown line each side to base of fore
wings, below this a large dark spot, a spot on pleura under fore
wings. Abdomen yellow, base brown, each segment, beyond second,
with a long dark U-mark each side, leaving a narrow median yellow
stripe, last segment pale above; venter pale, each segment with a
dark streak or spot; tip of forceps dark; set pale, tips of joints
dark; legs pale, claws dark; leg I more reddish, tip of tibia dark.
Tibia I of male almost twice as long as femur, tarsal joints one and
two subequal, third three-fourths of second, fourth about one-third
of third. Wings hardly hyaline, veins brown, apical costal area
red-brown, and the subcostal area to base also red-brown; the
costals in basal part of wing are margined; beyond middle of wing
are four dark spots, the outer three in a transverse row, the other,
larger, is on the forking of vein 6. Hind wings with tip and veins

614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

brown, and a brown spot near outer third on the first fork. Expanse-
27 mm.
From Kandy, 4 November, Ceylon (Green).

Leptophlebia assimilis n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 8.

Very close to L. prepedita, but in male the basal joints of forceps
seen from below are widely divergent, and this basal piece does not
extend so far out below the next piece as in L. prepedita (in L.
prepedita the basal pieces seen from beneath are close together).
Marked much as L. prepedita, but no trace of color in the costal
area of wings, middle segments of the abdomen bordered behind with
dark, ventral segments with a blotch on each side. Leg I of male
with about same proportions as in L. prepedita, but whole leg shorter;
no costals in apical part of wing crossed. Expanse 14 mm.

From Black Mt., north fork Swannanoa River, N. C., May.

Ephemerella vernalis n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 11.

o. Size and appearance of H. excrucians, but in leg I of @ the
tarsi are fully one-fourth longer, the third joint being over three-
fourths as long as second (in #. excrucians much shorter). Markings
of body, legs and setze as in #. excrucians, venter shows no marks,
the last two segments being dark. Venation about the same, the
costals in apical part are crossed. In the male forceps the next to
last joint is plainly swollen. Expanse 22 mm.

From Black Mt., north fork Swannanoa River, N. C., May.
Habrophlebia jocosa n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 14.

o’. Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen dark on base and
tip, segments 3 to 6 each with a very large median triangular pale
mark occupying most of these segments, segment 7 with a pale basal
band. Venter mostly pale, dark at base and tip; sete white, legs
whitish, femur I nearly black, tip of tibia I dark; in tarsus I the
first Joint is nearly one-half of the tibia, second joint almost as long
as first, third fully one-half of second; mid and hind legs very slender.
Wings hyaline, unmarked, veins pale, indistinct, five costals in the
swollen apical part; hind wings about twice as long as broad, angu-
late on the middle of costa. Expanse 10 mm.

From Asheville and Black Mt., north fork of the Swannanoa
River, N. C., in May. H. americana has hind femora banded twice,
and dorsum of the abdomen darker.

Callibetis semicostata n.sp. Pl XXVIII, fig. 7.

o. Brownish; many parts, especially venter, finely dotted,

some of the thoracie sutures are whitish; legs pale, darker on tips

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615

of the tarsi, setee white. Wings hyaline, veins pale, a light brown
or reddish brown streak extending from middle of base one-half way
out to tip, it is bounded in front by the subeosta and behind by the
fourth vein, it contains two or three pale dots, sometimes a few dark
marks in costal area. Two rows of cross-veins, the outer not much
more than their length from the margin; marginal intercalaries in
pairs. Hind wings fully twice as long as broad, angulate in front.
Expanse 17 mm.
From Stony Mt., Manitoba, 16 September (Wallis).

‘Callibetis pretiosa n. sp.

Brown; thoracic notum with two narrow white stripes above;
abdomen with darker spots on sides; legs pale, tips of tibiee and
tarsal joints dark; setz# white, the joiings dark. Wings hyaline,
veins and cross-veins mostly white, except where there are dark
marks; five or six faint irregular clouds along the hind border, a
fairly broad, brown stripe from base to tip on costa, its hind border
sinuate with four projections, four hyaline spots in the subcostal
area before middle, about five pale spots on costal area before middle,
and several more or less connected beyond. Outer row of cross-
velns not twice their length from margin. Marginal intercalaries
single, except toward tip of wing. Expanse 14 mm.

From Great Falls, Va., 11 September.

Heptagenia coxalis n. sp.

o. Pale yellowish, carina of face dark each side above, antennze
pale, thoracic notum with indistinct median darker streak, base of
abdomen dark above, beyond pale, segments not plainly marked,
but last two are dark; legs pale, a black line, wider at each end,
at base of the hind coxa, femora faintly dark at tips, and tip of tibia I
dark; claspers pale; sete pale, dark at tips of jomts. Wings hyaline,
veins brown, apical costal area brownish yellow, some of the costals
faintly margined; 8 costals before bulla, 14 beyond, all simple.
Tarsus I of male has first joint about one-third of second, the third
equal second, fourth twice as long as first, fifth fully as long as first.

2. Mostly yellow throughout, black line on hind coxa as in o;
some costals margined. Expanse 21 mm.

From Clear Creek, Colo. (Oslar).

Heptagenia subzqualis n. sp.

o&. Head and thorax rather reddish yellow, a shining black ring
at base of each ocellus, antennz pale, thoracic notum rather dark
behind, abdomen pale, segments dark on apical one-third or one-

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

half above, last three segments brownish, claspers pale, set faintly
dark; legs pale, a black dot at tip of femur and tibia I; wings hya-
line, veins and cross-veins mostly brown, apical costal portion brown-
ish yellow, no costals nor radial cross-veins margined; hind wings
not dark at tip, in fore wing about five costals before bulla, fourteen
beyond, a few near the middle are crossed. In the tarsus I of male
the first joint is fully two-thirds of second, the third equals second,
the fourth scarcely longer than first, the fifth not one-third of first.
Expanse 17 mm.

From Black Mt., north fork Swannanoa River, N. C., May.
Heptagenia carolina n. sp.

o&. Head and thorax pale yellowish or reddish yellow, no distinct
marks on either head or thorax, basal joints of antenn pale, rest
black. Abdomen pale, more grayish, each segment with a narrow
apical dark ring of even width all around, penultimate segment
rather darker, claspers brown, setee brownish. Legs pale, femora I
and II with median and apical dark bands, hind femur dark near
tip, tibia and the tarsal joints narrowly dark at tips. Wings hyaline,
rather brownish yellow in apical costal part and extending around
to the tip, venation brown; the costals, or most of them, with a dark
spot at costal end, the first three or four radial cross-veins narrowly
margined, then one or two broadly margined with dark; tip of hind
wings slightly fumose. In fore wing only about six costals before
bulla, about ten beyond. Tarsus I of male has the first Joint a little
more than one-half of second, third equal second, fourth longer than
first, fifth not one-half of first. Expanse 24 mm.

2. Yellow or reddish yellow throughout, the abdominal segments
narrowly dark at tips above, sete faintly dark, darker at tips of the
joints, femora faintly dark in middle and tip, apical part of tarsi
dark. Wings as in the male, two or three radial cross-veins broadly
margined. Expanse 30 mm.

From Black Mt., north fork Swannanoa River, N. C., in May.

ASCALAPHIDZ.

Phalascusa cruciger n. sp. <

Yellowish; tips of lateral fringe of face gray; vertex with gray
and black hair; antenne black; thorax yellow above; a brown mark
near base of fore wings, a brown median line on anterior lobe and
behind this is a brown cross; metascutellum with median brown
mark. Abdomen of female short, swollen in middle, white-haired
at base, above with two rows of yellow spots, separated by black

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617

line as in P. hildebrandti; pleure pale, with a brown stripe which
is fureate in front; legs pale yellow, tarsi faintly brown. W ings
hyaline, much more slender than in P. hildebrandti, each wing with
two brown spots, one at base, another larger over origin of radial
sector and obliquely back to margin, some cross-veins between spots
are margined, and some costals also with yellowish brown. Expanse
58 mm.
From River Errer, Abyssinia, Africa (Kristensen).

Suhpalasca orsedice n. sp.

Blackish; face below yellowish, gray hair below antenne, above
darker or even black, club of antenne wholly dark, antennze reaching
about four cells from stigma; thorax hardly paler in the middle:
abdomen of female dark, in male rather yellowish above, black
streak on sides, venter pale; legs black, femora yellowish, at least
near base. Wings hyaline, venation dark, stigma nearly black, in
fore wing scarcely longer above than high, with four veinlets, in hind
wings a little longer, with five veinlets, two rows of cells beyond
stigma. In fore wing the radial sector arises much beyond the
cubital fork, four cross-veins before it, in hind wing only two cross-
veins before radial sector, in both wings five branches to the radial
sector. Expanse 58 mm.

From Singla, Dargiling, India (Type in Indian Museum: cotype
in author’s collection).

MYRMELEONID ZA.
Dendroleon javanus n. sp.

Head pale, a large black band between eyes extending above and
below the antennxe, vertex darker, darker across posterior part;
palpi wholly pale; pronotum dark in middle, and irregularly on the
sides, thoracic notum dark, with a few pale spots on sides; abdomen
dark, paler on base; legs pale, tips of femora and tibia dark, tibie
I and II with broad dark band before middle, femur I with a dark
streak above, coxe I with dark spot in front. Wings hyaline, veins
pale and dark, subeosta with dark dots, the radius and cubitus with
long dark streaks, many cross-veins entirely dark, an oblique line
up from end of anal vein in fore wings, a recurved line (extending
toward the first one) from middle of hind margin, another dark line
or streak on cross-veins up from union of median and cubitus, a
short dark streak and spot just before the tip of wing, and outer
margin with many dark patches; in hind wings the apical and outer
marginal marks are present as in the fore wings. Pronotum longer

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

than broad, narrowed in front; legs very long and slender, the tarsi
very long, the basal joint as long as the apical, and each as long as
other three together, spurs long and slender, nearly straight, except
at tip, covering two joints; tibia as long as femur. Wings rather
broad at stigma, the hind pair plainly longer than front pair, and
narrower; a few costals forked before stigma, in fore wings three
cross-veins before radial sector, one in hind wings, in both the anal
stops soon after cubital fork, ten branches of radial sector, about
25 radial cross-veins before the black-margined one. Expanse,
fore wings, 75 mm.
From Java (Berlin Museum).

Acanthaclisis hesperus n. sp.

Similar to A. fallax Rbr. The pronotum shows a dark median
stripe, forked in front, lateral margins black, and between is a dark
stripe reaching to the transverse groove. Abdomen above dis-
tinctly striped with pale; male appendages yellowish; venter black,
Wings with many small'spots by veins, dark spots between subcosta
and radius, but not between median and cubitus; hind wings without
marks; forks of axillary vein of fore wings connected by several
cross-veins. Larger than any A. fallax I have seen. From Kureka,
Utah, 15 July, and Jemez Mts., N. Mex., 28 July and 4 August
(Spaldings, Woodgate). Separated from A. fallax by black venter.
A. texana Hagen, I take to be A. fallax. I have this latter species
from Phoenix, Ariz., as well as Mexico. From A. americana these
forms may be separated thus: :

1. Forks of axillary vein in fore wings not connected by cross-veins;
a spot in apical part of hind wings; dark between median and
cubital vein of fore wings; male genitalia black; venter black,
the abdomen not striped BDOVE vorceossscrerees americana.

Forks of axillary vein of fore wings connected by one to three
cross-veins; no spot in hind wings; abdomen more or less
plainly striped with pale above; male appendages mostly

yellowish ain Adis ; Ds
Venter yellowish Se rt ee fallax.
Venter black... ne uate 2 hesperus.

Myrmeleon agriope n. sp.

Very similar to M. crudelis Walk., but the vertex shows a trans-
verse row of four large pale spots, the submedian pair being longi-
tudinal, the lateral ones transverse and extending to the eyes; behind
on the vertex are pale spaces in middle and on the sides. The
pronotum shows pale mark in middle of anterior part, the sides

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619

largely pale, with a narrow dark stripe reaching as far as the trans-
verse furrow. The wings are similar to that species, with dotted
veins, and longer dark spaces on subcosta, radius and cubitus.
In fore wings are about seven cross-veins before radial sector, in the
hind wings about four such cross-veins, in both pairs eight branches
to the radial sector. Expanse 53 to 55 mm.

From Claremont, Calif., and Nogales and Phcenix, Ariz.

Myrmeleon heriocles 2. sp.

Face shining black, in front with two submedian projections,
mouth and cheeks pale, tips of palpi dark; vertex black, with trans-
verse row of more or less shining rufous spots; antennz black, basal
joints pale; pronotum dull black, but lateral half of anterior part
pale, and the margin of posterior part also pale; thorax dull black,
with pale yellow stripe through the bases of the wings, continuous
with the pale margin of pronotum; abdomen dull black; legs pale,
broad dark bands on middle of the femora, narrow bands near base
and at tip of tibie I and II, most of tarsi black, hind tibia with
black stripe within; wings hyaline, veins dotted with dark, the
subeosta, radius, and cubitus with longer dark spaces, stigma dark.
In fore wings about nine cross-veins before radial sector, in hind
Wings six or eight such cross-veins, ten branches to radial sector in
each wing, in fore wings three cross-veins between anal and cubital
fork, in both pairs the tips are acute. Expanse 70 to 73 mm.

From Southern Pines, N. C., in May; also occurs in Florida.
I had considered this as probably the M. tectus of Walker, but a view
of the type shows that it is a different species.

Macronemurus darwini n. sp.

Face pale yellowish, with a median vertical dark mark, a dark
spot below each antenna, vertex mostly dark, but usually pale each
side near eye; antennz pale, darker at tip; palpi pale; pronotum
pale, with a pair of submedian brown marks, sometimes faint;
thorax yellowish brown, indistinctly marked, but usually with a
pale median line; abdomen dark, often pale at base and some seg-
ments pale at base above, legs pale, unmarked, spines black, spurs
equal two tarsal joints on front legs. Wings with the longitudinal
veins spotted with dark, and most of the cross-veins dark at one or
both ends; in both wings is a long dark brown streak from near end
of median and cubitus out toward tip, and usually a series of spots
beyond the stigma to near the tip. In fore wings six cross-veins

before the radial sector, eight or nine branches to the radial sector
41

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

in each wing; in fore wings the anal is connected three or four times
to cubital fork. Expanse 40-46 mm.
From Port Darwin, N. Australia.

Acratoleon n. gen.

Similar to Paraglenurus, but claws not as long and more curved;
spurs about as long as four tarsal joints. Legs slender, the tibia
about as long as the femur. Antenne long, hardly diameter apart
at base; palpi very short. Wings moderately broad at stigma, outer
margin not sinuate, hind wings a little longer than front pair, one -
cross-vein in hind wings before the radial sector, about seven such
cross-veins in the fore wings; the radial sector arises much before
the cubital fork.

Acratoleon flavum n.sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 6.

Pale yellowish; a dark mark each side under antenne, a dark
spot each side on vertex; palpi all pale; antenne pale yellow, tip
dark; pronotum pale, a dark interrupted stripe near each margin,
broader behind; thorax pale, dark streak over bases of wings, pleure
with large dark spot under fore wings, a smaller spot under hind
wings. Abdomen pale, tips of segments dark. Wings hyaline;
veins pale yellow, those behind radius marked with dark at ends of
the cross-veins, cross-veins nearly all dark and mostly margined
with dark, a dark mark above in front of stigma, outer margin to the
outer forkings mostly faintly dark, and dark cloud over end of anal;
in hind wing venation similar to fore wing, and with two dark streaks
near tip of wing, one on the anterior margin. Legs pale yellow,
with black bristles, spurs and claws pale. Pronotum one and one-
half times as long as broad, a little narrowed in front; legs slender,
spurs very long and nearly straight, almost reaching to last joint,
basal joint much shorter than the fifth; hind wings longer than fore
wings and a little more narrow; fore wings broad at stigma and
rather short beyond, costals mostly simple, seven cross-veins before
radial sector, about eight branches of radial sector, 28 radial cross-
veins, anal connected four times to cubital fork in fore wings, only
twice in hind wings. Expanse, fore wings, 65 mm.

From Salamo Archipel., Shortlands Island (C. Ribbe). Type in
Berlin Museum.

This new genus is placed in the following table of the genera of
the Indo-Australasian region. In this table a hitherto unused
character, the condition of the anal veins in the fore wings, is con-
sidered of prime importance. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 20, 21, 22, 23, 24.)

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621

il,

“N

10.

ie

12.
13.

Four separate anal veins in the fore wing; in hind wings the anal
is not connected directly to the hind aves but to the second
anal by a series of cross-veine............... ..(PALPARINT) 2.

Two or three anal veins in fore wing; in hind v wings the anal is
connected by cross-veins directly to the margin : wooo

Two or more series of costal cells near to base of wing... STENARES,

But one series of costal cells until near the stigma....... 3.

Antenne not their diameter apart at base; the basal joimt w mith
long bristles... ..... ssnunnl ALPARES.

Antenne more than their diameter. apart at base........ TOMATARES.

In the fore wings the second and third anal veins are separate,
but connected by a short cross-vein; a line in apex of the

IOSD. ARUN ee eR IR A (DENDROLEONINI) 5.
In the fore wings the second and third anal veins are united for
at least one point eee ule

In the hind wings the anal vein runs parallel to the cubitus for a
long distance, finally curving to the margin beyond the middle
OL iwi eee. es .ECHTHOMYRMEX.
In hind wings the anal runs to margin it in a normal manner.........6.
Legs very slender, spurs very long and nearly straight, the first
tarsal joint about as long as the last... DENDROLEON.
eps and legs shorter; first tarsal jomt much shorter than the
Outer margin of wings panel fhons. r ys Pea = aL
Outer margin of wings sinuate or excised................... Ae ROS
Many radial cross-veins are ied the venation very dense;
outer margin of wings sinuate....... cnn PISALUS.
Radial cross-veins not crossed; outer margin n of wings excised,
PERICLYSTUS.
Many of the costals crossed; abdomen about as long as wings;
cubito-anal cross-veins longer than anal cross-veins,

EPICANTHACLISIS.

Few of costals crossed; abdomen much shorter than wings.........10.
Cubito-anal cross-veins shorter than anal cross-veins; venation
irregular... Peset LAYAHIMA.
Cubito-anal cross-velns longer ‘than anal cross- -veins; venation
fairly regulav.............. é _GLENOLEON.

One cross-vein before radial sector in the hind wings,
(MAcCRONEMURINI) 12.
Three or more cross-veins before the radial sector in the hind

wings; antennz wide apart at base... MyRMELEONINI) 20.
INO Spurs) 0 tibiee.. ices PS Ne re rs on er elise
Spurs distinct... 14.
Many costals forked; two series of anal cells for part of the

BWSLV aetere Beestter tir cecens, eta er reas a ce “sss OHRYSOLEON.

Costals simple; one series of anal cells: wings rather narrow,
ComPsoLEoN.

622
14.

15.

16.

lf

18.

19:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

In fore wings the anal vein runs parallel to the cubitus for a

long distance. oe BSe
In fore wings the anal vein does not ‘parallel the cubitus; a diver-
gent cubital fork DRESe Mees : 16.
First tarsal joint much shorter than the fifth... _CREAGRIS.

First tarsal joint about as long as the fifth PROTOPLECTRON.
Legs rather short and stout... elie
Legs very slender, tibia about as long as the femur; no line in
apex of fore wings... aap
Spurs about as long as first two joints of tarsus together,
MacroNEMURUS.
Spurs as long as three or four tarsal joints together. DisToLEon.
Radial sector arises much before the cubital fork; spurs as long

as three or four tarsal jOmMits: nace scene rake ACRATOLEON.
Radial sector arises much beyond ‘the cubital fork; spurs hardly
MOLE shane wosbarsalle| OUMbS cases ane eee teeta 19.
Claws very long, little curved, half as long : as last tarsal joint;
pronotum rather short oo... : -PARAGLENURUS.
Claws not one-half as long as last tarsal joint; pronotum long
and slendev................ c+ nl NDOLEON.

. Legs short and stout; spurs much. longer than basal joint of
tarsus, which is short... a2.
Legs more slender; spurs but little longer ‘than basal joint of
GanSUS terrane ete seen

. Larger species; legs 1 very “stout and hairy; spurs much curved
OF EVED DEN. ect ecceneees ne coe 2:
Smaller species; legs not very stout; spurs “but little curved;
costal area with “put one series of cells......... MyRMECELURUS.

. Hind wings with a double series of costal cells; antenne very

long; veinlets before as of radial sector in fore wing are
crossed........... _..... SNTIPHRONEURA.
Hind wings w ith but one series of costal cells S. 23.

. Second and third anal veins in fore wing form a closed cell,

ONcuUs.
Second and third anal do not form a closed cell. ACANTHACLISIS.

. Branches of radial sector are bent to form a line or groove in

apical part of the wing........ NESOLEON.

No such line of bent veins in apical part of w ing 25.

. Fore wings with a double series of costal cells in middle of length;
a single series at each end “A .WEELIUs.

A double series of costal cells only near r the stigma... 26.

. A series of connecting veinlets just before the stigma; wings
very broad at stigma ~HAGENOMYIA.

No such series, perhaps one or two veinlets connected to others,
several may be forked SO cnt ts 27.

. Some cross-veins before radial sector crossed; wings broad at

stigma CALLISTOLEON.
No cross-veins before radial sector crossed; wings narrow through-
out ; MyYRMELEON.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623

CHRYSOPIDZ.
Allochrysa boliviana n. sp.

Yellowish green; palpi unmarked; basal joint of antenne with
a red stripe on outer side: pronotum unmarked, longer than broad,
narrowed in front; thorax and legs pale; abdomen marked with
reddish on the middle of some Segments towards tip. Wings hyaline,
venation green; stigma not distinct in fore wings; in hind wings is
a dark spot; no dark spots on union of cubitus and median near
margin of wing; in fore wings the outer gradates are brown, outer
ends of costals, middle of first few radials, origin of radial sector,
and one or more cross-veins behind it dark. Wings rather long,
fore ones not acute, hind ones plainly acute, in fore wings 9 outer
and 14 or 15 inner gradates, reaching far up toward the base (as in
A. colombia); in hind wings 7 outer and 11 inner gradates. Expanse
38 mm.

From Rio Longo, Bolivia, 750 m. (Fassl).

Allochrysa nigrilabrig n. sp.

Yellowish green; labrum jet black, a black V-mark between and
above the bases of the antenn, basal joint of antenne with a red
spot outside; pronotum pale, hardly longer than broad; thorax
above with large black spots as in A. colombia and A. varia and
black spots above on some segments of the abdomen toward the
tip; legs pale. Wings hyaline, venation green, gradates dark, a
dark spot in stigma, and in fore Wings one on the union of median
and cubitus near margin, many radials at each end, the origin of
radial sector, several anals, the lower part of end of second cubital
cell, and the upper part of end of third cubital cell dark. In fore
wings 7 outer and 10 inner gradates; in hind wings 7 outer and
8 inner gradates. Expanse 38 mm.

From St. Antonio, Colombia, 1,800 m., December (Fassl).
Allochrysa riveti Navas.

Described from Ecuador, occurs in Colombia and Panama.
Allochrysa titan n. sp.

Body large and heavy. Pale yellowish or greenish, palpi mostly
black, a faint red spot each side at base of eclypeus, vertex with a
red triangle, red stripe on outer side of basal joint of antennz, joints
beyond for about one-third way out blackish on outer side. Pro-
notum with two red marks each side, almost making a stripe, rest
of thorax, abdomen, legs, and wings unmarked, latter with some
black veinlets, some of the radial cross-vein partly black, and some

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

of the gradates near end of the series black; stigma indistinct.
Antenne but little longer than wings, pronotum much broader than
long, but little narrowed in front; abdomen short, the tip of the
last ventral segment roundedly produced in the middle. Wings
long, barely acute, costal area not very wide; about 18 radial cross-
veins before stigma; radial sector arises nearer base than usual, the
second cubital cell is fully as high, as long on upper side, the third
oblique, and very obliquely divided, about 13 gradates in each:
series, wide apart, the inner series curving up and getting near the
radial sector, in the fore wings between the two series are two or
three gradates of an intermediate series; many of the outer forks
fully four or five times as long as wide. Expanse 65 mm.

From Limon, Costa Rica, 24 May, Schaus. The largest species
of the genus. Type in U. 8. National Museum.

Allochrysa torquatus Navas.

Similar to A. nigriceps, but larger, and the pronotum pale, and
longer, and narrowed in front. Head, basal joints of antenne, and
thoracic notum black. Wings marked as in A. nigriceps, but the
stigmal spot does not extend so far inward, and that at the end of
the cubitus is larger and does not extend out along the gradates;
in hind wings there is no spot at end of the cubitus. Expanse
45 mm.

From Alajuela, 9 April, Trinidad River, 2 May, Panama (Busck).
In U. 8. National Museum. Navas has lately described this species
from Guatemala under the name “Gorizaga torquatus.”’ There is
not the slightest need of a generic name for this section of the genus
Allochrysa, which also includes A. nigriceps and A. palliceps.
Leucochrysa cinctipes n. sp.

Rather grayish yellow; last joint of palpi black, faint marks on
face, faint line on the outer side of basal joint of antenn; legs
with faint dark bands on tips of femora, near base and tip of tibia,
and the extreme tip of tarsi black. Wings hyaline, with gradates
gray, Many cross-veins brown at ends; stigma whitish, with dark
spot at each end, in hind wings there is a faint cloud over the end
of cubitus, near the margin, ends of veins on all of margin brown;
fore wings with gradates 6-7; in fore wings the radial sector has no
connecting cross-vein near its base to the third cubital cell, but
there is a cross-vein before the radial sector to the third cubital
cell. Expanse 30 mm.

From Corazal, Canal Zone, Panama, 11 June (Busck), Type in

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625

U.S. National Museum. A very remarkable species on account of
venation, and will go in the genus Berchmansus of Navas.

Leucochrysa apicalis n. sp.

Pale yellowish, a brown dot under each eye; palpi with dark on
penultimate joint; antenne very long, pale, basal jot with a large
brown spot above at tip; pronotum much narrower in front, with a
dark reddish side line; mesonotum with a dusky spot each side above
the fore wings; abdomen and legs pale. Wings with green venation;
stigma with dark spot in hind wings, in fore wings indistinct; in
hind wings the radial sector is dark for a short distance before stigma,
not in the fore wings. In fore wings the gradates, most of the cross-
veins in part, origin of the radial ‘sector, divisory veinlet in part,
and vein at base of the third cubital cell dark. In hind wings the
gradates and some radial cross-veins near stigma dark. Gradates
6 and 7 in fore wing, 4 and 5 in hind wing; the inner series as near
to radial sector as to outer series. The third cubital cell very much
longer than the second; marginal forks two and a half to three
times longer than broad. Expanse 28 mm.

From Rio Pacaya, Peru, August.

Leucochrysa marginalis n. sp.

Similar to L. azevedoi Navas, but the gradates all pale, no dark
marginal forks, the hind margin of hind wing is dark for most of
length, the radial sectors are black for a short distance in both wings
and the veinlets above the black portion are also black, the stigma
with black basal spot, outer ends of costals, some radial cross-veins,
and others in basal part of wing are black, also the origin of the
radial sector. Head with a red band under antenne, red stripe on
basal joint, and red spot each side on the vertex, basal part of antennze
with black line on lower side, pronotum with red band near base,
and spots each side, two red spots on front of mesothorax, and two
on the scutellum, metathorax marked in the same way, abdomen
with red spots on most of the segments above. Venation about as
in L. azevedoi, 13-14 gradates, the inner series as near to radial
sector as to outer series, and extending basally, the median vein
running into the outer series; in hind wings 10-10 gradates. Ex-
panse 50 mm.

From Rio Longo, Bolivia (Fassl). Several of the species placed
by Navas in his table of South American Leucochrysa belong to
Allochrysa; such are nigriceps, palliceps, and internata. Allochrysa
vigoi appears to be the same as A. palliceps.

626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Nov.,

Leucochrysa submacula n. sp.

Pale yellowish, face with a dark or reddish spot each side under
antenne and close to the eyes, second and third joints of the maxil-
lary palpi with black spots, antenne pale, basal jomt with a dark
streak on the outer side, vertex rather reddish in front part of the
elevation; pronotum narrowed in front, and with a reddish spot
near each anterior corner, thorax with a dark spot over base of the
wings; abdomen pale, with dark spot near base and another beyond
the middle. Wings hyaline, stigma short, black, many cross-veins
black at ends, gradates (5-6 fore wings, 4-4 hind wings) black, eight
radial cross-veins before stigma, inner gradates nearer to radial
sector than to outer series. Expanse 27 mm.

From Bartica, British Guiana (Parish).

Leucochrysa callota n. sp.

Pale yellowish; a dark spot each side at base of the clypeus near
the eyes, two dark dots on front of vertex above the antenne, basal
joint of antennz with dark dot near tip; pronotum with a red-brown
spot each side near middle of the side margin; thorax with a large
spot each side above base of wings, second segment of abdomen and
some other segments marked with dark. Wings hyaline; veins
pale, many cross-veins dark at ends, gradates dark, stigma dark in
both wings. Pronotum hardly longer than broad, narrowed in
front, 14 radial cross-veins, 7 inner, 8 outer gradates in fore wings,
outer series as near inner as te margin, outer forks fully four times
as long as broad; hind wings with six gradates in each series. Ex-
panse 33 mm.

From Austin, Texas (McClendon).

Chrysopa chacranella un. sp.

Similar to C. nosina Navas. Black mark on cheek, reddish
divergent mark on vertex, and sides of thorax with two blackish
stripes, but here they are practically connected and not widely
separated as in C. nosina. The antenne are wholly pale, no mark
on basal joint, there are no spots on the face under antenne, and the
venation is not black at juncture of veins, the entire venation being
pale. Gradates 6-6 in both wings, the outer series as near to margin
as to inner series. Expanse 26 mm.

From Chacra di Coria, Argentine, 26 February (Jensen-Haarup).
Chrysopa figuralis n. sp.

Green; face with a rather broad red streak across it, palpi and
antenne pale, basal joint of latter more yellowish, vertex with two

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627

broad red stripes near middle, narrowed in front and united just
above antennz, a red line each side near eyes; pronotum a little
broader than long, with a very broad reddish stripe, containing a
darker red median line, the red extending back on the anterior lobe
of mesothorax. Venation green, costals, gradates, radials, and
divisory all black, other veins and branches dark in part; in hind
wing the gradates and costals, and endings of veins on radial sector
black; 18 costals, 3-6 gradates in each wing, inner series much
nearer outer than to radial sector; marginal forks hardly twice as
long as broad; divisory ends beyond the cross-vein, the third cubital
cell barely broader at tip. Expanse 29 mm.
From Chosica, Peru, 2,800 feet, .10 June (Parish).

(Chrysopa inealis n. sp.

Deep green; palpi and antenne pale, unmarked, no marks on
head or rest of body except that the pronotum has a faint yellowish
stripe on each side a little distance from margin. Pronotum about
as broad as long. Venation green, gradates, costals, except at
costal end, radials on middle and a few other veins near base in part
black; in hind wings some costals and the gradates scarcely dark.
Wings rather broad, hind pair acute at tips, 21 costals, 5-7 gradates
in fore wing, 3-7 in hind wing, the series parallel, inner series twice
as near outer as to the radial sector, divisory ends beyond cross-vein,
marginal forks about three times as long as broad. Expanse 30 mm.

From Matucana, Peru, 7,780 feet, 14 June, and Chosica, Peru,
2,800 feet, 10 June, both from Mr. Parish.

Chrysopa asoralis n. sp.

Green, a pale yellow median stripe on thorax and abdomen, face
with red stripe each side on cheeks, sometimes a red dot on vertex
each side near eyes, otherwise unmarked, palpi and antennz pale.
Pronotum much broader than long. Wings with green venation,
gradates and origin of radial sector dark, costals, radials and a few
other veins dark at ends; in hind wings gradates, ends of costals,
and some radials dark; 22 costals, 6-8 gradates in fore wing 5-7
in hind wing, the series parallel, inner one-half way from radial
sector to outer series, many marginals two or more times longer than
broad, the divisory ends at or just before the cross-vein. Expanse
28 mm.

From Chosica, Peru, 2,800 feet, 7 June, Matucana, Peru, 7,780
feet, 14 June, and La Cumbre, Colombia, 6,600 feet, May, all taken
by Mr. Parish.

628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,,

It is related to Ch. leva Navas, which I have from Monte del Eden,,

Ibaque, Colombia, 9,000 feet (Fassl), but the inner gradates do not
extend basally.
Chrysopa hesperina n. sp.

Pale greenish; thorax with a pale median stripe; head with red
stripe on cheeks, an oblique spot under each antenna, and vertex
with a line each side near eyes, red; last joint of palpi black; antennse
pale, unmarked, rest of body also unmarked. Pronotum about as
broad as long. Wings scarcely acute at tips, with green venation;

costals, radials, cubital and median cross-veins wholly dark, ‘as also.

the gradates, branches of radial sector, and forkings of marginals
dark in part, origin of radial sector, and tip of divisory vein dark;
14 costals, third cubital cell not very long, divisory ends beyond
cross-vein, gradates 5-6, inner series scarcely nearer to outer than
to radial sector, marginal forks not twice as long as broad. In
hind wings costals and gradates black, and also the ends of veins
ending in middle portion of radial sector black; gradates 4-6. Ex-
panse 22 mm.

From Caldras, Colombia, May, 4,400 feet (Parish), and Cali,
Colombia, May, 500 feet (Parish).

Chrysopa breviata n. sp.

Pale greenish or yellowish, head unmarked, palpi marked with
black, antennz pale, more yellowish on base; pronotum about twice
as broad as long, a large red spot on each anterior side; rest of body
and the legs pale, unmarked. Wings with green venation, costals,
radials, gradates, some other cross-veins, bases of radial branches,
origin of radial sector, part of divisorius, and marginal forks black.
In hind wings a few costals and the gradates black. Wings short,
almost rounded at tip, about 16 costals, third cubital cell one-half
as wide at base as at tip, divisory ending a little beyond cross-vein;
in fore wing 3 to 5 outer, and 2 or 3 inner gradates; in hind wing
4 to 6 outer, and 1 or 2 inner gradates; the inner nearly twice as
close to outer as to the radial sector; marginal forks not twice as
long as broad. Expanse 18 to 20 nim.

From Guayaquil (Parish) and Quevedo, Ecuador.

Chrysopa azygota n. sp.

Pale yellowish or greenish, a blackish stripe on each cheek, a dot
on middle of face, and second and third joints of antennz blackish,
a dark stripe on outer side of basal joint, and tips of palpi dark;
rest of body and legs pale, unmarked. Wings with pale venation,

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629

much marked by brown, at ends of costals, radials, and other cross-
veins, origin and branches of radial sector in part dark; gradates,
lower base of third cubital and several basal cross-veins wholly
dark; hind wings with gradates wholly and some costal and radial
cross-veins partly dark, stigma not distinct. Wings narrow, acute
at tips, gradates subparallel, nearer to each other than to outer
margin or radial sector; 5 to 7 in fore wing, 2 to 4 in hind wings,
each much farther than its length from the next; 15 costals in fore
wing; divisory ends beyond cross-vein, third cubital cell twice as
wide at tip as at base, the marginal forks little more than twice as
long as wide. Pronotum plainly broader than long. Expanse
21 mm. ;
From Mt. Makiling, Philippines (Baker).

Chrysopa ilota n. sp.

Pale yellowish or greenish; a dark stripe on each cheek; palpi
lightly marked with dark, no other marks except sides of pronotum
rather darker; pronotum a little longer than broad and narrowed
in front. Wings moderately broad, acute at tips; venation pale,
gradates and some basal cross-veins wholly dark, costals dark at
lower end, radials at upper end, a few other cross-veins partly dark;
in hind wings gradates, costals, and radials marked with dark.
Gradates subparallel, inner series as near radial sector as to outer
series, latter nearer to margin than to inner series, 5 to 7 gradates
in fore wing, 3 to 5 in hind wings, each more than their length apart,
20 costals in the fore wings before the stigma, latter long, faintly
dark; marginal forks searcely twice as long as broad; divisory ends
much before cross-vein, third cubital about one-half as wide at base
as at tip. Expanse 25 mm.

From Mt. Makiling, Philippines (Baker).

Chrysopa morota n. sp.

Pale yellowish or greenish, unmarked; palpi and antenne
unmarked, margins of pronotum more greenish; wings long, acute
at tips, venation green throughout, unmarked, the stigma long,
brownish; gradates subparallel, but inner series is nearer to the
radial sector than to outer, and latter nearer to margin than to inner
series; 6 to 7 gradates in fore wings; 4 to 7 in the hind wings, each
hardly a length apart; 17 costals before stigma in fore wing; the
divisory ends just before the cross-vein, the third cubital cell at base
not one-half as wide as at tip; marginal forks little more than twice
as long as broad; pronotum a little broader than long, much narrowed
in front. Expanse 23 mm.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

From Mt. Makiling, Philippines (Baker).
The species of Chrysopa now known from the Philippine Islands
can be tabulated as below:

PHILIPPINE CHRYSOP®.

1. Wings with some dark clouds

Wings not clouded: sac ccmcucc min en cee eee ee ae 2,
2. Second joint of the antenne dark, a dark median spot on face
below antenne............ eo AS ere ee Oo COTO

Second joint of antenne pale...
3. Venation partly dark, pedals dark
Venation pale, gradates pale...
4. Gradates divergent; inner series at upper ‘end very close to the
radial sector... tagalica.
Gradates subparallel... See ae 5.
5. Inner gradates few (3 or 4), each much more than its length from
the next one; divisory veinlet ends beyond the cross-vein,

isolata.
Inner gradates (6 or 7) scarcely their length apart; divisory
veinlet ends before the Cross-VelM....ecc:sscsescsersnennmsnniiarane morota.

HEMBEROBIIDA.
Sympherobius intervenalis n. sp.

Yellowish, head without definite spots except one each side on
vertex near the eyes; antenne pale, with three or four dark segments
about one-third way out; palpi brown. Pronotum brown, thorax
with lobes at base of wings dark; abdomen brownish; legs pale.
Wings yellowish hyaliné, with pale venation; the forkings of veins,
costals at base, and some anal veins dark brown, the four gradates
dark and bordered with dark brown, the two posterior disjointed
from the two anterior by more than their length; a large dark brown
spot in the subcostal area between subcosta and radius near base
of wings; behind it the cubital cross-vein is heavily dark, and the
median and radial cross-veins near base are also dark. The costal
area is quite broad, about four times as broad as the subcostal area.
In the hind wings the stigma at tip and some of the outer forkings
are dark; the entire margin of both wings with dots between veins.
Expanse 11 mm.

From Cali, Colombia, 500 feet (Parish).

Sympherobius modestus var. connexus n. var.

This is similar to the typical form, with the same markings more
heavily developed; the four dark spots across the face are connected
into a streak each side; the spots on upper and lower elypeus are

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631

connected; the front tibize are plainly banded near base and at tip;
the head and thorax with pale median stripe; the wings very heavily
marked with dark on plan of S. modestus, but the wings are about
one-fourth longer than in that species, making the cells more elon-
gate; the four outer gradates in pairs. Expanse 14 mm.

From Chosica, Peru, 2,800 feet, 9 June (Parish). I have received
S. modestus from Matucana, Peru (Parish Coll.).

TRICHOPTERA.
Ccetina parishi n. sp.

Yellowish, with yellow and gray hair; palpi densely gray-haired;
antenne with tips of joits plainly blackish. Wings yellowish gray,
darker at tip, black along the outer margin, but here interrupted
three times with pale, a tuft of black hair on anal margin toward
base, surface with about ten black spots or marks; two near base,
one above the tuft on anal margin, one on fork of radial sector, two
or three at anastomosis, one beyond, one at end of radius, one at end
of subcosta and one near arculus. Hind wings with gray fringe,
much longer than width of the wings. In fore wings the discal cell
is nearly as long as its pedicel, strongly convex above, fork 1 twice
as long as its pedicel; both wings acute at tips. Expanse 12 mm.

From Mallali and Bartica, British Guiana (Parish).

Macronema fragilis n. sp.

Face yellowish, with whitish hair; antenne pale, faintly marked
at tips of the jomts; vertex brown; thoracic notum brown, abdomen
pale on base, dark at tip; legs pale yellowish, hind tarsi darker;
fore wings a nearly uniform brown, veins darker, an elongate pale
spot over st®mal area, broader on basal part, reaching to discal cell,
apical part usually containing a dark spot, beyond this and half
way to tip is a yellowish white spot extending from costa to fork 2,
in base of second apical cell, just beyond discal cell, is a pale spot;
hind wings gray, fringe black. In structure extremely similar to
M. parvum, and venation practically the same. Expanse 14 mm.

From Bartica, British Guiana, December (Parish).

Macronema picteli n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 9.

Similar to M. lineatum and M. argentilineatum, and probably the
species referred to by Ulmer (Selys, Trich. pt. 2, p. 69) under M.
argentilineatum from British Guiana in Leyden Museum. It differs
from M. lineatum in small eyes, and longer, more pointed wings,
and the apical marks are a little different. It differs from M. argen-
tilineatum, in having fork 1 to hind wings, and in the position of the

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy.,

costal cross-vein in fore wings, and the apical marks of fore wings.
The wings are long, dark brown; there is a transverse band of white
in stigmal region, a crescentic white mark over tip of wing, and pale
spots on outer margin in the cells. Between the apical and stigmal
marks is a large patch of golden hair, which when rubbed shows
hyaline streaks in the bases of several apical cells. Expanse 26 mm.
From Mallali, British Guiana, March (Parish).

Phylloicus brevior n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, figs. 2, 4.

Body yellowish, with yellow hairs; anterior part of the thorax
blackish, and tip of abdomen dark; antennze black-haired, and
sometimes a black spot over base of each antenna; a row of black
hairs each side of face under the antenn:e; legs pale, most of fore
and mid tarsi, all of hind tarsi and part of tibia black, three spurs
on hind tibia, four on mid tibia. Wings nearly evenly dark reddish
brown, darker on costal area and on apex; hind wings also dark,
more blackish. Fore wings with venation much like that of P.
abdominalis—that is, the first fork extends one-half way back on
discal cell; in the hind wings, however, the apical forks are longer,
and there is no closed median cell; the male genitalia are exposed.
Expanse 19 mm.

From Bartieca, British Guiana, December (Parish).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1.—Neoperla bolivari, ventral plate.

Fig. 2—Phylloicus brevior, génitalia of male. =
Fig. 3.—Isoperla texana, ventral plate.

Fig. 4.—Phylloicus brevior, tip of hind wing.
Fig. 5.—Perla xenocia, side and dorsal view o genitalia.
Fig. 6.—Acratoleon flavum, tarsus I.

Fig. 7.—Callibeetis semicostata, clasper.

Fig. 8.—Leptophlebia assimilis, clasper and last dorsal segment.
Fig. 9.—Macronema picteli, tip of fore wing.
Fig. 10.—Neoperla plutonis, ventral plate.

Fig. 11.—Ephemerella vernalis, clasper.

Fig. 12.—Perla xenocia, ventral plate.

Fig. 13.—Hexagenia callineura, part of wing.
Fig. 14.—Habrophlebia jocosa, clasper.

Fig. 15.—Cecilius posticus, fore wing.

Fig. 16.—Perla georgiana, ventral plate.

Fig. 17.—Perlodes slossone, ventral plate.

Fig. 18.—Psocus stigmosalis, fore wing.

Fig. 19.—Perlodes tibialis, ventral plate.

Fig. 20.—Periclystus, anal area fore wing.

Fig. 21.—IJndoleon, anal area fore wing.

Fig. 22.—Glenoleon, anal area fore wing.

Fig. 23.—Distoleon, anal area fore wing.

Fig. 24.—Myrmeleon, anal area fore wing.

Fig. 25.—Paraglenurus, tarsus I

Fig. 26.—Perlodes signata Hagen, venter.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633

DercreMBER 15.
The President, Dr. Samurt G. Drxon, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the receipt of a paper entitled
““Miocene fossil insects,’ by T. D. A. Cockerell (November 30).

The deaths of the following members were announced: Horace
Magee, January 10, 1912; George L. Knowles, October 27, 1914;
William Redwood Wright, December 3, 1914.

The following was ordered to be printed:

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.

MIOCENE FOSSIL INSECTS.

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

The miocene insect beds at Florissant, Colorado, continue to
furnish numerous undescribed species, and the time is still distant
when it will be appropriate to bring all the data together in a single
monograph. To illustrate the wonderful richness of the Florissant
shales, it is sufficient to mention Professor H. F. Wickham’s collection
made in 1912 at the Wilson Ranch. In an excavation about 20 feet
long and 6 feet deep he obtained over 90 species of Coleoptera, of
which at least 40 were new. In addition to this, Professor Wickham,
my wife, and I secured various species of other groups in this same
excavation, so that probably there will be in all not less than 60 new
species. This particular spot had been looked over several times in
previous years by University of Colorado expeditions, but had
yielded nothing of particular value, because only the surface was
examined. On digging into the hill, the remarkable collection just
mentioned was secured. There can be no doubt that the Florissant
shales are practically inexhaustible; but it is unfortunately true that
many good fossils, some doubtless of species which will never be
found again, have been collected and lost or placed where they are
unlikely to fall into the hands of competent students. Even in the
larger museums there are still many undescribed Florissant species,
and it will be some years before we have a complete account of the
materials already gathered and in safe custody.

In Europe, the locality which we naturally compare with Florissant
is Gningen in Baden. The beds, which I have examined so far as
their present condition permits, are not, strictly speaking, at Giningen,
but above the village of Wangen, on the Rhine. They are doubtless
extensive, and would yield much of value if reéxcavated, but they
have been neglected for many years. Various European museums
contain Giningen insects, but by far the richest collection is that of
Heer at Ziirich. Heer estimated that he knew 844 species of fossil
insects from Giningen, but only 464 ever received published scientific
names. Of these no less than 250 were Coleoptera, but Professor
Wickham records 494 described beetles from Florissant. Eighty

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

Hemiptera are from (Eningen, but Florissant has about 230. The
Hymenoptera from (2ningen number 60, but those of Florissant
are about 220, with only one of the many ants as yet published.
Thirty Diptera come from (iningen, over 100 from Florissant.
Giningen has only one recorded Trichopteron, Florissant 29. The
(Eningen list could be considerably increased if we added a number
of species cited by their generic names or even less exactly, but not
described or given specific names. Experience shows that such
records are too unreliable to be of much value. (Hningen has more
species than Florissant in each of the following groups, as the lists
stand at present. (O. = (ningen; F. = Florissant.)

OponaTa—Libellulidee: O. 9, F. none. However, the (ningen
species are simply a lot of nymphs; one, L. perse, is doubtfully from
(Eningen. Specimens of L. ewrynome and L. doris are in the Univer-
sity of Colorado Museum.

THYSANOPTERA—Thripide: O. 2, F. none.

OrrTHopreRaA—GCryllotalpine: O.1,F.none. The (Eningen species
is stated to be long and narrow, but we have no other details.

CoLEoprERA—Carabide: O. 35, F. 33. Dytiscide: O. 9, F. 8.
Gyrinide: O. 2, F. none. Scaphidiide: O. 2, F. none. Histeride:
O. 9, F. none. Elaterid: 0. 10, F. 4 (but many more Florissant
species await description). Buprestide: O. 31, F. 15. Hydrophilide :
O. 17, F. 8. Trogositide: O. 7, F. 1. Coccinellide: O. 7, F. 3.
Scarabeide: O. 34, F. 28. Florissant especially outranks (Eningen
in Curculionide (O. 24, F. 95) and Staphylinide (O. 7, F. 45). The
most striking feature is the absence of Histeridw at Florissant. It
is curious that the lists contain no Cicindelid.

HymMEenopTera—Cephide: O. 2, F. 1, Sphecide: O. 4, F. 2.
(ningen has 34 described species of ants, Florissant only one, but
very numerous ants from the latter place await description by
Dr. Wheeler.

LepipopTEra—Psychide: O. 1 (a case), F. none.

Dierrera—Bibionide: O. 14, F. 4. Chinonomide: O. 3, F. none
good enough to describe. Tachinide: O. 1, F. none.

Hemiprera—Reduviide: O. 11, F.3. Naucoride: QO. 2, F. none.
Belostomatide: O. 2, F. 1. Nepide: O. 1, F. none.

This enumeration is of interest mainly as a statement of the present
condition of our knowledge, but some of the features indicated
probably will be confirmed or amplified by fuller data.

The new species described below have, with few exceptions, been
collected by Professor Wickham.

42

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

ORTHOPTERA.

Amblycorypha (2) perdita n. sp. (Locustide).

Tegmen 30.5 mm. long, 12 mm. broad, the broadest part about
11 mm. from the very broadly rounded and obtuse apex; costal
region not enlarged, the subcostal nervure about equally distant
from costa and stem of
radius until 5 or 6 mm.
from base, where it is nearer
costa than radius, and so
continues; radius straight,
the radial sector coming off
at a rather wide angle near

Amblycorypha (?) perdita. the middle of the tegmen;

apical field irregularly retie-

ulated throughout. The lower margin of the tegmen can be dis-

tinctly followed to near the base, and there appears to be no anal

lobe, but it seems exceedingly probable that this is illusory, the

apparent margin near the base being the sharp line of demarcation
found in the modern species, limiting the anal area above.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham). I have
wondered whether this could be Seudder’s Orchelimum placidum,
but it is certainly not an Orchelimum, and beyond a general similarity,
there is nothing definite to indicate its identity with Seudder’s species.
It is provisionally placed in Amblycorypha, to which it is presumably
allied, and from which, without better preserved materials, it does
not seem worth while to separate it. Mr. J. A. G. Rehn kindly
examined my sketch of the venation, and reported that it was not
quite like any modern genus; as he observed, if the anal area is truly
absent, the tegmen is quite peculiar; but if it is present, the insect
is not very remarkable. Except for the shape of the tegmen, there
is a rather close resemblance in structure to Pycnophlebia speciosa
(Germar) from the lithographic stone of Solenhofen.

HEMIPTERA.
PSYLLITES n. gen. (Psyllide).
The distinctive characters are in the venation, as follows:
(1) The radius leaves the radial sector a little before the middle
of the wing, and passes obliquely to the costa, where it ends, as in

Psylla astigmata.
(2) The stem of the radius is in a straight line with the radial

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637

sector, which is nearly straight, with only a slight curvature, prac-
tically as in Psylla caudata.

(8) The mediocubital fork is some distance basad of the separation
of the radius from its sector, as in Psylla.

(4) The separation of the radius from the radial sector is at prac-
tically the same level as the separation of the branches of the cubitus,
the cell between the cubital branches being long, the arrangement
herein practically as in Pachypsylla venusta. The cell in the forks
of the media is, however, as in Psylla. ~

Except for the shape of the cell in the forks of the cubitus, the
insect could go in Psylla; herein it is less specialized than Psylla.
The outline of the wing, as figured, is only approximate.

Psyllites crawfordi n. sp.

Length about 2 mm., anterior wing less than 1.5 mm.; wings clear,
without markings. The following measurements are in microns:
length of upper wing, about
1,440; radial fork to base of
wing, about 690; radial fork to
end of radial sector, about
752; medio-cubital fork to
branching of cubitus, 224;
medio-cubital fork to branch-
ing of media, 624; cell between Psyllites crawfordi, wing.
cubital branches on wing-mar-
gin, 320; fork of media to level of radial and cubital forks, about 416;
fork of media to nearest point on anterior branch of cubitus, 208.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham). On the
same piece of shale as the type of Heteromyiella miocenica and very
close to it. Dedicated to Mr. David L. Crawford, whose monograph
of the Psyllidz of the New World has been of great use in the study
of the fossil species.

HYMENOPTERA.
PALZOTELEIA nt. gen. (Scelionide).

Elongate, with the same form as Chromoteleia semicyanea Ashmead,
except that the abdomen is broader, fully twice as broad at base,
broadest about the end of the second segment, and with the apical
1 mm. or more conspicuously narrower than the part before. An-
tenn inserted very close to the middle (vertical) line of face, perhaps
on a frontal prominence; scape apparently short; flagellum rather
long and of uniform width, not at all moniliform. Head broad,

638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

eyes prominent. Thorax long and narrow, the parts indistinct, but
there is a cordiform metathoracic area or depression, and just in front
of this a transverse series of little ridges or pleats, presumably on the
postscutellum (compare Macroteleia). Hind femora unusually stout.
Wings with a very well developed submarginal vein, but no marginal
at all; stigmal vein short but distinct, ending in a round knob;
postmarginal vein long; a shadowy oblique vein going from the
postmarginal toward the stigmal knob, as in Chromoteleia.

Paleoteleia oxyura n. sp.

Length nearly 7 mm.; anterior wing nearly 4 mm., the stigmatal
knob 2.25 from base. Elongate, narrow, black. antennze and legs
ferruginous; thorax narrow, about .75 mm. in length anterior to
wings; abdomen narrow and tapering, sessile, rather broad at base,
its length a little over 4.5 mm., its width a very little over 1 mm.;
thorax same width as abdomen. Wings ample, clear, faintly reddish,
with a small ferruginous cloud in stigmatal region.

The following measurements are in microns: length of post-
marginal vein, about 640; length of stigmal vein, including knob,
256, without knob, 192; diameter of flagellum, 128; width of hind
femur, 352; length of hind tibia, about 1,120.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham).

This is fully as specialized as the modern genera.

Polistes kirbyanus n. sp.
Osmia kirbyana Heer MS: x

Stout bodied, with rather short abdomen, the basal two segments
of which are pallid and the other parts dark brown. Wings ample,
dusky. Length of body 13 mm., of wings about 11 mm.; first
discoidal cell almost 5.5 mm. long. Most of the venation of the
anterior wings can be made out, showing that it is nearly normal for
Polistes, except that the first t.c., instead of being straight, has a
double curve like the second. The third s.m. is much broader above
than the second. As in Polistes, the bm. goes basad of t.m.; the
second s.m. receives both recurrent nervures (the cell is very broad,
broader than in modern Polistes); the first discoidal cell is very
oblique at end; the marginal cell has an elongated triangular form.
The great width of the second s.m. and the long very oblique apical
end of the first discoidal agree better with Monobia (M. quadridens L.,
Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, W. W. Robbins; det. Rohwer)
than with Polistes. On the other hand, the third s.m. agrees with
Polistes, not with Monobia.

oT

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639

Miocene of Wangen, Baden; described from Heer’s type specimen
in the University Museum at Ziirich. Heer named a Polistes primi-
tiva from (ningen (Wangen), but as no description appeared, it
cannot be recognized.

It may be useful to add that Heer’s Vespa atavina from Moudon
is not the same species as his much earlier Vespa attavina from
Parschlug; Handlirsch treats them as identical, spelling the name
atavina.

Odynerus percontusus n. sp.

Length about 8 mm.; black, including legs; wings hyaline, the
nervures pallid, darker basally; length of anterior wing about 5 mm...
reaching at least to end of third abdominal segment; head and thorax
strongly but irregularly punctured; abdomen very ,broad at base,
second segment large, about 1.65 mm. long and 2.40 broad; apex of
stigma broad and obtuse, only moderately oblique; end of marginal
cell squarely (not obliquely) truncate; second s.m. not narrowed to
a point above.

The following measurements are in microns: basal nervure on first
discoidal, 1,472; first submarginal (s.m.) on first discoidal, 928;
first sm. on marginal, 528; second s.m. on marginal, 128; third s.m.
on marginal, 368; width of truncate end of marginal, about 128;
second s.m. on first discoidal, 192; distance between ends of recurrent
nervures on second s.m., 272; end of second r.n. to lower end of
second t.c., 80; lower side of third s.m., 448.

The general structure is essentially as in the living O. tuberculo-
cephalus Sauss. (Boulder, Colo., W. P. Cockerell; det. Rohwer);
but the abdomen is more as in O. capra Sauss. (Colorado Springs,
Colo., T. and W. Cockerell, at flowers of Ribes aurewm; det. Rohwer).
The measurements readily distinguish this from the other species
fossil at Florissant.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham).

Odynerus wilmatte n. sp. (Humenide).

Black, apparently with light bands on abdomen; length of head
and thorax 3 mm., of abdomen about 4.5 mm. in bent position, but
would be about 6.5 straightened out, of anterior wings 4.5 mm.;
first abdominal segment rather small, in lateral profile only about
1 mm. deep, whereas the abdomen in middle is fully 2 mm.; wings
dusky reddish, venation ordinary, marginal cell very narrowly
obliquely truncate at end; third t.c. arched inward; second s.m.
greatly narrowed above, receiving first rn. a little before middle

640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

and second very near end (very much nearer end than in the living
O. tuberculiceps, O. capra and O. parietum); second r.n. at right angles
to lower side of third s.m.

The following measurements are in microns: second s.m. on mar-
ginal cell, 64; third sm. on marginal, 256; lower side of marginal
beyond third s.m., 384; lower side of third s.m., 384; end of first
r.n. to end of second, 176.

Station 14, Miocene shales of Florissant (Wilmatte P. Cockerell).
Very easily known from other fossil (as well as living) species by the
remarkably short wings. It has also been examined by Mr. S. A.
Rohwer, who cannot find any reason for regarding it as a distinct
genus, notwithstanding its peculiar appearance. The anterior wings
reach only a little beyond end of second abdominal segment. The
wings, as preserved, are not longitudinally folded.

Palzovespa wilsoni n. sp. (Vespide).

@. Length about 15 mm., anterior wing about or hardly 9 mm.,
first discoidal cell 4 mm.; robust, head and thorax black, abdomen
paler, probably yellow in life, as also the legs; wings clear, veins
nearly colorless (costo-apical region lost); first discoidal cell slightly
oblique at end; second recurrent nervure ending more than twice
as far from first as from end of second s.m. ;

The following measurements are in microns: basal nervure on
first discoidal cell, 2,550; first discoidal on first submarginal cell,
1,760; first discoidal on second submarginal, 144; third discoidal on
second submarginal, 480; lower side of second s.m. beyond third
discoidal, 192; lower side of third discoidal 1,840; lower side of third
submarginal, 640; third discoidal on second discoidal, 512; outer
side of second discoidal below third discoidal, 288.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).
Named after the owner of the ranch where the fossils were collected,
who did everything in his power to aid the work. Nearest to P.
gillettei Ckll., but differing in the venation too much to be regarded
as a variation.

Andrena percontusa n. sp. (Andrenide).

2. Length 12 mm., anterior wing about 8 mm.; head and thorax
black, abdomen pale; antenne ferruginous; wings clear, venation
ferruginous; basal nervure falling short of the very oblique trans-
versomedial; stigma large; first rn. joining second s.m. near end.

The following measurements are in microns: depth of stigma, 320;
first s.m. on basal nervure, 368; lower side of first s.m., 1,040; second

EO

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641

s.m. on first discoidal cell, 480; second s.m. on third discoidal, 64;
lower side of third s.m., about 800; distance between lower end of
b.n. and upper end of t.m., 64.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).
Apparently a quite typical Andrena. It is easily known from A.
grandipes Ckll. and A. hypolitha Ckll. by the venation. The venation
is like that of A. sepulta Ckll. and A. clavula Ckll., but these are much
smaller species, and clavula is also separated by the form of the
abdomen.

Cladius petrinus n. sp. (Tenthredinide).

2. Length 7.5 mm., robust; antenne 3.65 mm. long, simple,
rather slender; width of head 1.85 mm.; head and posterior half of
thorax apparently black, rest of thorax and abdomen probably
reddish in life; wings clear, with very pale nervures; 4.25 mm. from
base of wing to middle of stigma. The end of the best wing is lost,
so that it is impossible to determine from it whether the marginal cell
has a cross-vein. The other wing is over the body and it is hard to
see the details, but the marginal nervure is sufficiently plain, and I
am confident that there is no cross-nervure. This accords with
Cladius, with which the rest of the wing closely agrees. The insect
runs in Rohwer’s table (Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Hist., XXIV, p. 521) to
20, and runs out on account of the character of the lanceolate cell.
If it had a marginal cross-nervure, it would run to Hemichroa eophila
Ckll., which is larger and otherwise different. There is no particular
resemblance to any more recently described species. Compared with
MacGillivray’s figure of Cladius pectinicornis, the anterior wing
differs as follows: first s.m. longer; second t.c. bowed inward; t.m.
much beyond middle of second part of lanceolate cell; end of second
rn. only a very short distance beyond second t.c. It agrees in the
sides of the first discoidal cell being not at all parallel, the long and
narrow second discoidal, the very short upper side of first discoidal,
ete. The separation of the two parts of the lanceolate cell by a single
(coalesced) nervure is very short indeed, only 128 microns.

The following measurements are in microns: length of first. sub-
marginal cell (s.m.), 240; second s.m. on marginal, 928; first discoidal
on first s.m., 288 (the thickness of the nervures explains the difference
from the inside measurement of first s.m.); second s.m. on first
discoidal, 432; second s.m. on third discoidal (not allowing for the
strong curve), 1,040; third s.m. on third discoidal, 96; third s.m.
from second r.n. to end (apparently, from the obscurely preserved
wing), 656; first discoidal on basal nervure, 1,200; lower end of basal

642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

nervure to upper end of the very oblique t.m., 640; first discoidal on

second discoidal, 704; first discoidal on third discoidal, 368; length

of t.m., 480; submedian cell on second part (beyond the interruption)

of lanceolate cell, 1,280; second discoidal on lanceolate (anal) cell,

768; lower side of second discoidal beyond lanceolate cell, 400.
Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham).

Eriocampa celata n. sp. (Tenthredinide).

Length 8 mm., abdomen 4, anterior wing 6 mm.: ferruginous, with
the head, posterior half of thorax and apex of abdomen apparently
black; legs ferruginous; anterior wings reddish hyaline, nervures
pallid; antenn ordinary, not clavate, width at about 1,600 microns
from base 208 microns; insect, as preserved, so like Cladius petrinus
that I assumed it to be the same until I examined the venation. The
venation appears to agree well with Hriocampa. In Rohwer’s table
the insect does not agree with Yriocampa because the first r.n. is not
parallel with the b.n., the upper end of the rn. being about 208
microns too far apicad; .but nearly the same thing is true of Z. ovata,
as figured by MacGillivray (Nortonella has the same feature, but is
otherwise quite different). Characteristic features of H. celala are
the oblique, gently arched cross-vein of marginal cell, which joins
the stigma 208 microns below the costa; the produced lower apical
corner of first s.m.; the two sides of first discoidal cell (on basal and
recurrent nervures) nearly equal; the second s.m. receiving only
one r.n.; the very narrow (112 microns) top of first discoidal cell.
The lanceolate cell is contracted? but not closed; the cross-nervure,
which ought to be present, is obliterated, but I think I can see the
stump of the upper end (this, however, is not positive).

The following measurements are in microns: first s.m. on marginal,
288; second s.m.on marginal (not allowing for curve), 800; end of second
t.c. to lower end of marginal cross-vein, 608; lower end of marginal
cross-vein to upper end of third t.c., 368; first s.m. diagonally, 448;
first. discoidal on first s.m., 480; first discoidal on second s.m., 416;
basal on first discoidal, 832; first discoidal on third, 800; lower end
of b.n. to upper end of t.m., 288 on one side, but 208 on opposite wing;
upper end of t.m. to lower end of first rn., 512. Known from the
Florissant species of Hriocampa by the colors and the venation—
e.g., from EH. synthetica, pristina and wheeleri by the measurements
of the first discoidal cell; from scudderi and bruesi by the compara-
tive measurements of the first two submarginals.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643

DIPTERA.

Protolomatia antiqua Cockerell (Bombyliide).

The reverse of the type has been found and shows some of the
details of the venation better than the original specimen. It shows,
in particular, that the upper basal corner of second submarginal cell
has a short accessory nervure pointing directly basad; consequently,
in my table in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX XIII, p. 233, the genus
runs straight to Alepidophora. The insect is, however, very distinct
from Alepidophora pealei in a variety of ways, such as the more
widely open first posterior cell, the quite different shape of the second
posterior, and the shape of the end of the marginal cell. The end
of the marginal cell in A. peale7 is like that of Paracosmus morrisoni,
whereas in P. antiqua it is as in Paracosmus insolens. In the original
account of A. pealez, it appears that the prefurea is practically obso-
lete, but a new study of the type shows that this is an error of inter-
pretation, owing to the condition of preservation; the preefurca is
actually 880 microns long in A. peale?, while the first basal cell on
the first submarginal is 2,240 microns.

In the reverse of P. antiqua the abdomen appears reddish, con-
spicuously lighter than the thorax; it is not banded like that of
A. pealei.

A new and much more complete set of measurements (in microns)
of P. antiqua is offered. Length of prefurea, 592; width (depth)
of marginal cell near end, 480; first submarginal on wing margin
(not allowing for curve), 850; squared basal end of second submargi-
nal, 272; second submarginal on first posterior, 1,184; first basal
on first submarginal, 1,472; first posterior on first submarginal,
1,280; length of anterior cross-vein, 288; discal cell on first basal,
1,360; discal on first posterior, 608; width (depth) of discal cell at
level of anterior cross-vein, 304; discal cell on second basal, 224;
first posterior on wing-margin, 304; second posterior on discal, 280;
second posterior on wing-margin, 800; second posterior on third,
992; third posterior on wing-margin, 720; fourth posterior on second
basal, 128; greatest width of anal cell, 352; anal on wing-margin,
400.

Geron (?) platysoma nu. sp. (Bombyliide).

Length about 10.5 mm.; thorax about 3 mm., the dorsum in
lateral profile flat for about 2mm.; length of wing, 7.5 mm.; abdomen
with dorsal region alternately banded dark and light, the dark twice
as broad as the light (as Becker figures for Heterotropus glaucus).

644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

Wings clear, with light ferruginous nervures; venation as in Geron
gibbosus, with anal cell closed well before wing-margin, but the
discal cell is produced apically above and the anterior cross-vein is
oblique; all the venational characters agree exactly with a Geron
from Colorado.

The following measurements are in microns: first submarginal
cell on wing margin, 608; length of preefurea, 400; first submarginal
cell on first posterior, 1,664; first submarginal on first basal, 1,456;
second submarginal on first posterior, about 1,920; first basal on
diseal, 1,184; first posterior on discal, 960; lower side of discal cell
(on third posterior), 1,392; discal on second basal, 192; third pos-
terior on second basal, 288.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham). The
venation absolutely agrees with that of certain species of Geron, but
the long, flattened thorax (perhaps partly distorted by pressure?)
is very unlike that genus. The antenne and proboscis cannot be
made out. I suppose that the ancestors of Geron got the venation
of the modern flies before they got the abbreviated form and humped
thorax. The fossil should probably constitute a distinct genus,
but it may provisionally remain in Geron, pending the discovery of
better preserved material.

Heteromyiella miocenica n. sp. (Helomyzide).

Length 5 mm., wing 4.5 mm.; head, thorax and legs black; abdo-
men reddish, with scattered coarse bristles; wings reddish hyaline,
without markings. Oral vibrisse*very large; anterior (or middle?)
tibia with straight spur and curved preapical
bristle. Venation normal; costa with many
very short black bristles (practically as in
Heteromyiella senilis = Heteromyza senilis
Scudder), but no long ones; auxiliary vein
distinet, complete and separate; anterior
cross-vein below end of first vein; first
posterior cell broadened in middle, the third vein distinctly arched
upward (as in Helomyza limbata);. second basal cell minute but
distinct, anal cell also distinct.

The following measurements are in microns: humeral cross-vein
to end of first vein, 1,520; end of auxiliary vein to end of first vein,
400; second vein from point below end of first vein to wing-margin,
1,920; submarginal cell on wing margin (not allowing for curve),
592; submarginal cell on first posterior, 2,080; width of first pos-
terior cell at level of end of discal, 448; first posterior on discal,

Heteromyiella miocenica.
End of tibia.

1914] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645

800; first posterior on second posterior, 1,120; discal cell on second
posterior, 544; second posterior on third posterior, 320; first basal
on discal, 1,250; second basal on discal, 112; anal on third posterior,
208.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham). It is
rather remarkable that the Heteromyiella type, with only short
brist_»s on the costa, should apparently (as shown by fossils from two
or three localities) have been prevalent in North America in Tertiary
times, whereas in the modern fauna it has given way to the genera
with long as well as short bristles.

Empis miocenica n. sp. (Empidide).

Length 5.5 mm., wing a little over 5.5, middle leg about 5; head
about 1 mm. long, beak evident, but its length cannot be ascertained.
Whole insect, as preserved, light ferruginous, the abdomen with
dusky bands; wings reddish, with a very dilute stigmatal cloud.
Only the upper part of the wing shows the venation clearly, but this
appears to be quite normal for the genus.

The following measurements are in microns: end of first vein from
base of wing, about 3,440; end of first vein to second (vertically) at
same level, 144; end of first vein to end of second, about 1,600;
separation of second and third veins from base of wing, about 1,120;
the two branches of third vein are about equally long (1,120), the
upper branch almost straight, with a very faint downward curve.
The auxiliary vein can be seen very close to the first, but extremely
weak and not reaching costa. .The hind femora are large and stout,
with a row of short, stiff, black spiniform bristles on the lower side.
The anterior legs are lost.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).
Considerably larger and more robust than £. florissantana, with the
head much smaller in proportion to the thorax.

Empis florissantana n. sp. (Empidide).

@. Length about 4.50 mm.; wings 3.25, hyaline, except for a brown
stigmatic cloud; middle legs about 4mm. Face not hairy; head in
lateral profile broad-oval; proboscis stout and stiff, much longer
than head; thoracic dorsum dark; venation ordinary; hind femur
reaching end of fifth abdominal segment.

The following measurements are jn microns: length of head, about
640; length of proboscis, about 1,040; anterior femur, about 1,040,
its tibia about the same; end of second vein to end of anterior branch
of third, 272; length of anterior branch of third, 320; length of

646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

posterior or inferior branch of third, 672; apical width of first posterior
cell, about 336; apical width of second posterior, about 320.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).
This appears to be a quite ordinary species of Hmpis. These are the
first Empidid to be described from Florissant.

Empis florissantana. Costo-apical region of wing.

Empis florissantana. Diseal cell and adjacent parts.

Plecia axeliana n. sp. (Bibionide).

2. Length about 8.5 inm., wing 9 mm.; thorax black. with the
mesothorax apparently red; abdomen banded dark and light, the
light bands wider than the dark; wings reddish hyaline, suffusedly
darker in costal region; head small, about 1.25 mm. diameter;
venation normal.

The following measurements are in microns: depth of marginal
cell at level of anterior cross-vein, 480; depth of submarginal cell at
level of end of second vein (so-called anterior branch of third), 480;
distance from end of second vein to end of third, about 1,760; dis-
tance in a straight line from base of marginal cell to separation of
second vein from third, 2,880; length of the rather oblique anterior
cross-vein, 272; lower end of anterior cross-vein to fork of fourth,
(02.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).
Much larger than P. melanderi Ckll. (co), with the abdomen quite
differently marked; but in view of the sexual dimorphism in this
family, it may be the female of melanderi. I have given it a name

eee

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647

derived from Professor Melander’s given name, to serve as an indica-
tion of this probability. It seems inadvisable to assume identity,
as it is improbable that it can be proved, and since the insects appear
different, it is desirable to know which is referred to in any particular
citation. When describing P. melanderi I remarked on the lengthen-
ing of the stem of the fourth vein, between the anterior cross-vein
and the fork. In P. plagiata Wied. (det. Knab) from Quirigua,
Guatemala (W. P. Cockerell), it is exactly as long (752 microns) as
in P.azeliana. P. plagiata, however, differs radically from P. axeliana
and melanderi in having the second vein (or upper branch of third)
directed vertically upward, so that it looks like a cross-vein.

Bibio wickhami n. sp. (Bibionide). =

2. Length about 12 mm.; wing 6.75; proboscis 2 mm.; hind
femur 3 mm.; second posterior cell slightly over 2.5 mm. long.
Head, thorax and legs black; abdomen dark brown, the sutures
colorless; wings clear, the costal region slightly brownish, veins pale
reddish. The stem of third vein, before the cross-vein (following the
usual interpretation), is 576 microns long, while the cross-vein is only
about 80. The cross-vein leaves the fourth at a slight angle, and is
in a straight line with the part of the third (2 + 3) beyond it, the
third being abruptly bent at the cross-vein. This is nearly as in the
living Bibio albipennis, but is very different from the F lorissant fossil
B. atavus, in which the stem of fourth before the cross-vein is only
about 320 microns, while the oblique cross-vein is about 1,040, being
almost as long as the stem of fourth vein between the cross-vein and
the fork (basal corner of second posterior cell).

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham).

Mycomya lithomendax n. sp. (Mycetophilide).

Length nearly 5.5 mm., abdomen 4, wing 4 mm.; anterior tibia
about 1.5 mm., its tarsus 2.5; microscopical measurements give the
following in microns: anterior tibia, 1,392; its basitarsus, 1,120;
length of antenne, 1,920. Dorsum of thorax and abdomen dark
brown, the abdominal sutures rather broadly pallid; tibize and farsi
brown, femora pallid; hind femora with a row of short black bristles
on under side; wings reddish hyaline, without markings. The
thorax (seen in lateral profile) is much more elevated or humped than
in M. cockerelli Joh. The venation nearly agrees with that of
M. cockerelli, but differs in some small details. The subcosta
(I follow Johannsen’s nomenclature) ends on thé costa as usual, its
upwardly directed end, beyond the cross-vein, is 128 (all measure-
ments in microns) long; the cross-vein to radius is 192 beyond base

648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Dec.,

of the small cell Ri, and is about the middle of that cell, which is
quite long, as in M. obliqua (Say). The apical end of cell R has its
upper face (above separation of lower branch of radius from radio-
medial cross-vein) 128 microns long, and the lower face (radio-medial
cross-vein) 192 and more oblique; this is almost as in M. maxima Joh.

Miocene shales of Florissant, Wilson Ranch (Wickham). Larger
than the fossil W. cockerelli, and differing in coloration, details of the
venation, and the proportions of the legs. It appears to be very close
to the living MW. mendax Joh., a species of the Pacific coast region.
Asilus wickhami n. sp. (Asilide).

Length 18.5 mm., of which 13.25 is abdomen; wings about 11 mm.;
middle femora 3 mm., hind femora 4. Antenne normal; the head
and thorax were apparently black, the abdomen paler, somewhat
darker dorsally than ventrally; legs without conspicuous bristles,
tarsi thick; wings clear, nervures ferruginous. Bristles on the legs
can be seen with the compound microscope, but they are pale or
reddish, not black as in most species, and so are easily overlooked.

As in A. peritulus Ckll., the veins at the end of the second basal
and fourth posterior cells form a cross; but in some other respects
the venation differs from that of A. peritulus as follows:

(1) Marginal cell not so narrow at end.

(2) Sides of second submarginal beyond base parallel until near
apex, when they gradually diverge; in A. peritulus the sides have a
gentle double curve. cA

(3) Second posterior cell broader at base.

(4) Anterior cross-vein about middle of discal cell; 7.e., 1,440 microns
from base and 1,330 from apex.

Wilson Ranch, Miocene shales of Florissant (H. F. Wickham).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649

The following annual reports were referred to the Publication
Committee:

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.
1914.

Ten meetings have been held during the year with an average
attendance of thirty.

Thirty-three papers have been presented for publication, as follows:

HK. G. Vanatta, 4; Henry A. Pilsbry and Amos Brown, 3; Henry
W. Fowler, 2; N. E. McIndoo, 2; Howard Crawley, 2; Henry Fox,
1; F. J. Keeley, 1; John H. Lowell, 1; Edward P. Poulton, 1;
Witmer Stone, 1; H. Newell Wardle, 1; Henry A. Pilsbry, 1; Charles
S. Boyer, 1; Albert M. Reese, 1; Roy Chapman Andrews, 1; Harold
Heath, 1; Phil and Nellie Rau, 1; D. N. Barringer, 1; Burnett
Smith, 1; Stanislas Meunier, 1; Joseph C. Thompson, 1; Charles P.
Alexander, 1; Nathan Banks, 1; T. D. A. Cockerell, 1; James
Chester Bradley ef al., 1.

Five of these communications were returned to the authors and two
await publication. The others have all appeared in the PROCEEDINGS.

Of the ProcrEpINGs 794 pages and 41 plates have been published.
413 pages, illustrated by 16 plates, have appeared of the TRANsac-
TIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL Society (Entomological
Section of the Academy). The Section has also issued 480 pages
and 18 plates of the EnromoLocicat News. 357 pages and 36 plates
have been added to the Manuat or ConcHoLoay by Dr. Pilsbry.
This is an increase of 480 pages and 17 plates over the total output
for last year.

Seven members and eleven correspondents have been elected.
The deaths of fifteen members and five correspondents have been
announced. Resignations of membership have been accepted from
William W. Keen, M.D., Edward Anthony Spitzka, M.D., and
C. Hartman Kuhn. Four members were dropped for non-payment
of dues.

A final report of the Centenary Celebration was read at the meeting
of December 2, 1913. A resolution expressive of the Academy’s
appreciation of the work of the Committee having charge of the
celebration was adopted and duly recorded in the published Pro-
CEEDINGS.

650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

George Vaux, Jr., was reappointed by the Council the Solicitor of
the Academy; Frank J. Keeley was also reappointed Curator of the
William 8. Vaux Collections, and Joseph Wileox Custodian of the
Isaac Lea Collections.

By authority of the Council, the securities of the Academy have
been transferred from the Trust Company of North America to the
Girard Trust Co.

The manuscript history of the Academy, prepared by the Record-
ing Secretary in connection with the Centenary proceedings and
accepted for publication in 1912, has been for some time ready for
the printer, but awaits the necessary appropriation for its issue in
proper form with desirable illustrations. The requisite amount is
believed to be $1800 for an edition of, say, 500 copies.

The Hayden Memorial medal was presented to Dr. Henry Fair-
field Osborn for his distinguished work in paleontology at a special
meeting held November 24. The presentation address was made
by the President and responded to by the recipient of the award.

The lectures delivered to the pupils of the Girls’ High School,
referred to in the last report, were continued with gratifying results
until April 15. During the current season so far two lectures of a
similar course have been delivered by Dr. Skinner, two by Dr.
Pilsbry, and one by Dr. Moore.

The regular course to the public was delivered on Monday evenings
from January 5 to April 27 as follows: Three by Dr. Witmer Stone,
on local bird life; one by Dr. B. Franklin Royer, on plagues, their
transmission and prevention; one by F. Herbert Snow, on dangers
of bad water; three by Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, on the scientifie ex-
plorers of America; three by Dr. Henry Skinner, on entomology;
three by Dr. Spencer Trotter, on anthropology; three by Dr. Witmer
Stone, on local wild flowers, substituting for Mr. Stewardson Brown,
who was unable because of illness to deliver his appointed course.

The Delaware Valley Naturalists’ Union, the Pennsylvania Library
Club, the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, the Philadelphia
Botanical Club and the Philadelphia County Medical Society have
held meetings in the Academy.

Epwarp J. Nouan, Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.
In the foreign relations of the Academy during the past year the
most noteworthy circumstance was the marked decrease in the

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 651

volume of incoming correspondence as a result of the diminished
activities of European scientific institutions since the outbreak of
the war.

Correspondents reported deceased during the year were Albert
Guenther, Carl Chun, Edward Suess, Frederick W. True, Theodore
Gill, August Weismann and Charles Sedgwick Minot. Those
elected were Edgar A. Mearns, Frank M. Chapman, Charles W.
Richmond, Edmund Heller, Gerrit $. Miller, Nathaniel Charles
Rothschild, Marie Curie, Charles T. Ramsden, Shibasaburo Kitasato,
Frank Dawson Adams and Alfred Werner.

While a large number of scientific congresses in which the Academy
was invited to take part had been scheduled for the year, all of those
of an international character were either abandoned or postponed.
In those cases in which the Academy was asked to express an opinion
upon the advisability of so domg, our vote was cast in favor of
postponement, as conditions in Europe seemed likely to preclude the
attendance of a representative body of foreign delegates. In cases
where delegates had been already appointed they were requested to
allow their names to stand as the representatives of the Academy
until the postponed meetings shall have convened. At the Atlanta
meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
held in the early part of the fiscal year, Dr. Henry Skinner and
Dr. Philip P. Calvert were the Academy’s delegates. Dr. John
Mason Clarke served as a delegate to the exercises inaugurating
John Huston Finley as President of the University of the State of
New York, and Professor J. G. Hidalgo was appointed to a like
position in connection with 150th anniversary of the National
Academy of Seiences and Arts of Barcelona.

As usual, a considerable number of requests for information were
replied to by the Corresponding Secretary or referred to other mem-
bers of the Academy staff. Statistics of the correspondence follow:

Communications received:

Acknowledging receipt of the Academy’s publications é econ wally:
Transmitting publications to the Academy............ é 67
Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies ee 6
Invitations to learned gatherings, celebrations, ete. a 15
Notices of deaths of scientific men.................. 16

Cireulars concerning the administration of scientific and educational
institutions, etc... ch ate 21
Photographs and biographies of correspondents. ; 11
Letters from correspondents... Se a : 18
INnScell sme ous ETLELS!.c..0.\..cccesbtesneesaestes cece , : icin censors 90
ET GUE IEE COVEY: cio kat, Siete te ete en RR en A on 398

43

652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Communications forwarded:

Acknowledging gifts to the library... Se pe te As. Phot tse 1,308
Requesting the supply of deficiencies.................. ce disateeh Sraeat es aA ES EE 134
Acknowledging gifts to the Museum Fe be hres, ea ace ee See 7

Acknowledging photographs and biogr aphies.... : Zeid earn ere 6
Letters of sympathy or congratulation, addresses, @tecs Nee eee . 10

Diplomas and notices of election of correspondents and delegates’ creden-

fialsieneee Ese wciveiee SOEs 23
Miscellaneous letters...... ene eatss 152
Annual reports and circulars sent to correspondents ni Mncsnddty «aunt Or eee 257

Total forwarded... See ie , : ; Slaten le gO5

Respoeenle submitted,
J. Percy Moors, Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.
1914.

The additions to the library since the last annual report amount
to 8,325. Of these 7,244 were pamphlets and continuations of
periodicals, 929 volumes and 152 maps.

They were received from the following sources:

Exchanges........ vcs, 8,727 American Iron and Steel Insti-
I. V. Williamson Fund.. .... 1,938 GUC. epee ee re 11
General Appropriation “a 827 Government of India........... 11
United States Department of Estacion Sismologica de Car-
Agriculture........ 8 096 GU Acs sere Se 9
Pennsylvania State ah ibrary 324 United States “Dep artment of
Authors : . 157+. Commerce and Labor.. 8
Editors leon DL id wart Ue N Olan eee tenon tae 8
J. A. Meigs Fund : . 111 Henry Skinner 8
United States Bureau of Educa- Publication Committee of the
tion 48 Academy ; 7
Connecticut State Libra ary 6 44 Argentine Government 7
Nebraska State Board of Agri- Michigan Fish Commission a
culture 31 Thoreau Museum of Natural
Imperial Department of Agricul- History........ 6
ture, British West Indies 28 Government of Costa Rica 5 6
T. B. Wilson Fund 23 Lowell Observatory 6
New York Agricultural Experi- Caleb J. Milne, Jr 6
ment Station 22 University of Tennessee 6
Pennsylvania Department of Trustees of the British Museum. 6
Health _ 21 Commission of Conservation,
Pennsylvania Department of Canada 5
Agriculture 20 Topographic and Geological Sur-
Sveriges Geologiska Under- vey of Pennsylvania 5
sokning 15 Michigan Geological and Bio-
University of Nebraska 15 logical Survey 5
United States Department of New Mexico College of Agri-
the Interior 13 culture 4
Pan-American Union 12 Geological Survey of India 4
International Institute of Agri- Department of Trade and Cus-
culture 11 toms, Australia 4

1914.]

Geological Survey of New Jersey
United States War Department..
Danish Government................. :
University of Wyoming
New Y ork State Board of Chari-

Illinois State Geologic al Survey.

Geological Survey of Alabama....
Albert I., Prince de Monaco........
French Government....................

nen
)
ciel
WwwWwi wit R

bo

Mimnes........

Rockefeller Sanitary Commis-

sion.. 2
Station Seismique ‘de Ire Calsse

d’Irkoutsk.. 2,
KX. Danske Videnskabernes Sel-

Biases asco se Bos hore 2
Charles Hedley. fates 2
J. G. Whiteman 2
Witmer Stone.......... 2
Washington Geological Surv vey. 2
lowa Geological Survey 2
Family of Dr. Constantine Her-

ing..
United States Brewers’ Asso-

CIADIONE. ee ete eee ee : 1
Geological Survey of Victoria...... 1
Det Kgl. Frederiks Universitet... 1
Chester County Historical So-

(OG In en. eae eer ee eee 1
Illinois Bureau of Labor Sta-

(HOST T pes anaes concer Be aa a 1
Pennsylvania Boresity. Associa-

tion... 1
Commission Polaire Interna-

{LGN | oe Aaeneatheateens ee eiool a Gore eeeee 1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Government of Formosa..............
Delaware Valley Ornithological

Joseph Willcox...
John M. Clarke

GerPeruees..<.
Pennsylvania Society..
Ontario Department ‘of “Agri-
culture.
Delaware County ‘Institute of

Hawai ceeraene Experiment
Dba POM etre eee wae
Geological Survey of Georgia......
Seismological Station Ier Ord-
nung, Ekaterinburg..................
Mrs. 8. L. Oberholtzer.....
JohniG#Brannerss see
Department of Fisheries, Ben-
gal, Bihar and Orissa..... ae
Henry A. Pilsbry... dete
North Dakota Agricultural Ex-
periment Station........0......0....
James A. G. Rehn....... :
Rice Institute of Liberal and
Technical raining...
Wisconsin Geological
Natural History Survey............
J. G. Vail. aa
Trustees of Amherst College.
George BY. Koanzs......cccccdecceececee
National Academy of Sciences...
Pennsylvania Water Supply
Commissions ee eee

These additions were distributed to the departments of the Library

as follows:

AU tem all Stee ce cspettaso-s 5,748
Agriculture... 1,062
Geology..... 411
IBYOUT ON Coppice eeeereereeneee 222
Geograp hy... 146
General Natural History. 108
Entomology... in 99
Anatomy and Phy siology. ace 95
Voyages and Travels... : : 70
@mnitGholopye cess. sc.css cccassenese: 59
PALE TTOPOUO Pyare eesere cae eeerecescaren es 44
Encyclopedias................ oe 40
MBM CH OVO Byer aes cece Sac cseceazeesSe2eee 28

Mammalogy...
Physical Sciences
Ichthyology.
Mineralogy...
Helminthology..
Bibliography .
Chemistry......
Mathematies..........
Herpetology......
Medicine..............
Philolop yet ett
Miscellaneous................

Among the more important general works secured 1 purchase are:

Falck, Mycologische Untersuchungen und Berichte, Heft 1.
Keibel, Normentafeln z. Entwicklungsgeschichte d. Wirbelthieren, 1911.
Krusenstern, Reise um die Welt, 1803-1806.

Linné, Genera Plantarum, Ed. 5, 1754.

654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Valmont de Bomaire, Dictionnaire Raisonnee Universel d’Histoire Naturelle,
Editions of 1768, 1768-69, 1776, and 1791.
Willkomm et Lange, Prodromus Flore Hispanic, 1861-1893.

The following additions have been made to the collection of
Journals and Periodicals:

Académie des Sciences, Paris, Proces-Verbaux, I-IV.

American Breeders’ Association, Reports, I, II, [V, VI-VIII.

American Breeders’ Magazine, I-IV.

American Journal of Botany, I, 1.

Archivio de Anatomia e de Antropologia, Nos. 1-2

Art and Archeology, I, 1.

Australian Zoologist, I, 1.

Beitrige zur Krystallographie und Mineralogie, I, 1, 2.

Bios. Rivista di Biologia Sperimentale e Generale, I—II, 1.

Brooklyn Botanical Garden, Bulletin; Circular; Contributions, I-III.

Bulletin des Neuesten und Wissenswiirdigsten aus der Naturwissenschaft, I-XV.

Canada Department of the Interior, Bulletin of Forestry Branch, 1912, 1913.

Connecticut State Board of Agriculture, Annual Reports, 1866, 1869, 1871, 1906,
1909, 1912.

Conseil Permanent International pour |’Exploration de la Mer. Rapports et
Proces-Verbaux, I-XX.

Contributions a la Faune-des Indes Néerlandaises, I, 1.

Copeia, Nos. 1-10.

Department of Agriculture, Trinidad, Circulars, Nos. 1-7, 10-16,

Department of Colonization, Mines and Fisheries, Quebec, Report on Mining
Operations, 1910, 1911, 1912. Preliminary Statement on Mineral Produe-
tion, 1913.

Durban Museum, Annals, I, 1.

Gardens (The) Bulletin, Singapore, I, 6, 7.

Geographisches Jahrbuch, I-XX XVI.

Hastings and Hast Sussex Naturalist, I, 4, 5, 6; II, 1, 2, 3.

Hastings and St. Leonards Natural History Society, Reports, 1910-1913.

Internationale Zeitschrift f. phy: sikalisch- chemische Biologie, I.

Journal of Heredity, V. »

Ix. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Institut. Ergebnisse aerologischer Beobacht-
ungen, No. 1.

Meddelelser om Danmarks Antropologi, I, IT, 1.

Mueller Botanie Society, Journal and Proceedings, J, 7-11.

Museo Nacional de Arqueologia, Historia y Etnologia, Anales, I, 13; III, 3, 6,
Tet Ss avis even eone

Museum des Neuesten und Wissenswiirdigsten aus dem Gebiete der Natur-
wissenschaft, I—XV.

Natural History and Science Society of Western Australia, Journal, III, 1, 2; IV.

Naturwissenschaftliches Museum der Stadt Crefeld, Mitteilungen, 1909, 1910,
1913.

Nebraska Academy of Sciences, Publications, I-VIIT.

Nebraska State Board of Agriculture, Transactions, 1879-1891, 1893-1913.

Petrographical Institute ‘‘Lithogzea,” "Publications, ae IV.

Seismological Society of America, Bulletin, I-III, IV, 3.

Seismische Station ler Ordnung, Eks aterinburg, Wo: ‘iahatahes Bulletin, I.

Sociedade Portuguesa de Sciencias Naturais, Memorias, I.

Societa di Mtnografia Italiana, Lares Bolletin, i Al, A eae

Société Zoologique de Geneve, Bulletin, I, I, Hh
Université de Jassy, Annales Scientifiques, Vil, 2.

University of Michigan, Occasional Papers of the Mii of Zoology, I, 1-4.
University of Minnesota, Contributions from Department of Anatomy, I, II.
Victoria Memorial Museum, Bulletin, I. -

Webbia, Raccolta di Scritti Botanici, I-III, IV, 1

West Australian Natural History Society, Journal, 1-6

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655

Zeitschrift f. angewandte Entomologie, I, 1, 2.
Zeitschrift f. Oologie, I-XV.

Zeitschrift f. Vulkanologie, I, 1, 2.

Zoologiska Bidrag fran Uppsala, I, I.

The decrease in the number of accessions as compared to the
growth of last year is partly owing to a curtailment of appropriations
and partly to the interference of the war with the publication and
transmission of foreign periodicals.

The issue of German journals, at first interrupted, has now been
resumed, and they, just at present, are being received with tolerable
regularity. Scarcely anything, except the Comptes Rendus of the
Academy of Sciences and the Society of Biology reaches us from
France, and these curtailed in size.- Needless to say, nothing has
come from Belgium since the invasion. The fine annual package
from the Catholic University of Louvain will probably never be
received again.

The amount at the disposal of the Library Committee has per-
mitted of the binding of only 218 volumes.

The Card Catalogue is being thoroughly revised by Mr. Fox and
information secured regarding incomplete sets, many of which,
it is found, are in their present condition because of the death of
the authors or the discontinuance of publication.

A proposition to amend the By-Laws so as to permit of the loaning
of books from the Library, on which adverse action had been taken
last year, was again referred to the Council and will probably be
reported on favorably. Final action on this and other propositions
will not be taken by the Academy until the third Tuesday in January.
They will be more particularly dealt with mn next year’s report.

The Librarian was granted leave of absence to attend the Inter-
national Exposition of Book Industries and the Graphic Arts in
Leipzig and subsequently the meeting of the British Library Associa-
tion at Oxford. On the breaking out of the war all idea of reaching
Leipzig had to be abandoned and news of the postponement of the
Oxford meeting soon followed. In the intermediate time between
the first mobilization of troops and the beginning of actual fighting
the journey from Milan to London was made with no disaster and
the minimum of inconvenience. Earlier and later efforts to make
the passage were much more serious matters.

During the Librarian’s absence the routine business of the library
was carried on with characteristic efficiency by his assistants, William
J. Fox and Furman §. Wilde, to whom he is glad to again make

deserved acknowledgment.
Epwarp J. Nouan, librarian.

656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

IV. REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The year just completed has been marked by important progress
in the arrangement and study of the collections and by the accession
of much valuable material.

The Museum has been visited by a large number of persons and
there has been a constant increase in the schools and classes which
have come, under the guidance of teachers, to study the collections.
Classes in sketching from the School of Industrial Art have made use
of the Museum every week during the winter months, and students
from the natural history department of the Girls’ High School have
studied the collections regularly throughout the school year. The
Department of Health of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has
continued to oecupy the quarters in the building allotted to it by the
Academy some years ago.

The movement of the centre of the city westward has been dis-
tinctly noticeable in the increased number of visitors to the Museum,
and the completion of the Parkway, which will pass the front of the
Academy, will have a still greater influence in this direction.

In the building, necessary repairs to the roof and heating plant
have been made during the year. The marble wainscoting in the
entrance hall has been moved out and backed by brick to form a
support for the larger Icthyosaurus fossils which have been mounted
thereon, adding greatly to the appearance of the hall.

A number of large palms in tubs, gift of Mrs. Curwin Stoddart,
Jr., have been placed in the entrance ‘halls and the mineralogical
room.

Seven plate-glass exhibition cases have been purchased during the
year, three for the mammal and four for the archzological hall, while
plate-glass frames have been provided for covering the large fossils
in the entrance hall.

Twenty-six metal-covered storage cases have been purchased for
the study series of mammals and shells, as well as 102 insect boxes
and 450 trays.

Mr. Clarence *B. Moore -conduéted two explorations among the
Indian burial mounds along the Tennessee River, adding some valua-
ble material to the Clarence B. Moore Collection in the Archeological
hall. While the results were not so rich as heretofore in the matter
of specimens, the information obtained is of the greatest importance.

Leave of absence was granted to several members of the Museum
staff during the year for the purpose of conducting collecting expedi-
tions in the field. Dr. Henry Skinner spent the month of February

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657

in Cuba as the guest of Mr. Charles T. Ramsden and collected ex-
tensively for the Academy, receiving valuable assistance from Mr.
Ramsden.

Dr. Witmer Stone spent two weeks in May collecting in central
South Carolina, while Mr. Stewardson Brown made another trip to
Bermuda. Both secured valuable material. Other members of the
staff carried on considerable local field work, which yielded valuable
results. Details of museum work and important accessions in the
various departments follow.

MAMMALS.

For the exhibition series the taxidermist, Mr. David McCadden,
has devoted considerable time to the mounting of a number of East
African Antelopes, a Giraffe and an African Forest Pig, collected by
Messrs. A. M. Collins and E. M. Scull. A very fine Buffalo bull,
obtaimed a few years ago from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia,
was also mounted for exhibition.

Some time was also devoted to the mounting of the skeleton of the
large fin-back Whale obtained at Ocean City, N. J., in 1891. This
specimen has been erected in the north hall of the Museum and
presents a very fine appearance. Mr. McCadden was assisted in
this work by Mr. Edw. W. Stiicke, whose services were secured for
part of the year.

Seventeen mammals were received from the Zoological Society
and have been variously prepared for mounting, skins, or osteological
specimens. Most important of these was a skeleton of the Indian
Elephant.

The entire mammalian osteological collection has been assembled
during the year in the mammal room on the fourth floor, where
metal-covered cases have been provided for its reception. As soon as
the collection is thoroughly rearranged it is thought that it will offer
as good facilities for the study of mammalian osteology as can be
found in any museum in America.

Mr. Childs Frick spent considerable time in the department
studying the Donaldson Smith collection in connection with his
report on the material obtained by him in Africa.

Mr. Vernon Bailey also visited the Museum for the purpose of
studying the series of Thomomys, and specimens have been loaned
for study to Dr. J. A. Allen, Messrs. R. C. Andrews, E. W. Nelson,
G. 8. Miller, Jr., and W. H. Osgood.

Dr. Witmer Stone made a critical study of the mammals collected

658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

by Mr. $8. N. Rhoads in Ecuador and prepared a report on them,
which has been published in the PRocEEDINGS.

Birbs.

Additions to the exhibition series consist of several local specimens
received from the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, a group of
Swallow-tailed Kites from Texas, presented by Mr. George B. Benners,
and a group of Heath Hens from Marthas Vineyard, the gift of
Mr. Frederick H. Kennard, which have been recently mounted.

A large series of beautifully mounted birds, mainly from Texas
and Pennsylvania, has been presented by Mr. Benners, which will
be substituted for less desirable specimens in the general exhibit just
as soon as cases can be secured for storing the duplicate material
that must be withdrawn from exhibition before this collection can
be rearranged.

The renovation of the study collection has continued without
interruption. Mr. D. E. Culver, student on the Jessup Fund, has
proceeded with the relaxing of the old unmounted specimens and
has completed all of the Tanagride, Icteridee, Ploceide, Dieruride,
Oriolide and Turdide. The fronts of the trays have been painted
with white enamel and all the cases and trays have been relabelled
and lined with sheet cotton, from the Psittacidse to the beginning of
the Passeres.

Dr. Stone has also rearranged the Pigeons and Birds of Prey and
has reidentified the entire Collection of Humming-birds.

The type specimens have likewise been relaxed and relabelled. A
number of specimens have been identified for the Zoological Society
and for correspondents, and a ecard catalogue of all new species of
birds described since 1911 has been compiled for use in the study room.

A valuable series of bird skins from Santa Marta, Colombia, was
received by purchase and a small number from West Africa.

Mr. Gregory M. Mathews spent two days at the Academy studying
the Gould types in connection with his great work on the birds of
Australia, and Prof. W. W. Cooke examined the collection for Texan
specimens. Many local students have also made use of the study
material, and specimens were loaned to Messrs. E. W. Nelson, Frank
M. Chapman, Harry C. Oberholser and Dr. E. A. Mearns.

REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.

Mr. Henry W. Fowler has looked after this department during
the year and has identified and prepared for preservation all the new

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659

material received, numbering several hundred specimens, of which
about 100 have been catalogued.

The stuffed reptiles of the old collection, as well as the reptilian
osteological material, have been gathered together in a room on the
fourth floor, where they are readily accessible. Specimens have
been loaned to Dr. L. Stejneger for study.

FISHES.

The ichthyological collection has also been under Mr. Fowler’s
care. He has examined the main alcoholic collection and prepared,
identified and labelled all the specimens obtained during the year,
cataloguing some 2,600 individuals. ° Numerous local trips that he
has taken have added large series of Pennsylvania and New Jersey
fishes to the collection.

He has also studied critically the large group of catfishes and
related forms contained in the Museum and has a report on them
now in preparation. Papers have been published on Greenland,
British Guianan, and local fishes in the Academy’s PROCEEDINGS.

Mo.uusks.

Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, special curator of this department, reports
that accessions have been received during the year from 69 persons
and institutions. No small part of his time, as well as that of Mr.
BK. G. Vanatta, has been taken up in determining specimens for
correspondents, and while this work is rendered freely by the
Academy, as a service it owes to the public, it is abundantly repaid
by the gifts of desired specimens.

Although no expeditions have been undertaken during the year
for this department, Messrs. Ferriss and Daniels have shared the
results of their summer’s collecting in Arizona, covering a district
not before worked for mollusks, and local collecting trips by members
of the Museum staff have added some valuable material.

Considerable progress has been made in determining and labelling
the Hawaiian material collected by Dr. Pilsbry in 1913; the assorting
of mixed lots having been completed, so that all species not yet
determined are available for convenient study. The study and
arrangement of the Achatinellide have been completed.

The series of American land shells and of land operculates have
been cleaned and catalogued by Miss Caroline: Ziegler, who has
also been occupied with assorting material received from various
sources.

660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Dr. Pilsbry has completed the publication of a monograph of the
Hawaiian tree snails, Achatinellide, together with a supplement
describing new material collected in 1913. The preparation of a
monograph of the family Tornatellinide, also largely Hawaiian, is
well advanced.

INSECTS.

Dr. Henry Skinner, head of the department of Entomology, reports
that he and Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., have rearranged the families
Gyrinide, Hydrophilidze and part of the Scarabeide among the
Coleoptera and the exotic and American Syntomidse, Uranidse and
the genus Catagramma among the Lepidoptera. Considerable time
has also been devoted to a study of over 8,000 Acalyptrate Diptera.

Dr. Horn’s types of Coleoptera in the families Throscidze, Mala-
chide, Cleride, Ptinide, Lucanide and Searabseide have been
located and numbered, as well as many of Grote’s types of Moths.

The local collection is being entirely rearranged in cabinets in the
Entomological rooms, where it is easily accessible and can be added
to from time to time. The arrangement of the Odonata, Orthoptera,
Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, and part of the Heterocera and Coleop-
tera has been completed.

In the Orthoptera Mr. J. A. G. Rehn has rearranged the Blattidee
and Dermaptera, the exotic Mantidz and a considerable portion of
the North American Tettigoniidze. He has been engaged more or
less regularly throughout the year, in conjunction with Mr. Morgan
Hebard, in studying the Orthoptera collected by them in the south-
eastern United States, together with material from the same area
loaned by Cornell University, the State of Georgia and individual
collectors. In this connection six genera were critically revised,
and papers on them are in press or in process of completion.

Mr. Rehn has also made considerable progress in the study of
Brazilian Orthoptera received from various sources and has started
upon the determination of African collections submitted by the
Berlin Museum and German National Entomological Museum,
from which the Academy will receive a duplicate series. A collec-
tion of Phasmidze from New Guinea, sent by the Royal Zoological
Society of Amsterdam, is to be worked up on the same terms.

Mr. Hebard, who has spent much time studying his private col-
lection, which is deposited at the Academy, has presented many
specimens originally in the Bruner collection and has continued to
maintain a preparator whose services have been given liberally to the

abi

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661

Academy in connection with the Orthoptera collection. Through
his liberality also, Mr. Rehn was enabled to accompany him to
Boston and Washington to study type material.

The Entomological department has received many valuable
accessions during the year. A series of 5,296 moths and other
insects, the collection of the late Charles 8. Welles, was presented by
Mrs. Welles, while Mr. C. C. Deam presented 892 Lepidoptera from
Florida and Guatemala. Dr. Witmer Stone collected 612 insects
in central South Carolina, and Dr. Skinner some 1,500 specimens
from eastern Cuba, one-third of which were Lepidoptera. Numerous
local specimens were also collected or presented.

Many specialists have availed themselves of the opportunity of
studying the collections, among whom were Messrs. A. N. Caudell,
W. T. Davis, Charles T. Ramsden, W. P. Comstock, F. E. Lutz,
R. A. Leussler, C. T. Alexander.

OTHER INVERTEBRATES.

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry has spent considerable time in the study of the
Cirripeds of the Academy and the National Museum Collections,
upon which he has prepared a report. With the addition of dupli-
cates from the National Museum received in return for this work,
the collection of the Academy is now believed to be the third in the
number of species represented.

Mr. Fowler has cared for most of the other alcoholic Crustacea
and lower invertebrates received during the year and has been
instrumental in securing a large number of local specimens, so that
the collection is now fairly representative of the local fauna. He
cleansed the entire series of local Arachnida and Myriapoda, placing
them in new vials, which were then arranged in large jars and flooded
with alcohol.

INVERTEBRATE Fosstus.

Mr. E. G. Vanatta has catalogued and labelled the collection of
British Crag Fossils. Little has been accomplished in the rearrange-
ment of the palzeozoic material which is badly in need of study.

The recent accessions have been studied, identified, and arranged
by Dr. Pilsbry, notably the Vickers-Oberholtzer Collection of Oeland
fossils and various small lots of tertiary and cretaceous. Dr. Amos
P. Brown has also continued, as opportunity arose, to render generous
assistance in this department. A fine group of siliceous sponges
from the Upper Devonian of New York has been presented by
Dr. John M. Clarke.

662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

VERTEBRATE Fossizs.

Much progress has been made in bringing the collections in this
department into order. Mr. J. A. G. Rehn has cleansed and cata-

logued the entire series of mammalian and avian remains and finished

the systematic arrangement of all the smaller specimens in trays
under the cases on the gallery of the north wing. Mr. Henry W.
Fowler has done the same for the fishes which are arranged in drawer
cases on the fourth floor. He has also catalogued the entire series
of reptiles. Dr. Stone has temporarily arranged the reptiles and
larger mammalian specimens in old eases in the north wing which
have been renovated for the purpose. This brings the material all
together, but new cases will be required before it can be systematically
displayed. Material has been loaned during the year to Drs. R. W.
Shufeldt and L. Hussakof.

HERBARIUM.

Mr. Stewardson Brown, who has had charge of the collections of
plants, was absent for nearly half the year on account of severe
illness, but the department was looked after by Messrs. 8. 5S. Van
Pelt and Bayard Long, who have generously devoted almost their
whole time to the care and development of the local collection of
plants.

The work in the general herbarium has been mainly devoted to
-aring for the numerous Accessions. Miss Ada Allen has continued
to do the mounting and Mr. Brown has labelled, catalogued and
distributed the sheets as well as identified many specimens for
correspondents.

Through an arrangement with the trustees of Lafayette College,
the herbarium of the late Dr. Thomas C. Porter has been deposited
in the Academy. It is conservatively estimated to contain 30,000
sheets of plants, among which is the series of the Pennsylvania flora
which served as the basis of Dr. Porter’s State list. The herbarium
of the late Charles 8. Williamson; containing some 10,000 sheets,
has been presented by his sister, Miss Williamson. Through the
assistance of Mrs. Beulah M. Rhoads and the Botanical Section, it
was possible to purchase the valuable collection of 1900 ferns and
fern allies made by Mr. W. A. Poyser, which adds greatly to the
completeness of this section of the Academy’s herbarium. The
Botanical Section also presented 800 sheets of California plants.
Dr. Witmer Stone collected 500 sheets in South Carolina and Mr.

ley.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663

Brown 200 in Bermuda; 1,300 others were received from various
donors. Messrs. Long and Van Pelt have voluntarily assumed care
of the local herbarium, and some 4,000 specimens were added during
the year. Mr. Van Pelt has devoted his time to poisoning and
mounting the material, while Mr. Long has done much local field
work, critically studied the material and identified and labelled it.

Dr. Stone spent some time in arranging and sorting the lower
orders, in the Porter herbarium preparatory to having the specimens
mounted.

Specimens have been loaned for scientific study to Messrs. K. K.
McKenzie, J. K. Small, Harold St. John, C. 8. Sargent and M. L.
Fernald.

MINERALS AND Rocks.

The Curator of the Wiliam $. Vaux Collections, Mr. F. J. Keeley,
reports that Mr. Samuel G. Gordon, a student on the Jessup Fund
during the year has completed the cataloguing of the minerals.
Thirteen additions have been made during the year. The collection
now numbers 8,193 specimens. The catalogue of the general Acad-
emy collection has also been brought up to date and comprises
8,508 entries. This collection has been rearranged by Mr. Gordon
in trays under the cases in the archeological hall, in accordance
with Dana’s classification (sixth edition), and is thus easily accessible
for study or consultation.

The local collection of minerals was thoroughly cleansed and
‘rearranged geographically. While lacking a number of local minerals,
it is good representative collection.

All the rocks stored in various parts of the north museum building
have been brought together and arranged in temporary cases of
drawers by Mr. Gordon, following Rosenbusch’s system, so that
they may be easily consulted.

ARCHHOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

In this department the materiai obtained by Mr. Clarence B.
Moore’s expeditions has been placed on exhibition under his direction.

Two cases were procured for the display of portions of the Wm. 8.
Vaux Collections, which have been withdrawn from exhibition for
several years, owing to changes in the hall during alterations.

Two other cases were installed for exhibiting portions of the
Pueblo pottery and basketry contained in the Gottschall Collection.
This collection, comprising about 5,000 specimens, was presented

664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

by Mr. A. H. Gottschall, of Harrisburg, Pa., who gathered it together
from 1871 to 1892. It forms an exceedingly valuable collection of
ethnographic and archeological material, which strengthens the
Academy’s department where it was weakest. The greater part
of the collection is still of necessity preserved in storage; but beside
the exhibit mentioned, Miss H. N. Wardle, who superintended the
packing and unpacking of the collection, has picked out, labelled
and: catalogued some 350 pieces of Eskimo and northwest coast
material. Miss Wardle has had to rearrange a large part of the
ethnographic exhibition to make room for these accessions.

A series of 89 European Stone Age artefacts found among the
Pourier Collections of fossils were turned over to Miss Wardle and
have been cleansed, catalogued and labelled.

Another valuable addition to the department has been a gift of
numerous pieces of basketry, etce., from Mrs. Curwin Stoddart.

WITMER STONE, Chairman.
SAMUEL G. Drxon, M.D.
Henry A. PILsBry.
Henry TUCKER.

REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS.

Many of the statements heretofore found in the reports of the
Sections are now included in the Curators’ Report.

BroLoGicaL AND MrcroscopicaL Section.—Eight stated meetings
have been held during the year.

The following communications were made:

Mr. F. J. Keeley described various species of diatoms, including
specimens he had collected in Florida.

Mr. T. C. Palmer, besides other communications, described
species of diatoms he had collected in Yellowstone Park.

Mr. Hugo Bilgram exhibited certain varieties of Myxomycetes,
which appeared to be new.

Mr. C. 8. Boyer exhibited a new species of Chetoceros, a descrip-
tion of which was published in the PRocEEDINGs.

Dr. T. 8S. Stewart exhibited various pathological slides.

Other communications were made by Messrs. 5. L. Schumo,
J. W. Palmer, W. H. Van Sickel, William B. Davis, and several
visitors.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Director ne. Bhai Dr. J. Cheston Morris.
Vice-Director ee ol -T. Chalkley Palmer.
CPEORUC Biers, Ce ~sounenennennharles 8. Boyer.
Corresponding SECT etanny a.) Silas L. Schumo.
Treasurer... hes Hmonsiannnnnd EC. Thomas §. Stewart.
Curator... ee F. J. Keeley.

CHARLEs S. Boyer,

Recorder.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SEcTION.—The regular monthly meetings have
been held during the year and communications of interest have
been made. The proceedings have been published in Enromo-
LoGicaL News and are therefore permanently recorded.

At a meeting held December 14th the following persons were
elected officers to serve for the coming year:

Director... Homer Dilip Laurent,

Viee-DireCtOn.ren scien, Henry W. Wenzel.
Treasurer... oun ldZra IT, Cresson.

Conservator : nmmnnooanndtenry Skinner,

CON EHAGY Reto Mt Te A. G. Rehn.

HCODT ey Mieed te entre ake -Henry Skinner.

Publication Committee... -E. T. Cresson and E. T. Cresson, Jr.

HENRY SKINNER,
Recorder.

Boranican SECTION.—Satisfactory progress has been made in the
mounting and distribution of specimens in the herbarium, notwith-
standing the absence of the Conservator, through illness, during the
first half of the year. Additions, which are enumerated in detail in
the report of the Curators, have agregated approximately 50,000
specimens, of which 2.700 were purchased. At the annual meeting
of the Section; held on November 25, the following officers were
elected to serve for the ensuing year:

LONE Ran a ee Benjamin H. Smith.
Vice-Director.. ~cnnitinunnnansnntd OSCPH Crawford.
WRCEOTOCT Ee 23 ee eee OLIVA Eckfeldt, M.D,
Treasurer and Conservator... F ... Stewardson Brown.

Respectfully submitted,
STEWARDSON Brown,
Conservator.

666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION.—The Section held four
meetings this year, with about the usual average attendance.

A communication was made by Dr. Florence Bascom on Kaolin,
and other communications on various subjects by different members.
At an additional meeting of the Section, in conjunction with the
Academy, on March 23, Miss Mary M. Vaux made a communication
on British Columbia Glaciers.

There were five field excursions, with an average attendance of
over fifteen. The parties visited: (1) The crystalline schists and
limestones between Alton and Glen Hall, in Chester County; (2)
The crystalline rocks and their minerals between Hockessin, Dela-
ware, and Kennett Square, Chester County, Pa.; (3) The eastern
graphite deposits of Chester County; (4) The erystalline rocks and
their minerals on the East Branch of the Brandywine, below Down-
ingtown, Chester County; (5) The gneiss and limestone near
Kennett Square and Avondale, Chester County.

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the
year 1915:

Director a aentiasttn censor Cll] ano y SnD yey yeaa
Vi0@-Dir Cb OP oceesccccces ; pore Hereiecleye
Recorder and Secretary cococcccc.c0..0- ws» L. Schumo.
CO SU Chee SANE tee ie William B. Davis.
Conservator... hee tate nba! George Vaux, Jr.
Respectfully submitted by order of the Section.
~. BENJAMIN Smita LyMAN,
"; Director.

ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.—The Section has continued to take an
* active interest in the development of Ornithology at the Academy.
The Pennsylvania Audubon Society and Delaware Valley Ornitho-
logical Club have been encouraged to hold their meetings at the
Academy, and many persons interested in bird study have thus
been brought into closer relation with it. A

At the annual meeting of the Section the following officers were
chosen for the ensuing year:

Director a ...opencer Trotter.
Vice-Director cea George Spencer Morris.
Recorder... ; Stewardson Brown,
Secretary , etn William A. Shryock.
Treasurer and Conservator Witmer Stone.

Respectfully submitted,
WITMER STONE,
Conservator.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667

The annual election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the
Committee on Accounts was held December 15, with the following
result:

PRESIDENT acces ecncceentene WAMUel G, Dixon, M.D., LL.D.
VIcE-PRESIDENTS........................#dwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Se.D.,
John Cadwalader, A.M.
RECORDING SECRETARY............... Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY..J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.
TREASURER............ adnate COLLEY AURen IT
JOT BRARTAN occasion edward J. Nolan, M.D:
CURATORB.......... joann NaMUel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D.,
Witmer Stone, A.M.,Sc.D.,
Henry Tucker, M.D.
COUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE
MAHAR Ste, nha eee SHALES beh ennose Viel)» hus
Charles Morris,
Spencer Trotter, M.D.,
William E. Hughes, M.D.
CoMMITTEE ON AccouUNTS......... Charles Morris,
Samuel N. Rhoads,
John G. Rothermel,
Thomas 8. Stewart, M.D.,
Walter Horstman.

COUNCIL FOR 1915.

Ex-Officio—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin,
Ph.D., John Cadwalader, A.M., Edward J. Nolan, M.D.,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry,
Se.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Se.D., Henry Tucker, M.D.

To serve three’ years——Charles B. Penrose, M.D., LL.D., Ph.D.,
Charles Morris, Spencer Trotter, M.D., William E. Hughes, M.D.

To serve two years.—Edwin 8. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D., Se.D.,
Robert G. LeConte, M.D., George Spencer Morris.

To serve one year.—Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
Frank J. Keeley, Thomas G. Ashton, M.D.

SOLICITOR OF THE ACADEMY... George Vaux, Jr.
CURATOR OF MOLLUSCA.... ccc Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D.
44

668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

CuRATOR OF WILLIAM 8S. Vaux CoL-

LECTION S See sree ce Oe Frank J. Keeley.
CusTopIAN oF Isaac LEA CoLuecTioNn.... Joseph Willcox.
ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN....cscccsecocscnancnnanenen William J. Fox.
ASSISTANTS TO CURATORS ....0cc.cccccoeccnenLdenry Skinner, M.D., Se.D.,

Stewardson Brown,

J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,
James A. G. Rehn,
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.,
Harriet Newell Wardle.

ASSISTANT IN LIBRARY... cecceeensseeee urman Sheppard Wilde.
ATD IN HI RBARTUNDS a tenn eee AC aA ens
TACIMET MASE Le crccecesceeere ida Davids Vie vic@adden:

SATULONS orn eee eee Oanlesd Clapper
Daniel Heckler,
James Tague,
Jacob Aebley,
Adam E. Heckler.

STANDING COMMITTEES.

Finance.—John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin 8. Dixon, Effingham B.
Morris, William D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.

Pusiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Se.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Wiliam J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Liprary.—George Vaux, Jr., Henry Tucker, M.D., Frank J. Keeley,
Thomas Biddle, M.D., Witmer Stone, Se.D.

INSTRUCTION AND LecturEs.—Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Charles
Morris, Henry Tucker, M.D., George Spencer Morris, and
Stewardson Brown.

ELECTIONS IN 1914.

~ Members.
January 20.—Arthur Howell Napier.
February 17.—Joseph McFarland, M.D.
April 21.—John S. Sharpe, M.D., Arthur W. Sheafer, William T.

Davis.

May 19.—Thomas L. Fansler.
November 17.—A. H. Gottschall.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669

CORRESPONDENTS.

April 21.—Shibasaburo Kitasato, of Tokyo; Charles T. Ramsden,
of Guantanamo, Cuba; Marie Curie, of Paris; N. Olincies
Rothschild, of ondone Gerritt S. Miller, of Washington;
Edmund Heller, of Washington Charles W. Richmond, of
Washington; Frank M. Chapman, of NS York; Edgar A.
Mearns, of Washington.

November 17.—Alfred W erner, of Zurich; Frank Dawson Adams, of
Montreal.

670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
1914.
MamMats.

Dr. P. P. Catvert. One Star-nosed Mole (Condylura cristata).

Tuomas T. Firrx. Skeleton of Beaver (Castor canadensis).

H. T. Gavsratrx (on deposit). Mounted skeleton of Manatee (T'richechus
americanus), Point Isabel, Tex.

Miss Auprey Kane. Skin of American Beaver (Castor canadensis).

Henry A. McGraw. Skin of Fox Squirrel (Sctwrus ludovicianus limitis),
Bedford County, Pa.

New York Aquarium. Skeleton of Bottle-nosed Dolphin (Tursiops trun-
catus), Cape Hatteras, N. C. A

PurcHasep. Skeleton of Bottle-nosed Dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), Whale
Beach, N. J.

Cuas. T. RAMSDEN. Two specimens each of Capromys pilorides and C. mela-
nura, skins and skulls, Guantanamo, Cuba.

Dr. R. W. SHurevpr. Disarticulated skeletons of Cynocephalus philip-
pinensis and Procyon lotor.

ZootocicaL Society or PumapEtpxt1a. Mounted: Albinistic Porcupine
(EBrethizon dorsatum). Prepared as skin and skull: Toque Macaque (Macacus
pileatus); two Northwestern Martens (Mustela atrata caurina); Wild Cat (Lynx
ruffus subsp.) ; Japanese Bear (Ursus japonicus) ;, Coney (Procavia sp.); Antilopine
Kangaroo (Macropus antilopinus). Prepared as skin: Young Mahol’s Galago
(Galago maholi); Red Coati (Nasua rufa); very young Warthog (Phacocherus sp.)-
Prepared as skeleton: Ocelot (Felis pardalis); European Wolf (Canis lupus);
Cape Hunting Dog (Lycaon pictus); Wolverene (Gulo luscus); European Badger
(Meles meles). Prepared as skull: two Barbary Apes (Macacus innuus); Ocelot
(Felis pardalis); Jackal (Canis sp.).

Brrps.

H. H. Burron. King Rail (Rallus elegans), Tullytown, Pa.

Grorce B. Benners. The Benners’ collection of mounted birds consisting
of 38 groups and 280 individual specimens.

Dr. P. P. Catvert. Two mounted birds.

Epwin J. Carr. Skin of Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), Panther, Pa.

Epw. N. Fox. Least Tern (Sterna antillarum), Sea Isle City, N. J.

E. W. Manperson. Mounted Snowy Owl (Nyctea nyctea).

ORNITHOLOGICAL SecTION. 150 skins of Colombian birds.

Wituiam Pack. Two Little Blue Herons (Florida carulea), Cape May
County, N. J.

Roy I. Puimures. Abnormal Chicken (four legs).

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671

Purcuasep. Skull of Great Auk (Plautus impennis), skins of eight Geese
and two Yellow-billed Magpies, California ; 66 skins of West African birds ; 500
skins of Colombian birds; skin of Tetraogallus altaicus.

J.S. Quick. Skin of Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), Delaware County, Pa.

Mrs. J. Samnz. Nest of Bolivian Ovenbird (Furnarius sp.).

Dr. R. W. SHuretptr. Disarticulated skeleton of Agriocharis ocellata.

ArcuHicLtaus P. Wiutetts. Nest and eggs of Prairie Warbler (Dendroica dis-
color) ; skins Of Shoveller Duck (Spatula clypeata) and Short-eared Owl (Asio
accipitrinus), Tuckerton, N. J.

ZooutoeicaAL Socrery or PuinaApeLpHtA. Impeyan Pheasant; two Goura
Pigeons; one Penguin.

REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS.

Mrs. W. Lupwia Baker. Shell of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta caretta);
tray of reptile fragments, Osprey, Fla. ;

O. F. Baynarp. Collection of reptiles, Clearwater, Fla.

H. H. Burton. Bottle of Newts (Diemictylus viridescens), Somerset County,
N. J.

Detos E. Cutver. Pickerel Frog (Rana palustris), Addingham, Pa.; Toad
(Bufo americanus), Addingham, Pa.

Wiwiram J. Fox. Tiger Salamander (Ambystoma tigrinwm), Ocean View, N. J.

J. H. Ferriss. Horned Toad (Phrynosoma), Clifton, Ariz.

Morean Hesarp. Wood Frog (Rana sylvatica), New Jersey; Marbled
Salamander (Ambystoma opacum), Green Spring, N. J.

J.T. Hotman. Young Coluber constrictor, West Creek, N. J.

Puitip Laurent. Two small snakes taken from an American Bittern, Phil-
adelphia ‘‘ Neck.”’

Cuartes Levey. Red Salamander (Spelerpes ruber), Delaware County, Pa.

Bayarp Lona. Two young Mud Turtles (Sternotherus odoratus), Moorestown,
N. J.

Samuet Mason, Jr. Timber Rattler (Crotalus horridus), Stoddartsville, Pa.

H. L. Marner. Two Salamanders, Peters Creek, Pa.; lot of Amphibians,
Melbourne, Ont.

E. S. Marrern. Two Swamp Tree-toads (Pseudacris triseriatus), Carbon
County, Pa.

PHILADELPHIA AQuarium. Shell of Snapping-turtle (Chelydra serpentina),
Lake Copake, N. Y.; (Aspidonectes spinifer), Lake Erie.

C. T. Ramspen. Small collection of reptiles and amphibians, Cuba.

Dr. J. W. Ross. Collection of reptiles, north coast of Cuba.

Dr. Witmer Stone. Collection of reptiles and amphibians, Manning, S. C.

R. W. Weurte. Collection of amphibians, Huntingdon County, Pa.

ZooLocicaL DePpARTMENT OF Princeton University. Collection of reptiles.
Kgypt.

FISHES.

R. M. Aszorr. Two jars of fishes, Trinidad and St. Vincent, W. I.

C.S. Asgorr, Jr. Jar of fishes, Hamilton, Bermuda. .

Frep Apams. Lizard Fish (Synodus fetens), Beesley’s Point, N. J.

Dr. L. H. Apter. Mounted specimen of Trout.

O. F. Baynarp. Collection of fishes, Clearwater, Fla.

672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

H. L. Burton. Four lots of fishes, Connecticut and Pennsylvania.

H. H. Burton and H. W. Fowter. Six lots of fishes, Delaware River tribu-
taries in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

C. F. Dersy. Small collection of fishes, Brazil.

Witiram Duncan. Hammer-head Shark (Sphyrna zygena), Sea Isle City,
INGE

C. H. Ercpnman. Ten fresh-water fishes, South America.

H. W. Fowuer. Jar of fishes, Swan Creek, Md.; jar of fishes, Hackensack
River basin, N. J.; bottle of small fishes, Penns Manor, Pa.; three jars of
fishes, Perry and Cumberland Counties, Pa.; Larval lamprey (Petromyzon),
Bristol, Pa.

E. N. Fox. Sea Robin (Prionotus evolans), Sea Isle City, N. J.

WitiraM J. Fox. Several lots of fishes, comprising individuals of the genera
Echeneis, Bairdiella, Orthopristis and Trachinotus, Sea Isle City, N. J.; Young
Crevallé (Caranxz sp.), File Fish (Stephanolepis hispidus) and deformed eel
(Anguilla chrisypa), Corsons Inlet, N. J.

W. L. HartsHorne. Jar of fishes, Pompton River, N. J.

C. J. Hunr. Three fishes, Lake Wawasee, Ind. ,

W. T. Innes. Jar of fishes, Atlantie City, N. J.

F. J. Keevtry. One bottle of fishes, Hawks Park, Fla.

Bayarp Lona. Four lots of fishes, New Jersey.

Davin McCappen. Ophichthys ocellatus, Florida; Alutera schepfii, Ocean
City, N. J.

H. L. Maruer. One stone catfish (Schilbeodes), Peter’s Creek, Pa.; three
bottles of fishes, Montgomery County, Pa.

H. L. Maruer and H. W. Fowier. Small collection of fishes, Bohemia River,
Md.

PuHILADELPHIA AQUARIUM. Sunapee Trout (Salvelinus aureolus); Mud-shad
(Dorosoma cepedianum), Schuylkill River; Trout (Salvelinus sp.).

Dr. R. J. Putures. Two collections of fishés, Corsons Inlet, N. J.

Dr. R. J. Potures and H. W. Fowuier. Jar of fishes from reservoir at Wil-
mington, Del.

Jutian Porrer and Detos E. Cunver. Jar of fishes, Delaware County, Pa.

Dr. BensamMrn SHARP. Burr fish (Chilomycterus schepfi), Nantucket, Mass.

Dr. Burnerr Smite. Two Whitefish (Leucichthys osmerinus), Skaneateles
Lake, N. Y., and Canadian side of Lake Ontario.

Dr. Wirmer Stone. Collection of fishes, Manning, 8. C.

R. W. Weurie. Collection of fishes, Huntingdon County, Pa.

ZooLoGicaL DEPARTMENT OF PriNcETON University. Can of fishes, Egypt.

ReEcENT Mo.uusca.

Jacop AgBLty. Chama macerophylla Gmel. and Planorbis corneus L.
BENJAMIN ALBERTSON. Four marine shells from Nantucket, Mass.

Joun A. ALLEN. LHighteen species of mollusks from Tahiti, Oregon, and Ohio.
Dr. Frep Baker. Three species of land shells from Brazil.

Mrs. W. Lupwic Baker. Light species of marine shells.

KE. B. Bartram. One tray of Ancylus from Belvidere, Pa.

S. S. Berry. Two species of Physa from Bear Lake, Cal.

E. Berner. Pisidium huachucanum P. and F. from Newcomb, Colo.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673

Caro.ineE Borce. One tray of Epitonium.

Dr. Amos P. Brown. Sixty-eight trays of shells from Antigua, W. I.

H. H. Burron. Eighteen species of shells from Canada and Pennsylvania.

H. H. Burton and H. W. Fowier. Three fresh-water shells from Pennsyl-
vania.

H. F. Carpenter. Four species of land and marine shells.

C. E. CLacuorn. One species of Cassis and Melania.

Gro. H. Cuapp. Seven land shells from Florida, Georgia, and Pennsylvania.

T. D. A. Cockerety. Oreohelix cooperi minor Ckll. from Boulder, Colo.

Dr. C. M. Cooxe. Forty-seven trays of Hawaiian land shells.

Etia C. Cornett. Twenty-two trays of land and fresh-water shells from
near Wilmington, Del.

Detos E. Cutver. Seven species of land and fresh-water shells from Delaware
County, Pa. :

L. E. Dantexs. Seventeen land mollusks from Indiana and Montana.

Jas. M. De Laney. Valvata tricarinata Say from Rochester, N. Y.

J. 8S. Emerson, Achatinella apexfulva Dixon from south side of Opaeula,
Oahu, H. I.

J. H. Ferriss. Two hundred and five trays of land shells from Arizona.

H. W. Fowter. Sixty-five trays of land and fresh-water mollusks from
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland.

L. S. Frierson. Two species of Lampsilis from Cutter, Ark.

Geo. M. GREENE. Gastrodonta swppressa Say from East Falls Church, Va.

H. A. GREENE. Goniobasis and Polygyra from Tryon, N. C.

Joun M. Govutp. Solemya borealis T. from Portland, Me.

L. E. Grirrry, Corbicula manillensis Ph. from reservoir in Manila, P. I.

E. E. Hann. Pisidiwm huachucanum P. and F. from Evergreen, Colo.

Hawaan Expepirion or 1913. One hundred and twenty-five trays of land
shells. ;

Morcan Hesarp. Five land shells from Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and
Texas.

H. Hempuiny. Crepidula plana Say from Sarasota Bay, Fla.

Junius HeNpERSON. Three land and fresh-water shells from Arizona and
Colorado. ;

H. C. Hiaetns. Four Unio from the Blackstone River, Mass.

PurcHasep. Sixty-one trays of shells from Guatemala. Collection of East
Indian shells; small collection from Santa Marta, Colombia.

H. von Inerinc. Two species of land and fresh-water shells from South
America.

Cuas. E. JeENNey. Eleven species of shells from California.

F. J. Keevey. Physa and Janthina from Florida.

Bayarp Lone. Ninety-eight trays of shelis from Massachusetts, New Jersey,
and Pennsylvania.

H. N. Lowe. I[schnochiton acrior Cpr. from Cedros Island, Cal.

Miss Epita M. Marsie. Actinobolus flammeus Mich.

J. E. Mason. Two red specimens of Littorina littorea L. from Bridgeton,
Scotland. s

H. L. Marner and H. W. Fowier. Five fresh-water shells from Montgomery
County, Pa.

674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

W. G. Mazicx. Thirty-nine trays of mollusks from the eastern United
States.

Dr. D. G. Merueny. Helix hortensis Mull. from Yarmouth, N. 8.

F. I. Meyer and H. W. Fowimr. Valvata bicarinata normalis Wr. from
Bethlehem, Pa.

G. W. H. Meyer. Four marine shells.

Dr. H. E. Meyer. Four species of marine mollusks.

Crarence B. Moore. Forty-six trays of shells from the southeastern United
States.

A. Ousson. Polita rhoadsi Pils., from the foothills South Adirondacks, Fulton
County, N. Y.

C. R. Orcurr. Eleven speceis of land and fresh-water shells from Laredo,
Tex.

W.H. Over. One hundred and fifty-five trays of shells from South Dakota.

A. F. Pearse. Littorina littorea L. from Nahant, Mass.

F. W. Penney. One Ancylus from Chester County, Pa.

Dr. R. J. Puriuies and H. W. Fowier. Three species of fresh-water shells
from White Clay Creek, Pa.

Cuas. T. Ramspen. Eight species of Cuban land shells.

J. Rrvcure, Jr. Two specimens of Callochiton levis Mont.

S. Raymonp Roserts. Petricola dactylus Sby. from New Bedford, Mass.

A. D. Roserrson. Sixty-one trays of fresh-water shells from Lake Huron
Can.

Miss Ronautpson. Two species of marine shells.

Russert Rosenrerr. Polynices ampla Phil.

Dr. J. W. Ross. One hundred and nine trays of land and marine shells from
Varadero Park, Cuba.

H. E. Sarcent. Nine Pectens from Florida.

Mrs. B.S. Sayres. Hight species of marine and fresh-water shells.

Mrs. C. Scuarrpr. Two'marine shells. fo

Dr. B. SHare. Chetopleura and Pleurobranchus from Nantucket, Mass.

Luioyp B. Smirxa. Thirteen marine shells. .

R. K. Smirn and W. F. Crapr. Twelve species of fresh-water shells from
Massachusetts.

IRWIN SpaLpING. Twenty-seven trays of Hawaiian shells.

BE. Srrvenson and H. L. Marner. Six fresh-water shells from Melbourne,
Can.

Wirmer Stone. Thirteen trays of land and fresh-water shells from South
Carolina and Pennsylvania.

D. THAANUM. Sixty-nine trays of Hawaiian shells.

Untversity oF Wisconsin. Eleven trays of Partulina from Molokai, H. I.

BE. G. Vanarra. Nine species of mollusks from Bermuda and Pennsylvania.

Bryant Waker. Four trays of land shells from Guadeloupe.

J. B. Warrers and Bayarp Lona. Five species of land shells from Phil-
adelphia, Pa.

W. F. Wess. Twenty-two species of marine shells.

R.W. Weurwe. Eleven trays of land and fresh-water shells from near Indiana,
PA:

R. Wexurneron. Oreohelix cooperi Binn from Big Snowy Mountains, Mont.

Arcuictaus P. Witurrrs. One Loligo from Anglesea, N. J.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675

INSECTS.

American Museum or Narurat History. Four earwigs, Mexico; three
Orthoptera, Central and South America.

Witu1am Beurenmuiier. Four Rhodites californicus (paratypes), California.

J. C. Braptey. Four Orchelimum, two Conocephalus; three Belocephalus;
fourteen Truxaline, nineteen other Orthoptera, Georgia.

P. P. Catverr. Eleven micro-slides of insects and Arachnids, North America.

E. R. Casry. Twelve Blatta orientalis, thirty-one Lachnosterna, Philadelphia.

HELEN CLELAND. Hadenecus puteanus, Pennsylvania.

Devos Cutver. Eight insects, Pennsylvania.

V. A. E. Darckr. Four moths, Pennsylvania; two Coleoptera.

W. T. Davis. One hundred and ten Orthoptera, Florida; seven Orchelimum,
Pennsylvania and Florida; six Orthoptera, Florida and Pennsylvania; Belo-
cephalus sleighti (paratypes).

Cuartes C. Dram. Two hundred and seventy-seven Lepidoptera, United
States; six hundred and fifteen Lepidoptera, Guatemala.

H. W. Fowrer. Three Gryllotalpa, Maryland; twenty insects, Pennsylvania.

J. M. Geppes. One hundred Lepidoptera and Odonata, South America and
West Indies.

Grorce M. Greene. Highteen Coleoptera, United States.

Groraia Stare CoLiece. Thirty Orthoptera, Georgia; four Conocephalus,
Georgia; eighteen Truzxaline, Georgia; four Tettigine, Georgia.

E. N. Harvey. Three Ornithoptera aruana, Torres Strait.

MorGan Hesarp. Forty-seven Hymenoptera, Kyoto, Japan; twenty-five
Lepidoptera, West Indies and Florida; one thousand one hundred and fifteen
Orthoptera, South, Central and North America; ninety-five Conocephalus;
forty-three Neoconocephalus, North America; thirty-two Amblycorypha; sixty
Tettigine, United States; seven Truxaline, eastern United States; two Belo-
cephalus, Florida; twenty-three Orthoptera, United States; forty-two Orthop-
tera, Mexico and Central America; fifty-six Orthoptera, North America; one
hundred and eighty-nine Conocephalus, North America; one hundred and eighty-
three Orchelimum, Pennsylvania and New Jersey; one hundred and seven Neo-
conocephalus, North America.

Morean Heparp and J. A. G. Ren. Twenty-eight Teltigine, Pennsylvania;
sixty-seven Orchelimuwm, Pennsylvania and New Jersey; one Neoconocephalus,
New Jersey; sixty-four Conocephalus, New Jersey; one Cicada superba, Kerr-
ville, Tex.; thirty-six Orthoptera, North America.

Herman Hornic. Five larve, Philadelphia.

F. M. Jones. Two Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania.

Puitip Laurent. Nine Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania; two Hemileuca maia,
New Jersey.

R. A. Levsster. Eight butterflies, Nebraska.

Cartos Lizmr. Forty-two Orthoptera, Argentina.

Bayarp Lone. One Orthoptera; five Conocephalus, Pennsylvania; nine
Tettigine, Eastern United States; four Neoconocephalus, New Jersey.

W. J. MacCresson. One Balaninus, Philadelphia.

Museum oF ComparRATIvVE Zootocy. One Orchelimum, New Hampshire.

Epwarp J. Novan. One Agrotid moth, Philadelphia.

676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

PENNSYLVANIA STATE DEPARTMENT OF ZooLoGy. Four Conocephalus, Penn-
sylvania; four Orthoptera, North America; four Teltiginew, Pennsylvania.

C. T. Ramspen. Four Sphingidse; four Lepidoptera, Cuba.

J. A. G. Renn. Eight Orthoptera, North America; fifteen Neoconocephalus,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Henry Skinner and C. T. Ramspen. Four hundred and thirty-five Lepi-
doptera, Cuba.

Henry SKINNER. Twenty butterflies, California; nineteen Odonata, Cuba;
four Callosamia angulifera, Pennsylvania; one thousand insects, Cuba.

E. A. Smrra. Three Hymenoptera, one Hemipteron, eleven Coleoptera,
Brazil.

Wirmer Stone. Four Lepidoptera, seventy Neuroptera, one hundred and
fifty Coleoptera, one hundred and thirty-two Diptera, one hundred and fifteen
Hemiptera, sixty-four Hymenoptera, eighty-one Orthoptera, South Carolina.

University or Kansas. Eleven Melanoplus, Kansas.

F. W. Uricw. One Parutropes phalerata, Trinidad.

Unitep States Nationan Museum. Eight Orthoptera, North and South
America. ‘

Mrs. C. 8. Wettes. Five thousand two hundred and ninety-six insects,
United States. }

F. X. Witutams. Hornia gigantea, Kansas.

R. C. Witurams. Two Pamphila woodgatet, types, New Mexico.

F. WINTERSTEINER. Two Coleoptera, New Jersey.

PurcHasep. Four hundred and eighty-four Orthoptera, British Guiana.
Six butterflies.

OTHER INVERTEBRATES.

C. 8. Asport, Jr. Jar of crustaceans, Hamilton, Bermuda; dozen vials of
spiders, Bristol, Pa. A

BrensaMIn ALBERTSON. Balanus balanoides I, Nantucket, Mass.

Mrs. W. Lupwia Baker. Five species of Crabs.

Dr. Amos P. Brown. One crab and two corals, Antigua, W. I.

H. L. Burton. Lot of crustaceans, Connecticut; numerous collections of
myriapods, spiders and crustaceans, Tullytown, Pa.

H. L.. Burton and H. W. Fowxer. Lot of crustaceans, Bucks County, Pa.

H. W. Fowxrer. Collection of invertebrates (crustaceans, arachnids, etc.),.
Swan Creek, Md.; several crustaceans, Penns Manor, Pa.

E. N. Fox. Crab (Areneus cribrarius), Sea Isle City, N. J.

Morcan Hesarp, Small collection of spiders, southern New Jersey.

T. D. Kem. Several crustaceans, Long Island, N. Y.

Bayarp Lone. Collection of crustaccans, New Jersey.

H. L. Maruer, Jr. Jar of lower invertebrates, Melbourne, Ont.

Miss R. M. Pierce. Specimen of Arbacia punctulata.

Cuas. T. RAMspEN. ‘Two jars of crustaceans, Cuba.

Auice Ropertson. IJdmonea californica Orb.

Miss ANNA Ropinson. One spider (Hpeira marmorea).

Dr. J. W. Ross. Collection of crustaceans, scorpions and spiders, north
coast of Cuba.

Dr. J. W. Ross. Eight species of invertebrates, Varadero, Cuba.

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677

Dr. Bensamrtyn SHarp. Bottle of crustaceans, Nantucket, Mass.

JoHN M. Swarr. Gorgonocephalus agassizii Lyman, from off Cape Cod, Mass.
RicHARD SHEVLIN. Arbacia punctulata Lamarch, Ocean City, N. J.
FiLorence J. Smita. Echinarachnias parma Lamarch, Plymouth, Mass.
Dr. Witmer Stone. Lot of crustaceans, Manning, 8. C.

H.W. TrupEeit. Moira atropos Klein, Smiths Island off Cape Charles, Va.
E.G. Vanarra. Orbiculina adunca F. and M., Fairyland, Bermuda.

R. W. Weurte. Collection of crustaceans, Huntingdon County, Pa.

VERTEBRATE FOSSILS.

C. E. Cracuorn. Fossil fish, Green River beds.

INVERTEBRATE Fosstts.

R. N. Arxrnson. Four species of fossils, Table Cape, New Zealand.

Dr. Amos P. Brown. Seven species of Oligocene fossils, Antigua, W. I.

Mrs. W. Lupwia Baker. Four species of Miocene fossils.

Bayarp Lona. Fifty-nine species of Cretaceous fossils, Vincentown and
Mullica Hill, N. J.

Dr. VickeRS OBERHOLTZER. One hundred and eleven trays of Silurian
fossils, Oeland, Sweden; fifty-one trays of Jurassic fossils, several European
localities.

Lioyp B. Smita. Thirteen species of Pleistocene fossils, Leogane, Haiti.

MINERALS.

Dr. Juan ArcpricH. Geode, Parand River, Argentina.

C. E. CracHorn. Collection of minerals.

Mrs. Epw. 8. Sayres. One box of minerals.

FRANK M. WELLES. ‘Two specimens of Carnotite, Naturita, Colo.
PurcuHasep for the William 8. Vaux Collection. Thirteen specimens.

ARCHMOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

Grorce AppERtEY. One hundred and fifty-nine stone implements from
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Michigan.

A. H. Gorrscnatn. About 5,000 specimens representing the ethnography
and archeology of America from Alaska to Mexico.

CLARENCE B. Moore. Specimens of stone, shell and pottery from aboriginal
sites along the Tennessee River, added to the C. B. Moore Collection.

Dr. VickERS OBERHOLZER. Grooved Axe-head, New Jersey (?).

Mrs. Saenz. Basket-covered water-bottle, Cochabamba, Peru.

Dr. SIMoENS DA Sinva. Celt—Baetinga County, Bahia, Brazil.

Mrs. CurweEn Sroppart, Jr. Seven Makah and California Indian baskets,
and a Japanese jinrikisha.

Miss. E. V. Wetr (through the Elsworth Collection). One hundred and
thirty-nine stone implements from Kentucky and Wisconsin.

PLANTS.

Epwin B. Bartram. One hundred and nine local plants and two hundred
and ninety-two from the eastern and southern United States.

678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Georce W. Basserr. Botrychium dissectum.

C. C. Bacuman. Two local plants. !

Miss M. A. Brown. Polygala ramosa, Cape May County, N. J.

Srewarpson Brown. Collected on Bermuda trip, two hundred sheets of
plants.

Botanica Section (Purchased). Four hundred and fifty plants from Cali-
fornia; three hundred and thirty-three plants from Nevada.

BoranicaLt Secrion and Mrs. Beutand M. Ruoaps. Poyser Collection of
Ferns, one thousand nine hundred and fifteen sheets.

Miss Anna Crossman. Two local plants.

Detos E. Cutver. Three plants, Delaware County, Pa.

J. W. Ecxretpt, M.D. Five local species.

C. H. Eckman. Specimen of Dioyspyros.

Wo. Finney. Three local plants.

C. D. Frerz. Twenty-five local plants.

H. L. Fisner. Alopecurus agrestis.

Wo. J. Fox. Two local plants.

Pror. Kurne. Five local species.

Bayarp Lone. Three hundred and thirty-four local species.

Bayarp Lone and M. L. Fernaup. Six hundred and twenty-two New
England plants.

Cates Minne. Collection of two hundred seaweeds.

C. D. Lireptncorr. Cassia occidentalis?.

Cuas. LaWatt. One hundred and twenty-two plants, New Jersey.

J. Mumpaver. Four hundred and ninety-two local plants.

F. W. Pennett. Two hundred and eighty-five local plants.

Mary Potiock. Origanum. ;

H. W. Prerz. Two thousand one hundred and seventy-six plants, Lehigh
‘County, Pa. 3

Harotp St. Joun. Fifty-three New England-plants and one local specimen.

Witmer Stone. Five hundred South Carolina plants and six local species.

Bens. H. Smiru. Seventeen specimens of Crataegus and eight other specimens.

Dr. Max M. Peer. Forty-two plants from Luzerne, Mich.

Cuas. 8. Wititamson. Sixty-two Newfoundland plants.

Miss Mary E. Wituramson. Herbarium of the late Chas. $8. Williamson, about
ten thousand sheets.

J.B. Waurer. Three local plants.

LaraYETTE CoLueGce (on deposit). The Thos. C. Porter Herbarium (about
thirty thousand sheets).

1914.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

679)

INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND
REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1914.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by
italic numerals.

Abramis atypoleces.. 346, 349, 354, Gaz j
622

Acanthaclisis........ .
americana........ ee
MUL ASS Arr. cce pcvseseience
hesperus..
texana.. mene
Acanthinula harpa..
Acanthocharax... praia Sees
IAICAOPSISIN ASH 2.tcsnestin tree

Acestrorhynchus falcirostris.. 254
JANG han Ee eaeereer eee eer 430,
Achirus lineatus 283
ANGIE) poscecos eheees nes ee)
Acipenser sturio.. 347, 354
Acrea... 162
ter pischore e.. 164
Acreeine.. 164, 165, 166
Acratoleon.... Fetes tines cac ts 620, 622
Playas eters .... 620
PNvori did sey te arvecsscs ct ....888, 374
Adelphomyia minuta...... eRe OO
PENMCOMNYS VALLC ANT «-. fest ee es ec.sccenssese ll
Bquidens tetranemus.............. 20
A®schnosoma rivertonensis.............. 606
Ageneiosus brevifilis......... : . 268
ogilviei.... eee 266
Agriolimax agrestis... ine Dok
campestris var. montanus 370
Akodon mollis altorum.. 13
Alepidophora... 643 |
pealei..... 643
Alligator mississippiensis. 3 413-425
Allochrysa boliviana.. : i238
colombia... .... 623
internata.. : 625
NIGVICePS ........-.- 624, 625
nigrilabris........... .. 623
palliceps.... 624, 625
a k(-1 0 Oe 623
titan:......... 623
torquatus 624
WELD croceente 623
Vigol....... 625
Alopias vulpes.......... 342
Alosa sapidissima..... 348, 354, 356

ASIANS omer enee: Sas cehs eect resis 179
Ambloplites rupestris........
Amblycorypha floridana..
oblingifolia................
perdita.......
rotundifolia...
uhleri
Amblytropidia occidentalis.
Ameiurus CatuS.................

melas.........

TLS Vallis’ cee ceee AES ha

nebulosus 846, 351, 354, 357
Anni stUsecalivlsiee. sects eee 347
Amnicola.. peeceeeeeraneces 209, 210
Aorinicolid sea voecctcan tts eee 429

Anagenesia greeni.......... ae
Anaxipha pulicaria. ae
Anchovia mitchilli..............
Ancistrus hoplogenys

Amdesiter sss ses: 8
(Ami den eee eeree eo 328
Clavllarectntcte ee 641
grandipes.... 641
hypolitha... . 641
percontusa.................. 640
sepulta...... 641
SVACLE A wrestecys basis ons

Wali aut nthe. casey oer Meee ak eer ee ER ct 65
Anguilla chrisypa, 342, 346, 348, 354,
356

i Nre Vea GUESS 0 1 line Car Re 291

Anisitsia notata........ a 2
Anisolabis annulipes..............
UCI LIT eee
Anisomorpha buprestoides.
Anodonta

Cataracta.............
Anodus ciliatus..

plexippus..
Anostomus...

anostomus.......... 0.0.0.
AN atitbene teens: iret
Apeltes quadracus...... re 346, 352
Aphenogaster.... eee Ont

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

680
Aphnogaster AQUWIas kccc teres 330,
MASS Sone ecko See et sexiness ..328, 551
mellifica «cee 333
Apistogramma ortmanni................ 280
0. rupununi........ ere ee eee 277
Aplodinotus grunniens... : 353
Aplopus maye?l.............<.:-- 375, 387
Apotettix.......2.... Peccedicieco ite 388
CONVERS eree secre ccesee sa na2r Sy eeenae 388
PUP OSUS er orcs tennant omnes 3588
Aptenopedes aptera................... 376
Clanagemecrrrces- . 398
Archonias.. Se,
Arethza...... = .70, 114
phalangium.. eres Perens
Argynnis diana... 168, 170, 171
PAP DIG cesses 171 |
Sifrl CERN Tal gee ca Ree reer cone 171
Arion circumscriptus.. 224
Aristolochia... 163
Arphia granulata 39:
sulphurea.. eee
xanthoptera............
Ascalaphidee......
Asilus peritulus
wickhami.
Astyanax rupununi.
wappl. :
Atlanticus dorsalis
glaber.... |
pachymerus ess
Atlasacris........
Atopichthys.. . P 34:
Auchenipterus demerare......... . 266
Augite : ..4, 5,8
Auriculide...... 431
Bairdiella chrysura....... . 342
Basalt... Peer: 6,8
Belocephalus sabalis....... 401
Berchmansus 625
Bibio albipennis 647
atavus...... 647
wickhami. 647
Bifidaria pentodon.... .223, 370
servilis.. SOL
Biotite.. Ry: : 4-8
Blaberus ‘atropos.. 375, 377, 381
Blaps mortisaga wtsseee OOZ
Blarina meridensis.. 16, 17
osgoodi... 2 16, 17
squamipes.... St 9, 16, 17
thomasl........ 9, 16, 17
Blatant 336
levigat Q.. 379
orientalis 374
Blattella (Neoblatella) “ adspersi-
collis 379
germanica 378, 379, 380
Blattidee 374, 398
Blennius foxi 344

Blennivisfucorum ee. ete eens 345
SLCATISL Serer teen eat eee ees 346

| Boleosoma nigrum..................00.0. 352
n. olmstedi... 2, 358

Bom buis:s2 creo eerie, eee ects 551
Spice oe 333
Brevoortia tyrannus.. mn a oe:
Brycon falcatus................. ee Aes 250
Bulimulidee.........2...-.-. _ 430
Bulimulus puadaloupenas . 430
Bunocephalus amaurus.. 255
gronovil Sek . 255

By thin ell sow. ceneterceree nays 2, 213
antiguensis. ae ean ee ee OLS
@ecilius POSticus tec. -.cn--sveeer sere 612
TEND TOSS 5: neces te eee ae 612
@anolestes: ae eis eee 9,13
PUL PIMOS 9 eesccnnr eee 17

| obscurus... 17, 18
Galeibet nc ciok se ites cae one 4,5
Callibzetis pretiosa..............:.:.-:.-- 615
SemiCOshaius=sas see ieee 614
Callichthys eallichthye. Se 270
Callistoleon::: 2. cece; ne eee 622

| Cambarus bartonul:.:i..1-..ceeaees 349
@ammnuls pellucida ssescesee tae 498

Camponotus, 296, 298, 301, 303, 304,
306, 308, 309, 312, 320, 321, 327,

328, 549

Lite) E hecei Ree SE Precast Be yre 327, 331

pennsylvanicus........ .296, 315, 331
Campostoma anomalum................ 348
Canthocamptus.................-.. 58, 55
Carabus.......:.:.--:- net eC 335
Caranx hippos.......... . 343
*Carpiodes thompsoni. 350
Carychium exiguum... 226
Catoprion mento .. 201
Catostomus commersonii, 346, 349,

350, 357

MUGTICATIB: 2. <sc2080.0c-cesceeey-¥ee SOOO) OOD
Ceratinoptera diaphana............3874, 375

Vitec. ecaherast koe eens . 379
Ceropales.... . 327

fraterna... yds Ape
Ceutophilus peninsularis AB wid ceesene 408

SPINONSISG.. 5 25 ccdeareabecteca 408
Cheetoceros........ 219, 220

ee we 220

elmorei... .. 219

simile.. . 220

We TAIN ccc ctaalasdinwcorescsatetonet nea eh
Chietodipterus faber:..:.0..heeuess
Chalceus labrosus..:.:.......<.c.ce0..cssn 250

macrolepidotus.................06. 250
Chaleinus angulatus.....0.0.0.0....000. 250
Characidium blennioides.................. 233

catenatum 236

etheostoma 235

fasciadorsale.. 233

1914.]

Chasmocranus longior.............

Chilodus labyrinthicus............

1. rupununi...
Chilomycterus se hoepfi..
Chlorite :
Chorisoneura plocea.. es
Chortophaga australior...

cubensis... is

viridifasciata..
Chromoteleia
semicyanea....
Chrysis tridens..........
Chrysoleon....... Reece
Chrysopa asoralis.. ...
azygota

breviata

chacranella......

figuralis....
faceta
hesperina..
ilota....
inealis......

ASOlataiei ee ee

leva...... Ba

AVI OLO UA sso. ssvsansck torent

Gap alla cay yt.c weer
Chrysotile...
Cichla ocellaris.....
Cichlasoma severum
Cimbex...

americana..

Circotettix verruculatus.... yes

Cistula are
antiguensis.. see
Cladius pectinicornis............

petrinus............
Cladura..

delicatula.... oe eet

flavo-ferr uginea eerie
indivisa...........:.

Clinocephalus elegans puleher

Clisiocampa neustria...
Ofc] onal Ehavicteee heer eee
Cochlicopa lubrica...........
Colobostylus.. :
Colomesus psittacus
Columella alticola...... :
edentula................
‘Compsoleon...
Conocephaloides....
‘Conocephalus atlanticus..
[SVUbaY2) Al ccreeocysegeeceseae
caudellianus.
conspersa...... :
Clem ANS ees. icee cite eees
ensiger......
exiliscanorus..
fasciatus........
fusco-striatusS..................
gracilliums....

629,
DOSING. ee ee ees

a 402, 525

628,

641 |

641, 642
... O89
. 589
589
589
392
164
268
, 369
. 426

. 283
370
223, 370
= G2
, ogl
b,. O22
. O20
seo GREE
w. 492
. 492

5 BPE

5» BPE
407

_ 407

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

681
Conocephalus hoplomachus......405, 405
lyristes.. soe 023, §24
nebrascensis ..... 524
palustris... §25
robustus.......... 5 GPA
GEIODSi...--.- . 522
| Corydia.......... 549
(Holocompsa) collaris . 381
Coleus) cyanea.. 381
Cosmodesmus... 163, 166
Cottus gracilis......... 353
LC HALO DS ime evente : 353
Cresiemisprernrnrern noe: 622
Crenicichla alta... 280, 283
lugubris.. ron 280
pterogramma........ F 281
saxatilis .. E 283
Gryptoptilum antillarum....... 376, 410
trigonipalpum.... . 410
Curimata.... : . 229
Curimatus...... . 230
ciliatus.. : . 230
eyprinoides........ 229, 230
Spilumusee ee : = 230
IC@yiclopidsemeateies ste 3 0, 28, 37
sles Need SR naa 20-60
albidus...... 4 ..20, 27-35, a
annulicornis.. ‘
LCT ee he 30
bicolor........... Pall 41, 42
bicuspidatus, 20, 21,2 24 24, 35, 26,
40, 56, 59
Gappillifenusin. secs: Ses eh
CORONA GUS snstecse ees eeee 26, 31
fimbriatus var. poppei, 20, 23,
53-55, 57-60
LOLDESIG ase en ree 24
fluviatilis. 45, 48
PUSCUS eee 20, 26-28, 30-36, 59
leuckarti........ 46
MOAPNIOCUAVNIS!...cc1-cccsctacesescseeeepnce 4a
munmiWus:....-....-.-- 24, 24
modestus, 21, 23, 37, 37, 38, 40,
46, 60
MANUS ox <steae ences tepatd aetesvs 2h, 24
perarmatus........... verve 48, 53
phaleratus, 20-22, 43, “48, 48, ae
53, 60
POPPEl..................-.......08, 58, 54, 55
prasinus, 20, + 21, 30, 37, 38, 45, 47,
pulchellusmssenes cee cSaseeee coe eZ
TUDellUs etree. Keele eee,
serratus......
serrulatus....
SVETOVT ADS nro decccaprcreamtance

RAM UN COLMIS teen

s. coronatus,..
s. tenuicornis.
tenuicornis..

thomasive | oe ook sng

682

Cyclops varicans, 20, 21,

Cyclophoridiese ee eae 428
Cycloptilum zebra eee ela
Cylindrophis.... 285, 288
isolepis... ne 288
Mira Gah seetecctiteeccsscrccesascvesssascvece 288
TNA CU a USesee ec saectsereen es 288, 291
OpIsthorhoGush: csrc.-.:-:-e-0e meee 288
rufus
Cylindrotoma..
anomala.... a }
juncta........... Bree eo Ce ce 603
BDlENGENBE. faci... see.-c-.avaeeesecne 603
tarsalis...... ;
Cynodon gibbus. 2
Cynoscion neealls.: : ;
Cyphocharax.. 230
Cyprinus carpio... 350,
Cyrtoxipha eundlachi... B75, 376, 412 |
Danaida........ sseee 198, 194
berenice. 179, 184, 192
ENUM Aseseascevecece ee 193 |

plexippus, 164, 165, 177, 179, 181,

182, 184, 193 |
179-182, 188, 189, 192 |

strigosa...
Danaine...... 163, 165, 166, 177, 179, 193

23, 41, 41, 42, |
44, 60 |
viridis var. insectus.....20, 23, 59, 60

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Danais... a 550
plexippus.... ; plea
Dasyatis say . 842 |
Delias....... : cae ZAG)
Dendroleon..... . . 621.
AUATUN vec cstetneee meres eee 617
Dendroleonini... Roy 621
Dendrotettix quercus..............2.... 509°
Dentalum.. Ae eee ee 540
Diabase.... 4-8
Dibothrium ligule has Sos eR Oe 350
Dichopetala.. a 64 |
brevicauda.. ...70, ‘105, 114
brevihastata, 66-74, 95, 104, 105,

114, 115, 716, 124, 130, 138, 139
castanea, 66-69, 71, 72, 74, 95,
107, 113, 130

vail eh wie, Bil,
138, 139, 139, 141
caudelli, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74, 149, 155
’ durangensis... 66-69, 71 73: 85
emarginata, 64, 66-70, 72, 74, 78,
105, 114, 116, 124, 125

catinata, 66-69,

falcata, 66-69, 71-73, 79, 85, 143,
149

gladiator, 66-68, 71, 72, 74, 95,
116, 130

laevis 68, 70, 71, 105, 115
massale Bs 70
mexicana, 64, 66, 67, 69-71, 73,
74, 78

orececa, 66-68, 71, 72, 131, 139-141

. Empis | florissantana

[Dec.,

Dichopetala pollicifera, 66-68, 71, 72,
74, 89, 143, 149)

Ue brates ee eee 70, 71, 74, 78
serrifera........... 66, 67, 71, 72, 82, 85
tauriformis..........65-67, 71-73, 143
tridactyla, 66, 67, 69, 71, 73, 74,

149, 155, 156, 157

Dichromorpha viridis

Dicranomyia cinerea...
CUTVIVENA.......-.....ce
nelliana..
pubipeanis. ee
reticulata...
simulans... Pe

Dicranota argentea...... aay
eucera..........!..
pallida. Seubcte
rivularis........

Didelphis marsupialis..
m. colombica

Diorite..
Dismorphia..
Dissosteira carolina.
Distoleontarwe1 rer
Doras costatus..

hancocki... See
Dorosoma cepedianum.. ers ee nary oo
Drosophila ampelophila........... 336
Drymieus elongatus... 430
TO VtISCUS tere 549°
HGHthOmMyRIMex re eee eee 621
Eigenmannia virescens 255

Electrophorus electricus............... +
Ellipes minuta..
Elliptera alex: anderi...
miocenica........ ine
Encoptolophus sordidus......
Enneacanthus gloriosus
Eotettix palustris...
signatus.........
sylvestris. ;
Sphemerella excruci: SOB. eee
vernalis...

Ephippicharax orbic ularis 250
Epicanthaclisis 621
Epimys norvegicus 10
rattus 10
Epiphlebus 64
Episalus 621
Epithemia 220
Ericiide 429
Ericymba buceata 350
Erimyzon succetta oblongus... 351
Eriocampa bruesi §42
celata 642
ovata 642
pristina 642
seudderi . 642
synthetica 642

1914.]

Eriocampa wheeleti...................00.. 642
Eriocera fuliginosa..................00.. 602
POlGOMeNnSisien< ces eee 602
tristis.. Ree 602
Eriogaster lanestris............. 164
Erioptera (Empeda) alicia...... 585
(Erioptera) dorothea. .......... . 584
(Mesoeyphona) eiseni.............. 583
(Mesocyphona) immaculata.... 583
(Erioptera) lucia............. -. O84
(Erioptera) microcellula 585
TU PTOMMEA UAL. occas ce 586
(Mesoeyphona) rubia...... . 583
SulpmiatiGh: - sccm ees 586, 591
Eritettix carinatus.......... aS
Erythrinus unitniatus...... wees 2O4
Esox americanus.................. B51, 357
MOGICULAGUS:.-<-.c2s.scesc0c.-d 351, 354, 357
Etheostoma flabellare......0.0000000....... 353
Euconulus fulvus........ Sey: ett!)
f. alaskensis....... ae O09)
Eucyclops... 45, 60
Eumicrotremus spinosus... Poanbnereates 360
Eupatagus clevei............. Bree
mooreanus......
PU posal eee dee,

Eupomotis gibbosus...
Eurycotis floridana......
Eyania appendigaster
Exodon paradoxus ...........
Exoglossum maxillingua

IB ELG Sp att ecrcsecccer assess: Bree CO 70
Felichthys marinus.................00.0000+ 343
Fistularia tabacaria. +842, 346
PHONIC BS pecscsee er cheery ete es 374, 376

Formica, 297, 298, 300, 305-319, 327,

328, 549

obscuriventris...................... 296, 331
MUfaeenes..- 5

Fragilaria............ :

TINT Eyer ane Peco cae i

cavaliculatum, 570, 571, 573, 575—-

577

(COTO MIM ferceeseveracexacse-sccuee 570-577

THAVETT Ne een ee 570, 574-578

pyrum..... 570-575, 577, 578

TUTE OSU ees eee caress cscevseceseer 57 0-577

Sad bonl yer oye ekenocs ape eee 569

Fundulus diaphanus...346, 351, 355, 358
heteroclitus macrolepidotus, 342,

é 346, 351, 354
BRET SU] ULI Sores este cones 5 oceeiee . 354
Furcomyia reticulata.......0.000.0.......... 580

Gasterosteus aculeatus......343, 355, 365
Geophagus jurupari.......0.00000......... 277

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

|
|
|
|
|

683
Glenoleor er 2ecctcceces.cees Be teas 621
Gomphonema........ ?
Gonatista grisea... ee
GromOM yay ee eve cccuecseusasees
(Leiponeura) alexanderi.......... 587
(Gonomyia) blanda.................. 586
(Empeda) caudata....... 586
(Leiponeura) cinerea................ 587
Lea Rae ochre eree oe area eee 587, 587
(Gonomyia) obscura................ 586
(Leiponeura) puer........ 587
(Leiponeura) sacandaga.......... 587
Slossousetve wc astina. te: 588
Gonzaga torquatus........ 624
(eGirani tem eeete ce eke a 6-8
Grapta (Eugonia)... . 165
Gryllide:... eee ll 410
Gryllodes sigillatus. .. eee eearatty, 375, 411
Gryllus firmus it 411
TUbeRS Seen ees eee oe 411
Gymnocanthus tricuspis..................
Gymnocorymbus nemopterus
gH AYE N21 lean acer Oe eee 250

| Hapithus quadratus....

Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus,
255

Habrophlebia americana.......... 614
JOCOSAS.: vee fusca ne Salas ces 614
Hagenomyia 5;

Halomenia.......

Harttia plavyet stoma
Helicide... ae

Helicina........

crosbyi.. a et
EVelicini deste assessor
Helicodiscus parallelus
Heliconine
Heliomyza limbata......c..c..00:.cseen000--
Helixshontensishe escent.
Hemichroa eophila.............. :
Hemiodus quadrimaculatu

semiteniatus..........0.......
EVemisinus cen eerie een

antiguensis..

Gana Us eee eee oe

atus.............

Siliceuis entry wc ieee. 211-213
Hemisorubim platyrhynchos.......... 263
Hemphillia camelus............ ee .. 868

danielsi................ 367, 370

elanidulosayccctn testa: 368
Efepialusihectaee see eee 549
Heptagenia carolina. 616

COxalisteres ee ne 615

Submqualishws emer eee 615
Flea erideet ens vnccseceme nee eee, 170
Hesperochariss- rit mee 177
Hesperomys minutus.......00.0000000.0..... 10

Hesperotettix brevipennis...............

684

Heterocharax.... wee re ats 252

Heteromyiella... . ... 645
PAV ENE actcrer seb coor cece on ene 637, 644
Senilis=- eee ee ee ees 644

Heteromyza senilis.
Heterotropus glaucus...
Hexagenia callineura..............
Hippiscus apiculatus................
compactus....... See or
Die ED ten waists
MUP OSUSetetee oe re ee
tuberculatus.. :
Hippocampus hudsonius.
Pole pea collaris..

cyanea...
nitidula... B15, 380-382
Homorocor yphus malivolans.......... 405
Hoplias malabaricus.. eee:
Eloplolabis::< acne ee 584

. 270
5, 7
307
254

Hoplosternum thoracatum....
Hornblende..
Hybopsis kentuckiensis..............
Hydrocynus cuvieri..

Hygromia hispida...................... 223
Hyracodon fuliginosus.... rirecase tes eee
Teelus bicornis.... LN CRO DO
Ichthyomys séderstrémi.......... 9
llysia seytale........ LOO Oe 285
Indoleon.......... ... 622
Ischnochiton...... 2536
Ischnoptera...... . 378
blattoides!=..- = syee nee ee 378 |
deropeltiformis . 378
rufescens
uhleriana fulvescens..
iksoperla) texana: ayn. te eee
Titwomiiinse....<.. ees 164, 166
Jasoniades glaucus..........ccccccccceceeees 170
Labia brunnea eis oes 377
curvicauda 374, 377
minor ‘ SBA
Labidura bidens ay HUTS
Lagodon rhomboides.. nee 4e:
Lampetra wepytera ; en ke
Larropsis distincta a eBy
Layahima Az. ||
Lepisosteus osseus «11.004, 300 _|
o. huronensis ise ewoee
Lepomis auritus.. 352, 358
incisor . oo2 |
Leporellus vittatus . 236 |
Leporinus alternus.... . 236
conirostris.. eG
desmotes . 239
friderici 236
nigrotzniatus 236 |
paralternus t . 237
Leptodoras linnelli......000.0.00...... 264, 265

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Leptodoras trimaculatus..................
Leptophlebia assimilis....
preepedita...... ;
Leptysma mar ginicollis.
Lepus andinus.. ee
Lernenicus radiatus........
Lerneoceropsis septemramosu
Lethotremus armouri..

Mcal pines eee fee
TALS eee ee
vinolentus......
Leucichthys artedi.. on
Leuciscus elongatus.............
VC OLS) Sin ee ceo nee ee
Leucochrysa apicalis................

eallota......
cinetipes...
marginalis..
submacula..
Leucophasia...
Leurolestes......
pallida..
pallidus.
Limenitis......178, 179, 181, ‘188, 190, 193
(Basilarchia) archippus, 178, ‘180,

182-193

SOTIG ENSIS cos at ee eee a 191
Coe arthemis... 178-192
arizonensis.. sSsanetteee Og hOE
astyanax.. 168, 190-192
floridensis, 179, 182, 184, ‘188, 189,

192

USE, . 2b avtscceeenee eee aL OEE
lorquinii.......... Ale 191, 192
Limenitis obsoleta.. Nes ogee 180-192
_proserpina...... See . 192
(Basilarchia) “weidemeyeri, “Yl 78,

| 182-192
Ht i bivaaeays\eereerna ee ee, 193
| Limnophila.......... . 589
adusta,....:.:... : tus OF
alDIpeS). scene teen ta ees 590
alleriieee ees 590
(Ephelia) aprilina. 591
areolata,..cis:cc:aie inne 59L
contempta..... 593
costata.. ra}! ))
cubitalis.... , . 592
emmoelina.... . 597
fulvocostalis.. Re Ren 3)
(Dae tylolabis) hor tensis 1....091, 592
inornata . 593
INSULAR. Alacer 595
(Ephelia) johnsoni.. . ool
luteipennis...... ; 092, 593
nigripleura...... 592, 593
nove-anglize...... 594
novaboracensis Saye.
osborni.... 896, 597
quadrata.... 596, 597

1914.] NATURAL SCIENCES

Limnophila rufibasis

stanwoodee........ F
subcostata.....:....0.2.:4
superlineata........
Liparis tunicatus..
Lithoxus... ai es
Lobates surinamensis................. . 846
Longurio........ . 605
minimus... See G05,
HESHACCUS iiscsc2es<cctsecescc 605, 606
Lophius piscatorius.. : 342, 356
Lophopsetta maculata...................... 856
Loricaria microdon..............00.0..0. 204
rostrata.. eo tee oO
Loricarichthys acutus......... Peery
PRISCUS Oh eea sore sree eee 274
Lucania parva.. . 359
Lucilia cxesar.. . 336
Lycodalepis polaris... 365
Lymnea humilis modicella.... 226
palustris. 225
Macneillia obscura...... . 374
Macrocyclops.......... eieeeees-20, 09
Macroneura argentilineatum See Oo
PM APTS ohare Gere scsuads a wrencencee ate
lineatum....
parvum......
picteli....
Macronemurini...... 621
Macronemurus.. 622
darwini....... : 619
Macrophyla flavicoxee.. Sox, CRU)
Macroteleia... pe ne ee OSS
Macroxus irroratus.........-... 14
INE ETT TS oe ce eee . 4,6
Mallaspis antennatus.. . 200
Manomera brachypyga...... "384, 386
tenuescens.. 384-387
Mantidie................ 374, 382
Mantoida.... me 376
maya.. eyes 375, 382
Mazama ameri¢ ana 15
nemorivagus..... 15
rufus... 16
Mecostethus lineatus.. 494
Megachile brevis... 333
Megalonema platy eephalum 258
EEE bdostiemes. 256
Miegarhyssa............:--..0--+ 327
lunator.. 330
Melampus..... 209, 210
coffea... : 431
Melania....... 209, 210, 211
Melanoplus atlanis : soe LL
differentialis 514
fasciatus.......... 511
GTARVOV HEN LUIS licenemorerePhocnsneener reepecneans 515
femur-rubrum.... ~ol2
seepuccus sain 513
keeleri... ‘374, 513

OF PHILADELPHIA. 685
Melanoplus luridus.... 513
NV ATICUB eereeseeeereses 510
ATIMOW seas -c-+- 512
puer.. . 397
punctulatus.... u= 016
seudderi........... 509
stonel. laden 514
ribs... 2.20, 220--.: 510
Melipona.................. 551
Meloe................. 549
Melolontha.... : . 8ad
Menidia beryllina Cate. pe is 355
menidia notata... = 355
Menticirrhus saxatilis................ 342, 355
Mermiria intertexta............389, 390, 392
TeaVEKOLU IN OTSVON EN Sloe erases cons kU eee 390
Valea EV ols} eet reah eee. BRIT 3 ses 487
Mesonauta festivius................ 277
Mesoplodon bidens....................487, 440
densirostris....... 437-440

Mii care tees enn 5
Microcentrum laurifolium...... 621
retinerve.......... ee PAL
rhombifolium...... 399, 521
rostratum........ .... 400
Microcline:.. 3. ..1...ee 8
Microcyclops......... : 41
Microgaster.... 326, 327
mamestre........ Seas eres 330
Micropogon undulatus : 80D
Micropterus dolomieu.. ~ 302
BalmOlGES cc lee ce pee 352
Mimesa kohli........ Beate 332
Miogryllus saussurel........................ 411
Moenkhausia chrysargyrea.............. 247
ce. leucopomis........... . 244
Monacanthus hispidus.. 342
Monobia.. Heine 328
quadridens 333, 638
Monoculus quadricornis albidus.... 34
Qs HUSCUS! arene: ~ 26:
Morone americana... 353, 358
Moschus americanus... elo!
| Moxostoma breviceps . ool
macrolepidotum 351
Mus musculus............ 10, 11
norvegicus......... 10
TALGUSR ee neces y 10
Mustela aureoventris.. 16
auriventer.. 16
Mustelus canis.. . 353
Mycomya cockerelli 647, 648
lithomendax.......... . 647
mendax.. 648
Gbliqtttwent aces . 648
Mylophus rubripinnis a 251
Myocharax : 239
Myoxocephalus ercenlandicus.. 359
Myrmecvlurus..... Riis tetc 622
Myrmeleon........... 622
AGLIOPCeecy ees 618

686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Myrmeleon crudelis................:.0+5 618 | Orchelimum concinnum.....:............ 407
nero ieamterweeset = ate ery throcephalunt sate . 527
ectus........ “or ACHOTUMO: --.....2+--=<5- 529

Myrmeleonide. Old glaberrimum... 2. 026

Myrmeleonini...... ... 621 eracile: i... ... 628

Myrmica rubra...............:....... = OO herbaceum .. 527

Myxosporidia...........:ucsece alles tmilitare.. 407

Myzomenia banyulensis.................. 5388 minor..... 529

nitidum.... -. 406

Naobranchia pomolobi..............847, 348 DIRCIG Wa ees eee 636

Necrophagus................+. 335 pulchelunt 407, ony

iNfswaenyets Spinulosuinks ee eee

Nesonaie ambit validum......... .. 628
earolinus......... vulgare.......... 525
cubensis........... Oreohelix cooperi... ... 868
fasciatus socius.. Orgyia antiqua.............. Pop

Neoblattella detersa Ornithodes harrimani...................... 597

Neoconocephalus mexicanus............ 402 | Orocharis saulcyi.......... 374, yg
POBLUSUTIS?= «1. ee .... 403 Cxpuee OL ACEH ee cercertectnerteenes 491
Eon. .. 402 pelidna............. ...892, 393, 490

Neoperla bolivari.. seo (BUI SPECIOSA.........ereseseerssseeeeesteensenes 488
nigriceps......... 5 610':| Orthoclase.coac-c.nncccve eee: Dail
phantoma. ... 609 | Orthocyclops...... sc... ..ccercrsceectese: 37, 60
platonis...... sae eee 610 Crioprists chrysopterus.. 843, 355

Neophasia..... 176, 177 TYZOMYS ATYAS........ ees suse oLkt)
TeBEIOFO} Dice a rrmocononns-ncncoo so. 172-177 minutus....... 10, 11
terlooti.. : 172-177 | Osmia larbyana.................. ... 638

Neotettix coarctatus 388 | Osteoglossum bicirrhosum................ 229
VATIA DIS) <.csrcecsectsereeteence 374 |

Neritina.. 209,210 | Pachycheilus............cccee 211,213

Nesoleon............. Mt een ees 622 Onin g

Nortonella.......... =r z... 642 | nigrata..

Notropis bifrens tus... ve B49 violaceus...
chalybveus..........

349,657 | Pachypops furerseus.

COUNUMISS seer 849,357 | Pachypsylla venusts

hudsonius amarus.... 349, 357 | Paes Gane

photogenis ameenus....2......./.:. .. 349 | oxyura

procne......... eee 349 Paleovespa gillettei..

whippli ang alostanus 849, 657 wilson. ..............
Nymphalinee.........:..--.cccce-- antussizers 167 | Palingenia........

Palpares.....

Ochmachanthus flabelliferus............ 270 | Palparini...

KIS GUPTA) aveteeeveeseresivees .... 268 | Paludestrina.......
Odontoxiphidium apterum.. ... 405 | Pandarus sinuatus
(Oyo oyun bit cee eee ERR ct CO TA Cte ace seq (O04 S) SPS DINO Gace creer
Odynerus capra Fivss chee Oo Os Ou asterius....

POSTS GLO eenees ee csts-- cee e nceeeerenennee 640 commixtus...

PETCONTUSUS.....0-.....0.-c0ccecseoe 439 dardanus..

tuberculoe eph: CUIDT: Reppeererce 639, 640 | glaucus........

WILMA DES eerie res ce csccicssns Recents 639 | g. canadensi
(Ecetina parishi.............. Pee ts 631 | g. glaucus............ ;
Olencira pregustator........00000.00.... 354 IMIMELICUB! ov. vvirvipsksrewwethioetees
OligacanthopusS...........::.000- philenor....

prograptus.. POLYHOR scscdassnsvsescersessncthecaaiee 68
Oligoclase............. Ser RRC . TEX wvttess deivistende ny
OriGhisy esses score ce mee ees aes cans 62% troilus
Opeas beckianum..........00c:0cee 430 [iby ALOIS be ay Spee ree

GTACIIOS divs atcemsnsye ee cate eapaah anes 430 | Papilionine......

WHICT A$; astsstscanstesercaneeene re: ... 480 | Paracosmus antiqua.......cc cee 643
Orchelimum agile.... i 525 insolens.... =v (O40:

campestre...... : 529 morrisoni er dee nee OTe

1914.]

Paraey clopsicz...s-es--:

Parag lemuUrus iecsic.c..c00cceseececeee ses 620, 622
342, 356

Paralichthys dentatus..

Paratettix... 2
meridionalis... a
PUP OSUSP er eon
toltecus...... ee

Paroxya atlantica...............
B. DALOXY O1dESs.. dense sccsrisese ss
AOTC ana s.
sceudderi...

Paxilla obesa...

Pechipogon barbalis............
Pegmatite...
Pelamys alleterate a.
Pellegrinina... Pea Ler ee
heterolepis.... eomcnains
Perca flavescens..............
Rerielystuse.: vtec: see eee
Peripl aneta americana. ...380, isl
australasie
brunnea........
orientalis...
Perla georigiana...
xenocia..
Perlide...
Perlodes signata..
slossone....
tibialis...
Peropyrrhicia.. soe bere
Perrhybris (Mylothris).. 172; 177,
Petromyzon marinus.................... we OAT
Phalacrocera.............- e605
MEONEN Dn tevevakesssece aspera 608-605
replicata......... 603-605
tipulina...... 603, 604
Phalascusa cruciger . 616
hildebrandti... , . 617
Ciianie ae eee 163, 164, 166, 167
TEAS PS faa N TG (22) an 374, 384
Phassus schamyl. = seinen 580)
Philanthus punctata.... .. B02
Philenor antenor........ . 166
aristolochize.... 166
Philonthus zeneus........ . 339
Phostalias: ....<....05: . 379
seve al aeseii ee. 379
Pholis fasciatus... 365 |
Phylidorea subcostata.... ‘s 590
Phyliodromia cubensis........ ers fo
germanica........ ae . 550 |
Phylloicus abdominals... 632
brevior... 632
Phyllolabis Gbscuraci.cvei nee 586
Phyllotis haggardi.. 11
PY S8rsz ts cches: 213
[31,1600 1: renee Pe 226
rivalis...... oA
Physidee... Serer ell
Pier s.54.0.2.-.....- LOT, Ace

Pimelodella cristata... 263

ee 48, 53, 60. |

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

687

Pimelodella gracile.......... Beene 208
Pimelodus elarias............... 263
Pimephales notatus............ : 348
Pisidium abditum............ 226
variabile....... 226

PPA TO CLAS aresessiee Sebcst acs ork sacha ssenscbcese 4-8
Plagioscion squamossissimus eecneen ote
Planorbide... : . 431
Planorbis......... 209, 210, 213
antrosus......... . 225
cultratus...... 431
deflectus........ 225
exacutus... ae 225
guadaloupensis . 431
lweidusi..0.-.: 431
DONVUS!s tees noice teeeaeees B20; ou
siliceus.... Sense 212
Giriviolvisiecss. cuss 225
umbilicatellus _ 371
Plecia axeliana................. 646, 647
meland evi! :-:.c..0s-73< 646, 647
plagiata.. ; eee O04
Plecostomus plecostomus 274
Plectoptera poeyi. 379, 376, 382
Pleuroceratide................ 211
Pleurodonte formosa 429, 430
Podisma variegata.. . 506
Pogonias cromis en 355
Polistes..... een 328, 638
kirbyanus...... . 688
nestor...... 333
primitiva........ 639
Polita hammonis.... 369
5 | Polyangzeus maculatus... 599
| Polygyra devia blandi.... 368
d. oregonensis.. 368
ptychophora.. 368

p. castanea...... 368
Polymera.... cet cer Teer .. 602
Pomatias............ 209, 210
Pomatiopsis lapidaria.. : 428
Pomolobus estivalis............ 348
mediocris........ 354

pseudoharengus, 346, 347, 354, 356

Pomoxis annularis............. - do2
sparoides...... 352
Poronotus tr iacanthus... 342, 355
Porphyrite.. 4, 5, 6
Potamopyrgus coronatus erystal-
Hirt . 429
Potamotrygon hy. strix... .. 229
Potomarrhaphis guianensis.. er lll
| Prionotus evolans strigatus..... 121.843) 300
Prolabia arachidis.. 875, 377
unidentata.. . 317
Proneomenia aglaopheniz. 538
Protolomatia antiqua.. 643
| Protoplectron................ Rats ee. a 622
| Psectrogaster... 22 280
amazonicus. ee PO!)
Ciliatusivestisiss..c ees et La ae ee)

688 PROCEEDINGS OF

Pseudancistrus nigrescens. 274
Pseudisotinaaes cee ee ee 64
Pseudomasaris....... ae 328
VESPOId eS eee eee arte. oo 332
Pseudopomala brachyptera... .. 486
Psinidia fenestralis... : 374, 504
d PSTN ON AAUIS} S| Osan cocenecence tos = ooo
Psocidee.. rr 611
Psocus semistriatus....... Bee ese 611
stigmosalis.... 611
Psylla astigmata.... 636
caudata..... . 637
Psyllites . 636
(CEN; 7 Ko) 0 | eA ante ee 637
Pterophylla perspicillatus . O21
Punctum conspectum................... . 810
Py SMU. 57. eres 225
Pupilla muscorum 223
geri ici seysts oes cere . 431
Pupoides margin: atus.. _ 431
Py cnophlebia s speciosa. ae 636
Pycnoscelus surinamensis. 376, 380, 381
Pygocentrus piraya..ccccccccccece 251
scapularis oe 251
Pygopristis dent iculatus ee Zo
Py ramidula (Planogyra) asteris-
cus sre Rer eee vavteene Oe
cronkhitei 370
Canthonyitescae: 224
occidentalis <4 370
Pyrgocorypha uncinata. 374
Pyrite ais ae fis)
Pyroxene Sera 4, 6,7
Pyrrhocoris apterus oe . 552
Pyrrhulina filamentosa............ . 2338
Quartz 5, 778.
Rachycentron canadus.. 343
Radinotatum brevipenne peninsu-
lare A 376, 389
Raja eglanteria.............. Soon
EXIM ACOa wa, c. nce ee ee 353
levis . 303
ocellaita,.= Sota ree eee 353
Reithrodontomys s6derstromi 11
Rhabdomastix (Szeandae) cau-
data onst AeOSD
Rhamdella eriarcha 263
foina.... 262
ignobilis 263
leptosoma 260
Rhamdia holomelas...... 260
h. rupununi.... 258
sebee a ad 258
Rhaphidolabis flaveola... : 591
noveboracensis.... ..600, 601
polymeroides...... ; ax. GOL
Rhinichthys atronasus................350, 357
Rhipidia annulicornis........ seo
(Rhipidia) bryanti.. 580

| Salmo fario...

| Rhoenanthus POStICUS. ..-----cscceesee

THE ACADEMY OF

Rhipidia multiguttata...0000000.....
schwarzi...
(Arhipidia) shannoni
subpectinata.......

Rhypholophus rubellus....................
Roccus chrysops................ s.

linea bist eet z
Romalea microptera........................

Salatura.......... Lea ae ane

fasciatus...
Salvelinus fontinalis...
Sarcocystis leporum..

rileyi.......

setophagee...
Sareosporidia.......
SETA TY: Wace enka ten oie cron rete, aS
Scapteriscus abbreviatus............ 374, 376
Sceliphron cementarius.................... 315
Schilbeodes gyrinus

Schistocerca alutacea.................
americana...........
damnifica
d. calidior.....
obscura...............
rubiginosa

Schizodon fasciatus..

Scinops ocellatus

Scirtetica marmorata
m. picta..

Sciurus hoffmanni
h. séderstr6mi

P ATCO TSU Sees cee

Scoliodon terre-nove

Scomber colias.........

Scudderia cuneata
curvicauda
PUG B08 cso
pistillata

septentrionalis

THEXETISIBY: os nee cn.test es

truncata... 3 OL
Segmentina obstructa geoscopus. re 4381
Semotilus atromaculatus... ...848, 356

Dullaris:ic. ee oe eee 348

Seriola zonata.. .. 343
Serrasalmus gy mnogenys. . 251
rhombeus.................... 251
Setophaga ruticilla..... 217
Silphakcsscn ate. 335
thoraciea........... PRO oes)
Solenius interruptus.......................... 3382
Solvsbergite................ enchesstecasr teen 6,7
Sorubim lima................ : Ne eee
Spharagemon boll. : 394, 502
collare wyomingianum.............. 502
CYEPIbANB:.3..5..vesise ioe 394

1914.| NATURAL SCIENCES

Spharagemon saxatile...................... 501 |
Spheroides maculatus..................... 356
Sphinx convolvull........ | 550) |
Sphyrena borealis...... . 343
Squatina squatina . 342
‘Stagmomantis carolina.........0.......... 382
Stenacris vitreipennis............... Pe eit
Stenares : . 621
Stenobothrus curtipennis. : 493 |
Stenotomus chrysops.... _ 300 |
Sternarchus albifrons...... . 255
Sternopygus macrurus... 255 |
Stigmus universitatus : 332 |
Stilpnochlora marginella...... 374-376
Stilpnotia salieis.......... 220
Stiphroneura.......... = 622)
Stizostedion vitreum ea cays ||
Stoneiella..... 2a
leopardus 271
Striatura exiguum.. ne 224. |
milium . 224
Sturisoma monopelte. 274 |
rostrata.. : 276
Subulina octona..... 430 |
Succinea.. 222 |
avara + BES |
barbadensis . 431 |
any arcitcers eee rees 222, 225
chrysis .. 222
nuttalliana...... ae 2 eu
oregonensis : 222, 371 |
ovalis 225
retusa... . 225
Suceineidee... . 431 |
Suhpalasca orsedice.. : 617
Supella supellectilium........375, 378-380
PSUnine ae eee ee ‘ e220
Sycotypus...... = 567, 569
Sylvilagus andinus....... 15 |
a. chimbanus.......... 15 |}
Sympherobius intervenalis.. . 630
TOCES GUS: avec ceases eee 631 |
Mm. CONVEXUS.......... . 680 |
Synodus feetens............... 343 |
Syrbula admirabilis........ 487
Syrichthus malvae.......... 550
Tafalisea lurida....... 375, 412 |
AINEYETUTEY, romteeneae ores oeeee 535 ... 193
Taumatopoca pinivora....... - 500
Tautoga onitis............. 356
Mlened Oren) ese ss : ... 5386
Tetragonopterus ar genteus.... wn 242
Chalcelspeee eee ss y 242
chrysargyreus. 247
Tettigidea lateralis. 389
spicata. . 389 |
Tettigoniide _ nS 1c: ais)
Teucholabis flavithorax............. 582
TUDESCEDS.....,......000.000002--2-+2+. 992) 09D
Thamnophis............. elo

OF PHILADELPHIA. 689
WMhesprotiayeraminis......-....-cecse-0<--- 383
Thomasomys cinereus...... 12
paramorum...............5 11,13
THOAGS ss eecean.s seco oe ee 12
| Thysanophora qugeraoll . 364
subaquila.... . 430
Mypulidserd.\5 ccs... 579
“brie aa EN Ey caaecrecsegane errs BES)
(Melinda) formosa.................... 179
TTIOLCEG OMS Ne eee cress cette se csessse . 179
soaVONH ENA oscp-cepoceens =e 179, 180
Mitanitews -......- . 4
Tomatares.. 621
Trachy corystes galeatus Dees eases 266
SBrachiytetes-c some aceon Lee
iRinsllt sys py tistl ee eeee eer renes . 431
Trichiurus lepturus..............0........ 343
Trieyphons Galcar-1...see es... OL
Acsatralh climes css, cesses eee 598, 599
vernalis... : ..598, 599
| Triglops pingeli... acy)
Trigona... ree py!
Ab rimerotropis citrina.. 394, 504
maritima... atine cnbrice. 15,08
Triogoma exculpta rs aoe sane . 019
Triportheus flavus. 208
Eira piconbisees ee .. 212
lebmanni.................. Mac ake,
Tropidonotus vibakari......... 292
Mum a bell aierccsscessccseeeeseree 209, 210
bilabiata........ ~ 426-429
Truneatellidee fe 428, 429
Trypoxylon frigidum........................ 332
Tryxalis brevicornis.................:0--+-+- 485
Tudora... See reer ore .... 426
Tylosurus marinus......... 343, 352
raphidoma...... eat ern eae 343
Umbra pygmea.. woe BOL, 354, 357
Uralite.......... ‘ Sees: 8
Urophycis regius.......... ...846, 356
Vallonia pulchella... 223
Vanessa milberti... ae 165
Vertigo coloradensis basidens.......... 370
gouldi..... Tate Cee, 223
modesta pariet aligwe eu see 370
CON FALE ceetenenoccenee see 223, 370
VEDUMI COSA een: Peery ee cena 223
v. elatior.... 370
Vespa atavina.... . 439
Wespulavecn ste, su cntiness 328
maculata, 304, 307, 309, 312, 315,
322, 333
Vitrea binneyana
Vitrina alaskana... ae
amaoid arse csxertere wa eee cers 2
Wattenwyliella............... rc cette 379
Wieelisi.scctt-ae: Re Sh eon eee 622

690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Xiphidium brevipenne.................... 530 | Xiphocharax..............
PASCIATUMIG Ame MC ee re ete eee 530 | ogilviel...............
nemorale ............. 531 roa
nigropleuroides .. O08 Yoldia..........
saltans.-. NOsom eZ OMICS prmene sme

spartine......

strictum)......:....-..

' 533 | Zonitoides arborea.

e, BEE TNtIGUS eee

1914.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

691

GENERAL INDEX.
1914.

Adams, Frank Dawson, elected a cor- | Cadwalader,

respondent, 607.

Additions to Museum, 668.

Aebley, Jacob, janitor, 668.

Alexander, Charles P. New and little-
known craneflies from the United
States and Canada (Tipulide, Dip-
tera) (Plates XXV, XX VI, XXVII),
566, 579.

Allen, Ada, aid in herbarium, 668.

Andrews, Roy Chapman. Notice of a
rare ziphioid whale, Mesoplodon
densirostris, on the Jersey coast

(Plates XVI, XVII, XVIII), 372,
437.

Ashton, Thomas G., M.D., member of
Council, 667.
Banks, Nathan. New neuropteroid
insects, native and foreign (Plate

XXVIII), 566, 608.

Barringer, Daniel Moreau. Further
notes on Meteor Crater, Arizona
(Plates XXI, XXII, XXIII), 556,
566.

Biddle, Thomas, M.D.,
Library Committee, 1.
Council, 667.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 664.

Botanical Section, report of, 665.

Boyer, Charles S. A new diatom
(Plate X), 219, 227. Report of
Biological and Microscopical Sec-
tion, 665.

Bradley, James Chester ef al. A
biological reconnaissance of
Okefenokee swamp in Georgia, 607.

Bradner, N. Roe, M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 208.

member of
Member of

Brown, Amos P., member of Committee |

on Hay den Memorial Aw ard, 196.
Brown, Amos P., and Henry A. Pilsbry.

Fresh-water mollusks of the Oligo-

cene of Antigua (Plate IX), 208, 209.
Brown, Stewardson, assistant to Cura-
tors, 667. Member of Committee
on Instruction and Lectures, 2.
Report of Botanical Section, 665.
By-Laws, Committee on, 227.

the |

John, member of Com-
mittee on Finance, 1. Standing
Committee on By-Laws, 227. Vice-
President, 667.

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D., member of
Council, 668. On epiphytic Brome-
liads of Costa Rica and their animal
inhabitants (no abstract), 2

Chapman, Frank M., elected a cor-
respondent, 228.

Clappier, Charles, janitor, 668.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Miocene fossil
insects, 633, 634.

Committee on By-Laws, 227.

Conklin, Edwin, G., Ph.D.,
President, 667.

Corresponding Secretary, report of 650.

Crawley, Howard. _Two new Sar-
cosporidia, 214, 227. The evolution
of Sarcocystis muris in the intestinal
cells of the mouse (Plate XV), 372,
432.

Cresson, Ezra T., Jr.,
Curators, 667.

Curators, report of, 656.

Curie, Marie, elected a correspondent,
228.

Davis, William J., elected a member,
228.

Vice-

assistant to

Dercum, Ernest Comly, announcement
of death of, 227.

Dixon, Edwin §., member of Com-
mittee on Finance, 1. Member of
Council, 667.

Dixon, SamuelG. Report of Curators,
656. President and Curator, 667.

Elections in 1914, 668.

Entomological Section, report of, 665.

Fowler, Henry W. Fishes collected
by the Princeton Expedition to
North Greenland in 1899, 208.
Description of a new Blenny from
New Jersey, with notes on other
fishes from the Middle Atlantic
States, 208, 342. Fishes from the
Rupununi River, British Guiana,
229. Fishes collected by the Peary
Relief Expedition of 1899, 359.
Assistant to Curators, 667.

692 PROCEEDINGS OF

Fox, Henry. Data on the orthopteran
faunistics of eastern Pennsylvania
and southern New Jersey, 441.

Fox, William J., assistant Librarian,
667. Member of Publication Com-
mittee, 1.

Furness, Waiter Rogers, announcement
of death of, 208.

Fansler, Thomas L., elected a member,
372.

Gottschall, A. H., elected a member,
607.

Hayden Memorial Award, 227.

Heath, Harold. Certain features of
solenogastre development, 372, 535.

Heckler, Adam 15 janitor, 668.

Heckler, Daniel, janitor, 668.

Heller, Edmund, elected a correspond- |

ent, 228.
Horstmann, Walter, member of Com-
mittee on Accounts, 667.

5 |
Houston, Edwin J., announcement of

death of, 208.

Hughes, William E., M.D., member of

Council, 667.
Index to genera, etc., 668.
Keeley, Frank J. Notes on

some

igneous rocks at Ogunquit, Maine, ©

and Pigeon Cove, Mass, 1,3. Mem-
ber of Library Committee, 1. Cura-
tor of William S. Vaux Collections,
2. Member of Council, 667.

Kirkpatrick, George E., announcement
of death of, 227.

Kitasato, Shibasaburo, elected a cor=

respondent, 228.

Knowles, George L., announcement of
death of, 633.

LeConte, Robert G., M.D., member
of Council, 667.

Librarian, report of, 650.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Report of
Mineralogical and Geological Sec-
tion, 666.

MeCadden, David
668.

MeFarland, Joseph,
member, 196.

MelIndoo, N. E., Ph.D. The olfactory
sense of Hymenoptera (Plates XI,
XII), 196, 294. The scent-pro-
ducing organs of the honey-bee
(Plates XIX, XX), 372, 542.

Magee, Horace, announcement
death of, 633.

Magee, J. Ronaldson, announcement
of death of, 607
Mearns, Edgar A.,
spondent, 228.

M., taxidermist,

M.D., elected a

of

elected a corre-

THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.

Meunier, Stanislas. Observations sur
la théorie générale des phénoménes
elciaites et sur les Galets striés,
566.

Miller, Edmund, elected a correspond-
ent, 228.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,
report of, 666.

Mitchell, Silas Wier, M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 2

Moore, J. Perey, Ph.D., member of
Committee on By-Laws, 227.
Report of Corresponding Secretary,
650. Assistant to curators, 667.

Morris, Charles, member of Com-
mittee on Instruction and Lectures,
2. Member of Council, 667. Mem-
ber of Committee on Accounts, 667.

Morris, Effingham B., member of
Committee on Finance, 1.

Morris, George Spencer, member of
Committee on Instruction and Leec-
tures, 2. Member of Council, 667.

Napier, Arthur Howell, election as
member, 2.

Nolan, Edward J., M.D., member of
Publication Committee, 1. Report
of Recording Secretary, 649. Report
of Librarian, 652.

Officers 1915, 667.

Ornithological Section, report of, 666.

Osborn, Henry Fairfield, receives Hay-
den Memorial Medal, 227, 607.
Notice of, 227.

Penrose, Charles B., M.D., member of
Council, 667.

Penrose, R. A. F., Jr.,
Committee on Hayden
Award, 196.

Pilsbry, Henry A., Se.D., member of
Publication Committee, 1. Member
of Committee on Instruction and
Lectures, 2. Description of a new
echinoderm (Plate VIII), 206. Cura-
tors, report of, 667.

Pilsbry, Henry A., and Amos P.
Brown. The method of progression
of Truncatella (Plate XIV), 227,
426. List of land and fresh-water
mollusks of Antigua, 227, 429.

Poulton, Edward B. Mimiery in North
American butterflies (Plate V), 1, 161.

Prime, Frederick, member of Com-
mittee on Hayden Memorial Award,
196.

Ramsden,
respondent

Recording Secretary, report of, 649.

Reese, Albert M. The vascular sys-
tem of the Florida iseetee (Plate
XIII), 227, 413.

), oat,

member of
Memorial

Charles T., elected a cor-

298,

1914.|

Rehn, James A. G., assistant to
Curators, 667.

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan
Hebard. A study of the species of

the genus Dichopetala (Orthoptera:
Tettigonide), 64. On the Orthop-
tera found on the Florida Keys and
in extreme southern Florida, 373.

Report of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 664.

Report of Botanical Section, 665.

Report of Corresponding Secretary,
650.

Report of Curators, 656.

Report of Entomological Section, 665.

Report of Librarian, 652.

Report of Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section, 666.

Report of Ornithological Section, 666.

Report of Recording Secretary, 649.

Report of Sections, 664.

Rhoads, Samuel N., member of Com-
mittee on Accounts, 667.

Richmond, Charles W.,
correspondent, 228.

Rothermel, John G., member of Com-
mittee on Accounts, 667.

Rothschild, N. Charles,
correspondent, 228.

Schaeffer, Arthur W., elected a mem-
ber, 228.

Sections, reports of, 664.

Sharp, John §., elected a member, 228.

Skinner, Henry, M.D., member of
Publication Committee, 1. Report
of Entomological Section, 665.
Member of Council, 667. Assistant
to Curators, 667.

elected a

elected a

Smith, Burnett. Morhologic sequences !

in the canaliculate Fulgurs (Plate
XXIV), 566, 567:

Spaeth, Reynold A. The distribution
of the genus Cyclops in the vicinity
of Haverford, Pennsylvania (Plates
I-IV), 21.

Standing Committees, 668.

Stewart, Thomas S., member of Com-
mittee on Accounts, 667.

Stoddart, Curwen, Jr., announcement

_ of death of, 227.

Stone, Witmer, member of Library
Committee, 1. Member of Publica-
tion Committee, 1. On a collection
of mammals from Ecuador, 9.
Member of Standing Committee on

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

| Wilde,

693

By-Laws, 227. Report of Curators,
664. Report of Ornithological Sec-
tion, 666.

Suess, Edward, announcement of death
of, 566.

Tague, James, janitor, 668.

Thompson, Joseph C. Contribution
to the anatomy of the Ilysiide, 285.

Trotter, Spencer, M.D., member of
Council, 667.

Tucker, Henry, M.D., member of
Library Committee, 1. Member of
Committee on Instruction and Lec-
tures, 2. Curator, 667.

Vanatta, E.G. Land and fresh-water
shells from Eastern Canada, 222,

_227. Montana shells, 227, 367.
Assistant to Curators, 667.

Vaux, George, Jr., member of Com-
mittee on Finance, 1. Member of
Library Committee, 1. Solicitor of
Academy, 2. Treasurer, 667.

Walcott, Charles D., member of Com-
mittee on Hayden Memorial Award,
196.

Wardle, Harriet Newell, assistant to
Curators, 667. Description of a
Tsantsa in the ethnological collec-
tion of the Academy, with notes on
other specimens (Plates VI, VII),
196, 197.

Welles, Charles $., announcement of
death of, 208.

Werner, Alfred, elected a correspond-
ent, 607.

Whelen, William N., announcement of
death of, 566.

Wherry, Edgar T., member of Com-
mittee on Hayden Memorial Award,
196.

Furman Sheppard, assistant
in library, 668.

Willcox, Joseph. Custodian of Isaac
Lea Collections, 2.

Williamson, Charles Sumner,
nouncement of-death of, 227.

Winsor, James D., member of Com-
mittee on Finance, 1.

Wistar, Thomas, M.D., announcement
of death of, 208.

Wood, Stuart, announcement of death
of, 208.

Wright, William Redwood, announce-
ment of death of, 633.

an-

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE I.

R. A. 38. del.

SPABTH: THE GENUS CYCLOPS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE II.

R. A. S. del.

SPAETH: THE GENUS CYCLOPS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT, SCI, PHILA. 1914. PLATE III.

R. A.S. del.

SPAETH: THE GENUS: CYCLOPS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE IV.

SPAETH: THE GENUS CYCLOPS.

‘ ‘ : m” ae - :

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE V.

POULTON: MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES

PLATE VI

SCI. PHILA. 1914.

NAT

PROC. ACAD

f

Y

TSANTSA

WARDLE:

a y) jj 4 ut } of

PLATE VII

. PHILA. 1914.

SCI

I

NA

PROC. ACAD. NA

rrr ee

WARDLE: TSANTSA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PEATE VITL:

BEUPATAGUS MOOREANUS PILSBRY

\S

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914

CHASTOCEROS ELMOREI BOYER.

Ty

XI.

PLATI

SCI. PHILA. 1914.

PROC. ACAD. NAT

Wily)

A

HYMENOPTERA

OLFACTORY SENSE OF

McINDOO:

PLATE XII.

PROC. AC

OLFACTORY SENSE OF HYMENOPTERA

McINDOO:

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19144.

Fie1

REESE:

VASCULAR SYSTEM OF ALLIGATOR.

PLATE

XIII.

' i
! : '
{ i
i
. :
- *
a)
*
«i .
{
{
Ts
B=
|
ne ‘
i
i
*
'

PLATE XIV.

SCI. PHILA. 19144.

PROC. ACAD. NAT

PROGRESSION OF TRUNCATELLA.

PILSBRY AND BROWN:

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XV.

CRAWLEY: EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTES MURIS,

in

‘IAX ALV1d

‘SIULSOYISNAG NOGOTAOSHN

‘SMAYOUNV

‘7V6F ‘WIIHd IOS “LVN ‘GYOV ‘OOUd

PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XVII.

ANDREWS: MESOPLODON DENSIROSTRIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XVIII.

ANDREWS: MESOPLODON DENSIROSTRIS.

ti

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1944 PLATE XIX.

Ramee -TrA

“S4-RadStr

= Cl

McINDOO: SCEN'T-PRODUCING ORGANS OF HONEY-BEE

4

se

‘

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XX

McINDOO: SCENT-PRODUCING ORGANS OF HONEY-BEE

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XXtI.

| t
r ig
lo
2
% Fs
Ge |z
et, im
hy |
44%, g
>
% |
dG, 3
\=

" “%

SHAFT Ing a
’ ia CUT H*10.

byarnw ee youth Cann” <eo
PL \ sluicd wilt. s
x SHAY reat | Je TIN CAN SHAFT. aa
. N= =e

N yn'e4 —_——_ >
iiss cee : TO WINSLOW
BLACKSMITH SYMS Rig. 4! J anes.
e = Toman SHar T Hoyse. *N119 iF §
TO LARGE IRREGULAR MASS OF SHALE = Y
‘OR DISINTEGRATED SHALE BALL ROTTS WS WN3% 7 anti BIG LIMESTONE BOULDER ON EAST Rim,
NL owtse Sanetacaies & ee
~ WT aN +He16
WON. | \ 15.
ower Pure STAI a \ At Ls
ao SAND DRIFT. dea. see
+ ;

4 SA eet. SS

Su

wnureeseor., 00

cd

of sant | \ (=
a SHY VP ih | ) Dy ree f
ai 0" ~ 6 SA J nN | ( J U J | lei oa
roc eh 0 — FJ CLALI. \
Eat M \ 4S = |
Ss &
Shr
Sern,
OS ee,
¥ ne
oy,
st/ Oe
W f nan,
fe X ots
Me,
Noy on,
y al
A GREAT QUANTITY OF / SILICA OR ROCK FLOUR ro a 6 Sy,
EXPOSED NATURALLY JIN THIS ARROYA . SHAFT eNSXETE a ee ">
rit SHAFT SN XXXIV %
= eee ces ee ee eee eee eee
=
SHAFT HYD & © 2
= SHAFT bat Ee 1 %
Ss @
= %
s

BARRINGER: METEOR CRATER, ARIZONA.
Seale, 1290 feet = 1 inch,

-

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1944. PLATE XXII.

ZS

oe SMALL AREAS OF EJECTED LIMESTONE )
” FRAGMENTS FROM CRATER. —

Am

a1 eee,
: SHAFT NESS, NNSA gua
, \ SHALE BALLS FOUND AT "=
\.277 HERE. Seah

a

i qt

BARRINGER: METEOR CRATER, ARIZONA.

Seale, 1290 feet = 1 inch.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914. PLATE XXIII.

~ CANYON DIABLO STATION

ON THIS REDUGED MAP THE SCALE IS"S2 = ONE MILE,
THAT 5 THE CIRCLES ARE ONE MILE APART

NSHINE STATION.

“METEOR P.O.
N

CNet. xO! .%

rit \o

@ \ Ox)
2\° vot) OPEN PLAIN.

oo

| RS Sp fp

BARRINGER: METEOR CRATER, ARIZONA

7 n

XXIV.

PLATE

NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1914.

ACAD,

PROC.

tie

LGUR

)

IN Fl

IC SEQUENCE

I

SMITH: MORPHOLO(

BURNETT

PROC. ACAD. NAT.

SCI. PHILA. 1914.

ALEXANDER:

CRANEFLIES.

PLATE XXV

I.

1

?

4
.

PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1944. PLATE XXVIII.

BANKS: NEW NEUROPTEROID INSECTS.

ty!

-

Va iia) 1
aN

_-
>

QH Academy of Natural Sciences
35 of Philadelphia

Ae Proceedings

v.66

Bivlowtcal

& Medical

Senale

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE